r20820 - htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4 - Install documentation release 2.4.1 on the gnucash website

Geert Janssens gjanssens at code.gnucash.org
Sat Jul 2 11:32:14 EDT 2011


Author: gjanssens
Date: 2011-07-02 11:32:11 -0400 (Sat, 02 Jul 2011)
New Revision: 20820
Trac: http://svn.gnucash.org/trac/changeset/20820

Added:
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa11.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa2.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_other_assets.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveSQL.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveXML.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_addcurr.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html
Removed:
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveAs.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountReg_Screen.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountTree_Screen.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_AccntPeriod.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Accnts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Business.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_DateTime.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_accounting1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_backup1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_entry1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_files1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_help1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_import1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_interface1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_prefs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter2.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_about1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_features1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_install1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_intro1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_reasons1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-examplD1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Printing.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
Modified:
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountsSampleQIF.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveSQL.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveXML.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_addcurr.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_SetupPortfolio2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/index.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/Reports.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-create.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-jump.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas01.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas02.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas03.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas04.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/help.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-custom.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-general.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tips.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-price.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-online.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apa.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apas02.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/ix01.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/ch03s01.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/de-translation.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ap.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_pay.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_invest.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountsSampleQIF.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_SetupPortfolio2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/index.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Reports.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-create.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-delete.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-hierarchy.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-reconcile.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-types.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas01.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas02.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas03.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas04.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/change-style.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-create.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-edit.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-renumber.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/first-time.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/general-ledger.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/help.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/import-qif.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/print-check.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-assets.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-create.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-custom.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-general.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-income.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/sched-editor.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/stock-split.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tips.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-calc.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-find.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-price.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tools-on-line-banking.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-copy.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-delete.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-edit.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-online.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-loans.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-split-remove.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tutorial.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/windows.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide.pdf
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/index.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
   htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
Log:
Install documentation release 2.4.1 on the gnucash website

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -18,18 +18,22 @@
       form of a salary, and <span class="guilabel"><strong>expenses</strong></span> in the form of
       groceries, rent, electricity, phone, and taxes (Federal, Social
       Security, Medicare) on your salary.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.2. The Basic Top Level Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-toplevel2"></a>3.3.2. The Basic Top Level Accounts</h3></div></div></div><p>Now, you must decide how you want to group these accounts. Most
-      likely, you want your assets grouped together, your liabilities grouped
-      together, your Equity grouped together, your income grouped together,
-      and your expenses grouped together. This is the most common way of
+      likely, you want your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets</strong></span> grouped together, your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities</strong></span> grouped
+      together, your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Equity</strong></span> grouped together, your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income</strong></span> grouped together,
+      and your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span> grouped together. This is the most common way of
       building a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> chart of accounts, and it is highly recommended that
-      you always begin this way.</p><p>Start with a clean <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file (do not select any predefined
-      accounts) and build this basic starting account structure
-      (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New
-      Account...</strong></span>).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assets</strong></span> (account type
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assets</strong></span>, parent account <span class="guilabel"><strong>New top level
-          account</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png" alt="Creating an Assets account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the dialog to create an asset
-                  <span class="guilabel"><strong>account</strong></span></p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liabilities</strong></span> (account type
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liabilities</strong></span>, parent account <span class="guilabel"><strong>New top
+      you always begin this way.</p><p>Start with a clean <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file by selecting 
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New File</strong></span> from the menu. The 
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant will start. Press <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span> to close 
+      the assistant as we don’t want to use one of the predefined accounts structure; instead we will build a basic
+      starting account structure from scratch. In the empty <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> window select 
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Accounts Page</strong></span> from the menu: 
+      the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span> tab will open. Finally select 
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Account...</strong></span>.</p><p>Now you are ready to build this basic starting account structure</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assets</strong></span> (account type
+          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Asset</strong></span>, parent account <span class="guilabel"><strong>New top level
+          account</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png" alt="Creating an Assets account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the dialog to create an assets
+                  account</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liabilities</strong></span> (account type
+          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liability</strong></span>, parent account <span class="guilabel"><strong>New top
           level account</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Equity</strong></span> (account type
           <span class="guilabel"><strong>Equity</strong></span>, parent account <span class="guilabel"><strong>New top level
           account</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Income</strong></span> (account type
@@ -39,35 +43,40 @@
           level account</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>When you have created the top-level accounts, the main Account page
       in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> should look like below.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_toplevel.png" alt="The Basic Top-level Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the basic top-level accounts.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.3. Making Sub-Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-organization2"></a>3.3.3. Making Sub-Accounts</h3></div></div></div><p>You can now add to this basic top-level tree structure by inserting
       some real transaction-holding sub-accounts. Notice that the tax accounts
-      are placed within a sub-account named <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Taxes</span>”</span>. You can make sub-accounts
+      are placed within a sub-account named <span class="emphasis"><strong>Taxes</strong></span>. You can make sub-accounts
       within sub-accounts. This is typically done with a group of related
-      accounts (such as tax accounts in this example). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Checking</strong></span> (account type
+      accounts (such as tax accounts in this example).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Instead of selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Account...</strong></span>
+        from the menu, you can alternatively create a new sub-account of an account by right clicking
+        on the main account’s name and selecting the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Account...</strong></span> entry. 
+        This will open a dialog similar to the one depicted in
+        <a class="xref" href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2" title="3.3.2. The Basic Top Level Accounts">Section 3.3.2, “The Basic Top Level Accounts”</a> where the new sub-account will be already set as a 
+        child of the main account.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Checking</strong></span> (account type
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bank</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Asset</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Savings</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Savings</strong></span> (account type
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bank</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Asset</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visa</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visa</strong></span> (account type
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Credit Card</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liabilities</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Salary</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Salary</strong></span> (account type
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Income</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Income</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Phone</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Electricity</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rent</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Groceries</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Taxes</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Federal</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Phone</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Electricity</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rent</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Groceries</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Taxes</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Federal</strong></span> (account type
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
             <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Taxes</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Social Security</strong></span> (account
-            type <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
+            type <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
             <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Taxes</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Medicare</strong></span> (account type
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>, parent account
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span>, parent account
             <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Taxes</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account name <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opening Balance</strong></span> (account
             type <span class="guilabel"><strong>Equity</strong></span>, parent account
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Equity</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>After you have created these additional sub-accounts, the end
+            <span class="emphasis"><strong>Equity</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>After you have created these additional sub-accounts, the end
       result should look like below</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_tree.png" alt="The Basic Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a simple chart of accounts.</p></div></div></div><p>Save this chart of accounts with the name
       <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code>, as well as <code class="filename">gcashdata_3emptyAccts</code>,
       as we will continue to use them in the later chapters.</p><p>You have now created a chart of accounts to track a simple

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Chapter 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa11.html" title="16.4. Short or Long-term Assets"><link rel="next" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa11.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa12"></a>16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</h2></div></div></div><p>This section illustrates long-term assets (those whose useful lives
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Chapter 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa11.html" title="16.4. Short or Long-term Assets"><link rel="next" href="ch_python_bindigs.html" title="Chapter 17. Python Extensions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa11.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa12"></a>16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</h2></div></div></div><p>This section illustrates long-term assets (those whose useful lives
           exceed a year) and discusses these types: land, buildings, leasehold
           improvements, intangibles, vehicles and other equipment.</p><div class="sect2" title="16.5.1. Land"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa13"></a>16.5.1. Land</h3></div></div></div><p>Land is not a wasting asset. That is, it
          does not get used up over time and rarely suffers damage such that it
@@ -57,4 +57,4 @@
          is in their valuation, which is an advanced topic and not something that
          individual persons and small businesses would likely encounter. For that
          reason further discussion of items such as patents, copyrights, goodwill,
-         etc. are left out of this Guide.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa11.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.4. Short or Long-term Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix A. Migration Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+         etc. are left out of this Guide.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa11.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.4. Short or Long-term Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 17. Python Extensions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -151,11 +151,11 @@
          amount ($50) of all items. In that scenario, what you kept and the amount of
          the items to be returned were grouped into one account. You could edit the
          original transaction and restate the amount charged to the Grocery Expense
-         account to be the difference ($41) between the total paid ($50) for groceries
+         account to be the difference ($44) between the total paid ($50) for groceries
          and the value of the items to be returned. That leaves the returned-item
          value as the amount ($6) you should record to the Suspense account.</p><p>Obviously, if you decided to return items before you recorded your
          purchase, then you would book the original entry as a charge to Grocery
-         Expense for the amount kept ($41) and as a charge to Suspense for the
+         Expense for the amount kept ($44) and as a charge to Suspense for the
          amount returned ($6). The off-setting credit ($50) to cash or credit
          card is not affected by these treatments.</p><p>When there are several persons shopping and at different vendors,
          there can be a case where there are several returns happening at once

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -109,6 +109,6 @@
       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span> accounts after selecting <span class="guilabel"><strong>Common
       Accounts</strong></span> in the assistant for creating a new Account Hierarchy
       (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Account 
-      Hierarchy...</strong></span>).</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png" alt="Default income accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the standard <span class="guilabel"><strong>income</strong></span>
-              accounts</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png" alt="Some default expense accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows some standard <span class="guilabel"><strong>expense</strong></span>
+      Hierarchy...</strong></span>).</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png" alt="Default income accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the standard <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income</strong></span>
+              accounts</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png" alt="Some default expense accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows some standard <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>
               accounts</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.3. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix A. Migration Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa12.html" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa12.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixa"></a>Appendix A. Migration Guide</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_qif1.html">A.2. Organization of <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> Files (Discussion)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">A.4. Checking <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> Data (Discussion)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">A.5. Converting <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> File</a></s!
 pan></dt></dl></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix A. Migration Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="python-import-invoices.html" title="17.1. Import Bills or Invoices"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="python-import-invoices.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixa"></a>Appendix A. Migration Guide</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_qif1.html">A.2. Organization of <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> Files (Discussion)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">A.4. Checking <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> Data (Discussion)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">A.5. Converting <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</co!
 de></strong> File</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
 This appendix is to help current users of other financial software packages in their migration to <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.  We address the conceptual differences between the layout of <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> accounts versus other software packages.
-  </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa12.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="python-import-invoices.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">17.1. Import Bills or Invoices </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 for a different time, but if you can get one written, here’s what you
 need to do:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Copy the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> to a working file.  Modify the working file’s
 <gnc-v2> tag to read something like what’s below.  Note that you can
-pretty much put anything you want in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">="..."</span>”</span> part; I used the URL
+pretty much put anything you want in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">="..."</span>”</span> part; I used the <acronym class="acronym">URL</acronym>
 because it’s traditional (if such can be said about such a young
 technology!).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 <gnc-v2 xmlns:cd="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cd"<br>
@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@
 routine to do this transformation.  Anyone who knows or can learn <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>
 and <acronym class="acronym">XSLT</acronym> can perform this task.  Not much harder, really, than writing a
 Web page....</p><p>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently. 
-The process works on 2.2.9 datafiles, and ought to
+The process works on 2.4.7 datafiles, and ought to
 work on earlier versions, too.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.4. Checking <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> Data (Discussion) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Sources of Information"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixb"></a>Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_info.html">B.1. Sources of Information</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_where">B.1.1. Q: Where’s the FAQ?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mail">B.1.2. Q: Are there mailing lists for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mailarchive">B.1.3. Q: Is there a searchable archive for the mailing lists?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_other">B.1.4. Q: Are there other me!
 ans of obtaining support for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_general.html">B.2. General Information</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_windows">B.2.1. Q: Can I run <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> on Windows?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_hard2compile">B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_batchmode">B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, for building reports, etc?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_multuser">B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_WhyC">B.2.5. Q: Why is <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> written in C?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_rewrite">B.2.6. Q: Why don’t you rewrite <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_newFeatures">B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> doesn’t have it. How do I get it added?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_web">B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_security">B.2!
 .9. Q: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_contribute">B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> project?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_bugs">B.2.11. Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_using.html">B.3. Using <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_moveAtoB">B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> into account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">B</span>”</span>, thus combining them?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_merge2files">B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two gnucash files?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate">B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_ListAll">B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_Dates">B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html">B.4. Accounting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html#appendixb_accounting_Taxes">B.4.1. Q: How do I treat taxes?  As an account payable or as an expense?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This is a list of questions asked on the mailing lists for which there really is no section in the documentation covering the subject.!
 </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. Converting <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">XML</acronym> <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> File </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.1. Sources of Information</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Sources of Information"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixb"></a>Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_info.html">B.1. Sources of Information</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_where">B.1.1. Q: Where’s the FAQ?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mail">B.1.2. Q: Are there mailing lists for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mailarchive">B.1.3. Q: Is there a searchable archive for the mailing lists?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_other">B.1.4. Q: Are there other me!
 ans of obtaining support for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_general.html">B.2. General Information</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_windows">B.2.1. Q: Can I run <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> on Windows?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_hard2compile">B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_batchmode">B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, for building reports, etc?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_multuser">B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_WhyC">B.2.5. Q: Why is <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> written in C?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_rewrite">B.2.6. Q: Why don’t you rewrite <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_newFeatures">B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> doesn’t have it. How do I get it added?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_web">B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_security">B.2!
 .9. Q: How can I provide security for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> data using CFS, etc.)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_contribute">B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> project?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_bugs">B.2.11. Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_using.html">B.3. Using <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_moveAtoB">B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> into account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">B</span>”</span>, thus combining them?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_merge2files">B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> files?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate">B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_ListAll">B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_Dates">B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html">B.4. Accounting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html#appendixb_accounting_Taxes">B.4.1. Q: How do I treat taxes?  As an account payable or as an expense?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This is a list of questions a!
 sked on the mailing lists for which there really is no section in the documentation covering the subject.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. Converting <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">XML</acronym> <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> File </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.1. Sources of Information</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.2. General Information</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Sources of Information"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Using GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.2. General Information</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.2. General Information"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_general"></a>B.2. General Information</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.1. Q: Can I run GnuCash on Windows?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_windows"></a>B.2.1. Q: Can I run <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> on Windows?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Yes. Starting with release 2.2.0, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is also available on Windows.</p><p>Other related options would be colinux, VMWare and a windows-based X-server hosting a remote <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> session.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile GnuCash!"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_har!
 d2compile"></a>B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>!</h3></div></div></div><p>A: This was probably true at the time when 1.6.0 was released. It is no longer true today, as almost every distribution ships with all the necessary libraries (except g-wrap, which means there is in fact <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">one</span>”</span> extra library to be installed before compiling <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>). However, by default, distributions won’t install the development packages of the required libraries, so you might need to start your distribution’s installer program and tell it to install not only the library packages but also the -devel packages. In general, it was noted that this problem concerns many applications in the gnome domain, and this also boils down to the fact that there is no such thing as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">one monolithic gnome package</span>”</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for GnuCash, for building reports, etc?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_batchmode"></a>B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, for building reports, etc?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: No, for now <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> must be run interactively.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_multuser"></a>B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: You can have multiple people with access to the same datafile, but they cannot use the data file simultaneously.</p><p>To setup multi-person access, all the people must have read!
 /write access to the directory containing the file (to read the other’s created files, and to create new files).  One way to do this is by creating a user group and setting the data directory to be owned by the shared group and set to mode 2775. The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">2</span>”</span> makes the directory setgid which copies the permissions to all files.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.5. Q: Why is GnuCash written in C?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_WhyC"></a>B.2.5. Q: Why is <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> written in C?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: The core functionality of <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is written in C, but do not forget that much of this can be accessed through Guile (scheme).  There are a number of reasons for why <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is written in C.  The first is historical, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> was started in 1996 (or maybe even earlier!) and many of the OOP (C++, Java, Python) compilers were not yet mature and standarized enough on the variety of platforms considered at that time, so C was the only option at that time.  A second reason is because the standard GUI <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> uses is GTK, which is written in C.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.6. Q: Why don’t you rewrite GnuCash in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_rewrite"></a>B.2.6. Q: Why don’t you rewrite <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: The quick answer is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We won’t</span>”</span>. The longer answer is complex but still amounts to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We won’t</span>”</span>. <strong cl!
 ass="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is a large body of code maintained by a small group of developers who are comfortable in C and Scheme (Guile). Actually, 80% of it is in C and approx. 13% is in Scheme/Lisp. There is no valid reason that would justify rewriting this amount of existing code in a newer language. Also, creating language bindings to recent languages such as Python or Ruby or (insert your favourite language here) is labor intensive, and we’re already stretched pretty thin maintaining and developing the existing code.</p><p>Having said that, this is an open source project and you’re free to do with it or contribute what you want. Just don’t expect much support if the reason for your changes is that you’re not willing to learn C or Scheme. Also, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> used to have SWIG bindings (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.swig.org" target="_top">http://www.swig.org</a>) which have been used for some perl programming code. According to a list discussion, these SWIG bindings might still be a way to include other languages into <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, but currently they are unused and unmaintained.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but GnuCash doesn’t have it. How do I get it added?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_newFeatures"></a>B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> doesn’t have it. How do I get it added?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Ask nicely. :-) You can file an enhancement request at <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Please bear in mind to describe your proposed enhancement as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about what your proposed new feature should do. If you want t!
 o speed up development significantly, consider donating some money as described on <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>Development.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_web"></a>B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: No</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.9. Q: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_security"></a>B.2.9. Q: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.)</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Unanswered</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the GnuCash project?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_contribute"></a>B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> project?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: We’re working on a more formal process, but for now you should subscribe to the mailing list at <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user" target="_top">http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user</a> and <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel" target="_top">http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel</a> and discuss what you can contribute with the participants on the lists. Please be aware that <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is a large body of code written in C and Scheme (see the FAQ above, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Why is <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> written in C?</span>”</span> if you want to know why). If these are languages that you are not willing to work with, consider contributing in other ways.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.11. Q: I think !
 I found a bug. How do I report it?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_bugs"></a>B.2.11. Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: First of all, try to verify that it is indeed a bug and that it has not been reported before. Search the mail list archives (see FAQ above). Then search the <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">Gnome Bugzilla</a> database.</p><p>If you feel you have indeed found a bug, you can then report it at <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Please bear in mind to report your bug as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about how to reproduce bugs. A Programmer will usually only be able to fix a bug they can see, if you can’t make the programmer see your bug, it won’t get fixed!</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.1. Sources of Information </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.3. Using <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.2. General Information</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Sources of Information"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Using GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.2. General Information</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.2. General Information"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_general"></a>B.2. General Information</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.1. Q: Can I run GnuCash on Windows?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_windows"></a>B.2.1. Q: Can I run <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> on Windows?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Yes. Starting with release 2.2.0, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is also available on Windows.</p><p>Other related options would be colinux, VMWare and a windows-based X-server hosting a remote <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> session.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile GnuCash!"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_har!
 d2compile"></a>B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>!</h3></div></div></div><p>A: This was probably true at the time when 1.6.0 was released. It is no longer true today, as almost every distribution ships with all the necessary libraries (except g-wrap, which means there is in fact <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">one</span>”</span> extra library to be installed before compiling <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>). However, by default, distributions won’t install the development packages of the required libraries, so you might need to start your distribution’s installer program and tell it to install not only the library packages but also the -devel packages. In general, it was noted that this problem concerns many applications in the gnome domain, and this also boils down to the fact that there is no such thing as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">one monolithic gnome package</span>”</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for GnuCash, for building reports, etc?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_batchmode"></a>B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, for building reports, etc?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: No, for now <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> must be run interactively.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_multuser"></a>B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: You can have multiple people with access to the same datafile, but they cannot use the data file simultaneously.</p><p>To setup multi-person access, all the people must have read!
 /write access to the directory containing the file (to read the other’s created files, and to create new files).  One way to do this is by creating a user group and setting the data directory to be owned by the shared group and set to mode 2775. The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">2</span>”</span> makes the directory setgid which copies the permissions to all files.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.5. Q: Why is GnuCash written in C?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_WhyC"></a>B.2.5. Q: Why is <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> written in C?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: The core functionality of <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is written in C, but do not forget that much of this can be accessed through Guile (scheme).  There are a number of reasons for why <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is written in C.  The first is historical, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> was started in 1996 (or maybe even earlier!) and many of the OOP (C++, Java, Python) compilers were not yet mature and standarized enough on the variety of platforms considered at that time, so C was the only option at that time.  A second reason is because the standard GUI <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> uses is GTK, which is written in C.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.6. Q: Why don’t you rewrite GnuCash in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_rewrite"></a>B.2.6. Q: Why don’t you rewrite <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: The quick answer is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We won’t</span>”</span>. The longer answer is complex but still amounts to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We won’t</span>”</span>. <strong cl!
 ass="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is a large body of code maintained by a small group of developers who are comfortable in C and Scheme (Guile). Actually, 80% of it is in C and approx. 13% is in Scheme/Lisp. There is no valid reason that would justify rewriting this amount of existing code in a newer language. Also, creating language bindings to recent languages such as Python or Ruby or (insert your favourite language here) is labor intensive, and we’re already stretched pretty thin maintaining and developing the existing code.</p><p>Having said that, this is an open source project and you’re free to do with it or contribute what you want. Just don’t expect much support if the reason for your changes is that you’re not willing to learn C or Scheme. Also, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> used to have SWIG bindings (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.swig.org" target="_top">http://www.swig.org</a>) which have been used for some perl programming code. According to a list discussion, these SWIG bindings might still be a way to include other languages into <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, but currently they are unused and unmaintained.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but GnuCash doesn’t have it. How do I get it added?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_newFeatures"></a>B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> doesn’t have it. How do I get it added?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Ask nicely. :-) You can file an enhancement request at <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Please bear in mind to describe your proposed enhancement as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about what your proposed new feature should do. If you want t!
 o speed up development significantly, consider donating some money as described on <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>Development.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_web"></a>B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: No</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.9. Q: How can I provide security for GnuCash data using CFS, etc.)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_security"></a>B.2.9. Q: How can I provide security for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> data using CFS, etc.)</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Unanswered</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the GnuCash project?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_contribute"></a>B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> project?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: We’re working on a more formal process, but for now you should subscribe to the mailing list at <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user" target="_top">http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user</a> and <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel" target="_top">http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel</a> and discuss what you can contribute with the participants on the lists. Please be aware that <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is a large body of code written in C and Scheme (see the FAQ above, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Why is <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> written in C?</span>”</span> if you want to know why). If these are languages that you are not willing to work with, consider contributing in other w!
 ays.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.11. Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_bugs"></a>B.2.11. Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: First of all, try to verify that it is indeed a bug and that it has not been reported before. Search the mail list archives (see FAQ above). Then search the <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">Gnome Bugzilla</a> database.</p><p>If you feel you have indeed found a bug, you can then report it at <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Please bear in mind to report your bug as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about how to reproduce bugs. A Programmer will usually only be able to fix a bug they can see, if you can’t make the programmer see your bug, it won’t get fixed!</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.1. Sources of Information </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.3. Using <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.3. Using GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. General Information"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Accounting"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.3. Using <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.3. Using GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_using"></a>B.3. Using <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account “A” into account “B”, thus combining them?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_moveAtoB"></a>B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> into account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">B</span>”</span>, thus combining them?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: At present, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> does not offer a way to move groups of splits from one account to another. You will need to move them one at!
  a time. Open the register for account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> and select the pulldown menu item <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transaction Journal</strong></span> to expose all the splits.  For every split where the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Account</span>”</span> field shows account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> reset it to account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">B</span>”</span>. To do this quickly and safely, first use Ctrl+C to copy the destination account name (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">account B</span>”</span>) to the clipboard.  Then highlight each reference to account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> by double clicking on it and use Ctrl+V to paste the destination account name.  Pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> after each paste, silently moves the transaction out of the register.</p><p>Be careful!  If you inadvertently set the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Account</span>”</span> field to an unintended location, you will need to search through all your accounts to find the lost transaction to correct your mistake.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two gnucash files?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_merge2files"></a>B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two gnucash files?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: At present this is not possible.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate"></a>B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: This is available from the menu: <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Export</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><!
 strong>Export Accounts</strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_ListAll"></a>B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Enter a search criteria of <span class="guilabel"><strong>matches regex</strong></span>, and place a single dot <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> in the text field area. Then, click <span class="guibutton">Find</span>. The regular expression <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> means to match anything.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_Dates"></a>B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: You record the transaction on the date you write the check or initiate the transaction.  When it <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">clears</span>”</span> the bank, you can click in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Reconciled</span>”</span> field to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">clear</span>”</span> the transaction (change the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">n</span>”</span>on-reconciled to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">c</span>”</span>leared).</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Next &g!
 t;>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.2. General Information </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.4. Accounting</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.3. Using GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. General Information"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Accounting"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.3. Using <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.3. Using GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_using"></a>B.3. Using <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account “A” into account “B”, thus combining them?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_moveAtoB"></a>B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> into account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">B</span>”</span>, thus combining them?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: At present, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> does not offer a way to move groups of splits from one account to another. You will need to move them one at!
  a time. Open the register for account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> and select the pulldown menu item <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transaction Journal</strong></span> to expose all the splits.  For every split where the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Account</span>”</span> field shows account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> reset it to account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">B</span>”</span>. To do this quickly and safely, first use Ctrl+C to copy the destination account name (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">account B</span>”</span>) to the clipboard.  Then highlight each reference to account <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">A</span>”</span> by double clicking on it and use Ctrl+V to paste the destination account name.  Pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> after each paste, silently moves the transaction out of the register.</p><p>Be careful!  If you inadvertently set the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Account</span>”</span> field to an unintended location, you will need to search through all your accounts to find the lost transaction to correct your mistake.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two GnuCash files?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_merge2files"></a>B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> files?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: At present this is not possible.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate"></a>B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: This is available from the menu: <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Expo!
 rt</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Export Accounts</strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_ListAll"></a>B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: Enter a search criteria of <span class="guilabel"><strong>matches regex</strong></span>, and place a single dot <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> in the text field area. Then, click <span class="guibutton">Find</span>. The regular expression <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> means to match anything.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_Dates"></a>B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?</h3></div></div></div><p>A: You record the transaction on the date you write the check or initiate the transaction.  When it <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">clears</span>”</span> the bank, you can click in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Reconciled</span>”</span> field to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">clear</span>”</span> the transaction (change the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">n</span>”</span>on-reconciled to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">c</span>”</span>leared).</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a acces!
 skey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.2. General Information </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.4. Accounting</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"><link rel="next" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixd"></a>Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="check_format_info.html">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_overview">D.1.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id3132263">D.1.2. Example file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id3132293">D.1.3. Field Descriptions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_notes">D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>These are the formats of some auxiliary files used by <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmln!
 s="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. UK Vat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"><link rel="next" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixd"></a>Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="check_format_info.html">D.1. Check Format Files (<code class="filename">*.chk</code>)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_overview">D.1.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id3193038">D.1.2. Example file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id3193070">D.1.3. Field Descriptions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_notes">D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>These are the formats of some auxiliary files used by <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code!
 ></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. UK Vat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. Check Format Files (<code xmlns="" class="filename">*.chk</code>)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
       be satisfied if you enter values to multiple accounts. For example: if
       you receive money in the form of income you must see an equal increase
       in your assets. As another example, you could have an increase in assets
-      if you have a parallel increase in liabilities.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3065531"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.1. The basic accounts relationships</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="The basic accounts relationships"><div class="caption"><p>A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic
+      if you have a parallel increase in liabilities.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3121752"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.1. The basic accounts relationships</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="The basic accounts relationships"><div class="caption"><p>A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic
               accounts. Net worth (equity) increases through income and
               decreases through expenses. The arrows represent the movement of
               value.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.3. Double Entry"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Double Entry</h3></div></div></div><p>The accounting equation is the very heart of a <em class="firstterm">double entry

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
         up the save window.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data Format</strong></span> of the file you are saving from the 
         drop down list. The default selection is <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> but if you have set up a 
         database back end you can change to that format.</p><p>Depending on the selected <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data Format</strong></span> the window can change as 
-        described in the following.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>If you selected <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> you will see a screen like this:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3067082"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.2. Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> is selected.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_SaveXML.png" width="510" alt="The Save screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save</strong></span> screen when the selected 
+        described in the following.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>If you selected <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> you will see a screen like this:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3123328"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.2. Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> is selected.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_SaveXML.png" width="510" alt="The Save screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save</strong></span> screen when the selected 
               <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data Format</strong></span> is <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>Type your chosen filename in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Name</strong></span> field. It is not necessary to specify an 
             extension when you write the file name. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will automatically add the extension 
             <code class="filename">.gnucash</code> to the file.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The <code class="filename">.gnucash</code> extension was introduced in the 2.3 series of <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
               <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Save As...</strong></span> command and give the file a new name in order to have it saved with the 
               extension <code class="filename">.gnucash</code>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Select the path where the file will be saved by browsing the tree in the lower panes.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Click on the <span class="guibutton">Create Folder</span> button to create a new folder with a
               custom name in the selected path.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>If you selected <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym>
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data Format</strong></span> you will see a screen like this:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3067266"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.3. Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym> is selected.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_SaveSQL.png" width="510" alt="The Save screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save</strong></span> screen when the selected 
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data Format</strong></span> you will see a screen like this:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3123512"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.3. Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym> is selected.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_SaveSQL.png" width="510" alt="The Save screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save</strong></span> screen when the selected 
                   <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data Format</strong></span> is <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>Enter in this window the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Database Connection</strong></span> information:
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Host</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Database</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> 
             and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Warning</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Saving to <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym> requires the proper permissions in that 

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. Getting Help</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="prev" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Interface"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.5. Storing your financial data"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. Getting Help</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.4. Getting Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.4. Getting Help</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offers help in many ways. We have already covered the <a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-TipOfDay">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. Getting Help</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="prev" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Interface"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.5. Storing your financial data"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. Getting Help</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.4. Getting Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.4. Getting Help</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offers help in many ways. We have already covered the <a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-tip2" title="2.3.1. Tip of the Day">
     <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tip of the Day</strong></span></a> screen that gives you helpful hints
     upon start-up of your <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> session. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> also offers an extensive
     help manual.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.4.1. Help Manual"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-manual2"></a>2.4.1. Help Manual</h3></div></div></div><p>Once you have opened <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, you will see the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Account

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. Importing QIF Files</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Creating and Saving Files"><link rel="next" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. Importing QIF Files</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-import1"></a>2.7. Importing QIF Files</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section tells you how to initially import data from other
-      financial programs that use QIF (Quicken® Interchange Format). 
-
-      </p></td></tr></table></div><p>To import data from Quicken®, MS Money, or other programs that
-    use QIF(Quicken® Interchange
-    Format), you must first export your data to a QIF file. One way to do this
-    is to export each account as a separate QIF file. An easier way, available
-    in Quicken® 98 and beyond, is to
-    export all accounts at once into a single QIF file. Check your program's
-    manual to determine if this option is available.</p><p>Once your data is in QIF form, follow the easy 3-step import process
-    described below. Before you get started, though, please note that part of
-    the import process involves checking for duplicate transactions, so it is
-    very important that you load <b>all</b> of your QIF files
-    before importing. Duplicate transactions result when more than one account
-    is involved. For example, if one of your transactions transferred money
-    from savings to checking, you would end up with this same transaction
-    recorded twice - once in the savings account and once in the checking
-    account.</p><p>To import QIF files:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Load all of the QIF files containing data you wish to
-        import.</p><p>To do this, select <b>File</b> ->
-        <b>Import</b> -> <b>Import
-        QIF...</b> from the menu. When the <b>QIF
-        Import</b> dialog box appears, click
-        Next and follow the instructions to guide you
-        through the process of loading your files.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png" alt="The QIF Import Druid"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the start of the <b>QIF
-              Import</b> Druid.</p></div></div></div><p>You will be prompted for a filename to load. Use the
-        Select button to select your QIF file and click
-        Next to load it. Once the file is loaded,
-        select Load another file if you have more files
-        to load. When you have loaded all your QIF files, click
-        Next to continue with the import
-        process.</p></li><li><p>Review the GnuCash accounts to be created.</p><p>The importer then matches up your QIF accounts and categories
-        with GnuCash accounts and gives you a brief description of the
-        matching process. Clicking Next will bring you
-        to a view comparing your QIF accounts with the corresponding GnuCash
-        accounts created. To change an account name, select the row containing
-        that account name and edit the name in the dialog box provided. Click
-        Next when you have finished making changes, and
-        proceed through a similar category matching process. QIF income and
-        expense categories import as GnuCash income and expense accounts (see
-        <a href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts">Basic Accounting Concepts</a> for more on this). 
-        Make changes to these account names if
-        necessary, and click Next to continue.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you are not sure what changes are needed, it is safe to
-          accept the GnuCash account names. It is easy to edit the accounts
-          later if you find you need to make a change.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>From the drop-down list, select a standard currency to be used
-        for imported accounts and click Next to
-        continue. If you have stocks, mutual funds, or other securities, you
-        will be prompted for additional information. The importer dialog will
-        ask for the exchange or listing (i.e. NASDAQ), the security's full
-        name, and the ticker symbol. If you do not have this information
-        handy, you can edit the account information later, once the import is
-        complete. Click Next to continue.</p></li><li><p>Tell GnuCash to import the data.</p><p>The last step is the import. Once you have verified your account
-        names and investment information, click Finish
-        in the <b>Update your GnuCash accounts</b> page to
-        complete the import process. Depending upon the size of your file, the
-        import might take a few minutes to complete, so a progress bar
-        displays the percentage finished. When the import process is complete,
-        GnuCash will return you to the main window, which should now display
-        the names of the accounts you imported.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.6. Creating and Saving Files </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
       close the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tip of the Day</strong></span> screen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.2. Account Tree Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-main2"></a>2.3.2. Account Tree Window</h3></div></div></div><p>You should now see the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span> window, which
       appears as shown below. The exact layout of the account tree will depend
       on which default accounts you selected during the New Account Hierarchy
-      Setup. In this example, the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Common Accounts</span>”</span> are shown.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Accounts.png" alt="The Account Tree Window"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span>
+      Setup. In this example, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Common Accounts</strong></span> are shown.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Accounts.png" alt="The Account Tree Window"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span>
             window.</p></div></div></div><p>The Account Tree window provides an overview of the data contained
       in the current file. It contains a list of account names and their
       current balances. From this window, you can open any of the accounts.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
       account data. As the name suggests, they look similar to a checkbook
       register. When you double-click an account name in the
       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span> window, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Register</strong></span>
-      window for that account will open.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Checking Account - Register
+      window for that account will open.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" width="510" alt="The Checking Account Register"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Checking Account - Register
             </strong></span> with several transactions.</p></div></div></div><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4, <i>Transactions</i></a> explains more about account 
       register windows and how to
       enter data into them. For now, note that the parts of an account

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. Setting Preferences</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. The GnuCash Interface"><link rel="next" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Getting Help"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. Setting Preferences</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-prefs1"></a>2.4. Setting Preferences</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash allows you to customize your session by setting several
-    preference options. From the menu select <b>Edit</b> ->
-    <b>Preferences</b>, then make your desired changes
-    using the list of items shown on the left. The changes you made will be
-    applied directly. To close the preference window press the
-    Close button.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-acctprefs2"></a>2.4.1. Accounts</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Accounts</b>, you will see the default
-      settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            Accounts</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Separator Character</b> - The account
-          separator is the character that separates a parent account from its
-          sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric. The default is a
-          :(Colon), but you can also select
-          /(Slash),
-          \(Backslash), -(Dash)
-          or .(Period), or any single non alphanumeric
-          unicode. Parent accounts and sub-accounts are discussed in 
-          <a href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts">GnuCash Accounts</a></p></li><li><p><b>Reverse Balanced accounts</b> - This option
-          lets you determine whether account balances will display as positive
-          or negative numbers: <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>None</b> shows all credit balances as
-                negative and all debit balances as positive. (See Accounting
-                Terminology note in this chapter for more information on
-                debits and credits.)</p></li><li><p><b>Credit Accounts</b> (default) displays
-                a positive balance for account types that would normally carry
-                a credit balance (income, credit, liability, equity). See
-                <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a> for more information on 
-                these account types.</p></li><li><p><b>Income & Expense</b> assigns a
-                positive credit balance to income account balances and a
-                negative debit balance to expense account balances. See
-                <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a> for more information 
-                on these account types.</p></li></ul></div></p></li><li><p><b>Labels</b> - Select this option if you want
-          column headings to refer to debits and credits instead of the
-          default informal headings. (See Accounting Terminology note in this
-          chapter for more information on debits and credits.)</p></li><li><p><b>Default Currency</b> - This item determines
-          which currency will be selected by default when creating new
-          accounts.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Locale</b> will use whatever currency is
-              specified in your system.</p></li><li><p><b>Choose</b> will let you specify a
-              specific currency to use, independent of your system
-              settings.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-business2"></a>2.4.2. Business</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Business</b>, you will see the default
-      settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Business"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            Business</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Open in a new window</b> - If checked, each
-          invoice will be opened in its own top level window. If clear, the
-          invoice will be opened in the current window.</p></li><li><p><b>Accumulate splits on post</b> - Whether
-          multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account
-          should be accumulated into a single split by default.</p></li><li><p><b>Number of rows</b> - Default number of
-          register rows to display in invoices.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Included (Invoices)</b> - Whether tax are
-          included by default in entries on invoices. This setting is
-          inherited by new customers and vendors.</p></li><li><p><b>Notify when due</b> - Lets you set whether
-          you want to be notified of when a bill is soon to be due.</p></li><li><p><b>Days in advance</b> - How many days in the
-          future to warn about bills coming due.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Included (Bills)</b> - Whether tax are
-          included by default in entries on bills. This setting is inherited
-          by new customers and vendors.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-datetime2"></a>2.4.3. Date/Time</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Date/Time</b>, you will see the default
-      settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Date/Time"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            Date/Time</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Time Format</b> - lets you specify if you
-          want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 23:00 should be
-          represented as 11PM or 23.</p></li><li><p><b>Date Format</b> - This item controls the
-          appearance of the date. The available options are US, UK, Europe,
-          ISO, and Locale. Choosing "Locale" will automatically determine the
-          date format based on your operating system settings.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-general2"></a>2.4.4. General</h3></div></div><p>In <b>General</b>, you will see the default settings
-      shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_General.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - General"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            General</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Display "tip of the Day"</b> - You can turn
-          on or off the option to display the “Tip of the Day”
-          dialog on start-up.</p></li><li><p><b>Perform account list setup on new file</b> -
-          This option turns off the display of the <b>New Account
-          Hierarchy Setup</b> druid when <b>File</b> ->
-          <b>New File</b> is selected.</p></li><li><p><b>Show close button on notebook tabs</b> - Adds
-          a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the
-          various tabs.</p></li><li><p><b>Enable Euro support</b> - If selected,
-          enables support for the European Union EURO currency. Needed if you
-          have any accounts with EURO currency.</p></li><li><p><b>Display negative amounts in red</b> - If you
-          turn off this option, GnuCash will display negative numbers in
-          black.</p></li><li><p><b>Automatic Decimal Point</b> - This option
-          will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type
-          in.</p></li><li><p><b>Decimal Places</b> - This option allows you
-          to set the number of decimal places to be used.</p></li><li><p><b>Compress files</b> - This option determines
-          whether the GnuCash data file will be compressed or not.</p></li><li><p><b>Retain log files</b> - This option deletes
-          log files (and backup files) after the number of days set
-          here.</p></li><li><p><b>New search limit</b> - Defaults to 'new
-          search' if fewer than this number of items is returned.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-onlinebank2"></a>2.4.5. On-line Banking</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Online banking</b>, you will see the default
-      settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Online banking"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Online
-            banking</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Show documentation</b> - The first time you
-          use the QIF importer (discussed later in this chapter), you may
-          notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import
-          a file. Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you
-          might want to turn off this option. Turning off the option gives you
-          less detail in the importer dialogs.</p></li><li><p><b>Use Bayesian matching</b> - Use Bayesian
-          algorithms to match new transactions with existing accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Match display threshold</b> - The minimal
-          score a potential match must have to be displayed in the match
-          list.</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-add threshold</b> - A transaction whose
-          best match's score is in the red zone (above display threshold, but
-          below or equal to Auto-add threshold) will be added by
-          default.</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-clear threshold</b> - A transaction
-          whose best match's score is in the green zone (above or equal to
-          Auto-clear threshold) will be cleared by default.</p></li><li><p><b>Commercial Cash Machine fees threshold </b> -
-          If the ATM machine automatically adds a small transaction fee,
-          GnuCash will still be able to match it to the transaction as long as
-          the difference is below this threshold</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regprefs2"></a>2.4.6. Register</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Register</b>, you will see the default
-      settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            Register</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>'Enter' moves to blank transaction</b> - If
-          selected, move to the blank transaction after the user presses
-          'enter', otherwise move down on row.</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-raise lists</b> - If selected, all lists
-          will automatically be expanded when input focus is in the list
-          field.</p></li><li><p><b>Check cleared transactions</b> - If selected,
-          automatically check off cleared transactions when
-          reconciling.</p></li><li><p><b>Automatic interest transfer</b> - If
-          selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays
-          interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest
-          charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual,
-          Asset, Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Automatic credit card payments</b> - If
-          selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user
-          to enter a credit card payment.</p></li><li><p><b>Use system theme colours</b> - If selected,
-          GnuCash will use the system theme colours instead of the default
-          colours.</p></li><li><p><b>Double mode colors alternate with
-          transactions</b> - If selected, configures the register
-          window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with
-          each transaction, instead of each row.</p></li><li><p><b>Draw horizontal lines between rows</b> - If
-          selected, GnuCash will draw a horizontal line between each
-          row.</p></li><li><p><b>Draw vertical lines between cells</b> - If
-          selected, GnuCash will draw a vertical line between the cells in
-          each row.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regdefaults2"></a>2.4.7. Register Defaults</h3></div></div><p>The <b>Register Defaults</b> preferences item
-      affects the behavior of the transaction register windows. More
-      information about the transaction register can be found in 
-      <a href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register">The Account Register</a> of this guide.</p><p>In <b>Register</b>, you will see the default
-      settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Register Defaults"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Register
-            Defaults</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Default Style</b> - you can choose from 3
-          different styles for register windows, <b>Basic
-          Ledger</b> (default), <b>Auto-Split Ledger</b>,
-          and <b>Transaction Journal</b>. The basic style is a
-          standard one-line register where everything appears on a single
-          line. The auto-split style is similar to the basic style except that
-          the current transaction is split-expanded. The journal style has
-          every transaction split-expanded.</p></li><li><p><b>Register opens in a new window</b> - If
-          selected, Register will be in a separate window instead of in a
-          tab.</p></li><li><p><b>Double Line Mode</b> - If selected, show two
-          lines of information for each transaction instead of one.</p></li><li><p><b>Number of transactions</b> - How many
-          transactions to show in a register</p></li><li><p><b>Number of rows</b> - How many rows to display
-          when the register is opened.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-reports2"></a>2.4.8. Reports</h3></div></div><p>The <b>Reports</b> preferences item affects the
-      behavior of the transaction register windows. More information about the
-      transaction register can be found in <a href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register">The Account Register</a>
-      of this guide.</p><p>In <b>Reports</b>, you will see the default settings
-      shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Reports"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            Reports</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Default Report Currency</b> - This item
-          determines which currency will be used by default when creating
-          reports. You can choose between <b>Locale</b> which
-          uses system settings, or <b>Choose</b> which lets you
-          specify your own default report currency.</p></li><li><p><b>Location</b> - if you select this option, the
-          reports will open up in a new window, instead of in a tab.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingPeriod2"></a>2.4.9. Accounting Period</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Accounting Period</b>, you will see the
-      default settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Accounting Period"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Accounting
-            Period</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Include grand total</b> - if this item is
-          selected, GnuCash will include a grand total on the report.</p></li><li><p><b>Include non-currency totals</b> - if this
-          item is selected, GnuCash will include a total of non-currency items
-          (for instance number of shares) in the report.</p></li><li><p><b>Start Date</b> - This item determines which
-          from which start date the report will report from. You can choose
-          between <b>Relative</b> which uses a dynamic start
-          date (like "start of this year", "start of this month" etc), or
-          <b>Absolute</b> which lets you specify a specific
-          start date (which will not change as time goes by).</p></li><li><p><b>End Date</b> - This item determines which to
-          which end date the report will report to. You can choose between
-          <b>Relative</b> which uses a dynamic end date (like
-          "end of this year", "end of this month" etc), or
-          <b>Absolute</b> which lets you specify a specific end
-          date (which will not change as time goes by).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-schedtrans2"></a>2.4.10. Scheduled Transactions</h3></div></div><p>The <b>Scheduled Transactions</b> preferences item
-      affects the behavior of GnuCash for scheduling transactions. More
-      information about scheduled transactions can be found in 
-      <a href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register">The Account Register</a> of this guide.</p><p>In <b>Scheduled Transactions</b>, you will see the
-      default settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Scheduled Transactions"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Scheduled
-            Transactions</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Run when data file opened</b> - If selected,
-          the "Since-Last-Run" window will appear on GnuCash start-up (or
-          rather when GnuCash opens the file).</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-Create new transactions</b> - If
-          selected, new Scheduled Transactions will automatically be entered
-          into the register. Also, if selected <b>Notify before
-          transactions are created</b> can be set to allow the user to
-          confirm creating the transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Create in advance, days</b> - The default
-          number of days in advance to create new Scheduled
-          Transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Remind in advance, days</b> - The default
-          number of days in advance to remind on new Scheduled
-          Transactions.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-windows2"></a>2.4.11. Windows</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Windows</b>, you will see the default settings
-      shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Windows"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
-            Windows</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Save window size and position</b> - If
-          selected, next time GnuCash starts it will re-use the window size
-          and position of the last run.</p></li><li><p><b>Toolbar Style</b> - you can choose from 5
-          different styles for the toolbar, <b>Use system
-          default</b> (default), <b>Text below icons</b>,
-          <b>Text beside icons</b>, <b>Icons
-          only</b>, and <b>Text only</b>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. The GnuCash Interface </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.5. Getting Help</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -8,29 +8,29 @@
         from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span>. This will start the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant that allows
         you to create several accounts at once.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you are running <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> for the first time, you will be presented with the
           <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cannot find default values</strong></span> screen which is described in details in the 
-          <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> manual.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the first screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
+          <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> manual.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" width="510" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the first screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
             Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant.</p></div></div></div><p>The first screen of the assistant gives you a description of what the assistant does.
       Click the <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> button to proceed to the next screen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>In the second screen, select the currency to use for the new accounts from the dropdown list.
       Then press the <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> button.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The currency you select here, will be assigned to all the
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>accounts</strong></span> created in this assistant.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Currency"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the second screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
+        <span class="guilabel"><strong>accounts</strong></span> created in this assistant.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png" width="510" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Currency"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the second screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
             Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant where you select the
             currency.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>In the third screen select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Common Accounts</strong></span> group in the 
       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Categories</strong></span> pane. Then press the <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> button to
       proceed.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you want, you can select one or more of the predefined account-groups here. For more
-        information on account types, see <a class="xref" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts">Section 3.2, “<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Accounts”</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Choose accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the third screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
+        information on account types, see <a class="xref" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts">Section 3.2, “<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Accounts”</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png" width="510" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Choose accounts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the third screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
             Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant where you choose the
             various accounts.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>In the fourth screen you will be able to set an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opening
       Balance</strong></span> on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if
       the account should be a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Placeholder</strong></span>. As these features will be 
       described in next chapters, leave all as configured by <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> 
-      and click <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> to open the last screen of the assistant.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Configure"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the fourth screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
+      and click <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> to open the last screen of the assistant.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png" width="510" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Configure"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the fourth screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
             Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant where you can set
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opening Balance</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>In the last screen of the assistant, click <span class="guibutton">Apply</span> to create all the accounts and
-      leave the assistant.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Finish"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the last screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
-            Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Your main window should now look something like this:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3068564"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 2.4. A new Account Tree window </b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" alt="The Main windows showing the test file"></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>Next, create a file to store test data. This is the file that
+      leave the assistant.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png" width="510" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Finish"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the last screen of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
+            Account Hierarchy Setup</strong></span> assistant.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Your main window should now look something like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" width="510" alt="The Main window showing the test file"></td></tr></table></div></div><p>Next, create a file to store test data. This is the file that
         will be used in the tutorials throughout this manual. Click
         <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Save As...</strong></span> (or press 
         Shift+Ctrl+S on your keyboard)
-        to open the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save As...</strong></span> dialog. Select <span class="emphasis"><strong>xml</strong></span> as data
+        to open the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save As...</strong></span> dialog. Select <span class="emphasis"><strong>XML</strong></span> as data
         format, name the file <code class="filename">gcashdata_1</code> and select the folder where 
         the file will be saved.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.6. Backing Up and Recovering Data </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 3. Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
      <span class="emphasis"><strong>what</strong></span> you spend your money on, you may want
      to make an expense report.  If you’re also concerned about having
      enough money in the right places at the right times, you may want
-     to use a cash-flow budget.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3126946"></a>15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period</h3></div></div></div><p>Before creating a budget you must also decide what period of
+     to use a cash-flow budget.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3186010"></a>15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period</h3></div></div></div><p>Before creating a budget you must also decide what period of
     time you want to plan for.  The most common budget periods are
     monthly and annual.  If you want your budget to plan for changes
     in financial patterns over time, then you should include multiple
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
     on having higher utility expenses in the winter than in the
     summer, then you might break your annual budget into 4 quarters or
     even 12 months, and budget a higher value for the winter periods
-    than for the summer periods.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.3. Getting Started"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3126965"></a>15.2.3. Getting Started</h3></div></div></div><p>To create your first budget click on <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Budget</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Budget</strong></span>.  You will
+    than for the summer periods.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.3. Getting Started"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3186029"></a>15.2.3. Getting Started</h3></div></div></div><p>To create your first budget click on <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Budget</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Budget</strong></span>.  You will
     immediately see a new budget with the default settings and no entries.
     Then click on the <span class="guibutton">Options</span> button.  The most important options are
     the budget period and the number of periods.  For the budget period,
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
     want to plan for.  Then, for the number of periods, choose how many
     periods you want to plan for.</p><p>The budget page now shows a list of accounts with a column
     for each budget period.  The date shown in the title of each
-    column is the beginning of that budget period.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.4. Entering Budget Values"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3127013"></a>15.2.4. Entering Budget Values</h3></div></div></div><p>Now, you must enter the budget values - the amounts that you
+    column is the beginning of that budget period.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.4. Entering Budget Values"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3186077"></a>15.2.4. Entering Budget Values</h3></div></div></div><p>Now, you must enter the budget values - the amounts that you
     expect the account balances to change during the budget period.
     There are two ways to enter budget values.  The first way is to
     simply click on the cell and enter an amount.</p><p>If you have past transactions recorded in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, the

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.6. Vendor Jobs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Bills"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Process Payment"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.6. Vendor Jobs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.6. Vendor Jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-jobs1"></a>13.6. Vendor Jobs</h2></div></div></div><p>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills from a single vendor.  Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.  The feature is useful when you have multiple <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">jobs</span>”</span> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills for a single job.</p><p>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Business</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Vendor</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Job</strong></span> application.  You will see the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Job</strong></span> window.  The editable fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Info - Job Number</s!
 trong></span> (optional) - enter
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.6. Vendor Jobs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Bills"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Process Payment"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.6. Vendor Jobs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.6. Vendor Jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-jobs1"></a>13.6. Vendor Jobs</h2></div></div></div><p>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills from a single vendor.  Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional.  The feature is useful when you have multiple <span class="guilabel"><strong>jobs</strong></span> for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills for a single job.</p><p>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Business</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Vendor</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Job</strong></span> application.  You will see the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Job</strong></span> window.  The editable fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Info - Job Number</strong></span>!
  (optional) - enter
         the number for this job. If left blank, a number will be chosen for
         you.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Info - Job Name</strong></span> - the name you want to
         assign to the new job.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Owner Info - Vendor</strong></span> - the vendor for

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
   you entered in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Vendor</strong></span> window for this vendor,
   start to type it in this field and <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will try auto complete 
   it for you. Else, press the <span class="guibutton">Select...</span> button to access the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Find
-  Customer</strong></span> window described in <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2" title="13.4.2. Find and Edit">Section 13.4.2, “Find and Edit”</a>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click 
+  Vendor</strong></span> window described in <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2" title="13.4.2. Find and Edit">Section 13.4.2, “Find and Edit”</a>. Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click 
   in the search results, then press the <span class="guibutton">Select</span> button.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Payment Information - Bill</strong></span> - the bill you wish to pay. If you remember the <span class="emphasis"><strong>bill ID</strong></span>,
   start to type it in this field and <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will try auto complete 
   it for you. Else, press the <span class="guibutton">Select...</span> button to access the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Find

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -15,4 +15,4 @@
       button. The relevant step is the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Search</strong></span>
       selection. If the vendor is not in the result of the original search,
       and you only search within this set, the vendor cannot be found,
-      regardless of new search criteria.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">matches regex</span>”</span>, and place a single dot <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> in the text field area.  Make sure <span class="guilabel"><strong>Search only active data</strong></span> is checked, then click <span class="guibutton">Find</span>.  The regular expression <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> means to match anything.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.3. System Components </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.5. Bills</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+      regardless of new search criteria.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to <span class="guilabel"><strong>matches regex</strong></span>, and place a single dot <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> in the text field area.  Make sure <span class="guilabel"><strong>Search only active data</strong></span> is checked, then click <span class="guibutton">Find</span>.  The regular expression <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> means to match anything.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.3. System Components </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.5. Bills</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,30 +2,32 @@
     style leaves the top part of the form blank, so you can print on company
     letterhead paper. There are some things you can do to change invoice
     appearance.</p><p>Use <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> to
-    enter your company name and address, which is printed on the right side of
-    invoices.</p><p>To add a customized background, heading banner or logo to invoices,
-    modify the invoice style sheets. To do this, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Style Sheets</strong></span> and make a <span class="guilabel"><strong>New</strong></span>
-    style sheet. You will see a window like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png" alt="New Style Sheet Window"><div class="caption"><p>The New Style Sheet window.</p></div></div></div><p>You must select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fancy</strong></span> style sheet template,
-    and choose a name for your new style sheet. When you click the
-    <span class="guibutton">OK</span> button, the <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> Style Sheet editor window is
-    displayed. This window contains four tabs, Colors, General, Images, and
-    Tables. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colors</strong></span> tab allows you to change the colors of various sections
-    of the invoice. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>General</strong></span> tab allows you to set the Preparer and
-    Prepared for information, and to enable links. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Images</strong></span> tab allows you
-    to import graphics into the style sheet. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tables</strong></span> tab allows you to
+    enter your Company informations in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Business</strong></span> tab of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Book Options</strong></span> window.
+    Some of the entered informations are printed on the right side of invoices.</p><p>To add a customized background, heading banner or logo to invoices,
+    modify the invoice style sheets. To do this, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Style Sheets</strong></span> and select the <span class="guibutton">New</span>
+    button in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Select HTML Style Sheet</strong></span> window that will appear.
+    You will then see a window like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png" alt="New Style Sheet Window"><div class="caption"><p>The New Style Sheet window.</p></div></div></div><p>Give a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Name</strong></span> to the new style sheet (e.g. <span class="guilabel"><strong>Custom Invoice</strong></span>) and select the 
+    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fancy</strong></span> <span class="guilabel"><strong>Template</strong></span>. When you click the
+    <span class="guibutton">OK</span> button, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>HTML Style Sheet Properties</strong></span> window is
+    displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colors</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fonts</strong></span>,
+    <span class="guilabel"><strong>General</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Images</strong></span>, and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tables</strong></span>. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colors</strong></span>
+    section allows you to change the colors of various items of the invoice. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fonts</strong></span> section lets you
+    set fonts type and dimensions. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>General</strong></span> section allows you to set the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparer</strong></span> and
+    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prepared for</strong></span> information, and to <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable Links</strong></span>. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Images</strong></span> section allows you
+    to import graphics into the style sheet. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tables</strong></span> section allows you to
     adjust the spacing around the tables which make up the invoice.</p><p>To include a company logo, banner heading and background image, use
-    your favorite graphics application such as The Gimp or OpenOffice Draw to
-    save the images in either GIF or PNG format. Then import them into the
-    style sheet using the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Images</strong></span> tab.</p><p>Below is an example that imports all three types of images.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png" alt="HTML Style Sheets example"><div class="caption"><p>The <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> Style Sheets window with an example Background
-        Tile, Heading Banner, and Logo.</p></div></div></div><p>The images are placed in the invoice as follows. The
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Background Tile</strong></span> is tiled to become the background
-    image, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Heading Banner</strong></span> goes to above the invoice
-    text, and the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo</strong></span> is placed in the upper left corner
-    of the invoice to the left of the Heading Banner. You will probably have
-    to try a few different sized images until you get the invoices to print
-    nicely. Some sizing suggestions are that the Logo should be 1 square cm
-    (~0.5 inch), and the Heading Banner should be 15 cm (~6 inches) wide and 1
-    cm (~0.5 inch) tall.</p><p>With the style sheet configured, when you print the invoice, you
+    your favorite graphics application such as <strong class="application"><code>The Gimp</code></strong> or <strong class="application"><code>OpenOffice Draw</code></strong> to
+    save the images in either <acronym class="acronym">GIF</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">PNG</acronym> format. Then import them into the
+    style sheet using the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Images</strong></span> section described above.</p><p>Below is an example that imports all three types of images.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png" width="510" alt="HTML Style Sheets example"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>The <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> Style Sheets window with an example Background
+        Tile, Heading Banner, and Logo.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The images are placed in the invoice as follows. The
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Background Tile</strong></span> is tiled to become the background
+      image, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Heading Banner</strong></span> goes to above the invoice
+      text, and the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo</strong></span> is placed in the upper left corner
+      of the invoice to the left of the Heading Banner. You will probably have
+      to try a few different sized images until you get the invoices to print
+      nicely. Some sizing suggestions are that the Logo should be 1 square cm
+      (~0.5 inch), and the Heading Banner should be 15 cm (~6 inches) wide and 1
+      cm (~0.5 inch) tall.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>With the style sheet configured, when you print the invoice, you
     select the style sheet to use from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Options</strong></span> menu.
     Below is the resultant invoice after applying the style sheet demonstrated
     above.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png" alt="HTML Style Sheets example"><div class="caption"><p>The hideous invoice which results from the graphics

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.7. Customer Jobs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Invoices"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Process Payment"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.7. Customer Jobs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.7. Customer Jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-jobs1"></a>12.7. Customer Jobs</h2></div></div></div><p>Customer Jobs are used to group multiple invoices to the same
     customer. Use of the Customer Jobs feature is optional. The feature is
-    useful when you have multiple <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">jobs</span>”</span> for the same customer, and would like
+    useful when you have multiple <span class="guilabel"><strong>jobs</strong></span> for the same customer, and would like
     to view all the invoices related to a single job.</p><p>To use customer jobs, you must create them using the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Business</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Customer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New Job</strong></span> application. You will see the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New
     Job</strong></span> window. The editable fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Info - Job Number</strong></span> (optional) - enter
         the number for this job. If left blank, a number will be chosen for

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.4. Example</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Protocol"><link rel="next" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.4. Example</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_budgets.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.4. Example"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-example1"></a>14.4. Example</h2></div></div></div><p>Using the account setup seen previously, let’s go through an example.  Assume that there are 2 employees (E1 and E2) which each earn $1000 per month gross salary. The employee contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 10% and 5% respectively.  The company contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 15% and 10% each on top of the employees gross salary.</p><p>Staring with $50k in the bank, and before doing any payroll, the account hierarchy looks like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png" alt="Payroll Example 1"><div class="caption"><p>Payroll Initial Setup
 	       </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.1. Build Protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-exampleprotocol2"></a>14.4.1. Build Protocol</h3></div></div></div><p>The deductions list for employee 1:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_GROSS_SALARY</strong></span> - Employee gross salary - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$1000</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX1</strong></span> - Employee contribution to tax1 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$100</strong></span> (10% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX2</strong></span> - Employee contribution to tax2 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$50</strong></span> (5% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX1</strong></span> - Company contribution to tax1 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$150</strong></span> (15% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX2</strong></span> - Company contribution to tax2 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$100</strong></span> (10% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li></ul></div><p>
-  </p><div class="table"><a name="id3125414"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 14.2. Transaction Map for Employee 1</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transaction Map for Employee 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Account</th><th>Increase</th><th>Decrease</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Assets:Checking</td><td> </td><td>$850 (E_NET_SALARY)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Salaries</td><td>$1000 (E_GROSS_SALARY)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$100 (E_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$50 (E_TAX2)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax1</td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax2</td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+  </p><div class="table"><a name="id3184477"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 14.2. Transaction Map for Employee 1</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transaction Map for Employee 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Account</th><th>Increase</th><th>Decrease</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Assets:Checking</td><td> </td><td>$850 (E_NET_SALARY)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Salaries</td><td>$1000 (E_GROSS_SALARY)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$100 (E_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$50 (E_TAX2)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax1</td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax2</td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
   </p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.2. Pay an Employee"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplepay2"></a>14.4.2. Pay an Employee</h3></div></div></div><p>Now, enter the first split transaction for employee 1 in the checking account.  The split transaction looks like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png" alt="Payroll Example 2"><div class="caption"><p>Employee 1 Split Transaction
 	       </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">When paying employees, enter only the employee name in the Description area.  If you decide to use <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>’s check printing capabilities, the check is automatically made out to the correct employee.  If you want to record other information in the transaction besides the employee name, use the Notes area, available when viewing the Register in double-line mode.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Repeat this for the second employee, which leaves the account hierarchy looking like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png" alt="Payroll Example 3"><div class="caption"><p>Account Tree After Salaries Paid
 	       </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.3. Pay the Government"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplegovt2"></a>14.4.3. Pay the Government</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Tax1</strong></span> and <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Tax2</strong></span> accounts continue to track how much you must pay to the government agencies responsible for each.  When it is time to pay these agencies, make a transaction from the checking account to the liability accounts.  No expense accounts are involved.  The main account will then appear like this for this example:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png" alt="Payroll Example 4"><div class="caption"><p>Accounts After Paying Government

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.3. Protocol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Account Setup"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Example"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.3. Protocol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.3. Protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-protocol1"></a>14.3. Protocol</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> does not have an integrated payroll system.  <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> can track your payroll expenses, but you need to develop a payroll protocol and perform the calculations outside of <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, in a spreadsheet for example.  In this section, one such protocol is presented. You can use the sample protocol as a model.</p><div class="sect2" title="14.3.1. Step 1: Deductions list"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolone2"></a>14.3.1. Step 1: Deductions list</h3></div></div></div><p>The first step to the payroll protocol is to create a list of all the possible taxes and deductions for each employee.  Each entry should include definit!
 ions and formulas for calculating each value.  Once the protocol is established it needs to be changed only when payroll laws or tax rates change.</p><p>In the proposed scenario, such a list would look like this:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_GROSS_SALARY</strong></span> - Employee gross salary</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX1</strong></span> - Employee contribution to tax1 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX2</strong></span> - Employee contribution to tax2 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX1</strong></span> - Company contribution to tax1 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX2</strong></span> - Company contribution to tax2 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The employee’s net salary (E_NET_SALARY) is defined as E_GROSS_SALARY - E_TAX1 - E_TAX2 and need not be placed in this list since it is composed of items that already exist.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Place the actual formulas for calculating each deduction in this list.  Sometimes these formulas are quite complex, and sometimes they simply say "look it up in table XYZ of the tax codes".</p><p>Notice that you can calculate some interesting values using the above definitions.  One such value is the total cost to the company: E_GROSS_SALARY + C_TAX1 + C_TAX2.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.2. Step 2: Create the Transaction Map"><div class="titlepage"><div><!
 div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocoltwo2"></a>14.3.2. Step 2: Create the Transaction Map</h3></div></div></div><p>When you record payroll in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, do so with a single split transaction.  This split transaction populates the appropriate expense and liability accounts.  If you need to look the payroll details at a later time, open the split transaction.</p><p>With the deductions list from above, an employee split transaction map can be generated.  Each of the items in the list is mapped to a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account.</p><p>
-  </p><div class="table"><a name="id3125059"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 14.1. Transaction Map</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transaction Map" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Account</th><th>Increase</th><th>Decrease</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Assets:Checking</td><td> </td><td>E_NET_SALARY</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Salaries</td><td>E_GROSS_SALARY</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX2</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax1</td><td>C_TAX1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax2</td><td>C_TAX2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX2</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+  </p><div class="table"><a name="id3184123"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 14.1. Transaction Map</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transaction Map" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Account</th><th>Increase</th><th>Decrease</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Assets:Checking</td><td> </td><td>E_NET_SALARY</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Salaries</td><td>E_GROSS_SALARY</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX2</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax1</td><td>C_TAX1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax2</td><td>C_TAX2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX2</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
   </p><p>Note that the C_TAX1 and C_TAX2 components have entries in the both the liability and expense accounts.  The company component of each tax is expensed at the time of payroll, but remains a liability until taxes are due.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.3. Step 3: Pay the Employee"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolthree2"></a>14.3.3. Step 3: Pay the Employee</h3></div></div></div><p>Go to the account from which the employee will be paid, for example your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Checking</strong></span> account. Open a split transaction and enter the real values using the Transaction Map above as a guide.  Repeat this for all employees.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This manual process is tedious, especially if you have a large number of employees.</p><p xmlns="">One <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tool you certainly want use when entering employee payroll is duplicate transaction (use the <span class="guibutton">Duplicate</span> <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> button).  This saves you from having to enter all the transaction splits for each employee.  You still need to change the amounts of money to match each employee’s real payroll values, but you will not have to build the split for each employee.</p><p xmlns="">If payroll transactions do not change significantly every pay period, you can also use the duplicate transaction feature to duplicate each employee’s most recent payroll transaction for the current pay period.  If you find you are doing so all the time, read about the Schedule Transactions feature and save even mo!
 re time!</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.4. Step 4: Pay the Government"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolfour2"></a>14.3.4. Step 4: Pay the Government</h3></div></div></div><p>The final thing to do is to pay the taxes to the government.  The liability accounts have been collecting the taxes for various government agencies, and periodically you need to send a check to the government to pay this charge.  To do so, you simply enter a 2 account transaction in (for example) your checking account to pay off the tax liability.  The transaction is between the checking account and the liability account, no expense account is involved.  The expense accounts are charged at the time the tax liability is recorded.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.2. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.4. Example</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
     ways to setup capital gains accounts. We will present here a general
     method which should be flexible enough to handle most situations. The
     first account you will need is an <span class="emphasis"><strong>Asset Cost</strong></span> account
-    (<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account type <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">asset</span>”</span>), which is simply a place where you record
+    (<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account type <span class="guilabel"><strong>Asset</strong></span>), which is simply a place where you record
     the original purchase of the asset. Usually this purchase is accomplished
     by a transaction from your bank account.</p><p>In order to keep track of the appreciation of the asset, you will
     need three accounts. The first is an <span class="emphasis"><strong>Unrealized Gains</strong></span>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
           price of the painting. This money comes directly from your
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas</strong></span> sub-accounts. Transfer the full
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</strong></span> value into 
-          <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</strong></span>, and the full 
+          <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span>, and the full 
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain</strong></span> into 
-          <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</strong></span>.</p><p>These transactions should now appear as follows:</p><div class="table"><a name="id3103650"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.1. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transfer to</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transaction Amount</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Total</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>This leaves the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</strong></span> account
+          <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span>.</p><p>These transactions should now appear as follows:</p><div class="table"><a name="id3162342"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.1. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transfer to</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transaction Amount</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Total</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>This leaves the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span> account
           with a total of $130000 and <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Realized Gains</strong></span> with a total of
           $30000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app3main.png" alt="Asset Appreciation Main Window"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after realized
               gain</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Under estimation</strong></span> of unrealized
@@ -40,14 +40,14 @@
           $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a
           little bit, but not too dramatically.</p><p>The transactions should now appear as follows (observe the
           last transaction which balances the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Unrealized Gains</strong></span>
-          accounts):</p><div class="table"><a name="id3103821"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.2. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transfer to</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transaction Amount</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Total</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>$10,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>This leaves the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</strong></span> account
+          accounts):</p><div class="table"><a name="id3162512"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.2. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transfer to</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transaction Amount</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Total</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>$10,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>This leaves the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span> account
           with a total of $120000 and <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Realized Gains</strong></span> with a total of
           $20000.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Over estimation</strong></span> of unrealized
           gain.</p><p>You manage to sell your painting for more than you thought in
           your wildest dreams ($150,000). The extra value is, again, recorded
           as a gain, i.e. an income.</p><p>The transactions should now appear as follows (observe the
           last transaction which balances the Unrealized Gains
-          accounts):</p><div class="table"><a name="id3103963"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.3. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transfer to</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transaction Amount</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Total</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>This leaves the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</strong></span> account
+          accounts):</p><div class="table"><a name="id3162656"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.3. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transfer to</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Transaction Amount</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Total</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>This leaves the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span> account
           with a total of $150,000 and <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Realized Gains</strong></span> with a total of
           $50,000.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.3. Caution about Valuation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplecaution2"></a>9.4.3. Caution about Valuation</h3></div></div></div><p>As we see in this example, for non-financial assets, it may be
       difficult to correctly estimate the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">true</span>”</span> value of an asset. It is
@@ -61,5 +61,5 @@
           evidence that the assets have value, as lenders are professionally
           suspicious of dubious overestimations of value. Be aware: all too
           many companies that appear <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">profitable</span>”</span> on paper go out of business
-          as a result of running out of cash, precisely because "valuable
-          assets" were not the same thing as cash.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Taxation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+          as a result of running out of cash, precisely because <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">valuable
+          assets</span>”</span> were not the same thing as cash.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Taxation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -43,13 +43,13 @@
           sample statement as the date you enter for this transaction. Your
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Checking</strong></span> account should now look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_servch.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Checking Account Register with
                 service charge added.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click back on the Reconcile window, and you should see the
-          service charge now under Funds Out. Click on it to mark it as
+          service charge now under <span class="guilabel"><strong>Funds Out</strong></span>. Click on it to mark it as
           reconciled, and note that the difference amount below now becomes
           0.00. Click the <span class="guibutton">Finish</span> button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> to complete the
           reconciliation. The Reconcile R column in your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Checking</strong></span> register
           should now show <span class="guilabel"><strong>y</strong></span> for each transaction you just
           reconciled. Also observe the bottom status row that now indicates
-          "Reconciled: USD 1451.79"</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the reconciled Checking Account
+          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconciled: USD 1451.79</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the reconciled Checking Account
                 Register.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.4. Save file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-save"></a>5.5.4. Save file</h3></div></div></div><p>Go back to the main window and save your file with the new
       <code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code> name. Your chart of accounts is
       steadily growing, and it should now look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png" alt="The Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Chart of Accounts.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.5. Reports"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reports"></a>5.5.5. Reports</h3></div></div></div><p>As we did in the previous chapter, let’s have a look at a 

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Setting Up Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="prev" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concepts"><link rel="next" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Entering Charges"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Setting Up Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.2. Setting Up Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-accounts1"></a>6.2. Setting Up Accounts</h2></div></div></div><p>To begin managing your credit cards in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, you should set up a
-    <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Liability</span>”</span> top level account and under this parent account create credit
+    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liability</strong></span> top level account and under this parent account create credit
     card type accounts for each credit card you use. If you are tracking only
     the payments you make to the credit card company, then all you need is a
     bank account and a credit card account to enter your transactions.</p><p>The charges you make on your credit card are expenses, so you will
     have to set up these accounts under the top-level account called
-    <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Expenses</span>”</span>. If you decide to keep a more detailed records of your
+    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>. If you decide to keep a more detailed records of your
     purchases, you will need to create expense accounts for each kind of
     purchase you make. Since you will also be reconciling the balance to your
     credit card statements, you should also enter an opening balance in each
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
 -Expenses<br>
    -Credit Card<br>
    </p></div><p>In this example, if you enter your total amount charged per month
-      as a transaction between <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Liabilities:Credit Card</span>”</span> and
-      <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Expenses:Credit Card</span>”</span>. When you make a payment, you would
-      enter a transaction between <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Assets:Bank</span>”</span> and
-      <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Liabilities:Credit Card</span>”</span>.</p><p>The obvious limitation of this simple credit card setup is that
+      as a transaction between <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Credit Card</strong></span> and
+      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Credit Card</strong></span>. When you make a payment, you would
+      enter a transaction between <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Bank</strong></span> and
+      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Credit Card</strong></span>.</p><p>The obvious limitation of this simple credit card setup is that
       you cannot see where your money is going. All your credit card expenses
       are being entered in the Credit Card expense account. This is, however,
       very simple to set up and maintain.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.2.2. Complete Setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-complete2"></a>6.2.2. Complete Setup</h3></div></div></div><p>If you want to track your expenses more completely, you should

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
         and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $74.99 jeans
         purchase. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer</strong></span> account should be
         <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Clothes</strong></span> and you
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Charge</strong></span> your Visa account with the $74.99.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Since we had not created the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Clothes</strong></span> account
+        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Charge</strong></span> your <span class="emphasis"><strong>Visa</strong></span> account with the $74.99.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Since we had not created the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Clothes</strong></span> account
           previously, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will prompt us to create it. Just remember to
-          create it as an Expense account</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the refund in one of the following way.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the same transaction as the purchase transaction, but
+          create it as an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expense</strong></span> account</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the refund in one of the following way.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the same transaction as the purchase transaction, but
             instead of a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Charge</span>”</span> amount, use a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Payment</span>”</span> amount in the Credit
             Card account register.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the purchase transaction you want to refund (that is
             the Jeans transaction in our case), and selecting

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="prev" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Missing Loan Documentation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3090710"></a>7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</h2></div></div></div><p>When you will record the selling of your house in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> you have 
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="prev" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Missing Loan Documentation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3149295"></a>7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</h2></div></div></div><p>When you will record the selling of your house in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> you have 
     some different options. Here we will go through two of them, one in which 
     you only recorded the purchase amount, and now the selling amount. The other
     where you have followed the ups and downs on the property market and registered
-    various Unrealized gains over the time.</p><p></p><div class="sect2" title="7.8.1. Simple Transaction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3090733"></a>7.8.1. Simple Transaction</h3></div></div></div><p>In this way you only record the proper sale amount.</p><p>Let’s work through two samples of selling a house, one with a
+    various Unrealized gains over the time.</p><p></p><div class="sect2" title="7.8.1. Simple Transaction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3149318"></a>7.8.1. Simple Transaction</h3></div></div></div><p>In this way you only record the proper sale amount.</p><p>Let’s work through two samples of selling a house, one with a
       profit, and one with a loss. If you want to sell a car instead, just
       substitute the house account with a car account.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Assets<br>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
           account. The split transaction you enter into your
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>bank</strong></span> account 
           (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</strong></span>)
-          should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3090793"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.3. Selling an asset (house) with a profit</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, but due to a
+          should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3149379"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.3. Selling an asset (house) with a profit</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, but due to a
           newly created airport, could only sell it for $230,000. How do you
           record this?</p><p>To record this you need to increase your bank account with the
           $230k, and decrease some other accounts with $230k. The house
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
           to our <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</strong></span> account, which will indicate
           a loss. The split transaction you enter into your
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>house</strong></span> account 
-          (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span>) should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3090900"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.4. Selling an asset (house) with a loss</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a loss" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$230,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</td><td>$70,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3090969"></a>7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction</h3></div></div></div><p>In this example, we will touch a little on some more complicated 
+          (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span>) should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3149485"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.4. Selling an asset (house) with a loss</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a loss" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$230,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</td><td>$70,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3149554"></a>7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction</h3></div></div></div><p>In this example, we will touch a little on some more complicated 
       accounting principles. For more details on this subject, please check
       <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9, <i>Capital Gains</i></a></p><p>Here we will only touch on the case when you have accurately estimated 
       the current value of your house. For the other cases (over-, and
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
           Lastly you need to transfer the full amounts from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span>
           sub-accounts.</p><p>The transaction you enter into your 
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Realized Gain:House</strong></span> account 
-          account should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3091058"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.5. Selling an asset (house) with a profit</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Realized Gain:House</td><td>$300,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gain:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>The transaction you enter into your 
+          account should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3146969"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.5. Selling an asset (house) with a profit</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Realized Gain:House</td><td>$300,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gain:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>The transaction you enter into your 
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</strong></span> account 
-          should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3091122"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.6. Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Cost</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>After having recorded these transactions you see that your House 
+          should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3147034"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.6. Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Cost</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>After having recorded these transactions you see that your House 
             Asset have a value of 0, your Savings account have increased with $600,000, 
             and lastly, the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Realized Gain</strong></span> have increased to $300,000.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 17. Python Extensions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa12.html" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><link rel="next" href="python-import-invoices.html" title="17.1. Import Bills or Invoices"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 17. Python Extensions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa12.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="python-import-invoices.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 17. Python Extensions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_python_bindigs"></a>Chapter 17. Python Extensions</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="python-import-invoices.html">17.1. Import Bills or Invoices</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="python-import-invoices.html#python-author-notes">17.1.1. Notes for <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> authors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="python-import-invoices.html#python-import-fields">17.1.2. A brief description of each field</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
+    <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> historically has always been a
+    traditional application in the sense that you open it, use it to
+    manipulate your financial data via the windows it presents, save your
+    data and close the windows again. This has the inherent limitation that
+    you can only do whatever the windows, menus and toolbars allow you to do.
+  </p><p>
+    Sometimes you might need a little more flexibility. For example, you
+    need a report with just a little different information than what the
+    built-in reports provide, or you want to automate a frequently recurring
+    action. Such custom manipulations are ideal candidates to write in one
+    or the other scripting language.
+  </p><p>
+    Starting with <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> version 2.4 you can
+    write <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> scripts to manipulate your financial data.
+  </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> extensions are an optional feature in the source code.
+      To be able to use <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> scripts, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> must
+      have been compiled with this option enabled, otherwise all what follows
+      won’t work. At present this option is not enabled by default, so if you
+      need this, you may have to compile <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> from
+      source yourself.
+    </p></td></tr></table></div><p>The <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> extensions come with a couple of ready to use scripts. This
+    chapter will show you how to use some of these.
+  </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This chapter is not about how to write your own <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> scripts.
+      Refer to the developer documentation for that instead.
+    </p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa12.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="python-import-invoices.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 17.1. Import Bills or Invoices</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 15. Budgets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Example"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 15. Budgets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_budgets"></a>Chapter 15. Budgets</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_concepts1.html">15.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">15.1.1. Terminology</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_creation1.html">15.2. Creating a Budget</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">15.2.1. Choose Which Accounts To Budget For</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3126946">15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3126965">15.2.3. Getting Started</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3127013">15.2.4. Entering Budget Values</!
 a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_reporting1.html">15.3. Budget Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 15. Budgets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Example"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 15. Budgets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_budgets"></a>Chapter 15. Budgets</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_concepts1.html">15.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">15.1.1. Terminology</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_creation1.html">15.2. Creating a Budget</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">15.2.1. Choose Which Accounts To Budget For</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3186010">15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3186029">15.2.3. Getting Started</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3186077">15.2.4. Entering Budget Values</!
 a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_reporting1.html">15.3. Budget Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
  This chapter explains how to create and use budgets with <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. 
   </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.4. Example </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Taxation"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_currency"></a>Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_concepts1.html">10.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_acct1.html">10.2. Account Setup</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_acct1.html#currency_acct_user2">10.2.1. User-Defined Currencies</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_howto1.html">10.3. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">10.3.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">10.3.2. Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt>!
 <span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">10.3.3. Disabling Exchange Rate Retrieval</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_purchase1.html">10.4. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">10.4.1. Purchase of an asset with foreign currency</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">10.4.2. Purchasing foreign stocks</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_invest1.html">10.5. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">10.5.1. Purchasing a currency investment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">10.5.2. Selling a currency investment</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_reconcile1.html">10.6. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_examples1.html">10.7. Putting It All Together (Examples)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3107497">10.7.1. Basic scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3107611">10.7.2. Configure Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3107686">10.7.3. Opening Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3104837">10.7.4. Purchase a house</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108102">10.7.5. Stock Purchasing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108406">10.7.6. Get the online quotes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108440">10.7.7. Lending money to a friend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108476">10.7.!
 8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108616">10.7.9. Whats next?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will show you how to setup your <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> accounts to use
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Taxation"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_currency"></a>Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_concepts1.html">10.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_acct1.html">10.2. Account Setup</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_acct1.html#currency_acct_user2">10.2.1. User-Defined Currencies</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_howto1.html">10.3. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">10.3.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">10.3.2. Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt>!
 <span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">10.3.3. Disabling Exchange Rate Retrieval</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_purchase1.html">10.4. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">10.4.1. Purchase of an asset with foreign currency</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">10.4.2. Purchasing foreign stocks</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_invest1.html">10.5. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">10.5.1. Purchasing a currency investment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">10.5.2. Selling a currency investment</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_reconcile1.html">10.6. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_examples1.html">10.7. Putting It All Together (Examples)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166230">10.7.1. Basic scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166344">10.7.2. Configure Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166418">10.7.3. Opening Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166551">10.7.4. Purchase a house</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166698">10.7.5. Stock Purchasing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3167002">10.7.6. Get the online quotes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3167036">10.7.7. Lending money to a friend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3167072">10.7.!
 8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3167212">10.7.9. Whats next?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will show you how to setup your <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> accounts to use
   multiple currencies.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Taxation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 7. Loans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>Chapter 7. Loans</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_concepts1.html">7.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">7.1.1. Terminology</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_accounts1.html">7.2. Setting Up Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_calcs1.html">7.3. Calculations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">7.3.1. Example: Monthly Payments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">7.3.2. Example: Length of Loan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">7.3.3. Advanced: Calculation Details</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt!
 ><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_mortgage1.html">7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan">7.5.1. Loan Specifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">7.5.2. Accounts for the loan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">7.5.3. Lending the money</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">7.5.4. Receiving first payment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">7.5.5. Receiving second payment</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_CarLoan.html">7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_Reconciling.html">7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch07s08.html">7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id3090733">7.8.1. Simple Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id3090969">7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_missing1.html">7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter explains how to manage your loans with <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" h!
 ref="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 7. Loans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>Chapter 7. Loans</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_concepts1.html">7.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">7.1.1. Terminology</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_accounts1.html">7.2. Setting Up Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_calcs1.html">7.3. Calculations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">7.3.1. Example: Monthly Payments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">7.3.2. Example: Length of Loan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">7.3.3. Advanced: Calculation Details</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt!
 ><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_mortgage1.html">7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan">7.5.1. Loan Specifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">7.5.2. Accounts for the loan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">7.5.3. Lending the money</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">7.5.4. Receiving first payment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">7.5.5. Receiving second payment</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_CarLoan.html">7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_Reconciling.html">7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch07s08.html">7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id3149318">7.8.1. Simple Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id3149554">7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_missing1.html">7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter explains how to manage your loans with <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" h!
 ref="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Overview</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_oview"></a>Chapter 1. Overview</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-intro1.html">1.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-features1.html">1.2. Features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featureseasy2">1.2.1. Easy to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresinvest2">1.2.2. Tracks Your Investments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresintl2">1.2.3. International Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresbus2">1.2.4. Business Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresaccounting2">1.2.5. Accounting Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><!
 a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnewstable2">1.2.6. What’s New in 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnew2">1.2.7. What’s New in v2.0</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-about1.html">1.3. About this Book</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-reasons1.html">1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-install1.html">1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Overview</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_oview"></a>Chapter 1. Overview</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-intro1.html">1.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-features1.html">1.2. Features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featureseasy2">1.2.1. Easy to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresinvest2">1.2.2. Tracks Your Investments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresintl2">1.2.3. International Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresbus2">1.2.4. Business Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresaccounting2">1.2.5. Accounting Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><!
 a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnewstable2">1.2.6. What’s New in 2.4</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnew2">1.2.7. What’s New in v2.0</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-about1.html">1.3. About this Book</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-reasons1.html">1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-install1.html">1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 4. Transactions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_txns"></a>Chapter 4. Transactions</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-concepts1.html">4.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-registers1.html">4.2. The Account Register</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-twoaccount2">4.2.1. Simple Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2">4.2.2. Split Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-features2">4.2.3. Features of the Account Register</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-regstyle1.html">4.3. Choosing a Register Style</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-shortcuts1.html">4.4. Using Ent!
 ry Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html">4.5. Reconciliation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html#txns-reconcile-window2">4.5.1. Reconcile Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-sxn1.html">4.6. Scheduled Transactions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2">4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2">4.6.2. Creating from the Editor</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html">4.7. Putting It All Together</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-openfile">4.7.1. Open <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-open2">4.7.2. Opening Balances</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-add2">4.7.3. Additional Transaction Examples</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-save">4.7.4. Save file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-reports">4.7.5. Reports</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will give you the basic information you need to
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 4. Transactions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="prev" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_txns"></a>Chapter 4. Transactions</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-concepts1.html">4.1. Basic Concepts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-registers1.html">4.2. The Account Register</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-twoaccount2">4.2.1. Simple Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2">4.2.2. Split Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-features2">4.2.3. Features of the Account Register</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-regstyle1.html">4.3. Choosing a Register Style</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-shortcuts1.html">4.4. Using Ent!
 ry Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html">4.5. Reconciliation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html#txns-reconcile-window2">4.5.1. Reconcile windows</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-sxn1.html">4.6. Scheduled Transactions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2">4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2">4.6.2. Creating from the Editor</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html">4.7. Putting It All Together</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-openfile">4.7.1. Open <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-open2">4.7.2. Opening Balances</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-add2">4.7.3. Additional Transaction Examples</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-save">4.7.4. Save file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-reports">4.7.5. Reports</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will give you the basic information you need to
   understand and use transactions in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Whereas accounts are the
   framework and structure of a chart of accounts, transactions are the data
   which fills each account.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.3. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats"><link rel="prev" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix E. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="check_format_info"></a>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.1. Overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_overview"></a>D.1.1. Overview</h3></div></div></div><p>The check format file is used to tell <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> how to print a check or checks onto a page of paper.  This file first describes the overall layout of a page (number of checks, orientation, etc) and then describes the layout of the specific items on a single check.  The file is organized as a typical Key/Value file used by many Linux applications.  Keys/values pairs are grouped into sections that begin with the group name enclosed in square brackets.</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuC!
 ash</code></strong> looks for check format files in two different locations when you bring up the check printing dialog.  The first location is typically <code class="filename">/usr/share/gnucash/checks</code>, where check files distributed with the application can be found.  The second location is the user private <code class="filename">~/.gnucash/checks</code> directory.  Users may add check formats at any time (even while <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is running) simply by dropping a new *.chk file in this directory.  The next time the check printing dialog is opened the new check format will appear in the list of available check formats.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Printing functions differently depending on the version of GTK that is installed on your system.  When <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is using a version of GTK prior to 2.10 all offsets are measured from the lower left corner of the page or check.  When using GTK 2.10 or later, all offsets are measured from the upper left corner of the page or check.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.2. Example file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3132263"></a>D.1.2. Example file</h3></div></div></div><p>A typical <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> check file is presented below.  The contents of this file will be described in the next sections.</p><pre class="programlisting">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats"><link rel="prev" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix E. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. Check Format Files (<code xmlns="" class="filename">*.chk</code>)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. Auxiliary File Formats</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="check_format_info"></a>D.1. Check Format Files (<code class="filename">*.chk</code>)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.1. Overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_overview"></a>D.1.1. Overview</h3></div></div></div><p>The check format file is used to tell <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> how to print a check or checks onto a page of paper.  This file first describes the overall layout of a page (number of checks, orientation, etc) and then describes the layout of the specific items on a single check.  The file is organized as a typical Key/Value file used by many Linux applications.  Keys/values pairs are grouped into sections that begin with the group name encl!
 osed in square brackets.</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> looks for check format files in two different locations when you bring up the check printing dialog.  The first location is typically <code class="filename">/usr/share/gnucash/checks</code>, where check files distributed with the application can be found.  The second location is the user private <code class="filename">~/.gnucash/checks</code> directory.  Users may add check formats at any time (even while <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is running) simply by dropping a new <code class="filename">*.chk</code> file in this directory.  The next time the check printing dialog is opened the new check format will appear in the list of available check formats.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Printing functions differently depending on the version of GTK that is installed on your system.  When <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is using a version of GTK prior to 2.10 all offsets are measured from the lower left corner of the page or check.  When using GTK 2.10 or later, all offsets are measured from the upper left corner of the page or check.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.2. Example file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3193038"></a>D.1.2. Example file</h3></div></div></div><p>A typical <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> check file is presented below.  The contents of this file will be described in the next sections.</p><pre class="programlisting">
 [Top]
 Guid = 67b144d1-96a5-48d5-9337-0e1083bbf229
 Title = Quicken/QuickBooks (tm) US-Letter
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 Type_5 = NOTES
 Coords_5 = 50.0;212.0
-        </pre></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.3. Field Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3132293"></a>D.1.3. Field Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.1. Top Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3132299"></a>D.1.3.1. Top Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section of the check file describes the overall layout of a page of checks (or check) that goes into the printer.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_top"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.1. Overall Page Description Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Overall Page Description Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Guid</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The guid is used to uniquely identify a check format to <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.  It must be unique across the entire set of application supplied and user supplied check formats.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you must change this value.  The <span class="emphasis"><strong>uuidgen</strong></span> program may be used to generate these identifiers.</td></tr><tr><td>Title</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The title is used to uniquely identify a check format to the user.  This value is presented verbatim in the check format list of the check printing dialog.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you should change this value.  The title may be any utf-8 string.</td></tr><tr><td>Font</td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default font used to print all text items on this check.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> pr!
 eferences dialog.  A typical string would be <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sans 12</span>”</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>Blocking_Chars</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default used when printing all <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span> items on this check.  When set to true, will print <span class="emphasis"><strong>***</strong></span> before and after each text field on the check.  Blocking characters are printed to protect check fields from alteration.  For example, the amount field may be printed as <span class="emphasis"><strong>***100.00***</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>DateFormat</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default used when printing all <span class="emphasis"><strong>DATE</strong></span> items on this check.  When set to true, will print the format of the DATE in 8 point type, centered and below the actual DATE.  For example DDMMYYYY.</td></tr><tr><td>Rotation</td><td>double</td><td>optional</td><td>This value specified the rotation of the entire page (in degrees) around the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the counter-clockwise direction.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the clockwise direction. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Translation</td><td>list of 2 doubles</td><td>optional</td><td>These values specify the x and y translation of the entire page (in points) relative to the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Grid</td><td>boolean</!
 td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will draw a grid on the page, starting at the origin with the lines spaced every 50 points. This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Boxes</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then for each item where the width and height have been specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will draw a box showing location and maximum size of that item . This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The Blocking_Chars and DateFormat options are defined for all check formats in Edit->Preferences->Printing.  It is recommened that these global options be set to false (the default), and that the options be set for individual Check Items as described below.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3132610"></a>D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This group of items specifies how multiple checks are laid out on the same sheet of paper, and gives names to each of these check locations so that a user can specify which check location that <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> should print.  This entire group of key/value pairs is optional, and should be omitted if the format file only specifies a single check per page of paper.</!
 p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_positions"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.2. Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Multiple Checks Per Page Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Height</td><td>double</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the height of a single check on the page.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr><tr><td>Names</td><td>list of strings</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the names of the check locations that can be printed on each page.  These names represent the check positions starting from the top of the page and moving downward.  The names are presented verbatim in the check position list of the check printing dialog.  A typical value for this field is "Top;Middle;Bottom", but it could also be "First;Second;Third" or any other set of strings that clearly identify the check locations.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.3. Check Items Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3132720"></a>D.1.3.3. Check Items Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section specifies the individual items that are printed on the check.  There is no limit to the number of items that may be present in this section, and any given type of item can be repeated multiple times.  This allows for the printing of checks that have a side stub, or for the one-per-page business checks that have both the check and multiple check stubs on the same page.  For example, to print the payee name on a business check and on both stubs, simply specify three payee items with differin!
 g print coordinates.</p><p>Each key names in this section explicitly includes the item number to which it applies.  E.G. The key named <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type_1</strong></span> applies to the first item to be printed, and the key <span class="guilabel"><strong>Coords_3</strong></span> applies to the third item to be printed.  Item numbers start at one and increase sequentially.  Any gap in the numbering sequence is interpreted by <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> as the end of the item list.  Items are printed in the order of their item numbers, not in the order in which they appear in the file.</p><p>Each item specified must include a type declaration.  The rest of the parameters for that item depend upon the particular type of that item.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Table D.4. Individual Check Item Types">Table D.4, “Individual Check Item Types”</a> for a list of valid item types and their required parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_items"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.3. Individual Check Item Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Type_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the type of a single item to be printed on a check.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Table D.4. Individual Check Item Types">Table D.4, “Individual Check Item Types”</a> for a list of valid item types.</td></tr><tr><td>Coords_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>list of 2 or 4 doubles</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the coordinates where the item should be placed on a check, and optionally also specifies the width and height of the item.  The numbers in order are the X and Y!
  offset of the lower left corner of the item, and optionally the width and height of the item.  If the width is supplied then the height must also be supplied, so this field will always contain two or four numbers.  For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right.<div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Regardless of whether the origin is at the top or the bottom of the page, the coordinates always specify the lower left point of the item.</p></td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td>Font_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the font used to print this specific text item.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Top</strong></span> section of the check description file, or if that was omitted the font specified in the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> preferences dialog.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Align_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the alignment used to print this specific text item.  This field must contain one of the strings <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">left</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">center</span>!
 ”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">right</span>”</span>.  If this field is omitted, the text will be left aligned.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Text_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span>. It specifies the utf-8 text that should be printed on the check.</td></tr><tr><td>Filename_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>PICTURE</strong></span>. It specifies the filename of the image that should be printed on the check.  The string may specify either an absolute path name or as a relative path name.  If a relative path name is specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> first looks in in the application check format folder (typically <code class="filename">/usr/share/gnucash/checks</code>) for the image file, and if it isn’t found there then it looks in the user private <code class="filename">~/.gnucash/checks</code> directory for the image.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Blocking_Chars_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this will set the print <span class="emphasis"><strong>Blocking_Chars</strong></span> option for this item.</td></tr><tr><td>DateFormat_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this will set the print <span class="emphasis"><strong>DateFormat</strong></span> option for this item.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>These are the individual items that can be printed on a check.  All items require the coordinates on the page where the item should be printed.  The majority of these items result in text being printed o!
 n the page, and these items may have individual font and alignments specified.  For example, the numerical amount of a check could be printed right justified while everything else is printed left justified.  Other types may have unique parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_types"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.4. Individual Check Item Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Required Fields</th><th>Optional Fields</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>PAYEE</td><td>Coords</td><td>
+        </pre></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.3. Field Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3193070"></a>D.1.3. Field Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.1. Top Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3193075"></a>D.1.3.1. Top Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section of the check file describes the overall layout of a page of checks (or check) that goes into the printer.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_top"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.1. Overall Page Description Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Overall Page Description Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Guid</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The guid is used to uniquely identify a check format to <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.  It must be unique across the entire set of application supplied and user supplied check formats.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you must change this value.  The <span class="emphasis"><strong>uuidgen</strong></span> program may be used to generate these identifiers.</td></tr><tr><td>Title</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The title is used to uniquely identify a check format to the user.  This value is presented verbatim in the check format list of the check printing dialog.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you should change this value.  The title may be any utf-8 string.</td></tr><tr><td>Font</td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default font used to print all text items on this check.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> pr!
 eferences dialog.  A typical string would be <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sans 12</span>”</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>Blocking_Chars</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default used when printing all <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span> items on this check.  When set to true, will print <span class="emphasis"><strong>***</strong></span> before and after each text field on the check.  Blocking characters are printed to protect check fields from alteration.  For example, the amount field may be printed as <span class="emphasis"><strong>***100.00***</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>DateFormat</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default used when printing all <span class="emphasis"><strong>DATE</strong></span> items on this check.  When set to true, will print the format of the DATE in 8 point type, centered and below the actual DATE.  For example DDMMYYYY.</td></tr><tr><td>Rotation</td><td>double</td><td>optional</td><td>This value specified the rotation of the entire page (in degrees) around the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the counter-clockwise direction.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the clockwise direction. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Translation</td><td>list of 2 doubles</td><td>optional</td><td>These values specify the x and y translation of the entire page (in points) relative to the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Grid</td><td>boolean</!
 td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will draw a grid on the page, starting at the origin with the lines spaced every 50 points. This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Boxes</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then for each item where the width and height have been specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will draw a box showing location and maximum size of that item . This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The Blocking_Chars and DateFormat options are defined for all check formats in Edit->Preferences->Printing.  It is recommened that these global options be set to false (the default), and that the options be set for individual Check Items as described below.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3193387"></a>D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This group of items specifies how multiple checks are laid out on the same sheet of paper, and gives names to each of these check locations so that a user can specify which check location that <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> should print.  This entire group of key/value pairs is optional, and should be omitted if the format file only specifies a single check per page of paper.</!
 p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_positions"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.2. Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Multiple Checks Per Page Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Height</td><td>double</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the height of a single check on the page.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr><tr><td>Names</td><td>list of strings</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the names of the check locations that can be printed on each page.  These names represent the check positions starting from the top of the page and moving downward.  The names are presented verbatim in the check position list of the check printing dialog.  A typical value for this field is "Top;Middle;Bottom", but it could also be "First;Second;Third" or any other set of strings that clearly identify the check locations.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.3. Check Items Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3193496"></a>D.1.3.3. Check Items Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section specifies the individual items that are printed on the check.  There is no limit to the number of items that may be present in this section, and any given type of item can be repeated multiple times.  This allows for the printing of checks that have a side stub, or for the one-per-page business checks that have both the check and multiple check stubs on the same page.  For example, to print the payee name on a business check and on both stubs, simply specify three payee items with differin!
 g print coordinates.</p><p>Each key names in this section explicitly includes the item number to which it applies.  E.G. The key named <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type_1</strong></span> applies to the first item to be printed, and the key <span class="guilabel"><strong>Coords_3</strong></span> applies to the third item to be printed.  Item numbers start at one and increase sequentially.  Any gap in the numbering sequence is interpreted by <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> as the end of the item list.  Items are printed in the order of their item numbers, not in the order in which they appear in the file.</p><p>Each item specified must include a type declaration.  The rest of the parameters for that item depend upon the particular type of that item.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Table D.4. Individual Check Item Types">Table D.4, “Individual Check Item Types”</a> for a list of valid item types and their required parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_items"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.3. Individual Check Item Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Type_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the type of a single item to be printed on a check.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Table D.4. Individual Check Item Types">Table D.4, “Individual Check Item Types”</a> for a list of valid item types.</td></tr><tr><td>Coords_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>list of 2 or 4 doubles</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the coordinates where the item should be placed on a check, and optionally also specifies the width and height of the item.  The numbers in order are the X and Y!
  offset of the lower left corner of the item, and optionally the width and height of the item.  If the width is supplied then the height must also be supplied, so this field will always contain two or four numbers.  For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right.<div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Regardless of whether the origin is at the top or the bottom of the page, the coordinates always specify the lower left point of the item.</p></td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td>Font_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the font used to print this specific text item.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Top</strong></span> section of the check description file, or if that was omitted the font specified in the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> preferences dialog.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Align_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the alignment used to print this specific text item.  This field must contain one of the strings <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">left</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">center</span>!
 ”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">right</span>”</span>.  If this field is omitted, the text will be left aligned.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Text_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span>. It specifies the utf-8 text that should be printed on the check.</td></tr><tr><td>Filename_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>PICTURE</strong></span>. It specifies the filename of the image that should be printed on the check.  The string may specify either an absolute path name or as a relative path name.  If a relative path name is specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> first looks in in the application check format folder (typically <code class="filename">/usr/share/gnucash/checks</code>) for the image file, and if it isn’t found there then it looks in the user private <code class="filename">~/.gnucash/checks</code> directory for the image.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Blocking_Chars_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this will set the print <span class="emphasis"><strong>Blocking_Chars</strong></span> option for this item.</td></tr><tr><td>DateFormat_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this will set the print <span class="emphasis"><strong>DateFormat</strong></span> option for this item.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>These are the individual items that can be printed on a check.  All items require the coordinates on the page where the item should be printed.  The majority of these items result in text being printed o!
 n the page, and these items may have individual font and alignments specified.  For example, the numerical amount of a check could be printed right justified while everything else is printed left justified.  Other types may have unique parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_types"></a><p class="title"><b>Table D.4. Individual Check Item Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Required Fields</th><th>Optional Fields</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>PAYEE</td><td>Coords</td><td>
                     <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
 Align<br>
 Blocking_Chars<br>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.2. Account Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="prev" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.3. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.2. Account Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.2. Account Setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_acct1"></a>10.2. Account Setup</h2></div></div></div><p>Your default account currency is set in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Account</strong></span> tab 
     under <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span>
-    (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> on Mac OS X).
+    (<span class="guimenu"><strong>GnuCash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> on Mac OS X).
     You should set this parameter correctly, as it will save you much time when building
     your account structure.</p><p>Similarly, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offers an option to
     set your preferred currency for displaying reports (like the balance
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@
       fits your needs better.</p><p>Let’s say for example that you want to track RewardMiles,
       which count how many loyalty points you’ve earned by buying
       from a certain group of businesses. The account which tracks your
-      RewardMiles will be <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</strong></span>.</p><p>The first method is to define a new security, of type FUND,
+      RewardMiles will be <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</strong></span>.</p><p>The first method is to define a new security, of type <span class="guilabel"><strong>FUND</strong></span>,
       called RewardMiles. This is pretty straightforward–when you
       create the new <span class="emphasis"><strong>LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles</strong></span> account, just set the account
       type to <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stock</strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mutual
       Fund</strong></span>, click the <span class="guibutton">Select...</span> button
       next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Security/currency:</strong></span> box, and click
       <span class="guibutton">New</span> to define a new security of type
-      FUND.</p><p>This is not really what the stock and mutual fund account types
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>FUND</strong></span>.</p><p>This is not really what the stock and mutual fund account types
       are meant for, but <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> usually lets you
       decide how you want to use it, instead of dictating. The downside is
       that you’ll have to enter a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">price</span>”</span> for every

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.7. Putting It All Together (Examples)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="prev" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.6. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.7. Putting It All Together (Examples)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.7. Putting It All Together (Examples)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_examples1"></a>10.7. Putting It All Together (Examples)</h2></div></div></div><p>In this Putting It All Together you will use quite a bit of what you
     have learned so far in this guide with a bit of a twist. The twist being
-    a lot of different currencies.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.7.1. Basic scenario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3107497"></a>10.7.1. Basic scenario</h3></div></div></div><p>The following are the basic scenarios.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>You live in Australia and use AUD as our default
+    a lot of different currencies.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.7.1. Basic scenario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3166230"></a>10.7.1. Basic scenario</h3></div></div></div><p>The following are the basic scenarios.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>You live in Australia and use AUD as our default
           currency</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You win the lottery as well as inherit some money</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You pay of your existing house loan</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You purchase some stocks in Sweden using SEK (Ericsson
           B-Fria)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You purchase some stocks in HK using HKD (Beijing
           Airport)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You purchase some stocks in US using USD (Amazon)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You lend some EURO to a friend (Peter)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You borrow some money from a Japanese bank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You buy a house in New Zealand</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You use a credit card in Australia</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You would like to have maximum control of your expenses</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Again these samples are not intended as a valid and
           accurate advice. They are only to be considered as a sample for
           the techniques used in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, and not as an Investment Advice.
           Please consult a proper financial advisor for more information
-          regarding international investments/loans.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.2. Configure Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3107611"></a>10.7.2. Configure Accounts</h3></div></div></div><p>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> data file, so
+          regarding international investments/loans.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.2. Configure Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3166344"></a>10.7.2. Configure Accounts</h3></div></div></div><p>This time let’s start with a fresh and new <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> data file, so
       <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New File</strong></span>, and edit
       preferences (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span>,
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> on Mac OS X) 
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>GnuCash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> on Mac OS X) 
       to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
       decided to be able to track as much of your various expenses and incomes
       as possible, the following account hierarchy could be used;</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account         (AUD)<br>
-      </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.3. Opening Balance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3107686"></a>10.7.3. Opening Balance</h3></div></div></div><p>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
+      </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.3. Opening Balance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3166418"></a>10.7.3. Opening Balance</h3></div></div></div><p>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
       that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
       happened to be very rich. And also $500,000 AUD richer. That was not the
       last though, another mail states you won the lottery, and got $250,000
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
 Equity:Inheritance     (AUD)      <br>
       </p></div><p>The transactions you enter into your 
       <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span>
-      should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3104740"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.3. You come into some extra money</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="You come into some extra money" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Lottery</td><td>$250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Inheritance</td><td>$500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>And the Chart of Accounts looks like this after above transactions have been entered.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="Chart Of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>
+      should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3166455"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.3. You come into some extra money</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="You come into some extra money" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Lottery</td><td>$250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Inheritance</td><td>$500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>And the Chart of Accounts looks like this after above transactions have been entered.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="Chart Of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>
             Chart Of Accounts after receiving some money
-          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.4. Purchase a house"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3104837"></a>10.7.4. Purchase a house</h3></div></div></div><p>At last you can afford to pay of that house loan you had to take some years ago 
+          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.4. Purchase a house"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3166551"></a>10.7.4. Purchase a house</h3></div></div></div><p>At last you can afford to pay of that house loan you had to take some years ago 
       (with a $50,000 deposit).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Assets:Fixed Assets:House                  (AUD) $300,000<br>
 Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage                 (AUD) $250,000<br>
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
       </p></div><p>After you have had a small chat with your Mortgage bank, they
       agree to let you pay it all of in one go, plus some interest (AUD
       30,000). You should enter the following split transaction into
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span> account.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3107989"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.4. Paying of the house mortgage</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paying of the house mortgage" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td> </td><td>280000</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Interest:Mortgage Interest</td><td>30000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</td><td>250000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</strong></span> account Transaction Ledger looks like 
+      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span> account.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3166585"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.4. Paying of the house mortgage</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paying of the house mortgage" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td> </td><td>280000</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Interest:Mortgage Interest</td><td>30000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</td><td>250000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</strong></span> account Transaction Ledger looks like 
       this after the transactions have been entered</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" alt="House Mortgage"><div class="caption"><p>
             Transaction Ledger of the House Loan
-          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.5. Stock Purchasing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3108102"></a>10.7.5. Stock Purchasing</h3></div></div></div><p>Since you quite suddenly have a lot of money in your bank account,
+          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.5. Stock Purchasing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3166698"></a>10.7.5. Stock Purchasing</h3></div></div></div><p>Since you quite suddenly have a lot of money in your bank account,
       you decide to visit a Financial Advisor, and after his recommendation
       (remember, this is fictional - Not a genuine stock purchase advice) you
       decide to purchase Telecommunication (Ericsson in Sweden), Beijing
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
       we first do a currency transaction to the various bank accounts
       associated with the stock. </p><p>The transaction you enter into your 
       <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</strong></span>
-      should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3108155"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.5. Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
+      should look like this.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3166751"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.5. Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
         split.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
         split." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Deposit</td><td>Withdrawal</td><td>Exchange Rate</td><td>Transaction Fee</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:Bank</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.5869</td><td>35</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:HK Broker:Bank</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.8869</td><td>30</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:USD Broker:Bank</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>0.7593</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Now when there is some money in the various stock brokerage
       accounts, you ask each broker to buy stocks for the certain amount.
@@ -66,15 +66,15 @@
       account, and if the Exchange Rate window do not pop up, right click the
       row and manually start it. Enter the number of stocks you purchase in
       the last entry (To Amount:).</p><p>
-        </p><div class="table"><a name="id3108264"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.6. Purchasing oversea stocks</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Purchasing oversea stocks" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Stock Symbol</td><td>Number of shares</td><td>Amount</td><td>Commission</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15000</td><td>270000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70000</td><td>280000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1000</td><td>32000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+        </p><div class="table"><a name="id3166860"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.6. Purchasing oversea stocks</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Purchasing oversea stocks" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Stock Symbol</td><td>Number of shares</td><td>Amount</td><td>Commission</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15000</td><td>270000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70000</td><td>280000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1000</td><td>32000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
       </p><p>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased stocks in three
       different currencies (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
       do not indicate how much it is valued in your home currency, AUD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" alt="Chart of Account after Stocks"><div class="caption"><p>
             Some of the accounts in Chart of Accounts after the stock purchase
           </p></div></div></div><p>Next section will ensure you get the various exchange rates so <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> can show your
-      total worth in the local currency (AUD in this case)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.6. Get the online quotes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3108406"></a>10.7.6. Get the online quotes</h3></div></div></div><p>To get the current exchange rates and stock quotes, go to
+      total worth in the local currency (AUD in this case)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.6. Get the online quotes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167002"></a>10.7.6. Get the online quotes</h3></div></div></div><p>To get the current exchange rates and stock quotes, go to
       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span> and then
-      click on <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span>. </p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.7. Lending money to a friend"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3108440"></a>10.7.7. Lending money to a friend</h3></div></div></div><p>Peter has run into some difficulties all the way over in Europe
+      click on <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span>. </p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.7. Lending money to a friend"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167036"></a>10.7.7. Lending money to a friend</h3></div></div></div><p>Peter has run into some difficulties all the way over in Europe
       Land. Since he is a very dear pal of yours, you decide to help him out
       with a personal loan of 40,000 Euro.</p><p>
         </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
         simple currency transaction from your Savings Account (AUD), to your
         Assets:Money owed to me:Peter (EURO) account. You got the exchange rate
         of 0.606161, which means you need to withdraw AUD 65,989.10, as well as
-        pay the service fee of 35 AUD.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3108476"></a>10.7.8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</h3></div></div></div><p>Your long time Japanese friend offers you a Japanese house loan if
+        pay the service fee of 35 AUD.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167072"></a>10.7.8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</h3></div></div></div><p>Your long time Japanese friend offers you a Japanese house loan if
       you purchase a property overseas, with only AUD 50,000 as deposit. After
       having discussed this with your Financial Advisor in Australia and gone
       through the various risks and benefits related to your situation, you
@@ -107,6 +107,6 @@
 Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan         (JPY)<br>
 Assets:Current Assets:Japan Bank              (JPY)<br>
 Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House                  (NZ)<br>
-</p></div><div class="table"><a name="id3108535"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.7. Buying a NZ House Split Transaction</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Buying a NZ House Split Transaction" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House</td><td>300000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td> </td><td>50000 (AUD) (1.18926)</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Japan Loan</td><td> </td><td>28000000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan</td><td>300000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.9. Whats next?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3108616"></a>10.7.9. Whats next?</h3></div></div></div><p>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases. 
+</p></div><div class="table"><a name="id3167131"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.7. Buying a NZ House Split Transaction</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Buying a NZ House Split Transaction" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House</td><td>300000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td> </td><td>50000 (AUD) (1.18926)</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Japan Loan</td><td> </td><td>28000000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan</td><td>300000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.9. Whats next?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167212"></a>10.7.9. Whats next?</h3></div></div></div><p>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases. 
       The rest, that is various selling, and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to 
       ponder upon.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.6. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 11. Depreciation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,19 +2,19 @@
     different ways, manual and automatic. In the following two sections we
     will work through both ways.</p><p>Before we start, let’s have a quick look at the Chart of
     Accounts</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main1.png" alt="Initial multi currency Account Bank Setup"><div class="caption"><p>Initial setup of 3 bank accounts with different
-        currencies. </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.3.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Manual"></a>10.3.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates</h3></div></div></div><p>Open the Price Editor by going to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window. </p></div></div></div><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button to add a new
+        currencies. </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.3.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Manual"></a>10.3.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates</h3></div></div></div><p>Open the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span> by going to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window. </p></div></div></div><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button to add a new
       currency exchange. A window will appear in which you can setup a new
       exchange rate. This window should appear like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_addcurr.png" alt="Setup Euro Exchange Rate"><div class="caption"><p>Add Price Editor Window</p></div></div></div><p> Set the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Namespace</strong></span> to
       Currency and the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Security</strong></span> to EUR (Euro).
       Then set the exchange rate between the selected security and the
       selected currency. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
-      EUR for 1 USD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnline.png" alt="Price Editor Window"><div class="caption"><p>The Price Editor window after setting the exchange
+      EUR for 1 USD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Price Editor Window"><div class="caption"><p>The Price Editor window after setting the exchange
           rate between Euros and US Dollars</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main2.png" alt="Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after setting the exchange rate
           between Euros and US Dollars.</p></div></div></div><p>Observe that since you have no exchange rate for HKD, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
       doesn’t convert the HKD accounts to USD. This will be added in the next
       section.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.3.2. Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Auto"></a>10.3.2. Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)</h3></div></div></div><p>In the previous section you saw how you could manually define a
       new currency exchange rate, but there must be an easier way to do it.
-      And there is.</p><p>Open the Price Editor by going to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnline.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window before you obtain online quotes.
+      And there is.</p><p>Open the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span> by going to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window before you obtain online quotes.
           </p></div></div></div><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span> button to
       automatically load the various exchange rates you need.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
          If the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span> button is disabled, 

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
     Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX       (XXX)<br>
     Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX     (XXX)<br>
     Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX  (XXX)</p></div><p>Where XXX is the currency you are investing in.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.5.1. Purchasing a currency investment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest12"></a>10.5.1. Purchasing a currency investment</h3></div></div></div><p>A typical purchase order might be something like this, seen from
-      the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3107213"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.1. Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposit</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Withdrawal</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</td><td> </td><td>Invested Amount</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</td><td>Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td>Invested Amount - Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">You should get an Exchange Rate window popping up when you
+      the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3165946"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.1. Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposit</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Withdrawal</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</td><td> </td><td>Invested Amount</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</td><td>Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td>Invested Amount - Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">You should get an Exchange Rate window popping up when you
       leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
       window do not pop up, right click on the row, and select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Edit
       Exchange Rate</strong></span>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
@@ -24,5 +24,5 @@
       the Currency asset twice in the split. Once to record the actual sale
       (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate) and once to balance
       the income profit (setting the amount to 0).</p><p>In short, a selling Currency transaction should look something
-      like below, seen again from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3107351"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.2. Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposit</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Withdrawal</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</td><td>Sold Amount - Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</td><td>Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td> </td><td>Sold Amount</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital
+      like below, seen again from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3166084"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.2. Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposit</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Withdrawal</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</td><td>Sold Amount - Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</td><td>Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td> </td><td>Sold Amount</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital
               Gains:XXX</td><td>[LOSS]</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td>PROFIT (with To Amount = 0)</td><td>[LOSS (with To Amount = 0) ]</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.4. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.6. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.4. Setting International Preferences</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_support1.html" title="10.3. GnuCash Currency Support"><link rel="next" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.4. Setting International Preferences</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_support1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_prefs1"></a>10.4. Setting International Preferences</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash allows you to specify the following international related
-    preferences</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Default currency you want the newly created registers to
-        have</p></li><li><p>Default currency for the reports</p></li><li><p>Date and Time formats</p></li><li><p>Euro support</p></li></ul></div><p>For a full explanation of the International Preferences available,
-    see <a href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Setting Preferences">Setting Preferences</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_support1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.3. GnuCash Currency Support </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Account Setup"><link rel="next" href="currency_prefs1.html" title="10.4. Setting International Preferences"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_support1"></a>10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash supports over a hundred currencies, from the Andorran Franc
-    to the Zimbabwe Dollar. You will also find supports for some lesser
-    popular currencies like the US Dollar, Canadian Dollar, European Euro, and
-    British Pound.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.2. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.4. Setting International Preferences</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
     ways to setup depreciation accounts. We will present here a general method
     which should be flexible enough to handle most situations. The first
     account you will need is an <span class="emphasis"><strong>Asset Cost</strong></span> account
-    (<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account type <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">asset</span>”</span>), which is simply a place where you record
+    (<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account type <span class="guilabel"><strong>Asset</strong></span>), which is simply a place where you record
     the original purchase of the asset. Usually this purchase is accomplished
     by a transaction from your bank account.</p><p>In order to keep track of the depreciation of the asset, you will
     need two depreciation accounts. The first is an <span class="emphasis"><strong>Accumulated
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
     in which all periodic depreciation expenses
     are recorded. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, this is an account type
     <span class="emphasis"><strong>expense</strong></span>.</p><p>Below is a generic account hierarchy for tracking the depreciation
-    of 2 assets, <span class="emphasis"><strong>ITEM1</strong></span> and <span class="emphasis"><strong>ITEM2</strong></span>. The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Asset Cost</span>”</span> accounts are balanced by
-    the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bank</span>”</span> account, the Accumulated Depreciation account is balanced by
-    the Depreciation Expense account.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+    of 2 assets, <span class="emphasis"><strong>ITEM1</strong></span> and <span class="emphasis"><strong>ITEM2</strong></span>. The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Asset Cost</strong></span> accounts are balanced by
+    the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Bank</strong></span> account, the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Accumulated Depreciation</strong></span> account is balanced by
+    the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Depreciation</strong></span> account.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Assets<br>
    -Fixed Assets<br>
       -ITEM1 <br>
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
          -Depreciation     (Accumulated Depreciation account)<br>
    -Current Assets<br>
       -Bank<br>
--Expenses<br>
+-Expense<br>
    -Depreciation        (Depreciation Expense account)<br>
   </p></div><p>One of the features of the account hierarchy shown above is that you
     can readily see some important summary values about your depreciating

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
           lifetime, and simply divide the cost equally across that
           lifetime.</p><p>Example: You have bought a computer for $1500 and wish to
           depreciate it over a period of 5 years. Each year the amount of
-          depreciation is $300, leading to the following calculations:</p><div class="table"><a name="id3112185"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Linear Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Linear Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Year</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Depreciation</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Remaining Value</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Geometric depreciation</strong></span> is depreciated by
+          depreciation is $300, leading to the following calculations:</p><div class="table"><a name="id3170941"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Linear Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Linear Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Year</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Depreciation</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Remaining Value</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Geometric depreciation</strong></span> is depreciated by
           a fixed percentage of the asset value in the previous period. This
           is a front-weighted depreciation scheme, more depreciation being
           applied early in the period. In this scheme the value of an asset
           decreases exponentially leaving a value at the end that is larger
           than zero (i.e.: a resale value).</p><p>Example: We take the same example as above, with an annual
-          depreciation of 30%.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3112321"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.2. Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Year</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Depreciation</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Remaining Value</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220.50</td><td>514.50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154.35</td><td>360.15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108.05</td><td>252.10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Beware: Tax authorities may require (or allow) a larger
+          depreciation of 30%.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3171077"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.2. Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Year</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Depreciation</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Remaining Value</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220.50</td><td>514.50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154.35</td><td>360.15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108.05</td><td>252.10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Beware: Tax authorities may require (or allow) a larger
             percentage in the first period. On the other hand, in Canada, this
             is reversed, as they permit only a half share of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Capital Cost
             Allowance</span>”</span> in the first year. The result of this approach is that
@@ -52,4 +52,4 @@
           years of use, e.g. for our example from above with an asset worth
           $1500 that is used over a period of five years you get
           1500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100. Depreciation and asset value are then
-          calculated as follows:</p><div class="table"><a name="id3112477"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.3. Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Year</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Depreciation</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Remaining Value</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. Account Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+          calculated as follows:</p><div class="table"><a name="id3171233"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.3. Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Year</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Depreciation</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Remaining Value</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. Account Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@
         02111-1307,   USA 
 	Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this 
         license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-      </p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-preamble.html">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section1.html">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section2.html">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section3.html">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section4.html">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section5.html">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section6.html">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section7.html">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section8.html">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section9.html">E.10. 9. TERMINATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section10.html">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-using.html">E.12. Addendum</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="check_format_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+      </p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-preamble.html">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section1.html">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section2.html">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section3.html">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section4.html">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section5.html">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section6.html">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section7.html">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section8.html">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section9.html">E.10. 9. TERMINATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section10.html">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-using.html">E.12. Addendum</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="check_format_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.1. Check Format Files (<code xmlns="" class="filename">*.chk</code>) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountsSampleQIF.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveAs.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveSQL.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveXML.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_addcurr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_SetupPortfolio2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/index.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/index.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/index.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="en-US" class="book" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">About This Document</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">Overview</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">The Basics</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">Accounts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">Transactions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">Checkbook</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">Credit Cards</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">Loans</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="chapter_invest.html">Investments</!
 a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain.html">Capital Gains</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter_currency.html">Multiple Currencies</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">Depreciation</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Accounts Receivable</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Accounts Payable</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Payroll</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter_budgets.html">Budgets</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">16. <a href="chapter_other_assets.html">Other Assets</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">Migration Guide</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">Frequently Asked Questions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">Contributed Account Trees</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="appendixd.html">Auxiliary File Formats</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">E. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>List of Figures</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="basics-accounting1.html#id3065531">The basic accounts relationships</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="basics-files1.html#id3067082">Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> is selected.</a></dt><dt>2.3. <a href="basics-files1.html#id3067266">Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym> is selected.</a></dt><dt>2.4. <a href="basics-together1.html#id3068564">A new Account Tree window </a></dt>!
 <dt>4.1. <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-register-multiaccount">Entering a split transaction</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html#id3089865">Buying a House Split Transaction</a></dt><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#id3090247">Personal loan to a Friend</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3090793">Selling an asset (house) with a profit</a></dt><dt>7.4. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3090900">Selling an asset (house) with a loss</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3091058">Selling an asset (house) with a profit</a></dt><dt>7.6. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3091122">Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2</a></dt><dt>8.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3096696">Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>8.2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3096857">Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3097085">Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3103650">Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3103821">Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3103963">Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id3107213">Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id3107351">Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3104740">You come into some extra money</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3107989">Paying of the house mortgage</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108155">Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
-        split.</a></dt><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108264">Purchasing oversea stocks</a></dt><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3108535">Buying a NZ House Split Transaction</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3112185">Linear Depreciation Scheme Example</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3112321">Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3112477">Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example</a></dt><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#id3125059">Transaction Map</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#id3125414">Transaction Map for Employee 1</a></dt><dt>D.1. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_top">Overall Page Description Fields</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_positions">Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_items">Individual Check Item Fields</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types">Individual Check Item Types</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 1. Overview</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="en-US" class="book" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">About This Document</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">Overview</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">The Basics</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">Accounts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">Transactions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">Checkbook</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">Credit Cards</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">Loans</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="chapter_invest.html">Investments</!
 a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain.html">Capital Gains</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter_currency.html">Multiple Currencies</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">Depreciation</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Accounts Receivable</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Accounts Payable</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Payroll</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter_budgets.html">Budgets</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">16. <a href="chapter_other_assets.html">Other Assets</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">17. <a href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Python Extensions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">Migration Guide</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">Frequently Asked Questions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">Contributed Account Trees</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="appendixd.html">Auxiliary File Formats</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">E. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>List of Figures</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="basics-accounting1.html#id3121752">The basic accounts relationships</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="basics-files1.html#id3123328">Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> is selected.</a></dt><dt>2.3. <a href="basics-files1.html#id3123512">Save screen when <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">postgres</!
 acronym> is selected.</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-register-multiaccount">Entering a split transaction</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html#id3148450">Buying a House Split Transaction</a></dt><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#id3148832">Personal loan to a Friend</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3149379">Selling an asset (house) with a profit</a></dt><dt>7.4. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3149485">Selling an asset (house) with a loss</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3146969">Selling an asset (house) with a profit</a></dt><dt>7.6. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3147034">Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2</a></dt><dt>8.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3155327">Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>8.2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3155495">Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3155723">Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3162342">Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3162512">Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3162656">Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id3165946">Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id3166084">Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166455">You come into some extra money</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166585">Paying of the house mortgage</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166751">Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
+        split.</a></dt><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3166860">Purchasing oversea stocks</a></dt><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3167131">Buying a NZ House Split Transaction</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3170941">Linear Depreciation Scheme Example</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3171077">Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3171233">Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example</a></dt><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#id3184123">Transaction Map</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#id3184477">Transaction Map for Employee 1</a></dt><dt>D.1. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_top">Overall Page Description Fields</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_positions">Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_items">Individual Check Item Fields</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types">Individual Check Item Types</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 1. Overview</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -17,21 +17,21 @@
     which you sold shares, equal to NUM_SHARES*SELL_PRICE. PROFIT is the
     amount of money you made on the sale. COMMISSIONS are the brokerage
     commissions. NET_SALE is the net amount of money received from the sale,
-    equal to GROSS_SALE - COMMISSIONS.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3096696"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.1. Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Number of Shares</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Share Price</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Total Buy</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Total Sell</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>NET_SALE</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-NUM_SHARES</td><td>SELL_PRICE</td><td> </td><td>GROSS_SALE</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>PROFIT</td><td>(Loss)</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(Loss)</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSION</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>If you will be recording the sale of the stock as a capital gain (or
-    loss), please see the chapter <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Depreciation and Capital Gains</span>”</span> for more
-    information on this topic.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.7.1. Example - Sale of stock with profit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. Example - Sale of stock with profit</h3></div></div></div><p>As an example, assume you bought 100 shares of a stock for $20 per
+    equal to GROSS_SALE - COMMISSIONS.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3155327"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.1. Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Number of Shares</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Share Price</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Total Buy</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Total Sell</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>NET_SALE</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-NUM_SHARES</td><td>SELL_PRICE</td><td> </td><td>GROSS_SALE</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>PROFIT</td><td>(Loss)</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(Loss)</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSION</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>If you will be recording the sale of the stock as a capital gain (or
+    loss), please see <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9, <i>Capital Gains</i></a> and <a class="xref" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation">Chapter 11, <i>Depreciation</i></a>
+    for more information on this topic.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.7.1. Example - Sale of stock with profit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. Example - Sale of stock with profit</h3></div></div></div><p>As an example, assume you bought 100 shares of a stock for $20 per
       share, then later sell them all for $36 per share. In the split
       transaction scheme above, PRICEBUY is $20 (the original buying price),
       NUM_SHARES is 100, TOTALBUY is $2000 (the original buying cost),
       GROSS_SALE is $3600, and finally PROFIT is $1525
-      (GROSS_SALE-TOTALBUY-COMMISSION).</p><div class="table"><a name="id3096857"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.2. Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Shares</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Price</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Buy</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sell</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>36.00</td><td> </td><td>3600.00</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600.00</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75.00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png" alt="Selling Stock Example"><div class="caption"><p>An example of selling stock for gain. You bought 100
+      (GROSS_SALE-TOTALBUY-COMMISSION).</p><div class="table"><a name="id3155495"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.2. Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Shares</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Price</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Buy</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sell</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>36.00</td><td> </td><td>3600.00</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600.00</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75.00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png" alt="Selling Stock Example"><div class="caption"><p>An example of selling stock for gain. You bought 100
           shares of AMZN for $20 per share, and sold for $36.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock2.png" alt="Selling Stock Example"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the account tree after the example of
           selling stock for gain. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.7.2. Example - Sale of stock with loss"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexampleloss"></a>8.7.2. Example - Sale of stock with loss</h3></div></div></div><p>As an example, assume you bought 100 shares of a stock for $100
       per share, then later sell them all for $50 per share. In the split
       transaction scheme below, PRICEBUY is $100 (the original buying price),
       NUM_SHARES is 100, TOTAL_BUY is $10,000 (the original buying price),
       (Loss) is $5000, and finally GROSS_SALE is $5000. Assume the commission
-      was $100.00.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3097085"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.3. Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Shares</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Price</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Buy</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sell</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>50.00</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>5000.</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Note: You may either enter the loss as a positive number in the
+      was $100.00.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3155723"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.3. Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Account</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Shares</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Price</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Buy</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sell</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>50.00</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>5000.</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Note: You may either enter the loss as a positive number in the
       <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">buy</span>”</span> column or as a negative number in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sell</span>”</span>
       column, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will move the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">negative profit</span>”</span> to the other column.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png" alt="Selling Stock at loss Example"><div class="caption"><p>Above is a screenshot of the example of selling
           stock. You bought 100 shares for $100.00 per share, and sold for

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@
     </p><div class="sect2" title="8.9.1. Simple Stock Split"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-simplesplit"></a>8.9.1. Simple Stock Split</h3></div></div></div><p>As an example, our holding of NST stock declared a 2 for 1 stock split effective
       June 6, 2005.  The process for entering this transaction is; select 
       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stock Split</strong></span> to start
-      the assistant.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split1.png" alt="An image of the stock split assistant at step 1."><div class="caption"><p>An image of the selection of the stock split assistant. </p></div></div></div><p>The first screen is an Introduction, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Forward</strong></span> to
+      the assistant.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split1.png" alt="An image of the stock split assistant at step 1."><div class="caption"><p>An image of the selection of the stock split assistant. </p></div></div></div><p>The first screen is an Introduction, select <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> to
       display the selection of the account and stock for the split.  You will need to
       create an entry for each <span class="emphasis"><strong>Account:Stock</strong></span> combination you hold.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split2.png" alt="An image of the stock split assistant at step 2 - Selection of Account/Stock."><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split assistant at step 2 - Selection of
            Account/Stock.</p></div></div></div><p>Select the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Investments:DRIPs:NST</strong></span> and click on
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.</p><p>The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span> - Enter the date of the split.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Shares</strong></span> -  The number of shares increased (or decreased)
+      <span class="guibutton">Forward</span>.</p><p>The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span> - Enter the date of the split.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Shares</strong></span> -  The number of shares increased (or decreased)
           in the transaction.</p><p>In our example it is a 2 for 1 split so the number of additional shares
           is the number of shares currently in the register.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Description</strong></span> - The Description should give a brief
           explanation of the transaction.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>New Price</strong></span> - If desired the new price of the stock,
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
       <span class="emphasis"><strong>Investment Account:Stock</strong></span> account combination that has shares
       splitting.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge2.png" alt="An image of the stock split assistant at step 2."><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split assistant at step 2 - Selection of
            Account/Stock (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Investment Account:T</strong></span>).</p></div></div></div><p>Select the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Stock:T</strong></span> and click on
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.</p><p>The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span> - Enter the date of the split.  Here we’ll enter
+      <span class="guibutton">Forward</span>.</p><p>The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span> - Enter the date of the split.  Here we’ll enter
            November 18, 2005.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Shares</strong></span> -  The number of shares increased (or decreased)
           in the transaction.</p><p>In our example it is a .77942 for 1 split so the number of shares will
           decrease from the number of shares currently in the register.  You may use <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>’s

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.6. Setting Share Price</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="prev" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Buying Shares"><link rel="next" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Selling Shares"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.6. Setting Share Price</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.6. Setting Share Price"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-stockprice1"></a>8.6. Setting Share Price</h2></div></div></div><p>The value of a commodity, such as a stock, must be explicitly set.
     The stock accounts track the quantity of stocks you own, but the value of
     the stock is stored in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>. The values
-    set in the Price Editor can be updated manually or automatically.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.6.1. Initial Price Editor Setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-initial2"></a>8.6.1. Initial Price Editor Setup</h3></div></div></div><p>To use the Price Editor to track a stock value, you must initially
+    set in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span> can be updated manually or automatically.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.6.1. Initial Price Editor Setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-initial2"></a>8.6.1. Initial Price Editor Setup</h3></div></div></div><p>To use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span> to track a stock value, you must initially
       insert the stock. To do so, open the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>
       (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>) and
       click on <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button. The first time a
       Commodity/Stock is entered this window will be blank except for the
       control buttons on the bottom. Select the appropriate Commodity you want
-      to insert into the Price Editor. At this point, you can input the price
+      to insert into the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>. At this point, you can input the price
       of the commodity manually. There are 5 fields in the New Commodity
       window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Commodity</strong></span> - the name of the commodity,
           must be chosen from the <span class="guibutton">Select...</span> list</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Currency</strong></span> - the currency in which the
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
           commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>As an example of adding the AMZN commodity to the price editor,
       with an initial value of $40.50 per share.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor.png" alt="Price Editor"><div class="caption"><p>Adding the AMZN commodity to the price editor, with
           an initial value of $40.50 per share.</p></div></div></div><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> when finished. Once you have
-      performed this initial placement of the commodity into the Price Editor,
+      performed this initial placement of the commodity into the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>,
       you will not have to do it again, even if you use the same commodity in
       another account.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.2. Setting Stock Price Manually"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-manual2"></a>8.6.2. Setting Stock Price Manually</h3></div></div></div><p>If the value of the commodity (stock) changes, you can adjust the
       value by entering the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span>, selecting the commodity, clicking on
@@ -35,15 +35,15 @@
       the Internet. This is accomplished through the <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong> module
       <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>, which must be installed in order to activate this
       feature.</p><p>To determine if the <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong> module <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> is already
-      installed on your system, type <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">perldoc <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong></span>”</span> in
+      installed on your system, type <span class="command"><strong>perldoc Finance::Quote</strong></span> in
       a terminal window and check to see if there is any documentation
       available. If you see the documentation, then the module is installed,
       if you do not see the documentation, then it has not been
       installed.</p><div class="sect3" title="8.6.3.1. Installing Finance::Quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-install3"></a>8.6.3.1. Installing <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong></h4></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Microsoft Windows:</strong></span>
 	</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Close <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You need to have installed <a class="ulink" href="http://www.activestate.com/store/activeperl" target="_top">ActivePerl</a>
             </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Run <span class="emphasis"><strong>Install Online Price
-	    Retrieval</strong></span>In the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
-	    <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Start</span>”</span> menu.</p></li></ul></div><p>
+	    Retrieval</strong></span> in the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
+	    <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Start</span>”</span> menu entry.</p></li></ul></div><p>
         </p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Mac OS X:</strong></span> You need to
 	have XCode installed. XCode is an optional item from your OS X
 	distribution DVD. Run the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Update
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
             is installed by searching for <strong class="application"><code>gnc-fq-update</code></strong></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Change to that directory, open a root shell</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Run the command <span class="command"><strong>gnc-fq-update</strong></span></p></li></ul></div><p>
 
 	This will launch a <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong> CPAN update session that will go out
-	onto the Internet and install the <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> module on
+	onto the internet and install the <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> module on
 	your system. The gnc-fq-update program is interactive,
 	however, with most systems you should be able to answer
 	<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no</span>”</span> to the first question: <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Are you ready
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@
         now be able to modify the radio buttons for <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type of quote source</strong></span>, the pull-down menus 
         to specify the specific source(s) and <span class="guilabel"><strong>The timezone for these
         quotes</strong></span>. When finished editing, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Close</strong></span> the Security Editor to return to
-        the Price Editor and click on the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span>
-        button to update your stock prices on the Internet.</p><p>The command <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename</span>”</span>
+        the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Price Editor</strong></span> and click on the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span>
+        button to update your stock prices on the Internet.</p><p>The command <span class="command"><strong>gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename</strong></span>
         can be used to fetch the current prices of your stocks.  The file specified
-        <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">$HOME/gnucash-filename</span>”</span> will depend on the name and location of your
+        <code class="filename">$HOME/gnucash-filename</code> will depend on the name and location of your
         data file.
         This can be determined by the name displayed in the top frame of the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> window,
         before the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-</span>”</span>.  The file name can also be found under <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
           window using the Total in Report Currency option.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.5. Selecting “Price Source” in Stock Value Reports"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-report"></a>8.6.5. Selecting <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Price Source</span>”</span> in Stock Value Reports</h3></div></div></div><p>Most <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Asset reports have options to set/modify a number of parameters for the report.  The
        Options windows is displayed by selecting the report tab then clicking on either the <span class="guibutton">Options</span>
        icon in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> or selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Report Options</strong></span>.  
-       The tab <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">General</span>”</span> in the
+       The <span class="guilabel"><strong>General</strong></span> tab in the
        resulting window contains various parameters for the report.  One of these is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Price Source</span>”</span> which of offers
        three alternatives to determine stock prices in reports:</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In the example below, the report is a customization of
          the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Average Balance</strong></span> report

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
           items is varied, depending on the item. For example, you may have
           tax relief from selling a house if it is your primary residence, but
           may would not receive this tax break on an expensive
-          painting.</p><p>Fixed asset investments are discussed in the chapter on
-          <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Depreciation and Capital Gains</span>”</span>. Typically, there is not much to do
+          painting.</p><p>Fixed asset investments are discussed in <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9, <i>Capital Gains</i></a> and 
+          <a class="xref" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation">Chapter 11, <i>Depreciation</i></a>. Typically, there is not much to do
           in terms of accounting for fixed asset investments except recording
           the buying and selling transactions.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_invest.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 8. Investments </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.2. Setting Up Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 Discrete Interst:      <span class="emphasis"><strong>i = CF*[(1+ieff)^(PF/CF) - 1]</strong></span><br>
 Continuous Interest: <span class="emphasis"><strong>i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF]</strong></span><br>
 </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">NOTE: in the equations below for the financial transaction,
-          all interest rates are the effective interest rate, ieff. For the
+          all interest rates are the effective interest rate, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ieff</span>”</span>. For the
           sake of brevity, the symbol will be shortened to just <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">i</span>”</span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.2. The basic financial equation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_basic2"></a>7.3.3.2. The basic financial equation</h4></div></div></div><p>One equation fundamentally links all the 5 variables. This is
         known as the fundamental financial equation:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>PV*(1 + i)^n + PMT*(1 + iX)*[(1+i)^n - 1]/i + FV = 0</strong></span><br>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@
     the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:House</strong></span> account, with $50k coming from the bank (IE: your down
     payment), and $100k coming from the Mortgage. You can place the $3k
     closing costs in the same split, and we increase the house loan to $103k
-    to include the closing costs as well.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3089865"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.1. Buying a House Split Transaction</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Buying a House Split Transaction" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td>$150,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td>$50,000</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage Loan</td><td> </td><td>$103,000</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees</td><td>$3000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>The split will look like this in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span>
+    to include the closing costs as well.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3148450"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.1. Buying a House Split Transaction</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Buying a House Split Transaction" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td>$150,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td>$50,000</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage Loan</td><td> </td><td>$103,000</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees</td><td>$3000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>The split will look like this in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</strong></span>
     Account:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage2.png" alt="Mortgage Split Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>Mortgage Split Transaction</p></div></div></div><p>Which will give a Chart of Accounts like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage3.png" alt="Mortgage Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>Mortgage Account</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. Calculations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
       money from an Asset account (like Bank, Checking or similar) to your
       Asset account <span class="emphasis"><strong>Money owed to you</strong></span>. To record this you enter the
       following transaction into the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Money owed to you:Friend</strong></span>
-      account.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3090247"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.2. Personal loan to a Friend</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Personal loan to a Friend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Money owed to you:Friend</td><td>$2,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank:USD</td><td> </td><td>$2,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="Lended money"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after lending
+      account.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3148832"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.2. Personal loan to a Friend</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Personal loan to a Friend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Money owed to you:Friend</td><td>$2,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank:USD</td><td> </td><td>$2,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="Lended money"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after lending
           money</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.4. Receiving first payment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment"></a>7.5.4. Receiving first payment</h3></div></div></div><p>When the first payment ($115.56) is received, you will need to
       determine how much is for the principal loan, and how much is for the
       loan interest.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Outstanding loan amount this period = $2,000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Payment per month = $115.56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Payment breakdown</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 * $2,000 = $8.33 Interest</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>$115.56 - $8.33 = $107.23 Principal</p></li></ul></div><p>This can be translated to the following <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> entry</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png" alt="First payment"><div class="caption"><p>Detailed view over first payment</p></div></div></div><p>The balance on Peter’s loan is now $2,000 - $107.23 =

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
           statements simple and effective.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Multi-platform Compatibility</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is
           supported on a variety of platforms and operating systems. The list
           of fully supported operating systems (and platforms) for <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
-          2.2.9 is: GNU/Linux (x86, Sparc, PPC), FreeBSD (x86), OpenBSD
+          2.4.7 is: GNU/Linux (x86, Sparc, PPC), FreeBSD (x86), OpenBSD
           (x86), Solaris (Sparc), and MacOS X (PPC). Previous versions of
           <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> have been known to work with, SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5
           (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel), and SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), but
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@
           transactions in that portfolio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Income/Expense Account Types
           (Categories)</strong></span>: These categorize your cash flow and, when
           used properly with the double-entry feature, will provide an
-          accurate Profit&Loss statement.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.6. What’s New in 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnewstable2"></a>1.2.6. What’s New in 2.2</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is available on
+          accurate Profit&Loss statement.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.6. What’s New in 2.4"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnewstable2"></a>1.2.6. What’s New in 2.4</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is available on
           Windows.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file format is
           incompatible with versions earlier than 2.1.2. Specifically,
           scheduled transactions are stored differently. Using version
-          2.2, you can upgrade your older
+          2.4, you can upgrade your older
           <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file to the new format.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>More translations.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Improved report handling.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fixed lots of crashes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Improved multi-currency support.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enhanced <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> import.</p></li></ul></div><p>See <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Release_Schedule#Release_Schedule_for_2.2.x" target="_top">http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Release_Schedule#Release_Schedule_for_2.2.x</a>
       for detailed lists of improvements made in this series.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.7. What’s New in v2.0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnew2"></a>1.2.7. What’s New in v2.0</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Gnome 2.0 (Gtk2)</strong></span></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is now using the latest tool-kits from gtk, and
             follows the normal Gnome2 HIG standards.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>UTF-8 support</strong></span></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> now stores and reads each country’s special

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
     monitor your portfolio. Buying a vehicle or a home? <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will help you
     plan the investment and track loan payments. If your financial records
     span the globe, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> provides all the multiple-currency support you
-    need.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/oview_intro.png" alt="GnuCash Chart of Accounts - Teaser"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a Chart of Accounts with multiple currencies and investments.</p></div></div></div><p>While <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is well suited for personal finances, it is also
+    need.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/oview_intro.png" width="510" alt="GnuCash Chart of Accounts - Teaser"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a Chart of Accounts with multiple currencies and investments.</p></div></div></div><p>While <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is well suited for personal finances, it is also
     powerful enough for business use. There are many business features, from
     integrated accounts receivable and payable systems, to tax table
     construction. You will find these and the many other business features

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
         than a paper register, because auto-completion and other entry
         shortcuts not only do work for you, but reduce data entry
         errors.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Easy import</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> allows you to import data from on-line bank statements
-        and software packages using <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® Interchange Format), OFX and
-        HBCI files. An easy-to-use <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">assistant</span>”</span> walks you through
+        and software packages using <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® Interchange Format), <acronym class="acronym">OFX</acronym> and
+        <acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> files. An easy-to-use <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">assistant</span>”</span> walks you through
         reviewing resulting changes and actually importing them into
         <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Statement reconciliation</p><p>Reconcile monthly statements quickly by entering the statement
         ending balance and checking off transactions. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> helps you catch

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>17.1. Import Bills or Invoices</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="ch_python_bindigs.html" title="Chapter 17. Python Extensions"><link rel="prev" href="ch_python_bindigs.html" title="Chapter 17. Python Extensions"><link rel="next" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">17.1. Import Bills or Invoices</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_python_bindigs.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 17. Python Extensions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="17.1. Import Bills or Invoices"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="python-import-invoices"></a>17.1. Import Bills or Invoices</h2></div></div></div><p>In order for the importer to work the data must be in a fixed field
+      length, comma separated line format. A example <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> script to convert
+      a downloaded order is shown below.
+    </p><p>
+      </p><pre class="programlisting">
+import sys
+import csv
+
+VENDOR_ID="000013"
+INFILE=sys.argv[1]
+INV_ID=sys.argv[2]
+try:
+  ACCOUNT=sys.argv[3]
+except:
+  ACCOUNT="Expenses:Materials General"
+
+Reader = csv.reader(open(INFILE), delimiter=',')
+
+# Need to ignore 1st and last rows
+
+for row in Reader:
+  if row[0].isdigit(): # We only use numbered lines
+    outline=(INV_ID + ",," + VENDOR_ID + ",,,," + row[1] + " > " + row[4] + ",ea," +
+      ACCOUNT + "," + row[2] + "," + row[5].replace("GBP", "") + ",,,,no,,,,,,,,")
+  print outline
+      </pre><p>
+    </p><p>Example of a downloaded vendor order from <span class="emphasis"><strong>Rapid Electronics</strong></span> (UK).
+      </p><pre class="programlisting">
+line number,product code,quantity,availability,product description,unit price,discounts,line total,delivery,sub total,vat,grand total
+1,47-3524,100,100 Available,BC848C SOT-23 NPN TRANSISTOR (INF) (RC),GBP0.03,GBP0.00,GBP0.03
+2,47-3278,30,30 Available,L78L05ACZ 0.1A +5V VOLTAGE REG (ST) (RC),GBP0.18,GBP0.00,GBP0.18
+3,22-0120,1,1 Available,Tube 34 14pin DIL socket, narrow7.62mm, without central support,GBP1.05,GBP0.00,GBP1.05
+4,22-0127,1,0 Available<br />1 on Back Order,Tube 17 28pin DIL socket, wide15.24mm, without central support,GBP1.22,GBP0.00,GBP1.22
+5,62-0368,1,1 Available,820R CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,GBP0.50,GBP0.00,GBP0.50
+6,47-3130,100,100 Available,1N4001 1A 50V SILICON RECTIFIER DIODE RC,GBP0.01,GBP0.00,GBP0.01
+7,17-0310,1,1 Available,PROFESSIONAL MINATURE PROBE HOOK RED RC,GBP0.90,GBP0.00,GBP0.90
+8,17-0312,1,1 Available,PROFESSIONAL MINATURE PROBE HOOK BLACKRC,GBP0.90,GBP0.00,GBP0.90
+9,34-0655,1,1 Available,PROTOBLOC 2 BREADBOARD,GBP4.39,GBP0.00,GBP4.39
+10,18-0200,1,1 Available,PP3 9V ALKALINE BATTERY "Not For Retail Sale",GBP1.37,GBP0.00,GBP1.37
+,,,,,,,,GBP4.95,GBP24.93,GBP4.35,GBP29.28
+      </pre><p>
+    </p><p>A similar file after processing with the <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> script.</p><p>
+        </p><pre class="programlisting">
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-0655 > PROTOBLOC 2 BREADBOARD,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,4.39,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,18-0105 > PP3 / PP6 BATTERY CLIP 150MM (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,10,0.06,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0370 > 1k CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0354 > 220R CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-5548 > PLAIN DOCUMENT WALLET ASSORTED PK 50 RE,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,6.95,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0386 > 4k7 CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-0860 > COPPER CLAD SRBP SS 100 X 160 (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,5,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,18-0163 > PP3 BATTERY HOLDER WITH FLYING LEADS RC,ea,Expenses:Materials General,5,0.23,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,73-4290 > ATMEGA8-16PU 8-BIT MICRO 8K DIL-28 (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,3,1.99,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,81-0014 > BC108 NPN GP TRANSISTOR RC,ea,Expenses:Materials General,20,0.16,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,DELIVERY,ea,Expenses:Postage,1,4.95,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+        </pre><p>
+    </p><p>
+      As can be seen there are some fields that are absent and some that
+      are not required for import. The first line is not required and the last
+      line is superfluous as <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will total the order for us. All that is
+      required is to take what we want and produce an output file with the
+      correct format to import into <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In this case we join the part
+      number and description fields and these become description in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
+      invoice/bill. We need the qty and part price fields. Contrary to the
+      header line <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> is not included by line and is always zero, the <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> is
+      calculated on the last line as <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> on the order total.
+      <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This will cause problems later.</p></td></tr></table></div>
+      In this example I have assigned the
+      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Materials General</strong></span> account to be the target account. This can be
+      changed after import in the usual way, along with any other data. If there
+      is no such account as <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Materials General</strong></span> then that field will be
+      left blank on import and will have to be set manually. Lines beginning
+      with a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">#</span>”</span> are regarded as comment lines and ignored.
+    </p><p>The script is called with the following command:</p><p> <span class="command"><strong>python importer.py <em class="replaceable"><code>file_to_import</code></em>,
+      <em class="replaceable"><code>invoice_id</code></em> > <em class="replaceable"><code>file_to_save_as.csv</code></em></strong></span>
+      </p><p>This short script can easily be
+      changed to suit any downloaded format. The only restriction is that the
+      final number of field is fixed, at least at the moment. The importer will
+      ignore lines with the wrong number of fields. (This may be fixed in future
+      version). Vendor ID is simply the ID assigned to the specific vendor, or
+      client. The row[N] items refer to the position in the line where the
+      correct data lies. Note that the first field is row[0] NOT row[1].
+    </p><p>Once you have converted the file navigate to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Business</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Invoice & Bill Import</strong></span> to open a new import window. 
+      Select the file you have just created, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bill</strong></span> 
+      or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Invoice</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Comma separated</strong></span> format. At this
+      point the data should show up in the preview window. Check that the field
+      data are in the correct columns before selecting <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. Once imported the
+      invoice can be opened for editing and posting in the usual way.
+    </p><p>A note on <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym>, or any purchase tax. As previously mentioned <span class="emphasis"><strong>Rapid
+      Electronics</strong></span> calculate the <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> on the bill total not line by line. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
+      calculated the <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> per line then totals the <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym>. This can lead to
+      inaccuracies in the <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> of the region of a few pennies and is enough to
+      cause problems when reconciling the purchase with your bank or credit card
+      account used to make the purchase. As to how you overcome that, for the
+      moment, is a problem for you to use whatever method suits your conscience
+      or accountant best. Personally I add the <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> as a separate line along with
+      delivery charges manually. So some work is left to the user but the tedium
+      of entering each item eliminated.
+    </p><p>Future: Currently the import format is quite strict and many users
+      may have problems with the conversion process. Adding a template for every
+      possible vendor <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> format would be mammoth and likely impossible task
+      notwithstanding the fact the vendors are likely to change the format
+      without informing the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> team. Future import enhancements will be
+      based on user feedback and hopefully the process can be made simpler or
+      more flexible. Note that often <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">simple</span>”</span> is incompatible with
+      <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">flexible</span>”</span>.
+    </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> (other languages are avaialble) is not your thing then
+      post a request to <a class="ulink" href="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">GnuCash user list</em></a>, 
+      with an example of your downloaded <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym>, and someone may write you a <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> script to do the
+      translation.
+    </p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="17.1.1. Notes for Python authors"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="python-author-notes"></a>17.1.1. Notes for <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> authors</h3></div></div></div><p>In order for the import to succeed the number of fields must be
+        adhered to, so the trailing commas are important.
+      </p><p>A complete list of the required fields is:</p><p>id, date_opened, owner_id, billingid, notes, date, desc, action,
+        account, quantity, price, disc_type, disc_how, discount, taxable,
+        taxincluded, tax_table, date_posted, due_date, account_posted,
+        memo_posted, accu_splits,
+      </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Mind the trailing comma.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="17.1.2. A brief description of each field"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="python-import-fields"></a>17.1.2. A brief description of each field</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>id</strong></span> -
+            The invoice number. All lines must
+            contain this or the line will be rejected.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>date_opened</strong></span> -
+            Todays date is inserted if this is blank.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>owner_id</strong></span> -
+            ID number of the vendor or customer. All lines must
+            contain this or the line will be rejected.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>billingid</strong></span> -
+            Billing ID.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>notes</strong></span> -
+            Invoice notes.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>date</strong></span> -
+            The date of the item line. Can be left blank for todays
+            date.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>desc</strong></span> -
+            Description as per normal invoice or bill.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>action</strong></span> -
+            For bills usually <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ea</span>”</span>.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>account</strong></span> -
+            Account to which the item is attributed.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>quantity</strong></span> -
+            Quantity of each item. Must contain a value or the line
+            will be rejected.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>price</strong></span> -
+            Price of each item. Must contain a value or the line will be
+            rejected.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>disc_type</strong></span> -
+            Type of discount, either <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">%</span>”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">TODO</span>”</span>, only applies to
+            invoices. Some experimentation may be required here as may be currency
+            dependent.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>disc_how</strong></span> -
+            Only applies to invoices.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>discount</strong></span> -
+            Amount of discount to be applied. only applies to
+            invoices.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>taxable</strong></span> -
+            Will tax be applied to the item? <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y</span>”</span> or blank.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>taxincluded</strong></span> -
+            Is tax included in the item price? <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y</span>”</span> or blank.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>tax_table</strong></span> -
+            Tax table to apply to item.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>date_posted</strong></span> -
+            If posted, what date. Normally left blank for manual
+            posting after editing the invoice.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>due_date</strong></span> -
+            Date payment is due.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>account_posted</strong></span> -
+            Posted to what account.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>memo_posted </strong></span>-
+            If posted insert memo here.
+          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>accu_splits</strong></span> -
+            Accumulate splits? <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y</span>”</span> or blank.
+          </p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_python_bindigs.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 17. Python Extensions </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix A. Migration Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns=!
 "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Bengt</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Thuree</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Amin</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Yawar</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:yawar.amin at gmail.com">yawar.amin at gmail.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Bullock</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Tom</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:tbullock at nd.edu">tbullock at nd.edu</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Evans</span>, <span xmlns="" cl!
 ass="firstname">Mike</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk">mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Janssens</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Geert</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Development Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:geert at kobaltwit.be">geert at kobaltwit.be</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Marchi</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Cristian</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmln!
 s="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:cri79 at libero.it">cri79 at libero.it</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Thuree</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Bengt</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
    This Guide contains a tutorial for using GnuCash and describes the concepts
    behind GnuCash.
-  </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2010 Tom Bullock</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2006 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2003-2004 Jon Lapham</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</p></div><div>
+  </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2010-2011 Yawar Amin</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2010 Tom Bullock</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2010-2011 Cristian Marchi</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2009-2011 Geert Janssens</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2006 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2003-2004 Jon Lapham</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</p></div><div>
 <h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Legal Notice</h2><p>
 	  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
 	  document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
                        EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
                        THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 		  </p></li></ol></div><p>
-	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id3057148"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
+	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id3111401"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
         this manual, follow the directions at the
         <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.
-      </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2>History</h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Title</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Date</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Author</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Publisher</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p>November 7, 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham
+      </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2>History</h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Title</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Date</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Author</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Publisher</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.4.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>1 July 2011</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Multiple authors</p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher"><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p>November 7, 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham
             <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code>
           </p><p class="author">Bengt Thuree
             <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
           balance to $1000, transferred from <span class="emphasis"><strong>Equity:Opening Balance</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>From the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liabilities:Visa</strong></span> account
           register window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your
           starting balance to $500, transferred from <span class="emphasis"><strong>Equity:Opening Balance</strong></span>.
-          This is done by entering the $500 as a "charge"
-          in the Visa account (or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">decrease</span>”</span> in the Opening Balance account),
+          This is done by entering the $500 as a <span class="guilabel"><strong>charge</strong></span>
+          in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Visa</strong></span> account (or <span class="guilabel"><strong>decrease</strong></span> in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Opening Balance</strong></span> account),
           since it is money you borrowed. Record the transaction (press the 
           <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> key, or click on 
           the <span class="guibutton">Enter</span> icon).</p></li></ol></div><p>You should now have 3 accounts with opening balances set.

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -4,79 +4,88 @@
     reconciliation <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field. <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span> indicates that a transaction has been
     reconciled, <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> indicates that it has not, and <span class="emphasis"><strong>c</strong></span> indicates that it has
     been cleared, but not reconciled. You can toggle the reconciliation status
-    between <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> and <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> by clicking in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field; you can set 
-    it to <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span> by using the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconciliation Window</strong></span>.</p><p>At the bottom of the account window, there are two running totals:
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Balance</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cleared</strong></span>. The former includes
-    outstanding transactions while the latter should correspond to how much money
-    the bank thinks you have in your account.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Reconcile Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-reconcile-window2"></a>4.5.1. Reconcile Window</h3></div></div></div><p>The Reconciliation Window is used to reconcile a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account
-      with a statement that a bank or other institution has sent you.
-      Reconciliation is useful not only to double-check your records against
-      those of your bank, but also to get a better idea of outstanding
-      transactions, e.g. uncashed checks.</p><p>At the bottom of the account window, there are two running
-      balances: the <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared and reconciled</strong></span> balance, and the <span class="guilabel"><strong>total</strong></span> balance.
-      The <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared and reconciled</strong></span> balance should correspond to how much money
-      the bank thinks you have in your account, and the <span class="guilabel"><strong>total</strong></span> balance
-      includes outstanding transactions.</p><p>For example, when you write a check for something, you should
+    between <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> and <span class="emphasis"><strong>c</strong></span> by clicking in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field; you can set 
+    it to <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span> by using the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconciliation Window</strong></span>.</p><p>At the bottom of the account window, there are (among others) two running
+      balances (the <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>reconciled</strong></span> balance), and the 
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>total</strong></span> balance. The formers balances should correspond to how much money
+      the bank thinks you have in your account, while the latter includes outstanding transactions.</p><p>For example, when you write a check for something, you should
       enter the transaction into <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. The reconciliation <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field of the
       transaction will initially contain <span class="guilabel"><strong>n</strong></span> (new). Your new entry will
-      contribute to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>total</strong></span> balance, but not to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared and
-      reconciled</strong></span> balance. Later, if you think that the check has been cashed,
+      contribute to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>total</strong></span> balance, but not to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared</strong></span> and
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>reconciled</strong></span> balance. Later, if you think that the check has been cashed,
       you might click on the transaction’s <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field to change it to <span class="emphasis"><strong>c</strong></span>
-      (cleared). When you do this, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared and reconciled</strong></span> balance will
+      (cleared). When you do this, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>cleared</strong></span> balance will
       change to include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can
-      then compare it to what you’ve recorded in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in the reconciliation
-      window. There, you will be able to change the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field to <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span> (reconciled).
-      You cannot reconcile in the register window, you must use the
-      reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked <span class="emphasis"><strong>reconciled</strong></span>,
-      it can no longer be easily changed.</p><p>To use the Reconciliation Windows, select an account from the
-      account tree and click on <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span>. A window will appear in which you can
-      enter the reconcile information.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png" alt="Reconcile Window"><div class="caption"><p>The initial reconcile window.</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Reconcile Info: Statement Date</strong></span> - this is
-          the date of the statement you will be reconciling against.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Reconcile Info: Starting Balance</strong></span> - this
-          is a non-editable item which displays the balance from the previous
-          reconciliation. It should match the starting balance in your
-          statement.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Reconcile Info: Ending Balance</strong></span> - this is
-          the ending balance as it appears in the statement.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Reconcile Info: Include Sub-accounts</strong></span> -
-          select this if you want to include the sub-accounts of the currently
-          selected account in this reconciliation.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Enter Interest Payment</strong></span> - click here to
-          enter an interest transaction to the account to be
-          reconciled.</p></li></ul></div><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> button, and you will see
-      the transactions listing reconcile window:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png" alt="Reconcile Window"><div class="caption"><p>The transactions listing in the reconcile
-          window.</p></div></div></div><p>The two lists called <span class="guilabel"><strong>Funds In</strong></span> and
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Funds Out</strong></span> lists all the unreconciled transactions.
-      The <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> columns show whether the transactions have been cleared or
-      reconciled.</p><p>Now, examine each item on the bank statement, and look for the
-      matching item in the Reconcile window.</p><p>If you cannot find one, then perhaps you forgot to enter a
-      transaction, or did not know that the transaction had happened. You can
-      use the <span class="guibutton">New</span> button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span>, or the New menu item in the
-      Transaction menu, to open a register window and enter the missing
-      transaction. The new item will appear in the Reconcile window when you
-      press enter after entering the transaction.</p><p>When you find the item in the Reconcile window, compare the amount
+      then compare it to what you’ve recorded in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> by opening the reconciliation
+      window. There, you will be able to change the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field to <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span> (reconciled).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">You cannot reconcile in the register window, you must use the
+        reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked <span class="emphasis"><strong>reconciled</strong></span>,
+        it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the 
+        <a class="link" href="txns-reconcile1.html#rec-start-blnc"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Starting Balance</strong></span></a> of the next reconciliation.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Reconcile windows"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-reconcile-window2"></a>4.5.1. Reconcile windows</h3></div></div></div><p>The reconciliation windows are used to reconcile a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> account
+      with a statement that a bank or other institution has sent you.
+      Reconciliation is useful not only to double-check your records against
+      those of your bank, but also to get a better idea of outstanding
+      transactions, e.g. uncashed checks.</p><p>To use the reconciliation windows, select an account from the
+      account tree and click on <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span>. A window like the one below will appear in which you can
+      enter the reconcile information.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png" alt="Reconcile Window"><div class="caption"><p>The initial reconcile window.</p></div></div></div><p>In the initial reconcile window, some <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile Information</strong></span> need to be entered.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Statement Date</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>The date of the statement you will be reconciling against.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Click on the down arrow in the right of this field to open a calendar</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><a name="rec-start-blnc"></a><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Starting Balance</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>This is a non-editable item which displays the balance from the previous
+            reconciliation. It should match the starting balance in your statement.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Sometimes, the opening balance in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> does not match that 
+	    found on your statement. This can happen the first time you reconcile your account or 
+	    when a previously-reconciled transaction is de-reconciled or deleted.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>The first time you reconcile your account, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>starting balance</strong></span> will 
+	  be <span class="guilabel"><strong>0.00</strong></span>, thus probably not the  <span class="emphasis"><strong>opening balance</strong></span> of your account. 
+	  When you reconcile the account, the <span class="emphasis"><strong>opening balance</strong></span> for the account 
+	  will be included in the reconciliation, and the result should balance.</p><p>In the case when a previously-reconciled transaction is accidentally de-reconciled, you can simply 
+	  re-reconcile the transaction along with the transactions on the current statement, and the
+            result should balance.</p><p>The case of accidentally deleting a previously-reconciled transaction presents
+            more of a challenge; if you cannot determine what was
+            deleted and restore it to the register, you will have to create a dummy
+            transaction to get the reconciliation to finish.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ending Balance</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>This field should be filled with the ending balance as it appears in the statement.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> automatically fills this field with the 
+	    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Present</strong></span> balance as shown in the lower part of the 
+	    account’s register.</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Include Sub-accounts</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Check this option if you want to include in the reconciliation the transactions
+            that belongs to the sub-accounts of the currently selected account.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guibutton">Enter Interest Payment</span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Clicking this button opens a new window that allow you to enter an interest transaction to the account to be
+            reconciled.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Interest Payment</strong></span> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation 
+	      for an account of the type <span class="emphasis"><strong>Bank</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Credit</strong></span>, 
+	      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Mutual</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Asset</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Receivable</strong></span>,
+	      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Payable</strong></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liability</strong></span>. If you want to disable
+	      this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Register</strong></span> tab of the 
+	      <span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash Preferences</strong></span> and uncheck the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Automatic interest transfer</strong></span>
+	      option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selcted account, press the 
+	      <span class="guibutton">No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</span> button in the 
+	      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Interest Payment</strong></span> window.</p></td></tr></table></div></dd></dl></div><p>Then, click on the <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> button, and you will see
+      the transactions listing reconcile window:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png" width="510" alt="Reconcile Window"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>The transactions listing in the reconcile
+          window.</p></div></div></div><p>The two panes called <span class="guilabel"><strong>Funds In</strong></span> and
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Funds Out</strong></span>, lists all the unreconciled transactions that belongs to the account 
+      that is going to be reconciled.
+      The <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> columns show whether the transactions have been reconciled.</p><p>Now, examine each item on the bank statement, and look for the
+      matching item in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window.</p><p>If you cannot find a transaction, then perhaps you forgot to enter it, or did not know that the transaction 
+      had happened. You can use the <span class="guibutton">New</span> button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span>, or the 
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transaction</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New</strong></span>
+      menu item in the  menu, to open a register window and enter the missing
+      transaction. The new item will appear in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window when you
+      press the <span class="guibutton">Enter</span> button in the register after entering the transaction.</p><p>When you find the item in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window, compare the amount
       in the item to the amount on the statement. If they disagree, you may
       have made an error when you entered the transaction in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. You can
       use the <span class="guibutton">Edit</span> button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span>, or the
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> menu item in the Transaction menu, to open a
-      register window and correct the transaction.</p><p>If the amounts agree, click on the item in the Reconcile window.
-      The <span class="emphasis"><strong>R</strong></span> column will change to <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span> (reconciled)
-      from <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> or <span class="emphasis"><strong>c</strong></span>.  You
-      may also use the up/down arrow keys to scroll to the item and then
-      press the space key.  This will also change the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> column to show the
-      item as reconciled.</p><p>You then repeat this for each item that appears on the bank
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transaction</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Edit</strong></span>
+      item, to open a register window and correct the transaction.</p><p>If the amounts agree, click on the item in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window.
+      A check mark wil appear in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> column aside the selected transaction. 
+      <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will automatically update the amounts in the lower right summary pane.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">You can use the <span class="keycap"><strong>up</strong></span>/<span class="keycap"><strong>down</strong></span> arrow keys to scroll to the item, the
+        <span class="keycap"><strong>space</strong></span> key to mark the item as reconciled and the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> 
+        key to switch panes.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>You then repeat this for each item that appears on the bank
       statement, verifying that the amounts match with the amounts in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>,
-      and marking off transactions in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> as they are reconciled.</p><p>At the bottom of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window is a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Difference</strong></span> field,
-      which should show $0.00 when you are done reconciling. If it shows some
+      and marking off transactions in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> as they are reconciled.</p><p>At the bottom of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window there is a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Difference</strong></span> field,
+      which should show <span class="guilabel"><strong>0.00</strong></span> when you are done reconciling. If it shows some
       other value, then either you have missed transactions, or some amounts
       may be incorrect in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. (Or, less likely, the bank may have made an
       error.)</p><p>When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement, and
-      when the difference is $0.00, press the <span class="guibutton">Finish</span> button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> or
+      when the difference is 0.00, press the <span class="guibutton">Finish</span> button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> or
       select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Finish</strong></span> from the menu. 
       The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window will close.
       In the register window, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> field of the reconciled transactions will
       change to <span class="emphasis"><strong>y</strong></span>.</p><p>In this case, we have not received all the information yet, so we
-      simply press the <span class="guibutton">Postpone</span>, so we can continue at
+      simply press the <span class="guibutton">Postpone</span> button, so we can continue at
       a later stage. Observe that the <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> column indicates we cleared (<span class="emphasis"><strong>c</strong></span>)
       two transactions. They have not been reconciled yet, but we have
       verified these two transactions so they have been marked as cleared. If
       you look at the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Statusbar</strong></span> at the bottom of the account register, you
       will see a summary of what has been reconciled and what has been cleared
-      (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Cleared:USD 954.79 Reconciled:USD 0.00</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png" alt="Checking account"><div class="caption"><p>The Checking account after postponed the
+      (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Cleared:USD 954.79 Reconciled:USD 0.00</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png" alt="Checking account"><div class="caption"><p>The Checking account after postponing the
           reconciliation.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.6. Scheduled Transactions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
       transaction in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Salary</strong></span> - Register:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" alt="A jump to the Income:Salary account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a jump to the
           <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Salary</strong></span> account.</p></div></div></div><p>Note that the transaction line total now summarizes the effect on
       the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Salary</strong></span> account instead of the
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Checking Account</strong></span>, because you are looking at the
+      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Checking Account</strong></span>, because you are looking at the
       <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Salary</strong></span> account register. The splits are
       exactly the same, but the transaction line now reflects the credit to
       the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Income:Salary</strong></span> account.</p><p>At the bottom left of the register window, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> displays

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
     <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will fill in the remaining part of the name.  Typing the
     separator character at any time will complete the current level of
     the account name, leaving the cursor positioned to start the next
-    level of account name.  For example, typing "A:C" with the
+    level of account name.  For example, typing <span class="keycap"><strong>A:C</strong></span> the
     standard set of account names will complete to the
-    "Assets:Checking" account.  You can also type the
-    <span class="keycap"><strong>Menu</strong></span> or <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-Down</strong></span> keys in this
+    <span class="emphasis"><strong>Assets:Checking</strong></span> account.  You can also type the
+    <span class="keycap"><strong>Menu</strong></span> or Ctrl+Down keys in this
     field to pop up a list of all account names.</p><p>In any of the amount fields, you can use a built-in calculator.
     Simply type in the first value, followed by <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>,
     <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>, <span class="keycap"><strong>*</strong></span>, or <span class="keycap"><strong>/</strong></span>, then type

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,14 +2,16 @@
     operations, like subscriptions, insurances or taxes. By using scheduled
     transactions, you only have to enter the concerned transaction once, set a
     few parameters like start date, frequency and a little description, and
-    then <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will tell you whenever a scheduled transaction is ready to
-    create, and create it for you.</p><p>In this howto, we’ll take a monthly Internet subscription of 20 USD
+    then <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will tell you whenever a scheduled transaction is ready to be
+    created, and create it for you.</p><p>In this howto, we’ll take a monthly Internet subscription of 20 USD
     as example, which is taken on the 28th of each month.</p><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, there are two ways of creating scheduled transactions,
-    from the ledger or from the scheduled transactions editor.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-ledger2"></a>4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger</h3></div></div></div><p>Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the
-      ledger.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png" alt="Step one creating scheduled transaction from the ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
+    <a class="link" href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2" title="4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger">from the ledger</a> or from the 
+    <a class="link" href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2" title="4.6.2. Creating from the Editor">Scheduled Transactions Editor</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-ledger2"></a>4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger</h3></div></div></div><p>Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the
+      ledger. In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer</strong></span> field for this transaction, type 
+      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Internet</strong></span> as shown in the next screenshot.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png" alt="Step one creating scheduled transaction from the ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
           ledger</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Since we did not create the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses:Internet</strong></span> account, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>
         will prompt us to create it.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Then you right click on your transaction and select
-      "Schedule..."</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png" alt="Step two creating scheduled transaction from the ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Schedule...</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png" alt="Step two creating scheduled transaction from the ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
           ledger</p></div></div></div><p>A window like this will appear:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png" alt="Step three creating scheduled transaction from the ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step three creating scheduled transaction from the
           ledger</p></div></div></div><p>Let’s fill the values, we know that the subscription is taken on
       the 28th each month, and the next one is for next month (since we
@@ -18,56 +20,64 @@
       <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> now has memorized this scheduled transaction and on the 28th of
       next month, it will pop up a window asking if it should create it (see
       far below for a screenshot of this window).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.6.2. Creating from the Editor"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-editor2"></a>4.6.2. Creating from the Editor</h3></div></div></div><p>Another way of entering a scheduled transaction is from the
-      Scheduled Transaction Editor, it may be faster if we have several
-      scheduled transactions to create at once.</p><p>From the main accounts windows, go in the Actions menu, select
-      Scheduled Transactions, a submenu will open in which you’ll click
-      Scheduled transaction Editor.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png" alt="Step one creating scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
-          editor</p></div></div></div><p>A window like this will pop up :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png" alt="Step two creating scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
-          editor</p></div></div></div><p>This window contains a list, now empty, of all the scheduled
-      transactions. Let’s create a new one by clicking on the <span class="guibutton">New</span> button,
-      another window will pop up :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png" alt="Step three creating scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Step three creating scheduled transaction from the
-          editor</p></div></div></div><p>This window may seem complicated but it’s fairly easy to
-      understand. First, let’s enter a name for this new scheduled
-      transaction, this name will only identify it in the Scheduled
-      Transaction Editor, it will never appear in the ledger.</p><p>Then we’ll enter the transaction’s parameters. We know that the
-      subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the start date will be
-      Nov 1, 2003 (assuming November is the next month), the frequency will be
-      <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Monthly</span>”</span>, it will be taken every month on the 28th.</p><p>In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Options</strong></span> tab you have three options :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>"Create automatically" will insert this transaction in the
-          ledger without asking you before (see below)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"Create n days in advance" is explicit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"Remind me n days in advance" is explicit and used for example
-          when you have to pay something by check, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> can remind you one
-          week before so you send your check before the deadline.</p></li></ul></div><p>The End tab allows you to tell <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> that this scheduled
-      transaction won’t last for ever, for example if you are repaying a loan,
-      you can enter the loan end date.</p><p>Since in our example the internet subscription is automatically
-      taken from the account, we have no need to create it in advance, nor
-      give an end date.</p><p>Finally, enter your transaction in the lower part as you would do
-      in the ledger, with the only difference of having no date.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Warning: don’t use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> key like in the ledger, as it will
-        activate the default button of the whole window : Cancel. Instead, use
-        <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> to go to the next field, and when you have finished entering your
-        transaction, click on the <span class="guibutton">Enter</span> button to validate it.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Now, you should have a window like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png" alt="Validate a scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Validate a scheduled transaction from the
-          editor</p></div></div></div><p>Remember to click on the Enter icon, to validate and enter the
-      transaction.</p><p>Now click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, it takes you to the previous window, now with one
-      item in the list :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png" alt="Validate a scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Validate a scheduled transaction from the
-          editor</p></div></div></div><p>If you click in the calendar part on the first day of one month, a
-      small window, following your mouse, will show you what is planned for
-      this day. To make the small window dissapear again, just click in it 
-      one more time.</p><p>You can now close the Scheduled Transaction Editor window, and
+      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transaction Editor</strong></span>, it may be faster if we have several
+      scheduled transactions to create at once.</p><p>From the main accounts windows, select 
+      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Scheduled Transaction Editor</strong></span> from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span>.
+      A new <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> tab will be opened in the
+      current <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> window as shown above:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png" width="510" alt="Empty Scheduled Transactions tab"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Empty <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> tab</p></div></div></div><p>This tab contains a list, now empty, of all the scheduled
+      transactions. Let’s create a new one by clicking on the <span class="guibutton">New</span> 
+      button in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span>. A window like the one below will pop up:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png" width="510" alt="Edit Scheduled Transaction — Overview tab"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Edit Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> —
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Overview</strong></span> tab</p></div></div></div><p>First, let’s enter a name for this new scheduled
+      transaction in the top of the window.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This name will only identify the transaction
+        in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Edit Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> window, 
+        it will never appear in the ledger.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Options</strong></span> pane of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Overview</strong></span>
+      tab you have four options:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the status of the scheduled transaction.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Create automatically</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>If enabled, will insert this transaction in the
+            ledger without asking you before (see below). If needed, you can be advised
+            when the transaction is entered by checking the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Notify me when created</strong></span>
+            option.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Create in advance</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Sets how many days in advance the transaction will be created.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Remind in advance</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Sets how many days in advance a reminder is presented. This
+            can be used, for example, when you have to pay something by check, and a reminder
+            one week before allows you to send your check before the deadline.</p></dd></dl></div><p>The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Occurences</strong></span> pane allows you to tell <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> that 
+      this scheduled transaction won’t last for ever. For example if you are repaying a loan,
+      you can enter the loan end date or the number of occurences left.</p><p>Select now the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span> tab in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Edit Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> window.
+      Here you can set the time-related options of the transaction.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png" width="510" alt="Edit Scheduled Transaction — Frequency tab"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Edit Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> —
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span> tab</p></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the basic frequency of the transaction, with options for <span class="guilabel"><strong>once</strong></span>,
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>daily</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>weekly</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>semi-monthly</strong></span> and 
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>monthly</strong></span>.
+            In this example, this is set to <span class="guilabel"><strong>monthly</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">It is possible to set a transaction to occur at intervals <span class="emphasis"><strong>other</strong></span> than
+              those listed in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span> list, by changing the setting in the 
+              <span class="guilabel"><strong>Every</strong></span> control (see below).</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Start Date</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Sets when the transaction will begin. In the example, this would
+            be set to the start of the next month.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Every</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to schedule transactions by multiplies of the value in
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span>. For example, to create a transaction that runs every 3 weeks, set
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span> to <span class="guilabel"><strong>Weeks</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Every</strong></span> to 
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>3</strong></span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>On the</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Except on weekends</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the day of the month that the transaction is scheduled, and controls what 
+            <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will do when the day occurs on a weekend day.</p></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">We know that the subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Start date</strong></span> 
+        will be November 1, 2003 (assuming November is the next month), the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequency</strong></span> will be
+        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Monthly</strong></span>, it will be taken every month on the 28th. Since in our example the internet 
+        subscription is automatically taken from the account, we have no need to create it in advance, nor
+        give an end date.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>When the elements on this tab are filled in, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will highlights the
+      calendar below to indicate when future transactions will be run.</p><p>Finally select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Template Transaction</strong></span> tab and enter your transaction 
+      in the lower part as you would do in the ledger, with the only difference of having no date.</p><p>Now, you should have a window like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png" width="510" alt="Edit Scheduled Transaction — Template Transaction tab"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Edit Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> —
+            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Template Transaction</strong></span> tab</p></div></div></div><p>Remember to click on the <span class="guibutton">Enter</span> icon, to validate and enter the
+      transaction.</p><p>Now click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, it takes you to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> tab, 
+      now showing one item in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transactions</strong></span> list:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png" width="510" alt="Entered scehduled transaction"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Entered scehduled transaction</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you click in the calendar part on the first day of one month, a
+        small window, following your mouse, will show you what is planned for
+        this day. To make the small window dissapear again, just click in it 
+        one more time.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>You can now close the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> tab, and
       <span class="guilabel"><strong>save</strong></span> your work.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">What comes below is just an illustration, and is not meant to be
         entered into the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> database at this stage. As per this example,
         the below dialogs will appear when the scheduled transaction is
-        supposed to run.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>From now on, on each first day of month (or the next time you
-      launch <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> after this day) a windows will pop up to remind you to
-      create this transaction :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png" alt="Scheduled transaction popup reminder"><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction popup reminder</p></div></div></div><p>You can click on the list entry to see the detailed transaction in
-      the lower part, then just click on <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> to
-      advance.</p><p>When you click <span class="guibutton">Forward</span>, a window summarizing all transactions to
-      be created will appear :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png" alt="Scheduled transaction summary"><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction summary</p></div></div></div><p>In this window you can adjust the transactions that will be
-      created. For example, this month my ISP made a special offer and my
-      subscription only costed 10EUR, so I just modified the amount from 20 to
-      10.</p><p>When you have finished with this window, just click
-      <span class="guibutton">Forward</span> and on the next window click
-      <span class="guibutton">Apply</span>. The window will disappear and the
-      transactions will be created.</p><p>Then if you take a look in your bank account, you’ll see the
-      transaction has been created :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png" alt="Scheduled transaction created transaction"><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction created
-          transaction</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you entered the transaction for 28 of April at this stage,
-        then please revert back to the last saved <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file.
-        <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open</strong></span> and
-        choose <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code></p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.5. Reconciliation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.7. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+        supposed to run.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>From now on, when <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> is launched and a scheduled 
+      transaction is scheduled or need to be entered, 
+      you may see a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Since Last Run...</strong></span> window summarizing the scheduled transactions 
+      operations (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Reminder</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>To-Create</strong></span> etc... a better 
+      description of each option can be found in the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> manual):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png" width="510" alt="Scheduled transaction popup reminder"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction popup reminder</p></div></div></div><p>You can click on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Status</strong></span> column to change
+      the scheduled transaction status if needed. Then just click on <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> to
+      close the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Since Last Run...</strong></span> window and to apply the pending operations.
+      Select <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span> to skip entering in the ledger the pending operations.</p><p>If the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Status</strong></span> field was set to <span class="guilabel"><strong>To-Create</strong></span>, 
+      then if you take a look in your bank account register, you’ll see the transaction has been created:</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you enable the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Review created transactions</strong></span> option in the lower right of the 
+        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Since Last Run...</strong></span> window, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will open, after pressing 
+        <span class="guibutton">Ok</span>, the register tab of each account where the scheduled
+        transactions were entered automatically.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you entered the transaction for 28 of April at this stage,
+        then please <span class="emphasis"><strong>revert back</strong></span> to the last saved <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file
+        by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open</strong></span> and
+        choosing the previously saved <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code> <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> file.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.5. Reconciliation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.7. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-guide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/Reports.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/Reports.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/Reports.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Financial Calculator"><link rel="next" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. General Reports"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-calc.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-general.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 8. Reports And Charts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Reports"></a>Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-general.html">8.1. General Reports</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-assets.html">8.2. Assets & Liabilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-income.html">8.3. Income & Expense</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-biz.html">8.4. Business Reports</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-custom.html">8.5. Customizing Reports and Graphs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-print.html">8.6. Printing or Exporting Reports and Graphs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-create.html">8.7. Creating Reports and Graphs</a></span></dt></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xs!
 l/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a "work in process" all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0.
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Financial Calculator"><link rel="next" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. General Reports"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-calc.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-general.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 8. Reports And Charts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Reports"></a>Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-general.html">8.1. General Reports</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-assets.html">8.2. Assets & Liabilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-income.html">8.3. Income & Expense</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-biz.html">8.4. Business Reports</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-custom.html">8.5. Customizing Reports and Graphs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-print.html">8.6. Printing or Exporting Reports and Graphs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-create.html">8.7. Creating Reports and Graphs</a></span></dt></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xs!
 l/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">work in process</span>”</span> all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0.
       While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide".</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Reports and Charts give <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> the ability to present an overview of financial
     data in various ways. This can range from a simple summary of account totals to an
     advanced portfolio view. This section will present an explanation of the main <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-create.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-create.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-create.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@
               same directory, distributed with <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> to test if <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> is installed and working properly.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you feel uncomfortable about performing any of these steps, please either email the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>-user
                mailing list (<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>) for help or come to the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> IRC channel on
                irc.gnome.org. You can also leave out this step and manually update your stock prices.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Create the Account for the mutual fund or stock with it listed in the
-               Security/Currency field, as described above.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">When creating these accounts it is a good time to create income accounts to track dividends,
+               <span class="guilabel"><strong>Security/Currency</strong></span> field, as described above.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">When creating these accounts it is a good time to create income accounts to track dividends,
                  capital gains (long and short) and expense account(s) for tracking commissions and losses (if you
-                 track losses as expenses).</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Create the mutual fund or stock with either the Security Editor for existing stock/funds or the
-               New Security/Currency dialog for a new stock/fund.</p><p>Select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Get On-line Quotes:</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type of Quote Source</strong></span> and
+                 track losses as expenses).</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Create the mutual fund or stock with either the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Security Editor</strong></span> for existing stock/funds or the
+               <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Security/Currency</strong></span> dialog for a new stock/fund.</p><p>Select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Get On-line Quotes:</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type of Quote Source</strong></span> and
               <span class="guilabel"><strong>Timezone.</strong></span></p><p>Online currency quotes require that the check-box for Online quotes and the timezone be
                selected in the Security screen and the Security Editor check-box for "get quote" box is checked for
                those currencies that are to be downloaded.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Get On-line Quotes:</strong></span> This check-box is to enable this security/fund to

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-jump.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-jump.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/acct-jump.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.10. Jump to another Account Register</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations"><link rel="prev" href="trans-copy.html" title="6.9. Copying a Transaction"><link rel="next" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Scheduling Transactions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.10. Jump to another Account Register</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-copy.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.10. Jump to another Account Register"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-jump"></a>6.10. Jump to another Account Register</h2></div></div></div><p>When using the Account Register Window it is frequently useful to be able to
       view another account and also the transfer account at the same time. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> allows you to
-      do this quickly by using 'Jump'. This is available <span class="guibutton">Jump</span> icon on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> and in
-      the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Jump</strong></span> menu in the Account Register Window. </p><p>Select the transaction in the Account Register Window and either click the <span class="guibutton">Jump</span> icon or select
+      do this quickly by using the <span class="guibutton">Jump</span> button available in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> or
+      the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Jump</strong></span> menu item in the Account Register Window. </p><p>Select the transaction in the Account Register Window and either click the <span class="guibutton">Jump</span> icon or select
       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Jump</strong></span> to open the Account Register Window 
       target. If the transaction is split
       between more than one transfer account then you will need to show all the split transfer accounts first and

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas01.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas01.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas01.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="next" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3212209"></a>A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</h2></div></div></div><p>Exchange Code List for European Markets</p><div class="table"><a name="Code4EurMrks"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.1. Exchange Codes List for European Markets</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Exchange Codes List for European Markets" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Code</p></th><th><p>Market</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BC</p></td><td><p>Barcelona</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BE</p></td><td><p>Berlin</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BI</p></td><td><p>Bilbao</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BR</p></td><td><p>Brême</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>CO</p></td><td><p>Copenhagen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>D!
 </p></td><td><p>Dusseldorf</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>F</p></td><td><p>Frankfurt</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>DE</p></td><td><p>Xetra (was FX)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>H</p></td><td><p>Hamburg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>HA</p></td><td><p>Hanover</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>L</p></td><td><p>London</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MA</p></td><td><p>Madrid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MC</p></td><td><p>Madrid (M.C.)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MI</p></td><td><p>Milan</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MU</p></td><td><p>Munich</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>O</p></td><td><p>Oslo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>PA</p></td><td><p>Paris</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>ST</p></td><td><p>Stockholm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>SG</p></td><td><p>Stuttgart</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VA</p></td><td><p>Valence</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VI</p></td><td><p>Vienna</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="next" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2674287"></a>A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</h2></div></div></div><p>Exchange Code List for European Markets</p><div class="table"><a name="Code4EurMrks"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.1. Exchange Codes List for European Markets</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Exchange Codes List for European Markets" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Code</p></th><th><p>Market</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BC</p></td><td><p>Barcelona</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BE</p></td><td><p>Berlin</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BI</p></td><td><p>Bilbao</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BR</p></td><td><p>Brême</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>CO</p></td><td><p>Copenhagen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>D!
 </p></td><td><p>Dusseldorf</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>F</p></td><td><p>Frankfurt</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>DE</p></td><td><p>Xetra (was FX)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>H</p></td><td><p>Hamburg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>HA</p></td><td><p>Hanover</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>L</p></td><td><p>London</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MA</p></td><td><p>Madrid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MC</p></td><td><p>Madrid (M.C.)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MI</p></td><td><p>Milan</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MU</p></td><td><p>Munich</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>O</p></td><td><p>Oslo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>PA</p></td><td><p>Paris</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>ST</p></td><td><p>Stockholm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>SG</p></td><td><p>Stuttgart</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VA</p></td><td><p>Valence</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VI</p></td><td><p>Vienna</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas02.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas02.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas02.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets"><link rel="next" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3213213"></a>A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th><th><p>Pseudo-symbol</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Bond Market</p></td><td><p>CREFbond</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Equity Index</p></td><td><p>CREFequi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Global Equities</p></td><td><p>CREFglob</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Growth</p></td><td><p!
 >CREFgrow</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Inflation-Linked Bond</p></td><td><p>CREFinfb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Money Market</p></td><td><p>CREFmony</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Social Choice</p></td><td><p>CREFsoci</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock</p></td><td><p>CREFstok</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Select Stock</p></td><td><p>TIAAsele</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Stock Index</p></td><td><p>TIAAsndx</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>TIAA Real Estate</p></td><td><p>TIAAreal</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets"><link rel="next" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2675291"></a>A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th><th><p>Pseudo-symbol</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Bond Market</p></td><td><p>CREFbond</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Equity Index</p></td><td><p>CREFequi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Global Equities</p></td><td><p>CREFglob</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Growth</p></td><td><p!
 >CREFgrow</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Inflation-Linked Bond</p></td><td><p>CREFinfb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Money Market</p></td><td><p>CREFmony</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Social Choice</p></td><td><p>CREFsoci</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock</p></td><td><p>CREFstok</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Select Stock</p></td><td><p>TIAAsele</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Stock Index</p></td><td><p>TIAAsndx</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>TIAA Real Estate</p></td><td><p>TIAAreal</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas03.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas03.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas03.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes"><link rel="next" href="apas04.html" title="A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3213393"></a>A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="F"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.3. Individual sources for quotes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual sources for quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AEX</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Futures</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Options</td></tr><tr><td>AMFI India</td></tr><tr><td>ASE</td></tr><tr><td>ASX</td></tr><tr><td>BMO NesbittBurns</td></tr><tr><td>Deka Investments</td></tr><tr><td>DWS</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity Direct</td></tr><tr><td>Finance Canada</td></tr><tr><td>First Trust Portfolios</td></tr><tr><td>Fund Library</td></!
 tr><tr><td>Man Investments</td></tr><tr><td>Motley Fool</td></tr><tr><td>NZX</td></tr><tr><td>Platinum Asset Management</td></tr><tr><td>SEB</td></tr><tr><td>Sharenet</td></tr><tr><td>TD Waterhouse Canada</td></tr><tr><td>TD Efunds</td></tr><tr><td>TIAA-CREF</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>Trustnet</td></tr><tr><td>Union Investments</td></tr><tr><td>US Treasury Bonds</td></tr><tr><td>US Govt. Thrift Savings Plan</td></tr><tr><td>Vanguard</td></tr><tr><td>VWD</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Asia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Australia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Brasil</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Europe</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo New Zealand</td></tr><tr><td>(Zuerich Investments. ??)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes"><link rel="next" href="apas04.html" title="A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2675471"></a>A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="F"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.3. Individual sources for quotes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual sources for quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AEX</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Futures</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Options</td></tr><tr><td>AMFI India</td></tr><tr><td>ASE</td></tr><tr><td>ASX</td></tr><tr><td>BMO NesbittBurns</td></tr><tr><td>Deka Investments</td></tr><tr><td>DWS</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity Direct</td></tr><tr><td>Finance Canada</td></tr><tr><td>First Trust Portfolios</td></tr><tr><td>Fund Library</td></!
 tr><tr><td>Man Investments</td></tr><tr><td>Motley Fool</td></tr><tr><td>NZX</td></tr><tr><td>Platinum Asset Management</td></tr><tr><td>SEB</td></tr><tr><td>Sharenet</td></tr><tr><td>TD Waterhouse Canada</td></tr><tr><td>TD Efunds</td></tr><tr><td>TIAA-CREF</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>Trustnet</td></tr><tr><td>Union Investments</td></tr><tr><td>US Treasury Bonds</td></tr><tr><td>US Govt. Thrift Savings Plan</td></tr><tr><td>Vanguard</td></tr><tr><td>VWD</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Asia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Australia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Brasil</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Europe</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo New Zealand</td></tr><tr><td>(Zuerich Investments. ??)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas04.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas04.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/apas04.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix B. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3213598"></a>A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Quote-Sources"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.4. Multiple sources for quotes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Multiple sources for quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Asia (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Australia (ASX, Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Brasil (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada Mutual (Fund Library, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Dutch (AEX, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Europe (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Greece (ASE, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>India Mutual (AMFI, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity (Fidelity, ...)</t!
 d></tr><tr><td>First Trust (First Trust, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Nasdaq (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>New Zealand (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>NYSE (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>South Africa (Sharenet, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>U.K. Unit Trusts</td></tr><tr><td>USA (Yahoo, Fool ...)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix B. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><link rel="prev" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix B. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2675676"></a>A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Quote-Sources"></a><p class="title"><b>Table A.4. Multiple sources for quotes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Multiple sources for quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Asia (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Australia (ASX, Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Brasil (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada Mutual (Fund Library, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Dutch (AEX, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Europe (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Greece (ASE, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>India Mutual (AMFI, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity (Fidelity, ...)</t!
 d></tr><tr><td>First Trust (First Trust, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Nasdaq (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>New Zealand (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>NYSE (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>South Africa (Sharenet, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>U.K. Unit Trusts</td></tr><tr><td>USA (Yahoo, Fool ...)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix B. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. Account Tab Display</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="windows.html" title="4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus"><link rel="next" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. Account Tab Display</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.2. Account Tab Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3132585"></a>4.2. Account Tab Display</h2></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="id3132590"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 4.2. The <span class="emphasis">Account Tree</span> Display.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountTree_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Account Tree screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span> tab.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="sect2" title="4.2.1. Account Tree - Menus"><div class="titlepag!
 e"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-menus"></a>4.2.1. Account Tree - Menus</h3></div></div></div><p>The <em class="firstterm">Menubar</em> for the Accounts Tree window contains the following
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. Account Tab Display</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="windows.html" title="4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus"><link rel="next" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. Account Tab Display</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.2. Account Tab Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2593640"></a>4.2. Account Tab Display</h2></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="id2593646"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 4.2. The <span class="emphasis">Account Tree</span> Display.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountTree_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Account Tree screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Accounts</strong></span> tab.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="sect2" title="4.2.1. Account Tree - Menus"><div class="titlepag!
 e"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-menus"></a>4.2.1. Account Tree - Menus</h3></div></div></div><p>The <em class="firstterm">Menubar</em> for the Accounts Tree window contains the following
       options.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.1. Account Tree - File Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-file-menu"></a>4.2.1.1. Account Tree - <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The following table describes the options in the File Menu.</p><p>Clicking on the <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> option of the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> will <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pull down</span>”</span> a menu of options
          described in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu" title="Table 4.1. Account Tree - File Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing.">Table 4.1, “Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing.”</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Account Tree - File Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New File</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+N</strong></span>)
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
                   <p>Starts the Transfer assistant for transfer between accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Reconcile...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Starts the Account Reconcile assistant.   <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Reconciling Information Window">Section 5.8.1, “Reconciling Information Window”</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stock Split...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Starts the Stock Split assistant. Additional details <a class="xref" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Recording a Stock Split">Section 7.4, “Recording a Stock Split”</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>View Lots...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Opens the "Lots in Account" form.
+                  <p>Opens the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Lots in Account</strong></span> form.
                     
                 </p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Auto clear...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Opens the auto-clear screen where you can fill up the automatic clear information.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left">

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. Account Tab Display"><link rel="next" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Report Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3137236"></a>4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.1. Account Register & General Ledger Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-register"></a>4.3.1. Account Register & General Ledger Window</h3></div></div></div><p>This window is used to enter and edit your account data. It also
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. Account Tab Display"><link rel="next" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Report Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2598298"></a>4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.1. Account Register & General Ledger Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-register"></a>4.3.1. Account Register & General Ledger Window</h3></div></div></div><p>This window is used to enter and edit your account data. It also
       provides tools for scheduling future transactions, finding and reporting
       on transactions and printing checks.</p><p>To open the Account Register Window for an account, select the
       account in the Account Tree then go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
       Ctrl+O. This will open
       a new window with the Account Register. Pressing the <span class="guibutton">Open</span>
       button on the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> in the Account Tree Window or the <span class="guibutton">Jump</span>
-      button in the Account Register Window are alternate methods.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id3137307"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 4.3. The <span class="emphasis">Account Register</span> Display.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Account Register screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Register</strong></span> tab.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.2. Account Register Menus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-menus"></a>4.3.2. Account Register Menus</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> for the Transaction Register window contains the
+      button in the Account Register Window are alternate methods.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2598368"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 4.3. The <span class="emphasis">Account Register</span> Display.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Account Register screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Account Register</strong></span> tab.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.2. Account Register Menus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-menus"></a>4.3.2. Account Register Menus</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> for the Transaction Register window contains the
         following options.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.1. Account Register - File Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-file-menu"></a>4.3.2.1. Account Register - <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The following table describes the options in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Clicking on <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> will <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pull down</span>”</span> a
           menu of choices described in <a class="xref" href="ch04s03.html#Trans-FileMenu" title="Table 4.11. Account Register - File Menu - Access to file and account operations and printing.">Table 4.11, “Account Register - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file and account operations and
             printing.”</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="Trans-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.11. Account Register - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file and account operations and
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Print Checks...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                    <p>Starts the "Print Checks" assistant. See <a class="xref" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Printing Checks">Section 6.13, “Printing Checks”</a>.</p>
+                    <p>Starts the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Print Checks</strong></span> assistant. See <a class="xref" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Printing Checks">Section 6.13, “Printing Checks”</a>.</p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Page Setup...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Shift+Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
@@ -130,8 +130,9 @@
                 <p>Radio button to select register display mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transaction Journal</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                 <p>Radio button to select register display mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Double Line</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                 <p>Check-box to enable/disable display of Double Line display.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Sort by ...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                <p>Set the sort order of the transactions display. Requires "click" to
-                 start options form.  Option form requires <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span>/<span class="guibutton">OK</span> to close.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                <p>Set the sort order of the transactions display. Requires a click to
+                 start options form. Option form requires 
+                 <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span>/<span class="guibutton">OK</span> to close.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Standard Order</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                 <p>Keep normal account order</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -192,7 +193,7 @@
                   <p>Starts the Transfer assistant for transfer between accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Reconcile...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Starts the Account Reconcile assistant.   <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Reconciling Information Window">Section 5.8.1, “Reconciling Information Window”</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stock Split...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Starts the Stock Split assistant. Additional details <a class="xref" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Recording a Stock Split">Section 7.4, “Recording a Stock Split”</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>View Lots...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Opens the "Lots in Account" form.
+                  <p>Opens the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Lots in Account</strong></span> form.
                     
                 </p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Blank Transaction</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                <p>Move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register</p>
@@ -245,7 +246,7 @@
                template.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Transfer</span></p></td><td><p>Start the transfer assistant to transfer funds from one account to
                another.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Reconcile</span></p></td><td><p>Start the Reconcile process for the selected account.   <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Reconciling Information Window">Section 5.8.1, “Reconciling Information Window”</a>
                </p>
-              </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.4. Tab Bar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-tab-bar"></a>4.3.4. Tab Bar</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Tab bar</strong></span> displays "notebook/file folder" style tabs for open
+              </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.4. Tab Bar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-tab-bar"></a>4.3.4. Tab Bar</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Tab bar</strong></span> displays <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">notebook/file folder</span>”</span> style tabs for open
       transaction registers, account trees and reports.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.5. List of Transactions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-display-main"></a>4.3.5. List of Transactions</h3></div></div></div><p>The List of Transactions displays transactions you have entered
         and a running balance. It also provides a blank transaction to enter
         new transactions. The column headings vary according to what type of

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Report Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"><link rel="next" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Reconcile Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Report Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s05.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.4. Report Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3140792"></a>4.4. Report Window</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.1. Report Display Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-display"></a>4.4.1. Report Display Window</h3></div></div></div><p>This window is shown whenever a report or chart is selected from
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Report Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"><link rel="next" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Reconcile Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Report Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s05.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.4. Report Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2601867"></a>4.4. Report Window</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.1. Report Display Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-display"></a>4.4.1. Report Display Window</h3></div></div></div><p>This window is shown whenever a report or chart is selected from
       the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Reports</strong></span> menu.</p><p>To open the report window, select a report from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Reports</strong></span> item
       in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span>. This will open a new window with the report displayed.
       It provides a web browser type display with active links to account data.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Depending on the report there may be a delay while the report is generated.
          An approximation of the progress to completion is displayed in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Statusbar</strong></span>,
-         if has not been opted out of displaying.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="figure"><a name="id3140843"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 4.4. The <span class="emphasis">Report Window</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Report_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Report screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Income/Expense Chart</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.2. Report Menus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-menus"></a>4.4.2. Report Menus</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> for the report window contains the
+         if has not been opted out of displaying.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="figure"><a name="id2601918"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 4.4. The <span class="emphasis">Report Window</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Report_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Report screen"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Income/Expense Chart</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.2. Report Menus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-menus"></a>4.4.2. Report Menus</h3></div></div></div><p>The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> for the report window contains the
         following options.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.1. Reports - File Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-file-menu"></a>4.4.2.1. Reports - <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The following table describes the options in the File
           Menu.</p><p>Clicking on the <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> option of the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> will <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pull down</span>”</span> a
           menu of options described in <a class="xref" href="ch04s04.html#Report-FileMenu" title="Table 4.17. Report - File Menu - Access to file and account operations and printing.">Table 4.17, “Report - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file and account operations and
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
                   </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.5. Report - Business Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-business-menu"></a>4.4.2.5. Report - <span class="guimenu"><strong>Business</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The items shown in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Business</strong></span> menu are the same listed in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu" title="Table 4.5. Account Tree - Business Menu - Access small business features of GnuCash.">Table 4.5, “Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Business</span> Menu - Access small business features of <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.”</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.6. Report - Reports Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-reports-menu"></a>4.4.2.6. Report - <span class="guimenu"><strong>Reports</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The items shown in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Reports</strong></span> menu are the same listed in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu" title="Table 4.6. Account Tree - Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts.">Table 4.6, “Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Reports</span> Menu -  Access <code class="application">GnuCash</code> Reports and Charts.”</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.7. Report - Tools Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-tools-menu"></a>4.4.2.7. Report - <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The items shown in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> menu are the same listed in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu" title="Table 4.7. Account Tree - Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and editors">Table 4.7, “Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Tools</span> Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and editors”</a>.</p></div><d!
 iv class="sect3" title="4.4.2.8. Report - Windows Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-windows-menu"></a>4.4.2.8. Report - <span class="guimenu"><strong>Windows</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The items shown in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Windows</strong></span> menu are the same listed in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu" title="Table 4.8. Account Tree - Windows Menu">Table 4.8, “Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Windows</span> Menu”</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.9. Report - Help Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-help-menu"></a>4.4.2.9. Report - <span class="guimenu"><strong>Help</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The items shown in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Help</strong></span> menu are the same listed in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu" title="Table 4.9. Account Tree - Help Menu - Access to this help and the Tutorial and Concepts Guide.">Table 4.9, “Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> Menu - Access to this help and the Tutorial
           and Concepts Guide.”</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.3. Reports - Toolbar Icons/Buttons"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tool-bar"></a>4.4.3. Reports - <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Icons/Buttons</h3></div></div></div><p>The Report Window has a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> to quickly access the functions
         used with reports. The <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> can be hidden or shown by selecting
-        <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3142780"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.20. Reports - <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span> Buttons</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Reports - Toolbar Buttons" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Button</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
+        <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2603857"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.20. Reports - <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span> Buttons</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Reports - Toolbar Buttons" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Button</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Save</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+S</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Close</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span>)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Reconcile Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Report Window"><link rel="next" href="ch04s06.html" title="4.6. Schedule Transaction Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Reconcile Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s06.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.5. Reconcile Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3143169"></a>4.5. Reconcile Window</h2></div></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Reconcile Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Report Window"><link rel="next" href="ch04s06.html" title="4.6. Schedule Transaction Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Reconcile Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s06.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.5. Reconcile Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2604246"></a>4.5. Reconcile Window</h2></div></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
      <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-display" title="4.5.1. Reconcile Display Window">Section 4.5.1, “Reconcile Display Window”</a>,
      <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-menus" title="4.5.1.1. Menus">Section 4.5.1.1, “Menus”</a>,
      <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-toolbar" title="4.5.1.2. Toolbar Buttons">Section 4.5.1.2, “<span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Buttons”</a>.
-    </p><p>The detailed explaination of "Reconciling an Account" is described in
+    </p><p>The detailed explaination of reconciling an account is described in
      <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Reconciling an Account to a Statement">Section 5.8, “Reconciling an Account to a Statement”</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Reconcile Display Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="reconcile-display"></a>4.5.1. Reconcile Display Window</h3></div></div></div><p>To open the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Reconcile</strong></span> window, click
       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Reconcile...</strong></span> from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> or
        the <span class="guibutton">Reconcile</span> button from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> in a register window.

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Schedule Transaction Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Reconcile Window"><link rel="next" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Chapter 5. Setting Up, Editing & Working with Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Schedule Transaction Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s05.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="setup-accounts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.6. Schedule Transaction Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3144059"></a>4.6. Schedule Transaction Window</h2></div></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Schedule Transaction Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GnuCash Windows & Menus Options Overview"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Reconcile Window"><link rel="next" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Chapter 5. Setting Up, Editing & Working with Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Schedule Transaction Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s05.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="setup-accounts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.6. Schedule Transaction Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2605136"></a>4.6. Schedule Transaction Window</h2></div></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
      <a class="xref" href="ch04s06.html#tools-SX-menus" title="4.6.1.2. Scheduled Menu">Section 4.6.1.2, “<span class="guimenu"><strong>Scheduled</strong></span> Menu”</a>,
      <a class="xref" href="ch04s06.html#tools-SX-toolbar" title="4.6.1.3. Scheduled Transactions Toolbar Buttons">Section 4.6.1.3, “<span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Buttons”</a>,
      <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win" title="6.11.1. Scheduled Transactions Window">Section 6.11.1, “Scheduled Transactions Window”</a>.
      <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Edit Scheduled Transaction Window">Section 6.12, “Edit Scheduled Transaction Window”</a>,
-    </p><p>The detailed explaination of "Scheduling Transactions" is described in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Scheduling Transactions">Section 6.11, “Scheduling Transactions”</a>.
+    </p><p>The detailed explaination of scheduling transactions is described in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Scheduling Transactions">Section 6.11, “Scheduling Transactions”</a>.
     </p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Scheduled Transactions Main Display Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-SX-display"></a>4.6.1. Scheduled Transactions Main Display Window</h3></div></div></div><p>This window is shown when <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Scheduled Transactions Editor</strong></span> is selected from the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span>.
 
-       This will open a new tab window with the Scheduled Transactions displayed.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Main Window Components"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SXWin"></a>4.6.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Main Window Components</h4></div></div></div><p></p><div class="table"><a name="id3144138"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.27. Components of the Schedule Transactions Window.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Components of the Schedule Transactions Window." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Component</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menubar</p></td><td><p>Contains the Menus used in the Schedule Transactions Window. It provides the standard
+       This will open a new tab window with the Scheduled Transactions displayed.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Main Window Components"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SXWin"></a>4.6.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Main Window Components</h4></div></div></div><p></p><div class="table"><a name="id2605215"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.27. Components of the Schedule Transactions Window.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Components of the Schedule Transactions Window." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Component</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menubar</p></td><td><p>Contains the Menus used in the Schedule Transactions Window. It provides the standard
                  list of <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> options and an additional option, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled</strong></span>, which presents
                  options; New, Edit or Delete.  If no transaction is highlighted Edit and Delete will be "grayed out".
                 </p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> (Icons and/or Text)</p></td><td><p>Contains buttons used to access Schedule Transitions tasks.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tabs</p></td><td><p>Tabs to switch between open displays.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Transactions</strong></span></p></td><td><p>The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transactions</strong></span> pane contains a list of transactions
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
                   </p></td></tr></table></div>
                 </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.2. Scheduled Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SX-menus"></a>4.6.1.2. <span class="guimenu"><strong>Scheduled</strong></span> Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>The following table describe the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Scheduled</strong></span> menu options available
           in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Menubar</strong></span> when you are in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transaction</strong></span> window.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-SX-trans"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.28. <span class="guimenu">Scheduled</span> Menu - Access to scheduled transaction editing operations.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Scheduled Menu - Access to scheduled transaction editing operations." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>New</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Add a new schedule transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Edit</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Edit the currently selected transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Delete</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Remove the currently selected transaction.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.3. Scheduled Transactions Toolbar Buttons"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SX-toolbar"></a>4.6.1.3. <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Buttons</h4></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scheduled Transactions</strong></span> window has a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> to quickly access some
-          common functions used with scheduling.</p><div class="table"><a name="id3144435"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.29. <span class="guilabel">Scheduled Transactions</span> Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Scheduled Transactions Window Toolbar" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Button</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
+          common functions used with scheduling.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2605512"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.29. <span class="guilabel">Scheduled Transactions</span> Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Scheduled Transactions Window Toolbar" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Toolbar</strong></span> Button</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Save</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+S</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p>Save the current schedule of transactions.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Close</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span>)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. General Ledger"><link rel="next" href="tool-find.html" title="7.1. Find Transactions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_AccRegTools"></a>Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-find.html">7.1. Find Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-slr.html">7.2. Since Last Run Assistant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-loans.html">7.3. Mortgage & Loan Repayment Assistant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="stock-split.html">7.4. Recording a Stock Split</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="stock-split.html#stock-split-assistant">7.4.1. Stock Split Assistant</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tools-on-line-banking.html">7.5. <acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) Setup Assistant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-price.html">7.6. Price Editor</a></sp!
 an></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-manual">7.6.1. Adding a stock price manually</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-online1">7.6.2. Configuring for use of the "<span class="guilabel"><strong>Get Quotes</strong></span>" button</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-security-edit.html">7.7. Security Editor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#tool-commodity">7.7.1. Adding or Editing a Commodity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3">7.7.2. Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-calc.html">7.8. Financial Calculator</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>There are many specialized Tools used in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. These tools enable access to the enhanced functionality
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. General Ledger"><link rel="next" href="tool-find.html" title="7.1. Find Transactions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_AccRegTools"></a>Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-find.html">7.1. Find Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-slr.html">7.2. Since Last Run Assistant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-loans.html">7.3. Mortgage & Loan Repayment Assistant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="stock-split.html">7.4. Recording a Stock Split</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="stock-split.html#stock-split-assistant">7.4.1. Stock Split Assistant</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tools-on-line-banking.html">7.5. <acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) Setup Assistant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-price.html">7.6. Price Editor</a></sp!
 an></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-manual">7.6.1. Adding a stock price manually</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-online1">7.6.2. Configuring for use of the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span> button</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-security-edit.html">7.7. Security Editor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#tool-commodity">7.7.1. Adding or Editing a Commodity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3">7.7.2. Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-calc.html">7.8. Financial Calculator</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>There are many specialized Tools used in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. These tools enable access to the enhanced functionality
        in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.  These tools are accessed via the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> option from any window that displays a
        <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> menu.  Several of these tools may not be displayed depending on if your
        software was not configured to support Online banking, or the tools appropriate for the current window.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.15. General Ledger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Find Transactions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Reconciling an Account to a Statement"><link rel="next" href="reg-views.html" title="6.1. Changing the Register View"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_Common_Trans_Ops"></a>Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reg-views.html">6.1. Changing the Register View</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-win-enter.html">6.2. Transfer Funds Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-enter.html">6.3. Enter Transaction via register</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-enter.html#trans-reg-enter">6.3.1. Entering Directly in the Register Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-multi-enter.html">6.4. Multiple Split Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-currency-enter.html">6.5. Multiple Currency Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-e!
 dit.html">6.6. Editing a Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-delete.html">6.7. Deleting a Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-split-remove.html">6.8. Removing Transaction Splits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-copy.html">6.9. Copying a Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-jump.html">6.10. Jump to another Account Register</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched.html">6.11. Scheduling Transactions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win">6.11.1. Scheduled Transactions Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="sched-editor.html">6.12. Edit Scheduled Transaction Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="print-check.html">6.13. Printing Checks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-online.html">6.14. Online Actions ...</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id3167677">6.14.1. Get Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id3167684">6.14.2. Get Transactions ...</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id3167691">6.14.3. Issue Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id3167698">6.14.4. Direct Debit</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="general-ledger.html">6.15. General Ledger</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>A transaction represents the movement of money from one account to another account. Whenever you spend or
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Reconciling an Account to a Statement"><link rel="next" href="reg-views.html" title="6.1. Changing the Register View"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_Common_Trans_Ops"></a>Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reg-views.html">6.1. Changing the Register View</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-win-enter.html">6.2. Transfer Funds Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-enter.html">6.3. Enter Transaction via register</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-enter.html#trans-reg-enter">6.3.1. Entering Directly in the Register Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-multi-enter.html">6.4. Multiple Split Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-currency-enter.html">6.5. Multiple Currency Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-e!
 dit.html">6.6. Editing a Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-delete.html">6.7. Deleting a Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-split-remove.html">6.8. Removing Transaction Splits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-copy.html">6.9. Copying a Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-jump.html">6.10. Jump to another Account Register</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched.html">6.11. Scheduling Transactions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win">6.11.1. Scheduled Transactions Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="sched-editor.html">6.12. Edit Scheduled Transaction Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="print-check.html">6.13. Printing Checks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-online.html">6.14. Online Actions ...</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2628865">6.14.1. Get Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2628872">6.14.2. Get Transactions ...</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2628878">6.14.3. Issue Transaction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2628885">6.14.4. Direct Debit</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="general-ledger.html">6.15. General Ledger</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>A transaction represents the movement of money from one account to another account. Whenever you spend or
        receive money, or transfer money between accounts, that is a transaction. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> transactions always involve
        at least two accounts.</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> uses accounts as a way of grouping or organizing the recording of transactions.
        This section describes the methods <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> has to help enter transactions
-       quickly into the register. </p><p></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> has several methods available for entering transactions.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Entering directly into the register window is the most common way of entering transactions.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the Transfer Funds Window.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importing transactions either from a QIF/OFX file or via "OFX on-line banking".</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Where should the "Importing of data from downloaded files" and "On-line" banking be covered?.
-</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.8. Reconciling an Account to a Statement </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Changing the Register View</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+       quickly into the register. </p><p></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> has several methods available for entering transactions.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Entering directly into the register window is the most common way of entering transactions.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the Transfer Funds Window.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importing transactions either from a QIF/OFX file or via "OFX on-line banking".</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.8. Reconciling an Account to a Statement </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Changing the Register View</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.6. Changing the language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="reset-warning.html" title="9.5. Reset Warnings..."><link rel="next" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.6. Changing the language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.6. Changing the language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chang-lang"></a>9.6. Changing the language</h2></div></div></div><p>The language of the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> user interface is not modifiable
+      directly from the program’s preferences.</p><p>The way you can change the language depends on the operating system you are running 
+      <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> on.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong>Linux</strong></span></dt><dd><p>In general you should set the <code class="envar">LANGUAGE</code> and <code class="envar">LANG</code> environment variables before starting <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.
+	  To do this you need to open a terminal and run the following command:</p><p><span class="command"><strong>LANGUAGE=<em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> LANG=<em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> gnucash</strong></span></p><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> is the locale you want to run <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> with (<span class="emphasis"><strong>de_DE</strong></span> 
+	  for Deutsch, <span class="emphasis"><strong>it_IT</strong></span> for Italian etc.)</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">On some systems (e.g. Ubuntu) the encoding could be part of the locales name, like <em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL.UTF-8</code></em>. 
+	    You can use these names as well.</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>MacOSX</strong></span></dt><dd><p>If you want to use a different translation from the one that is automatically selected, you can run the following in <strong class="application"><code>Terminal.app</code></strong>:</p><p><span class="command"><strong>defaults write $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/Gnucash.app) AppleLanguages "(<em class="replaceable"><code>de</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>en</code></em>)"</strong></span></p><p>Use whatever language codes you want, replacing Deutsch and English. It won’t work if there isn’t a translation file for the language you want.</p><p>If you want to unset it (that is, return to using the system settings), run this:</p><p><span class="command"><strong>defaults delete $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/Gnucash.app)</strong></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="trademark">Windows</span>™</strong></span></dt><dd><p>If you are running <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> 2.4.0 (or newer) on Windows, you can set the interface language 
+	  by editing the file <code class="filename">environment</code> with a text editor (e.g. <strong class="application"><code>Notepad</code></strong>). By default this file is installed in 
+	  <code class="filename">c:\Program Files\gnucash\etc\gnucash</code>. Change this file such that the last few lines are:</p><p>
+	  </p><pre class="programlisting"># If you wish GnuCash to use a different language, uncomment the two parameters
+# below and set LANG to your preferred locale
+LANG=ll_LL
+LANGUAGE={LANG}</pre><p>
+	  </p><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> is the locale you want to run <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> with (<span class="emphasis"><strong>de_DE</strong></span> 
+	  for Deutsch, <span class="emphasis"><strong>it_IT</strong></span> for Italian etc.)</p></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">More and updated information about this topic can be found on the
+        <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Locale_Settings" target="_top">Locale Settings page</a> of the <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> wiki.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Reset Warnings... </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.3. Changing Style Sheets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-prefs.html" title="9.2. Setting Preferences"><link rel="next" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Setting Tax Report Options"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.3. Changing Style Sheets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.3. Changing Style Sheets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="change-style"></a>9.3. Changing Style Sheets</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> has four default style sheets for web-page reports. These style sheets can
        be altered by using the <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> Style Sheets editor. To access the editor go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Style Sheets...</strong></span></p><p>Using the Style Sheet Editor you may display/modify the setting of a Style
        Sheet.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Changing the Style Sheet will change the appearance of all reports
-       that have selected that Style Sheet. A "Reload" is required to view the changes, if
+       that have selected that Style Sheet. A <span class="guibutton">Reload</span> is required to view the changes, if
        the report(s) are currently displayed.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>To add a new Style Sheet click the <span class="guibutton">New...</span> button in the Style Sheet pane.
        The <span class="guilabel"><strong>New Style Sheet</strong></span> dialog will appear. Fill in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>name</strong></span> field with 
        the name of the new Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="report-create.html" title="8.7. Creating Reports and Graphs"><link rel="next" href="account-options.html" title="9.1. Account Display Options"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 9. Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>Chapter 9. Customizing <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="account-options.html">9.1. Account Display Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-prefs.html">9.2. Setting Preferences</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounting-period">9.2.1. Accounting Period</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts">9.2.2. Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz">9.2.3. Business</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time">9.2.4. Date/Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html!
 #prefs-general">9.2.5. General</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online">9.2.6. Online Banking</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing">9.2.7. Printing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg">9.2.8. Register</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def">9.2.9. Register Defaults</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports">9.2.10. Reports</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched">9.2.11. Scheduled Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-window">9.2.12. Windows</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="change-style.html">9.3. Changing Style Sheets</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-default">9.3.1. Default Style Sheet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-easy">9.3.2. Easy Style Sheet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-footer">9.3.3. Footer Style Sheet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-technicolor">9.3.4. Technicolor Style Sheet</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-tax-options.html">9.4. Setting Tax Report Options</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-probs">9.4.1. TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-defs">9.4.2. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reset-warning.html">9.5. Reset Warnings...</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" !
 align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Creating Reports and Graphs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Account Display Options</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="report-create.html" title="8.7. Creating Reports and Graphs"><link rel="next" href="account-options.html" title="9.1. Account Display Options"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 9. Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>Chapter 9. Customizing <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="account-options.html">9.1. Account Display Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-prefs.html">9.2. Setting Preferences</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounting-period">9.2.1. Accounting Period</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts">9.2.2. Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz">9.2.3. Business</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time">9.2.4. Date/Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html!
 #prefs-general">9.2.5. General</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online">9.2.6. Online Banking</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing">9.2.7. Printing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg">9.2.8. Register</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def">9.2.9. Register Defaults</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports">9.2.10. Reports</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched">9.2.11. Scheduled Transactions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-window">9.2.12. Windows</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="change-style.html">9.3. Changing Style Sheets</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-default">9.3.1. Default Style Sheet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-easy">9.3.2. Easy Style Sheet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-footer">9.3.3. Footer Style Sheet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-technicolor">9.3.4. Technicolor Style Sheet</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-tax-options.html">9.4. Setting Tax Report Options</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-probs">9.4.1. TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-defs">9.4.2. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reset-warning.html">9.5. Reset Warnings...</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chang-lang.html">9.6. Changing the language</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="le!
 ft"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Creating Reports and Graphs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Account Display Options</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountReg_Screen.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountTree_Screen.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_AccntPeriod.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Accnts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Business.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_DateTime.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/help.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/help.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Help Manual</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="en-US" class="book" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">About This Document</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Introduction to <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="Getting-Help.html">Using This Document & Getting Help</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="getting-started.html">Getting Started</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="GUIMenus.html"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="setup-accounts.html">Setting Up, Editing & Working with Accounts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Common Transaction Operations</a>!
 </dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Tools & Assistants</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="Reports.html">Reports And Charts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="custom-gnucash.html">Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="tips.html"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>List of Figures</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="windows.html#Help_Main_WindowCallouts">The Main <code class="application">GnuCash</code> Window</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#id3132590">The <span class="emphasis">Account Tree</span> Display.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s03.html#id3137307">The <span class="emphasis">Account Register</span> Display.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s04.html#id3140843">The <span class="emphasis">Report Window</span></a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-period-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Accounting Period</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Accounts</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Business</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.4. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Date/Time</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.5. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — General</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.6. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Online Banking</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.7. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Printing!
 </span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.8. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Register</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.9. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Register Defaults</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.10. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Reports</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.11. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Scheduled Transactions</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.12. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-windows-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Windows</span> tab</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing.</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-EditMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Edit</span> Menu - Access to file and account editing
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Help Manual</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="en-US" class="book" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">About This Document</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Introduction to <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="Getting-Help.html">Using This Document & Getting Help</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="getting-started.html">Getting Started</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="GUIMenus.html"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Windows & Menus Options Overview</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="setup-accounts.html">Setting Up, Editing & Working with Accounts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Common Transaction Operations</a>!
 </dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Tools & Assistants</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="Reports.html">Reports And Charts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="custom-gnucash.html">Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="tips.html"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>List of Figures</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="windows.html#Help_Main_WindowCallouts">The Main <code class="application">GnuCash</code> Window</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#id2593646">The <span class="emphasis">Account Tree</span> Display.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s03.html#id2598368">The <span class="emphasis">Account Register</span> Display.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s04.html#id2601918">The <span class="emphasis">Report Window</span></a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-period-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Accounting Period</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Accounts</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Business</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.4. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Date/Time</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.5. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — General</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.6. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Online Banking</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.7. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Printing!
 </span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.8. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Register</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.9. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Register Defaults</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.10. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Reports</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.11. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Scheduled Transactions</span> tab</a></dt><dt>9.12. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-windows-fig">The <span class="guilabel">Preferences — Windows</span> tab</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing.</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-EditMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Edit</span> Menu - Access to file and account editing
           operations and preferences.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ViewMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">View</span> Menu - Changes display window view.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ActionsMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Actions</span> Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair accounts,
           perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile transactions.</a></dt><dt>4.5. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Business</span> Menu - Access small business features of <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>4.6. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Reports</span> Menu -  Access <code class="application">GnuCash</code> Reports and Charts.</a></dt><dt>4.7. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Tools</span> Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and editors</a></dt><dt>4.8. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Windows</span> Menu</a></dt><dt>4.9. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu">Account Tree - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> Menu - Access to this help and the Tutorial
           and Concepts Guide.</a></dt><dt>4.10. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolBarIcons">Account Tree - Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></a></dt><dt>4.11. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-FileMenu">Account Register - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file and account operations and
@@ -9,4 +9,4 @@
             accounts, perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile
             transactions.</a></dt><dt>4.16. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ToolBarIcons">Account Register (Transaction Register) Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span> </a></dt><dt>4.17. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-FileMenu">Report - <span class="guimenu">File</span> Menu - Access to file and account operations and
             printing.</a></dt><dt>4.18. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-EditMenu">Reports - <span class="guimenu">Edit</span> Menu - Access to file and account
-            editing operations and preferences.</a></dt><dt>4.19. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-ActionsMenu">Reports - <span class="guimenu">Actions</span> Menu - Setup scheduled transactions.</a></dt><dt>4.20. <a href="ch04s04.html#id3142780">Reports - <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span> Buttons</a></dt><dt>4.21. <a href="ch04s05.html#Tools-ReconcileWin">Components of the Reconcile Window.</a></dt><dt>4.22. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-reconcile-menu"><span class="guimenu">Reconcile</span> Menu - Access to Reconcile Information and finishing or postponing.</a></dt><dt>4.23. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-account"><span class="guimenu">Account</span> Menu - Access to account operations.</a></dt><dt>4.24. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-trans"><span class="guimenu">Transaction</span> Menu - Access to transaction editing operations.</a></dt><dt>4.25. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-help"><span class="guimenu">Help</span> Menu - Access to help.</a></dt><dt>4.26. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-toolbar"><span class="guilabel">Reconcile</span> Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></a></dt><dt>4.27. <a href="ch04s06.html#id3144138">Components of the Schedule Transactions Window.</a></dt><dt>4.28. <a href="ch04s06.html#tool-SX-trans"><span class="guimenu">Scheduled</span> Menu - Access to scheduled transaction editing operations.</a></dt><dt>4.29. <a href="ch04s06.html#id3144435"><span class="guilabel">Scheduled Transactions</span> Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></a></dt><dt>5.1. <a href="acct-types.html#TypeAccounts">Types of <code class="application">GnuCash</code> Accounts.</a></dt><dt>5.2. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber1">Starting account numbers.</a></dt><dt>5.3. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber2">Renumbered account numbers</a></dt><dt>5.4. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber3">Final account numbers.</a></dt><dt>7.1. <a href="tool-find.html#tool-find-buttons">Search criteria buttons.</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-tax-options.html#id3188596">Detailed <acronym!
  class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></dt><dt>A.1. <a href="apas01.html#Code4EurMrks">Exchange Codes List for European Markets</a></dt><dt>A.2. <a href="apas02.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF">Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</a></dt><dt>A.3. <a href="apas03.html#F">Individual sources for quotes</a></dt><dt>A.4. <a href="apas04.html#Quote-Sources">Multiple sources for quotes</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 1. Introduction to <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+            editing operations and preferences.</a></dt><dt>4.19. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-ActionsMenu">Reports - <span class="guimenu">Actions</span> Menu - Setup scheduled transactions.</a></dt><dt>4.20. <a href="ch04s04.html#id2603857">Reports - <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span> Buttons</a></dt><dt>4.21. <a href="ch04s05.html#Tools-ReconcileWin">Components of the Reconcile Window.</a></dt><dt>4.22. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-reconcile-menu"><span class="guimenu">Reconcile</span> Menu - Access to Reconcile Information and finishing or postponing.</a></dt><dt>4.23. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-account"><span class="guimenu">Account</span> Menu - Access to account operations.</a></dt><dt>4.24. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-trans"><span class="guimenu">Transaction</span> Menu - Access to transaction editing operations.</a></dt><dt>4.25. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-help"><span class="guimenu">Help</span> Menu - Access to help.</a></dt><dt>4.26. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-toolbar"><span class="guilabel">Reconcile</span> Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></a></dt><dt>4.27. <a href="ch04s06.html#id2605215">Components of the Schedule Transactions Window.</a></dt><dt>4.28. <a href="ch04s06.html#tool-SX-trans"><span class="guimenu">Scheduled</span> Menu - Access to scheduled transaction editing operations.</a></dt><dt>4.29. <a href="ch04s06.html#id2605512"><span class="guilabel">Scheduled Transactions</span> Window <span class="emphasis">Toolbar</span></a></dt><dt>5.1. <a href="acct-types.html#TypeAccounts">Types of <code class="application">GnuCash</code> Accounts.</a></dt><dt>5.2. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber1">Starting account numbers.</a></dt><dt>5.3. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber2">Renumbered account numbers</a></dt><dt>5.4. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber3">Final account numbers.</a></dt><dt>7.1. <a href="tool-find.html#tool-find-buttons">Search criteria buttons.</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-tax-options.html#id2649996">Detailed <acronym!
  class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></dt><dt>A.1. <a href="apas01.html#Code4EurMrks">Exchange Codes List for European Markets</a></dt><dt>A.2. <a href="apas02.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF">Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</a></dt><dt>A.3. <a href="apas03.html#F">Individual sources for quotes</a></dt><dt>A.4. <a href="apas04.html#Quote-Sources">Multiple sources for quotes</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 1. Introduction to <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Chapter 2. Using This Document & Getting Help"><link rel="prev" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="getting-started.html" title="Chapter 3. Getting Started"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> On-line Assistance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Using This Document & Getting Help</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="on-line-assistance"></a>2.3. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> On-line Assistance</h2></div></div></div><p>Quoting the Tip of the Day "The <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> developers are easy to contact."
       <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> has several mailing lists;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>User List </strong></span>
          <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code> - User questions and discussions.  The
-         developers and many very helpful users "hang-out" here.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Development List </strong></span>
+         developers and many very helpful users <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">hang-out</span>”</span> here.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Development List </strong></span>
          <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></code> - Discussion of issues related to the design and development
          of <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> and submission of patches.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>You can chat live with the developers on IRC! Join them on #gnucash at irc.gnome.org.  Much more
          at the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnucash.org" target="_top"><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> web site </a> including links to WIKI and Bugzilla !!

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-custom.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-custom.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-custom.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
              report for later viewing.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Date Options: Reports typically specify either a single date, or a date
              range, for the report. Dates can be specified in two ways, either directly
              (using the date selector), or by selecting a relative date from the menu.
-             Relative dates allow you to specify dates like "Beginning of this year" or
-             "Today".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Step Size: This option is used on bar charts to determine the interval which
+             Relative dates allow you to specify dates like <span class="guilabel"><strong>Beginning of this year</strong></span> or
+             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Today</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Step Size: This option is used on bar charts to determine the interval which
              each bar represents. Typical values are daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Accounts: Select the appropriate accounts for the report. Note that in some
              reports only certain types of accounts can be selected. For example, an expense
              piechart only allows expense accounts to be selected. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Show Long Account Names: This option allows displaying either short account
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
              if the parent account is.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Depth: This option allows the selection of how many levels the report
              displays subaccounts. If the subaccounts go deeper than selected, an overall value
              for all the subaccounts is calculated and included in a total. To make sure every
-             account selected is individually displayed, select All.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Style Sheet: Select a Style Sheet. Style sheets control how reports are
+             account selected is individually displayed, select <span class="guibutton">All</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Style Sheet: Select a Style Sheet. Style sheets control how reports are
              displayed. At the moment, there are four style sheets: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Default</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Easy</strong></span>,
              <span class="guilabel"><strong>Footer</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Technicolor</strong></span>.
              You can customize each of these from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Style 

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-general.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-general.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/report-general.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. General Reports</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Chapter 8. Reports And Charts"><link rel="prev" href="Reports.html" title="Chapter 8. Reports And Charts"><link rel="next" href="report-assets.html" title="8.2. Assets & Liabilities"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. General Reports</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Reports.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-assets.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.1. General Reports"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-general"></a>8.1. General Reports</h2></div></div></div><p>The General Reports include the Account Summary Report, Custom Reports, the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export, and the Transaction Report and also the reports in the Sample & Custom menu.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Account Summary:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a name="report-taxreport"></a>Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export: The tax schedule report lists all taxable income and deductible expense amounts used in the preparation of US Income Tax returns. The purpose of the report is to provide a complete audit trail for these amounts. The report is intended to be used by a tax payer to manually prepare his or her own tax return, or alternatively, !
 to be provided to a tax preparer for that purpose. The report can also be used to generate an export of all tax related income and expenses to a <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> (Tax eXchange Format) file (this is in addition to exporting to the <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> format that all reports allow). The <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> file can be imported into tax filing programs such as TaxCut or TurboTax. The report should be run, inspected carefully for errors or omissions, and then corrections made to transactions, report settings, currency conversion rates or the account structure as needed. This process should be repeated as often as needed until all the amounts on the report are correct before a final version is used and saved along with the tax returns.</p><p> For accounts specified in the report options (none = all) that are also flagged as 'tax-related', all transactions for the time period selected (also in the report options) are included. The report sorts transactions by date within account providing subtotals by account within tax code within Form or Schedule line number. Support is also provided for multiple copies of and for sub-line items for selected Forms/Schedules. Optionally uses special date processing to include federal estimated tax payments after year end.</p><p>All totals are in USD since this is the currency required for filing US Income Tax returns. Non-USD transaction amounts are converted to USD using the transaction conversion rate to USD, if available. If not, a conversion rate from the price database is used (either the date nearest the transaction date or nearest the report date as specified in the report options; if none is available, transaction amounts are converted to zero and the report provides a comment accordingly). A complete audit trail of conversions is provided.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table !
 border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">For this to work, the user has to segregate taxable and non taxable
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. General Reports</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Chapter 8. Reports And Charts"><link rel="prev" href="Reports.html" title="Chapter 8. Reports And Charts"><link rel="next" href="report-assets.html" title="8.2. Assets & Liabilities"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. General Reports</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Reports.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Reports And Charts</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-assets.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.1. General Reports"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-general"></a>8.1. General Reports</h2></div></div></div><p>The General Reports include the Account Summary Report, Custom Reports, the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export, and the Transaction Report and also the reports in the Sample & Custom menu.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Account Summary:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a name="report-taxreport"></a>Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export: The tax schedule report lists all taxable income and deductible expense amounts used in the preparation of US Income Tax returns. The purpose of the report is to provide a complete audit trail for these amounts. The report is intended to be used by a tax payer to manually prepare his or her own tax return, or alternatively, !
 to be provided to a tax preparer for that purpose. The report can also be used to generate an export of all tax related income and expenses to a <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> (Tax eXchange Format) file (this is in addition to exporting to the <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> format that all reports allow). The <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> file can be imported into tax filing programs such as TaxCut or TurboTax. The report should be run, inspected carefully for errors or omissions, and then corrections made to transactions, report settings, currency conversion rates or the account structure as needed. This process should be repeated as often as needed until all the amounts on the report are correct before a final version is used and saved along with the tax returns.</p><p> For accounts specified in the report options (none = all) that are also flagged as <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax-related</strong></span>, all transactions for the time period selected (also in the report options) are included. The report sorts transactions by date within account providing subtotals by account within tax code within Form or Schedule line number. Support is also provided for multiple copies of and for sub-line items for selected Forms/Schedules. Optionally uses special date processing to include federal estimated tax payments after year end.</p><p>All totals are in USD since this is the currency required for filing US Income Tax returns. Non-USD transaction amounts are converted to USD using the transaction conversion rate to USD, if available. If not, a conversion rate from the price database is used (either the date nearest the transaction date or nearest the report date as specified in the report options; if none is available, transaction amounts are converted to zero and the report provides a comment accordingly). A complete audit trail of conversions is provided.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="marg!
 in-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">For this to work, the user has to segregate taxable and non taxable
            income to different accounts, as well as deductible and non deductible expenses.
            The Income Tax Information dialog is used for this. To access the Income Tax
            Information dialog go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span>. The user

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Reset Warnings...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Setting Tax Report Options"><link rel="next" href="tips.html" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Reset Warnings...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.5. Reset Warnings..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="reset-warning"></a>9.5. Reset Warnings...</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> gives warnings when certain operations are attempted, such as removing a transaction
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Reset Warnings...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 9. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Setting Tax Report Options"><link rel="next" href="chang-lang.html" title="9.6. Changing the language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Reset Warnings...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Customizing <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chang-lang.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.5. Reset Warnings..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="reset-warning"></a>9.5. Reset Warnings...</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> gives warnings when certain operations are attempted, such as removing a transaction
        or removing the splits of a transaction.  The warning message gives you the option to not give you
        these warnings when attempting the operation. Check-boxes labeled <span class="guilabel"><strong>Remember and don’t ask me again</strong></span>
        and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Remember and don’t ask me again this session</strong></span> allow disabling the warnings. This option permits
        reseting the warnings to the default, IE make the warning happen. Warnings may be selectivly enabled.
-     </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Setting Tax Report Options </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+     </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chang-lang.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Setting Tax Report Options </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.6. Changing the language</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
        The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export function
        in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to 
        <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span>.</p><p>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that 
-       the 'Tax Info' column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large 
-       downward-pointing arrow and select 'Tax Info' check box). The 'Tax Info' 
-       column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., 'Schedule D 
-       Dividend, cap gain distrib.') assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively, 
+       the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax Info</strong></span> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large 
+       downward-pointing arrow and select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax Info</strong></span> check box). The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax Info</strong></span> 
+       column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <span class="guilabel"><strong>Schedule D 
+       Dividend, cap gain distrib.</strong></span>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively, 
        it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through  
        <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Tax-related but has no tax code</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax entity type not specified</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for account type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for 
            account type</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Invalid code "code" for tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; invalid code "code" for tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>No form: code "code", tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; no form: code "code", tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>No description: form "form", code "code", tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax 
            type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type 
            "tax_type")</p></li></ul></div><p>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to 
-       individual accounts. Click 'Edit' to set the identity. The Tax Name is 
+       individual accounts. Click <span class="guibutton">Edit</span> to set the identity. The Tax Name is 
        optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A 
-       'type' must be selected in order to activate the tax category
+       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type</strong></span> must be selected in order to activate the tax category
        selections. The choices are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Individual, Joint, etc. - Files US Form 1040 Tax Return </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Partnership - Files US Form 1065 Tax Return</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Corporation - Files US Form 1120 Tax Return</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>S Corporation - Files US Form 1120S Tax Return</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>None - No Income Tax Options Provided</p></li></ul></div><p>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories 
        have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need 
        to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious. 
@@ -37,23 +37,23 @@
        the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had 
        several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each 
        broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent 
-       account named 'Directly Held', for example, and below it sub-accounts for 
+       account named <span class="emphasis"><strong>Directly Held</strong></span>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for 
        one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each 
        stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select 
-       'Current Account'; the total dividends from each stock would be exported 
+       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Current Account</strong></span>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported 
        and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a 
        subtotal for each stock, along with each stock’s name as the payer.</p><p>Some tax Forms/Schedules need to have multiple copies filed under
        some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have 
        separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the 
-       'Copy Number' is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by 
+       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Copy Number</strong></span> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by 
        copy number.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an 
            account to set a <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is 
            changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will 
            be set to the selected item. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an 
            account then select the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed 
            on the account edit dialogue but cannot be changed from there.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description 
-           appears just below (if available, otherwise it says 'No help 
-           available'), along with the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> code for the category and information 
+           appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <span class="guilabel"><strong>No help 
+           available</strong></span>), along with the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> code for the category and information 
            about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are 
            included in by tax year (used for detailed sort on report).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text 
            description that is exported along with the value of the account is 
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@
          transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that 
          no amounts are used from <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement 
          is expected to use this data to provide capital gain reporting).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.2. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txf-defs"></a>9.4.2. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><p>Table 32. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</p><p>
-</p><div class="table"><a name="id3188596"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.1. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tax Form \</strong></span> <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Code</p><p>Description</p></th><th>Extended <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Help messages</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< help \ </strong></span>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ help \ </strong></span>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># help \ </strong></span>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet!  Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separat!
 e maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable i!
 f you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits</p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or t!
 he fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed.  Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee’s wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><st!
 rong>Help F1099=MSA \ </strong></span>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </s!
 trong></span>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4137 \ </strong></span>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4137 \ </strong></span>N505</p><p>Total cash/tips not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</t!
 d></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr>!
 <tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equiv!
 alent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction.  Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as b!
 roker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8863 \ </strong></span>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learni!
 ng education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits.  Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched B \ </strong></span>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds,!
  stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV.  Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the!
  correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amoun!
 t of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched D \ </strong></span>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched D \ </strong></span>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts.  These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N673</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security; for use when only the date sold and net sales amount are available and t!
 he date acquired and cost basis information is not available and will be separately added in the tax software.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reporte!
 d the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport.  These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></t!
 r><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>H446</p><p>Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership’s income, credits, deductions, etc.  Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from s!
 ale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate.  This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount !
 of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling.  This may include winnings from ho!
 rse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F1040 \ </strong></span>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD’s or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of fed!
 eral income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA.  If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s medical savings account that were not !
 reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse’s Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N606</p><p>Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the t!
 otal amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N563</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><!
 td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or busin!
 ess.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N390</p><p>S!
 pecial clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2441 \ </strong></span>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home.  They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F3903 \ </strong></span>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects.  You may include the cost to store and insure hous!
 ehold goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub  551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for so!
 il or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N!
 588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="e!
 mphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N599</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot!
  deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4952 \ </strong></span>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4952 \ </strong></span>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuiti!
 on and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8829 \ </strong></span>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home.  IRS rules are stringent for this deduction.  Refer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N539</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></t!
 d><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business.  Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8839 \ </strong></span>H617</p><p>Form 8839 - adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Hom!
 e Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched A \ </strong></span>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or lite!
 rary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
+</p><div class="table"><a name="id2649996"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.1. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tax Form \</strong></span> <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Code</p><p>Description</p></th><th>Extended <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Help messages</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< help \ </strong></span>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><</span>”</span> or a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">^</span>”</span>, require a Payer identification to be exported.  <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><</span>”</span> indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ help \ </strong></span>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><</span>”</span> or a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">^</span>”</span>, require a Payer identification to be exported.  <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">^</span>”</span> indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># help \ </strong></span>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">#</span>”</span> not fully implemented yet!  Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy !
 category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers’ compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly be!
 nefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits</p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of con!
 sumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed.  Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee’s wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \!
  </strong></span>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099=MSA \ </strong></span>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distr!
 ibution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasi!
 s"><strong>Help F4137 \ </strong></span>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4137 \ </strong></span>N505</p><p>Total cash/tips not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N573</p><p>Agricultural program !
 payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity fut!
 ures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction.  Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and a!
 ny other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans’ educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr!
 ><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8863 \ </strong></span>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits.  Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><st!
 rong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched B \ </strong></span>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV.  Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!!
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><t!
 r><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched D \ </strong></span>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched D \ </strong></span>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts.  These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><t!
 d>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N673</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security; for use when only the date sold and net sales amount are available and the date acquired and cost basis information is not available and will be separately added in the tax software.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original !
 loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity fut!
 ures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport.  These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>H446</p><p>Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership’s income, credits, deductions, etc.  Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span cl!
 ass="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate.  This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><s!
 trong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from!
  your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling.  This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F1040 \ </strong></span>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD’s or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span cla!
 ss="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA.  If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td!
 ><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse’s Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N606</p><p>Fed t!
 ax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N563</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><!
 p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs !
 if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense,!
  including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N390</p><p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2441 \ </strong></span>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home.  They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="!
 emphasis"><strong>Help F3903 \ </strong></span>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects.  You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub  551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expe!
 nses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span cla!
 ss="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalt!
 ies paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N599</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social se!
 curity and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees’ wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4952 \ </strong></span>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4952 \ </strong></span>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds so!
 ld for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8829 \ </strong></span>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home.  IRS rules are stringent for this deduction.  Refer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N539</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </st!
 rong></span>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business.  Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8839 \ </strong></span>H617</p><p>Form 8839 - adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for t!
 he principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><!
 strong>Help Sched A \ </strong></span>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is a!
 llocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N544</p><p>Local income taxes</p></td><td>Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year.
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N274</p><p>Medical travel and lodging</p></td><td>Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N273</p><p>Medicine and drugs</p></td><td>Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N523</p><p>Misc., no 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N486</p><p>Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N485</p><p>Non-cash charity contributions</p></td><td>
-The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include an!
 y part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income.  (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N304</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N305</p><p>Bad debts!
  from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased !
 for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T.  See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant’s or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N294</p><p>Meals and enterta!
 inment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or  property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p>!
 </td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees' wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>The!
  total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N328</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor’s to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N331</p><p>Commissions</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor’s or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N332</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The amount !
 of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E.  These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N338</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Us!
 e a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for !
 Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N361</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself!
 .  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N357</p><p>Storage and wareh!
 ousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N358</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched H \ </strong></span>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees.  Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Federal income!
  tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse’s wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span cl!
 ass="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include an!
 y part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income.  (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N304</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N305</p><p>Bad debts!
  from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased !
 for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T.  See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant’s or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N294</p><p>Meals and enterta!
 inment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or  property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p>!
 </td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees’ wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>T!
 he total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N328</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor’s to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N331</p><p>Commissions</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor’s or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N332</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The amoun!
 t of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E.  These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N338</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. !
 Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions fo!
 r Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N361</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourse!
 lf.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N357</p><p>Storage and war!
 ehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N358</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees’ wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched H \ </strong></span>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees.  Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Federal in!
 come tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse’s wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><spa!
 n class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
 </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="change-style.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reset-warning.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Changing Style Sheets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Reset Warnings...</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tips.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tips.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tips.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="reset-warning.html" title="9.5. Reset Warnings..."><link rel="next" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="tips"></a>Appendix A. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="prev" href="chang-lang.html" title="9.6. Changing the language"><link rel="next" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix A. <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chang-lang.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendix A. GnuCash Tips and tidbits"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="tips"></a>Appendix A. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Tips and tidbits</h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
       Version 1.0, December 2006
-    </i></p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas01.html">A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas02.html">A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas03.html">A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas04.html">A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Reset Warnings... </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+    </i></p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas01.html">A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas02.html">A.2. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas03.html">A.3. Quote Sources - Individual sources</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas04.html">A.4. Quote Sources - Multiple sources</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chang-lang.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.6. Changing the language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Exchange Codes for European Markets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Help Manual</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>This manual describes how to use the GnuCash Financial
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Help Manual</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Help Manual</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Marchi</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Christian</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:cri79 at l!
 ibero.it">cri79 at libero.it</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Amin</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Yawar</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:yawar.amin at gmail.com">yawar.amin at gmail.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Janssens</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Geert</span></dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Development Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:geert at kobaltwit.be">geert at kobaltwit.be</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>This manual describes how to use the GnuCash Financial
     software.
-    </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002-2007 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div>
+    </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002-2011 Gnucash Documentation Team</p></div></div><div>
 <h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Legal Notice</h2><p>
 	  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
 	  document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
                        EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
                        THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 		  </p></li></ol></div><p>
-	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id3109880"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
+	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id2566647"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
         this manual, follow the directions at the
         <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.
-      </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2>History</h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Title</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Date</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Author</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Publisher</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p>November 7, 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle
+      </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2>History</h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Title</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Date</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Author</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Publisher</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V2.4.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>1 July 2011</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Multiple authors</p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p>November 7, 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle
             <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code>
           </p><p class="author">Dave Herman
             <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-price.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-price.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-price.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.6. Price Editor</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants"><link rel="prev" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. HBCI (Online Banking) Setup Assistant"><link rel="next" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Security Editor"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.6. Price Editor</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.6. Price Editor"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-price"></a>7.6. Price Editor</h2></div></div></div><p>The Price Editor is used to track/modify the value of a currency, mutual fund and stocks.
          It provides a unified interface to updating the values of these commodities and is able to update manually
          or through on-line quotes.</p><p>Each entry in the editor shows a record of a security/commodity price(s):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Security: </strong></span>The Security/commodity being priced. The display is sorted
-             by the "exchange" that the individual securities are listed on.  The list is expanded by clicking on the
-             "caret" on the left of the name.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Currency: </strong></span>The currency the price is recorded in.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Date: </strong></span>The date the price was recorded.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Source: </strong></span>The source of the commodities price quote. Typically, this
-             will be either "user:price-editor", indicating you entered it directly, or "Finance::Quote", indicating
+             by the <span class="guilabel"><strong>exchange</strong></span> that the individual securities are listed on.  The list is expanded by clicking on the
+             <span class="guilabel"><strong>caret</strong></span> on the left of the name.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Currency: </strong></span>The currency the price is recorded in.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Date: </strong></span>The date the price was recorded.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Source: </strong></span>The source of the commodities price quote. Typically, this
+             will be either <span class="guilabel"><strong>user:price-editor</strong></span>, indicating you entered it directly, or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Finance::Quote</strong></span>, indicating
              that it was retrieved from an on-line source by the <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> module.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Type: </strong></span>There are several different types
             of stock price quotes.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bid: </strong></span>Indicates what a specialist dealer is prepared to pay for a
               stock.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Ask: </strong></span>Indicates at what price the dealers are prepared to sell a
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
            prices dated earlier than the specified date.  Otherwise only stock prices added by <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> will
            be deleted.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Delete last price for a stock</strong></span> - If checked, delete all prices before the
            specified date.  Otherwise the last stock price dated before the date will be kept and all earlier
-           quotes deleted.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title='7.6.2. Configuring for use of the "Get Quotes" button'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-online1"></a>7.6.2. Configuring for use of the "<span class="guilabel"><strong>Get Quotes</strong></span>" button</h3></div></div></div><p>To support on-line quotations for a particular stock or mutual
+           quotes deleted.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.6.2. Configuring for use of the Get Quotes button"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-online1"></a>7.6.2. Configuring for use of the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span> button</h3></div></div></div><p>To support on-line quotations for a particular stock or mutual
         fund account, you must first enable on-line price quoting and select a
-        price source in the Security. This is described in detail in the "Configuring Securities for Online
-        Quotes" (<a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3" title="7.7.2. Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices">Section 7.7.2, “Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices”</a>) section of Using the Security Editor.
+        price source in the Security. This is described in detail in <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3" title="7.7.2. Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices">Section 7.7.2, “Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices”</a>.
         Once on-line quotes are enabled, and <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> is installed, you can update prices for your stocks and
-        mutual funds manually by clicking the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Get Quotes</strong></span> button.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) Setup Assistant </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Security Editor</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+        mutual funds manually by clicking the <span class="guibutton">Get Quotes</span> button.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) Setup Assistant </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Security Editor</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.7. Security Editor</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants"><link rel="prev" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Price Editor"><link rel="next" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Financial Calculator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.7. Security Editor</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-price.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Tools & Assistants</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-calc.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.7. Security Editor"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-security-edit"></a>7.7. Security Editor</h2></div></div></div><p>The Security Editor is used to create and edit commodities that are used by mutual fund and stock
       type accounts. It also shows the details of National Currencies that are used by <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>To show the details for National Currencies click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Show National Currencies</strong></span>
       check-box at the bottom of the screen.</p><p>Each entry in the editor shows the details used by the security/currency:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Type:</strong></span> Indicates for stocks the exchange on which a stock is
-         traded. For mutual funds use the FUND type. If your commodity is not of one of these types, you can
+         traded. For mutual funds use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>FUND</strong></span> type. If your commodity is not of one of these types, you can
          create a new type by typing it in the box. For national currencies the type is ISO4217. ISO-4217
          is an international standard which defines unique three-letter symbols for each currency. National
          currencies are not user editable.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Symbol:</strong></span> Indicates the symbol or abbreviation for the
          commodity. This is usually the ticker symbol (for stocks) or other unique abbreviation for the commodity.
          If the commodity is traded on any public exchange, it is important to use the same identifier
          used on that exchange. For national currencies the symbol is the ISO-4217 currency code.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Name:</strong></span> The full name of the commodity is a recognizable name
-         such as "US Dollars" or "IBM Common Stock".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Code:</strong></span> This is any numeric or alphanumeric code that is used
+         such as <span class="emphasis"><strong>US Dollars</strong></span> or <span class="emphasis"><strong>IBM Common Stock</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Code:</strong></span> This is any numeric or alphanumeric code that is used
          to identify the commodity. The CUSIP code is a unique identifying numeric string that is associated with
          every stock, bond or mutual fund, and most kinds of traded options, futures and commodities. This code is
          not required.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Fraction:</strong></span> This is the smallest traded unit of the commodity,

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@
             account.  Selecting any field with the mouse instead of tabbing will not automatically fill the
             transferring account field.  If there is no matching (existing) transaction, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will move the
             cursor to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer</strong></span> field with only one line of the transaction supplied.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When typing into the account field <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> will also attempt to automatically match the account
-            name with an existing account.  It does this alphabetically, so typing 'Ex' will match the Expenses
+            name with an existing account.  It does this alphabetically, so typing <span class="keycap"><strong>Ex</strong></span> will match the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Expenses</strong></span>
             section of the account list. When the section is matched, it is possible to move to a child account by
-            pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (colon). If after typing 'Ex' you press <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> then the cursor will
+            pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (colon). If after typing <span class="keycap"><strong>Ex</strong></span> you press <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> then the cursor will
             move to the first child account in the list.  Typing combinations of letters and <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> will
-            allow movement down the tree of accounts quickly. The triangle icon on the right of the Transfer box can
+            allow movement down the tree of accounts quickly. The triangle icon on the right of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer</strong></span> box can
             be used as an alternate way of selecting accounts.  Up & down arrow keys will also move up/down the
             displayed list of accounts.
            </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The next field (R) is used for reconciliation. This is described in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Reconcile an

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
           will now move the cursor to the next line.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Account</strong></span> column contains the list of transfer accounts. This column is the one that is used
           to add splits. The method described in step five can be used to select another account on a blank line.
           Add as many additional splits as needed.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When the transaction is balanced the gray check-boxes will disappear and the last blank line will
-          not have an amount.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> as described above past the blank line will jump to the next
+          not have an amount.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> as described above will jump to the next
           transaction. Selecting the next transaction will close the split or it can be manually closed by pressing
           the <span class="guibutton">Split</span> icon or selecting 
           <span class="guimenu"><strong>Actions</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Split Transaction</strong></span>.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-enter.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-currency-enter.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Enter Transaction via register </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.5. Multiple Currency Transactions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-online.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-online.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-online.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.14. Online Actions ...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations"><link rel="prev" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Printing Checks"><link rel="next" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. General Ledger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.14. Online Actions ...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.14. Online Actions ..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-online"></a>6.14. Online Actions ...</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is "under construction - any input will be welcome !!".</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.1. Get Balance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167677"></a>6.14.1. Get Balance</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.2. Get Transactions ..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h!
 3 class="title"><a name="id3167684"></a>6.14.2. Get Transactions ...</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.3. Issue Transaction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167691"></a>6.14.3. Issue Transaction</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.4. Direct Debit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3167698"></a>6.14.4. Direct Debit</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.13. Printing Checks </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.15. General Ledger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.14. Online Actions ...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations"><link rel="prev" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Printing Checks"><link rel="next" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. General Ledger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.14. Online Actions ...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Common Transaction Operations</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.14. Online Actions ..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-online"></a>6.14. Online Actions ...</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is "under construction - any input will be welcome !!".</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.1. Get Balance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2628865"></a>6.14.1. Get Balance</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.2. Get Transactions ..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h!
 3 class="title"><a name="id2628872"></a>6.14.2. Get Transactions ...</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.3. Issue Transaction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2628878"></a>6.14.3. Issue Transaction</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.4. Direct Debit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2628885"></a>6.14.4. Direct Debit</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.13. Printing Checks </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.15. General Ledger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
                       to <span class="guilabel"><strong>Postponed</strong></span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Reminder</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>You are <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> days from the scheduled transaction due date. 
                       The number of days <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> to remind in advance, is set either in 
                       the <span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash Preferences</strong></span> <a class="link" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched" title="9.2.11. Scheduled Transactions">Scheduled Transactions</a> 
-                      tab or in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>General</strong></span> tab of the 
+                      tab or in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Overview</strong></span> tab of the 
                       <a class="link" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Edit Scheduled Transaction Window">Scheduled Transaction Editor</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>To-create</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>This scheduled transaction will be automatically created when 
                       you press <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="emphasis"><strong>Empty</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>An empty field means that no operations are pending for the 
                       scheduled transaction.</p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div><p>At the bottom of the window there are two buttons:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>The <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span> button is used to exit the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Since Last Run</strong></span>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@
               and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Description</strong></span>. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Num</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Memo</strong></span> fields
                are optional.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Choose the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer From</strong></span> account. If this account is an income or expense account select the
                check-box at the bottom of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer From</strong></span> pane.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Choose the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer To</strong></span> account. If this account is an income or expense account select the
-               check-box at the bottom of the Transfer From pane.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If one of the accounts above is a different currency from the other account the Currency Transfer
+               check-box at the bottom of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transfer From</strong></span> pane.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If one of the accounts above is a different currency from the other account the Currency Transfer
                pane will be enabled to add either an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Exchange Rate</strong></span> or a <span class="guilabel"><strong>To Amount</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to commit the transaction or <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span>
                to dismiss the dialog without entering the transaction.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reg-views.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-enter.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.1. Changing the Register View </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Enter Transaction via register</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/C/gnucash-help.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apa.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apa.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apa.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Anhang A. Anhang E</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="prev" href="ix01.html" title="Index"><link rel="next" href="appendixe.html" title="A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang A. Anhang E</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ix01.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixe.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Anhang A. Anhang E"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id2888437"></a>Anhang A. Anhang E</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixe.html">A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas02.html">A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ix01.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixe.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen</td></tr></!
 table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Anhang A. Anhang E</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="prev" href="ix01.html" title="Index"><link rel="next" href="appendixe.html" title="A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang A. Anhang E</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ix01.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixe.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Anhang A. Anhang E"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id2901690"></a>Anhang A. Anhang E</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixe.html">A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas02.html">A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ix01.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixe.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen</td></tr></!
 table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apas02.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apas02.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/apas02.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="apa.html" title="Anhang A. Anhang E"><link rel="prev" href="appendixe.html" title="A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixe.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Anhang A. Anhang E</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888420"></a>A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="apa.html" title="Anhang A. Anhang E"><link rel="prev" href="appendixe.html" title="A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixe.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Anhang A. Anhang E</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901674"></a>A.2. Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen.</h2></div></div></div><p>
 
   </p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Nach Buchungen suchen</td><td><span class="guimenu"><strong>Bearbeiten</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suchen…</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Strg+f</strong></span>)
     </td></tr><tr><td>Neue Datei</td><td><span class="guimenu"><strong>Datei</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Neu</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Neue Datei</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Strg+n</strong></span>)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="next" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter-basics.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-accounting1"></a>2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869021"></a><p>GnuCash ist so einfach zu bedienen, dass Sie keine umfassenden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="next" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter-basics.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-accounting1"></a>2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2882273"></a><p>GnuCash ist so einfach zu bedienen, dass Sie keine umfassenden
       Buchführungskenntnisse benötigen, um das Programm sinnvoll
       einsetzen zu können.  Allerdings werden Sie feststellen, dass
       sich die Kenntnis einiger grundlegender Prinzipien der 
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
       als von unschätzbarem Wert erweisen wird, da GnuCash nach Vorlage
       dieser Prinzipien entwickelt wurde.  Es ist daher höchst
       empfehlenswert, dass Sie diesen Abschnitt verstehen, bevor Sie
-      fortfahren.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.1.1. Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounting52"></a>2.1.1. Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869763"></a><p>Basale Buchführungsregeln gruppieren alle finanziellen
+      fortfahren.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.1.1. Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounting52"></a>2.1.1. Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2883015"></a><p>Basale Buchführungsregeln gruppieren alle finanziellen
         Dinge in 5 fundamentale Arten von <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Konten</span>“</span>.  Das
         heißt, dass alles, womit sich Buchführung befasst, einem
         dieser 5 Konten zugeordnet werden kann:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Aktiva</strong></span> - was Sie besitzen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Passiva</strong></span> - was Sie
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
         diese 5 Gruppen einteilen lässt.  Zu Beispiel gehört das
         Guthaben auf Ihrem Bankkonto zu den Aktiva, Ihre Hypothek zu
         den Passiva, Ihre Gehaltszahlung zu den Erträgen und die
-        Kosten für das gestrige Abendessen zu den Aufwendungen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.2. Bilanzgleichung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingequation2"></a>2.1.2. Bilanzgleichung</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869858"></a><p>Nachdem die 5 Grundkonten definiert sind, wie stehen sie
+        Kosten für das gestrige Abendessen zu den Aufwendungen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.2. Bilanzgleichung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingequation2"></a>2.1.2. Bilanzgleichung</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2883110"></a><p>Nachdem die 5 Grundkonten definiert sind, wie stehen sie
         in Beziehung zueinander?  Wie beeinflusst ein Konto die
         anderen?  Erstens, das Eigenkapital ist durch Aktiva und
         Passiva definiert.  Das heißt, Ihr Reinvermögen wird berechnet
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
               Grundkonten zueinander.  Das Reinvermögen (Eigenkapital)
               erhöht sich durch Erträge und vermindert sich durch
               Aufwendungen.  Die Pfeile repräsentieren die
-              Wertbewegungen.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.3. Doppelte Buchführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Doppelte Buchführung</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869981"></a><p>Die Bilanzgleichung ist das Kernstück der Doppelten
+              Wertbewegungen.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.3. Doppelte Buchführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Doppelte Buchführung</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2883233"></a><p>Die Bilanzgleichung ist das Kernstück der Doppelten
       Buchführung.  Für jede Veränderung im Wert eines Kontos, muss es
       eine ausgleichende Buchung in einem anderen geben.  Dieses
       Konzept ist bekannt als das <span class="emphasis"><strong>Prinzip des ausgeglichenen

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.8. Datensicherung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Daten importieren"><link rel="next" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.8. Datensicherung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-import1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.8. Datensicherung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-backup1"></a>2.8. Datensicherung</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2877120"></a><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/important.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Wichtig</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.8. Datensicherung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Daten importieren"><link rel="next" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.8. Datensicherung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-import1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.8. Datensicherung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-backup1"></a>2.8. Datensicherung</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2890372"></a><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/important.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Wichtig</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
         Dieses Kapitel können Sie überspringen, sie beim ersten
         Speichern eines der ab Version 2.4.0 verfügbaren
         Datenbankformate gewählt haben.  Datenbanken benutzen interne
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 gcashdata.gnucash.20100415194251.log
 gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK
 </pre><p>Was es mit diesen Dateien für eine Bewandtnis hat, ist im
-    folgenden Abschnitt beschrieben.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.8.1. Sicherungsdatei (.jjjjMMddhhmmss.gnucash)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupxac2"></a>2.8.1. Sicherungsdatei (.jjjjMMddhhmmss.gnucash)</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2877180"></a><p>Jedes mal wenn Sie ihre Datei speichern, wird gleichzeitig
+    folgenden Abschnitt beschrieben.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.8.1. Sicherungsdatei (.jjjjMMddhhmmss.gnucash)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupxac2"></a>2.8.1. Sicherungsdatei (.jjjjMMddhhmmss.gnucash)</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2890432"></a><p>Jedes mal wenn Sie ihre Datei speichern, wird gleichzeitig
         eine Sicherungsdatei mit der Dateinamensendung
         jjjjMMddhhmmss.gnucash gespeichert.  Diese Sicherungsdatei ist
         eine vollständige Kopie Ihrer Datendatei.  Die
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
         Sie einfach die .gnucash Datei mit dem Datum, zu dem Sie
         zurück kehren wollen.  Achten Sie unbedingt darauf, dass Sie
         die Datei unter einem anderen Namen speichern!
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.2. Logdatei (.log)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplog2"></a>2.8.2. Logdatei (.log)</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2877248"></a><p>Jedes mal wenn Sie eine Datei in GnuCash öffnen, wird ein
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.2. Logdatei (.log)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplog2"></a>2.8.2. Logdatei (.log)</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2890500"></a><p>Jedes mal wenn Sie eine Datei in GnuCash öffnen, wird ein
         .log erzeugt und nach demselben Schema benannt, wie die
         Sicherungskopie.  Wenn Sie mit GnuCash arbeiten und die
         geöffnete Datei verändern, werden diese Veränderungen in der
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
         beschrieben.
       </p><p>
         Das Einspielen geschieht folgendermaßen:
-      <a class="indexterm" name="id2877295"></a>
+      <a class="indexterm" name="id2890548"></a>
       </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Öffnen Sie die zuletzt gespeicherte GnuCash
           Datei.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie zu
             <span class="guimenu"><strong>Datei</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importieren</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Einträge
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
           erforderlich sein, dass Sie einige löschen und erneut
           eingeben müssen.  Tun Sie dies nicht, kann es sein, dass
           trotz korrekten Saldos einige Berichte falsch sind.
-        </p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.3. Blockdateien (.LNK und .LCK)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplock2"></a>2.8.3. Blockdateien (.LNK und .LCK)</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2877399"></a><p>
+        </p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.3. Blockdateien (.LNK und .LCK)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplock2"></a>2.8.3. Blockdateien (.LNK und .LCK)</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2890651"></a><p>
         Gelegentlich werden Sie .LNK und .LCK Dateien auftauchen
         sehen.  Diese speichern keine Daten, sondern werden erzeugt um
         zu verhindern, dass mehrere Benutzer dieselbe Datei
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
         Kommandozeile oder mit dem Dateimanager).  Sobald die Dateien
         entfernt sind, wird die Warnmeldung nicht mehr erscheinen,
         sofern GnuCash nicht wieder abstürzt.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.4. Dateimanagement"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupmanage2"></a>2.8.4. Dateimanagement</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2877504"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.4. Dateimanagement"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupmanage2"></a>2.8.4. Dateimanagement</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2890756"></a><p>
         Welche Dateien sollten Sie also aufbewahren?  Behalten müssen
         Sie natürlich Ihre Datendatei, die sie daran erkennen, dass
         sie nur die Dateiendung .gnucash hat, also zu

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung"><link rel="next" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-entry1"></a>2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2870107"></a><p>Wenn Sie Daten in GnuCash eingeben, sollten Sie sich der 3
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung"><link rel="next" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-entry1"></a>2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2883359"></a><p>Wenn Sie Daten in GnuCash eingeben, sollten Sie sich der 3
     Organisationsebenen bewusst sein, in die GnuCash Ihre Daten
     unterteilt: Dateien, Konten und Buchungen.  Diese Ebenen werden
     nach Komplexität geordnet vorgestellt.  Eine Datei enthält viele
     Konten und ein Konto enthält viele Buchungen.  Diese Unterteilung
-    ist fundamental um zu verstehen, wie GnuCash benutzt wird.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.2.1. Dateien, Konten und Buchungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounts2"></a>2.2.1. Dateien, Konten und Buchungen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2870133"></a><p>GnuCash nutzt <span class="emphasis"><strong>Dateien</strong></span> zum Speichern von
+    ist fundamental um zu verstehen, wie GnuCash benutzt wird.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.2.1. Dateien, Konten und Buchungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounts2"></a>2.2.1. Dateien, Konten und Buchungen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2883385"></a><p>GnuCash nutzt <span class="emphasis"><strong>Dateien</strong></span> zum Speichern von
       Informationen.  GnuCash nutzt drei Typen von Dateien: Datendateien,
       Sicherungsdateien und Logdateien.  Die Hauptdatei die Sie benutzen
       werden, ist eine Datendatei.  Sie werden wahrscheinlich nur eine
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
         Geldabheben oder Verbuchen einer Gehaltszahlung.
         <a class="xref" href="chapter-txns.html" title="Kapitel 4. Buchungen">Kapitel 4, <i>Buchungen</i></a> beschreibt eingehender,
         wie Sie in GnuCash Buchungen eingeben.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.2.2. Doppelte Buchführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-dbentry2"></a>2.2.2. Doppelte Buchführung</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2870343"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.2.2. Doppelte Buchführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-dbentry2"></a>2.2.2. Doppelte Buchführung</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2883595"></a><p>
         Wahrscheinlich haben Sie die Redewendung <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Geld wächst
         nicht auf Bäumen</span>“</span> schon einmal gehört.  Gemeint ist
         damit, dass Geld von irgend woher kommen muss -

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen"><link rel="next" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Daten importieren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-import1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-files1"></a>2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875362"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen"><link rel="next" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Daten importieren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-import1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-files1"></a>2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888614"></a><p>
       Wenn Sie GnuCash das erste Mal starten, wird automatisch
       der <span class="guilabel"><strong>Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen</strong></span> Assistent
       aufgerufen, der eine neue Datei anlegt und Sie bis zum Speichern
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
         Knopf <span class="guibutton">Speichern</span> dauerhaft deaktiviert,
         weil alle Daten augenblicklich nach der Eingabe gespeichert
         werden.
-      </p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.1. Eine neue Datei anlegen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-file-new"></a>2.6.1. Eine neue Datei anlegen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875464"></a><p>
+      </p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.1. Eine neue Datei anlegen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-file-new"></a>2.6.1. Eine neue Datei anlegen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888716"></a><p>
         Wenn Sie nur mit den Finanzdaten eines einzelnen Haushalts
         arbeiten, genügt eine Datei.  Wenn sie aber auch ihre
         Geschäftskonten führen, oder aus anderen Gründen bestimmte
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
         Brechen Sie jetzt den Vorgang ab, ist keine Datei mehr
         geladen.  Folgen Sie andernfalls den Anweisungen des
         Assistenten, der Sie bis zum ersten Speichern begleiten wird.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.2. Datei öffnen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-file-open"></a>2.6.2. Datei öffnen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875543"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.2. Datei öffnen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-file-open"></a>2.6.2. Datei öffnen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888795"></a><p>
         Um eine existierende Datei zu öffnen, wählen
         Sie <span class="guimenu"><strong>Datei</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Öffnen</strong></span>
         und wählen Ihre Datei aus der Liste.  War Ihre alte Datei noch
         nicht gespeichert, erhalten Sie vor dem Datei Öffnen Dialog
         eine Nachfrage, ob Sie diese nicht zuvor speichern wollen.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.3. Datei speichern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-file-save"></a>2.6.3. Datei speichern</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875585"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.3. Datei speichern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-file-save"></a>2.6.3. Datei speichern</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888837"></a><p>
         Folgen Sie diesen Schritten, um die Datei unter einem neuen
         Namen zu speichern:
       </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.5. Hilfe bekommen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.5. Hilfe bekommen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-prefs1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.5. Hilfe bekommen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875077"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.5. Hilfe bekommen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.5. Hilfe bekommen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-prefs1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.5. Hilfe bekommen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888329"></a><p>
       GnuCash bietet Hilfe auf vielerlei Weise an. Wir haben bereits
       den <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipp des Tages</strong></span> Dialog behandelt, der
       hilfreiche Tipps beim Start von GnuCash liefert.  GnuCash hat auch
       ein ausführliches Hilfe Manual.
-    </p><div class="sect2" title="2.5.1. Hilfe-Menü"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-manual2"></a>2.5.1. Hilfe-Menü</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875105"></a><p>
+    </p><div class="sect2" title="2.5.1. Hilfe-Menü"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-manual2"></a>2.5.1. Hilfe-Menü</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888358"></a><p>
         Sobald Sie GnuCash gestartet haben, sehen Sie in der Menüleiste
         des Hauptfensters den Eintrag <span class="guimenu"><strong>Hilfe</strong></span>.
         Darüber können Sie diesen <span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash-Kurs und
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
         Mit <span class="guimenu"><strong>Datei</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Seite
         drucken</strong></span> drucken sie die aktuelle
         Seite.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.2. Internetzugang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-web2"></a>2.5.2. Internetzugang</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875203"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.2. Internetzugang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-web2"></a>2.5.2. Internetzugang</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888455"></a><p>
         Aus dem <span class="guilabel"><strong>Yelp</strong></span> Fenster können Sie auch
         Webseiten für zusätzliche Information aufrufen.  Das Anklicken
         einer URL startet den im System voreingestellten Web-Browser.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
         FAQ Website</em></a> und enthält Antworten auf die
         häufigsten Fragen.  Auch
         eine <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/De/GnuCash" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">deutschsprachige
-        Wiki</em></a> gibt es.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.3. Themen suchen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-topic2"></a>2.5.3. Themen suchen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875321"></a><p>
+        Wiki</em></a> gibt es.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.3. Themen suchen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-topic2"></a>2.5.3. Themen suchen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888573"></a><p>
         Das Hilfe Fenster bietet ferner eine Suchfunktion. Um nach
         einem bestimmten Thema zu suchen, geben Sie dieses in das
         Eingabefeld im oberen Bereich des Fensters ein und drücken

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. Daten importieren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern"><link rel="next" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Datensicherung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. Daten importieren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.7. Daten importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-import1"></a>2.7. Daten importieren</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875759"></a><div class="sect2" title="2.7.1. Allgemeines Konzept"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-general"></a>2.7.1. Allgemeines Konzept</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2875773"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. Daten importieren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern"><link rel="next" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Datensicherung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. Daten importieren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.7. Daten importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-import1"></a>2.7. Daten importieren</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2889012"></a><div class="sect2" title="2.7.1. Allgemeines Konzept"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-general"></a>2.7.1. Allgemeines Konzept</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2889025"></a><p>
       Wenn Sie von einem anderen Buchführungs- oder Finanzprogrammen auf GnuCash umsteigen wollen, 
       wenn Sie vorhandene Daten mit GnuCash auswerten wollen, oder wenn Sie Kontoumsätze von der Internetseiten 
       Ihrer Bank heruntergeladen haben, müssen Sie diese Daten in GnuCash importieren. 
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
       Nachfolgend wird der Import von Dateien in den verschiedenen Formaten beschrieben.  
       Im Verzeichnis <code class="filename">gnucash-docs/guide/de_DE</code> finden Sie eine Beispieldatei
       in jedem Format.
-    </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.2. CSV-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-csv"></a>2.7.2. CSV-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2876111"></a><p>
+    </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.2. CSV-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-csv"></a>2.7.2. CSV-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2889363"></a><p>
         Die nachfolgende Datei entspricht dem Format, wie es von einer
         großen deutschen Bank zum Download angeboten wird:
       </p><div class="example"><a name="ex1"></a><p class="title"><b>Beispiel 2.1. gnc_sample_csv.csv</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
         eingelesen und eine Liste der Buchungssätze erzeugt.  Damit
         ist die erste Phase abgeschlossen.  Das weitere Vorgehen ist
         in <a class="xref" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-general1" title="2.7.7. Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import">Abschnitt 2.7.7, „Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import“</a> beschrieben.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.3. MT940/MT942-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-mt94x"></a>2.7.3. MT940/MT942-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2876366"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.3. MT940/MT942-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-mt94x"></a>2.7.3. MT940/MT942-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2889618"></a><p>
         MT940 (MT=Message Type) ist der SWIFT-Standard zur elektronischen Ãœbermittlung von Kontoauszug-Daten. 
         Bei verschiedenen Onlinebanking-Programmen wird MT940 als Schnittstelle verwendet zu anderen Programmen, 
         mit denen die Kontoauszug-Daten weiter verarbeitet werden.
@@ -139,11 +139,11 @@
               das zu bebuchende Konto wählen,
             </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>weiter bei <a class="xref" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-general1" title="2.7.7. Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import">Abschnitt 2.7.7, „Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import“</a>.
             </p></li></ol></div><p>
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.4. DTAUS-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-dtaus"></a>2.7.4. DTAUS-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2876436"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.4. DTAUS-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-dtaus"></a>2.7.4. DTAUS-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2889688"></a><p>
         Datenträgeraustausch-Dateien (DTAUS), dienen dem Austausch von 
         Überweisungsaufträgen zwischen Banken oder Kunde und Bank.
         <a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-mt94x" title="2.7.3. MT940/MT942-Dateien importieren">Import wie oben</a>.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.5. QIF-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-qif"></a>2.7.5. QIF-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2876466"></a><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Anmerkung</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.5. QIF-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-qif"></a>2.7.5. QIF-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2889719"></a><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Anmerkung</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
           Dieser Abschnitt zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie bei der Einrichtung
           neuer Konten Daten von anderen Finanzprogrammen im QIF
           (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>®
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
             Import Vorgang komplett ist, wird GnuCash zu der
             Kontenübersicht zurück kehren, die jetzt die Namen der
             importierten Konten zeigen sollte.
-          </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.6. OFX/QFX-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-ofx"></a>2.7.6. OFX/QFX-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2876878"></a><p>
+          </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.6. OFX/QFX-Dateien importieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-ofx"></a>2.7.6. OFX/QFX-Dateien importieren</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2890130"></a><p>
         OFX (<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">open financial exchange</em></span>) 
         oder QFX (der Quicken Dialekt von OFX) sind der Nachfolger von QIF.
         OFX Dateien können alle erforderlichen Informationen enthalten, um einen
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
         <a class="xref" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-general1" title="2.7.7. Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import">Abschnitt 2.7.7, „Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import“</a> beschrieben.
       </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.7.7. Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-import-general1"></a>2.7.7. Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import</h3></div></div></div><p>
         ToDo
-      </p><a class="indexterm" name="id2876923"></a><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_import_general1.png" alt="Fenster Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt das
+      </p><a class="indexterm" name="id2890175"></a><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_import_general1.png" alt="Fenster Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt das
             Fenster <span class="guilabel"><strong>Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen
             Import</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>
         ToDo

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"><link rel="next" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-prefs1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-interface1"></a>2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2871174"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"><link rel="next" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-prefs1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-interface1"></a>2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2884426"></a><p>
       Wenn Sie GnuCash zum ersten Mal starten, öffnet sich
       das <span class="guilabel"><strong>Willkommen in GnuCash!</strong></span> Dialogfenster.  Dort bietet
       GnuCash Ihnen weitere Hilfe an, damit Sie schnell an Ihr Ziel
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
     </p><p>
         </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/gnc_welcome.png" alt="Das Willkommen in GnuCash Dialogfenster"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt das <span class="guilabel"><strong>Willkommen in GnuCash!</strong></span> Dialogfenster.
               </p></div></div></div><p>
-    </p><div class="sect2" title="2.3.1. Der „Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen“ Assistent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-setup2"></a>2.3.1. Der <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen</span>“</span> Assistent</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2871254"></a><p>
+    </p><div class="sect2" title="2.3.1. Der „Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen“ Assistent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-setup2"></a>2.3.1. Der <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen</span>“</span> Assistent</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2884506"></a><p>
         Als Beispiel für einen der Bildschirm-Assistenten wollen wir und den
         <span class="guilabel"><strong>Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen</strong></span>
         Assistent ansehen, des Ihnen dabei hilft, einen neuen <a class="glossterm" href="glossary.html#account-hierarchy"><em class="glossterm">Kontenrahmen</em></a> 
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
         zum <span class="guilabel"><strong>Speichern unter…</strong></span> Dialog, der
         in <a class="xref" href="basics-files1.html#basics-file-save" title="2.6.3. Datei speichern">Abschnitt 2.6.3, „Datei speichern“</a> genauer beschrieben
         wird.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.2. Tipp des Tages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-tip2"></a>2.3.2. Tipp des Tages</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2871648"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.2. Tipp des Tages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-tip2"></a>2.3.2. Tipp des Tages</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2884900"></a><p>
         GnuCash bietet einen <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipp des Tages</strong></span> Dialog
         an, um nützliche Hinweise für die Benutzung des Programms zu
         geben:
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
         Sie genug von den hilfreichen Tipps gesehen haben, klicken
         Sie <span class="guibutton">Schließen</span> um das Dialogfenster zu
         schließen.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.3. Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-main2"></a>2.3.3. Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2871751"></a><p>Sie sollten nun das Hauptfenster mit der Kontenübersicht
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.3. Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-main2"></a>2.3.3. Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885004"></a><p>Sie sollten nun das Hauptfenster mit der Kontenübersicht
         sehen, wie es unten wiedergegeben ist.  Das genaue Layout der
         Kontenübersicht hängt davon ab, welche Konten Sie während
         des <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten</span>“</span>
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
       </p><p>
         Im unteren Teil des Fensters können Sie die Zusammenfassungsleiste
         und die Statusleiste anzeigen lassen, worauf unten noch eingegangen wird.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.4. Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-register2"></a>2.3.4. Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2871930"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.4. Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-register2"></a>2.3.4. Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885182"></a><p>
         Die Buchungsansicht dient zum Eingeben und Korrigieren Ihrer
         Buchungsdaten.  Wie der Name andeutet, ähnelt die Ansicht
         einem Kontobuch.  Wenn Sie einen Kontonamen
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
         anderen Spalten zuerst anpassen und dann durch Doppelklicken
         der Trennlinie die Spalte <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Beschreibung</span>“</span>
         anpassen, so dass alle Spalten.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.5. Menüleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-options2"></a>2.3.5. Menüleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872052"></a><p>Unter der Titelleiste des Hauptfensters befindet sich die 
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.5. Menüleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-options2"></a>2.3.5. Menüleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885305"></a><p>Unter der Titelleiste des Hauptfensters befindet sich die 
         Menüleiste mit Untermenüs.  Klicken Sie auf
         einen der Namen um das Untermenü auszuklappen.
       </p><p>
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
         Buchungen.</p><p>
         Schließlich kann man Menüeinträge über die Tastatur durch Eingeben 
         der Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen aufrufen,
-        wie später in diesem Kapitel beschrieben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.6. Werkzeugleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-toolbar2"></a>2.3.6. Werkzeugleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872114"></a><p>
+        wie später in diesem Kapitel beschrieben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.6. Werkzeugleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-toolbar2"></a>2.3.6. Werkzeugleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885366"></a><p>
         Sowohl die Kontenübersicht als die Buchungsansicht
         enthalten eine Werkzeugleiste.  Die Knöpfe der Werkzeugleiste ermöglichen einen
         schnellen Zugang zu häufig gebrauchten Funktionen
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
           </p></li></ul></div><p>
         Die Knöpfe der Buchungsansicht werden
         in <a class="xref" href="chapter-txns.html" title="Kapitel 4. Buchungen">Kapitel 4, <i>Buchungen</i></a> diskutiert.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.7. Zusammenfassungsleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-summarybar"></a>2.3.7. Zusammenfassungsleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872261"></a><p>Per Voreinstellung befindet sich im unteren Teil des Fensters die
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.7. Zusammenfassungsleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-summarybar"></a>2.3.7. Zusammenfassungsleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885513"></a><p>Per Voreinstellung befindet sich im unteren Teil des Fensters die
         Zusammenfassungsleiste. Sie können diese aber auch direkt und den Karteireitern
         anzeigen lassen oder ganz abschalten.
       </p><p>In der <span class="guilabel"><strong>Kontenübersicht</strong></span> zeigt die Leiste den Stand der 
@@ -210,11 +210,11 @@
         Im der <span class="guilabel"><strong>Buchungsansicht</strong></span> zeigt die Leiste einige
         Salden an, die in <a class="xref" href="chapter-txns.html" title="Kapitel 4. Buchungen">Kapitel 4, <i>Buchungen</i></a>
         näher erklärt werden.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.8. Statusleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-statusbar"></a>2.3.8. Statusleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872373"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.8. Statusleiste"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-statusbar"></a>2.3.8. Statusleiste</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885625"></a><p>
         Ganz unten im Fenster befindet sich die Statusleiste, die zusätzliche
         Informationen aus der Umgebung des Cursors anzeigt.
         Allerdings können Sie die Statusleiste auch abschalten.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.9. Menü Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-shortcut2"></a>2.3.9. Menü Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872402"></a><p>
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.9. Menü Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-shortcut2"></a>2.3.9. Menü Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885654"></a><p>
         Die meisten Menüeinträge können über Tastenkombinationen aufgerufen werden, die den
         unterstrichenen Buchstaben in den Menünamen entsprechen.
         Drücken der <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span> Taste zusammen mit der

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche"><link rel="next" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-prefs1"></a>2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872499"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche"><link rel="next" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-prefs1"></a>2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885751"></a><p>
       GnuCash erlaubt es Ihnen, die Benutzeroberfläche individuell
       anzupassen.  Wählen Sie dazu das
       Menü <span class="guimenu"><strong>Bearbeiten</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Einstellungen</strong></span>
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
       Als GNOME Anwendung speichert GnuCash die meisten seiner Einstellungen in der gconfdb, 
       wo sie mit den üblichen Systemwerkzeugen verändert werden können.  
       Einige, zum Beispiel die Einstellungen für die Liste der zuletzt geöffneten Dateien, 
-      können nur dort bearbeitet werden.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.1. Allgemein"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-general2"></a>2.4.1. Allgemein</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872563"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Allgemein</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
+      können nur dort bearbeitet werden.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.1. Allgemein"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-general2"></a>2.4.1. Allgemein</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2885815"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Allgemein</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
       Einstellungen:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_General.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Allgemein"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
             Allgemein</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>"Tipp des Tages" anzeigen</strong></span> - Wählen
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ergebnisanzahl für Neue Suche</strong></span> - Setzt
             automatisch den Suchtyp auf 'Neue Suche', wenn diese
             Anzahl an Ergebnissen unterschritten wurde.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.2. Berichte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-reports2"></a>2.4.2. Berichte</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872792"></a><p>
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.2. Berichte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-reports2"></a>2.4.2. Berichte</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2886044"></a><p>
         Die Einstellungen <span class="guilabel"><strong>Berichte</strong></span> beeinflussen
         das Verhalten des Kontobuch Fensters.  Mehr Informationen über
         Kontobücher finden sich
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Position</strong></span> - Falls gewählt, wird jeder
             Bericht in einem neuen Fenster angezeigt.  Ansonsten wird
             er in dem aktuellen Fenster geöffnet.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.3. Buchführungsperiode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingPeriod2"></a>2.4.3. Buchführungsperiode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2872928"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Buchführungsperiode</strong></span> sehen Sie die
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.3. Buchführungsperiode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingPeriod2"></a>2.4.3. Buchführungsperiode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2886180"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Buchführungsperiode</strong></span> sehen Sie die
       folgenden Einstellungen:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Buchführungsperiode"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
             Buchführungsperiode</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Inhalt Zusammenfassungsleiste</strong></span>
             GnuCash zeigt in der Zusammenfassungsleiste für jede
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
                 <span class="guilabel"><strong>Absolut</strong></span>, was Sie ein festes Datum
                 mit Hilfe eines Kalenders wählen lässt (was sich nicht
                 automatisch dem Zeitlauf anpasst).
-              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.4. Datum und Zeit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-datetime2"></a>2.4.4. Datum und Zeit</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2873179"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Datum und Zeit</strong></span> sehen Sie die
+              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.4. Datum und Zeit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-datetime2"></a>2.4.4. Datum und Zeit</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2886431"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Datum und Zeit</strong></span> sehen Sie die
       folgenden Einstellungen:
       </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Datum und Zeit"><div class="caption"><p>
               Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen - Datum
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
             Optionen sind Systemeinstellung, USA, UK, Europa und ISO.
             Systemeinstellung übernimmt das Datumsformat ihres
             Betriebssystems. ISO entspricht ISO-Standard 8601.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.5. Drucken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-print2"></a>2.4.5. Drucken</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2873289"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Drucken</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.5. Drucken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-print2"></a>2.4.5. Drucken</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2886541"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Drucken</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
       Einstellungen:
       </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Print.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Drucken"><div class="caption"><p>
               Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
           </p><p>
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Voreingestellte Schrift</strong></span> - Font, Stil
             und Größe können über ein Dialogfenster gewählt werden.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.6. Fenster"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-windows2"></a>2.4.6. Fenster</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2873413"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fenster</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.6. Fenster"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-windows2"></a>2.4.6. Fenster</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2886665"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fenster</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
       Einstellungen:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Fenster"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
             Fenster</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fenstergrößen und Positionen
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Position Zusammenfassungsleiste</strong></span> - Sie
             können zwischen <span class="guilabel"><strong>Oben</strong></span>
             und <span class="guilabel"><strong>Unten</strong></span> wählen.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.7. Geschäft"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-business2"></a>2.4.7. Geschäft</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2873647"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Geschäft</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.7. Geschäft"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-business2"></a>2.4.7. Geschäft</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2886899"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Geschäft</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
       Einstellungen:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Geschäft"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
             Geschäft</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>In neuem Fenster öffnen</strong></span> - Wenn
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
             Voreinstellung in eingegangenen Rechnungen aufgeführt
             werden soll.  Diese Einstellung wird bei neuen Kunden und
             Lieferanten übernommen.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.8. Konten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-acctprefs2"></a>2.4.8. Konten</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2873844"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Konten</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.8. Konten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-acctprefs2"></a>2.4.8. Konten</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2887096"></a><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Konten</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
       Einstellungen:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Konten"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
             Konten</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trennzeichen</strong></span> - Das Zeichen zwischen
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
                 <span class="guilabel"><strong>Auswahl</strong></span> Lässt Sie bestimmen
                 welche Währung benutzt werden soll, unabhängig von den
                 Systemvorgaben.
-              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.9. Kontobuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regprefs2"></a>2.4.9. Kontobuch</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2874138"></a><p>
+              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.9. Kontobuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regprefs2"></a>2.4.9. Kontobuch</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2887390"></a><p>
         In Kontobuch sehen Sie die folgenden
         Einstellungen:
       </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Kontobuch"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Einstellungen -
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
             <span class="guilabel"><strong>Vertikale Linien zwischen Spalten
             zeichnen</strong></span> - Wenn aktiviert, werden vertikale
             Begrenzungslinien gezeichnet.
-          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.10. Onlinebanking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-onlinebank2"></a>2.4.10. Onlinebanking</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2874385"></a><p>
+          </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.10. Onlinebanking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-onlinebank2"></a>2.4.10. Onlinebanking</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2887637"></a><p>
         In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Onlinebanking</strong></span> sehen Sie die folgenden
         Einstellungen:
       </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png" alt="GnuCash Einstellungen - Onlinebanking"><div class="caption"><p>
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
                 <span class="guilabel"><strong>PIN merken</strong></span> - .
               </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
                 <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ausführliche Fehlermeldungen</strong></span> - .
-              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.11. Terminierte Buchungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-schedtrans2"></a>2.4.11. Terminierte Buchungen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2874631"></a><p>
+              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.11. Terminierte Buchungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-schedtrans2"></a>2.4.11. Terminierte Buchungen</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2887883"></a><p>
         Die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Terminierte Buchungen</strong></span> Einstellungen
         beeinflussen das Verhalten von GnuCash beim automatischen
         Erstellen von wiederkehrenden Buchungen.  Mehr darüber finden
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
                 <span class="guilabel"><strong>Anzahl Tage, um im Voraus zu
                 erinnern</strong></span> - An diese Buchungen um diese
                 Anzahl Tage vor Fälligkeit erinnern.
-              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.12. Voreinstellungen Kontobuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regdefaults2"></a>2.4.12. Voreinstellungen Kontobuch</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2874826"></a><p>Die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Voreinstellungen Kontobuch</strong></span>
+              </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.12. Voreinstellungen Kontobuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regdefaults2"></a>2.4.12. Voreinstellungen Kontobuch</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2888078"></a><p>Die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Voreinstellungen Kontobuch</strong></span>
         Einstellungen beeinflussen das Verhalten des Kontobuch
         Fensters.  Mehr Information über das Kontobuch Fenster
         erhalten sie in <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.1. ...">Abschnitt 4.1, „...“</a>.

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Datensicherung"><link rel="next" href="chapter-accts.html" title="Kapitel 3. Konten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter-accts.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-together1"></a>2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869088"></a><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Anmerkung</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"><link rel="prev" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Datensicherung"><link rel="next" href="chapter-accts.html" title="Kapitel 3. Konten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter-accts.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-together1"></a>2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2882340"></a><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Anmerkung</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
         Dieser Abschnitt beginnt ein Tutorium, dass sich durch das
         ganze Buch fortsetzen wird.  Am Ende jedes Kapitels werden Sie
         einen Abschnitt <span class="guilabel"><strong>Alles Zusammensetzen</strong></span>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_accounting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_accounting1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_accounting1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="next" href="basics_entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter2.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_entry1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_accounting1"></a>2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash is easy enough to use that you do not have to have a complete understanding of accounting principles to find it useful.  However, you will find that some basic accounting knowledge will prove to be invaluable as GnuCash was designed using these principles as a template.  It is highly recommended that you understand this section of the guide before proceeding.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_accounting52"></a>2.1.1. Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten</h3></div></div><p>Basic accounting rules group all finance related things into 5 fundamental types of  “accounts”.  That is, everything that accounting deals with can be placed into one of these 5 accounts:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Assets</b> - things you own.</p></li><l!
 i><p><b>Liabilities</b> - things you owe.</p></li><li><p><b>Equity</b> - overall net worth.</p></li><li><p><b>Income</b> - increases the value of your accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Expenses</b> - decreases the value of your accounts.</p></li></ul></div><p>It is clear that it is possible to categorize your financial world into these 5 groups.  For example, the cash in your bank account is an asset, your mortgage is a liability, your paycheck is income, and the cost of dinner last night is an expense.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_accountingequation2"></a>2.1.2. Kontogleichung</h3></div></div><p>With the 5 basic accounts defined, what is the relationship between them?  How does one type of account affect the others?  Firstly, equity is defined by assets and liability.  That is, your net worth is calculated by subtracting your liabilities from your assets:</p><p><b>Assets - Liabilities = Equity</b></p><p>Furthermore, you can increase your equity through income, and decrease equity through expenses.  This makes sense of course, when you receive a paycheck you become "richer" and when you pay for dinner you become "poorer".  This is expressed mathematically in what is known as the Accounting Equation:</p><p><b>Assets - Liabilities = Equity + (Income - Expenses)</b></p><p>This equation must always be balanced, a condition that can only be satisfied if you enter values to multiple accounts.  For example: if you receive money in the form of income you must see an equal increase in your assets.  As another example, you could have an increase in assets if you have a parallel increase in liabilities.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_accounts.png" alt="The Basic Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic accounts.  Net worth (equity) increases through income and decreases through expenses.  The arrows represent the movement of value.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect!
 2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Doppelte Buchführung</h3></div></div><p>The accounting equation is the very heart of a double entry accounting system.  For every change in value of one account in the Accounting Equation, there must be a balancing change in another.  This concept is known as the <b>Principle of Balance</b>, and is of fundamental importance for understanding GnuCash and other double entry accounting systems.  When you work with GnuCash, you will always be concerned with at least 2 accounts, to keep the Accounting Equation balanced.</p><p>Double entry accounting serves two purposes.  The first is to create an accounting trail, money always has to come from somewhere and go to somewhere.  Additionally, double entry accounting historically served to double check the math of an accountant.  Because the numbers are entered into multiple accounts simultaneously, there are multiple places to check to make sure the totals match.  Of course, with the advent of computers, the chances of a mathematical problem are low, but it is good to know that the concept still exists!</p><p>Double entry accounting has been around since the late 15th century, when it was described by an Italian friar, Luca Pacioli.  Traditional double entry accounting involves recording each transaction in a book called a ledger, then copying each part of the transaction to separate books called journals.  This method is still used in businesses today as a way to avoid entry errors and to track the source of those errors.  GnuCash simplifies this traditional accounting by copying part of each transaction for you, so it may not catch some of the entry errors that would show up in traditional accounting.   But it will flag transactions that are not balanced, and it will let you know when an account name is missing. </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0!
 .5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-Calling this double-entry bookkeeping is a bit misleading; it would be somewhat more accurate to call it multiple- entry bookkeeping, since a transaction can affect more than two accounts. Unfortunately, there's 700 years of history of use of the term, which sufficiently discourages changing it.
-    </p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter2.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_entry1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 2. Grundlagen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_backup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_backup1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_backup1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_import1.html" title="2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren"><link rel="next" href="basics_together1.html" title="2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_import1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_backup1"></a>2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash creates several types of files to help ensure that your data is not lost. You may see files with the following file extensions:  xac, log, LCK, LNK in the same directory as your primary data file.  What each of these files does is presented below.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_backupxac2"></a>2.8.1. Backup-Datei (.xac)</h3></div></div><p>Each time you save your data file, a backup copy will also be saved with the extension xac. This backup file is a complete copy of your previous data file, and the filename format refers to the data file, year, month, day and time of the backup.  For example, the filename <tt>gcashdata.20010404185747.xac</tt> indicates this is a back!
 up copy of the file gcashdata saved in the year 2001, April 4, at 6:57:47 p.m.</p><p>To restore an old backup file, simply open the .xac file with the date to which you wish to return.  Be sure and save this file with a different file name, do not use a .xac extension for you regular file name.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_backuplog2"></a>2.8.2. Log-Datei (.log)</h3></div></div><p>Each time you open a file in GnuCash, a .log is created and saved with the same name format as the .xac backup files.   As you make changes to the open data file, the log file saves only those changes.  Log files are not a full backup of your data file - they simply record changes you have made to the data file in the current GnuCash session.</p><p>In case you exit GnuCash inadvertently, possibly due to a power outage
-or a system wide crash, it is possible to recover most of your work since the last time you saved your GnuCash file using this log file.  This is the procedure:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Open the last saved GnuCash file.</p></li><li><p>Go to "File" -> "Import" -> "Replay GnuCash .log file" and select the one .log file with the same date as the saved file you just opened.  Make sure 
-that you picked the right .log file, or you will possibly wreck havoc in 
-your accounts.</p></li></ul></div><p>Log replaying will recover any transaction affecting the balance entered since the last save, including those created from scheduled transactions and business features (invoices, bills, etc.). </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Warning:  Changes to the scheduled transactions, invoices or bills themselves are NOT recovered, and their transactions that were recovered may not be properly associated with them, and should thus be double-checked.  Especially
-for business transactions, you may have to delete and re-create some of them.  If you do not, although the balance will be correct, some reports may not.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_backuplock2"></a>2.8.3. Schreibzugriffs-Datei (.LNK and .LCK)</h3></div></div><p>
-You may occasionally see .LNK and .LCK files appear.  These do not store any data, but they are created to prevent more than one user from opening the same file at the same time.  These files are automatically created when you open the file, to lock it so no one else can access it.  When you close your GnuCash session or open another file, GnuCash unlocks the first data file by deleting the LCK and LNK files.
-    </p><p>
-If GnuCash crashes while you have a data file open, the LCK and LNK files are not deleted.  The next time you try to open GnuCash, you will get a warning message that the file is locked.  The warning message appears because the LNK and LCK files are still in your directory.   It is safe to choose Yes to open the file, but you should delete the .LNK and .LCK files (using a terminal window or your file manager.)  Once those files are deleted, you will not get the warning message again unless GnuCash crashes.
-    </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_backupmanage2"></a>2.8.4. Dateimanagement</h3></div></div><p>
-So which files should you keep around?  Keep your main data file, of course - data files do not have an automatic file extension.   It's a good idea to keep some of the more recent .xac files, but you can safely delete the .log files since they are not complete copies of your data.  You should also delete any .LCK and .LNK files that you see after closing GnuCash.   If you decide to manually back up your data file to another disk, you only need to back up the main data file - not the .xac files.
-    </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-GnuCash will automatically delete any .xac, .log files that are older than 30 days.  You can change this behavior in the GnuCash preferences.
-    </p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_import1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_entry1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_entry1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_entry1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_accounting1.html" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung"><link rel="next" href="basics_interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_accounting1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_interface1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_entry1"></a>2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe</h2></div></div><p>When entering data in GnuCash, you should be aware of the 3 levels of organization in which GnuCash divides your data: files, accounts and transactions.  These levels are presented in their order of complexity, one file contains many accounts and one account contains many transactions.  This division is fundamental to understanding how to use GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_accounts2"></a>2.2.1. Dateien, Konten und Buchungen</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash uses <b>files</b> for storing information.  GnuCash provides three types of files: data files, backup files, and log files.   The main file that you will use to store your data is a data file.  You will probably have only one data file that you use for y!
 our home data, but GnuCash will automatically save a backup copy for you each time you save that data file.  GnuCash also provides log files which can be used to help reconstruct data.  Backup and log files are described later in this chapter.</p><p>
-An <b>account</b> is a place for keeping track of what you own, owe, spend or receive.   Although you only have one main data file, that file will contain many accounts.   You probably already think of money you own or owe as being in an account.  For example, at some point you opened checking and savings accounts at a particular bank, and that bank sends you monthly statements showing how much money you <b>own</b> in these accounts.  Credit card accounts also send you statements showing what you <b>owe</b> to a credit card company, and the mortgage company may send you periodic statements showing how much you still <b>owe</b> on your loan. 
-    </p><p>
-In GnuCash, accounts are also used to categorize money you receive or spend, even though these are not physical accounts that receive statements.  As we will cover more in Chapter 3, income type accounts are used to categorize money received (like a paycheck), and expense type accounts are used to categorize money spent (for pizza, to pay a bill, etc.)    These accounts function much like categories in some other financial programs, with a few advantages discussed in Chapter 3.
-    </p><p>
-A <b>transaction</b>  represents the movement of money from one account to another account.  Whenever you spend or receive money, or transfer money between accounts, that is a transaction.  In GnuCash, as we will see in the next section, transactions always involve at least two accounts.   Examples of transactions are: paying a bill, transferring money from savings to checking, buying a pizza, withdrawing money, and depositing a paycheck. Chapter 4 goes more in depth on how to enter transactions in GnuCash.
-    </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_dbentry2"></a>2.2.2. Doppelte Buchführung</h3></div></div><p>
-You've probably heard the saying, “Money doesn't grow on trees”. It means that money must come from somewhere - it doesn't just “appear”. <b>Double entry accounting </b>  is a method of record-keeping that lets you track just where your money comes from and where it goes.  Using double entry means that money is never gained nor lost - an equal amount is always transferred from one place to another.   When you withdraw cash, you are transferring money from your bank account to your wallet.  When you write a check to the grocery store, you are transferring money from your checking account to the grocery store.  And when you deposit a paycheck, you are transferring money from your source of income to your bank account. 
-    </p><p>
-In GnuCash, these transfers are known as transactions, and each transaction requires at least two accounts.   To enter the cash withdrawal, for example, you would enter a transfer of money from a bank account to a cash account.   You would record the grocery check as a transfer from a checking account to a groceries expense account.   And the paycheck deposit is recorded as a transfer from an income account to a bank account.
-    </p><p>
-Unlike traditional accounting packages, GnuCash makes it very easy to enter your double entry  transactions.   Chapter 4 gives more detail on entering transactions, but for now let's take a general look at how they work.  For a basic transaction like writing a check, you first create two accounts: a checking account and an account for the expense.  For example, if you write a check to pay for groceries, then you need both a checking account and a groceries account.  (See Chapter 3 for more detail on creating accounts.)  To record the check, you simply enter a transaction to transfer money from the checking account to the groceries account.  In this example, the GnuCash transactions look like this when viewed from the register windows of the checking account:
-	<div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_txn.png" alt="A Basic Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows entering the date, description and
-	       transfer account for a  payment of <b>$50</b>
-	       to the <b>Grocery Store</b>.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-    </p><p>
-In this transaction, a check is written to <b>Grocery Store</b> for <b>$50</b>. Since this is a double entry transaction, at least two accounts are affected and must be part of the transaction.  GnuCash automatically enters the current account name (<b>Assets:Checking</b>) for you so you only enter the other account name affected (<b>Expenses:Groceries</b>).
-    </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In this example for double entry accounting we used a checking account to pay for the groceries.  But, notice that concept is the same no matter what method you use to pay for the groceries.  If instead you used a credit card, the double entry accounting would simply involve your Credit Card account instead of the Checking account. </p></td></tr></table></div><p>
-What about your paycheck?  You can see that money goes into a bank account, but where does it come from?  In double-entry, the money has to come from somewhere. Technically, that money comes from your employer, but you don't care about tracking your employer's accounts.  So how do you account for money coming in?  In GnuCash, you create a special income type account to track your incoming paychecks.   (See Chapter 3 for more information on creating income accounts.)  To record the paychecks,  you simply enter a transaction to transfer money from the income account to a bank account. 
-    </p><p>
-Here's what a paycheck deposit looks like in GnuCash. 
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_simple_paycheck.png" alt="A simple paycheck transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows entering the date, description and
-	       transfer account for a <b>$600</b> <b>
-	       Salary</b> payment from <b>Employers R
-	       Us</b>.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-    </p><p>
-In this example, <b>$600</b> is transferred from a <b>Salary</b> income account to the <b>Checking Account</b>.  Because of the special nature of income accounts, discussed in Chapter 3, this transaction increases both the checking account balance and the income account balance by the amount transferred.
-    </p><p>
-The main principle to remember is that there are at least two parts to every transaction, and the total amount transferred from a set of accounts must equal the total amount transferred to another set of accounts.  When a transaction transfers an equal sum from accounts to other accounts, that transaction is said to be <b>in balance</b>.  In GnuCash, as in double-entry accounting, you want to have all of your transactions in balance.
-    </p><p>
-Why is this important to you? If all of your transactions are in balance, then your money is all accounted for.  GnuCash has a record of where that money came from and where it was used.   By storing the names of all accounts involved in each transaction, you provide data that can be sorted and viewed in report form later.  Reports allow you to see things like how much money you made for the year and where it all went, what your net worth is, and what your taxes might be for the year.  The more information you provide when entering transactions, the more detailed your reports will be.
-    </p><div class="sidebar"><p class="title"><b>Accounting Terminology</b></p><p>
-Accountants use the terms <b>debit</b> and <b> credit</b> to describe whether money is being transferred <b> to</b> or <b> from</b> an account. Money is recorded in the debit column, which is always the left column, when it is being transferred <b>to</b> an account.  Money is recorded in the credit column, which is always the right column, when it is being transferred <b>from</b> an account.   Money always flows from the right column of one account to the left column of another account.
-    </p><p>
-The main rule of accounting is this:  <b>For every transaction, total debits must equal total credits. </b>  This is just another way of repeating the double entry rule, that for each transaction, the amount of money transferred <b>from</b> accounts must equal the amount transferred <b>to</b> other accounts
-    </p><p>
-You don't have to use the terms debit and credit to use GnuCash, however.  GnuCash account registers default to common column headings such as deposit and withdrawal - if you are more comfortable with those headings, use them.  If you prefer the credit and debit headings, you can change the column headings to use accounting labels from the menu item <b>Edit</b> -> <b>Preferences</b> General (see section 2.5 for more detail on setting preferences).
-    </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_accounting1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_interface1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_files1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_files1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_files1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe aufrufen"><link rel="next" href="basics_import1.html" title="2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_help1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_import1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_files1"></a>2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern</h2></div></div><p>
-If you are using GnuCash for the first time, it will automatically open a new file when you begin.  Follow these steps to save the file under a new name:
-    </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
-Choose <b>File</b> -> <b>Save As...</b> from the menu bar or select the Save toolbar button.  GnuCash will bring up this window:
-
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_filesave.png" alt="The Save dialog"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Save</b> dialog.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p></li><li><p>
-In the text box below <b>Selection</b> type your chosen file name (e.g. gcashdata).
-    </p></li><li><p>
-Click the OK button to save the file.
-   </p></li></ol></div><p>
-If you are keeping track of finances for a single household, you need only one file.  But if you are also tracking business finances or want to keep data separate for some reason, then you will need more than one file.  To create a new file:
-    </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
-From the main menu, choose <b>File</b> -> <b>New
-File</b>.
-    </p></li><li><p>
-Follow the steps above for saving a file under a new name.
-   </p></li></ol></div><p>
-Before ending each GnuCash session, be sure to save your data changes using <b>File</b> -> <b>Save</b> or the Save toolbar button.   In fact, it is a good idea to save your data changes often, since GnuCash does not permanently record your changes until you save them.  To open an existing file, select <b>File</b> -> <b>Open</b> and choose your file from the list.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_help1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_import1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.5. Hilfe aufrufen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_help1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_help1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_help1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.5. Hilfe aufrufen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"><link rel="next" href="basics_files1.html" title="2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.5. Hilfe aufrufen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_prefs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_files1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_help1"></a>2.5. Hilfe aufrufen</h2></div></div><p>
-GnuCash offers help in many ways. We have already covered the <b>Tip of the Day</b> dialog that gives you helpful hints upon startup of your GnuCash session.  GnuCash also offers an extensive help manual.
-    </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_manual2"></a>2.5.1. Help-Dokument</h3></div></div><p>
-Once you have opened GnuCash, you will see the <b>Account Tree</b> window <b>Help</b> menu heading, which opens the on-line manual.   The on-line manual is organized by topic, and you can expand each topic into its subtopics.
-    </p><p>
-Topics are listed on the left side. To select a topic or subtopic, click on it, and you should see the text for that topic appear on the right. Use the Back and Forward buttons to navigate through your topic choices, and print any text using the Print button.
-    </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_web2"></a>2.5.2. Internetzugriff</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>GnuCash Help</b> window also acts as a simple web browser, so you can pull up a web site for additional information.  You can open any web site under this window by clicking the Open tool bar button and then typing in the URL. Use the Back, Forward, Reload, Stop, and Print buttons as you would in a standard browser.  
-    </p><p>
-The <a href="http://www.gnucash.org" target="_top"><i>GnuCash</i></a> web site contains helpful information about the program and about any updates to it.  It also contains links to the GnuCash mailing lists for developers and users, and you can search the archives of these mailing lists for discussions on a particular topic.  If you don't find the answers you are looking for, you can post your question to the user list, and someone on the list will attempt to answer you. 
-    </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_topic2"></a>2.5.3. Themen suchen</h3></div></div><p>
-The online manual also provides a search function. To search for a particular topic, click the Search tab at the bottom of the help window and type in your topic in the field provided. Click the Search button to complete your search. A list of choices should appear in the box below, clicking a choice will bring up its text on the right.
-    </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_prefs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_files1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_import1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_import1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_import1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_files1.html" title="2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern"><link rel="next" href="basics_backup1.html" title="2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_files1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_backup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_import1"></a>2.7. QIF-Dateien importieren</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-This  section tells you how to initially import data from other financial programs that use QIF (Quicken® Interchange Format).   Section 11.5  addresses importing QIF data from online bank statements.
-    </p></td></tr></table></div><p>
-To import data from Quicken®, MS Money, or other programs that use QIF(Quicken® Interchange Format),  you must first export your data to a QIF file.   One way to do this is to export each account as a separate QIF file.  An easier way, available in Quicken® 98 and beyond, is to export all accounts at once into a single QIF file.  Check your program's manual to determine if this option is available.
-    </p><p>
-Once your data is in QIF form,  follow the easy 3-step import process described below.   Before you get started, though, please note that part of the import process involves checking for duplicate transactions, so it is very important that you load <b>all</b> of your QIF files before importing.   Duplicate transactions result when more than one account is involved.  For example, if one of your transactions transferred money from savings to checking, you would end up with this same transaction recorded twice - once in the savings account and once in the checking account.
-    </p><p>
-To import QIF files:
-    </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
-Load all of the QIF files containing data you wish to import.
-     </p><p>
-To do this, select <b>File</b> -> <b>Import</b> -> <b>Import QIF...</b> from the menu.   When the <b>QIF Import</b> dialog box appears, click Next and follow the instructions to guide you through the process of loading your files.  
-
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_import.png" alt="The QIF Import Druid"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the start of the <b>QIF Import</b> Druid.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-You will be prompted for a filename to load.  Use the Select button to select your QIF file and click Next to load it.  Once the file is loaded, select Load another file if you have more files to load. When you have loaded all your QIF files, click Next to continue with the import process.
-   </p></li><li><p>
-Review the GnuCash accounts to be created.
-     </p><p>
-The importer then matches up your QIF accounts and categories with GnuCash accounts and gives you a brief description of the matching process.  Clicking Next will bring you to a view comparing your QIF accounts with the corresponding GnuCash accounts created.   To change an account name, select the row containing that account name and edit the name in the dialog box provided.  Click Next when you have finished making changes, and proceed through a similar category matching process.  QIF income and expense categories import as GnuCash income and expense accounts (see section 3.1 for more on this).  Make changes to these account names if necessary, and click Next to continue. 
-    </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""> 
- If you are not sure what changes are needed, it is safe to accept the GnuCash account names.  It is easy to edit the accounts later if you find you need to make a change.
-    </p></td></tr></table></div><p>
-From the drop-down list,  select a standard currency to be used for imported accounts and click Next to continue.  If you have stocks, mutual funds, or other securities, you will be prompted for additional information.   The importer dialog will ask  for the exchange or listing (i.e. NASDAQ), the security's full name, and the ticker symbol.  If you do not have this information handy, you can edit the account information later, once the import is complete. Click Next to continue.
-   </p></li><li><p>
-Tell GnuCash to import the data.
-     </p><p>
-The last step is the import.  Once you have verified your account names and investment information, click Finish in the <b>Update your GnuCash accounts</b> page to complete the import process.   Depending upon the size of your file, the import might take a few minutes to complete,  so a progress bar displays the percentage finished.  When the import process is complete, GnuCash will return you to the main window, which should now display the names of the accounts you imported.
-   </p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_files1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_backup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.6. Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_interface1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_interface1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_interface1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe"><link rel="next" href="basics_prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_entry1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_interface1"></a>2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche</h2></div></div><p>
-The very first time you open GnuCash, you will see the <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> dialog.  From there, GnuCash provides other tools to help you easily find what you are looking for.  Let's take a look at some of the common screens and dialog boxes you will see.
-    </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_setup2"></a>2.3.1. Neue Konten eröffnen</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid allows you to create several accounts at once.  When you open GnuCash the first time, you will get this dialog:
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_newuser.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the first screen of the <b>New 
-	       Account Hierarchy Setup</b> Druid.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p><p>
-Click Next and follow the instructions provided in the dialog. The dialog provides a default set of accounts with predefined account types, and you simply select the accounts you want. For more information on account types, see section 3.2.
-     </p><p>
-If you intend to import your data from another program and you want to keep the same account names you used in that program, you may want to delay setting up default accounts at this time. You can simply import the data and the account names into GnuCash from the other program (Section 2.7 explains how to do this).
-     </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_tip2"></a>2.3.2. Tipp des Tages</h3></div></div><p>
-GnuCash provides a <b>Tip of the Day</b> dialog to give helpful hints for using the program:
-
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_tipofday.png" alt="The Tip of the Day"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Tip of the Day</b>.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p><p>
-These tips provide useful information for beginning users.  To view more of the tips, click Next to continue.  If you do not wish to see this dialog box on startup, deselect the box next to <b>Show tips at startup</b>.   When you have finished viewing the helpful tips, click Close to close the Tip dialog. 
-     </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_main2"></a>2.3.3. Kontenhierarchie</h3></div></div><p>
-You should now see the <b>Accounts</b> window, which appears as shown below.  The exact layout of the account tree will depend on which default accounts you selected during the New Account Hierarchy Setup.  In this example, the "Simple Checkbook" accounts are shown.
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_mainwin.png" alt="The Account Tree Window"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Accounts</b> window.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p><p>
-The Account Tree window provides an overview of the data contained in the current file.  It contains a list of account names and their current balances.  From this window, you can open any of the accounts. The individual account windows are called account registers.  GnuCash allows you to have as many account registers open as you wish.
-     </p><p>
-At the top of this window is the title bar, which displays the file name (once you have saved the file.) Below that is the menu bar. You can access the menu options by either clicking on these menu headings or by using shortcut key combinations, covered later in this chapter. Next is the tool bar, which contains buttons for the most common functions. Below that is the status bar, which tells you information about what you own (Net Assets) and how much money you have made (Profits).
-     </p><p>
-The account tree appears below the status bar.  Once you have started creating accounts, the account names will appear in the account tree.  You can customize which headings show up by using the Options button.
-     </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_register2"></a>2.3.4. Kontobuch-Fenster</h3></div></div><p>
-The Account Register windows are used to enter and edit your account data.   As the name suggests, they look similar to a checkbook register.  When you double-click an account name in the <b>Accounts</b> window, the <b>Register</b> window for that account will open.  
-
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_registerwin.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Checking Account - Register
-	       </b> with several transactions.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p><p>
- Chapter 4 explains more about account register windows and how to enter data into them.   For now, note that the parts of an account register window are similar to the parts of the account tree window described earlier.  The title bar at the top contains the account name.  Below that, the menu bar contains menu options related to the account register.  Tool bar buttons simplify common data entry functions.  The status bar appears below the tool bar, and it displays four types of account balances covered in Chapter 4.  At the bottom of the account register window, information appears about the current location of the cursor.
-     </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_toolbar2"></a>2.3.5. Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe</h3></div></div><p>
-Both the account tree window and the account register window contain tool bar buttons. These buttons provide quick access to common functions such as Save and Open in the account tree window and Record and Delete in the account register window. If you are not sure what a button does, move the mouse pointer over that button, and you should see a description of the function appear.
-     </p><p>
-Here is a summary of the account tree window buttons:
-     </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-Save - Use this function often to save the current file to disk.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-Close - Use this function to close the current notebook page.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-Open, Edit, New and Delete - These are functions related to accounts. They are discussed in Chapter 3. 
-     </p></li><li><p>
-Options - This button edits the account view options.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-Exit - Closes your GnuCash session.
-     </p></li></ul></div><p>
-Register buttons are discussed in Chapter 4.
-     </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_options2"></a>2.3.6. Menüeinträge</h3></div></div><p>
-The account tree window and the account register window both contain menu headings in a menu bar. Clicking on a menu heading brings up the menu items for that heading.
-     </p><p>
-You can click on the account tree menu headings and then move the mouse pointer over the menu items to see what they do.  As the pointer moves over a menu item, a description of the item appears in the lower left-hand corner of the window.  To select a menu item, click on it.
-     </p><p>
-You can also access the most common menu items in a window by right-clicking the mouse anywhere in that window.  In the account tree window, this will bring up a list of account items.  In the account register window, this will bring up a list of transaction items.
-     </p><p>
-Other ways of accessing menu items are through keyboard shortcuts, described next.
-     </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_shortcut2"></a>2.3.7. Tastenkürzel Menü</h3></div></div><p>
-Most of the menu items have keyboard shortcuts, and these are marked by underlined characters in the menu names.  Pressing the <b>Alt</b> key with the underlined character in the menu heading will bring up the menu items for that heading.  Once the menu items are displayed, type the underlined character in the menu item to activate it.  For example, typing Alt+F in the main window brings up the <b>File</b> menu, then typing <b>S</b> will save the file.  A few of the menu items use <b>Ctrl</b> key and function (for example <b>F3</b> to open a new file) key shortcuts as well, and these are listed next to the items. 
-     </p><p>
-GnuCash, as a Gnome application, also allows you to define your own menu shortcuts. To define a shortcut, click on the menu header and move the mouse pointer over the menu item.  While the menu item is highlighted, press a key or key combination to set the shortcut.  You should now see your shortcut choice next to the item in the menu.  To delete a shortcut, press the <b>Delete</b> key while the menu item is highlighted.
-     </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_entry1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_prefs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_prefs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche"><link rel="next" href="basics_help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe aufrufen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_help1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_prefs1"></a>2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</h2></div></div><p>
-GnuCash allows you to customize your session by setting several preference options.  From the menu select <b>Edit</b> -> <b>Preferences</b>, then make your desired changes using the list of items shown on the left.  Once you have finished making your preference changes,  select Apply or OK to apply the changes to your session.  (Selecting Apply applies the changes while leaving the Preferences window still open. Selecting OK applies the changes and closes the Preferences window.)  At any time, you can click on the Default button to return the options to the default preference setting.
-     </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_acctprefs2"></a>2.4.1. Konten</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>Accounts</b> item lets you set the following options:
-     </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Account Separator</b> - The account separator is the character that separates a parent account from its sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric.  The default is a :(Colon), but you can also select /(Slash), \(Backslash), -(Dash) or .(Period).  Parent accounts and sub-accounts are discussed in section 3.4
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Reversed-balance accounts types</b> - This option lets you determine whether account balances will display as  positive or negative numbers:
-   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>None</b> shows all credit balances as negative and all debit balances as positive.  (See Accounting Terminology note in this chapter for more information on debits and credits.)
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Credit Accounts</b> (default) displays a positive  balance for account types that would normally carry a credit balance (income, credit, liability, equity).   See Chapter 3 for more information on these account types.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Income & Expense</b> assigns a positive credit balance to income account balances and a negative debit balance to expense account balances.  See Chapter 3 for more information on these account types.
-     </p></li></ul></div>
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Use accounting labels</b> - Select this option if you want column headings to refer to debits and credits instead of the default informal headings. (See Accounting Terminology note in this chapter for more information on debits and credits.)
-     </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_business2"></a>2.4.2. Geschäft</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>Business</b> item lets you set the following options:
-     </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Number of Rows</b> - Lets you select the default number of
-register rows to display in invoices, bills and expense vouchers.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Invoice (or Bill) Tax Included?</b> - Determines whether taxes specified in the Tax Table are already included in the value of the item.  Set this if you're in a locale (like Australia) where the taxes (e.g. GST) is included in the price of your goods.  In the US, where the tax is added to the value, you do not want to set Tax Included.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Notify Bills Due?</b> - Lets you set whether you want to be notified of when a bill is soon to be due.  If selected, you can specify the number of days in advance to notify with the <b>Bills Due Days:</b> option.
-     </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_general2"></a>2.4.3. Allgemein</h3></div></div><p>
-In <b>General</b>, you will see the default settings shown here:
-
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_preference.png" alt="The Preferences dialog"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>GnuCash Preferences
-	       </b> dialog where the options of how GnuCash looks 
-	       and acts are setup.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Show Advanced Settings</b> - When this is selected, GnuCash displays the <b>Advanced</b> item in the <b>GnuCash Preferences</b> dialog.  You must click on "Apply" before the advanced page will be displayed.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Tool Bar Buttons</b> - Select whether to display icons, text, or both on the tool bar.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Display "Tip of the Day"</b> - You can turn on or off the option to display the “Tip of the Day” dialog on startup.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Display negative amounts in red</b> - If you turn off this option, GnuCash will display negative numbers in black.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Automatic Decimal Point</b> - This option will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type in.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Auto Decimal Places</b> - If you select the <b>Automatic Decimal Point</b> option, this option allows you to set the number of decimal places to be used.
-    </p></li><li><p>
-<b>No account list setup on new file</b> - This option turns off
-the display of the <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid when <b>File</b> -> <b>New File</b> is selected.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Days to retain log files</b> - This option deletes log files (and backup files) after the number of days set here.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Use file compression</b> - This option determines whether the GnuCash data file will be compressed or not.
-     </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_international2"></a>2.4.4. International</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>International</b> preferences item allows you to control the country specific behavior of GnuCash.
-    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Date Format</b> - This item controls the appearance of the date.  The available options are US, UK, Europe, ISO, and Locale.  Choosing "Locale" will automatically determine the date format based on your operating system settings.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>New Account Default Currency</b> - This item determines which currency will be selected by default when creating new accounts.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Default Report Currency</b> - This item determines which currency will be used by default when creating reports.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Use 24-hour time format</b> - This item toggles the use of 24 hour time format.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Enable Euro support</b> - If selected, enables support for the European Union EURO currency.
-     </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_onlinebank2"></a>2.4.5. Online Banking</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>On-line Banking & Importing</b> item contains only one option, <b>QIF Verbose Documentation</b>.  The first time you use the importer (discussed later in this chapter), you may notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import a file.  Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you might want to turn off this option.  Turning off the option gives you less detail in the importer dialogs.
-    </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_reconcile2"></a>2.4.6. Abgleichen</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>Reconcile</b> preferences item affects the behavior of GnuCash when reconciling accounts.  More information about reconciling accounts can be found in "Chapter 4: Entering Transactions" of this guide.
-    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Automatic interest transfer</b> - If selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest charge or payment.  Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual, Asset, Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Automatic credit card payments</b> - If selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user to enter a credit card payment.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Check off cleared transactions</b> - If selected, automatically check off cleared transactions when reconciling.
-     </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_regprefs2"></a>2.4.7. Knotobuch</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>Register</b> preferences item affects the behavior of the transaction register windows.  More information about the transaction register can be found in "Chapter 4: Entering Transactions" of this guide.
-    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Default Register Style</b> - you can choose from 3 different styles for register windows: <b>Basic Ledger</b> (default), <b>Auto-Split Ledger</b>, and <b>Transaction Journal</b>.  The basic style is a standard one-line register where everything appears on a single line.  The auto-split style is similar to the basic style except that the current transaction is split-expanded.  The journal style has every transaction split-expanded.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Double Line Mode</b> - If selected, show two lines of information for each transaction instead of one.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>'Enter' moves to blank transaction</b> - If selected, move to the blank transaction after the user presses 'enter', otherwise move down on row.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Confirm before changing reconciled</b> - If selected, use a dialog to confirm a change to a reconciled transaction.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Register font:</b> - The font to use in the transaction register window.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Register hint font:</b> - The font to use to show hints in the transaction register window.
-     </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_registercolors2"></a>2.4.8. Kontobuch Farben</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>Register Colors</b> preferences item changes the appearance of the register window.  To change the color of one of the items listed, simply click on the color box and choose the new color.  More information about the transaction register can be found in "Chapter 4: Entering Transactions" of this guide.
-    </p><p>
-If selected, the item <b>Double mode colors alternate with transactions</b> configures the register window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with each transaction, instead of each row.
-    </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics_schedtrans2"></a>2.4.9. Terminierte Buchungen</h3></div></div><p>
-The <b>Scheduled Transactions</b> preferences item affects the behavior of GnuCash for scheduling transactions.  More information about scheduled transactions can be found in "Chapter 4: Entering Transactions" of this guide.
-    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-<b>Run on GnuCash start</b> - If selected, the "Since-Last-Run" window will appear on GnuCash startup.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Auto-Create new Scheduled Transactions by default</b> - If selected, new Scheduled Transactions will have the 'Auto Create' flag set by default.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Notify on new, auto-created Scheduled Transactions</b> - If selected, new Scheduled Transactions will have the 'Auto Create' flag set to 'Notify' by default.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Default number of days in advance to create</b> - The default number of days in advance to create new Scheduled Transactions.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Default number of days in advance to remind</b> - The default number of days in advance to remind on new Scheduled Transactions.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-<b>Template Register Lines:</b> - Number of lines in the template register to display.
-     </p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_help1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.5. Hilfe aufrufen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/basics_together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"><link rel="previous" href="basics_backup1.html" title="2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_backup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics_together1"></a>2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-This section begins a tutorial that will continue throughout this book. At the end of each chapter, you will see a <b>Putting It All Together</b> section that walks you through examples to illustrate concepts discussed in that section. Each <b>Putting It All Together</b> section builds on the previous one, so be sure to save your file for easy access.
-    </p></td></tr></table></div><p>
-Let's get started! 
-    </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
-First, let's create a file to store your real data.  Open GnuCash and go through the <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> dialog. You will create a file and accounts to be used for your home finances, so choose the accounts that pertain to you. If you are not sure what accounts you will need, click the Select All option to create all of the accounts provided. When you have completed the setup, save this file with a filename you want to use for your home data.
-    </p></li><li><p>
-Next, create a file to store test data. This is the file that will be used in the tutorials throughout this manual. Click <b>File</b> -> <b>New</b> to create a new file, and name it <tt>gcashdata</tt>. Your main window should now look something like this:
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_gcashdata.png" alt="The Main windows showing the test file"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Account Tree window with a set of
-	       accounts loaded from the druid.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-     </p></li><li><p>
-Now, adjust some preferences in the account tree window.  Select <b>Edit</b> -> <b>Preferences</b> -> <b>General</b> and change the tool bar buttons so that they display only text, not icons.  Click Apply and look at the tool bar buttons in the main window. Return to the <b>Preferences</b> dialog and change the tool bar buttons back to the default setting by clicking Default.
-From the tool bar, select Options and select the “Type” item in the <b>Account Fields to display</b> option.  The main window should now look like this:
-    <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_gcashdata2.png" alt="The effect of changing the display options"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the effect of changing the display options.
-	       </p></div></div></div>
-
-
-
-Save your file.
-    </p></li><li><p>
-If you plan to import QIF data from another program, let's try a practice file first.  (If not, skip to the next chapter on account setup.)  First, create a new file called <tt>gcashimport</tt>.  From the main menu, select <b>File</b> -> <b>Import</b> -> <b>Import QIF...</b> to start the import.   When you are prompted for a filename, select (???GnuCash should have a sample QIF file available for this tutorial - can that be done easily?)  Load the file and look at the results of the account match.  Complete the import and take a look at the results.  The main window should now look like this:
-
-(?Insert a screen shot here that corresponds to an imported test file)
-
-Save your file.
-   </p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics_backup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.8. Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter2.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Übersicht</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="oview_intro1.html" title="1.1. Einführung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Übersicht</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter1"></a>Chapter 1. Übersicht</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="oview_intro1.html">Einführung</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="oview_features1.html">Funktionen</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1.2.1. <a href="oview_features1.html#oview_featureseasy2">Einfach zu benutzen</a></dt><dt>1.2.2. <a href="oview_features1.html#oview_featuresinvest2">Verwaltet Ihre Vermögensanlagen</a></dt><dt>1.2.3. <a href="oview_features1.html#oview_featuresintl2">Internationalisierung</a></dt><dt>1.2.4. <a href="oview_features1.html#oview_featuresbus2">Geschäftliche Buchführung</a></dt><dt>1.2.5. <a href="oview_features1.html#oview_featuresaccounting2">Funktionen für die Buchhaltung</a></dt><dt>1.2.6. <a href="oview_features1.html#oview_featuresnew2">Was ist neu in Version 2.0</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>1.3. <a href="oview_about1.html">Über dieses Handbuch</a></dt><dt>1.4. <a href="oview_reasons1.html">10 Grü!
 nde GnuCash zu benutzen</a></dt><dt>1.5. <a href="oview_install1.html">Installation</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. Einführung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter2.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter2.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/chapter2.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. Grundlagen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="oview_install1.html" title="1.5. Installation"><link rel="next" href="basics_accounting1.html" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_install1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_accounting1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter2"></a>Chapter 2. Grundlagen</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="basics_accounting1.html">Grundlagen der Kontoführung</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.1.1. <a href="basics_accounting1.html#basics_accounting52">Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten</a></dt><dt>2.1.2. <a href="basics_accounting1.html#basics_accountingequation2">Kontogleichung</a></dt><dt>2.1.3. <a href="basics_accounting1.html#basics_accountingdouble2">Doppelte Buchführung</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.2. <a href="basics_entry1.html">Konzepte der Dateneingabe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.2.1. <a href="basics_entry1.html#basics_accounts2">Dateien, Konten und Buchungen</a></dt><dt>2.2.2. <a href="basics_entry1.html#basics_dbentry2">Doppelte Buchführung</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.3. <a href="basics_interface1.html">Die GnuCash Benutzeröberfläche</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.3.1. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basi!
 cs_setup2">Neue Konten eröffnen</a></dt><dt>2.3.2. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basics_tip2">Tipp des Tages</a></dt><dt>2.3.3. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basics_main2">Kontenhierarchie</a></dt><dt>2.3.4. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basics_register2">Kontobuch-Fenster</a></dt><dt>2.3.5. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basics_toolbar2">Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe</a></dt><dt>2.3.6. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basics_options2">Menüeinträge</a></dt><dt>2.3.7. <a href="basics_interface1.html#basics_shortcut2">Tastenkürzel Menü</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.4. <a href="basics_prefs1.html">GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.4.1. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_acctprefs2">Konten</a></dt><dt>2.4.2. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_business2">Geschäft</a></dt><dt>2.4.3. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_general2">Allgemein</a></dt><dt>2.4.4. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_international2">International</a></dt><dt>2.4.5. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_onlinebank2">Online Banking</a></dt><dt>2.4.6. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_reconcile2">Abgleichen</a></dt><dt>2.4.7. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_regprefs2">Knotobuch</a></dt><dt>2.4.8. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_registercolors2">Kontobuch Farben</a></dt><dt>2.4.9. <a href="basics_prefs1.html#basics_schedtrans2">Terminierte Buchungen</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.5. <a href="basics_help1.html">Hilfe aufrufen</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.5.1. <a href="basics_help1.html#basics_manual2">Help-Dokument</a></dt><dt>2.5.2. <a href="basics_help1.html#basics_web2">Internetzugriff</a></dt><dt>2.5.3. <a href="basics_help1.html#basics_topic2">Themen suchen</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.6. <a href="basics_files1.html">Eine neue Datei anlegen und speichern</a></dt><dt>2.7. <a href="basics_import1.html">QIF-Dateien importieren</a></dt><dt>2.8. <a href="basics_backup1.html">Sicherungskopien erstellen und zurückspielen</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.8.1. <a href="basics_backup1.html#basics_backupxac2">Backup-Datei (.xac)</a></dt><dt>2.8.2. <a href="basic!
 s_backup1.html#basics_backuplog2">Log-Datei (.log)</a></dt><dt>2.8.3. <a href="basics_backup1.html#basics_backuplock2">Schreibzugriffs-Datei (.LNK and .LCK)</a></dt><dt>2.8.4. <a href="basics_backup1.html#basics_backupmanage2">Dateimanagement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.9. <a href="basics_together1.html">Alles Zusammensetzen</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter will introduce some of the basics of using GnuCash.  It is recommended that you read through this chapter, before starting to do any real work with GnuCash.  The chapters which follow this will begin to show you hands on examples.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_install1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics_accounting1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.5. Installation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Grundlagen der Kontoführung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/ix01.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/ix01.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/ix01.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="prev" href="glossary.html" title="Glossar"><link rel="next" href="apa.html" title="Anhang A. Anhang E"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="glossary.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apa.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="index" title="Index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id2888466"></a>Index</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="prev" href="glossary.html" title="Glossar"><link rel="next" href="apa.html" title="Anhang A. Anhang E"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="glossary.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apa.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="index" title="Index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id2901719"></a>Index</h2></div></div></div><p>
     Dieser Index ist experimentell.
   </p><dl><dt>Alles Zusammensetzen</dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. Alles Zusammensetzen">Grundlagen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Die GnuCash Benutzeroberfläche">Benutzeroberfläche</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-register2" title="2.3.4. Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht">Buchungsansicht</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-setup2" title="2.3.1. Der „Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen“ Assistent">Der Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistent</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-main2" title="2.3.3. Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht">Kontenübersicht</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-shortcut2" title="2.3.9. Menü Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen">Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-options2" title="2.3.5. Menüleiste">Menüleiste</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-statusbar" title="2.3.8. Statusleiste">Statusleiste</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-tip2" title="2.3.2. Tipp des Tages">Tipp des Tages</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-toolbar2" title="2.3.6. Werkzeugleiste">Werkzeugleiste</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-summarybar" title="2.3.7. Zusammenfassungsleiste">Zusammenfassungsleiste</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt>Buchführung</dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingequation2" title="2.1.2. Bilanzgleichung">Bilanzgleichung</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingdouble2" title="2.1.3. Doppelte Buchführung">Doppik</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-accounti!
 ng1.html" title="2.1. Grundlagen der Buchführung">Grundlagen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accounting52" title="2.1.1. Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten">Kontoarten</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Dateien neu anlegen, öffnen oder speichern">Dateien</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-files1.html#basics-file-new" title="2.6.1. Eine neue Datei anlegen">Neu anlegen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-files1.html#basics-file-open" title="2.6.2. Datei öffnen">Öffnen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-files1.html#basics-file-save" title="2.6.3. Datei speichern">Speichern</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt>Dateneingabe</dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-entry1.html#basics-dbentry2" title="2.2.2. Doppelte Buchführung">Doppik</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-entry1.html#basics-accounts2" title="2.2.1. Dateien, Konten und Buchungen">Konten</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Konzepte der Dateneingabe">Konzepte</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Daten importieren">Datenimport</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-general1" title="2.7.7. Buchungszuordnung für Allgemeinen Import">Buchungszuordnung</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-csv" title="2.7.2. CSV-Dateien importieren">CSV</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-dtaus" title="2.7.4. DTAUS-Dateien importieren">DTAUS</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-general" title="2.7.1. Allgemeines Konzept">Konzept</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-mt94x" title="2.7.3. MT940/MT942-Dateien importieren">MT94x</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" hre!
 f="basics-import1.html#basics-import-ofx" title="2.7.6. OFX/QFX-Dateien importieren">OFX</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-qif" title="2.7.5. QIF-Dateien importieren">QIF</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Datensicherung">Datensicherung</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplock2" title="2.8.3. Blockdateien (.LNK und .LCK)">Blockdateien</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupmanage2" title="2.8.4. Dateimanagement">Dateimanagement</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplog2" title="2.8.2. Logdatei (.log)">Logdatei einspielen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplog2" title="2.8.2. Logdatei (.log)">Logdatei</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupxac2" title="2.8.1. Sicherungsdatei (.jjjjMMddhhmmss.gnucash)">Sicherungsdatei</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Einführung">Einführung</a></dt><dd></dd><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen">Einstellungen</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-general2" title="2.4.1. Allgemein">Allgemein</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-reports2" title="2.4.2. Berichte">Berichte</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-accountingPeriod2" title="2.4.3. Buchführungsperiode">Buchführungsperiode</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-datetime2" title="2.4.4. Datum und Zeit">Datum und Zeit</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-print2" title="2.4.5. Drucken">Drucken</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-windows2" title="2.4.6. Fenster">Fenster</a!
 ></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-business2" title="2.4.7. Geschäft">Geschäft</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-acctprefs2" title="2.4.8. Konten">Konten</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-regprefs2" title="2.4.9. Kontobuch">Kontobuch</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-onlinebank2" title="2.4.10. Onlinebanking">Onlinebanking</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-schedtrans2" title="2.4.11. Terminierte Buchungen">Terminierte Buchungen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-regdefaults2" title="2.4.12. Voreinstellungen Kontobuch">Voreinstellungen Kontobuch</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch">Handbuch</a></dt><dd></dd><dt><a class="link" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Hilfe bekommen">Hilfe bekommen</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-help1.html#basics-web2" title="2.5.2. Internetzugang">Internetzugang</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-help1.html#basics-manual2" title="2.5.1. Hilfe-Menü">Menüleiste</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-help1.html#basics-topic2" title="2.5.3. Themen suchen">Themen suchen</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installation">Installation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-gnc" title="1.5.1. GnuCash">GnuCash</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-mysql" title="1.5.3. Installation und Konfiguration von MySQL">MySQL</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-postgres" title="1.5.4. Installation und Konfiguration von PostgreSQL">PostgreSQL</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-sqlite" !
 title="1..5.2. Installation von SQLite">SQLite</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd><dt><a class="link" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Merkmale">Merkmale von GnuCash</a></dt><dd></dd><dt><a class="link" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen">Top Ten</a></dt><dd></dd><dt>Neu in 2.4.0 Kurs und Konzepte</dt><dd><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnew2" title="1.2.6. Was ist neu in Version 2.4.0">Was ist neu in 2.4</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-sqlite" title="1.5.2. Installation von SQLite">SQLite3 installieren</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-mysql" title="1.5.3. Installation und Konfiguration von MySQL">MySQL installieren</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="oview-install1.html#oview-install-postgres" title="1.5.4. Installation und Konfiguration von PostgreSQL">PostgreSQL installieren</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Daten importieren">Importieren</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="basics-import1.html#basics-import-csv" title="2.7.2. CSV-Dateien importieren">CSV Import</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt>Beispieldateien für jedes Format</dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="glossary.html" title="Glossar">Glossar</a></dt><dd></dd></dl><dl><dt><a class="link" href="appendixe.html" title="A.1. Kommandozeilen Optionen">Anhang E</a></dt><dd></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="glossary.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apa.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Glossar </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u"!
  href="index.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Anhang A. Anhang E</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Merkmale"><link rel="next" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-about1"></a>1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2866557"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Merkmale"><link rel="next" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-about1"></a>1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2879808"></a><p>
       Ziel dieses Handbuchs ist es, Ihnen zu helfen, Zeit zu sparen.
       Es versetzt Sie in die Lage, schnell mit GnuCash arbeiten zu
       können.

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.2. Merkmale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Einführung"><link rel="next" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.2. Merkmale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.2. Merkmale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-features1"></a>1.2. Merkmale</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2817259"></a><div class="sect2" title="1.2.1. Einfach zu benutzen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featureseasy2"></a>1.2.1. Einfach zu benutzen</h3></div></div></div><p>Bei der Entwicklung von GnuCash wurde von Anfang an Wert auf
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.2. Merkmale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Einführung"><link rel="next" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.2. Merkmale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.2. Merkmale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-features1"></a>1.2. Merkmale</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2831021"></a><div class="sect2" title="1.2.1. Einfach zu benutzen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featureseasy2"></a>1.2.1. Einfach zu benutzen</h3></div></div></div><p>Bei der Entwicklung von GnuCash wurde von Anfang an Wert auf
         die einfache Benutzbarkeit gelegt. Innerhalb von Minuten werden
         Sie in der Lage sein, Ihre Finanzdaten einzugeben und eine
         graphische Übersicht über ihre Finanzen zu erstellen. Wenn Sie

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.5. Installation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"><link rel="next" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.5. Installation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter-basics.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.5. Installation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-install1"></a>1.5. Installation</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2856590"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.5. Installation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"><link rel="next" href="chapter-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Die Grundlagen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.5. Installation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter-basics.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.5. Installation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-install1"></a>1.5. Installation</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869844"></a><p>
       Die Installation von GnuCash ist normalerweise sehr einfach, denn die
       meisten modernen Linuxdistributionen stellen GnuCash vorkompiliert
       und gebrauchsfertig bereit. Es ist sogar wahrscheinlich, dass
       GnuCash bereits installiert ist. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,
       ist es am einfachsten, es von der Installations-CD ihrer
       Distribution zu installieren.
-    </p><div class="sect2" title="1.5.1. GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-gnc"></a>1.5.1. GnuCash</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2856617"></a><p>
+    </p><div class="sect2" title="1.5.1. GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-gnc"></a>1.5.1. GnuCash</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2869871"></a><p>
         Für den Fall, dass ihre aktuelle Linux Distribution GnuCash nicht
         enthält, oder falls Sie eine andere Version installieren wollen,
         bietet die <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnucash.org/" target="_top">GnuCash
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
         folgenden Datenbankverbindung beschrieben:
       </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/oview_backends_config.png" alt="Einstellungen einer Datenbankverbindung"><div class="caption"><p>Die Abbildung zeigt die Einstellungen einer
               Datenbankverbindung.
-            </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.5.2. Installation von SQLite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-sqlite"></a>1.5.2. Installation von SQLite</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2867655"></a><p>Sofort nach der Installation des SQLite3 Quellpakets steht SQLite als backend zur Verfügung.
+            </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.5.2. Installation von SQLite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-sqlite"></a>1.5.2. Installation von SQLite</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2880907"></a><p>Sofort nach der Installation des SQLite3 Quellpakets steht SQLite als backend zur Verfügung.
         Weitere Einstellungen sind nicht erforderlich. 
         Wählen Sie im Dialog <span class="guilabel"><strong>Speichern als…</strong></span> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sqlite</span>“</span>, wird
         eine entsprechende Datenbank in einer einzigen Datei mit dem von Ihnen gewählten Namen 
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 </p><pre class="programlisting">
 .tables
 </pre><p>
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="1.5.3. Installation und Konfiguration von MySQL"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-mysql"></a>1.5.3. Installation und Konfiguration von MySQL</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2867721"></a><p>Laden Sie MySQL aus den Quellen Ihrer Distribution oder laden Sie es von
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="1.5.3. Installation und Konfiguration von MySQL"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-mysql"></a>1.5.3. Installation und Konfiguration von MySQL</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2880972"></a><p>Laden Sie MySQL aus den Quellen Ihrer Distribution oder laden Sie es von
         <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mysql.de" target="_top">
           <em class="citetitle">www.mysql.de</em>
         </a>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 USE gnucash;
 SHOW tables;
 </pre><p>
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="1.5.4. Installation und Konfiguration von PostgreSQL"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-postgres"></a>1.5.4. Installation und Konfiguration von PostgreSQL</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2867831"></a><p>Laden Sie PostgreSQL aus den Quellen Ihrer Distribution oder laden Sie es von
+      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="1.5.4. Installation und Konfiguration von PostgreSQL"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-install-postgres"></a>1.5.4. Installation und Konfiguration von PostgreSQL</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2881083"></a><p>Laden Sie PostgreSQL aus den Quellen Ihrer Distribution oder laden Sie es von
         <a class="ulink" href="http://www.postgresql.org" target="_top">
           <em class="citetitle">www.postgresql.org</em>
         </a>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. Einführung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="next" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Merkmale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. Einführung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter-oview.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.1. Einführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-intro1"></a>1.1. Einführung</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2817722"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. Einführung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="next" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Merkmale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. Einführung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter-oview.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.1. Einführung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-intro1"></a>1.1. Einführung</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2830392"></a><p>
       GnuCash ist <span class="emphasis"><strong>das</strong></span> Finanzsoftware Paket, das
       für Sie gemacht ist. Es ist flexibel genug um all Ihre
       Finanzinformationen, von den einfachen zu den sehr komplexen, zu

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-reasons1"></a>1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2867010"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte"><link rel="up" href="chapter-oview.html" title="Kapitel 1. Übersicht"><link rel="prev" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-reasons1"></a>1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</h2></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2880262"></a><p>
       Wir haben schon einige der generellen Vorteile der Benutzung von
       GnuCash aufgezeigt. Hier sind einige Funktionen genannt, die in
       anderen Programmen vielleicht nicht zur Verfügung stehen:

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_about1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_about1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_about1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter1.html" title="Chapter 1. Übersicht"><link rel="previous" href="oview_features1.html" title="1.2. Funktionen"><link rel="next" href="oview_reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_features1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_reasons1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview_about1"></a>1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</h2></div></div><p>
-Ziel dieses Handbuchs ist es, ihnen zu helfen, Zeit zu sparen.  Es versetzt Sie in die Lage, schnell mit GnuCash arbeiten zu können.
-    </p><p>
-Jedes Kapitel hat eine einfache Aufteilung. Ein Kapitel beginnt mit der Beschreibung von “Konzepten”, die Themen und Begriffe einführt von denen dieses Kapitel handelt. “How-To” Teile, die bestimmte Vorgehensweisen Schritt für Schritt erläutern. Und schließlich, ein Teil “Alles zusammensetzen” der das Kapitel abschließt und detailierte, anschauliche Beispiele enthält.
-    </p><p>
-Für Anfänger sind die “Konzepte” Teile besonders hilfreich. Sie bieten Informationen, wie man die Entwicklung seiner Finanzen verfolgt und dienen als grundlegende Einführung in die finanziellen Hintergründe und Begrifflichkeiten. Erfahrene Benutzer können direkt zu den “How-To” Teilen springen um sich einen Überblick über Vorgehensweisen in GnuCash zu verschaffen. Diese Teile bieten Schritt-für-Schritt Anleitungen, um bestimmte Aufgaben zu erledigen. Die Teile “Alles zusammensetzen” bieten Beispiele aus der täglichen Arbeit in Form einer Übung. Beginnend mit dem Anlegen einer Datei in Kapitel 2 baut jedes Kapitel sukzessive auf den Übungen der vorigen Kapitel auf.
-    </p><p>
-Dieses Handbuch ist in 3 große Teile unterteilt:
-    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Einführung</b></p></li><li><p><b>Private Buchführung</b></p></li><li><p><b>Geschäftliche Buchführung</b>.</p></li></ul></div>
-    </p><p>
-Die <b>Einführung</b> stattet Sie mit den grundlegendsten Informationen aus, die man für die Benutzung von GnuCash benötigt. Die Kapitel umfassen:
-   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Kapitel 1: Ãœbersicht</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 2: Die Grundlagen</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 3: Konten</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 4: Buchungen</p></li></ul></div>
-    </p><p>
-Der Teil <b>Persönliche Buchführung</b> beschreibt übliche Anwendungen und Funktionen von GnuCash mit mehr Details. Dort finden Sie konkretere Beispiele, wie Sie GnuCash in oft gefragten Alltagssituationen einsetzen. Anwendungen und Funktionen, die in diesem Teil behandelt werden:
-   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Kapitel 5: Scheckbuch</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 6: Kreditkarten</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 7: Darlehen</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 8: Investitionen</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 9: Kapitalerträge</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 10: mehrere Währungen</p></li></ul></div>
-     </p><p>
-Im Teil <b>Geschäftliche Buchführung</b> wird die Verwendung von GnuCash zur Buchführung in Unternehmen beschrieben:
-   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Kapitel 11: Abschreibungen</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 12: Forderungen</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 13: Verbindlichkeiten</p></li><li><p>Kapitel 14: Mitarbeiterverwaltung</p></li></ul></div>
-     </p><p>
-Dieses Handbuch besitzt Anhänge, die weitere Informationen enthalten, die möglicherweise nützlich sind:
-    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
-       Anhang A: Migrationsanleitung -
-       Eine Anleitung für Benutzer von Quicken®, MS Money oder anderen QIF Anwendungen
-    </p></li><li><p>
-       Anhang B: Antworten auf häufige Fragen (FAQ)
-    </p></li><li><p>
-       Anhang C: Contributed Account Trees
-    </p></li><li><p>
-       Anhang D: GNU Lizenz für Freie Dokumentation
-    </p></li></ul></div><p>
-Und schließlich bieten ein Glossar und ein Index die Möglichkeit, schnell Themen zu finden.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_features1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_reasons1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.2. Funktionen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter1.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_features1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_features1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_features1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.2. Funktionen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter1.html" title="Chapter 1. Übersicht"><link rel="previous" href="oview_intro1.html" title="1.1. Einführung"><link rel="next" href="oview_about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.2. Funktionen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_intro1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_about1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview_features1"></a>1.2. Funktionen</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview_featureseasy2"></a>1.2.1. Einfach zu benutzen</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash wurde von Grund auf so erstellt, dass es einfach zu benutzen ist. Innerhalb von Minuten sind Sie in der Lage, die Daten ihrer Finanzen einzugeben und eine graphische Übersicht über ihre Finanzen erstellen zu lassen. Wenn Sie ein normales Haushaltsbuch führen können, dann sind Sie auch in der Lage GnuCash zu benutzen! Machen Sie Eingaben direkt im Kontobuch und benutzen Sie die automatische Vervollständigung um Buchungen automatisch abzuschliessen.  Die Bedieneroberfläche können Sie in der Anwendung selbst an ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Einfach zu benutzende Menüs</b>: Die Menüs von GnuCash entsprechen den GNOME Human Interface Guidelines.  Das bedeutet d!
 ass sie einfach und identisch in ihrem Erscheinen ähnlich zu denen vieler anderer GNOME Anwendungen sind.</p></li><li><p><b>Dokumentation</b>: GnuCash besitzt eine eingebaute Hilfe und ein umfangreiches Benutzerhandbuch.</p></li><li><p><b>Importfunktionen</b>: GnuCash bietet abgesehen von der Eingabe per Hand mehrere Arten, Buchungen einzugeben.  Wenn Sie einen Online-Zugang zu ihrem Bankkonto haben, ist das besonders nützlich, denn eine der folgenden Importfunktionen wird von den meisten Banken unterstützt.  Sie verbringen dann weniger Zeit mit der Eingabe von Daten und mehr Zeit mit der Analyse von Ergebnissen.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Quicken Import File (QIF)</b>: Die Importfunktion für Quicken QIF Dateien. Dies ist ein Format das von vielen kommerziellen Softwarepaketen zur Finanzverwaltung benutzt wird.</p></li><li><p><b>Open Financial Exchange (OFX)</b>: GnuCash ist die erste Freie Software Anwendung, die das Open Financial Exchange Protokoll unterstützt.  Dieses Format wird von immer mehr Finanzinstituten benutzt.</p></li><li><p><b>Home Banking Computer Interface (HBCI)</b>: GnuCash ist die erste Freie Software Anwendunge, die das deutsche Home Banking Computer Interface Protokoll unterstützt. Mit diesem Protokoll können Kontoauszüge heruntergeladen, Überweisungen und Abbuchungen vorgenommen werden.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Berichte</b>: GnuCash wird mit über 30 vorgefertigten Berichten geliefert, einschließlich einer Übersicht über Konten, Einnahmen, Ausgaben, Überweisungen, einer Bilanz, Gewinn&Verlust, einer Depotbewertung, und vieler anderer. Die Berichte beinhalten auch eine graphische Aufbereitung der Daten, inklusive Tortengrafiken, Balkengrafiken und Punktwolken. Berichte können als HTML Dateien exportiert werden und einfach an individuelle Anforderungen angepasst werden.</p></li><li><p><b>Terminüberweisungen</b>: GnuCash kann automatisch Buchungen und Überweisungen anlegen und ausführen und Sie an Terminüberweisungen oder wiederkehrende Überweis!
 ungen erinnern.  Sie können dann entscheiden ob Sie die Überweisungen ausführen oder verschieben wollen. Wiederkehrende Überweisungen können auch für eine bestimmte Zeit ausgesetzt werden.</p></li><li><p><b>Hypotheken- und Darlehensassistent</b>: Benutzen Sie diesen Assistenten, wenn Sie Darlehen oder Hypotheken mit einer variablen Rate zurückzahlen.</p></li><li><p><b>Einfache Kontenabstimmung</b>: Die eingebaute Kontenabstimmung vereinfacht den Abgleich der in GnuCash eingetragenen Konten mit Kontoauszügen.</p></li><li><p><b>Verfügbarkeit auf mehreren Plattformen</b>: GnuCash ist für eine Vielzahl von Plattformen und Betriebssysteme verfügbar.  Für GnuCash v2.0.x sind dies: GNU/Linux (x86, Sparc, PPC), FreeBSD (x86), OpenBSD (x86), Solaris (Sparc), und MacOS X (PPC).  Ältere Versionen von GnuCash liefen bereits auf SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5 (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel), und SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), aber ihr gegenwärtiger Status ist nicht bekannt.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview_featuresinvest2"></a>1.2.2. Verwaltet Ihre Vermögensanlagen</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash besitzt eine Reihe von Funktionen, um Anlagen zu überwachen.  Von einfachen festverzinslichen Wertpapieren bis zu börsennotierten Aktien kann GnuCash ihre Anlagen verwalten.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Wertpapierbestand</b>:  Verwaltet Aktien einzeln (ein Papier je Konto) oder in einem Wertpapierdepot (eine Gruppe von Konten, die gesammelt dargestellt werden können).  </p></li><li><p><b>Aktuelle Kurse für Aktien und Investmentfonds</b>: Mit GnuCash brauchen Sie Kurse nicht mehr einzeln abrufen. Das können Sie automatisieren, so dass jeweils der aktuelle Kurs angezeigt wird.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview_featuresintl2"></a>1.2.3. Internationalisierung</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash ist eine Anwendung die von Benutzern überall auf der Welt verwendet werden kann. Es g!
 ibt viele eingebaute Funktionen die Ihnen in unserer globalisierten Welt nützliche Dienste leisten.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Sprachunterstützung</b>: GnuCash wurde bereits vollständig in folgende 12 Sprachen übersetzt: Chinesisch, Deutsch, Englisch, Französisch, Holländisch, Italienisch, Portugiesisch, Russisch, Schwedisch, Slovakisch, Spanisch und Tschechisch.  Mehr als 13 andere Sprachen werden teilweise unterstützt.</p></li><li><p><b>Unterstützung für mehrere Währungen und Währungshandel</b>: GnuCash unterstützt die Verwendung mehrerer Währungen und den Handel mit ihnen.  Bei Verwendung der doppelten Buchführung werden Währungsänderungen zwischen Konten berücksichtigt.</p></li><li><p><b>Neue Abwicklungsmethode bei Transaktionen mit verschiedenen Währungen</b>: GnuCash benötigt jetzt keine separaten Devisenkonten mehr, um Transaktionen mit unterschiedlichen Währungen abzuwickeln.</p></li><li><p><b>Unterstützung für Internationale Datumsformate</b>: GnuCash unterstützt die unterschiedlichen Datumsformate der jeweiligen Länder.  Dadurch können Sie mit dem Datumsformat arbeiten, das Sie gewohnt sind.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview_featuresbus2"></a>1.2.4. Geschäftliche Buchführung</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash besitzt viele Funktionen, die für die geschäftliche Buchführung nötig sind.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Forderungen/Verbindlichkeiten</b>: GnuCash besitzt ein System für Konten mit Forderungen und Verbindlichkeiten. Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable System. Sie können Kunden und Lieferanten verwalten, Rechnungsstellung und Zahlungen erledigen. Auch unterschiedliche Besteuerungs- und Zahlungsregelungen werden unterstützt.</p></li><li><p><b>Mitarbeiterverwaltung</b>: Mit GnuCash können Sie auch die Gehaltsabrechnungen von Mitarbeitern erledigen.</p></li><li><p><b>Abschreibungen</b>: GnuCash kann die Abschreibung von Wirtschaftsgütern verfolgen.</p></li><li><p><b>Be!
 richte</b>: GnuCash bietet eine große Vielzahl von fertigen Geschäftsberichten.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview_featuresaccounting2"></a>1.2.5. Funktionen für die Buchhaltung</h3></div></div><p>Für diejenigen die sich mit Buchführung auskennen ist hier eine Liste der entsprechenden Funktionen.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Doppelte Buchführung</b>: Wenn diese Funktion eingeschaltet ist, muss jede Transaktion ein Konto belasten und einem anderen einen gleichen Betrag gutschreiben. Dies stellt sicher, dass die Konten stets ausgeglichen sind - das die Differenz zwischen Einnahmen und Ausgaben genau gleich der Summe aller Bank-, Bar-, Aktien- und anderer Guthaben ist.</p></li><li><p><b>Aufgeteilte Buchungen</b>: Eine einzelne Buchung kann in mehrere Teile geteilt werden um Steuern, Gebühren und andere Bestandteile zu zeigen.</p></li><li><p><b>Kontotabelle</b>: Ein Oberkonto kann eine Hierarchie detaillierter Unterkonten haben. Dies ermöglicht es, ähnliche Kontotypen wie Barbestand, Bankkonto und Aktien zum Oberkonto “Haben” zu gruppieren.</p></li><li><p><b>Hauptbuch</b>: Eine Registerkarte welche mehrere Konten gleichzeitig darstellen kann. Dies erleichtert den Ärger der Suche nach Tipp- und Eingabefehlern. Es bietet auch eine bequeme Möglichkeit ein aus vielen Aktien bestehendes Portfolio zu betrachten indem alle dort stattfindenden Transaktionen angezeigt werden.</p></li><li><p><b>Einnahmen/Ausgaben-Kontotypen (Kategorien)</b>:
-	Dies kategoriert den Fluss Ihrer Finanzen und stellt, wenn richtig mit der doppelten Buchführung kombiniert, eine genaue Gewinn&Verlust-Rechnung auf.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview_featuresnew2"></a>1.2.6. Was ist neu in Version 2.0</h3></div></div><p>
-   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Terminüberweisungen</b></p><p>GnuCash now has the ability to automatically create and enter transactions, zur Erinnerung an anstehende Überweisungen. Sie haben auch die Möglichkeit, automatisierte Buchungen auf einen späteren Zeitpunkt zu verschieben oder zu entfernen.</p></li><li><p><b>Hypotheken- und Kreditrückzahlungsdruide</b></p><p>Used to setup a variable payment loan scheduled transaction.</p></li><li><p><b>Funktionen für Kleinbetriebe</b></p><p>Mit GnuCash können Kleinbetriebe Kunden und Lieferanten verwalten, Rechnungsstellung und Zahlungen erledigen. Auch unterschiedliche Besteuerungs- und Zahlungsregelungen werden unterstützt.</p></li><li><p><b>Open Financial Exchange (OFX)</b>: GnuCash ist die erste Freie Software Anwendung, die das Open Financial Exchange Protokoll unterstützt.  Dieses Format wird von immer mehr Finanzinstituten benutzt.</p></li><li><p><b>Home Banking Computer Interface (HBCI)</b>: GnuCash ist die erste Freie Software Anwendunge, die das deutsche German Home Banking Computer Interface Protokoll unterstützt. Mit diesem Protokoll können Kontoauszüge heruntergeladen, Geld Transfers und Abbuchungen vorgenommen werden.</p></li></ul></div>
-  </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_intro1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_about1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.1. Einführung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter1.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.3. Über dieses Handbuch</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_install1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_install1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_install1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.5. Installation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter1.html" title="Chapter 1. Übersicht"><link rel="previous" href="oview_reasons1.html" title="1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen"><link rel="next" href="chapter2.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.5. Installation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_reasons1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter2.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview_install1"></a>1.5. Installation</h2></div></div><p>
-	Die Installation von GnuCash kann sehr einfach sein, denn die meisten modernen Linuxdistributionen stellen GnuCash vorkompiliert und gebrauchsfertig bereit. Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass GnuCash bereits installiert ist. Sollten Sie GnuCash noch nicht installiert haben, ist es am einfachsten zu installieren indem Sie die Installations-CD ihrer Distribution einlegen und den Anweisungen folgen.
-    </p><p>
-	Die <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/" target="_top"><i>GnuCash Homepage</i></a> bietet detaillierte Informationen zur Installation von GnuCash, für den Fall dass ihre aktuelle Linux Distribution es nicht enthält oder falls Sie eine andere Version installieren wollen.  Sie können sich dazu auch die README Datei im Quellcode ansehen.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_reasons1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter2.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter1.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 2. Grundlagen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_intro1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_intro1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_intro1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. Einführung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter1.html" title="Chapter 1. Übersicht"><link rel="previous" href="chapter1.html" title="Chapter 1. Übersicht"><link rel="next" href="oview_features1.html" title="1.2. Funktionen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. Einführung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_features1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview_intro1"></a>1.1. Einführung</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash ist eine für Sie erstellte Finanzsoftware. Es ist flexibel genug um all Ihre Finanzinformationen, von den einfachen zu den sehr komplexen, zu verwalten. Es ist eines der wenigen Finanzsoftwarepakete das globale Währungen unterstützt und es ist das einzige freie Programm seiner Art. Besser noch: GnuCash ist leicht zu erlenen und zu benutzen!</p><p>Aber was kann GnuCash für Sie tun? Es kann Ihre persönlichen Finanzen so detailliert protokollieren wie Sie möchten. Wenn Sie gerade beginnen, benutzen Sie GnuCash um ihr Haushaltsbuch zu führen. Dann möchten Sie vielleicht auch ihre Kreditkartenkäufe verfolgen um besser festzustellen, wo Sie ihr Geld ausgeben. Wenn Sie beginnen zu investieren können Sie GnuCash benutzen um ihr Portfolio zu beobachten. Kaufen Sie ein Auto oder ein Haus? GnuCash hilft Ihnen die Investition zu planen und die Rückzahlu!
 ngen zu verfolgen. Sollten Ihre Anlagen den Globus umspannen bietet GnuCash Unterstützung für mehrere Währungen.</p><p>Obwohl GnuCash gut für persönliche Finanzen geeignet ist, ist es auch mächtig genug für geschäftliche Nutzung. Von einem System zur Verwaltung von Konten mit Forderungen und Verbindlichkeiten bis zum Erstellen der Steuererklärung sind viele erstaunlich mächtige und einfach zu benutzende geschäftliche Funktionen vorhanden.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_features1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 1. Übersicht </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter1.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.2. Funktionen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_reasons1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_reasons1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/oview_reasons1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter1.html" title="Chapter 1. Übersicht"><link rel="previous" href="oview_about1.html" title="1.3. Über dieses Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="oview_install1.html" title="1.5. Installation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_about1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Übersicht</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_install1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview_reasons1"></a>1.4. 10 Gründe GnuCash zu benutzen</h2></div></div><p>
-Wir haben schon einige der generellen Vorteile der Benutzung von GnuCash aufgezeigt. Hier sind einige Funktionen genannt, die in anderen Programmen vielleicht nicht zur Verfügung stehen:
-    </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
-       Einfache Bedienung
-     </p><p>
-GnuCash ist genauso einfach zu bedienen wie ein Haushaltsbuch zu führen. Es ist sogar noch einfacher zu benutzen als ein Buch aus Papier, denn die automatische Vervollständigung und andere Eingabehilfen arbeiten nicht nur für Sie, sondern verringern auch Fehler bei der Eingabe von Daten.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Einfacher Import und einfache Migration
-     </p><p>
-	GnuCash ermöglicht es Ihnen, Daten von online-Kontoauszügen und anderen Softwarepaketen im QIF(Quicken® Interchange Format), OFX und HBCI-Format zu importieren. Ein einfach zu benutzender “Druide” begleitet Sie durch die Überprüfung der entstehenden Änderungen und die tatsächliche Migration zu GnuCash.</p></li><li><p>
-       Auszugsprüfung
-     </p><p>
-Prüfen Sie monatliche Auszüge schnell indem Sie das Endguthaben eingeben und einzelne Buchungen abhaken. GnuCash hilft Ihnen, Diskrepanzen zwischen ihren Daten und den Auszügen Ihrer Bank zu finden.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Investment tracking
-     </p><p>
-GnuCash bietet eine Vielzahl von Möglichkeiten, Ihr Investitionsportfolio zu verfolgen. Besondere Investitionskonten vereinfachen die Dateneingabe und online-Werkzeuge ermöglichen Ihnen Wert Ihrer (fixme)Holdings zu aktualisieren wenn der Markt sich ändert. Mit Berichten können Sie ihre Investitionsentscheidungen analysieren.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-	Unterstützung mehrerer Währungen
-     </p><p>
-Mit GnuCash können Sie mehrere Währungen verwalten. Wenn Sie Bankkonten, Investitionen oder andere Finanzdaten in anderen Währungen haben, benutzen Sie GnuCash um sie zu beobachten.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Individuelle Berichte und Grafiken
-     </p><p>
-	Berichte und Grafiken geben Ihnen wertvolle Informationen für die Steuererklärung, für Budgets oder einfach um herauszufinden, wohin ihr Geld geht. GnuCash bietet einige einfach zu benutzende Berichts und Grafiken um Ihnen bei der Analyse Ihrer finanziellen Situation zu helfen. Es bietet Ihnen auch die Freiheit, individuelle Berichte für Ihre speziellen Bedürfnisse zu erstellen.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Doppelte Buchführung
-     </p><p>
-Um lückenlose Bücher zur Verfügung zu stellen nutzt GnuCash die Methode der Doppelten Buchführung. “Doppelte Buchführung” bedeutet, dass Geld nicht einfach erscheint oder verschwindet - ein Betrag muss von einem Ort kommen und zu einem anderen gehen. Indem diese Buchung in beiden Orten vorgenommen wird erstellt GnuCash detaillierte Berichte aus der Perspektive beider Konten.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Hilfe
-     </p><p>
-	Neuen Benutzern gibt der “Tipp des Tages” hilfreiche Hinweise zu GnuCash-Funktionen. Innerhalb des Programms führt ein Hilfe-Menü Sie zu der gesuchten Information oder öffnet die GnuCash-Website für weitere Unterstützung. GnuCash wird außerdem von starken, hilfreichen Entwickler- und Benutzergemeinschaften unterstützt, welche in Mailinglisten Hilfe zur Verfügung stellen.
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Eingabehilfen
-     </p><p>
-	GnuCash bietet viele Abkürzungen um Ihre Daten einzugeben. Tippen Sie die ersten paar Buchstaben eines häufigen Eintrags und GnuCash füllt den Rest automatisch ein! Sie können auch die Kopieren-, Einfügen- und Duplikatfunktion verwenden um Tippzeit zu sparen. Tastaturkürzel lassen Sie schnell einen Menüpunkt auswählen oder numerische Daten eingeben. Viele numerische Eingabefelder können auch als Taschenrechner verwendet werden: Geben Sie "92,18+33,26" ein und sehen Sie GnuCash für Sie die entsprechende Summe eintragen!
-     </p></li><li><p>
-       Open source
-     </p><p>
-	GnuCash versteckt seine Methoden nicht. Wenn Sie sich fragen wie GnuCash eine Zahl berechnet hat können Sie dies einfach herausfinden. Außerdem können Sie einstellen, wie viele Informationen GnuCash Ihnen anzeigen soll. Es gibt in GnuCash keinen “geheimen Code” - es bleibt ein quelloffenes Programm.
-     </p></li></ol></div><p>
-	Dies sind nur ein paar der Vorteile, die Sie entdecken werden, wennn Sie ihre Finanzen mit GnuCash verwalten. Machen Sie sich jetzt bereit GnuCash zu ihrem Vorteil zu nutzen!
-     </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview_about1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview_install1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.3. Über dieses Handbuch </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter1.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.5. Installation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autoren</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span></dt><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autoren</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span></dt><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
    This Guide contains a tutorial for using GnuCash and describes the concepts
    behind GnuCash.
   </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2003-2004 Jon Lapham</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</p></div><div>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-guide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/ch03s01.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/ch03s01.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/ch03s01.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Tipp des Tages</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="appendix.html" title="Kapitel 3. Anhang"><link rel="prev" href="appendix.html" title="Kapitel 3. Anhang"><link rel="next" href="usage.html" title="3.2. Benutzung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Tipp des Tages</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendix.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Anhang</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="usage.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.1. Tipp des Tages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2848990"></a>3.1. Tipp des Tages</h2></div></div></div><p></p><p>Die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipp des Tages</strong></span>-Box wird bei jedem
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Tipp des Tages</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="appendix.html" title="Kapitel 3. Anhang"><link rel="prev" href="appendix.html" title="Kapitel 3. Anhang"><link rel="next" href="usage.html" title="3.2. Benutzung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Tipp des Tages</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendix.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Anhang</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="usage.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.1. Tipp des Tages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911588"></a>3.1. Tipp des Tages</h2></div></div></div><p></p><p>Die <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipp des Tages</strong></span>-Box wird bei jedem
       Start von GnuCash angezeigt und gibt Hinweise zur Benutzung von
       GnuCash. Verwenden Sie die drei Knöpfe an der unteren Seite der
       Box um die Tipps durchzusehen.

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.3. GnuCash anpassen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="appendix.html" title="Kapitel 3. Anhang"><link rel="prev" href="usage.html" title="3.2. Benutzung"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Anhang A. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.3. GnuCash anpassen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="usage.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Anhang</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.3. GnuCash anpassen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>3.3. GnuCash anpassen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.1. Kontenoptionen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-options"></a>3.3.1. Kontenoptionen</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>The Account Options is used to set the view of the Account Tree Window. This dialog sets the view on each open window of the account tree. This means that when the New Account Tree is used several different views of the account tree can be created.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Name of the account view: Used to name the account in the Windows menu and the note tabs.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Double click expands parent accounts: Use double click instead of single click to expand accounts</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account types to display: Select which types of accounts to display in the !
 account tree.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account fields to display: Select what fields to display in the account tree.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.2. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="set-prefs"></a>3.3.2. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>The GnuCash Preferences dialog contains the following sections.</p><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.1. Konto:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounts"></a>3.3.2.1. Konto: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Account : This option is used to pick a different separator in the register for parent and child accounts.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Reversed-balance account types: This option is used to choose what type of account have their balances reversed. If the balance is normally negative, as in a loan or a credit card then this will make the balance positive.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use accounting labels: This option is used to turn on accounting labels (debit and credit) instead of using terms such as withdrawal and deposit.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.2. Geschäft:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-biz"></a>3.3.2.2. Geschäft: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Number of Rows: This option is used to set the default number of register rows to display in invoices.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Invoice Tax Included?: This option is used to set if tax is included by default in entries on invoices. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bill Tax Included?: This option is used to set if tax is included by default in entries on bills.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><d!
 iv class="sect3" title="3.3.2.3. Allgemein:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-general"></a>3.3.2.3. Allgemein: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Show Advanced Settings: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Toolbar Buttons: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Display "Tip of the Day": </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Display negative amounts in red: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Automatic Decimal Point: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Auto Decimal Places: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>No account list setup on new file: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Days to retain log files: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.4. International:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-inter"></a>3.3.2.4. International: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Date Format: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Default Currency: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use 24-hour time format: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enable EURO support: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.5. Online Banking & Import:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-online"></a>3.3.2.5. Online Banking & Import: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>QIF Verbose documentation: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enable REPLACE match action: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enable SKIP transaction action: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Auto-CLEAR threshold: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Match display threshold: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Auto-ADD threshold: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div>!
 <div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.6. Abgleichen:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-rec"></a>3.3.2.6. Abgleichen: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Automatic interest transfer: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Automatic credit card payments: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Check off cleared transactions: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.7. Kontobuch:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg"></a>3.3.2.7. Kontobuch: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Default Register Style: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Double Line Mode: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>'Enter' moves to blank transaction: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Confirm before changing reconciled: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Register font: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Register hint font: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.8. Kontobuch Farben:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg-color"></a>3.3.2.8. Kontobuch Farben: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Header color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Primary color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Secondary color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Primary active color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Secondary active color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Split color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Split active color: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Double mode colors alternate with transactions: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.9. Terminierte Buchungen:"><div class="titlepage"><div!
 ><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-sched"></a>3.3.2.9. Terminierte Buchungen: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Run on GnuCash start: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Auto-Create new Scheduled Transactions by default: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Notify on new, auto-created Scheduled Transactions: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Default number of days in advance to create: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Default number of days in advance to remind: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Template Register Lines: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.10. Benutzerinformationen:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-user"></a>3.3.2.10. Benutzerinformationen: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>User Name: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>User Address: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.2.11. Erweitert:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-advanced"></a>3.3.2.11. Erweitert: </h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences (this screen is hidden by default);</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Save Window Geometry: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Application MDI mode: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Show Vertical Borders: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Show Horizontal Borders: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Auto-Raise Lists: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Show All Transactions: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Number of Rows: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.3. HTMl-Stilvorlagen ändern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="change-style"></a>3.3.3. HTMl-Stilvorlag!
 en ändern</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash has two default stylesheets for webpage reports. These stylesheets can be altered by using the HTML Style Sheets editor. To access the editor go to Edit -> Style Sheets...</p><p></p><p>To add a new Style Sheet select the New... button in the Style Sheet pane. The New Style Sheet dialog will appear. Fill in the Name: of the new Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from the list and click Delete.</p><p></p><div class="sect3" title="3.3.3.1. Voreinstellung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-default"></a>3.3.3.1. Voreinstellung</h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>The Default Style Sheet has two tabs to alter the appearance of reports, General and Tables. </p><div class="sect4" title="3.3.3.1.1. Allgemein"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-def-general"></a>3.3.3.1.1. Allgemein</h5></div></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Background Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Background Pixmap: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the background in reports.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in reports.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4" title="3.3.3.1.2. Tabellen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-def-tables"></a>3.3.3.1.2. Tabellen</h5></div></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table cells</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Table cell padding: Sets the padding between table cells</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on tables.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.3.2. Bunt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-technicolor"></a>3.3!
 .3.2. Bunt</h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>The Technicolor Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of reports, Colors, General, Images and Tables.</p><p></p><div class="sect4" title="3.3.3.2.1. Farben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-colors"></a>3.3.3.2.1. Farben</h5></div></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Background Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Text Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Table Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Link Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grand Total Cell Color:Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4" title="3.3.3.2.2. Allgemein"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-general"></a>3.3.3.2.2. Allgemein</h5></div></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Preparer: Name of the person preparing the report.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Prepared for: Name of Organization or Company the report is prepared for.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Show preparer info: Show the Preparer information in the report.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in reports.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4" title="3.3.3.2.3. Bilder"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-images"></a>3.3.3.2.3. Bilder</h5></div></div></div>!
 <p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Background Tile: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the background in reports.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Heading Banner: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the heading in reports.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Logo: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the logo in reports.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4" title="3.3.3.2.4. Tabellen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-tables"></a>3.3.3.2.4. Tabellen</h5></div></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table cells</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Table cell padding: Sets the padding between table cells</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on tables.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.4. Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="set-tax-options"></a>3.3.4. Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>The Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Options. The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the TXF Export function in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to Edit -> Tax Options.</p><p></p><p>IMPORTANT: Most TXF codes should only appear on a single account! The exceptions are codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, each of which can appear many times. Of course, each duplicate should have a unique payer name. These are typically interest accounts or stocks or mutual funds that pay dividends.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an account to set a TXF category. If no account is selected nothing is changed. If multiple accounts are s!
 elected, all of the accounts will be set to the selected item. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax Related: Select this checkbox to add tax information to an account then select the TXF Category below.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description appears just below.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Payer Name Source: A text description that is exported along with the value of the account. This is usually the name of a bank, stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally, it is a description of a deduction.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><div class="sect3" title="3.3.4.1. TXF Export - Bekannte Probleme"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="txf-probs"></a>3.3.4.1. TXF Export - Bekannte Probleme</h4></div></div></div><p>Ein TXF Export exportiert die Daten für eine Steuererklärung
 	  in den USA.</p><p></p><p>TaxCut 1999 </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Code: N488 "^ Sched B \ Div. income, cap gain distrib."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Code: N286 "^ Sched B \ Dividend income"</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>These two codes, from the same payer, are not correlated. The user will have to adjust for this after import. </p><p></p><p>TaxCut 1999, 2000 </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly"</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts, only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax enhancement) </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Code: N460 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, self"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Code: N506 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, spouse" </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>and other related codes.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Information from only one job may be imported. </p><p></p><p>TurboTax 1999, 2000 </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly"</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem for the last payment that is due Jan 15. GnuCash changes the the date of the last payment to Dec 31. The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only matters if you have to compute the penalty. </p><p></p><p>TXF Tax eXport Format </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Duplicate Codes</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Most codes are not supposed to appear more than once. GnuCash issues an error message if it detects this, but will still export the data. These are not handled the same!
  by TaxCut and TurboTax.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>TurboTax</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Sums the duplicate codes. i.e., job one and job two are added together.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>TaxCut</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Keeps only the LAST of the duplicate codes. i.e., job one is ignored and job two is kept. </p><p></p></div><div class="sect3" title="3.3.4.2. Ausführliche Beschreibung der US-amerikanischen TXF Kategorien"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="txf-defs"></a>3.3.4.2. Ausführliche Beschreibung der US-amerikanischen TXF Kategorien</h4></div></div></div><p></p><p>Table 32. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</p><p></p><p>
-</p><div class="table"><a name="id2867980"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.31. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tax Form \</strong></span> TXF Code</p><p>Description</p></th><th>Extended TXF Help messages</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< help \ </strong></span>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ help \ </strong></span>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># help \ </strong></span>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet!  Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span!
 >N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits!
 </p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><st!
 rong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed.  Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee's wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099=MSA \ </strong></span>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings ac!
 count distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrang!
 ement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4137 \ </strong></span>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4137 \ </strong></span>N505</p><p>Total cash/tips not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is use!
 d to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repa!
 id with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distribution!
 s received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction.  Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>!
 N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8863 \ </strong></span>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits.  Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="e!
 mphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched B \ </strong></span>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV.  Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capit!
 al gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>I!
 nterest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></!
 tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched D \ </strong></span>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched D \ </strong></span>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts.  These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N810</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of capital assets other than securities.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental inc!
 ome and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><!
 strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport.  These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retai!
 n allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>H446</p><p>Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership's income, credits, deductions, etc.  Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>!
 Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate.  This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td!
 ><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling.  This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 104!
 0 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F1040 \ </strong></span>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD's or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, GnuCash adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal in!
 come taxes withheld from your spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA.  If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spou!
 se contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse's Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N606</p><p>Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N563<!
 /p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMP!
 LE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business us!
 e must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N390</p><p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination!
  (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2441 \ </strong></span>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home.  They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F3903 \ </strong></span>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects.  You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong><!
 /span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub  551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="!
 emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a d!
 ebt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><!
 td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N599</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4952 \ </strong></span>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forw!
 ard to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4952 \ </strong></span>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8829 \ </strong></span>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home.  IRS rules are stringent for this deduction.  Re!
 fer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N539</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business.  Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8839 \ </strong></span>H617</p><p>Form 8839 -!
  adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td!
 ></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched A \ </strong></span>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</t!
 d></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
+</p><div class="table"><a name="id2930578"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.31. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tax Form \</strong></span> TXF Code</p><p>Description</p></th><th>Extended TXF Help messages</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< help \ </strong></span>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ help \ </strong></span>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># help \ </strong></span>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet!  Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span!
 >N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits!
 </p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><st!
 rong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed.  Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee's wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099=MSA \ </strong></span>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings ac!
 count distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrang!
 ement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4137 \ </strong></span>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4137 \ </strong></span>N505</p><p>Total cash/tips not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is use!
 d to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repa!
 id with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distribution!
 s received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction.  Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>!
 N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8863 \ </strong></span>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits.  Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="e!
 mphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched B \ </strong></span>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV.  Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capit!
 al gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>I!
 nterest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></!
 tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched D \ </strong></span>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched D \ </strong></span>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts.  These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N810</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of capital assets other than securities.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental inc!
 ome and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><!
 strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport.  These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retai!
 n allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>H446</p><p>Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership's income, credits, deductions, etc.  Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>!
 Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate.  This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td!
 ><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling.  This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 104!
 0 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F1040 \ </strong></span>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD's or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, GnuCash adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal in!
 come taxes withheld from your spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA.  If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spou!
 se contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse's Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N606</p><p>Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N563<!
 /p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMP!
 LE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business us!
 e must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N390</p><p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination!
  (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2441 \ </strong></span>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home.  They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F3903 \ </strong></span>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects.  You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong><!
 /span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub  551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="!
 emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a d!
 ebt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><!
 td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N599</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4952 \ </strong></span>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forw!
 ard to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4952 \ </strong></span>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8829 \ </strong></span>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home.  IRS rules are stringent for this deduction.  Re!
 fer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N539</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business.  Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8839 \ </strong></span>H617</p><p>Form 8839 -!
  adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td!
 ></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched A \ </strong></span>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</t!
 d></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N544</p><p>Local income taxes</p></td><td>Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year.
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N274</p><p>Medical travel and lodging</p></td><td>Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N273</p><p>Medicine and drugs</p></td><td>Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N523</p><p>Misc., no 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N486</p><p>Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N485</p><p>Non-cash charity contributions</p></td><td>
 The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include an!
 y part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income.  (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N304</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N305</p><p>Bad debts!
  from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased !
 for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T.  See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant's or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N294</p><p>Meals and entertain!
 ment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or  property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></!
 td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees' wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>The t!
 otal amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N328</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor's to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N331</p><p>Commissions</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor's or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N332</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The amount of fees !
 to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E.  These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N338</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a diff!
 erent copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule!
  F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N361</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count!
  the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N357</p><p>Storage and warehousing</!
 p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N358</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched H \ </strong></span>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees.  Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Federal income tax wit!
 hheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse's wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><!
 strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/de-translation.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/de-translation.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/de-translation.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@
 					Text stoßen. Anschließend wird die Erläuterung der Benutzung von GnuCash
 					fortgesetzt.
 					</p><p>
-			</p><div class="table"><a name="id2844033"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Deutsche Worte</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Deutsche Worte" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Englisch</th><th>Deutsch</th><th>Erläuterung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Konto</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Transaction</td><td>Geschäftsvorgang</td><td>Ein Geschäftsvorgang besteht aus einer, zwei oder mehreren Buchungen</td></tr><tr><td>Split</td><td>Buchung</td><td>Eine Buchung bucht einen Betrag in genau ein Konto, und gehört dabei zu genau einem Geschäftsvorgang</td></tr><tr><td>Asset</td><td>Aktiva</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liability</td><td>Passiva</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Expenses</td><td>Aufwendungen</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income</td><td>Erträge</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Register</td><td>Kontobuch</td><td>Geschäftsvorgänge und ihre Buchungen werden im Kontobuch-Fenster angezeigt (in früheren GnuCash-Versionen: Kassenbericht)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+			</p><div class="table"><a name="id2906643"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Deutsche Worte</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Deutsche Worte" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Englisch</th><th>Deutsch</th><th>Erläuterung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Konto</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Transaction</td><td>Geschäftsvorgang</td><td>Ein Geschäftsvorgang besteht aus einer, zwei oder mehreren Buchungen</td></tr><tr><td>Split</td><td>Buchung</td><td>Eine Buchung bucht einen Betrag in genau ein Konto, und gehört dabei zu genau einem Geschäftsvorgang</td></tr><tr><td>Asset</td><td>Aktiva</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liability</td><td>Passiva</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Expenses</td><td>Aufwendungen</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income</td><td>Erträge</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Register</td><td>Kontobuch</td><td>Geschäftsvorgänge und ihre Buchungen werden im Kontobuch-Fenster angezeigt (in früheren GnuCash-Versionen: Kassenbericht)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
 			</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="what-is-gnucash.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.1. Wofür steht <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Kapitel 2. Getting Started</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Hilfe</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einführung zu GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="de_DE" class="book" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">Über dies Buch</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Einführung zu <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="getting-started.html">Getting Started</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="appendix.html">Anhang</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="de-translation.html#id2844033">Deutsche Worte</a></dt><dt>3.1. <a href="usage.html#Table2"></a></dt><dt>3.2. <a href="usage.html#Table3"></a></dt><dt>3.3. <a href="usage.html#Table4"></a></dt><dt>3.4. <a href="usage.html#Table5"></a></dt><dt>3.5. <a href="usage.html#Table6"></a></dt><dt>3.6. <a href="usage.html#Table7">!
 </a></dt><dt>3.7. <a href="usage.html#Table8"></a></dt><dt>3.8. <a href="usage.html#Table9"></a></dt><dt>3.9. <a href="usage.html#Table10"></a></dt><dt>3.10. <a href="usage.html#Table11"></a></dt><dt>3.11. <a href="usage.html#Table14"></a></dt><dt>3.12. <a href="usage.html#Table15"></a></dt><dt>3.13. <a href="usage.html#Table16"></a></dt><dt>3.14. <a href="usage.html#Table17"></a></dt><dt>3.15. <a href="usage.html#Table18"></a></dt><dt>3.16. <a href="usage.html#Table20"></a></dt><dt>3.17. <a href="usage.html#Table21"></a></dt><dt>3.18. <a href="usage.html#Table22"></a></dt><dt>3.19. <a href="usage.html#Table12"></a></dt><dt>3.20. <a href="usage.html#Table13"></a></dt><dt>3.21. <a href="usage.html#Table26"></a></dt><dt>3.22. <a href="usage.html#Table27"></a></dt><dt>3.23. <a href="usage.html#Table28"></a></dt><dt>3.24. <a href="usage.html#Table29"></a></dt><dt>3.25. <a href="usage.html#Table30"></a></dt><dt>3.26. <a href="usage.html#Table31"></a></dt><dt>3.27. <a href="usage.html#Table19"></a></dt><dt>3.28. <a href="usage.html#Table23"></a></dt><dt>3.29. <a href="usage.html#Table24"></a></dt><dt>3.30. <a href="usage.html#Table25"></a></dt><dt>3.31. <a href="custom-gnucash.html#id2867980">Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Kapitel 1. Einführung zu <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Hilfe</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einführung zu GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="de_DE" class="book" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">Über dies Buch</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Einführung zu <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="getting-started.html">Getting Started</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="appendix.html">Anhang</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="de-translation.html#id2906643">Deutsche Worte</a></dt><dt>3.1. <a href="usage.html#Table2"></a></dt><dt>3.2. <a href="usage.html#Table3"></a></dt><dt>3.3. <a href="usage.html#Table4"></a></dt><dt>3.4. <a href="usage.html#Table5"></a></dt><dt>3.5. <a href="usage.html#Table6"></a></dt><dt>3.6. <a href="usage.html#Table7">!
 </a></dt><dt>3.7. <a href="usage.html#Table8"></a></dt><dt>3.8. <a href="usage.html#Table9"></a></dt><dt>3.9. <a href="usage.html#Table10"></a></dt><dt>3.10. <a href="usage.html#Table11"></a></dt><dt>3.11. <a href="usage.html#Table14"></a></dt><dt>3.12. <a href="usage.html#Table15"></a></dt><dt>3.13. <a href="usage.html#Table16"></a></dt><dt>3.14. <a href="usage.html#Table17"></a></dt><dt>3.15. <a href="usage.html#Table18"></a></dt><dt>3.16. <a href="usage.html#Table20"></a></dt><dt>3.17. <a href="usage.html#Table21"></a></dt><dt>3.18. <a href="usage.html#Table22"></a></dt><dt>3.19. <a href="usage.html#Table12"></a></dt><dt>3.20. <a href="usage.html#Table13"></a></dt><dt>3.21. <a href="usage.html#Table26"></a></dt><dt>3.22. <a href="usage.html#Table27"></a></dt><dt>3.23. <a href="usage.html#Table28"></a></dt><dt>3.24. <a href="usage.html#Table29"></a></dt><dt>3.25. <a href="usage.html#Table30"></a></dt><dt>3.26. <a href="usage.html#Table31"></a></dt><dt>3.27. <a href="usage.html#Table19"></a></dt><dt>3.28. <a href="usage.html#Table23"></a></dt><dt>3.29. <a href="usage.html#Table24"></a></dt><dt>3.30. <a href="usage.html#Table25"></a></dt><dt>3.31. <a href="custom-gnucash.html#id2930578">Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Kapitel 1. Einführung zu <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Hilfe</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autor</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><span xmlns="" class="contrib">Deutsche Übersetzung</span> </h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Holger</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Stöhr</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:stoerpser at gmx.de">stoerpser at gmx.de</a>></code></dd><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Andreas</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Fahle</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email">&lt!
 ;<a class="email" href="mailto:fahle at web.de">fahle at web.de</a>></code></dd><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Christian</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Stimming</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:stimming at tuhh.de">stimming at tuhh.de</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Diese Hilfedatei beschreibt die private Finanzsoftware GnuCash.
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Hilfe</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Weiter >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> Hilfe</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autor</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><span xmlns="" class="contrib">Deutsche Übersetzung</span> </h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Holger</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Stöhr</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:stoerpser at gmx.de">stoerpser at gmx.de</a>></code></dd><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Andreas</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Fahle</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email">&l!
 t;<a class="email" href="mailto:fahle at web.de">fahle at web.de</a>></code></dd><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Christian</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Stimming</span></dt><dd><strong>Organisation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Blitzpost: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:stimming at tuhh.de">stimming at tuhh.de</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Diese Hilfedatei beschreibt die private Finanzsoftware GnuCash.
     </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002-2007 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2011 Holger Stöhr (Deutsche Übersetzung)
       	auf der Basis der vorherigen Ãœbersetzungsarbeit, geleistet
       	von Andreas Fahle und Christian Stinmming</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2003 Andreas Fahle (Deutsche Übersetzung)</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Christian Stimming (Deutsche Übersetzung)</p></div><div>
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 	  </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>DAS DOKUMENT WIRD "WIE VORLIEGEND" GELIEFERT, OHNE JEGLICHE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG, WEDER AUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, GEWÄHRLEISTUNGEN, DASS DAS DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DES DOKUMENTS FREI VON HANDELSÜBLICHEN FEHLERN UND FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK GEEIGNET IST UND KEINE RECHTE DRITTER VERLETZT. JEGLICHES RISIKO IN BEZUG AUF DIE QUALITÄT, GENAUIGKEIT UND LEISTUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS TRAGEN SIE. SOLLTE SICH EIN DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DAVON IN IRGENDEINER WEISE ALS FEHLERHAFT ERWEISEN, TRAGEN SIE (NICHT DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, AUTOR ODER EIN MITWIRKENDER) DIE KOSTEN FÜR JEGLICHE ERFORDERLICHE SERVICE-, REPARATUR- UND KORREKTURMASSNAHMEN: DIESE BESCHRÄNKUNG DER GEWÄHRLEISTUNG IST WESENTLICHER BESTANDTEIL DIESER LIZENZ. JEDE VERWENDUNG EINES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS UNTERLIEGT DIESER BESCHRÄNKUNG; UND UNTER KEINEN UMSTÄNDEN UND GEMÄSS KEINER RECHTSLEHRE, WEDER AUFGRUND VON UNERLAUBTEN HANDLUNGEN (EINSCHLIESSLICH FAHRLÄSSIGKEIT), VERTRÄGEN ODER SONSTIGEM, KANN DER AUTOR, DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, EIN MITWIRKENDER ODER EIN VERTEILER DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ODER EIN LIEFERANT EINER DIESER PARTEIEN VON EINER PERSON FÜR DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, BESONDERE, ZUFÄLLIGE ODER ALS FOLGE AUFGETRETENE SCHÄDEN IRGENDEINER ART, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, SCHÄDEN DURCH GESCHÄFTSWERTVERLUSTE, ARBEITSAUSFÄLLE, COMPUTERAUSFÄLLE ODER -FUNKTIONSSTÖRUNGEN ODER JEGLICHE ANDERE SCHÄDEN ODER VERLUSTE, DIE DURCH ODER IM ZUSAMMENHANG MIT DER VERWENDUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ENTSTANDEN SIND, SELBST WENN DIESE PARTEI ÜBER MÖGLICHE SCHÄDEN INFORMIERT WORDEN SEIN SOLLTE, HAFTBAR GEMACHT WERDEN.
 		  </p></li></ol></div><p>
-	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id2846698"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>Um Fehler zu berichten oder anderes Feedback zu geben, benutzen Sie
+	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id2900952"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>Um Fehler zu berichten oder anderes Feedback zu geben, benutzen Sie
 	bitte das Gnome Bug-Tracking System
         <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">Bugzilla</a>.
       </p><p>Für spezifisch deutsche Fehler oder Verbesserungsvorschläge (Übersetzung, Kontenrahmen, ...),

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/de_DE/gnucash-help.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,42 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="next" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti in GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_accts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-types1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-concepts1"></a>3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</h2></div></div></div><p>Come è già stato descritto nel precedente capitolo, la contabilità si basa su 5
-    tipologie fondamentali di conti: <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span>,
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale netto</strong></span>,
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span>. 
-    Verranno ora studiati in dettaglio tutti questi tipi di conti, e si mostrerà
-    come essi vengono rappresentati in GnuCash. Ma prima verranno divisi in due gruppi,
-    i conti di bilancio e i conti delle entrate e uscite.</p><p>prima di procedere con l'approfondimento, si ricorda l'equazione della 
-    contabilità introdotta al capitolo precedente (<span class="emphasis"><strong>attività
-    - passività = capitale + (entrate - uscite)</strong></span>):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="La relazione fondamentale della contabilità"><div class="caption"><p>Visualizzazione grafica della relazione che intercorre
-            tra i 5 tipi fondamentali di conti. Il capitale netto
-            si accresce grazie alle entrate e diminuisce a causa delle uscite;
-            le frecce rappresentano la direzione del valore.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.1. Conti di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-bsa2"></a>3.1.1. Conti di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>I tre conti denominati <span class="emphasis"><strong>conti di bilancio</strong></span>
-      sono <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span> e 
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale netto</strong></span>. Questi conti sono utilizzati
-      per registrare le variazioni di valore di ciò che si possiede (attività) o di ciò
-      che si deve (passività).</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span> è l'insieme dei beni che si posseggono.
-      Le attività possono includere l'auto, i contanti, la casa,
-      le azioni o qualsiasi altro bene che ha un valore commerciale.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span> è l'insieme dei debiti.
-      Questo conto può comprendere le rate dell'auto o della scuola,
-      un mutuo, il margine di investimento e comunque qualsiasi altro bene o servizio
-      che prima o poi si deve ripagare.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitale</strong></span> ha lo stesso significato del valore netto.
-      Rappresenta ciò che rimane sottraendo al valore delle attività
-      l'ammontare delle passività. Si può anche pensare come la porzione
-      del patrimonio sul quale non grava alcun debito e che quindi realmente
-      si possiede.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.2. Conti per entrate e uscite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-ie2"></a>3.1.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</h3></div></div></div><p>I conti <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate e uscite</strong></span> 
-		vengono utilizzati per aumentare o diminuire il valore
-		del capitale. Mentre i conti di bilancio rappresentano
-		semplicemente il valore di ciò che si possiede e dei propri debiti,
-		entrate e uscite permettono di <span class="emphasis"><strong>variare</strong></span>
-		il valore di quei conti.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate</strong></span> rappresentano il compenso che si riceve per il proprio
-      tempo, per i servizi che si forniscono, o per l'utilizzo del proprio denaro.
-      Quando si riceve lo stipendio, per esempio, viene pagato il lavoro fornito al proprio
-      datore di lavoro. Altri esempi di entrate possono essere le mance, i dividendi
-      provenienti da azioni e gli interessi sul denaro depositato in banca.
-      Le entrate contribuiscono sempre ad aumentare il valore delle attività
-      e di conseguenza quello del capitale.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> si riferiscono al denaro che viene speso per
-      acquistare beni o servizi offerti da terzi. Esempi di uscite sono la cena
-      al ristorante, l'affitto, gli acquisti nei negozi, la benzina per l'auto
-		e i biglietti per assistere a uno spettacolo. Le spese contribuiscono
-		sempre a diminuire il capitale. Se si paga immediatamente un'uscita, 
-		diminuiscono le proprie attività, mentre, se si chiede credito, aumenta la passività.
-      </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_accts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-types1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 3. Conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.2. Conti in GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="next" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_accts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-types1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-concepts1"></a>3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</h2></div></div></div><p>Come è già stato descritto nel precedente capitolo, la contabilità si basa su 5 tipologie fondamentali di conti: <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale netto</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span>. Verranno ora studiati in dettaglio tutti questi tipi di conti, e si mostrerà come essi vengono rappresentati in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Ma prima verranno divisi in due gruppi, i conti di bilancio e i conti delle entrate e uscite.</p><p>Prima di procedere con l’approfondimento, !
 si ricorda l’equazione della contabilità introdotta al capitolo precedente (<span class="emphasis"><strong>attività - passività = capitale + (entrate - uscite)</strong></span>):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="La relazione fondamentale della contabilità"><div class="caption"><p>Visualizzazione grafica della relazione che intercorre tra i 5 tipi fondamentali di conti. Il capitale netto si accresce grazie alle entrate e diminuisce a causa delle uscite. Le freccie rappresentano la direzione del valore.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.1. Conti di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-bsa2"></a>3.1.1. Conti di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>I tre conti denominati <span class="emphasis"><strong>conti di bilancio</strong></span> sono <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale netto</strong></span>. Questi conti sono utilizzati per registrare le variazioni di valore di ciò che si possiede (attività) o di ciò che si deve (passività).</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span> è l’insieme dei beni che si posseggono. Le attività possono includere l’auto, i contanti, la casa, le azioni o qualsiasi altro bene che ha un valore commerciale.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span> è l’insieme dei debiti. Questo conto può comprendere le rate dell’auto o della scuola, un mutuo, il margine di investimento e comunque qualsiasi altro bene o servizio che prima o poi si deve ripagare.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitale</strong></span> ha lo stesso significato del valore netto. Rappresenta ciò che rimane sottraendo al valore delle attività l’ammontare delle passività. Si può anche pensare come la porzione del patrimonio sul quale non grava alcun debito e che quindi realmente si possiede.</p></div><div clas!
 s="sect2" title="3.1.2. Conti per entrate e uscite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-ie2"></a>3.1.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</h3></div></div></div><p>I conti <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate e uscite</strong></span> vengono utilizzati per aumentare o diminuire il valore del capitale. Mentre i conti di bilancio rappresentano semplicemente il valore di ciò che si possiede e dei propri debiti, entrate e uscite permettono di <span class="emphasis"><strong>variare</strong></span> il valore di quei conti.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate</strong></span> rappresentano il compenso che si riceve per il proprio tempo, per i servizi che si forniscono, o per l’utilizzo del proprio denaro. Quando si riceve lo stipendio, per esempio, viene pagato il lavoro fornito al proprio datore di lavoro. Altri esempi di entrate possono essere le mance, i dividendi provenienti da azioni e gli interessi sul denaro depositato in banca. Le entrate contribuiscono sempre ad aumentare il valore delle attività e di conseguenza quello del capitale.</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> si riferiscono al denaro che viene speso per acquistare beni o servizi offerti da terzi. Esempi di uscite sono la cena al ristorante, l’affitto, gli acquisti nei negozi, la benzina per l’auto e i biglietti per assistere a uno spettacolo. Le spese contribuiscono sempre a diminuire il capitale. Se si paga immediatamente un’uscita, diminuiscono le proprie attività, mentre, se si chiede credito, aumenta la passività.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_accts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-types1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="l!
 eft">Capitolo 3. Conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.2. Conti di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,80 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.3. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="prev" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti in GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.3. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-types1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_txns.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.3. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-examples1"></a>3.3. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Si procederà ora a descrivere il processo di creazione di una
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>struttura dei conti</strong></span> per la gestione delle finanze personali
-    utilizzando le informazioni apprese in questo capitolo.
-    Una <span class="emphasis"><strong>struttura dei conti</strong></span> è semplicemente un
-    nuovo file di GnuCash in cui i propri conti vengono raggruppati
-    per tenere traccia delle proprie finanze. Per realizzare la struttura,
-    il primo passo consiste nel dividere le voci che si vogliono controllare
-    nei 5 conti base della contabilità. Questa procedura è semplice;
-    si proceda attraverso un esempio.</p><div class="sect2" title="3.3.1. Esempio semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-situation2"></a>3.3.1. Esempio semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Si assuma di avere acceso presso la banca un conto corrente e un conto 
-      di risparmio, e di essere assunti in un'azienda ricevendo quindi uno stipendio.
-      Si ipotizzi inoltre di possedere una carta di credito (Visa) e di pagare,
-      con cadenza mensile, dei servizi quali affitto, telefono ed elettricità.
-      E' inoltre indispensabile fare acquisti almeno di alimentari. Per ora non
-      è necessario sapere quanto denaro si ha in banca, quanto si deve
-      pagare per la carta di credito ecc... Si vuole, per ora, solo realizzare la struttura
-      che contiene tutti questi conti.</p><p>Le <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span> saranno costituite dal conto corrente
-      e dai risparmi in banca. Le <span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span> saranno invece imputabili
-      alla carta di credito. Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale</strong></span> sarà invece la somma
-      tra i conti bancari e la carta di credito (non si hanno ancora a disposizione
-      gli importi per essi, ma si sa che esistono). Si ha anche una <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrata</strong></span>
-      sotto forma di stipendio, e delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span> identificabili come
-      spese varie in negozi, affitto, elettricità, telefono e tasse (statali, assistenza
-      sanitaria ecc...) che gravano sullo stipendio. Semplice vero?</p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-toplevel2"></a>3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale</h3></div></div></div><p>Occorre ora decidere come raggruppare i conti. Probabilmente,
-      si vorranno raggruppare i conti delle attività in uno unico così come anche
-      quelli delle passività, del capitale, delle entrate e delle uscite. Questo
-      rappresenta il metodo più ovvio per creare una struttura dei conti in GnuCash
-      e si raccomanda di ragionare comunque sempre in questi termini.</p><p>Conviene iniziare con un file di GnuCash vuoto (non si selezioni
-      alcun conto predefinito) nel quale realizzare la struttura
-      (<span class="guilabel"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo
-      conto...</strong></span>).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di
-          livello principale</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png" alt="Creazione di un conto delle attività"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la finestra di creazione di un
-                  <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto</strong></span> delle attività</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di
-          livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di
-          livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrata</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di
-          livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di
-          livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>Quando tutti i conti di livello principale sono stati creati, la pagina principale
-      dei conti in GnuCash dovrebbe essere simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_toplevel.png" alt="I conti base di livello principale"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i conti base di livello principale.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.3. Creare i sottoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-organization2"></a>3.3.3. Creare i sottoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>A questo punto si può creare la struttura ad albero dei conti partendo
-      dai conti a livello principale e aggiungendo dei sottoconti in grado di
-      contenere delle transazioni. Si noti come i conti per le tasse siano tutti
-      inseriti in un sottoconto denominato tasse. I conti e i sottoconti possono infatti a loro
-      volta contenere altri sottoconti: questo è utile quando si considera un 
-      gruppo di conti appartenenti a una stessa categoria (come i conti per le tasse in
-      questo esempio). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Banca</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto risparmio</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Banca</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visa</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Carta di credito</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stipendio</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrata</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Telefono</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Elettricità</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Affitto</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Alimentari</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Statali</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Imposte</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Previdenza sociale</strong></span> (tipo di
-            conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Imposte</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span> (tipo di conto
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Imposte</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio di apertura</strong></span> (tipo di
-            conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span>, conto padre
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>Dopo la creazione dei sottoconti aggiuntivi, il risultato finale
-      dovrebbe assomigliare a quello riportato di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_tree.png" alt="La semplice struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra una semplice struttura dei conti.</p></div></div></div><p>Salvare ora la struttura dei conti creata con il nome
-      <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code>, e anche come <code class="filename">gcashdata_3emptyAccts</code>,
-      dato che si continuerà a utilizzare questi file nei capitoli successivi.</p><p>E' stata appena creata una struttura di conti per tenere
-      traccia delle spese familiari. Con questa ossatura in posizione,
-      si può procedere a popolare i conti con delle transazioni; il prossimo capitolo si occuperà
-      approfonditamente di questo argomento.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-types1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_txns.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.2. Conti in GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 4. Transazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.3. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="prev" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.3. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-types1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_txns.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.3. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-examples1"></a>3.3. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Si procederà ora a descrivere il processo di creazione di una <span class="emphasis"><strong>struttura dei conti</strong></span> per la gestione delle finanze personali utilizzando le informazioni apprese in questo capitolo. Una <span class="emphasis"><strong>struttura dei conti</strong></span> è semplicemente un nuovo file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in cui i propri conti vengono raggruppati per tenere traccia delle proprie finanze. Per realizzare la struttura, il primo passo consiste nel dividere le voci che si vogliono controllare nei 5 conti base della contabilità.</p><div class="sect2" title="3.3.1. Esempio semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-situation2"></a>3.3.1. Esempio semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Si a!
 ssuma di avere acceso presso la banca un conto corrente e un conto di risparmio, e di essere assunti in un’azienda ricevendo quindi uno stipendio. Si ipotizzi inoltre di possedere una carta di credito (Visa) e di pagare, con cadenza mensile, dei servizi quali affitto, telefono ed elettricità. È inoltre indispensabile fare acquisti almeno di alimentari. Per ora non è necessario sapere quanto denaro si ha in banca, quanto si deve pagare per la carta di credito ecc... Si vuole, per ora, solo realizzare la struttura che contiene tutti questi conti.</p><p>Le <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span> saranno costituite dal conto corrente e dai risparmi in banca. Le <span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span> saranno invece imputabili alla carta di credito. Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale</strong></span> sarà invece la somma tra i conti bancari e la carta di credito (non si hanno ancora a disposizione gli importi per essi, ma si sa che esistono). Si ha anche una <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrata</strong></span> sotto forma di stipendio, e delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span> identificabili come spese varie in negozi, affitto, elettricità, telefono e tasse (statali, assistenza sanitaria ecc...) che gravano sullo stipendio.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-toplevel2"></a>3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale</h3></div></div></div><p>Occorre ora decidere come raggruppare i conti. Probabilmente si vorranno raggruppare i conti delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>attività</strong></span> in uno unico, così come anche quelli delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>passività</strong></span>, del <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitale</strong></span>, delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>entrate</strong></span> e delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>uscite</strong></span>. Questo rappresenta il metodo più ovvio per creare una s!
 truttura dei conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e si raccomanda di ragionare comunque sempre in questi termini.</p><p>Si parta da un un nuovo file vuoto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> dal menu. Verrà avviato l’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>. Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla dato che non si intende utilizzare una delle strutture predefinite; verr selezionare VisualizzaNuova pagina dei conti dal menu: verrConti. Selezionare quindi OperazioniNuovo conto... dal menu.</span></p><p>Si è ora pronti per costruire questa semplice struttura dei conti</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png" alt="Creazione di un conto delle attività"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la finestra di creazione di un conto delle attività</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate</stron!
 g></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrata</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>Quando tutti i conti di livello principale sono stati creati, la pagina principale dei conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> dovrebbe essere simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_toplevel.png" alt="I conti base di livello principale"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i conti base di livello principale.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.3.3. Creare i sottoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-organization2"></a>3.3.3. Creare i sottoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>A questo punto si può creare la struttura ad albero dei conti partendo dai conti di livello principale e aggiungendo dei sottoconti in grado di contenere delle transazioni. Si noti come i conti per le tasse siano tutti inseriti in un sottoconto denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Tasse</strong></span>. I conti e i sottoconti possono infatti a loro volta contenere altri sottoconti: questo è utile quando si considera un gruppo di conti appartenenti a una stessa categoria (come i conti per le tasse in questo esempio).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In vece di selezionare <span c!
 lass="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo conto...</strong></span> dal menu, è anche possibile creare un nuovo sottoconto di un conto facendo un clic con il tasto destro del mouse sul nome del conto principale e selezionando la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto...</strong></span> nel menu che comparirà. Verrà così aperta una finestra simile a quella rappresentata in <a class="xref" href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2" title="3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale">Sezione 3.3.2, «I conti base di livello principale»</a> e in cui il nuovo conto sarà già impostato come sottoconto del conto principale.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Banca</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto risparmio</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Banca</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visa</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Carta di credito</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stipendio</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrata</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Telefono</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="gui!
 label"><strong>Elettricità</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Affitto</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Alimentari</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Statali</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Imposte</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Previdenza sociale</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Imposte</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscita</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Imposte</strong></span>)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nome conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio di apertura</strong></span> (tipo di conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitale</strong></span>, conto padre <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali</strong></span>)</p></li></ol></div><p>Dopo la creazione dei sottoconti aggiuntivi, il risultato finale dovrebbe assomigliare a quello riportato di seguito:</p><div class!
 ="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_tree.png" alt="La semplice struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra una semplice struttura dei conti.</p></div></div></div><p>Salvare ora la struttura dei conti creata con il nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code>, e anche come <code class="filename">gcashdata_3emptyAccts</code>, dato che si continuerà a utilizzare questi file nei capitoli successivi.</p><p>È stata appena creata una struttura di conti per tenere traccia delle spese familiari. Con questa ossatura in posizione, si può procedere a popolare i conti con delle transazioni; il prossimo capitolo si occuperà approfonditamente di questo argomento.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-types1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_txns.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.2. Conti di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 4. Transazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa1.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.1. Concetti generali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><link rel="next" href="accts-oa2.html" title="16.2. Other Assets Described"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.1. Concetti generali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_other_assets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa2.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.1. Concetti generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa1"></a>16.1. Concetti generali</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo capitolo illustra altre pratiche contabili per quelle attività, frequenti per le imprese, che necessitano di essere registrate sui libri contabili. Le spiegazioni seguenti riguardano sia la descrizione sia lo scopo dell’attività edincludono anche le comuni pratiche contabili (scrittura sui libri o registrazione) per le relative transazioni.</p><p>Questi concetti si sono evoluti sulla base di centinaia di anni di esperienza e aiuteranno a massimizzare l’utilità e la significatività della propria attività di registrazione.</p><p>This section introduces categorization of assets in the balance sheet
+    based on time or the asset’s useful life (current and long-term). Sometimes
+    assets are also considered from the standpoint of their <span class="emphasis"><strong>liquidity
+    </strong></span>, which is regarded as how close or distant the asset is from
+    being turned into cash. Near-cash assets are relatively quickly converted
+    to cash (e.g., accounts receivable), while assets requiring rather a long
+    time to convert to cash are considered to be relatively <span class="emphasis"><strong>fixed
+    </strong></span> in their non-cash state (e.g., heavy equipment, buildings, land).
+    (Fixed does not mean they were repaired!)</p><p>You should find that current assets parallel those with more liquidity,
+     while long-term and fixed assets are those with much less liquidity. Finally,
+     below you will find a few assets that could be either current or long-term
+     based on the nature of the facts constituting them.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_other_assets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa2.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 16. Other Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 16.2. Other Assets Described</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa11.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa11.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa11.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.4. Short or Long-term Assets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa5.html" title="16.3. Attività correnti"><link rel="next" href="accts-oa12.html" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.4. Short or Long-term Assets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa5.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa12.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.4. Short or Long-term Assets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa11"></a>16.4. Short or Long-term Assets</h2></div></div></div><p>This section explains why some types of assets may be short or
+          long-term and presents an example.</p><p>An example is deposits (e.g., utility, rental, security). If the
+         deposit agreement contains a provision to recover the deposit at the
+         end of a year, the treatment could be that of a short-term asset.
+         However, when the agreement is that the deposit holder returns the
+         funds only upon successful inspection at the end of the relationship,
+         then at the start of the relationship or agreement, the person paying
+         the deposit has to decide whether to write it off as a current expense
+         or to track it for eventual recovery at the end of the agreement
+         (not infrequently, moving to a new location).</p><p>Whichever decision is made, the accounting treatment is to debit
+         (increase) expense (assuming the write-off decision) or debit (increase)
+         Deposits Receivable (assuming the intent is to recover the deposit in
+         the future) and credit (decrease) Bank for the amount of the deposit
+         (if paid by cash) or credit (increase) credit card if  paid using that
+         payment method.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa5.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa12.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.3. Attività correnti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa12.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa11.html" title="16.4. Short or Long-term Assets"><link rel="next" href="ch_python_bindigs.html" title="Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa11.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa12"></a>16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</h2></div></div></div><p>This section illustrates long-term assets (those whose useful lives
+          exceed a year) and discusses these types: land, buildings, leasehold
+          improvements, intangibles, vehicles and other equipment.</p><div class="sect2" title="16.5.1. Terreni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa13"></a>16.5.1. Terreni</h3></div></div></div><p>Land is not a wasting asset. That is, it
+         does not get used up over time and rarely suffers damage such that it
+         loses value. For that reason, it usually is recorded at cost at the
+         time of purchase. Appreciation in its value over decades is not recorded
+         and is not recognized in any way on the books of the owner. It is only
+         after land has been sold that sale price and purchase cost are compared
+         to calculate gain or loss on sale.</p><p>Land is frequently sold/purchased in combination with structures
+         upon it. That means that the cost has to become separated from the
+         cost of structures on it. Land valuation is usually part of the transfer
+         of ownership process and its value is shown on the purchase documents
+         separately from that of any structures it supports.</p><p>Land values shown on purchase documents frequently arise from the
+         process of value determination managed by assessors whose job it is
+         to assign values to land for tax purposes. Local and regional areas of
+         a state or province use the values determined by assessors in their tax
+         formulas, which provide revenues for local and regional governing
+         authorities to finance their required community services.</p><p>Should land be acquired in a situation not subject to a history of
+         land valuation by a formal valuation system, then the purchaser can appeal
+         to real estate agents and an examination of recent sale transactions for
+         information that would allow calculating a reasonable amount to express
+         the value of the land.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.5.2. Edifici"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa14"></a>16.5.2. Edifici</h3></div></div></div><p>Buildings are the man-made <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">caves</span>»</span> in which
+         much of life’s human interaction occurs. These structures are wasting
+         assets, because in their use they or their components gradually wear.
+         Over time they begin to lose some of their function and they can suffer
+         damage due to planetary elements or human action.</p><p>Accepted accounting practice is to record the cost of the building
+         determined at time of ownership transfer (purchase) or at conclusion of all
+         costs of construction. Because buildings are frequently used for decades,
+         and due to the need to be able to calculate gain or loss on sale,
+         accounting practice preserves the original cost by not recording declines
+         in value in the account containing the original purchase or construction
+         cost.</p><p>Instead, the depreciation technique is used to show (in the
+         balance sheet) the structure’s net book value (original cost reduced by
+         accumulated depreciation). Depreciation is a separate topic treated
+         elsewhere in this Guide.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.5.3. Leasehold Improvements"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa15"></a>16.5.3. Leasehold Improvements</h3></div></div></div><p>When a business does
+         not own the building where it operates, and instead has a long-term
+         lease, it is not uncommon for the business tenant to make improvements to
+         the premises so that the structure obtains both function and appearance
+         that enhances conducting its business activities.</p><p>In these cases, the expenditures that the business incurs are recorded
+         in a Leasehold Improvements account: increase (debit) Leasehold Improvements,
+         decrease (credit) Bank or increase (credit) a suitable liability account
+         (which could be a liability to a contractor or a bank or a credit card,
+         etc.).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.5.4. Veicoli o attrezzature"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa16"></a>16.5.4. Veicoli o attrezzature</h3></div></div></div><p>Vehicles or Equipment of all kinds usually
+         last for several years, but their useful lives are much shorter than
+         that of assets that have little movement in their functioning. Because
+         they do wear out over time, common accounting practice in business is
+         to record depreciation using life spans and depreciation methods
+         appropriate to the nature and use of the asset. Frequently, the life
+         and depreciation methods chosen are influenced by what is permitted per
+         national tax regulations for the kind of asset being depreciated.</p><p>Usually, businesses depreciate their assets. Individuals can
+         do so as well to the degree that taxing authorities permit. Very wealthy
+         persons employ accountants and attorneys to track and manage their
+         investments and assets holdings to take advantage of all tax benefits
+         permitted by law.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.5.5. Intangibles"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa17"></a>16.5.5. Intangibles</h3></div></div></div><p>The mechanics of accounting (debiting
+         and crediting appropriate accounts) for these assets are relatively simple,
+         much the same as for any of the above assets. Where the difficulty lies
+         is in their valuation, which is an advanced topic and not something that
+         individual persons and small businesses would likely encounter. For that
+         reason further discussion of items such as patents, copyrights, goodwill,
+         etc. are left out of this Guide.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa11.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.4. Short or Long-term Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa2.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa2.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa2.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.2. Other Assets Described</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa1.html" title="16.1. Concetti generali"><link rel="next" href="accts-oa5.html" title="16.3. Attività correnti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.2. Other Assets Described</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa5.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.2. Other Assets Described"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa2"></a>16.2. Other Assets Described</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="16.2.1. Attività correnti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa3"></a>16.2.1. Attività correnti</h3></div></div></div><p>Current Assets are those activities whose
+          normal expected life would be one year or less. Such activities could
+          be tracking reimbursable expenses, travel advances, short-term loans
+          to a friend or family member, prepaid expenses, annual insurance
+          premium amortization, and so on. The individual entity could have
+          many other kinds of short term activities that reflect what it is
+          doing. (These asset types are explained individually below.)
+          </p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.2.2. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa4"></a>16.2.2. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</h3></div></div></div><p>Long-term (Fixed) Assets are those
+          activities whose normal expected life exceeds one or more years. This
+          grouping covers both tangible and intangible assets. Examples of
+          tangible assets are land, buildings, and vehicles (cars, trucks,
+          construction equipment, factory presses, etc.) Intangible assets
+          include such things as patents, copy rights, goodwill, etc. Because
+          the lives of some of these assets show wear and tear and deterioration
+          in value over time, businesses and individuals can allow for that
+          diminution in value by calculating depreciation on such assets. For
+          example, land normally does not depreciate, but buildings do, as do
+          equipment and vehicles. (These asset types are explained individually
+           below.)</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa5.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.1. Concetti generali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 16.3. Attività correnti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-oa5.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>16.3. Attività correnti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa2.html" title="16.2. Other Assets Described"><link rel="next" href="accts-oa11.html" title="16.4. Short or Long-term Assets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">16.3. Attività correnti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa2.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 16. Other Assets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa11.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="16.3. Attività correnti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-oa5"></a>16.3. Attività correnti</h2></div></div></div><p>This section explains short-term receivables, reimbursable expenses,
+          travel advances, prepaid premiums, prepaid rent, suspense or wash accounts.
+          </p><div class="sect2" title="16.3.1. Short-term Receivables"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa6"></a>16.3.1. Short-term Receivables</h3></div></div></div><p>This kind of account
+          is useful to reflect an agreement made with someone you trust.
+          Suppose you lent someone $500 and he agreed to repay you $50 a month.
+          If he paid on time, the loan you made would be paid off within a year,
+          which is why it is classified as a short-term receivable. So you
+          could record that loan initially in this account tree: <span class="emphasis"><strong>OtherAssets:Current Assets:LoanToJoe.</strong></span>
+          At the time you give him the money: your
+          entry is debit (increase) LoanToJoe $500 and credit (decrease) Bank
+          $500. Each time you receive Joe’s payment you record $50 debit
+          (increase) to Bank and credit (decrease) LoanToJoe.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Don’t become confused by the use of the word <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Loan</span>»</span>.
+          <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Loan-To</span>»</span> is the tipoff that you really have a receivable, that is,
+          you will receive from Joe, the money you previously loaned. Until he
+          actually pays the money owed you, you reflect his debt in your books
+          by an account describing your expectation–you will receive the
+          money owed you, hence the word <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">receivable</span>»</span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="16.3.2. Spese rimborsabili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa7"></a>16.3.2. Spese rimborsabili</h3></div></div></div><p>This kind of activity
+          is one in which you spend your own money on behalf of someone else
+          (your employer, perhaps) and later you receive repayment of what you
+          spent. The case might be a business trip. The employer has a policy
+          of covering (paying for) all authorized expenses. After the
+          trip is over, the employee submits a report listing dates and amounts
+          spent with receipts for all the expenditures. The employer reviews
+          the report and pays for all items that it considers as having a valid business reason.
+          (Normally, employees know in advance what the employer will
+          reimburse, so only those items are recorded as a reimbursable expense
+          on the employee’s books.)</p><p>Because a business trip can involve different kinds of expenditures
+          (air travel, lodging, transportation at the destination, etc.),
+          different kinds of expenditures would be recorded in the one account
+          as long as the expenditures all related to the same trip. In other
+          words, if a second trip is made before the first is fully settled, a
+          second account for a different event could be set up. It would make
+          sense to do this, if it would help to keep separate all the details of
+          one trip from those of another. It is up to the person making the
+          trip to decide how much trouble it would be to put separate trips in
+          separate accounts or to put them all in the same account. The trip
+          taker should remember that the account must be reconciled in order to
+          know with certainty that all expenses have been reimbursed.</p><p>Recording the expenditures on the trip would be much the same.
+          That is, if you paid trip expenses by cash you would debit (increase) the
+          reimburseable expense account for the money paid in cash, because it
+          is a receivable to you until it has been reimbursed to you. The credit
+          offsetting your expenditure would decrease the account that shows the
+          cash in your pocket or the account from which you drew the cash for
+          the payment made. If you paid by credit card, the debit side would be
+          the same as just described, but the credit would be an increase to the
+          credit card company account on your books.</p><p>When you received your reimbursement, then the journal entry (or
+          transaction) to record receipt of the funds from the employer would be:
+          debit (increase) Bank for the check amount and credit (decrease) the
+          reimbursable expense account for the check amount.</p><p>If it turns out that the reimbursable expense account is not
+          zero balance after processing the employer’s payment, then it means that
+          there is a difference between you and the employer in handling the expense,
+          which needs to be investigated. If the balance is a debit
+          (a positive balance), your account has some money that was not reimbursed.
+          If the balance is a credit (a negative balance), you were paid for more
+          than what you recorded as due you. In both of those situations you should
+          reconcile the difference between what you recorded and what was paid.
+          That effort should disclose exactly what is causing the discrepancy.
+          You will need to contact the employer’s bookkeeper to know what was paid,
+          if the reimbursement check was not accompanied by a detailed list of the
+          items being paid you.</p><p>In the event the employer refused to reimburse you for an
+          expenditure, that effectively makes it your expense. In that case, you
+          would make this entry: debit (increase) your own Expense
+          (appropriately named) and credit (decrease) the Reimbursable Expense
+          account. That entry should result in a zero balance in the
+          Reimbursable Expense account. If not, reconcile until you identify
+          the difference.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Sometimes there are small differences that don’t match an
+          individual entry. In those cases divide the amount by 2 or by 9. If
+          the unresolved amount is divisible by two, it suggests that both you
+          and the employer entered the item in the same manner: both as debits
+          or both as credits. If it is divisible by 9, then likely one of you
+          transposed adjoining numbers; e.g., one entered 69 and the other
+          entered 96. If the difference is divisible neither by 2 or by 9, then
+          it could be that more than one error is present.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="16.3.3. Travel Advances"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa8"></a>16.3.3. Travel Advances</h3></div></div></div><p>These are very similar to
+          Reimbursable Expenses. The difference is that someone gives you
+          money first; you spend it, and then you give a report accounting for
+          what you spent it on. The report is supported by invoices establishing
+          who, what, where, when, and how much for each expenditure. In the
+          Reimbursable Expense case, you spent your money first and later
+          recovered it.</p><p>In the Travel Advance case when you receive the advance, you
+          record on your books this entry: debit (increase) Bank for the travel
+          advance amount received (say, $500); credit (increase) the short-term
+          liability Travel Advance ($500). This is a liability, because
+          you are not gifted with the money, but only loaned it for the purpose
+          of having funds to spend when doing the employer’s business.</p><p>Frequently, the way these monetary arrangements work is that at
+          the beginning of for example a salesperson’s employment, he or she receives the advance
+          and monthly (or more frequently) turns in a report about who, what,
+          where, when, and how much he spent. The money in the report is
+          reimbursed if approved.
+          </p><p>During the period after receiving the advance and before filing
+          a request for reimbursement report, the salesperson can record his or her expenditures into
+          the advance liability account. In that case, the balance
+          in the account will show how much of the advance has not yet been spent
+          (assuming the Travel Advance balance is a credit). If no mistakes have
+          been made and all expenses are approved, then the sum of the unspent
+          account balance and the reimbursing check amount will equal the original
+          travel advance amount.</p><p>It makes sense for the salesperson to record the travel expenses to this advance account (and
+          not to his or her own expense accounts), because the money is being spent
+          on behalf of the employer, for the employer’s authorized expenses. It
+          is not the employee’s own money, and therefore not his or her own expense.
+          </p><p>When the salesperson receives the report reimbursement (say, $350), he or she debits
+          (increases) Bank, and credits (increases) again the Travel Advance
+          liability account, assuming that previously he or she had been recording
+          expenditures to the travel advance account. Tracking activity in this
+          manner causes the account to always show the amount that is owed the
+          employer.</p><p>See <a class="xref" href="accts-oa5.html#accts-oa7" title="16.3.2. Spese rimborsabili">Sezione 16.3.2, «Spese rimborsabili»</a> above for what to do if
+          the employer does not accept an item the employee put on the travel
+          advance reimbursement request report. The difference resolution effort
+          is essentially the same for both types of accounts.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.3.4. Prepaid Premiums or Prepaid Rent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa9"></a>16.3.4. Prepaid Premiums or Prepaid Rent</h3></div></div></div><p>Some types of
+          expenses are usually billed as semi-annual or annual amounts. For
+          example, the insurance industry will bill home insurance annually,
+          while car insurance premiums can be annual or semi-annual. For those
+          that pay an amount that covers several months or a full year, the
+          proper accounting treatment is to reflect in each accounting period
+          the amount that expresses the benefit applying to that period.</p><p>In the case of someone who pays a full-year’s insurance premium
+          at the beginning of the insurance period, the entry to record this is
+          debit (increase) Prepaid Insurance Premium for say, $1,200, and credit
+          (decrease) Bank for $1,200.</p><p>Then a monthly recurring journal entry (scheduled transaction)
+          is created that debits (increases) Insurance Expense $100 and credits
+          (decreases) Prepaid Insurance Premium $100. This technique spreads
+          the cost over the periods that receive the insurance coverage benefit.
+          Businesses following generally accepted accounting practices would
+          normally use this technique, especially if they had to present
+          financial statements to banks or other lenders. Whether individuals do
+          depends on the person and how concerned they are to match cost with
+          benefit across time periods. Another factor influencing use of this
+          technique would be the number of such situations the person encounters.
+          It is relatively easy to remember one or two, but more difficult if
+          having to manage 10 to 20. You would set up as many or as few as proved
+          useful and important to you.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="16.3.5. Suspense or Wash Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-oa10"></a>16.3.5. Suspense or Wash Accounts</h3></div></div></div><p>The purpose of
+          these accounts is to provide a device to track <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">change of mind</span>»</span> situations.
+          The objective of these accounts is to provide a temporary location to
+          record charges and credits that are not to be included permanently in
+          your books of record. When the transactions reflected in these accounts
+          have been fully completed, Wash/Suspense accounts will normally carry
+          a zero balance.</p><p>For example, say in the grocery store you see canned vegetables on sale,
+          so you buy 6 cans at $1 per can. Say that the total purchases were $50.
+          When you come home and are putting things in the cupboard you discover
+          you already had 12 cans. You decide to return the 6 you just bought.
+          Some persons in this situation would charge (increase) the whole bill
+          to Grocery Expense; and when they returned the cans, they would credit
+          (decrease) Grocery Expense. That is one way of handling that. The effect
+          of this method is to leave recorded on your books the cost of items that
+          you really did not purchase from a permanent standpoint. It is only
+          when the items have actually been returned and the vendor’s return
+          receipt has also been recorded that the distortion this method generates
+          will then be removed.</p><p>Actually, there are several treatments, depending on when and how
+         the original transaction was booked/recorded and when you decided to
+         return the items purchased. Basically, did you change your mind before
+         you recorded the transaction or after doing so?</p><p>If you decided to return the items after recording the purchase
+         transaction, you may originally have charged Grocery Expense for the full
+         amount ($50) of all items. In that scenario, what you kept and the amount of
+         the items to be returned were grouped into one account. You could edit the
+         original transaction and restate the amount charged to the Grocery Expense
+         account to be the difference ($44) between the total paid ($50) for groceries
+         and the value of the items to be returned. That leaves the returned-item
+         value as the amount ($6) you should record to the Suspense account.</p><p>Obviously, if you decided to return items before you recorded your
+         purchase, then you would book the original entry as a charge to Grocery
+         Expense for the amount kept ($44) and as a charge to Suspense for the
+         amount returned ($6). The off-setting credit ($50) to cash or credit
+         card is not affected by these treatments.</p><p>When there are several persons shopping and at different vendors,
+         there can be a case where there are several returns happening at once
+         and in overlapping time frames. In that case the Wash Account is
+         charged (increased) at time of changing the mind, and either Bank or
+         Credit Card is credited. When the return occurs, the reverse happens:
+         Bank or Credit Card is debited for the cash value of the returned items
+         and the Wash/Suspense Account is credited in the same amount.</p><p>If the wash account has a non-zero balance, scanning the debit
+         and credit entries in the account will show the non-matched items.
+         That is, debits not matched by offsetting credits indicate items
+         intended to be returned but not actually returned yet. The reverse
+         (credits not matched by offsetting debits) indicates that returns were
+         made but the original charge was not recorded in the Wash Account.</p><p>These differences can be cleared up by returning unreturned items
+         or recording charges (debits) for items already returned. The mechanics
+         of doing that likely will be finding the original expense account the
+         item was charged to and making an entry like: debit Wash Account, credit
+         original expense. It also could be as described above where the original
+         recording is adjusted by adding a charge to Wash/Suspense account and
+         decreasing the amount charged to the original account.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa2.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa11.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.2. Other Assets Described </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 16.4. Short or Long-term Assets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,143 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.2. Conti in GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="prev" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità"><link rel="next" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.2. Conti in GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.2. Conti in GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-types1"></a>3.2. Conti in GnuCash</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione ha l'intento di mostrare come le definizioni di conti
-    che GnuCash propone, rientrino nei 5 tipi fondamentali.</p><p>Prima di tutto, occorre definire cosa si intende per <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto</strong></span>
-    in GnuCash. Un <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto</strong></span> in GnuCash è un'entità che 
-    contiene altri suttoconti o delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>transazioni</strong></span>.
-    Dato che un conto può contenerne altri, è facile in GnuCash ritrovarsi 
-    con conti aventi strutture ad <span class="guilabel"><strong>albero</strong></span>.</p><p>Un conto in GnuCash deve avere un nome unico (che è possibile assegnare)
-    e una tipologie a scelta fra quelle che il programma prevede. Sono presenti, in totale,
-    12 tipi di conti in GnuCash basati sui 5 tipi fondamentali descritti in precedenza.
-    La ragione per cui esistono in GnuCash più conti dei 5 di base, è da ricercare
-    nel fatto che GnuCash è in grado di gestire operazioni speciali su certi conti.
-    Sei conti sono per i patrimoni (<span class="emphasis"><strong>liquidi</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>banca</strong></span>,
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>azioni</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>fondi comuni</strong></span>,
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>crediti correnti</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>beni</strong></span>),
-    tre conti sono per le passività (<span class="emphasis"><strong>carta di credito</strong></span>,
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>debiti correnti</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>passività</strong></span>),
-    un solo conto è per il capitale (<span class="emphasis"><strong>capitali</strong></span>), un unico conto per le entrate
-    (<span class="emphasis"><strong>entrata</strong></span>) e un altro conto per le uscite
-    (<span class="emphasis"><strong>uscita</strong></span>).</p><p>Questi conti sono descritti in dettaglio nel seguito.</p><div class="sect2" title="3.2.1. Conti di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-gc-bsa2"></a>3.2.1. Conti di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Il primo conto a essere esaminato è quello dello
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>attività</strong></span> che, come ricordato nelle sezioni
-      precedenti si riferisce a ciò che si possiede.</p><p>Per aiutare l'utente a organizzare il proprio patrimonio
-      e per semplificare l'inserimento delle transazioni, GnuCash supporta
-      diversi tipi di conti per le attività:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidi</strong></span>: usare questo conto per registrare
-          il denaro contante che si ha, per esempio, nel portafoglio, nel
-          salvadanaio, sotto al materasso o dovunque si decida di tenerlo.
-          Questo denaro è quello che viene utilizzato più facilmente;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>banca</strong></span>: questo conto serve a tenere traccia
-          del denaro depositato presso delle istituzioni quali
-          le banche, le unioni di credito, le società di risparmio o di mediazione:  
-          dovunque qualcun altro si occupa del denaro. Questo conto è secondo
-          solamente ai liquidi come facilità di utilizzo del denaro perché può essere
-          facilmente convertito in contanti;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>azioni</strong></span>: registrare le azioni e le 
-          obbligazioni utilizzando questo tipo di conto. Il registro per le azioni
-          fornisce delle colonne aggiuntive per immettere le quote e il prezzo degli
-          investimenti. Questo tipo di beni non si presta a essere facilmente convertito 
-          in liquidi dato che prima è necessario trovare un acquirente e inoltre non 
-          viene garantito il riottenimento per intero del capitale
-          investito;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>fondi comuni</strong></span>: questo tipo di conto è simile
-          al precedente, tranne per il fatto che deve essere utilizzato per
-          registrare i fondi. Il registro di immissione dati prevede due colonne
-          per l'inserimento delle quote e dei prezzi. I fondi rappresentano
-          delle proprietà comuni di investimenti e, come le azioni, non garantiscono
-          un valore minimo del capitale;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>crediti correnti</strong></span>: questo conto è dedicato tipicamente
-          alla gestione dell'impresa e in esso vengono registrati i crediti. E' considerato come
-          un capitale dato che si dovrebbe poter contare sull'arrivo di questo denaro;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>beni</strong></span>: nella gestione delle finanze personali,
-          si utilizza questo conto per registrare gli acquisti caratterizzati
-          da un valore elevato. Generalmente possono appartenere a questa
-          categoria i beni assicurati quali la casa, i veicoli, i gioielli
-          e altri costosi effetti personali.</p></li></ol></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per tutti i conti appartenenti alla categoria delle attività
-        in GnuCash, un <span class="emphasis"><strong>addebito (=dare)</strong></span> (valore inserito nella colonna
-        di sinistra) aumenta il saldo del conto mentre un <span class="emphasis"><strong>accredito (avere)</strong></span>
-        diminuisce il saldo (consultare la nota più avanti in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Il secondo tipo di conto di bilancio è quello delle
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>passività</strong></span> che, come si ricorderà, si riferisce a ciò
-      che si deve, al denaro che si è preso in prestito e si è obbligati a restituire
-      prima o poi dato che colui che ha prestato il denaro ha il diritto di essere
-      ripagato. Tenere traccia del bilancio delle passività permette di conoscere
-      in qualsiasi momento quale sia l'ammontare del proprio debito.</p><p>GnuCash permette di scegliere fra tre conti per le passività:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>carta di credito</strong></span>: utilizzare questo conto
-          per registrare le ricevute e per riconciliare l'estratto conto della 
-          carta di credito. Le carte di credito rappresentano un prestito di
-          breve durata che si è obbligati a pagare alla compagnia a cui appartiene
-          la carta di credito. Questo conto può anche essere utilizzato per
-          altri prestiti a breve durata;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>debiti correnti</strong></span>: questo è un conto utilizzato
-          tipicamente per la gestione dell'impresa dove vengono registrati i debiti
-          che devono ancora esser saldati;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span>: utilizzare questo conto per tutti
-          gli altri prestiti, generalmente di entità maggiore e di durata superiore
-          come un mutuo o le rate dell'auto. Questo conto aiuta anche a conoscere
-          quanto denaro si deve ancora e quanto è stato già restituito.</p></li></ol></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le passività in contabilità agiscono in modo opposto alle attività (o patrimonio netto):
-        gli <span class="emphasis"><strong>accrediti (avere)</strong></span> (valori immessi nella colonna di destra)
-        aumentano il saldo del conto mentre gli <span class="emphasis"><strong>addebiti (dare)</strong></span> (valori
-        immessi nella colonna di sinistra) lo diminuiscono (consultare la nota più avanti
-        in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Il conto finale del bilancio patrimoniale è quello del
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitale</strong></span>, che è sinonimo di valore netto o capitale netto.
-      Rappresenta ciò che rimane dopo aver sottratto le passività dalle attività,
-      ed è quindi la porzione di patrimonio che si possiede e sulla quale non grava alcun debito.
-      In GnuCash si consiglia di utilizzare questa tipologia di conto come
-      fonte per i bilanci di apertura dei conti bancari, dato che questo
-      saldo rappresenta il valore netto iniziale.</p><p>In GnuCash è presente un solo conto per il capitale chiamato, 
-      naturalmente, <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Nel capitale netto, gli accrediti aumentano il saldo del conto e i debiti
-        lo diminuiscono (consultare la nota più avanti in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">L'equazione della contabilità che lega i conti di bilancio è
-        attività = passività + capitale o anche attività - passività = capitale.
-        Di conseguenza, semplicemente parlando, <span class="emphasis"><strong>ciò che si possiede</strong></span> 
-        meno <span class="emphasis"><strong>ciò che si deve</strong></span> è uguale al <span class="emphasis"><strong>valore netto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.2.2. Conti per entrate e uscite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-gc-ie2"></a>3.2.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate</strong></span>: è il denaro che si riceve per l'impiego del
-      proprio tempo, per i servizi che si forniscono o per l'uso del proprio denaro. In GnuCash
-      un conto di tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span> è utilizzato per registrare questi guadagni.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Gli accrediti aumentano il saldo del conto entrate mentre
-        i debiti lo diminuiscono. Come descritto nella <a class="xref" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità">Sezione 2.1, «Concetti di contabilità»</a>,
-        gli accrediti rappresentano un trasferimento di denaro
-        <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span> un conto; così in questi conti speciali per le entrate,
-        quando si trasferisce denaro <span class="emphasis"><strong>dal</strong></span> conto entrate a un altro conto
-        (accredito o avere), il saldo del conto entrate <span class="emphasis"><strong>aumenta</strong></span>.
-        Per esempio, quando si deposita un assegno e si registra la transazione 
-        come un trasferimento di denaro dal conto entrate al conto bancario, il saldo
-        di entrambi aumenta.</p></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>: si riferisce al denaro che viene utilizzato
-      per acquistare beni o servizi forniti da terzi. In GnuCash si utilizza un
-      conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span> per registrare le proprie uscite.
-      </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Gli addebiti aumentano il valore delle passività mentre
-        gli accrediti lo diminuiscono. (consulta la nota più avanti
-        in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quando si sottraggono alle entrate totali le uscite totali
-        in un certo periodo di tempo, si ottengono le entrate nette.
-        Questa grandezza viene indicata nello stato patrimoniale con la
-        dicitura "utili non distribuiti", che è un tipo di conto del
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Qui sotto vengono mostrati i conti standard per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span>
-      e per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span> così come vengono creati scegliendo l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>
-      conti comuni</strong></span> nel druido per la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti
-      (<span class="guimenu"><strong>File -> Nuovo -> Nuova struttura conti</strong></span>).</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png" alt="Conti standard per le entrate"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i conti standard per le 
-              <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png" alt="Alcuni conti standard per le uscite"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra alcuni conti standard per le 
-              <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Approfondimento di addebiti e accrediti</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Si ricordano ancora i termini debito e credito discussi nella 
-        <a class="xref" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità">Sezione 2.1, «Concetti di contabilità»</a>?
-        Contrariamente a quanto si possa credere e alle definizioni sui
-        dizionari, debiti e crediti non significano aumento o riduzione.
-        L'unica definizione costante di debiti e crediti è che i debiti
-        sono inseriti nella colonna di sinistra (chiamata anche dare) mentre 
-        i crediti in quella di destra (chiamata anche avere). Infatti entrambi
-        possono far aumentare certi tipi di conti e farne diminuire altri. Nei 
-        conti delle attività e delle uscite, i debiti ne aumentano il saldo 
-        mentre i crediti lo diminuiscono. Nei conti delle passività, del 
-        capitale e delle entrate, i crediti ne aumentano il saldo
-        mentre i debiti lo diminuiscono.</p><p xmlns="">Per esempio, i debiti <span class="emphasis"><strong>aumentano</strong></span> il saldo
-        del conto bancario e i crediti lo <span class="emphasis"><strong>diminuiscono</strong></span>.
-        Fermi un attimo, si potrebbe pensare, un <span class="emphasis"><strong>debito</strong></span>
-        fa <span class="emphasis"><strong>diminuire</strong></span> il saldo sul conto corrente perché 
-        si preleva denaro. E quando la banca restituisce del denaro, viene 
-        <span class="emphasis"><strong>accreditato</strong></span> sul conto. Sorge quindi spontaneo chiedersi
-        per quale motivo i termini hanno un significato inverso in contabilità.</p><p xmlns="">E' presto detto: le banche riportano le transazioni dal <span class="emphasis"><strong>loro</strong></span> 
-        punto di vista che è esattamente il contrario di quella 
-        del cliente. Per il cliente la banca rappresenta una attività, qualcosa 
-        che si possiede; per la banca invece, il conto rappresenta un prestito, o 
-        una passività dato che essa deve del denaro al cliente.
-        Come illustrato in questo capitolo, i conti delle attività e quelli delle
-        passività, si comportano in modo opposto. In un conto delle passività,
-        i debiti fanno <span class="emphasis"><strong>diminuire</strong></span> il saldo e i crediti lo
-        fanno <span class="emphasis"><strong>aumentare</strong></span>.</p><p xmlns="">Quando si preleva denaro dal proprio conto bancario, il saldo del
-        proprio conto diminuisce. Questo rappresenta una diminuzione del proprio
-        capitale, dato che si <span class="emphasis"><strong>accredita</strong></span> il proprio conto.
-        Per la banca, questa operazione rappresenta una diminuzione delle passività,
-        dato che <span class="emphasis"><strong>addebita</strong></span> il conto bancario del cliente</p><p xmlns="">La seguente tabella riassume le convenzioni utilizzate nella contabilità 
-        per quanto concerne l'effetto sul saldo di una determinata tipologia di conto, 
-        in funzione dell'immissione di un valore in una specifica colonna del registro 
-        di quel conto. Il segno <span class="emphasis"><strong>+</strong></span> in una casella significa che inserendo 
-        un valore in quella colonna nel registro del conto associato, si produrrà un
-        aumento del saldo del conto stesso. Il segno <span class="emphasis"><strong>-</strong></span> indica invece
-        un valore che produrrà una diminuzione del saldo del conto.</p><div xmlns="" class="table"><a name="id2778494"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 3.1. Tabella riassuntiva delle convenzioni utilizzate nel registro.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tabella riassuntiva delle convenzioni utilizzate nel registro." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipologia del conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>DARE</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>AVERE</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività</td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>+</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>-</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Passività</td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>-</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>+</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Capitali</td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>-</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>+</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate</td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>-</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>+</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Uscite</td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>+</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>-</strong></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p xmlns=""><br class="table-break">
-        </p><p xmlns="">L'effetto descritto nella tabella è visualizzabile direttamente in GnuCash
-        selezionando, nella finestra delle preferenze dei conti alla voce <span class="emphasis"><strong>conti
-        con saldo invertito</strong></span>, l'opzione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Nessuno</strong></span>. In questo modo
-        verrà visualizzato l'effettivo segno del saldo per ogni tipologia di conto.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.3. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.2. Conti di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><link rel="prev" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità"><link rel="next" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.2. Conti di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.2. Conti di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-types1"></a>3.2. Conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione ha l’intento di mostrare come le definizioni di conti che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> propone, rientrino nei 5 tipi fondamentali.</p><p>Prima di tutto, occorre definire cosa si intende per <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto</strong></span> in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Un <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto</strong></span> in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un’entità che contiene altri suttoconti o delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>transazioni</strong></span>. Dato che un conto può contenerne altri, è facile in <strong class="application!
 "><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ritrovarsi con conti aventi strutture ad <span class="guilabel"><strong>albero</strong></span>.</p><p>Un conto in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> deve avere un nome unico (che è possibile assegnare) e una tipologie a scelta fra quelle che il programma prevede. Sono presenti, in totale, 12 tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> basati sui 5 tipi fondamentali descritti in precedenza. La ragione per cui esistono in </p><p>Questi conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono descritti in dettaglio nel seguito.</p><div class="sect2" title="3.2.1. Conti di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-gc-bsa2"></a>3.2.1. Conti di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Il primo conto a essere esaminato è quello dello <span class="emphasis"><strong>attività</strong></span> che, come ricordato nelle sezioni precedenti si riferisce a ciò che si possiede.</p><p>Per aiutare l’utente a organizzare il proprio patrimonio e per semplificare l’inserimento delle transazioni, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> supporta diversi tipi di conti per le attività:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidi</strong></span>: usare questo conto per registrare il denaro contante che si ha, per esempio, nel portafoglio, nel salvadanaio, sotto al materasso o dovunque si decida di tenerlo. Questo denaro è quello che viene utilizzato più facilmente;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>banca</strong></span>: questo conto serve a tenere traccia del denaro depositato presso delle istituzioni quali le banche, le unioni di credito, le società di risparmio o di mediazione: dovunque qualcun altro si occupa del denaro. Questo conto è secondo solamente ai liquidi come facilità di utilizzo del denaro perché può essere facilmente convertito in contanti;</p></li><li cl!
 ass="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>azioni</strong></span>: registrare le azioni e le obbligazioni utilizzando questo tipo di conto. Il registro per le azioni fornisce delle colonne aggiuntive per immettere le quote e il prezzo degli investimenti. Questo tipo di beni non si presta a essere facilmente convertito in liquidi dato che prima è necessario trovare un acquirente e inoltre non viene garantito il riottenimento per intero del capitale investito;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>fondi comuni</strong></span>: questo tipo di conto è simile al precedente, tranne per il fatto che deve essere utilizzato per registrare i fondi. Il registro di immissione dati prevede due colonne per l’inserimento delle quote e dei prezzi. I fondi rappresentano delle proprietà comuni di investimenti e, come le azioni, non garantiscono un valore minimo del capitale;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>crediti correnti</strong></span>: questo conto è dedicato tipicamente alla gestione dell’impresa e in esso vengono registrati i crediti. È considerato come un capitale dato che si dovrebbe poter contare sull’arrivo di questo denaro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altre attività</strong></span> Non importa quanto siano particolari, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di gestire agevolmente diverse situazioni. La categoria <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Altre attività</span>»</span>, copre tutte le attività non elencate in precedenza.</p><p>I conti sono contenitori di informazioni utilizzati per tracciare e registrare tutte le azioni correlate al motivo per cui il conto è stato creato.</p><p>Per le imprese, le attività da tracciare e di cui effettuare i resoconti, sono spesso suddivise con maggiore dettaglio rispetto a quanto considerato finora. Per una discussione più approfondita delle possibilità, riferirsi alle nozioni descritte nella <a class="xref" href="chapter_other_!
 assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets">Capitolo 16, <i>Other Assets</i></a> di questa guida.</p><p>Per le finanze personali l’utente può anche seguire i raggruppamenti di conti per l’impresa, se questi risulatno utili per le attività che si vogliono tracciare e al tipo di resoconti che occorrono per gestire le proprie finanze. Per maggiori informazioni, consultare <a class="xref" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets">Capitolo 16, <i>Other Assets</i></a>.</p></li></ol></div><p>Il secondo tipo di conto di bilancio è quello delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>passività</strong></span> che, come si ricorderà, si riferisce a ciò che si deve, al denaro che si è preso in prestito e si è obbligati a restituire prima o poi dato che colui che ha prestato il denaro ha il diritto di essere ripagato. Tenere traccia del bilancio delle passività permette di conoscere in qualsiasi momento quale sia l’ammontare del proprio debito.</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di scegliere fra tre conti per le passività:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>carta di credito</strong></span>: utilizzare questo conto per registrare le ricevute e per riconciliare l’estratto conto della carta di credito. Le carte di credito rappresentano un prestito di breve durata che si è obbligati a pagare alla compagnia a cui appartiene la carta di credito. Questo conto può anche essere utilizzato per altri prestiti a breve durata;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>debiti correnti</strong></span>: questo è un conto utilizzato tipicamente per la gestione dell’impresa dove vengono registrati i debiti che devono ancora esser saldati;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>passività</strong></span>: utilizzare questo conto per tutti gli altri prestiti, generalmente di entità maggiore e di durata superiore come un mutuo o le rat!
 e dell’auto. Questo conto aiuta anche a conoscere quanto denaro si deve ancora e quanto è stato già restituito.</p></li></ol></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le passività in contabilità agiscono in modo opposto alle attività (o patrimonio netto): gli <span class="emphasis"><strong>accrediti (avere)</strong></span> (valori immessi nella colonna di destra) aumentano il saldo del conto mentre gli <span class="emphasis"><strong>addebiti (dare)</strong></span> (valori immessi nella colonna di sinistra) lo diminuiscono (consultare la nota più avanti in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Il conto finale del bilancio patrimoniale è quello del <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitale</strong></span>, che è sinonimo di valore netto o capitale netto. Rappresenta ciò che rimane dopo aver sottratto le passività dalle attività, ed è quindi la porzione di patrimonio che si possiede e sulla quale non grava alcun debito. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si consiglia di utilizzare questa tipologia di conto come fonte per i bilanci di apertura dei conti bancari, dato che questo saldo rappresenta il valore netto iniziale.</p><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è presente un solo conto per il capitale chiamato, naturalmente, <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign!
 ="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Nel capitale netto, gli accrediti aumentano il saldo del conto e i debiti lo diminuiscono (consultare la nota più avanti in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">L’equazione della contabilità che lega i conti di bilancio è attività = passività + capitale o anche attività - passività = capitale. Di conseguenza, semplicemente parlando, <span class="emphasis"><strong>ciò che si possiede</strong></span> meno <span class="emphasis"><strong>ciò che si deve</strong></span> è uguale al <span class="emphasis"><strong>valore netto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.2.2. Conti per entrate e uscite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-gc-ie2"></a>3.2.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate</strong></span>: è il denaro che si riceve per l’impiego del proprio tempo, per i servizi che si forniscono o per l’uso del proprio denaro. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> un conto di tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span> è utilizzato per registrare questi guadagni.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Gli accred!
 iti aumentano il saldo del conto entrate mentre i debiti lo diminuiscono. Come descritto nella <a class="xref" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità">Sezione 2.1, «Concetti di contabilità»</a>, gli accrediti rappresentano un trasferimento di denaro <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span> un conto; così in questi conti speciali per le entrate, quando si trasferisce denaro <span class="emphasis"><strong>dal</strong></span> conto entrate a un altro conto (accredito o avere), il saldo del conto entrate <span class="emphasis"><strong>aumenta</strong></span>. Per esempio, quando si deposita un assegno e si registra la transazione come un trasferimento di denaro dal conto entrate al conto bancario, il saldo di entrambi aumenta.</p></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>: si riferisce al denaro che viene utilizzato per acquistare beni o servizi forniti da terzi. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si utilizza un conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span> per registrare le proprie uscite.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Gli addebiti aumentano il valore delle passività mentre gli accrediti lo diminuiscono. (consulta la nota più avanti in questo capitolo).</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" alig!
 n="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quando si sottraggono alle entrate totali le uscite totali in un certo periodo di tempo, si ottengono le entrate nette. Questa grandezza viene indicata nello stato patrimoniale con la dicitura <span class="guilabel"><strong>utili non distribuiti</strong></span>, che è un tipo di conto del <span class="guilabel"><strong>capitale</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Qui sotto vengono mostrati i conti standard per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>entrate</strong></span> e per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>uscite</strong></span> così come vengono creati scegliendo l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti comuni</strong></span> nell’assistente per l’impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova struttura conti...</strong></span>).</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png" alt="Conti standard per le entrate"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i conti predefiniti delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png" alt="Alcuni conti standard per le uscite"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra alcuni conti predefiniti per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span></p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a ac!
 cesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.3. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. Resoconti del bilancio"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_reporting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixa"></a>Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_qif1.html">A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
-	Questa appendice è di supporto agli utenti di altri software finanziari nella migrazione
-	a GnuCash. Saranno descritte  le differenze di impostazioni di GnuCash confrontandole con
-	quelle di altri programmi.
-  </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_reporting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.3. Resoconti del bilancio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="python-import-invoices.html" title="17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="python-import-invoices.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixa"></a>Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_qif1.html">A.2. Organizazzione dei file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">A.4. Controllo dei dati <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">A.5. Convertire i file <acronym c!
 lass="acronym">XML</acronym> di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questa appendice è di supporto agli utenti di altri software finanziari nella migrazione a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Saranno descritte le differenze di impostazioni di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> confrontandole con quelle di altri programmi.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="python-import-invoices.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,20 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_qif1.html" title="A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_qif1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1"></a>A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</h2></div></div></div><p>
-	Se si ha familiarità con altri programmi per la gestione delle finanze personali, si 
-	sarà già abituati a tenere traccia delle proprie entrate e uscite come categorie. Dato che
-	GnuCash utilizza un sistema a partita doppia (consultare la sezione 2.1), entrate e uscite 
-	sono trattate come conti. Il concetto di base è lo stesso, ma lo struttura a conti presenta
-	una maggiore coerenza con l'uso commerciale comune. Così, sia che si utilizzi per gestire 
-	la propria attività o per le proprie finanze personali, GnuCash permette di tenere facilmente 
-	traccia di ogni operazione.</p><p>
-	I conti per le entrate e per le uscite forniscono le stesse informazioni contenute 
-	nelle categorie ma in più forniscono maggiore flessibilità nell'immissione delle
-	transazioni. In GnuCash si ha infatti la possibilità di inserire direttamente le transazioni
-	attraverso il relativo registro contabile; i programmi che utilizzano le categorie
-	non offrono questa possibilità perchè, per le categorie, non esiste un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">registro 
-	contabile</span>»</span>.</p><p>
-	In GnuCash si ha anche la possibilità di trattare i conti di entrate e uscite esattamente 
-	come si tratterebbero le categorie, se ci si sente più a proprio agio con quest'ultimo metodo.
-	In <span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® e altri programmi simili, le transazioni
-	hanno bisogno di un conto e di una categoria. Sostituendo un nome di conto entrate o uscite in 
-	GnuCash con il nome della categoria uitlizzata nell'altro programmo, il risultato dovrebbe
-	essere identico. L'immissione delle transazioni è discusso in dettaglio al capitolo 4.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_qif1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_qif1.html" title="A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_qif1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1"></a>A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Se si ha familiarità con altri programmi per la gestione delle finanze personali, si sarà già abituati a tenere traccia delle proprie entrate e uscite come categorie. Dato che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza un sistema a partita doppia (consultare la sezione 2.1), entrate e uscite sono trattate come conti. Il concetto di base è lo stesso, ma la struttura a conti presenta una maggiore coerenza con l’uso commerciale comune. Così, sia che si utilizzi per gestire la propria attività o per le proprie finanze personali, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permet!
 te di tenere facilmente traccia di ogni operazione.</p><p>I conti per le entrate e per le uscite forniscono le stesse informazioni contenute nelle categorie ma in più forniscono maggiore flessibilità nell’immissione delle transazioni. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si ha infatti la possibilità di inserire direttamente le transazioni attraverso il relativo registro contabile; i programmi che utilizzano le categorie non offrono questa possibilità perché, per le categorie, non esiste un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">registro contabile</span>»</span>.</p><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si ha anche la possibilità di trattare i conti di entrate e uscite esattamente come si tratterebbero le categorie, se ci si sente più a proprio agio con quest’ultimo metodo. In <span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® e altri programmi simili, le transazioni hanno bisogno di un conto e di una categoria. Sostituendo un nome di conto entrate o uscite in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> con il nome della categoria uitlizzata nell’altro programma, il risultato dovrebbe essere identico. L’immissione delle transazioni è discusso in dettaglio al capitolo 4.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_qif1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Organizazzione dei file <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_qif1.html" title="A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html" title="A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_qif1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_entercharge1"></a>A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</h2></div></div></div><p>
- </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_qif1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_qif1.html" title="A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html" title="A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_qif1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_entercharge1"></a>A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_qif1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Organizazzione dei file <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Controllo dei dati <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html" title="A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_enterpay1"></a>A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)</h2></div></div></div><p>
- </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html" title="A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Controllo dei dati <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_enterpay1"></a>A.4. Controllo dei dati <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.5. Convertire i file <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">XML</acronym> di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html" title="A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_qif1"></a>A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html" title="A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Organizazzione dei file <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Organizazzione dei file QIF (Discussione)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_qif1"></a>A.2. Organizazzione dei file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione)</h2></div></div></div><p>
   </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. Usare i conti in luogo delle categorie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. Problemi comuni di duplicazione (Discussione)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,16 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html" title="A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)"><link rel="next" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_xmlconvert1"></a>A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash</h2></div></div></div><p>I file dei dati XML creati da GnuCash possono essere trasformati facilmente in quasi tutti
- 	gli altri formati di file di dati (es. QIF, CSV...), se si ha familiarità con XSLT.
- 	
- I file dei dati di GnuCash sono di tipo XML e possono essere trasformati abbastanza facilmente in quasi tutti gli
- altri formati (es: QIF, CSV...) se si ha confidenza con l'XSLT. 
- I file dei dati creati da GnuCash sono XML "well-formed" e possono essere quindi dati "in pasto"
-a un parser XSLT con un foglio di stile associato. Questo permette di trasformare il file
-in qualsiasi formato che può essere progettato, dato un adeguato foglio di stile.</p><p>Per portare a termine la procedura con successo, è necessario seguire alcuni 
-  passi; la scrittura di un foglio di stile non è argomento da affrontare 
-  in questa sede ma, se si dispone di uno di questi, ecco come procedere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>creare una copia di lavoro del file di GnuCash per evitare la perdita del file originale. Modificare il tag
-<gnc-v2> del file di lavoro in un valore simile a quelli riportati di seguito. Si noti che è possibile inserire più o meno
-qualsiasi stringa nel campo  «="..."»; è stato utilizzato l'URL perchè è tradizione usarlo (se così si può dire per una tecnologia
-così giovane!);</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html" title="A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione)"><link rel="next" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.5. Convertire i file <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">XML</acronym> di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_xmlconvert1"></a>A.5. Convertire i file <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>I file dei dati <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> creati da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possono essere trasformati facilmente in quasi tutti gli altri formati di file di dati (es. <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>, <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym>...), se si ha familiarità con <acronym class="acronym">XSLT</acronym>. I file dei dati creati da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong!
 > sono <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">well-formed</span>»</span> e possono essere quindi <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dati in pasto</span>»</span> a un parser <acronym class="acronym">XSLT</acronym> con un foglio di stile associato. Questo permette di trasformare il file in qualsiasi formato che può essere progettato, dato un adeguato foglio di stile.</p><p>Per portare a termine la procedura con successo, è necessario seguire alcuni passi; la scrittura di un foglio di stile non è argomento da affrontare in questa sede ma, se si dispone di uno di questi, ecco come procedere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>creare una copia di lavoro del file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per evitare la perdita del file originale. Modificare il tag <gnc-v2> del file di lavoro in un valore simile a quelli riportati di seguito. È possibile inserire pressoché qualsiasi stringa nel campo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">="..."</span>»</span>; è stato utilizzato l’<acronym class="acronym">URL</acronym> perché è tradizione usarlo (se così si può dire per una tecnologia così giovane!);</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 <gnc-v2 xmlns:cd="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cd"<br>
         xmlns:book="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/book"<br>
         xmlns:gnc="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/gnc"<br>
@@ -32,15 +20,4 @@
         xmlns:sx="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/sx"<br>
         xmlns:fs="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/fs"<br>
         xmlns:addr="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/custaddr"><br>
- </p></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>creare un foglio di stile XSLT contenente la trasformazione che si desidera effettuare
-  	oppure se ne recuperi uno già preparato (AFAIK, non ce ne sono molti, ma ce n'è uno per il formato CSV in lavorazione);</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>installare un processore XSLT come Saxon
-(http://saxon.sourceforge.net/) o Xalan-J  (http://xml.apache.org/). 
-Comunque qualsiasi processore simile funzionerà...;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>elaborare il file di lavoro e il foglio di stile attraverso il processore
-seguendo le istruzioni fornite;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>si disporrà infine di un file nel formato desiderato. Un utente intraprendente
-può addirittura arrivare a scrivere un foglio di stile per trasformare un file dei dati di GnuCash
-in un foglio di "Calc" per OpenOffice (o vice-versa). Alcuni formati, come il QIF, richiedono un po' meno
-lavoro.</p></li></ol></div><p>Il beneficio risiede nel fatto che non è necessario scrivere un modulo in Scheme o una nuova
-routine in C per eseguire la trasformazione. Chiunque conosca o abbia voglia di imparare il linguaggio
-XML può cimentarsi in questa operazione: sinceramente, niente di più difficile che scrivere una pagina Web....</p><p>Il processo funziona per la versione 2.0.0 e i file dei dati CVS HEAD; dovrebbe anche funzionare
-nelle versioni 1.8.x. Il processo non è stato testato recentemente per le versioni 1.6.x, ma dovrebbe funzionare
-anche in quel caso...</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.4. Controllo dei dati QIF (Discussione) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>creare un foglio di stile <acronym class="acronym">XSLT</acronym> contenente la trasformazione che si desidera effettuare oppure recuperarne uno già preparato (non ce ne sono molti, ma ce n’è uno per il formato <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> in lavorazione);</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>installare un processore <acronym class="acronym">XSLT</acronym> come Saxon (http://saxon.sourceforge.net/) o Xalan-J (http://xml.apache.org/). Comunque qualsiasi processore simile funzionerà...;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>elaborare il file di lavoro e il foglio di stile attraverso il processore seguendo le istruzioni fornite;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>si disporrà infine di un file nel formato desiderato. Un utente intraprendente può addirittura arrivare a scrivere un foglio di stile per trasformare un file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in un foglio di Calc per OpenOffice (o vice-versa). Alcuni formati, come il <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>, richiedono un po’ meno lavoro.</p></li></ol></div><p>Il beneficio risiede nel fatto che non è necessario scrivere un modulo in Scheme o una nuova routine in C per eseguire la trasformazione. Chiunque conosca o abbia voglia di imparare il linguaggio <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> può cimentarsi in questa operazione: sinceramente, niente di più difficile che scrivere una pagina web....</p><p>Il processo funziona per i file dati della versione 2.4.2 e dovrebbe anche funzionare nelle versioni precedenti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" a!
 lign="left">A.4. Controllo dei dati <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (Discussione) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Fonti di Informazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixb"></a>Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_info.html">B.1. Fonti di Informazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_where">B.1.1. D: Dov'è la FAQ?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mail">B.1.2. D: Ci sono delle mailing list dedicate a GnuCash?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mailarchive">B.1.3. D: esiste la possibilità di cercare un argomento nell'archivio della mailing list?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_other">B.1.4. D: !
 Esistono altri mezzi per ottenere aiuto riguardo GnuCash?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_general.html">B.2. Informazioni generali</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_windows">B.2.1. D: Posso usare GnuCash in ambiente Windows?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_hard2compile">B.2.2. D: Ho sentito dire che è troppo difficile compilare GnuCash!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_batchmode">B.2.3. D: C'è un metodo automatico (non-interattivo) per GnuCash, per realizzare continuamente rapporti, grafici ecc..?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_multuser">B.2.4. D: E' possibile che più persone abbiano accesso allo stesso progetto in GnuCash?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_WhyC">B.2.5. D: Perchè GnuCash è scritto in C?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_rewrite">B.2.6. D: Perchè non riscrivete GnuCash nel linguaggio pinco-pallino così che io possa contribuire più facilmente?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_newFeatures">B.2.7. D: Vorrei usare la funzione XYZ ma GnuCash non ce l'ha. Come posso fare?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_web">B.2.8. D: E' disponibile un'interfaccia web in GnuCash?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_security">B.2.9. D: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_contribute">B.2.10. D: Come posso contribuire al progetto GnuCash?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_bugs">B.2.11. D: Credo di aver trovato un !
 bug. Come posso comunicarlo?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_using.html">B.3. Usare GnuCash</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_moveAtoB">B.3.1. D: Come posso spostare le transazioni da un conto A a un conto B, in modo da unirli?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_merge2files">B.3.2. D: E' possibile unire due progetti di GnuCash?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate">B.3.3. D: Come posso salvare un modello predefinito della struttura del mio conto?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_ListAll">B.3.4. D: Quando cerco un cliente (o qualsiasi altra cosa), come posso ottenere una lista di tutto?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_Dates">B.3.5. D: Come posso registrare una transazione in date diverse (la data reale e quella della banca)?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html">B.4. Contabilità</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html#appendixb_accounting_Taxes">B.4.1. D: Come devo trattare le tasse? Come un conto debiti correnti o come una uscita?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questa è una lista delle domande poste nelle mailing list per le quali non esiste una sezione apposita nella documentazione.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash </td><td wi!
 dth="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.1. Fonti di Informazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Convertire i file XML di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Fonti di Informazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixb"></a>Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_info.html">B.1. Fonti di Informazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_where">B.1.1. D: Dov’è la FAQ?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mail">B.1.2. D: Ci sono delle liste di discussione dedicate a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mailarchive">B.1.3. D: esiste la possibilità di cercare un argomento nell’archivio delle liste di discussione?</a></span></dt><dt><span!
  class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_other">B.1.4. D: Esistono altri mezzi per ottenere aiuto riguardo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_general.html">B.2. Informazioni generali</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_windows">B.2.1. D: Posso usare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in ambiente Windows?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_hard2compile">B.2.2. D: Ho sentito dire che è troppo difficile compilare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_batchmode">B.2.3. D: C’è un metodo automatico (non-interattivo) in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, per realizzare continuamente rapporti, grafici ecc..?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_multuser">B.2.4. D: È possibile che più persone abbiano accesso allo stesso progetto in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_WhyC">B.2.5. D: Perché <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è scritto in C?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_rewrite">B.2.6. D: Perché non riscrivete <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> nel linguaggio pinco-pallino così che io possa contribuire più facilmente?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_newFeatures">B.2.7. D: Vorrei usare la funzione XYZ ma <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non ce l’ha. Come posso fare?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_web">B.2.8. D: È disponibile un’i!
 nterfaccia web in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_security">B.2.9. D: Come posso proteggere i miei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizzando CFS, e simili?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_contribute">B.2.10. D: Come posso contribuire al progetto <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_bugs">B.2.11. D: Credo di aver trovato un bug. Come posso comunicarlo?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_using.html">B.3. Utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_moveAtoB">B.3.1. D: Come posso spostare le transazioni da un conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">A</span>»</span> a un conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">B</span>»</span>, in modo da unirli?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_merge2files">B.3.2. D: È possibile unire due progetti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate">B.3.3. D: Come posso salvare un modello predefinito della struttura del mio conto?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_ListAll">B.3.4. D: Quando cerco un cliente (o qualsiasi altra cosa), come posso ottenere una lista di tutto?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_Dates">B.3.5. D: Come posso registrare una transazione in date diverse (la data reale e quella della banca)?</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html">B.4. Contabilità</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt!
 ><span class="sect2"><a href="appendixb_accounting.html#appendixb_accounting_Taxes">B.4.1. D: Come devo trattare le tasse? Come un conto debiti correnti o come una uscita?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo è un elenco delle domande poste nelle liste di discussione e per le quali non esiste una sezione apposita nella documentazione.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. Convertire i file <acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">XML</acronym> di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.1. Fonti di Informazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.4. Contabilità</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Usare GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.4. Contabilità</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_using.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.4. Contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_accounting"></a>B.4. Contabilità</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.4.1. D: Come devo trattare le tasse? Come un conto debiti correnti o come una uscita?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_accounting_Taxes"></a>B.4.1. D: Come devo trattare le tasse? Come un conto debiti correnti o come una uscita?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Questa è una bella domanda; dovresti consultare il tuo commercialista. Il modo in cui trattare le tasse dipende fortemente dalla loro tipologia e da come tu vuoi trattarle...
-	   In alcuni casi sono spese, in altri sono debiti.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_using.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.3. Usare GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.4. Contabilità</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Utilizzare GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.4. Contabilità</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_using.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.4. Contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_accounting"></a>B.4. Contabilità</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.4.1. D: Come devo trattare le tasse? Come un conto debiti correnti o come una uscita?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_accounting_Taxes"></a>B.4.1. D: Come devo trattare le tasse? Come un conto debiti correnti o come una uscita?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Questa è una bella domanda; dovresti consultare il tuo commercialista. Il modo in cui trattare le tasse dipende fortemente dalla loro tipologia e da come tu vuoi trattarle... In alcuni casi sono spese, in altri sono debiti.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a!
  accesskey="p" href="appendixb_using.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.3. Utilizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.2. Informazioni generali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Fonti di Informazione"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Usare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.2. Informazioni generali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.2. Informazioni generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_general"></a>B.2. Informazioni generali</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.1. D: Posso usare GnuCash in ambiente Windows?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_windows"></a>B.2.1. D: Posso usare GnuCash in ambiente Windows?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì. A partire dalla versione 2.2.0, GnuCash è disponibile anche per Windows.</p><p>Altre opzioni correlate potrebbero essere colinux, VMWare e un server-X basato su windows che fa da host per una sessione remota di GnuCash.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.2. D: Ho sentito dire che è troppo difficile compilare GnuCash!"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_hard2compile"></a>B.2.2. D: Ho sentito dire c!
 he è troppo difficile compilare GnuCash!</h3></div></div></div><p>R:Questo era probabilmente vero quando la versione 1.6.0 è stata rilasciata. Oggi non è più vero, dato che quasi ogni distribuzione comprende già tutte le librerie necessarie
-	(ad eccezione di g-wrap, il che significa che di fatto manca una sola libreria extra che deve essere installata prima di compilare GnuCash). Comunque,di default, le distribuzioni 
- 	non installano i pacchetti di sviluppo delle librerie necessarie, così potrebbe essere necessario avviare il programma di installazione della distribuzione per impostarlo in modo 
-	da installare non solo i pacchetti delle librerie ma anche i pacchetti di sviluppo (con suffisso "-devel"). In genere, è stato puntualizzato che questo problema affligge diverse
-	applicazioni dell'ambiente Gnome e dipende dal fatto che non esiste niente di simile a un "unico enorme pacchetto di Gnome".</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.3. D: C'è un metodo automatico (non-interattivo) per GnuCash, per realizzare continuamente rapporti, grafici ecc..?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_batchmode"></a>B.2.3. D: C'è un metodo automatico (non-interattivo) per GnuCash, per realizzare continuamente rapporti, grafici ecc..?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: No, per ora GnuCash funziona solo interattivamente.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.4. D: E' possibile che più persone abbiano accesso allo stesso progetto in GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_multuser"></a>B.2.4. D: E' possibile che più persone abbiano accesso allo stesso progetto in GnuCash?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: E' possibile che più persone possano accedere a un stesso progetto ma non contemporaneamente.</p><p>Per creare un progetto multi-utente, tutte le persone devono avere accesso in lettura e scrittura alla cartella contenente i dati (per leggere i file creati dagli altri e crearne di nuovi).  Un modo per farlo consiste nel creare un gruppo e assegnare la cartella al gruppo creato con il codice 2775. Il '2' rappresenta l'attributo setgid che copia i permessi a tutti i file.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.5. D: Perchè GnuCash è scritto in C?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_WhyC"></a>B.2.5. D: Perchè GnuCash è scritto in C?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Le funzionalità principali di GnuCash sono scritte in C,  ma non dimentichiamo che la maggior parte di queste sono accessibili tramite Guile (Scheme).  Ci sono un sacco di ragioni per cui GnuCash è stato scritto in C.  La prima è storica, infatti GnuCash è nato nel 1996 (o forse prima!) e la maggior parte degi compilatori OOP (C++, Java, Python) non erano ancora maturi e sufficientemente standardizza!
 ti per la varietà di piattaforme presenti a quel tempo, di conseguenza il C era l'unica scelta.  Una seconda ragione è rappresentata dal fatto che l'interfaccia grafica standard su cui si basa GnuCash è GTK, che è scritta in C.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.6. D: Perchè non riscrivete GnuCash nel linguaggio pinco-pallino così che io possa contribuire più facilmente?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_rewrite"></a>B.2.6. D: Perchè non riscrivete GnuCash nel linguaggio pinco-pallino così che io possa contribuire più facilmente?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: La risposta più immediata è "non lo faremo". Quella più lunga è anche più complessa ma si conclude comunque con "non lo faremo". GnuCash è un grosso insieme di codice  mantenuto da un piccolo gruppo di programmatori che conoscono bene il C e Scheme (Guile). Ad oggi, l'80% del codice è in C e circa il 13% in Scheme/Lisp. Non c'è nessuna buona ragione che giustificherebbe la riscrittura di una così grande quantità di codice in un nuovo linguaggio. Inoltre, creare dei collegamenti a linguaggi più recenti quali Python e Ruby o (inserisci qui il nome del tuo linguaggio preferito!) sarebbe un lavoro impegnativo, considerando che siamo già piuttosto impegnati a mantenere ed evolvere il codice già esistente.</p><p>Detto questo, GnuCash è un progetto open source e ognuno è libero di fare o contribuire come vuole. Non aspettarti però un grande aiuto se la ragione del tuo cambio è dovuta solo alla mancanza di voglia di imparare il C o Scheme. Inoltre, GnuCash aveva dei collegamenti a SWIG (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.swig.org" target="_top">http://www.swig.org</a>) che è stato usato per alcune parti programmate in perl. A Stando ad una discussione, questi collegamenti a SWIG potrebbero essere una strada per includere altri linguaggi in GnuCash, ma attualmente sono inutilizzati e non supportati.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.7. D: Vorrei usare la funzione XYZ ma GnuCash non ce !
 l'ha. Come posso fare?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_newFeatures"></a>B.2.7. D: Vorrei usare la funzione XYZ ma GnuCash non ce l'ha. Come posso fare?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Chiedi gentilmente. :-) Puoi presentare una richiesta qui <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Ricorda di descrivere il più dettagliatamente possibile la caratteristica che vorresti vedere implementata. Il trucco sta tutto nel riuscire a fornire più informazioni possibili ai programmatori sulle caratteristiche della funzionalità da implementare. Se vuoi accelerare lo sviluppo, considera la possibilità di effettuare una donazione come descritto nella GnuCashDevelopment.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.8. D: E' disponibile un'interfaccia web in GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_web"></a>B.2.8. D: E' disponibile un'interfaccia web in GnuCash?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: No</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.9. D: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_security"></a>B.2.9. D: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Senza risposta</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.10. D: Come posso contribuire al progetto GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_contribute"></a>B.2.10. D: Come posso contribuire al progetto GnuCash?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Stiamo organizzando un processo più formale ma per ora puoi iscriverti alla mailing list all'indirizzo <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user</a> e <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/ma!
 ilman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel</a> e discutere con gli iscritti il modo in cui puoi contribuire. Tieni però presente che GnuCash è costituito da una bella percentuale di codice scritto in C e Scheme (vedi la domanda più sopra, "Perché GnuCash è scritto in C?" se vuoi sapere perché). Se non ti senti di programmare con questo linguaggio, puoi comunque contribuire in altro modo.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.11. D: Credo di aver trovato un bug. Come posso comunicarlo?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_bugs"></a>B.2.11. D: Credo di aver trovato un bug. Come posso comunicarlo?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Prima di tutto, cerca di verificare che si tratti realmente di un bug e che non sia già stato messo in evidenza in passato. Cerca nell'archivio della mailing list (vedi domanda più sopra). Poi passa a cercare in <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">Gnome Bugzilla</a> database.</p><p>Se sei convinto di aver trovato realmente un nuovo bug, puoi comunicarlo all'indirizzo <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Per favore ricorda di descrivere il bug con il massimo dettaglio possibile. Il trucco sta nel riuscire a fornire più informazioni possibili ai programmatori per riuscire a riprodurre il bug. Un programmatore è in genere in grado di risolvere un bug solo quando lo vede, se non riesci a mostrarlo al programmatore, non verrà tolto!</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.1. Fon!
 ti di Informazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.3. Usare GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.2. Informazioni generali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Fonti di Informazione"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Utilizzare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.2. Informazioni generali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.2. Informazioni generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_general"></a>B.2. Informazioni generali</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.1. D: Posso usare GnuCash in ambiente Windows?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_windows"></a>B.2.1. D: Posso usare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in ambiente Windows?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì. A partire dalla versione 2.2.0, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è disponibile anche per Windows.</p><p>Altre opzioni correlate potrebbero essere colinux, VMWare e un server-X basato su windows che fa da host per una sessione remota di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.2. D: Ho sentito dire che è tro!
 ppo difficile compilare GnuCash!"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_hard2compile"></a>B.2.2. D: Ho sentito dire che è troppo difficile compilare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>!</h3></div></div></div><p>R:Questo era probabilmente vero quando la versione 1.6.0 è stata rilasciata. Oggi non è più vero, dato che quasi ogni distribuzione comprende già tutte le librerie necessarie (ad eccezione di g-wrap, il che significa che di fatto manca <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">una sola</span>»</span> libreria extra che deve essere installata prima di compilare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>). Comunque, normalmente le distribuzioni non installano i pacchetti di sviluppo delle librerie necessarie, così potrebbe essere necessario avviare il programma di installazione della distribuzione per impostarlo in modo da installare non solo i pacchetti delle librerie ma anche i pacchetti di sviluppo (con suffisso <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">-devel</span>»</span>). In genere, è stato puntualizzato che questo problema affligge diverse applicazioni dell’ambiente Gnome e dipende dal fatto che non esiste niente di simile a un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">unico enorme pacchetto di Gnome</span>»</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.3. D: C’è un metodo automatico (non-interattivo) in GnuCash, per realizzare continuamente rapporti, grafici ecc..?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_batchmode"></a>B.2.3. D: C’è un metodo automatico (non-interattivo) in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, per realizzare continuamente rapporti, grafici ecc..?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: No, per ora <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> funziona solo interattivamente.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.4. D: È possibile che più persone abbiano accesso allo stesso progetto in GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><di!
 v><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_multuser"></a>B.2.4. D: È possibile che più persone abbiano accesso allo stesso progetto in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: È possibile che più persone possano accedere a un stesso progetto ma non contemporaneamente.</p><p>Per creare un progetto multi-utente, tutte le persone devono avere accesso in lettura e scrittura alla cartella contenente i dati (per leggere i file creati dagli altri e crearne di nuovi). Un modo per farlo consiste nel creare un gruppo e assegnare la cartella al gruppo creato con il codice 2775. Il <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">2</span>»</span> rappresenta l’attributo setgid che copia i permessi a tutti i file.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.5. D: Perché GnuCash è scritto in C?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_WhyC"></a>B.2.5. D: Perché <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è scritto in C?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Le funzionalità principali di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono scritte in C, ma non dimentichiamo che la maggior parte di queste sono accessibili tramite Guile (Scheme). Ci sono un sacco di ragioni per cui <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato scritto in C. La prima è storica, infatti <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è nato nel 1996 (o forse prima!) e la maggior parte dei compilatori OOP (C++, Java, Python) non erano ancora maturi e sufficientemente standardizzati per la varietà di piattaforme presenti a quel tempo, di conseguenza il C era l’unica scelta. Una seconda ragione è rappresentata dal fatto che l’interfaccia grafica standard su cui si basa <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è GTK, che è scritta in C.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.6. D: Perché non riscrivete GnuCash nel linguaggio pinco-pallino così che io possa contribuire più facilmente!
 ?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_rewrite"></a>B.2.6. D: Perché non riscrivete <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> nel linguaggio pinco-pallino così che io possa contribuire più facilmente?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: La risposta più immediata è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non lo faremo</span>»</span>. Quella più lunga è anche più complessa ma si conclude comunque con <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non lo faremo</span>»</span>. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un grosso insieme di codice mantenuto da un piccolo gruppo di programmatori che conoscono bene i linguaggi C e Scheme (Guile). Ad oggi, l’80% del codice è in C e circa il 13% in Scheme/Lisp. Non c’è nessuna buona ragione che giustificherebbe la riscrittura di una così grande quantità di codice in un nuovo linguaggio. Inoltre, creare dei collegamenti a linguaggi più recenti quali Python e Ruby o (inserisci qui il nome del tuo linguaggio preferito!) sarebbe un lavoro impegnativo, considerando che siamo già piuttosto impegnati a mantenere ed evolvere il codice già esistente.</p><p>Detto questo, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un progetto open source e ognuno è libero di fare o contribuire come vuole. Non aspettarti però un grande aiuto se la ragione del tuo cambio è dovuta solo alla mancanza di voglia di imparare il C o Scheme. Inoltre, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aveva dei collegamenti a SWIG (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.swig.org" target="_top">http://www.swig.org</a>) che sono state usate per alcune parti programmate in perl. Stando ad una discussione, questi collegamenti a SWIG potrebbero essere una strada per includere altri linguaggi in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, ma attualmente sono inutilizzati e non supportati.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.7. D: Vorrei usare la funzione XYZ ma GnuCash non ce l’ha. Co!
 me posso fare?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_newFeatures"></a>B.2.7. D: Vorrei usare la funzione XYZ ma <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non ce l’ha. Come posso fare?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Chiedi gentilmente. :-) Puoi presentare una richiesta qui <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Ricorda di descrivere il più dettagliatamente possibile la caratteristica che vorresti vedere implementata. Il trucco sta tutto nel riuscire a fornire più informazioni possibili ai programmatori sulle caratteristiche della funzionalità da implementare. Se vuoi accelerare lo sviluppo, considera la possibilità di effettuare una donazione come descritto nella <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>Development.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.8. D: È disponibile un’interfaccia web in GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_web"></a>B.2.8. D: È disponibile un’interfaccia web in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: No</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.9. D: Come posso proteggere i miei dati di GnuCash utilizzando CFS, e simili?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_security"></a>B.2.9. D: Come posso proteggere i miei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizzando CFS, e simili?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Senza risposta</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.10. D: Come posso contribuire al progetto GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_contribute"></a>B.2.10. D: Come posso contribuire al progetto <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Stiamo organizzando un processo più formale ma per ora puoi iscriverti alla lista di discussione!
  raggiungibile all’indirizzo <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user</a> e <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel</a> e discutere con gli iscritti il modo in cui puoi contribuire. Tieni però presente che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è costituito da una bella percentuale di codice scritto in C e Scheme (vedi la domanda più sopra, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Perché <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è scritto in C?</span>»</span> se vuoi conoscerne i motivi). Se non ti senti di programmare con questo linguaggio, puoi comunque contribuire in altro modo.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.2.11. D: Credo di aver trovato un bug. Come posso comunicarlo?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_bugs"></a>B.2.11. D: Credo di aver trovato un bug. Come posso comunicarlo?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Prima di tutto, cerca di verificare che si tratti realmente di un bug e che non sia già stato messo in evidenza in passato. Cerca nell’archivio delle liste di discussione (vedi domanda più sopra). Poi passa a cercare in <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">Gnome Bugzilla</a> database.</p><p>Se sei convinto di aver trovato realmente un nuovo bug, puoi comunicarlo all’indirizzo <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Per favore ricorda di descrivere il bug con il massimo dettaglio possibile. Il trucco sta nel riuscire a fornire più informazioni possibili ai programmatori per riuscire a riprodurre il bug. Un programmatore è in genere in grado di risolvere un bug solo quando lo vede, se non riesci a mostrarlo al programmatore, non verrà tolto!</p></div></!
 div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.1. Fonti di Informazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.3. Utilizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.1. Fonti di Informazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. Informazioni generali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.1. Fonti di Informazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.1. Fonti di Informazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_info"></a>B.1. Fonti di Informazione</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.1. D: Dov'è la FAQ?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_where"></a>B.1.1. D: Dov'è la FAQ?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: La stai leggendo! La versione più aggiornata è all'interno della guida di GnuCash <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ" target="_top">within the GnuCash Wiki</a>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.2. D: Ci sono delle mailing list dedicate a GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_mail"></a>B.1.2. D: Ci sono delle mailing list dedicate a GnuCash?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì! qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://list!
 s.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user</a> e <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel</a> per iscriverti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.3. D: esiste la possibilità di cercare un argomento nell'archivio della mailing list?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_mailarchive"></a>B.1.3. D: esiste la possibilità di cercare un argomento nell'archivio della mailing list?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì, recati qui <a class="ulink" href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.devel" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.devel</a> e qui <a class="ulink" href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.user" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.user</a> (anche qui <a class="ulink" href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.german" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.german</a> se conosci il Tedesco).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.4. D: Esistono altri mezzi per ottenere aiuto riguardo GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_other"></a>B.1.4. D: Esistono altri mezzi per ottenere aiuto riguardo GnuCash?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì. La maggior parte dei programmatori si ritrovano su ICQ nella discussione #GnuCash su irc.gnome.org. E' anche disponibile un wiki qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/GnuCash" target="_top">http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/GnuCash</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width=!
 "40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.2. Informazioni generali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.1. Fonti di Informazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. Informazioni generali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.1. Fonti di Informazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.1. Fonti di Informazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_info"></a>B.1. Fonti di Informazione</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.1. D: Dov’è la FAQ?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_where"></a>B.1.1. D: Dov’è la FAQ?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: La stai leggendo! La versione più aggiornata è all’interno della <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ" target="_top">Wiki di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.2. D: Ci sono delle liste di discussione dedicate a GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_mail"></a>B.1.2. D: Ci sono delle liste di discussione dedicate a <strong class="application"><co!
 de>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì! qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user</a> e <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel" target="_top">http://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-devel</a> per iscriverti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.3. D: esiste la possibilità di cercare un argomento nell’archivio delle liste di discussione?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_mailarchive"></a>B.1.3. D: esiste la possibilità di cercare un argomento nell’archivio delle liste di discussione?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì, recati qui <a class="ulink" href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.devel" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.devel</a> e qui <a class="ulink" href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.user" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.user</a> (anche qui <a class="ulink" href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.german" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.GnuCash.german</a> se conosci il Tedesco).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.1.4. D: Esistono altri mezzi per ottenere aiuto riguardo GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_other"></a>B.1.4. D: Esistono altri mezzi per ottenere aiuto riguardo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Sì. La maggior parte dei programmatori si ritrovano su ICQ nella discussione #gnucash su irc.gnome.org. È anche disponibile un wiki qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/GnuCash" target="_top">http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/GnuCash</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="l!
 eft"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.2. Informazioni generali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,8 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.3. Usare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. Informazioni generali"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Contabilità"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.3. Usare GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.3. Usare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_using"></a>B.3. Usare GnuCash</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.1. D: Come posso spostare le transazioni da un conto A a un conto B, in modo da unirli?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_moveAtoB"></a>B.3.1. D: Come posso spostare le transazioni da un conto A a un conto B, in modo da unirli?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Al momento, GnuCash non offre un modo di spostare un gruppo di suddivisioni da un conto a un altro; devono essere spostate una alla volta. Apri il registro per il conto A e
-	e seleziona l'opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza -> Giornale della transazione</strong></span> per rendere visibili tutte le suddivisioni.  Per ogni suddivisione in cui il campo "conto" mostra
-	il conto A reimpostalo come conto B. Per fare questo velocemente e in sicurezza, utilizza prima la combinazione di tasti <span class="emphasis"><strong>CTRL-c</strong></span> per copiare il nome del conto
-	di destinazione (conto B) nella memoria. Seleziona poi ogni riferimento al conto A con un doppio clic su di questo e premi <span class="emphasis"><strong>CTRL-v</strong></span> per incollare il nome del
-	conto di destinazione. Premendo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Invio</strong></span> dopo ogni operazione di incollaggio, automaticamente verrà spostata la transazione fuori dal registro.</p><p>FAI ATTENZIONE! se inavvertitamente imposti il campo "Conto" a una destinazione non voluta,dovrai cercare tra tutti i tuoi conti per ritrovare la transazione persa e 
-	correggere l'errore.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.2. D: E' possibile unire due progetti di GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_merge2files"></a>B.3.2. D: E' possibile unire due progetti di GnuCash?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Al momento non è possibile.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.3. D: Come posso salvare un modello predefinito della struttura del mio conto?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate"></a>B.3.3. D: Come posso salvare un modello predefinito della struttura del mio conto?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: E' disponibile un comando dal menu: <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Esporta</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Esporta conti</strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.4. D: Quando cerco un cliente (o qualsiasi altra cosa), come posso ottenere una lista di tutto?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_ListAll"></a>B.3.4. D: Quando cerco un cliente (o qualsiasi altra cosa), come posso ottenere una lista di tutto?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Seleziona l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>corrisponde all'espressione regolare</strong></span> e inserisci un semplice punto "." nel campo del testo da ricercare. Premi poi <span class="guibutton">Trova
-	</span>. L'espressione regolare "." significa di cercare tutto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.5. D: Come posso registrare una transazione in date diverse (la data reale e quella della banca)?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_Dates"></a>B.3.5. D: Come posso registrare una transazione in date diverse (la data reale e quella della banca)?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Conviene registrare la transazione  con la data in cui hai firmato l'assegno o iniziato l'operazione. Quando viene "liquidata" dalla banca, puoi premere nel campo "Riconciliata" per
- 	"liquidare" la transazione (cambierà la "n" in "l").</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.2. Informazioni generali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.4. Contabilità</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.3. Utilizzare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. Informazioni generali"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Contabilità"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.3. Utilizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="B.3. Utilizzare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_using"></a>B.3. Utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.1. D: Come posso spostare le transazioni da un conto «A» a un conto «B», in modo da unirli?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_moveAtoB"></a>B.3.1. D: Come posso spostare le transazioni da un conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">A</span>»</span> a un conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">B</span>»</span>, in modo da unirli?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Al momento, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non offre un modo di spostare un gruppo di suddivisioni da un conto a!
  un altro; devono essere spostate una alla volta. Apri il registro per il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">A</span>»</span> e seleziona la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Giornale della transazione</strong></span> per rendere visibili tutte le suddivisioni. Per ogni suddivisione in cui il campo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">conto</span>»</span> mostra il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">A</span>»</span>, reimpostalo come conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">B</span>»</span>. Per fare questo velocemente e in sicurezza, utilizza prima la combinazione di tasti Ctrl+C per copiare il nome del conto di destinazione (conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">B</span>»</span>) nella memoria. Seleziona poi ogni riferimento al conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">A</span>»</span> con un doppio clic su di questo e premi Ctrl+V per incollare il nome del conto di destinazione. Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> dopo ogni operazione di incollaggio, automaticamente verrà spostata la transazione fuori dal registro.</p><p>FAI ATTENZIONE! se inavvertitamente imposti il campo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Conto</span>»</span> a una destinazione non voluta, dovrai cercare tra tutti i tuoi conti per ritrovare la transazione persa e correggere l’errore.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.2. D: È possibile unire due progetti di GnuCash?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_merge2files"></a>B.3.2. D: È possibile unire due progetti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Al momento non è possibile.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.3. D: Come posso salvare un modello predefinito della struttura del mio conto?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate"></a>B.3.3. D: Come posso salvare un mode!
 llo predefinito della struttura del mio conto?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: È disponibile un comando dal menu: <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Esporta</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Esporta conti</strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.4. D: Quando cerco un cliente (o qualsiasi altra cosa), come posso ottenere una lista di tutto?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_ListAll"></a>B.3.4. D: Quando cerco un cliente (o qualsiasi altra cosa), come posso ottenere una lista di tutto?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Seleziona l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</strong></span> e inserisci un semplice punto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">.</span>»</span> nel campo del testo da ricercare. Premi poi <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. L’espressione regolare <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">.</span>»</span> significa di cercare tutto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="B.3.5. D: Come posso registrare una transazione in date diverse (la data reale e quella della banca)?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_Dates"></a>B.3.5. D: Come posso registrare una transazione in date diverse (la data reale e quella della banca)?</h3></div></div></div><p>R: Conviene registrare la transazione con la data in cui hai firmato l’assegno o iniziato l’operazione. Quando viene <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">liquidata</span>»</span> dalla banca, puoi fare clic nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliata</strong></span> per <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">liquidare</span>»</span> la transazione (cambierà la <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">n</span>»</span> in <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">l</span>»</span>).</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation foote!
 r"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.2. Informazioni generali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.4. Contabilità</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Contabilità"><link rel="next" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_accounting.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc_vat1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixc"></a>Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixc_vat1.html">C.1. UK Vat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Contabilità"><link rel="next" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_accounting.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc_vat1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixc"></a>Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="appendixc_vat1.html">C.1. UK Vat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_accounting.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc_vat1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.4. Contabilità </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> C.1. UK Vat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>C.1. UK Vat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"><link rel="next" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">C.1. UK Vat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixd.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="C.1. UK Vat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixc_vat1"></a>C.1. UK Vat</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Account types (only shown if different to parent type)
- </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>[E] Expense</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[I] Income</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[A] Asset</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[L] Liability</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[Q] Equity</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[B] Bank accounts</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[C] Credit Cards</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[R] Accounts Receivable</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[P] Accounts Payable</p></li></ul></div><p>(Box n) refers to VAT form box number (I actually have these as
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>C.1. UK Vat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees"><link rel="next" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">C.1. UK Vat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixd.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="C.1. UK Vat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixc_vat1"></a>C.1. UK Vat</h2></div></div></div><p>Tipo di conto (visualizzato solamente se diverso da quello genitore)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>[u] Uscita</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[E] Entrata</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[A] Attività</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[p] Passività</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[C] CapitalE</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[B] Conti bancari</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[T] Carta di credito: </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[R] Crediti correnti</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>[P] Conti debitori</p></li></ul></div><p>(Box n) refers to VAT form box number (I actually have these as
 descriptions to the account to remind me)</p><p>Add all the (Box n -part)  together to get the whole (Box n)
-The VAT shows you liability - if its negative they owe you.</p><p>Capital Equipment (Box 7 - part) and (Box 6 - part) is the value of all *additions* (purchases) made over the VAT return period - not the absolute value, nor the difference in value unless that difference is wholly due to new purchases. Depreciation, losses (e.g a write off of faulty item) and other reductions in capital value are not included. If you sell a capital item then that sale and its VAT is recorded under Income. The asset is 'converted to cash', so the 'net of VAT' increase in your bank account, when the invoice is payed, is matched by a decrease in capital.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+The VAT shows you liability - if its negative they owe you.</p><p>Capital Equipment (Box 7 - part) and (Box 6 - part) is the value of all *additions* (purchases) made over the VAT return period - not the absolute value, nor the difference in value unless that difference is wholly due to new purchases. Depreciation, losses (e.g a write off of faulty item) and other reductions in capital value are not included. If you sell a capital item then that sale and its VAT is recorded under Income. The asset is <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">converted to cash</span>»</span>, so the <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">net of VAT</span>»</span> increase in your bank account, when the invoice is payed, is matched by a decrease in capital.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Bank Accounts [B]<br>
   |___ Main Account<br>
   |___  Reserve Account<br>
@@ -37,7 +35,7 @@
 <br>
 Equity [Q]<br>
   |___  Corp Tax<br>
-  |___  Director's Loan<br>
+  |___  Director’s Loan<br>
   |___  Dividends<br>
   |             |___  Director1<br>
   |             |___  Director2<br>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"><link rel="next" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixd"></a>Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="check_format_info.html">D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_overview">D.1.1. Introduzione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id2834485">D.1.2. Esempio di contenuto del file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id2834512">D.1.3. Descrizione dei campi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_notes">D.1.4. Creare dei file di formato per gli assegni</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questi sono i forma!
 ti di alcuni file ausiliari utilizzati da GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. UK Vat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"><link rel="next" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixd"></a>Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="check_format_info.html">D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File <code class="filename">*.chk</code>)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_overview">D.1.1. In generale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id2824035">D.1.2. Esempio di contenuto del file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id2824076">D.1.3. Descrizione dei campi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_notes">D.1.4. Creare dei file di formato per gli assegni</a></span></dt></dl></d!
 d></dl></div><p>Questi sono i formati di alcuni file ausiliari utilizzati da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. UK Vat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File <code xmlns="" class="filename">*.chk</code>)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,54 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Concetti di contabilità</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="next" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Concetti di contabilità</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_basics.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-accounting1"></a>2.1. Concetti di contabilità</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash è abbastanza semplice da utilizzare e comprendere
-    anche in assenza di una approfondita conoscenza dei principi della contabilità.
-    Comunque, nulla toglie che la conoscenza di alcuni concetti base
-    risulta indispensabile dato che GnuCash è stato creato sulla base di questi
-    principi. Si consiglia caldamente di comprendere a fondo questa sezione
-    prima di procedere nella lettura dei capitoli successivi.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.1.1. I 5 conti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounting52"></a>2.1.1. I 5 conti di base</h3></div></div></div><p>Le leggi della contabilità raggruppano tutti gli strumenti
-      finanziari in 5 tipi fondamentali di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">conti</span>»</span>. In pratica
-      tutto quello con cui i contabili hanno a che fare può essere
-      inserito in uno dei seguenti 5 gruppi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività/Patrimonio netto</strong></span> - tutto ciò che si possiede.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività/Debiti</strong></span> - i debiti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitale Netto</strong></span> - valore totale netto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate</strong></span> - aumentano il valore del conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> - diminuiscono il valore del conto.</p></li></ul></div><p>E' ora più chiaro come sia possibile catalogare il mondo finanziario 
-      in questi 5 gruppi. Per esempio il denaro sul proprio conto bancario fa parte dei beni,
-      il mutuo è un debito, il salario/stipendio è un'entrata mentre il costo
-      della cena di ieri sera è un'uscita.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.2. L'Equazione fondamentale della contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingequation2"></a>2.1.2. L'Equazione fondamentale della contabilità</h3></div></div></div><p>Definiti i 5 conti fondamentali, resta da spiegare come siano
-      in relazione tra loro. In che modo un tipo di conto ne influenza un altro?
-      Prima di tutto il capitale netto è definito a partire dalle attività e dalle passività.
-      Matematicamente parlando, il capitale netto è la differenza tra
-      il valore delle proprie attività e quello delle proprie passività:</p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>attività - passività = capitale netto</strong></span></p><p>In aggiunta, è possibile aumentare il capitale attraverso le entrate
-      e diminuirlo con le uscite. Questo è intuitivo dato che quando si riceve
-      un assegno si diventa più ricchi e quando si offre una cena si diventa più poveri.
-      Matematicamente questo concetto è espresso dall'EQUAZIONE DELLA CONTABILITÀ</p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>attività - passività = capitale + (entrate -
-      uscite)</strong></span></p><p>L'equazione deve sempre essere rispettata; questo è vero se
-      i movimenti di denaro avvengono sempre da un conto verso un altro.
-      Per esempio, se si riceve del denaro come entrata, deve esserci un
-      corrispondente aumento del capitale. Come altro esempio si può avere un aumento
-      del proprio patrimonio se a esso corrisponde un aumento delle passività.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="La relazione fondamentale della contabilità"><div class="caption"><p>Visualizzazione grafica della relazione che intercorre
-            tra i 5 tipi fondamentali di conti. Il capitale netto
-            si accresce grazie alle entrate e diminuisce a causa delle uscite.
-            Le freccie rappresentano la direzione del valore.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.3. Partita doppia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Partita doppia</h3></div></div></div><p>L'equazione di bilancio appena descritta costituisce il cuore
-      di un sistema di registrazione a partita doppia. A ogni cambio di valore
-      di un termine dell'equazione deve corrispondere la variazione di un altro termine per rispettare 
-      l'uguaglianza. Questo concetto è noto con il nome di <span class="emphasis"><strong>principio del bilancio</strong></span>
-      ed è di fondamentale importanza per capire come funziona GnuCash ma anche gli altri
-      programmi che usano uno schema a partita doppia. Quando si lavora con GnuCash, si dovranno
-      sempre considerare almeno due conti al fine di mantenere equilibrata l'equazione 
-      fondamentale della contabilità</p><p>La contabilità a partita doppia ha due scopi; il primo è di creare 
-      una traccia di tutti i conti: il denaro infatti deve provenire da qualche parte
-      e andare da qualche altra parte. Inoltre, la contabilità a partita doppia
-      è storicamente stata utilizzata per controllare i calcoli di un contabile.
-      Dato che i numeri vengono inseriti simultaneamente in più conti, è possibile
-      controllare in più posti che i totali corrispondano. naturalmente, con l'avvento
-      dei computer, le probabilità che si verifichi un errore di calcolo sono basse,
-      ma è bene sapere che il concetto continua a essere applicato!</p><p>Il metodo a partita doppia esiste sin dal 15° secolo, allorché
-      fu descritto da un frate Italiano, Luca Pacioli.
-      Il metodo originale consiste nel registrare ogni transazione in un quaderno,
-      detto libro mastro, e poi ricopiare ogni parte della transazione in altri
-      quaderni detti giornali. Questo metodo è a tutt'oggi usato perché aiuta ad
-      evitare gli errori e, nel caso ce ne fossero, a trovarne la fonte.
-      GnuCash semplifica questo metodo copiando ogni transazione automaticamente e potrebbero
-      quindi non essere visibili eventuali errori che si scorgerebbero subito con il metodo cartaceo.
-      GnuCash però avvertirà segnalando le transazioni che non sono
-      bilanciate e indicherà quando un conto non è ancora stato nominato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Chiamare questo metodo di tenuta dei conti con il nome partita-doppia
-        può essere equivoco; sarebbe più corretto chiamarlo a partita-multipla,
-        dato che una transazione può coinvolgere più conti. Sfortunatamente
-        ci sono più di 700 anni di storia di utilizzo del termine che sono
-        sufficienti a scoraggiarne la modifica.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_basics.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 2. Le basi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Concetti di contabilità</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="next" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Concetti di contabilità</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_basics.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-accounting1"></a>2.1. Concetti di contabilità</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è abbastanza semplice da utilizzare e comprendere anche in assenza di una approfondita conoscenza dei principi della contabilità. Comunque, nulla toglie che la conoscenza di alcuni concetti base risulta indispensabile dato che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato creato sulla base di questi principi. Si consiglia caldamente di comprendere a fondo questa sezione prima di procedere nella lettura dei capitoli successivi.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.1.1. I 5 conti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounting52"></a>2.1.1. I 5 conti di base</h3></div></div></div><p>Le leggi della contabil!
 ità raggruppano tutti gli strumenti finanziari in 5 tipi fondamentali di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">conti</span>»</span>. In pratica tutto quello con cui i contabili hanno a che fare può essere inserito in uno dei seguenti 5 gruppi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività/Patrimonio netto</strong></span> — tutto ciò che si possiede.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività/Debiti</strong></span> — i debiti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitale Netto</strong></span> — valore totale netto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate</strong></span> — aumentano il valore del conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> — diminuiscono il valore del conto.</p></li></ul></div><p>È ora più chiaro come sia possibile catalogare il mondo finanziario in questi 5 gruppi. Per esempio il denaro sul proprio conto bancario fa parte dei beni, il mutuo è un debito, il salario/stipendio è un’entrata mentre il costo della cena di ieri sera è un’uscita.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.2. L’Equazione fondamentale della contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingequation2"></a>2.1.2. L’Equazione fondamentale della contabilità</h3></div></div></div><p>Definiti i 5 conti fondamentali, resta da spiegare come siano in relazione tra loro. In che modo un tipo di conto ne influenza un altro? Prima di tutto il capitale netto è definito a partire dalle attività e dalle passività. Matematicamente parlando, il capitale netto è la differenza tra il valore delle proprie attività e quello delle proprie passività:</p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>attività - passività = capitale netto</strong></span></p><p>In aggiunta, è possibile aumentare il capitale attraverso le entrate e diminuirlo con le uscite. Questo Ã!
 ¨ intuitivo dato che quando si riceve un assegno si diventa più <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ricchi</span>»</span> e quando si offre una cena si diventa più <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">poveri</span>»</span>. Matematicamente questo concetto è espresso dall’EQUAZIONE DELLA CONTABILITÀ:</p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>attività - passività = capitale + (entrate - uscite)</strong></span></p><p>L’equazione deve sempre essere rispettata; questo è vero se i movimenti di denaro avvengono sempre da un conto verso un altro. Per esempio, se si riceve del denaro come entrata, deve esserci un corrispondente aumento del capitale. Come altro esempio si può avere un aumento del proprio patrimonio se a esso corrisponde un aumento delle passività.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2729876"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 2.1. La relazione fondamentale della contabilità</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="La relazione fondamentale della contabilità"><div class="caption"><p>Visualizzazione grafica della relazione che intercorre tra i 5 tipi fondamentali di conti. Il capitale netto si accresce grazie alle entrate e diminuisce a causa delle uscite. Le freccie rappresentano la direzione del valore.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="2.1.3. Partita doppia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Partita doppia</h3></div></div></div><p>L’equazione di bilancio appena descritta costituisce il cuore di un <em class="firstterm">sistema di registrazione a partita doppia</em>. A ogni cambio di valore di un termine dell’equazione deve corrispondere la variazione di un altro termine per rispettare l’uguaglianza. Questo concetto è noto con il nome di <em class="firstterm">principio del bilancio</em> ed è di fondamentale importanza per capire come funziona <strong class="appl!
 ication"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ma anche gli altri programmi che usano uno schema a partita doppia. Quando si lavora con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, si dovranno sempre considerare almeno due conti al fine di mantenere equilibrata l’equazione fondamentale della contabilità</p><p>Si ricordano ancora i termini debito e credito discussi nella <a class="xref" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità">Sezione 2.1, «Concetti di contabilità»</a>? Contrariamente a quanto si possa credere e alle definizioni sui dizionari, <em class="firstterm">debiti<em class="firstterm"> e <em class="firstterm">crediti<em class="firstterm"> non significano <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">diminuzione</span>»</span> o <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">aumento</span>»</span>. L’unica definizione costante di debiti e crediti è che i debiti sono inseriti nella colonna di sinistra (chiamata anche dare) mentre i crediti in quella di destra (chiamata anche avere). Infatti entrambi possono far aumentare certi tipi di conti e farne diminuire altri. Nei conti delle attività e delle uscite, i debiti ne aumentano il saldo mentre i crediti lo diminuiscono. Nei conti delle passività, del capitale e delle entrate, i crediti ne aumentano il saldo mentre i debiti lo diminuiscono.</em></em></em></em></p><p>La terminologia contabili può confondere il nuovi utenti; per questo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di visualizzare termini più comuni com <span class="guilabel"><strong>deposito</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>prelievo</strong></span>. Se si preferisce la dicitura formale della contabilità, è possibile modificare le intestazioni delle colonne del registro nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (consultare il manuale d’aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per maggiori informazio!
 ni su come impostare le preferenze)</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_basics.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 2. Le basi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,70 +1,12 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importare file QIF"><link rel="next" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-import1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-backup1"></a>2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash crea diversi tipi di file per assicurarsi che i
-    dati non vadano persi. Si possono trovare file con le seguenti estensioni:
-    xac,log, LCK, LNK tutti nella stessa cartella del file dei dati. 
-    La descrizione delle caratteristiche fornite da ogni formato è riportata
-    di seguito.</p><pre class="programlisting">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari"><link rel="next" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.7. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-backup1"></a>2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> crea diversi tipi di file per assicurarsi che i dati non vadano persi. Controllando nella cartella in cui è stato salvato il proprio file <code class="filename">.gnucash</code>, saranno probabilmente presenti altri file generati automaticamente da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> con le seguenti estensioni: <code class="filename">.gnucash</code>, <code class="filename">.log</code>, <code class="filename">.LCK</code>, <code class="filename">.LNK</code>. La descrizione delle caratteristiche fornite da ogni formato è riportata di seguito.</p><div xmlns="http:/!
 /www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le seguenti sezioni hanno rilevanza solamente se si stanno salvando i propri dati finanziari nel formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>.</p></td></tr></table></div><pre class="programlisting">
       $ ls 
-      gcashdata
-      gcashdata.20060414185747.xac
-      gcashdata.20060414223248.log
-      gcashdata.20060415114340.xac
-      gcashdata.20060415154508.log
-      gcashdata.20060415173322.xac
-      gcashdata.20060415194251.log
-      gcashdata.7f0982.12093.LNK
-      gcashdata.LCK
-    </pre><div class="sect2" title="2.8.1. File di backup (.xac)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupxac2"></a>2.8.1. File di backup (.xac)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ogni volta che si salva un file dei dati, viene creata anche una copia
-      di sicurezza di formato xac. Questo file è una copia completa del file dei
-      dati precedente e il suo nome fa riferimento al nome del file dei 
-      dati, all'anno, al mese, al giorno e all'ora del backup. Per esempio,
-      il file di nome <code class="filename">gcashdata.20060414185747.xac</code> indica
-      che si tratta di una copia di sicurezza del file gcashdata salvata nell'anno
-      2006, il 14 Aprile alle 18:57:47.</p><p>Per recuperare un vecchio file di backup, basta aprire il file .xac
-      con la data che si desidera ripristinare. Assicurarsi di salvare il
-      file con un nome differente senza utilizzare l'estensione xac.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.2. Log file (.log)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplog2"></a>2.8.2. Log file (.log)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ogni volta che viene aperto un file in GnuCash, viene creato un
-      file .log con lo stesso nome del file di backup di estensione .xac.
-      Nel momento in cui si effettuano delle modifiche al file dati aperto, il file
-      di log registra solamente queste modifiche. I file di log non sono dei file
-      di backup completi - registrano semplicemente i cambiamenti fatti al file
-      dei dati nella sessione corrente di GnuCash.</p><p>Nel caso GnuCash terminasse inaspettatamente, per esempio esempio a causa
-      di un blackout elettrico o di un blocco del sistema, sarà possibile
-      recuperare la maggior parte del lavoro effettuato dall'ultima volta 
-      che il file di GnuCash è stato salvato, utilizzando il file di log.
-      Questa è la procedura da seguire:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire l'ultimo salvataggio del file GnuCash.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Andare in "File" -> "Importa" -> "Ripeti file .log di GnuCash"
-          e selezionare un file di estensione .log con la stessa data del file
-          salvato aperto precedentemente. Assicurarsi di aver selezionato il file 
-          di log esatto per scongiurare il verificarsi di gravi problemi nella 
-          struttura e nei valori dei conti.</p></li></ul></div><p>La ripetizione del file di log permette di recuperare ogni 
-      transazione che ha variato il saldo immesso dall'ultimo salvataggio,
-      incluse quelle create dalle transazioni pianificate e dalle funzioni
-      per l'impresa (fatture, ricevute, ecc...).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Attenzione: le modifiche alle transazioni pianificate, alle fatture
-        per le ricevute NON verranno recuperate, e le loro transazioni che sono state 
-        recuperate potrebbero non essere correttamente associate con esse; andrebbero 
-        quindi ricontrollate. In particolar modo per le transazioni di impresa, potrebbe
-        essere necessario cancellarne alcune e ricrearne di altre. Senza questa operazione,
-        anche se il saldo potrebbe sembrare corretto, alcuni resoconti potrebbero 
-        non esserlo.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.3. File di blocco (.LNK e .LCK)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplock2"></a>2.8.3. File di blocco (.LNK e .LCK)</h3></div></div></div><p>Occasionalmente possono comparire dei file .LNK e .LCK. Questi 
-      non contengono alcun dato, ma sono creati solamente per impedire
-      che due o più utenti possano aprire lo stesso file contemporaneamente.
-      Questi file sono creati automaticamente all'apertura di un file per 
-      bloccarlo in modo che nessun altro possa accedervi. Quando si chiude
-      GnuCash o si apre un altro file, GnuCash sblocca il primo file dei dati cancellando
-      i file LNK e LCK.</p><p>Se GnuCash si arresta improvvisamente quando è aperto
-      un file di dati, i file LCK e LNK non vengono cancellati.
-      La prossima volta che che GnuCash verrà aperto, sarà presentato
-      un avviso in cui si dice che il file è bloccato. Questo messaggio
-      appare poiché i file LNK e LCK sono ancora nella directory.
-      Si può premere tranquillamente sì per aprire il file, ma si dovrebbero 
-      cancellare i file .LNK e .LCK (usando il terminale o il file manager).
-      Una volta cancellati questi file, non verrà più presentato alcun avviso
-      a meno che GnuCash non venga interrotto di nuovo in modo improvviso.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.8.4. Gestire i file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupmanage2"></a>2.8.4. Gestire i file</h3></div></div></div><p>Allora quali file si dovrebbero mantenere sul disco? i file
-      dei dati: questi non hanno una estensione di file automatica.
-      E' consigliato anche mantenere alcuni dei file di estensione .xac più 
-      recenti, mentre è possibile cancellare tranquillamente i file di log dato che 
-      non costituiscono una copia completa del file dei dati. Si dovrebbero anche 
-      cancellare tutti i file di estensione .LCK e .LNK che sono ancora
-      presenti dopo la chiusura di GnuCash. Se si decide di fare una copia di 
-      sicurezza dei file su un altro disco, è sufficiente copiare i file dei
-      dati; non i file di estensione .xac.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">GnuCash cancellerà automaticamente tutti i file .xac, .log
-        che sono più vecchi di 30 giorni. Questa impostazione può essere cambiata
-        dalle preferenze di GnuCash.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-import1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.7. Importare file QIF </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.9. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+      ilmiofile.gnucash
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414223248.log
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415154508.log
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.20100415194251.log
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK
+      ilmiofile.gnucash.LCK
+    </pre><div class="sect2" title="2.6.1. File di backup (.gnucash)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupxac2"></a>2.6.1. File di backup (.gnucash)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ogni volta che si salva un file dei dati, viene creata anche una copia di sicurezza con estendione <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code>. Questo file è una copia completa del file dei dati precedente e il suo nome fa riferimento al nome del file dei dati, all’anno, al mese, al giorno e all’ora del backup. Per esempio, il file di nome <code class="filename">ilmiofile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash</code> indica che si tratta di una copia di sicurezza del file <code class="filename">miofile</code> salvata nell’anno 2010, il 14 Aprile alle 18:57:47.</p><p>Per recuperare un vecchio file di backup, basta aprire il file <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code> con la data che si desidera ripristinare. Assicurarsi di salvare il file con un nome differente una volta aperto.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> versione 2.3.15 e inferiori creano dei file di backup con la vecchia estensione <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</code> invece dell’estensione <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code>. Quindi, se è stato effettuato l’aggiornamento dalla serie 2.2 alla serie 2.4, potrebbero essere presenti nella propria cartella entrambi i formati di file <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac</code> e <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.2. File di log (.log)!
 "><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplog2"></a>2.6.2. File di log (.log)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ogni volta che viene aperto un file in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, viene creato un file <code class="filename">.log</code> con lo stesso nome del file di backup di estensione <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code>. Nel momento in cui si effettuano delle modifiche al file dei dati aperto, il file di log registra solamente queste modifiche. I file di log non sono dei file di backup completi: registrano semplicemente i cambiamenti fatti al file dei dati nella sessione corrente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>Nel caso <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> terminasse inaspettatamente, per esempio a causa di un blackout elettrico o di un blocco del sistema, sarà possibile recuperare la maggior parte del lavoro svolto dall’ultima volta che il file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato salvato, utilizzando il file di log. Questa è la procedura da seguire:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire l’ultimo salvataggio del file <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripeti file .log di GnuCash</strong></span> e selezionare un file di estensione .log con la stessa data del file salvato aperto precedentemente. Assicurarsi di aver selezionato il file di log esatto per scongiurare il verificarsi di gravi problemi nella struttura e nei valori dei conti.</p></li></ol></div><p>La ripetizione del file di log permette di recuperare ogni transazione che ha variato il saldo immesso dall’ultimo salvataggio, incluse quelle create dalle transazioni pianificate e dalle funzioni per l’impresa (fatture, ri!
 cevute, ecc...).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Attenzione: le modifiche alle transazioni pianificate, alle fatture o alle ricevute NON verranno recuperate, e le loro transazioni che sono state recuperate potrebbero non essere correttamente associate con esse; andrebbero quindi ricontrollate. In particolar modo per le transazioni di impresa, potrebbe essere necessario cancellarne alcune e ricrearne di altre. Senza questa operazione, anche se il saldo sarà esatto, alcuni resoconti potrebbero non esserlo.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.3. File di blocco (.LNK e .LCK)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplock2"></a>2.6.3. File di blocco (.LNK e .LCK)</h3></div></div></div><p>Occasionalmente possono comparire dei file <code class="filename">.LNK</code> e <code class="filename">.LCK</code>. Questi non contengono alcun dato, ma sono creati solamente per impedire che due o più utenti possano aprire lo stesso file contemporaneamente. Questi file sono creati automaticamente all’apertura di un file per bloccarlo in modo che nessun altro possa accedervi. Quando si chiude <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> o si apre un altro file, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sblocca il primo file dei dati cancellando i file <code class="filename">.LNK</code> e <code class="filename">.LCK</code>.</p><p>Se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si arresta improvvisamente quando è aperto un file di dati, i file <code class="filename">.LCK</code> e <code class="filename">.LNK</code> non vengono cancellati. La prossima volta che c!
 he <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà aperto, sarà presentato un avviso in cui si dice che il file è bloccato. Questo messaggio appare poiché i file <code class="filename">.LNK</code> e <code class="filename">.LCK</code> sono ancora nella cartella. Si può premere tranquillamente il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sì</span> per aprire il file, ma si dovrebbero cancellare i file <code class="filename">.LNK</code> e <code class="filename">.LCK</code> (usando il terminale o il gestore dei file). Una volta cancellati questi file, non verrà più presentato alcun avviso a meno che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non venga interrotto di nuovo in modo improvviso.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.6.4. Gestire i file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupmanage2"></a>2.6.4. Gestire i file</h3></div></div></div><p>Quali file è bene quindi conservare? quelli principali dei dati, naturalmente. È anche buona consuetudine conservare i file di backup <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code> più recenti mentre si possono tranquillamente rimuovere i file <code class="filename">.log</code> dato che non rappresentano delle copie complete dei propri dati.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato aggiornato da una versione precedente alla 2.4, potrebbero essere presenti dei file di backup nel vecchio formato <code class="filename">.xac</code>. Per questi file è possibile applicare gli stessi principi descritti in precedenza per i file di backup del tipo <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash<!
 /code>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Anche i file <code class="filename">.LCK</code> e <code class="filename">.LNK</code> che rimangono nella cartella dopo la chiusura di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possono essere rimossi. Se si decide di effettuare una copia di sicurezza manualmente su un altro disco, è sufficiente copiare i file dei dati principali; non i file di backup del tipo <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cancella automaticamente qualsiasi file di backup <code class="filename">.log</code> e <code class="filename">.YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash</code> più vecchio di 30 giorni. Questo comportamento può essere modificato dalle preferenze di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> raggiungibile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X).</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40!
 %" align="left">2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.7. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,163 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità"><link rel="next" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-entry1"></a>2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando si inseriscono dei dati in GnuCash, occorre avere ben presente
-    i 3 livelli in cui GnuCash li organizza: file, conti e transazioni.
-    Questi livelli sono in ordine di complessità; un file contiene diversi conti
-    e un conto contiene più transazioni. Questa suddivisione è di fondamentale
-    importanza per capire come utilizzare GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.2.1. File, conti e transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounts2"></a>2.2.1. File, conti e transazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>GnuCash utilizza i <span class="emphasis"><strong>file</strong></span> per immagazzinare le informazioni.
-      GnuCash fornisce tre tipi di file: file dei dati, file di backup e file di log.
-      Il file più utilizzato per salvare le informazioni è il file dei dati.
-      Probabilmente si avrà un file che verrà utilizzato per i dati del o dei propri conti,
-      GnuCash ne farà automaticamente una copia di sicurezza (file di backup) ogni
-      volta che verrà salvato di nuovo. GnuCash crea inoltre dei file di log 
-      che possono essere usati per recuperare i dati. I file di backup e di log 
-      sono descritti più avanti in questo capitolo</p><p>Un <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto</strong></span> permette di raccogliere informazioni
-      sui propri beni, sui propri debiti, su ciò che si spende o si guadagna.
-      Anche se si avrà un unico file dei dati, questo potrà contenere diversi conti. 
-      Probabilmente si ha già presente che il denaro che si riceve e quello che si usa per
-      pagare i debiti sono su un conto. Per esempio, un giorno si sarà aperto un conto
-      corrente in banca e questa invierà un resoconto per mostrare
-      quanto denaro si ha a disposizione conto. La compagnia della carta di credito
-      invia anch'essa un resoconto che riporta il debito verso di loro e 
-      la banca presso cui si ha un mutuo invia periodicamente una lettera
-      che riporta il debito rimanente da estinguere.</p><p>In GnuCash, i conti sono anche utilizzati per catalogare
-      il denaro contante che si guadagna o spende, anche se non sono conti come quelli
-      precedenti dotati di un resoconto. Come sarà descritto meglio nel
-      <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>, i conti per le entrate sono
-      utilizzati per catalogare il denaro ricevuto (come, per esempio, lo stipendio od un assegno)
-      mentre i conti per le uscite registrano il denaro speso (per la pizza, per pagare una fattura, ecc...).
-      Questi conti funzionano come le categorie presenti in altri programmi finanziari
-      con in più alcuni vantaggi descritti nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>.</p><p>Una <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazione</strong></span> rappresenta il movimento
-      di denaro che avviene da un conto verso un altro. Quando si spende o
-      riceve denaro, o si trasferiscono fondi da un conto all'altro, si parla di transazione.
-      In GnuCash, come verrà spiegato nella sezione successiva, le transazioni
-      coinvolgono sempre almeno due conti: pagare una fattura, trasferire denaro dai
-      propri risparmi con un assegno, comprare una pizza, fare un prelievo in banca
-      e depositare il proprio stipendio. Il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>
-      approfondisce le modalità di inserimento delle transazioni in GnuCash.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.2.2. Partita doppia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-dbentry2"></a>2.2.2. Partita doppia</h3></div></div></div><p>Il famoso detto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i soldi non crescono
-      sugli alberi</span>»</span> vuole significare che il denaro deve
-      provenire da qualche parte; purtroppo non <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">appare dal nulla</span>»</span>.
-      La <span class="emphasis"><strong>contabilità a partita doppia</strong></span> è un metodo di registrazione
-      che permette di tenere traccia sia della provenienza che della destinazione
-      del denaro. Usare la partita doppia significa che il denaro non è mai
-      guadagnato o perso - una uguale quantità è trasferita da un conto a un
-      altro. Quando si fa un prelievo in banca, si sta trasferendo denaro dal conto bancario al
-      proprio portafogli. Quando si emette un assegno, si sta trasferendo denaro dal proprio conto al
-      beneficiario. Infine, quando si riceve lo stipendio, si sta trasferendo denaro dalla
-      fonte di guadagno al propria conto in banca.</p><p>In GnuCash queste operazioni sono denominate transazioni, ed
-      ogni transazioni richiede almeno due conti. Per immettere i dati di
-      un prelievo, per esempio, si dovrà registrare un trasferimento dal proprio conto
-      bancario al proprio portafogli. Si registrerà invece l'assegno emesso come
-      un trasferimento dal conto corrente al conto del beneficiario. Infine, si potrà
-      registrare lo stipendio come un trasferimento dal conto del proprio datore di lavoro
-      al conto bancario.</p><p>A differenza di altri programmi, GnuCash rende molto semplice
-      l'immissione delle transazioni a partita doppia. Il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>
-      fornisce ulteriori dettagli su come immettere le transazioni in GnuCash, ma 
-      per ora si preferisce dare solo un'occhiata a come funzionano. Per una semplice transazione
-      quale può essere l'emissione di un assegno, si devono prima creare due conti:
-      un conto corrente e un conto spese. Per esempio, se si emette un assegno al fine di pagare
-      un acquisto al negozio, allora si ha bisogno di un conto corrente e di un conto
-      del negoziante (consultare il <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a> per maggiori dettagli
-      su come creare dei conti). Per registrare l'assegno è sufficiente immettere una transazione
-      dal conto corrente al conto del negoziante. La transazione in GnuCash descritta 
-      in questo esempio è riportata nella figura seguente nella finestra di registro 
-      del conto corrente:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png" alt="Una semplice transazione"><div class="caption"><p>L'immagine mostra l'immissione della data, della descrizione
-            e dell'ammontare del trasferimento per un pagamento di <span class="guilabel"><strong>€50</strong></span>
-            in favore del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Negozio</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>In questa transazione, un assegno è registrato a favore
-      del <span class="guilabel"><strong>negozio</strong></span> per un ammontare di <span class="guilabel"><strong>€50</strong></span>.
-      Dato che questa è una operazione a partita doppia, almeno due conti sono
-      coinvolti e devono far parte della transazione. GnuCash automaticamente
-      seleziona il nome del conto (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>)
-      così si deve solamente immettere il nome dell'altro conto coinvolto
-      (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Negozio</strong></span>).</p><p>Per mostrare che GnuCash registra ogni transazione con il
-      metodo della partita doppia, è possibile cambiare la vista in
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>giornale delle transazioni</strong></span> e vedere come si presenta.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png" alt="Vista del giornale delle transazioni per una semplice operazione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>giornale delle
-            transazioni</strong></span> per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span></p></div></div></div><p>Si osservi come è presente una voce per il deposito (debito)
-      riguardante il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Negozio</strong></span>
-      e un'altra per il prelievo (credito) da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>.</p><p>E' possibile controllare come si presenta la stessa transazione dal
-      punto di vista del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Negozio</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png" alt="Immagine di una semplice transazione nel conto Uscite:Negozio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>giornale delle
-            transazioni</strong></span> per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto negozio</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In questo esempio è stato utilizzato un assegno per pagare il negozio.
-        Il concetto rimane però invariato qualunque metodo sia usato per il pagamento.
-        Se invece si fosse usata una carta di credito, la contabilità a partita doppia
-        avrebbe dovuto coinvolgere il conto della propria carta di credito in luogo 
-        di quello degli assegni.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Cosa dire a proposito dello stipendio? il denaro
-      viene addebitato in un conto bancario, ma da dove proviene?
-      Nel metodo a partita doppia, il denaro deve provenire da qualche fonte.
-      Tecnicamente, il denaro proviene dal datore di lavoro, ma non interessa
-      tenere traccia del suo conto. Allora come è possibile registrare le proprie entrate?
-      In GnuCash si può creare un conto speciale con questo compito
-      (consultare il <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a> per maggiori
-      dettagli su come creare un conto per le entrate).
-      Per registrare lo stipendio è sufficiente creare una transazione dal conto
-      delle entrate al proprio conto bancario.</p><p>Ecco come si presenta uno stipendio in GnuCash</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png" alt="Una semplice transazione per lo stipendio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra l'immissione della data, della
-            descrizione e del conto di trasferimento per uno <span class="guilabel"><strong>stipendio di
-            €600</strong></span> pagato da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Employers R Us</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>In questo esempio, <span class="guilabel"><strong>600€</strong></span> sono trasferiti dal 
-      conto delle entrate <span class="guilabel"><strong>stipendio</strong></span> al <span class="guilabel"><strong>conto
-      corrente</strong></span>. A causa della speciale natura dei conti per le entrate
-      discussa nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>, questa transazione
-      incrementa entrambi i saldi del conto corrente e del conto entrate
-      dell'importo trasferito.</p><p>Com'è però possibile registrare lo stipendio lordo e tutte le
-      deduzioni che vengono effettuate? si può utilizzare una transazione 
-      con <span class="emphasis"><strong>suddivisioni multiple</strong></span>, che verrà analizzata
-      nella <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2" title="4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa">Sezione 4.2.2, «Transazione suddivisa»</a>.
-      In questo tipo di transazioni, una somma di denaro viene trasferita
-      da un conto verso più conti. Per ogni transazione a partita doppia,
-      l'importo <span class="emphasis"><strong>totale</strong></span> di denaro trasferito <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span>
-      dei conti deve eguagliare l'importo <span class="emphasis"><strong>totale</strong></span>
-      trasferito <span class="emphasis"><strong>agli</strong></span> altri conti.</p><p>Per esempio, lo stipendio lordo sia di €1.000, ma solo €655 di questi
-      siano depositati sul conto corrente. I rimanenti €345 siano suddivisi tra
-      deduzioni, tasse statali, previdenza sociale ecc...
-      Come è possibile tenere conto di questo in GnuCash?
-      Prima di tutto occorre aver impostato dei conti per lo stipendio lordo,
-      il conto corrente e per ognuna delle deduzioni (consultare il <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>).
-      In seguito è necessario inserire una transazione che trasferisce
-      €1.000 dal conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stipendio</strong></span> agli altri conti:
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>,
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte:Statali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span>,
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Previdenza sociale</strong></span> e
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte:Regionali/provinciali</strong></span>. Poiché questa è una transazione a partita doppia,
-      l'importo totale trasferito a questi cinque conti deve eguagliare gli originari
-      €1.000 provenienti dal conto delle entrate. Questo tipo di transazione è descritta
-      in dettaglio nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>, ma per ora si può vedere una
-      anteprima di come si presenta:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png" alt="Una suddivisione di transazione per lo stipendio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra l'immissione della data, della descrizione e del
-            conto di trasferimento per il pagamento di uno <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stipendio</strong></span> 
-            di <span class="guilabel"><strong>€1000</strong></span>. La transazione è poi suddivisa a favore del
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>, delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse statali
-            </strong></span>, dell'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span>, della<span class="guilabel"><strong>Previdenza
-            sociale</strong></span> e delle tasse di carattere
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>Regionali/provinciali</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Il principio più importante da ricordare è che ogni transazione
-      coinvolge almeno due parti e che l'importo totale, trasferito da un gruppo
-      di conti, deve essere uguale all'importo totale trasferito a un altro 
-      gruppo di conti. Quando una transazione trasferisce una somma uguale
-      da dei conti verso altri conti, viene denominata <span class="emphasis"><strong>in
-      bilancio</strong></span>. In GnuCash, come nella contabilità in partita doppia,
-      tutte le transazioni devono essere in bilancio.</p><p>Perché questo è così importante? Se tutte le transazioni sono
-      in bilancio, allora tutto il denaro è contabilizzato. GnuCash registra
-      sempre la provenienza e la destinazione del denaro. Salvando i nomi
-      di tutti i conti coinvolti in una transazione, vengono forniti i dati
-      necessari per poter, in un secondo momento, essere visualizzati e ordinati
-      in resoconti. Questi permettono di conoscere, per esempio, quanto denaro
-      è stato guadagnato durante l'anno e dove è stato speso, qual'è il 
-      valore netto e come potrebbero essere le tasse per l'anno corrente. Più informazioni
-      vengono fornite al momento dell'inserimento delle transazioni, più
-      dettagliati saranno i resoconti forniti.
-      </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Terminologia contabile</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I contabili utilizzano i termini <span class="emphasis"><strong>dare</strong></span> (addebito)
-        e <span class="emphasis"><strong>avere</strong></span> (accredito) per indicare se il denaro è trasferito
-        <span class="emphasis"><strong>a</strong></span> o <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span> un conto. Il denaro
-        è registrato nella colonna del dare, che è sempre quella di sinistra,
-        quando sta per essere trasferito <span class="emphasis"><strong>a</strong></span> un conto.
-        Il denaro è invece registrato nella colonna dell'avere, che è sempre
-        la colonna di destra, quando sta per essere trasferito <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span>
-        un conto. Il denaro fluisce sempre dalla colonna di destra di un conto
-        alla colonna di sinistra di un altro conto.</p><p xmlns="">La regola principale della contabilità è la seguente: <span class="emphasis"><strong>per ogni
-        transazione, il debito totale deve eguagliare il credito totale.</strong></span>
-        Si tratta in effetti di un altro modo per descrivere il metodo della partita
-        doppia secondo il quale, per ogni transazione, l'importo di denaro
-        trasferito <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span> un conto deve essere uguale all'importo
-        trasferito <span class="emphasis"><strong>a</strong></span> un altro conto.</p><p xmlns="">Non è comunque necessario impiegare i termini debito e credito
-        per usare GnuCash. Le impostazioni predefinite dei registri di GnuCash utilizzano 
-        intestazioni dalle diciture più familiari quali deposito e prelievo;
-        se si è a proprio agio con questi termini, conviene utilizzarli.
-        Se lo si preferisce, è comunque possibile cambiare le intestazioni
-        in credito e debito dalla voce di menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> ->
-        <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> <span class="guibutton">Generali</span>
-        (consultare il<a class="xref" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Impostare le preferenze">Sezione 2.4, «Impostare le preferenze»</a> per maggiori dettagli 
-        sull'impostazione delle preferenze).</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Concetti di contabilità </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità"><link rel="next" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Interfaccia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-entry1"></a>2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando si inseriscono dei dati in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, occorre avere ben presente i 3 livelli in cui <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> li organizza: file, conti e transazioni. Questi livelli sono in ordine di complessità; un file contiene diversi conti e un conto contiene più transazioni. Questa suddivisione è di fondamentale importanza per capire come utilizzare </p><div class="sect2" title="2.2.1. File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-files2"></a>2.2.1. File</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> immagazzina le informazioni al livell!
 o più alto nei file. Un file può essere conservato sul proprio computer o come un singolo file <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> (in tutte le versioni di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>) o in un database <acronym class="acronym">SQL</acronym> (in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> versione 2.4 o superiore).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><acronym class="acronym">SQL</acronym> si pronuncia <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sequel</span>»</span>, quindi nel linguaggio parlato e scritto si dice <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">un database SQL</span>»</span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Con il formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> immagazzina i propri dati finanziari in un file di estensione <acronym class="acronym">.xml</acronym>, generalmnete in formato compresso (aqnche se questa impostazione può essere cambiata nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>).</p><p>Con l’immagazzinamento <acronym class="acronym">SQL</acronym>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> conserva i propri dati finanziari in un database <acronym class="acronym">SQL</acronym> nell’applicazione per i database selezionata (SQLite3, MySQL o PostgreSQL).</p><p>È necessario avere un file o database principale per ogni gruppo di conti che si vuole mantenere. Per sapere come creare e gestire i file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, consultare <a cla!
 ss="xref" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari">Sezione 2.5, «Conservare i propri dati finanziari»</a>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se fosse necessario più di un gruppo di conti, si consiglia di rivolgersi a un contabile professionista prima di procedere. La maggior parte degli utenti avranno bisogno di un singolo file dei dati.</p></td></tr></table></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> genera automaticamente dei file di backup e di log quando necessario. Questi tipi di file sono discussi in <a class="xref" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati">Sezione 2.6, «Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.2.2. Conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounts2"></a>2.2.2. Conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Un <em class="firstterm">conto</em> tiene traccia di ciò che si ha, di ciò che si deve, di quello che si spende o riceve. Ogni file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> contiene un numero qualsiasi di conti, e ognuno può contenere diversi sottoconti per un numero qualsiasi di livelli. Questa semplice funzionalità fornisce a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> la maggior parte della sua abilità nella gestione delle finanze, come verrà mostrato nei capitoli successivi.</p><p>Esempi di conti sono: il conto corrente, il conto dei risparmi, il conto della carta di credito, i mutui e i prestiti. Ogni conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tiene traccia dell’attività relativa al conto !
 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">reale</span>»</span> e fornisce informazioni sul suo stato.</p><p>Inoltre i conti sono utili per categorizzare il denaro ricevuto o speso. Per esempio, è possibile creare dei conti delle uscite per tracciare il denaro che si spende per i servizi o per i generi alimentari. Anche se per questi conti non si riceve un estratto conto, permettono comunque di determinare quanto denaro vieno speso in ogni area.</p><p>I conti verranno discussi in dettaglio in <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.2.3. Transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-transactions2"></a>2.2.3. Transazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Una <em class="firstterm">transazione</em> consiste nel movimento di denaro tra conti. Spendere, ricevere o trasferire denaro tra conti, rappresentano tutte delle transazioni.</p><p>Esempi di transazioni sono: pagare la bolletta del telefono, trasferire denaro dal conto bancario al proprio portafoglio, prelevare denaro, depositare un assegno. L’inserimento delle transazioni è discusso in <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a></p><p>Nella contabilità a partita doppia, le transazioni coinvolgono sempre almeno due conti: un conto di provenienza e un conto di destinazione. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> gestisce questa regola inserendo una riga nella transazione per ogni conto interessato, e registrando gli importi coinvolti in ogni riga. Una riga all’interno di una transazione che registra il conto e l’importo di denaro movimentato prende il nome di <em class="firstterm">suddivisione</em>. Una transazione può contenere un qualsiasi numero di suddivisioni.</p><p>Le suddivisioni per le transazioni verranno descritte in <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2" title="4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa">Sezione 4.!
 2.2, «Transazione suddivisa»</a></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Concetti di contabilità </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. Interfaccia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,24 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.6. Creare e salvare file</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Ricevere aiuto"><link rel="next" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importare file QIF"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.6. Creare e salvare file</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-import1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.6. Creare e salvare file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-files1"></a>2.6. Creare e salvare file</h2></div></div></div><p>Se si utilizza GnuCash per la prima volta, automaticamente verrà aperto
-    un nuovo file all'avvio. Occorre seguire questi passi per salvare il file con
-    un nuovo nome:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegliere <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva
-        come...</strong></span> dalla barra dei menu oppure premere il pulsante 
-        <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> sulla barra strumenti. GnuCash presenterà la
-        finestra di salvataggio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire il nome del file (ad esempio gcashdata).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cliccare il tasto <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> per salvare il file.</p></li></ol></div><p>Se si sta tenendo traccia delle finanze di una singola famiglia, sarà
-    sufficiente un unico file. Se, invece, si sta tenendo traccia anche
-    della propria attività o se si desidera tenere dei dati separati per qualsiasi ragione,
-    allora saà necessario creare più file. Per creare un file nuovo:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Dal menu principale scegliere <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-        <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo File</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Seguire i passi più in alto per salvare un file con un nuovo
-        nome.</p></li></ol></div><p>Prima di terminare la sessione di GnuCash, assicurarsi di aver salvato
-    il lavoro utilizzando il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva</strong></span> o il tasto <span class="guibutton">Salva</span>
-    sulla barra strumenti. E' infatti buona abitudine salvare frequentemente
-    il lavoro per evitare che le modifiche possano essere perse. GnuCash
-    comunque implementa una funzione di salvataggio automatico che può essere
-    abilitata e impostata tramite il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> -> 
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Generali</strong></span>.
-    Per aprire un file esistente, selezionare il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri</strong></span> e scegliere il file dalla lista.</p><p>GnuCash salva i propri file di dati senza alcuna estensione. Se si chiama
-    il file come <code class="filename">MyBudget</code>, il nome del file reale sarà
-    <code class="filename">MyBudget.</code><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Assicurarsi di non specificare alcuna estensione quando si inserisce il
-        nome del file. Nell'esempio precedente, specificare solo <code class="filename">MyBudget</code>
-        nella casella del nome da assegnare al file.</p></td></tr></table></div></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-import1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.5. Ricevere aiuto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.7. Importare file QIF</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.4. Ricevere aiuto"><link rel="next" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-files1"></a>2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di <a class="link" href="basics-files1.html#basics-store-data" title="2.5.2. Salvare i dati">conservare</a> i propri dati finanziari in file o in database <acronym class="acronym">SQL</acronym> in modo che possano essere <a class="link" href="basics-files1.html#basics-open-data" title="2.5.3. Aprire i dati">aperti</a> e modificati in tempi successivi. Prima di tutto è però necessario <a class="link" href="basics-files1.html#basics-create-data" title="2.5.1. Creare un file">creare</a> un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">contenitore</span>»</span> per i propri dati.</p><div class="sect2" tit!
 le="2.5.1. Creare un file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-create-data"></a>2.5.1. Creare un file</h3></div></div></div><p>Per creare un nuovo file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> procedere nel seguente modo:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo File</strong></span>. L’assistente per la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> verrà avviato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si sta eseguendo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta, verrà visualizzata la finestra denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span> o la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>. entrambe sono descritte in dettaglio nel manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Impostare le proprie preferenze nell’assistente spostandosi tra le schermate con i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>, <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> e <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span>.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.2. Salvare i dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-store-data"></a>2.5.2. Salvare i dati</h3></div></div></div><p>S!
 eguire i passi seguenti per salvare il file con un nome preferito:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva come...</strong></span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> oppure premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> presenterà la finestra di salvataggio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dati</strong></span> del file che si sta per salvare dalla lista a comparsa. La selezione predefinita è il formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> ma se è stato impostato un backend per un database è possibile selezionare quest’ultimo formato</p><p>A seconda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dati</strong></span> selezionato, la finestra può cambiare come descritto nel seguito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Se è stato selezionato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym> verrà mostrata una finestra questa come questa:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2788452"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 2.2. Schermata di salvataggio quando è stato selezionato il formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_SaveXML.png" width="510" alt="La schermata per il salvataggio"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata di salvataggio quando il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dati</strong></span> selezionat!
 o è <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>Digitare nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span> il nome da assegnare al file. Non è necessario specificare un’estensione quando si scrive il nome del file; <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aggiungerà automaticamente l’estensione <code class="filename">.gnucash</code> al file.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">L’estensione <code class="filename">.gnucash</code> è stata introdotta a partire dalla serie 2.3 di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. per i file già esistenti, l’estensione non verrà cambiata. QUindi se viene aperto un file esistente denominato <code class="filename">ilmiovecchiofile</code>, questo nome non cambierà se il file viene salvato. Usare il comando <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva come...</strong></span> e dare al file un nuovo nome pr salvarlo con l’estensione <code class="filename">.gnucash</code>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Selezionare il percorso in cui salvare il file sfogliando la struttura delle cartelle nel riquadro inferiore.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Crea Cartellai</span> per!
  caricare una nuova cartella con un nome personalizzato nel percorso selezionato</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se è stato selezionato il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dati</strong></span> <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym>. verrà mostrata una schermata come questa:</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2788640"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 2.3. Schermata di salvataggio quando è selezionao <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym>.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_SaveSQL.png" width="510" alt="La schermata per il salvataggio"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata di salvataggio quando il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dati</strong></span> selezionato è <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>Inserire in questa finestra le informazioni di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Connessione al database</strong></span>: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Host</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Database</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome utente</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Salvare in formato <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym> r!
 ichiede i relativi permessi nel databse; cioè occorre avere i permessi per creare un nuovo database con il nome fornito, oppure si deve avere il permesso di accesso in scrittura a un database esistente con il nome fornito.</p></td></tr></table></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> per salvare il file.</p></li></ol></div><p>Se si sta tenendo traccia delle finanze di una singola famiglia, sarà sufficiente un unico file. Se, invece, si sta tenendo traccia anche della propria attività o se si desidera tenere dei dati separati per qualsiasi ragione, allora sarà necessario creare più file.</p><p>Prima di terminare ogni sessione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, assicurarsi di aver salvato le modifiche effettuate utilizzando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva</strong></span> o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Salvare frequentemente i propri dati finanziari è molto importante per evitare di perderli per una qualsiasi ragione e per questo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di salvare automaticamente il file aperto a intervalli regolari di tempo. L’ampiezza di questo intervallo può essere impostata nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> raggiungibile tramite il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (<span class="gui!
 menu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X). Questa opzione ha rilevanza esclusivamente se si salva nel formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>. Se si sta lavorando con un database, il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> e la voce di menu <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva</strong></span> saranno disabilitati dato che le modifiche vengono immediatamente applicate al database.</p></td></tr></table></div></p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.3. Aprire i dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-open-data"></a>2.5.3. Aprire i dati</h3></div></div></div><p>Per aprire un file o un database esistenti, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri</strong></span> dal menu. Nella finestra che si aprirà, selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dati</strong></span>. Se è stata selezionata l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>File</strong></span>, scegliere il file da aprire sfogliando le cartelle nel riquadro inferiore. Diversamente, inserire le informazioni di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Connessione al databse</strong></span> richieste.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> conserva un elenco dei file aperti di ricente. Aprire il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> per vedere l’elenco dei file aperti recentemente. Fare clic sul nome del file che si vuole aprire per caricarlo in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><di!
 v xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.4. Ricevere aiuto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,34 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.5. Ricevere aiuto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Impostare le preferenze"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Creare e salvare file"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.5. Ricevere aiuto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-prefs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.5. Ricevere aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.5. Ricevere aiuto</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash offre aiuto in diversi modi. E' già stato trattato il
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> che fornisce informazioni 
-    utili all'avvio della sessione di GnuCash. GnuCash offre però anche
-    un esteso manuale di aiuto.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.5.1. Manuale di aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-manual2"></a>2.5.1. Manuale di aiuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Appena aperto GnuCash, sarà visibile sulla barra dei menu la voce
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> che permette di accedere al manuale.
-      Il manuale è organizzato per argomenti e ognuno di essi può essere
-      costituito da altri argomenti di approfondimento.</p><p>Gli argomenti sono visualizzati nel lato destro. Selezionando un 
-      argomento od un sotto argomento, si aprirà sul lato sinistro il testo
-      descrittivo. Utilizzare i pulsanti <span class="guilabel"><strong>Indietro</strong></span> ed
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Avanti</strong></span> per navigare fra gli argomenti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.2. Accesso Web"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-web2"></a>2.5.2. Accesso Web</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra dell'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aiuto di GnuCash</strong></span> può funzionare 
-      anche come un semplice browser web in modo da permettere l'apertura
-      di un sito internet per ottenere ulteriori informazioni. E' possibile aprire 
-      un sito internet in questa finestra selezionando il pulsante 
-      <span class="guibutton">Apri</span> dalla barra strumenti e inserendo l'indirizzo.
-      Utilizzare i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span>, <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>,
-      <span class="guibutton">Aggiorna</span>, <span class="guibutton">Stop</span> e 
-      <span class="guibutton">Stampa</span> come se si stesse utilizzando
-      un normalissimo web browser.</p><p>Il sito internet di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.GnuCash.org" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">GnuCash</em></a> 
-      contiene informazioni utili sul programma e su ogni suo aggiornamento.
-      Fornisce anche i link alle mailing list di GnuCash per sviluppatori 
-      e utenti dove è possibile effettuare ricerche negli <a class="ulink" href="https://lists.GnuCash.org/cgi-bin/namazu.cgi" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">archivi
-      delle mailing list di GnuCash</em></a> per discutere di
-      un particolare argomento. Se non si ottiene la risposta che si sta cercando,
-      è comunque possibile spedire la domanda alla <a class="ulink" href="https://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">lista 
-      dell'utente di GnuCash</em></a>, e sicuramente qualcuno della lista 
-      cercherà di rispondere.</p><p>L'ultima versione della <span class="guilabel"><strong>FAQ di GnuCash</strong></span> è anche
-      reperibile qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.GnuCash.org/wiki/FAQ" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">GnuCash
-      FAQ website</em></a>; questa pagina fornisce le risposte alle 
-      domande più frequenti su GnuCash.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.5.3. Ricercare un argomento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-topic2"></a>2.5.3. Ricercare un argomento</h3></div></div></div><p>Il manuale online fornisce anche una funzione di ricerca. Per
-      cercare un argomento particolare, cliccare il bottone <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca</strong></span>
-      in basso nella finestra di aiuto e inserire l'argomento da ricercare.
-      Cliccare il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca</strong></span> per completare la ricerca.
-      Una lista di scelta apparirà al di sotto. Cliccando su di una scelta
-      verrà aperto il testo relativo nella finestra di destra.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-prefs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.4. Impostare le preferenze </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.6. Creare e salvare file</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. Ricevere aiuto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. Interfaccia"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. Ricevere aiuto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.4. Ricevere aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.4. Ricevere aiuto</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre aiuto in diversi modi. È già stato trattato il <a class="link" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-tip2" title="2.3.1. Suggerimento del giorno"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span></a> che fornisce informazioni utili all’avvio della sessione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre però anche un esteso manuale di aiuto.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.4.1. Manuale di aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-manual2"></a>2.4.1. Manuale di aiuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Appena aperto <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, sa!
 rà disponibile sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> che permette di accedere al manuale. Il manuale è organizzato per argomenti e ognuno di essi può essere costituito da altri argomenti di approfondimento.</p><p>Gli argomenti sono visualizzati nel lato destro. Selezionando un argomento od un sotto argomento, si aprirà sul lato sinistro il testo descrittivo. Utilizzare i pulsanti <span class="guilabel"><strong>Indietro</strong></span> ed <span class="guilabel"><strong>Avanti</strong></span> per navigare fra gli argomenti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.2. Accesso Web"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-web2"></a>2.4.2. Accesso Web</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra dell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aiuto di GnuCash</strong></span> può funzionare anche come un semplice browser web in modo da permettere l’apertura di un sito internet per ottenere ulteriori informazioni. È possibile aprire un sito internet in questa finestra selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Apri</span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> e inserendo l’indirizzo. Utilizzare i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span>, <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>, <span class="guibutton">Aggiorna</span>, <span class="guibutton">Stop</span> e <span class="guibutton">Stampa</span> come se si stesse utilizzando un normalissimo browser web.</p><p>Il sito internet di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.GnuCash.org" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">GnuCash</em></a> contiene informazioni utili sul programma e su ogni suo aggiornamento. Fornisce anche i collegamenti alle liste di discussione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per sviluppatori e utenti dove è possibile effettuare ricerche negli <a class="ulink" href="https://lists.GnuCash.org/cgi-bin/namazu.cgi" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">archivi delle liste di discussione!
  di GnuCash</em></a> per trovare le discussioni relative a un particolare argomento. Se non si ottiene la risposta che si sta cercando, è comunque possibile inviare la propria domanda alla <a class="ulink" href="https://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">lista dell’utente di GnuCash</em></a>, e sicuramente qualcuno tenterà di rispondere.</p><p>L’ultima versione della <span class="guilabel"><strong>FAQ di GnuCash</strong></span> è anche reperibile qui: <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.GnuCash.org/wiki/FAQ" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">GnuCash FAQ website</em></a>; questa pagina fornisce le risposte alle domande più frequenti su <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash<strong class="application"><code>.</code></strong></code></strong></p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.3. Ricercare un argomento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-topic2"></a>2.4.3. Ricercare un argomento</h3></div></div></div><p>Il manuale online fornisce anche una funzione di ricerca. Per cercare un argomento particolare, fare clic sulla sheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca</strong></span> in basso nella finestra di aiuto e inserire l’argomento da ricercare. Fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca</strong></span> per completare la ricerca. Una lista di scelta apparirà al di sotto. Facendo clic su di una scelta verrà aperto il testo relativo nella finestra di destra.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. Interfaccia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" hre!
 f="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. Importare file QIF</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Creare e salvare file"><link rel="next" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. Importare file QIF</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.7. Importare file QIF"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-import1"></a>2.7. Importare file QIF</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione spiega come importare in GnuCash i dati
-      provenienti da altri programmi finanziari che utilizzano il
-      formato QIF (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>®
-      Interchange Format). 
-
-      </p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per importare i dati da <span class="trademark">Quicken</span>®,
-    MS Money, o altri programmi che utilizzano il formato QIF (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® Interchange
-    Format), si devono prima esportare i propri dati in un file QIF; un primo modo per farlo consiste
-    nell'esportare ogni conto come un singolo file QIF. Un secondo metodo, più facile e disponibile
-    a partire da <span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® 98, consiste
-    nell'esportare tutti i conti contemporaneamente in un singolo file QIF; controllare
-    il manuale del programma per verificare se questa opzione è disponibile.</p><p>Una volta che i propri dati sono nella forma di file QIF, seguire i 3 
-    semplici passi del processo di importazione descritti nel seguito.
-    Prima di partire, però, si noti che parte del processo di importazione
-    prevede che vengano controllate le eventuali copie delle transazioni ed è quindi
-    molto importante caricare <span class="emphasis"><strong>tutti</strong></span> i file QIF prima dell'importazione.
-    Le transazioni duplicate possono essere presenti quando si carica più di un conto; per esempio,
-    se una delle transazioni ha trasferito denaro dai risparmi al conto corrente,
-    si avrà la stessa transazione registrata due volte: una volta nel conto dei
-    risparmi e una volta nel conto corrente.</p><p>Per importare i file QIF:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Caricare tutti i file QIF contenenti i dati che 
-        si desidera importare.</p><p>Per farlo, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-        <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa
-        QIF...</strong></span> dal menu. Quando appare la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>
-        importazione file QIF</strong></span>, premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> 
-        e seguire le istruzioni che accompagnano nel processo
-        di caricamento dei file.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png" alt="Il druido di importazione dei file QIF"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata del druido di <span class="guilabel"><strong>importazione
-              di file QIF</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Verrà richiesto il nome del file da caricare; utilizzare il
-        pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per scegliere il file QIF e premere
-        <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per caricarlo. Una volta che il file è stato caricato,
-        è possibile premere <span class="guibutton">Carica un altro file</span> se si ha la
-        necessità di caricare altri file. Quando tutti i file QIF sono stati caricati,
-        premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per proseguire il processo di
-        importazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Controllo dei conti di GnuCash che verranno creati.</p><p>Il programma di importazione si occupa di unire e di trovare le 
-        corrispondenze tra i conti e le categorie del file QIF e i conti di GnuCash
-        fornendo poi una breve descrizione del processo di unione.
-        Premendo <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> verrà presentata una vista
-        in cui sono confrontati i conti QIF e i corrispondenti conti di
-        GnuCash che verranno creati. Per cambiare il nome di un conto, selezionare
-        la riga contenente il conto e modificarne il nome nel campo visualizzato. 
-        Premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> quando le modifiche sono state concluse, e
-        procedere attraverso una procedura, simile alla precedente, per le categorie. 
-        Le categorie delle entrate e delle uscite proprie del file QIF, vengono importate
-        in GnuCash come conti di entrate e uscite (consultare la
-        <a class="xref" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità">Sezione 3.1, «Concetti basilari di contabilità»</a> per maggiori dettagli). 
-        Effettuare i cambiamenti ai nomi di questi conti, se necessario, e premere
-        <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per continuare.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se non si è sicuri sui cambiamenti da effettuare, si consiglia di
-          accettare i nomi dei conti forniti da GnuCash. E' comunque molto semplice
-          modificare i conti successivamente se ce ne fosse bisogno.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Dalla lista a comparsa, selezionare una valuta che verrà utilizzata
-        per tutti i conti importati e premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per
-        continuare. Se si hanno delle azioni, fondi comuni o altri titoli,
-        verranno richieste delle ulteriori informazioni. La finestra di importazione
-        richiederà il mercato o la lista (ad esempio NASDAQ), il nome completo del
-        titolo e il simbolo ticker. Se non si hanno a portata di mano queste 
-        informazioni, è comunque possibile inserirle in seguito nelle informazioni del
-        conto, allorchè il processo di importazione è stato completato. Premere
-        <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per continuare</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordinare a GnuCash di importare i dati.</p><p>L'ultimo passo è l'importazione vera e propria. Quando sono stati
-        verificati i nomi dei conti e le informazioni sugli investimenti, premere 
-        <span class="guibutton">Applica</span> nella pagina <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna i conti di GnuCash</strong></span>
-        per completare il processo di importazione. In funzione della dimensione del file,
-        l'importazione può impiegare diversi minuti per il completamento; una barra
-        di progresso mostra la percentuale completata. Quando il processo di importazione
-        è terminato, GnuCash tornerà alla finestra principale, che ora dovrebbe mostrare
-        i nomi dei conti che sono stati appena importati.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.6. Creare e salvare file </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,130 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati"><link rel="next" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Impostare le preferenze"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-prefs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-interface1"></a>2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash</h2></div></div></div><p>All'apertura di GnuCash per la prima volta, verrà mostrata 
-    la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.
-    Da qui, GnuCash propone altri strumenti di aiuto per trovare
-    facilmente ciò che si sta cercando.
-    Di seguito sono riportate le schermate e le finestre che si
-    possono incontrare più frequentemente in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.3.1. Creare una nuova struttura di conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-setup2"></a>2.3.1. Creare una nuova struttura di conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Il druido <span class="guilabel"><strong>creazione di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> 
-		permette di creare più conti contemporaneamente. All'apertura di GnuCash per
-		la prima volta, verrà presentata questa finestra:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" alt="Il druido per la nuova struttura conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la prima schermata della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione 
-            guidata di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> e seguire le istruzioni che verranno
-      visualizzate nella finestra. Saranno poi presentate una serie di strutture predefinite
-      contenenti diverse combinazioni di conti; è possibile scegliere quella che si preferisce.
-      Per maggiori informazioni sui tipi di conti si veda la <a class="xref" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti in GnuCash">Sezione 3.2, «Conti in GnuCash»</a>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png" alt="Il druido per la nuova struttura conti - Valuta"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la seconda schermata della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione 
-            guidata di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> dove è possibile selezionare la valuta.</p></div></div></div><p>La valuta selezionata in questa fase, verrà assegnata a tutti i
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti</strong></span> creati con questo druido.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png" alt="Il druido per la nuova struttura conti - Scelta dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la terza schermata della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione 
-            guidata di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> dove è possibile selezionare 
-            i vari conti.</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare uno o più gruppi predefiniti di conti. Per avere maggiori
-      informazioni sui tipi di conto vedere la <a class="xref" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti in GnuCash">Sezione 3.2, «Conti in GnuCash»</a>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png" alt="Il druido per la nuova struttura conti - Configurazione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la quarta schermata della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione 
-            guidata di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> dove è possibile impostare i
-            <span class="guilabel"><strong>bilanci di apertura</strong></span> per i conti.</p></div></div></div><p>In questa schermata è possibile impostare un <span class="guilabel"><strong>bilancio di apertura</strong></span>
-      per ognuno dei conti, oltre a poter indicare se il conto è un <span class="guilabel"><strong>segnalibro</strong></span> 
-      (può comprendere solo sotto-conti e non transazioni. Come il conto 'Attività correnti' nell'immagine
-      sopra)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png" alt="Il druido per la nuova struttura conti - Fine"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra l'ultima schermata della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione 
-            guidata di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Premendo <span class="guibutton">Applica</span> tutti i conti verranno creati e si uscirà
-      dal druido.</p><p>Se si ha l'intenzione di importare i dati in GnuCash da un altro
-      programma e si desidera mantenere gli stessi nomi per i conti utilizzati
-      nell'altro programma, si consiglia di saltare questa fase di impostazione
-      dei conti. E' possibile infatti importare i dati e i nomi dei conti
-      in GnuCash a partire da file creati con altri programmi (la <a class="xref" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importare file QIF">Sezione 2.7, «Importare file QIF»</a>
-      mostra come procedere).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.2. Suggerimento del giorno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-tip2"></a>2.3.2. Suggerimento del giorno</h3></div></div></div><p>GnuCash offre la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>
-      che fornisce consigli utili per l'utilizzo del programma:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_TipOfDay.png" alt="Il suggerimento del giorno"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>suggerimento
-            del giorno</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Questi suggerimenti forniscono utili informazioni in particolar
-      modo agli utenti inesperti. Per vedere altri consigli premere il tasto
-      <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per avanzare. Se si desidera che questa finestra
-      non venga mostrata all'avvio del programma, togliere la spunta all'opzione
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mostra i suggerimenti all'avvio</strong></span>.
-      Terminata la lettura dei suggerimenti, premere il tasto
-      <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per chiudere la finestra dei suggerimenti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.3. Finestra della struttura ad albero del conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-main2"></a>2.3.3. Finestra della struttura ad albero del conto</h3></div></div></div><p>Ora dovrebbe essere visibile la finestra dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti</strong></span>
-      che si presenta come mostrato sotto. La conformazione dell'albero dei conti
-      dipende dalla scelta effettuata nella terza finestra del druido per la creazione 
-      della struttura dei conti. In questo esempio è mostrata la struttura associata
-      alla scelta "Conti comuni"</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Accounts.png" alt="La finestra della struttura ad albero del conto"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la finestra dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>La finestra della struttura ad albero del conto, fornisce una vista
-      d'insieme del contenuto del file su cui si sta lavorando. Contiene una lista
-      di nomi dei conti e dei rispettivi bilanci. Da questa finestra è possibile 
-      aprire ogni conto. Le finestre associate invece a ogni conto vengono chiamate 
-      registri. GnuCash permette di aprire contemporaneamente tutti i registri che 
-      si desidera.</p><p>Sul bordo superiore di questa finestra è situata la barra del titolo che mostra 
-      il nome del file (una volta che il file è stato salvato con un nome). 
-      Immediatamente sotto è situata la barra dei menu. E' possibile accedere
-      alle opzioni del menu sia cliccando sulle voci presenti, sia utilizzando
-      le scorciatoie e le combinazioni di chiavi di accesso, che saranno discusse
-      più avanti in questo capitolo. Sotto alla barra dei menu è situata la barra
-      degli strumenti, che contiene i pulsanti per utilizzare le funzioni più
-      comuni.</p><p>L'albero dei conti è posto al si sotto della barra strumenti.
-      Una volta creati dei conti, i nomi a essi assegnati verranno inseriti
-      in questa finestra. E' possibile scegliere quali intestazioni delle colonne
-      visualizzare utilizzando la <span class="guiicon">freccia-giù</span> all'estrema
-      destra posizionata immediatamente sopra alla struttura ad albero.</p><p>Nella parte inferiore si trova la barra di stato che fornisce informazioni
-      su cosa si possiede (attività nette) e quanto denaro è stato guadagnato (profitto).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.4. Finestra del registro contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-register2"></a>2.3.4. Finestra del registro contabile</h3></div></div></div><p>Le finestre del registro del conto sono utilizzate per immettere e modificare
-      i propri dati sui conti. Come suggerisce il nome, assomigliano al registro del libretto
-      degli assegni. Quando si clicca due volte sul nome di un conto nella finestra dei
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span>, si aprirà la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Registro</strong></span>
-      per quel conto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>registro del
-            conto corrente</strong></span> in cui sono presenti alcune transazioni.</p></div></div></div><p>Il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a> fornisce più informazioni sulle finestre
-      del registro e su come immettere i dati in esse. Per ora, si noti che le parti che
-      compongono una finestra di registro di un conto sono simili a quelle di cui consta la 
-      finestra della struttura dei conti descritte precedentemente. La barra del titolo in alto
-      contiene il nome del conto; sotto di questa, la barra dei menu contiene delle opzioni
-      relative al registro del conto. La barra degli strumenti semplifica l'esecuzione delle 
-      operazioni più comuni. La barra di stato in fondo alla finestra, mostra alcuni saldi del
-      conto descritti nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>. In basso nella finestra del 
-      registro del conto, vengono visualizzate delle informazioni sulla posizione occupata 
-      in quel momento dal cursore.</p><p>Le varie colonne che GnuCash visualizza possono essere ridimensionate, ma si tenga
-      presente che la colonna della descrizione si espande automaticamente per riempire tutto
-      lo spazio inutilizzato. Si dovrebbe perciò dapprima aumentare la dimensione di tutte le 
-      altre colonne e poi diminuire la larghezza della colonna della descrizione.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.5. Pulsanti della barra strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-toolbar2"></a>2.3.5. Pulsanti della barra strumenti</h3></div></div></div><p>Sia la finestra con la struttura dei conti che quella del registro,
-      contengono dei pulsanti sulla barra strumenti. Questi pulsanti forniscono
-      un rapido accesso alle funzioni più comunemente usate quali <span class="guibutton">Salva</span>
-      e <span class="guibutton">Apri</span>, nella finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti, e
-      <span class="guibutton">Registra</span> e <span class="guibutton">Cancella</span> nella finestra del
-      registro. Se non si è sicuri sulla funzione di un pulsante, è sufficiente spostare il 
-      puntatore del mouse su di esso per far apparire la descrizione della funzione.</p><p>Di seguito si riporta una lista dei pulsanti presenti nella 
-      finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Salva</span> - Utilizzare spesso questa
-          funzione per salvare il proprio lavoro sul disco.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> - Usare questa funzione per chiudere la linguetta
-          attiva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Apri</span>, <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span>,
-          <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> e <span class="guibutton">Cancella</span> - Queste sono
-          funzioni relative ai conti. Sono discusse in dettaglio al
-          <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>.</p></li></ul></div><p>I pulsanti della finestra del registro sono discussi nel
-      <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.6. Voci del menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-options2"></a>2.3.6. Voci del menu</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti e la finestra del
-      registro contengono entrambe le intestazioni dei menu in una barra del
-      menu. Cliccando su una intestazione si aprirà una tendina che mostra
-      le voci associate a quella del menu aperto.</p><p>E' possibile cliccare sulle intestazioni della barra dei menu 
-      nella finestra della struttura conti e poi spostare il puntatore
-      del mouse su ogni voce per vedere cosa fa. Al muoversi del puntatore
-      su di una voce del menu, viene fornita una descrizione della funzione
-      nell'angolo in basso a sinistra della finestra. Per selezionare una 
-      voce di menu, cliccare semplicemente su di essa.</p><p>E' anche possibile accedere alle voci di menu più comunemente utilizzate 
-      premendo il tasto destro del mouse in un punto qualsiasi della finestra.
-      Nella finestra della struttura conti, si aprirà una tendina contenente
-      funzioni relative ai conti mentre, nella finestra del registro, appariranno 
-      funzioni per la gestione delle transazioni.</p><p>Altri modi per accedere alle voci del menu consistono nell'utilizzo
-      delle scorciatoie da tastiera e nelle chiavi di accesso, descritte di seguito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.7. Scorciatoie per i Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-shortcut2"></a>2.3.7. Scorciatoie per i Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>Tutte le voci del menu hanno associata una lettera per l'accesso veloce
-      identificata da una sottolineatura. Premendo simultaneamente <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>
-      e la lettera sottolineata associata alla voce desiderata del menu
-      principale, comparirà un sotto-menu con altre voci che hanno un carattere
-      sottolineato. Ora è sufficiente premere la lettera sottolineata associata
-      al comando che si vuole eseguire per completare l'operazione.
-      Per esempio premendo Alt+F nella finestra principale, si apre il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>,
-       e poi premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> è possibile salvare il file. Queste lettere,
-       che fungono da scorciatoia, sono fisse nel senso che l'utente non può 
-       modificarle a proprio piacimento.</p><p>Alcune delle funzioni più comunemente usate hanno anche delle
-      chiavi di scorciatoia che eseguono direttamente il comando desiderato
-      senza dover attraversare la struttura del menu. Queste scorciatoie
-      utilizzano tipicamente il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>, sebbene sia 
-      possibile utilizzare qualsiasi combinazione. Le scorciatoie per i 
-      comandi del menu sono indicate alla fine del nome del comando stesso
-      nel menu. Esse possono essere cambiate dall'utente 
-      nel pannello delle preferenze alla voce "Scorciatoie da tastiera".</p><p>Essendo GnuCash un'applicazione di Gnome, è possibile definire
-      le proprie scorciatoie personalizzate. Per definire una scorciatoia,
-      accedere al pannello delle preferenze «menu e barra strumenti» e selezionare
-      «acceleratori del menu modificabili». Ritornare poi a GnuCash, cliccare
-      sull'intestazione del menu e posizionare il puntatore su una voce; mentre
-      questa è evidenziata, premere un tasto od una combinazione di tasti che 
-      rappresenta la scorciatoia. A questo punto dovrebbe essere visibile
-      la scorciatoia selezionata a fianco della voce di menu. Per cancellare
-      una scorciatoia, è sufficiente premere il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>cancella</strong></span>
-      mentre la voce è evidenziata. Si ponga particolare attenzione nell'impostazione
-      di una scorciatoia dato che Gnome non controlla i tasti premuti e quindi
-      si potrebbe facilmente impostare una lettera dell'alfabeto come scorciatoia.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-prefs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.4. Impostare le preferenze</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. Interfaccia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati"><link rel="next" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.4. Ricevere aiuto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. Interfaccia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. Interfaccia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-interface1"></a>2.3. Interfaccia</h2></div></div></div><p>All’apertura di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta, verrà mostrata la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>. Da qui, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> propone altri strumenti di aiuto per trovare facilmente ciò che si sta cercando. Di seguito sono riportate le schermate e le finestre che si possono incontrare più frequentemente in </p><div class="sect2" title="2.3.1. Suggerimento del giorno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-tip2"></a>2.3.1. Suggerimento del giorno</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è dotato di una finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorn!
 o</strong></span> che fornisce consigli utili per l’utilizzo del programma:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_TipOfDay.png" alt="Il suggerimento del giorno"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Questi suggerimenti forniscono utili informazioni in particolar modo agli utenti inesperti. Per vedere altri consigli premere il tasto <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>. Se si desidera che questa finestra non venga mostrata all’avvio del programma, togliere la spunta all’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mostra i suggerimenti all’avvio</strong></span>. Terminata la lettura dei suggerimenti, premere il tasto <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per chiudere la finestra dei suggerimenti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.2. Finestra della struttura ad albero del conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-main2"></a>2.3.2. Finestra della struttura ad albero del conto</h3></div></div></div><p>Ora dovrebbe essere visibile la finestra dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti</strong></span> che si presenta come mostrato più sotto. La conformazione dell’albero dei conti dipende dalla scelta effettuata nella terza finestra dell’assistente per la creazione della struttura dei conti. In questo esempio è mostrata la struttura associata alla scelta <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti comuni</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Accounts.png" alt="La finestra della struttura ad albero del conto"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span></p></div></div></div><p>La finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti, fornisce una vista d’insieme del contenuto del file su cui si sta lavorando. Contiene una lista di nomi dei conti e dei rispettivi saldi. Da questa finestra è possibile aprire ogni conto.!
  Le finestre associate invece a ogni conto vengono chiamate registri. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di aprire contemporaneamente tutti i registri che si desidera.</p><p>Sul bordo superiore di questa finestra è situata la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span> che mostra il nome del file (una volta che il file è stato salvato con un nome). Immediatamente sotto è situata la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>. È possibile accedere alle opzioni del menu sia facendo clic sulle voci presenti, sia utilizzando le scorciatoie e le combinazioni di chiavi di accesso (consultare <a class="xref" href="basics-interface1.html#basics-shortcut2" title="2.3.6. Scorciatoie per i menu">Sezione 2.3.6, «Scorciatoie per i menu»</a>). Sotto alla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra dei menu</strong></span> è situata la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>, che contiene i pulsanti per utilizzare le funzioni più comuni.</p><p>L’albero dei conti è posto al si sotto della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. Una volta creati dei conti, i nomi a essi assegnati verranno inseriti in questa finestra. È possibile scegliere quali intestazioni delle colonne visualizzare utilizzando la <span class="guiicon">freccia-giù</span> all’estrema destra posizionata immediatamente sopra alla struttura ad albero.</p><p>Nella parte inferiore si trova la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> che fornisce informazioni su cosa si possiede (attività nette) e quanto denaro è stato guadagnato (profitto).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.3. Finestra del registro contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-register2"></a>2.3.3. Finestra del registro contabile</h3></div></div></div><p>Le finestre del registro del conto sono utilizzate per immettere e modificare i propri dati sui conti. Come suggerisce il nome, assomigliano al registr!
 o del libretto degli assegni. Facendo clic due volte sul nome di un conto nella finestra dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span>, verrà aperta la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>registro</strong></span> per quel conto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" width="510" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>registro del conto corrente</strong></span> in cui sono presenti alcune transazioni.</p></div></div></div><p>In <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a> sono fornite ulteriori informazioni sulle finestre del registro e su come immettere i dati in esse. Per ora, si noti che le parti che compongono una finestra del registro di un conto sono simili a quelle di cui è composta la finestra della struttura dei conti descritta precedentemente. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span> in alto contiene il nome del conto; sotto di questa, la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> contiene delle opzioni relative al registro del conto. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> semplifica l’esecuzione delle operazioni più comuni. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> nella parte bassa della finestra, mostra alcuni saldi del conto descritti in <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>. In basso nella finestra del registro del conto, vengono visualizzate delle informazioni sulla posizione occupata in quel momento dal cursore.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.!
 5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le varie colonne che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza nella finestra del registro possono essere ridimensionate, ma si tenga presente che la colonna della descrizione si espande automaticamente per riempire tutto lo spazio inutilizzato. Si dovrebbe perciò dapprima aumentare la dimensione di tutte le altre colonne e poi diminuire la larghezza della colonna della descrizione.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.4. Pulsanti della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-toolbar2"></a>2.3.4. Pulsanti della barra degli strumenti</h3></div></div></div><p>Sia la finestra con la struttura dei conti che quella del registro, contengono dei pulsanti sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. Questi pulsanti forniscono un rapido accesso alle funzioni più comunemente usate quali <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> e <span class="guibutton">Apri</span>, nella finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti, e <span class="guibutton">Registra</span> e <span class="guibutton">Cancella</span> nella finestra del registro. Se non si è sicuri sulla funzione di un pulsante, è sufficiente spostare il puntatore del mouse su di esso per far apparire la descrizione della funzione.</p><p>Di seguito si riporta una lista dei pulsanti presenti nella finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Salva</span> — Salva il proprio lavoro sul disco.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> —Chiude la scheda attiva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Apri</span>, <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span>, <span cl!
 ass="guibutton">Nuovo</span> e <span class="guibutton">Cancella</span> — Queste sono funzioni relative ai conti. Sono discusse dettagliatamente inl <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>.</p></li></ul></div><p>I pulsanti della finestra del registro sono discussi nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.5. Voci del menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-options2"></a>2.3.5. Voci del menu</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti e la finestra del registro contengono entrambe le intestazioni dei menu in una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>. Facendo clic su una intestazione si aprirà una tendina che mostra le voci associate a quella del menu aperto.</p><p>È possibile fare clic sulle intestazioni della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> nella finestra della struttura conti e poi spostare il puntatore del mouse su ogni voce per vedere cosa fa. Al muoversi del puntatore su di una voce del menu, viene fornita una descrizione della funzione nell’angolo in basso a sinistra della finestra (nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span>). Per selezionare una voce di menu, fare clic semplicemente su di essa.</p><p>È anche possibile accedere alle voci di menu più comunemente utilizzate premendo il tasto destro del mouse in un punto qualsiasi della finestra. Nella finestra della struttura conti, si aprirà una tendina contenente funzioni relative ai conti mentre, nella finestra del registro, appariranno funzioni per la gestione delle transazioni.</p><p>Altri modi per accedere alle voci del menu consistono nell’utilizzo delle scorciatoie da tastiera e nelle chiavi di accesso, descritte di seguito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="2.3.6. Scorciatoie per i menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 clas!
 s="title"><a name="basics-shortcut2"></a>2.3.6. Scorciatoie per i menu</h3></div></div></div><p>Tutte le voci del menu hanno associata una lettera per l’accesso veloce identificata da una sottolineatura. Premendo simultaneamente <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span> e la lettera sottolineata associata alla voce desiderata del menu principale, comparirà un sotto-menu con altre voci che hanno un carattere sottolineato. Ora è sufficiente premere la lettera sottolineata associata al comando che si vuole eseguire per completare l’operazione. Per esempio premendo Alt+F nella finestra principale, si apre il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>, e poi premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> è possibile salvare il file. Queste lettere, che fungono da scorciatoia, sono fisse, nel senso che l’utente non può modificarle a proprio piacimento.</p><p>Alcune delle funzioni più comunemente usate sono associate a dei tasti scorciatoia che eseguono direttamente il comando desiderato senza dover attraversare la struttura del menu. Queste scorciatoie utilizzano tipicamente il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>, sebbene sia possibile utilizzare qualsiasi combinazione. Le scorciatoie per i comandi del menu sono indicate alla fine del nome del comando stesso nel menu.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.4. Ricevere aiuto</td></tr></table></div></body></htm!
 l>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. Impostare le preferenze</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Ricevere aiuto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. Impostare le preferenze</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.4. Impostare le preferenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-prefs1"></a>2.4. Impostare le preferenze</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash permette di personalizzare la sessione impostando un certo numero
-    di opzioni delle preferenze. Dal menu, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>; effettuare poi le modifiche desiderate utilizzando
-    la lista di elementi mostrata sulla sinistra. Le modifiche effettuate verranno applicate 
-    immediatamente. Per chiudere la finestra delle preferenze, premere il pulsante
-    <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="2.4.1. Conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-acctprefs2"></a>2.4.1. Conti</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Conti</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Carattere separatore</strong></span> - il separatore di conti
-          è il carattere che separa il nome di un conto padre dal nome di un suo sottoconto, per esempio
-          Servizi:Elettricità. Il carattere predefinito è <span class="guibutton">:(due punti)</span>
-          ma possono essere anche usati <span class="guibutton">/(slash)</span>,
-          <span class="guibutton">\(backslash)</span>, <span class="guibutton">-(dash)</span>,
-          <span class="guibutton">.(punto)</span>, od ogni singolo unicode non alfanumerico.
-          I conti padre e i sottoconti sono discussi nella <a class="xref" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti in GnuCash">Sezione 3.2, «Conti in GnuCash»</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti con saldo invertito</strong></span> - questa opzione permette
-          di determinare quali saldi devono essere visualizzati con segno positivo o 
-          negativo: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> assegna un
-		bilancio di credito positivo ai saldi dei conti delle entrate
-		e un bilancio di debito negativo ai saldi dei conti delle 
-		uscite. Consultare il <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a> per reperire
-		maggiori informazioni su questo tipo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti crediti</strong></span>: (predefinito) visualizza il saldo
-                con segno positivo per i conti che normalmente dovrebbero avere un saldo
-                in credito (entrate, crediti, passività, capitale). Consultare il
-                <a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a> per ulteriori informazioni su
-                questi tipi di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nessuno</strong></span>: mostra tutti i saldi dei conti per i
-                crediti come negativi e tutti i saldi dei conti per i debiti come positivi. 
-                (consultare la nota sulla terminologia contabile in questo capitolo per maggiori
-                informazioni su debiti e crediti).</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Etichette</strong></span> - selezionare questa opzione se si desidera
-          avere le intestazioni delle colonne indicate come debito (dare) e credito (avere)
-          in luogo delle notazioni informali predefinite (consultare le note sulla terminologia contabile
-          in questo capitolo per avere maggiori informazioni su debito e credito).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita</strong></span> - questa voce determina 
-          quale valuta verrà assegnata come predefinita ai nuovi conti creati.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> - verrà utilizzata la valuta predefinita
-              del sistema.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta</strong></span> - permette di specificare una valuta
-              da utilizzare indipendentemente dalle impostazioni di sistema.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.2. Data e ora"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-datetime2"></a>2.4.2. Data e ora</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data e ora</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Data e ora"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Data e ora</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato dell'ora</strong></span> - permette di specificare se
-          si desidera utilizzare il formato a 12 o 24 ore; cioè se le 23:00 devono
-          essere rappresentate come le 11PM o le 23.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato della data</strong></span> - questa voce controlla 
-          il formato della data. Le opzioni disponibili sono Locale, US, UK, Europa e 
-          ISO. Settando il valore su «Locale» verrà utilizzato il formato
-          di data scelto nelle preferenze del sistema operativo.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.3. Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-windows2"></a>2.4.3. Finestre</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Finestre</strong></span>, verranno presentate le impostazioni
-      predefinite visibili qui sotto:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Finestre"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Finestre</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Salva la posizione e la dimensione della finestra</strong></span> - se
-          selezionata, al prossimo avvio di GnuCash, verrà riutilizzata la posizione e la 
-          dimensione della finestra impostata nell'ultima sessione del programma.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stile della barra strumenti</strong></span> - è possibile scegliere fra 5 stili 
-          della barra degli strumenti, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza predefinito di sistema
-          </strong></span> (predefinito), <span class="guilabel"><strong>, Testo sotto alle icone</strong></span>,
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Testo accanto alle icone principali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Solo
-          icone</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Solo testo</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Linguette</strong></span> - qui è possibile scegliere se mostrare un tasto 
-          per la chiusura delle linguette a fianco del nome (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza il tasto di
-          chiusura sulle linguette</strong></span>), se la linguette aperta più di recente deve essere 
-          portata in primo piano (<span class="guilabel"><strong>porta la linguetta più recente in primo piano</strong></span>)
-          e il numero massimo di caratteri da visualizzare nella linguetta per il nome.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione delle linguette</strong></span> - indica la posizione nella finestra
-          principale di GnuCash, in cui visualizzare le linguette. Le scelte possibili sono:
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Alto</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Basso</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sinistra</strong></span> e
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Destra</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione della barra di riepilogo</strong></span> - la barra di riepilogo
-          riporta il sommario delle grandezze principali del progetto aperto. Tale barra può essere
-          visualizzata <span class="guilabel"><strong>In alto</strong></span> oppure <span class="guilabel"><strong>In basso</strong></span> rispetto alla finestra
-          della struttura ad albero del conto o della finestra del registro.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.4. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-general2"></a>2.4.4. Generali</h3></div></div></div><p>Nella sezione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_General.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Generali"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Generali</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la finestra del «suggerimento del giorno»</strong></span> - è possibile
-          attivare o disattivare l'opzione che permette di mostrare la finestra
-          del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">suggerimento del giorno</span>»</span> all'avvio di GnuCash.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la schermata di avvio</strong></span> - .</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Esegui la procedura guidata per la struttura dei conti</strong></span> - questa 
-          opzione abilita e disabilita l'apertura del druido per la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura 
-          dei conti</strong></span> quando viene selezionata la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-          <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza importi negativi in rosso</strong></span> - se si
-          deseleziona questa opzione, GnuCash visualizzerà gli importi negativi
-          come gli altri: in nero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizioni decimali automatiche</strong></span> - abilitando
-          questa opzione verrà automaticamente inserito un punto decimale quando
-          verrà digitato un numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizioni decimali</strong></span> - questa opzione
-          permette di impostare quante cifre decimali utilizzare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Comprimi i file</strong></span> - questa opzione
-          determina se i file creati da GnuCash devono essere compressi o no.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la richiesta di conferma per il salvataggio automatico</strong></span> - 
-          si spiega da sola.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intervallo di salvataggio automatico</strong></span> - impostare il
-          valore in minuti che identifica ogni quanto tempo effettuare il salvataggio automatico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conserva i file di log per</strong></span> - con questa opzione è
-          possibile impostare dopo quanti giorni verranno eliminati automaticamente i file
-          di log (e di backup). Inserendo il valore 0 (zero) i file non verranno
-          mai cancellati</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia per una nuova ricerca</strong></span> - automaticamente apre
-          una nuova ricerca se sono stati trovati meno risultati del valore impostato.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.5. Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-business2"></a>2.4.5. Impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impresa</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Impresa"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Impresa</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Apri in una nuova finestra</strong></span> - se attivata, ogni fattura
-          verrà aperta in una nuova finestra in primo piano. Diversamente, la fattura
-          sarà aperta nella finestra corrente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumula suddivisioni all'emissione</strong></span> - permette di accumulare automaticamente tutte 
-           le voci di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto, in un'unica suddivisione.
-           Questa impostazione può anche essere cambiata nella finestra di emissione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di righe</strong></span> - numero predefinito di righe
-          da visualizzare nelle fatture.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte incluse (fatture)</strong></span> - indicare se le tasse 
-          sono già incluse nelle voci delle fatture. Questa impostazione sarà applicata
-          ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Notifica scadenze</strong></span> - permette di impostare se si
-          desidera essere avvisati della scadenza imminente di ricevute.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Giorni in anticipo</strong></span> - quanti giorni in anticipo
-          avvisare delle ricevute in scadenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte incluse (ricevute)</strong></span> - indicare se le tasse 
-          sono già incluse nelle voci delle ricevute. Questa impostazione sarà applicata
-          ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.6. Online Banking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-onlinebank2"></a>2.4.6. Online Banking</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Online Banking"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze - Online
-            Banking</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la documentazione</strong></span> - la prima volta che si
-          importa un file QIF (discusso più avanti in questo capitolo), si noterà
-          che il processo di importazione fornisce dettagliate istruzioni su come
-          importare un file. Una volta che si è presa familiarità con il processo
-          di importazione, si potrebbe voler deselezionare questa opzione. Infatti, 
-          disattivandola, verranno mostrati meno dettagli nelle finestre relative 
-          all'importazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza la corrispondenza Bayesiana</strong></span> - se utilizzare
-	  l'algoritmo Bayesiano per associare le nuove transazioni ai conti esistenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di visualizzazione</strong></span> - il punteggio minimo
-	  che una possibile corrispondenza deve avere per essere visualizzata nella
-	  lista delle corrispondenze.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di auto-inserimento</strong></span> - una transazione il
-	  cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona rossa (al di sopra della soglia di
-	  visualizzazione, ma inferiore o uguale alla soglia di auto-inserimento), verrà
-	  inserita automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di auto-liquidazione</strong></span> - una transazione il
-	  cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona verde (superiore o al limite uguale
-	  al valore della soglia di auto-inserimento) verrà liquidata automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia per i costi degli ATM commerciali</strong></span> -
-          Se lo sportello ATM addebita automaticamente un costo per la transazione, GnuCash
-	  sarà in grado di associarlo alla transazione se la differenza è inferiore al
-	  valore di questa soglia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda PIN</strong></span> -
-          Se attivata, GnuCash ricorderà il PIN utilizzato per la connessione all'Online Banking.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Messaggi di debug prolissi</strong></span> -
-          attivata la modalità di debug in cui vengono visualizzati messaggi dettagliati sulle operazioni
-	  che vengono compiute.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.7. Periodo contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingPeriod2"></a>2.4.7. Periodo contabile</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Periodo contabile</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Periodo contabile"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze - Periodo
-            contabile</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi somma complessiva</strong></span> - se questa opzione
-          è abilitata, GnuCash includerà una somma complessiva nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i totali diversi dalle valute</strong></span> - se questa
-          opzione è selezionata, GnuCash includerà un totale per gli elementi diversi dalle
-          valute (ad esempio il numero di quote) nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d'inizio</strong></span> - questa impostazione determina
-          da quale data avrà inizio il resoconto. E' possibile scegliere tra 
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativa</strong></span> che utilizza una data di partenza dinamica
-          (come "inizio di quest'anno", "inizio di questo mese", ecc...) o
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assoluta</strong></span> che permette di assegnare una specifica data
-          di inizio (che non cambierà con il passare del tempo).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di termine</strong></span> - questa impostazione determina
-          in quale data il resoconto verrà concluso. Si può scegliere tra 
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativa</strong></span> che utilizza una data di fine dinamica
-          (come "inizio di quest'anno", "inizio di questo mese", ecc...) o
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Assoluta</strong></span> che permette di assegnare una specifica data
-          di fine (che non cambierà con il passare del tempo).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.8. Predefinite del registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regdefaults2"></a>2.4.8. Predefinite del registro</h3></div></div></div><p>La voce delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinite del registro</strong></span> 
-      influisce sul comportamento delle finestre di registro delle transazioni. Ulteriori
-      informazioni sul registro delle transazioni possono essere recuperate nella
-      <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. Il registro contabile">Sezione 4.2, «Il registro contabile»</a> di questa guida.</p><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Registro</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Predefinite del registro"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze - Predefinite del
-            registro</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stile predefinito</strong></span> - è possibile scegliere fra
-          3 stili differenti per le finestre del registro, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Libro
-          mastro basilare</strong></span> (predefinito), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mastro a espansione
-          automatica</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Giornale della transazione</strong></span>. Lo stile di base 
-          consta di una sola riga per transazione in cui viene visualizzato un riepilogo delle informazioni.
-          Lo stile a espansione automatica, è simile al precedente tranne per il fatto che la transazione 
-          corrente viene espansa se ha delle suddivisioni. L'ultimo stile a giornale presenta
-          invece tutte le transazioni con suddivisioni, espanse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra</strong></span> - se 
-          selezionata, il registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra separata invece che in 
-          una linguetta nella finestra aperta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Modalità a doppia linea</strong></span> - se selezionata, verranno
-          visualizzate due righe di informazioni per ogni transazione in luogo di una sola.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza solamente i nomi dei sottoconti</strong></span> - .</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di transazioni</strong></span> - quante transazioni mostrare
-          in un registro</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di righe</strong></span> - quante righe visualizzare quando
-          viene aperto il registro.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.9. Registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regprefs2"></a>2.4.9. Registro</h3></div></div></div><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Registro</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Registro"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Registro</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>«Invio» inserisce una riga con una transazione vuota</strong></span> - se 
-          attivata, sposta il cursore nella transazione vuota dopo che l'utente ha premuto
-          «invio», altrimenti sposta il cursore di una riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Espandi liste automaticamente</strong></span> - se attivata, tutte le liste
-	  verranno espanse automaticamente quando il cursore sarà posizionato nel campo della lista.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spunta le transazioni liquidate</strong></span> - se selezionata, verranno
-	  spuntate automaticamente le transazioni liquidate al momento della riconciliazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento automatico degli interessi</strong></span> - se attivata,
-          prima della riconciliazione di un conto che matura o addebita interessi, verrà richiesto
-          se inserire una transazione per gli interessi. Attualmente questa impostazione ha effetto 
-	  solamente sui seguenti tipi di conti: banca, credito, fondo comune, attività, debiti e crediti
-          correnti e passività.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento carta di credito automatico</strong></span> - se selezionata,
-          dopo la riconciliazione del conto della carta di credito, verrà richiesto un pagamento con
-          la carta di credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Usa i colori del tema di sistema</strong></span> - se attivata,
-          GnuCash utilizzerà i colori del tema di sistema anziché i colori
-          di default.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>I colori della modalità a doppia linea si alternano tra le transazioni
-          </strong></span> - se attivata, configura la finestra del registro in modo da alternare
-          i colori primario e secondario per ogni transazione, invece che per ogni riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Disegna delle linee orizzontali fra le righe</strong></span> - se
-          attivata, GnuCash disegnerà una linea orizzontale tra le celle di ogni 
-          riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Disegna delle linee verticali fra le colonne</strong></span> - se
-          selezionata, GnuCash disegnerà una linea verticale tra le celle di ogni 
-          colonna.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.10. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-reports2"></a>2.4.10. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>La voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> del menu preferenze influenza
-      il comportamento della finestra dei resoconti.</p><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate nel seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Resoconti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze -
-            Resoconti</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita per i resoconti</strong></span> - questa voce
-          determina quale valuta predefinita verrà utilizzata quando verrà
-          creato un resoconto. Si può scegliere tra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> che
-          utilizza le impostazioni di sistema, o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Altra:</strong></span> che permette di
-          specificare una propria valuta predefinita per i resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il resoconto viene aperto in una nuova finestra</strong></span> - se si 
-          seleziona questa opzione, il resoconto verrà aperto in una nuova finestra invece che in una
-          linguetta nella finestra corrente.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.11. Stampa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-Printing2"></a>2.4.11. Stampa</h3></div></div></div><p>Le voci delle preferenze per la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa</strong></span> influenzano
-	il formato di stampa degli assegni.
-      Ulteriori informazioni sulla stampa degli assegni con GnuCash sono reperibili nell'
-      <a class="xref" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari">Appendice D, <i>Formati di file ausiliari</i></a> di questa guida.</p><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Printing.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Stampa"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze - 
-            Stampa</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa il formato della data</strong></span> - se questa voce è 
-	  selezionata, GnuCash stamperà, sotto alla data attuale negli assegni, il
- 	  formato della data nel tipo a 8 punti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa i caratteri di blocco</strong></span> - se questa opzione
-	  è selezionata, GnuCash stamperà i caratteri "***" prima e dopo ogni campo di
-	  testo nell'assegno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Carattere predefinito</strong></span> - il carattere predefinito che
-	  verrà utilizzato per la stampa degli assegni.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="2.4.12. Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-schedtrans2"></a>2.4.12. Transazioni pianificate</h3></div></div></div><p>Le voci delle preferenze per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>
-      influenzano il comportamento di GnuCash nella pianificazione delle transazioni.
-      Ulteriori informazioni sulle transazioni pianificate sono reperibili nella
-      <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. Il registro contabile">Sezione 4.2, «Il registro contabile»</a> di questa guida.</p><p>In <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>, verranno presentate le opzioni
-      predefinite visualizzate nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png" alt="Preferenze di GnuCash - Transazioni pianificate"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze - Transazioni
-            pianificate</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Avvia all'apertura del file</strong></span> - se selezionata,
-          la finestra "dall'ultimo avvio" apparirà all'avvio di GnuCash (o
-          meglio quando GnuCash aprirà il file).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea automaticamente le nuove transazioni</strong></span> - se 
-          selezionata, le nuove transazioni pianificate verranno automaticamente
-          immesse nel registro. Inoltre, se si seleziona <span class="guilabel"><strong>notifica prima
-          che la transazione venga creata</strong></span> verrà mostrata una finestra di 
-          conferma per la creazione della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea in anticipo di</strong></span> - il numero predefinito
-          di giorni in anticipo con cui creare la nuova transazione
-          pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda in anticipo di</strong></span> - il numero di giorni
-          predefinito in anticipo in cui ricordare una transazione pianificata.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.5. Ricevere aiuto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,47 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.9. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati"><link rel="next" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.9. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.9. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-together1"></a>2.9. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In questa sezione si inizia un esempio che procederà attraverso
-      tutto questo documento. Alla fine di ogni capitolo, è presente una
-      sezione denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>in pratica</strong></span> che riporta degli 
-      esempi che illustrano i concetti discussi in questa sezione.
-      Ogni sezione <span class="guilabel"><strong>in pratica</strong></span> è basata sulla precedente,
-      per questo è importante assicurarsi di aver salvato il file per
-      potervi accedere facilmente e continuare il lavoro.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si parte!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Dapprima, si crei un file per immagazzinare i dati reali.
-        Aprire GnuCash e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova struttura conti</strong></span>.
-        Si creerà un file e dei conti che saranno utilizzati per le finanze
-        di casa, si consiglia per cui di selezionare i conti che meglio si adattano
-        alla propria situazione. Se non si è sicuri sulla scelta, premere
-        <span class="guibutton">Seleziona tutto</span> per creare tutti i conti forniti 
-        dal programma. Al completamento della configurazione, salvare il file
-        con il nome che si preferisce per utilizzarlo con i propri dati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>In seguito, si crei un file di prova. Questo è il file che 
-        sarà utilizzato nella guida di questo manuale. Selezionare
-        <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span> per
-        creare un nuovo file, e lo si chiami <code class="filename">gcashdata_1</code>. 
-        La finestra principale dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" alt="La finestra principale che mostra il file di prova"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata della finestra delle struttura dei 
-	      conti con un gruppo di conti caricati dal druido.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si può procedere ora a impostare alcune preferenze della finestra
-        di visualizzazione della struttura ad albero dei conti. Selezionare
-        <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>
-        -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> e cambiare lo stile della barra
-        degli strumenti di modo che venga visualizzato solo il testo e non le icone.
-        La modifica verrà applicata istantaneamente; si osservi quindi la barra degli 
-        strumenti nella finestra principale. Si ritorni ora alla finestra delle
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>  e si reimposti lo stile della barra strumenti
-        a quello predefinito selezionando <span class="guibutton">Utilizza predefinito di sistema
-        </span>. Dalla riga di intestazione delle colonne, selezionare la
-        <span class="guibutton">Freccia giù</span> e scegliere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Tipo</span>»</span>
-        (che significa mostra la colonna del "tipo"). La finestra principale dovrebbe
-        ora assomigliare a questa</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png" alt="L'effetto della modifica delle opzioni di visualizzazione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra gli effetti del cambiamento delle opzioni
-              di visualizzazione.</p></div></div></div><p>Salvare il file.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se si ha l'intenzione di importare dei file in formato QIF
-        creati con un altro programma, conviene prima fare pratica con un file
-        di prova. Se l'esempio non interessasse, è possibile saltare questa
-        parte e procedere al capitolo sull'impostazione dei conti 
-        (<a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a>).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>Creare dapprima un file e chiamarlo
-            <code class="filename">gcashimport</code>. Si è liberi di decidere se impostare
-            una struttura dei conti (quali i conti comuni) direttamente o no.
-            Se la procedura di importazione di file QIF non dovesse trovare dei conti,
-            provvederà a crearli automaticamente (o permetterà di crearli manualmente).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dal menu principale, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-            <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa 
-            QIF...</strong></span> per avviare l'importazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scegliere la valuta appropriata</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <code class="filename">gnc_Sample_QIF.qif</code> come file QIF 
-            da caricare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nelle finestre seguenti, assicurarsi che ogni transazione
-            abbia un conto valido; se si è in dubbio, utilizzare quelli
-            predefiniti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Completare l'importazione.</p></li></ol></div><p>La finestra principale dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountsSampleQIF.png" alt="Dopo l'importazione del file di esempio QIF fornito"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la finestra principale
-              dopo l'importazione del file QIF di esempio fornito.</p></div></div></div><p>Se, prima dell'importazione, la finestra di GnuCash è vuota, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File -> Nuovo -> 
-         Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span> per inserire una nuova linguetta.</p><p>Salvare il lavoro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 3. Conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><link rel="prev" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati"><link rel="next" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.7. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-together1"></a>2.7. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In questa sezione si inizia un esempio che procederà attraverso tutto questo documento. Alla fine di ogni capitolo, è presente una sezione denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>in pratica</strong></span> che riporta degli esempi che illustrano i concetti discussi in questa sezione. Ogni sezione <span class="guilabel"><strong>in pratica</strong></span> è basata sulla precedente, p!
 er questo è importante assicurarsi di aver salvato il file per potervi accedere facilmente e continuare il lavoro.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si parte!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Prima di tutto si deve creare un file per conservare i propri dati finanziari. Aprire <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e selzionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuove file</strong></span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>. Verrà avviato l’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> che permette di creare più conti in una sola volta.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si sta eseguendo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta, verrà visualizzata la finestra denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span> descritta nel dettaglio nel manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" width="510" alt="L’assistente per la nuova struttura conti"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la prima schermata dell’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>La prima schermata dell!
 ’assistente fornisce una descrizione dell’assistente stesso. Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per procedere alla schermata successiva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nella seconda schermata, selezionare dalla lista a comparsa la valuta da utilizzare per i nuovi conti. Premere poi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">La valuta selezionata in questa fase, verrà assegnata a tutti i <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti</strong></span> creati con questo assistente.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png" width="510" alt="L’assistente per l’impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti - Valuta"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la seconda schermata dell’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> dove è possibile selezionare la valuta.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nella terza schermata selezionare il gruppo dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti comuni</strong></span> nel riquadro delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Categorie</strong></span>. premere poi <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per proseguire.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="2!
 5"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Selezionare uno o più gruppi predefiniti di conti. Per avere maggiori informazioni sui tipi di conti, consultare <a class="xref" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. Conti di GnuCash">Sezione 3.2, «Conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png" width="510" alt="L’assistente per la nuova struttura conti - Scelta dei conti"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la terza schermata dell’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> dove è possibile selezionare i vari conti.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>In questa schermata è possibile impostare un <span class="guilabel"><strong>bilancio di apertura</strong></span> per ognuno dei conti, oltre a poter indicare se il conto è un <span class="guilabel"><strong>segnalibro</strong></span>. Dato che queste impostazioni verranno descritte nei capitoli successivi, lasciare tutte le impostazioni come configurate da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per aprire la schermata successiva dell’assistente.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png" width="510" alt="L’assistente per l’impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti - Configurazione"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la quarta schermata del’assistente per l’<span class="gu!
 ilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> in cui è possibile impostare i <span class="guilabel"><strong>bilanci di apertura</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nell’ultima schermata dell’assistente, premere <span class="guibutton">Applica</span> per creare tutti i conti e uscire dall’assistente.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png" width="510" alt="L’assistente per la nuova struttura conti - Fine"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra l’ultima schermata dell’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La finestra principale dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" width="510" alt="La finestra principale che mostra il file di prova"></td></tr></table></div></div><p>In seguito, creare un file in cui salvare i dati di prova. Questo è il file che verrà utilizzato nella guida di questo manuale. Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva come...</strong></span> (o premere Maiusc+Ctrl+S sulla propria tastiera) per aprire la finestra di salvataggio. Selezionare il formato dei dati <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>, nominare il file <code class="filename">gcashdata_1</code> e selezionare la cartella in cui salvarlo.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.ht!
 ml"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 3. Conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,35 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter15.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="prev" href="chapter15.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="next" href="budget_creation1.html" title="15.2. Creare un bilancio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter15.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_creation1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_concepts1"></a>15.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Il bilancio è uno strumento che permette di stimare e prevedere le 
- entrate e le uscite. Si può utilizzare per aiutarsi nella pianificazione
- delle proprie finanze in un certo periodo di tempo e per esaminare come
- sono le proprie transazioni finanziarie attuali in confronto a quelle
- attese.</p><p>Il concetto di bilancio è generale e quindi GnuCash offre uno strumento
- di calcolo del bilancio che è semplice e flessibile. L'utente ha la libertà
- di decidere la complessità o la semplicità del proprio bilancio. Questa guida aiuterà
- nella scelta di queste decisioni.</p><div class="sect2" title="15.1.1. Terminologia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_conceptsterms2"></a>15.1.1. Terminologia</h3></div></div></div><p>Esistono dei termini utili che verranno utilizzati
- per trattare l'argomento del bilancio:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> - un piano finanziario che descrive i redditi
-    attesi e/o le spese relative ad un particolare periodo di tempo
-    period</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio dei liquidi</strong></span> - un bilancio preventivo per gli
-    introiti e gli esborsi di liquidi. Questio tipo di bilanciosi occupa dei flussi di
-    liquidi: da dove proviene il proprio denaro, qual'è la sua destinazione e, naturalmente,
-    a quanto ammonta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio delle uscite</strong></span> - un bilancio destinato
-    principalmente alla pianificazione delle destinazioni del proprio denaro.
-    Questo tipo di bilancio registra le proprie uscite. Generalmente non ha
-    niente a che vedere con le rivalutazioni o con i rimborsi delle passività.
-    Comunque, tiene conto degli interessi. Per esempio, se si acquistano €100
-    di alimentari con la carta di credito, si incorre in una spesa di €100 per 
-    alimentari e una passività di 100€ verso la compagnia della carta di credito.
-    Quando si pagherà la ricevuta della carta di credito, verrà applicato un tasso di
-    interesse che si suppone dia origine ad una spesa addizionale di €10. Un bilancio
-    delle uscite è in grado di pianificare la transazione per l'acquisto degli
-    alimentari e per il pagamento degli interessi, ma non la transazione per ripagare la 
-    compagnia della carta di credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio di capitale</strong></span> - un bilancio che descrive
-    un piano per pagare una ingente spesa futura, spesso attraverso una combinazione
-    di risparmi e prestiti in denaro. Nota: i bilanci di capitale possono a volte
-    divenire piuttosto complessi perché hanno anche lo scopo di rispondere alla
-    domanda "è possibile permettersi di fare questo e quello?" esplorando diversi
-    scenari che coinvolgono conti ipotetici.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Periodo di bilancio</strong></span> - il periodo di tempo
-    durante il quale il piano si sviluppa. I periodi di bilancio più comunemente
-    utilizzati sono l'anno e il mese. Alle volte, potrebbe essere utile fare il 
-    bilancio per diversi periodi consecutivi in una volta, per convenienza o per
-    una pianificazione più dettagliata. Ad esempio, un bilancio annuale può
-    includere un periodo di bilancio di 12 mensilità.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter15.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_creation1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 15. Bilanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter15.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.2. Creare un bilancio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="next" href="budget_creation1.html" title="15.2. Creare un bilancio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_budgets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_creation1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_concepts1"></a>15.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Il bilancio è uno strumento che permette di stimare e prevedere le entrate e le uscite. Si può utilizzare per aiutarsi nella pianificazione delle proprie finanze in un certo periodo di tempo e per esaminare come sono le proprie transazioni finanziarie attuali in confronto a quelle attese.</p><p>Il concetto di bilancio è generale e quindi <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre uno strumento di calcolo del bilancio che è semplice e flessibile. L’utente ha la libertà di decidere la complessità o la semplicità del proprio bilancio. Questa guida aiuterà nella scelta di queste decisioni.</p><div class="sect2" title="15.1.1. Terminologia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_conceptsterms2"></a>15.1.1. T!
 erminologia</h3></div></div></div><p>Esistono dei termini utili che verranno utilizzati per trattare l’argomento del bilancio:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> - un piano finanziario che descrive i redditi attesi e/o le spese relative ad un particolare periodo di tempo period</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio dei liquidi</strong></span> - un bilancio preventivo per gli introiti e gli esborsi di liquidi. Questio tipo di bilanciosi occupa dei flussi di liquidi: da dove proviene il proprio denaro, qual’è la sua destinazione e, naturalmente, a quanto ammonta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio delle uscite</strong></span> - un bilancio destinato principalmente alla pianificazione delle destinazioni del proprio denaro. Questo tipo di bilancio registra le proprie uscite. Generalmente non ha niente a che vedere con le rivalutazioni o con i rimborsi delle passività. Comunque, tiene conto degli interessi. Per esempio, se si acquistano €100 di alimentari con la carta di credito, si incorre in una spesa di €100 per alimentari e una passività di 100€ verso la compagnia della carta di credito. Quando si pagherà la ricevuta della carta di credito, verrà applicato un tasso di interesse che si suppone dia origine ad una spesa addizionale di €10. Un bilancio delle uscite è in grado di pianificare la transazione per l’acquisto degli alimentari e per il pagamento degli interessi, ma non la transazione per ripagare la compagnia della carta di credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio di capitale</strong></span> - un bilancio che descrive un piano per pagare una ingente spesa futura, spesso attraverso una combinazione di risparmi e prestiti in denaro. Nota: i bilanci di capitale possono a volte divenire piuttosto complessi perché hanno anche lo scopo di rispondere alla domanda <span class=!
 "quote">«<span class="quote">è possibile permettersi di fare questo e quello?</span>»</span> esplorando diversi scenari che coinvolgono conti ipotetici.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Periodo di bilancio</strong></span> - il periodo di tempo durante il quale il piano si sviluppa. I periodi di bilancio più comunemente utilizzati sono l’anno e il mese. Alle volte, potrebbe essere utile fare il bilancio per diversi periodi consecutivi in una volta, per convenienza o per una pianificazione più dettagliata. Ad esempio, un bilancio annuale può includere un periodo di bilancio di 12 mensilità.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_budgets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_creation1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 15. Bilanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_budgets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.2. Creare un bilancio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,53 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.2. Creare un bilancio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter15.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="prev" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. Resoconti del bilancio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.2. Creare un bilancio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.2. Creare un bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_creation1"></a>15.2. Creare un bilancio</h2></div></div></div><p>Ancora prima di iniziare la creazione di un bilancio, è importante
-   impiegare un po' di tempo pensando alla struttura dei conti. Per esempio,
-   se si desidera ottenere un bilancio per le proprie spese di elettricità
-   e acqua, non è possibile avere solamente un conto Uscite:Servizi. I conti 
-   devono essere dettagliati almeno quanto il bilancio che si vuole ottenere.
-   </p><div class="sect2" title="15.2.1. Scegliere i conti per i quali creare il bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_creation2"></a>15.2.1. Scegliere i conti per i quali creare il bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Il primo passo da compiere nella creazione di un bilancio, 
-     consiste nello scegliere che cosa di desidera pianificare. Questa
-     decisione influisce sulla scelta dei conti da includere nel bilancio. 
-     Ad esempio, se si è interessati solamente al tracciamento delle proprie 
-     spese, si può creare un bilancio delle uscite inserendo solamente
-     gli importi dei conti delle uscite. D'altra parte, se si desidera 
-     tracciare tutti i propri movimenti di liquidi, si può creare un bilancio
-     dei flussi di liquidi immettendo gli importi dei conti di attività, 
-     passività, entrate e uscite.</p><p>Prima di procedere alla creazione del bilancio occorre prendere 
-     due decisioni: per quali conti si desidera ottenere un bilancio? e, per 
-     quando si desidera che venga calcolato il bilancio? E' sempre possibile 
-     cambiare idea in seguito dopo la creazione del bilancio, ma è necessario
-     iniziare con qualcosa.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Come regola generale, spesso interessa conoscere
-     in <span class="emphasis"><strong>cosa</strong></span> si spende il proprio denaro e quindi si 
-     potrebbe voler realizzare un resoconto delle uscite. Se si è anche 
-     preoccupati di avere abbastanza denaro al posto giusto nel momento 
-     giusto, si potrebbe voler realizzare un bilancio dei flussi di 
-     liquidi.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.2. Scegliere il periodo di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2831507"></a>15.2.2. Scegliere il periodo di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di creare un bilancio occorre anche decidere per quale
-    periodo di tempo si desidera pianificare. I periodi di bilancio più
-    comuni sono mensilmente e annualmente. Se si desidera realizzare un bilancio 
-    il cui percorso finanziario nel tempo sia variabile, allora sarebbe necessario 
-    includere diversi periodi nel bilancio. Ad esempio, se si desidera pianificare
-    delle spese maggiori per i servizi nel periodo invernale piuttosto che 
-    in quello estivo, allora si potrebbe voler suddividere il bilancio annuale 
-    in 4 trimestri o anche in 12 mesi, e mettere nel bilancio un valore 
-    superiore per il periodo invernale e uno inferiore per quello estivo.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.3. Come iniziare"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2831532"></a>15.2.3. Come iniziare</h3></div></div></div><p>Per creare il primo bilancio cliccare su <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</strong></span>.  
-    Verrà immediatamente visualizzato un nuovo bilancio con le impostazioni
-    predefinite e nessuna immissione. Premere quindi il pulsante "Opzioni".
-    Le opzioni più importanti sono il periodo di bilancio e il numero di periodi.
-    Per il primo si inserisca la data di inizio e il periodo minimo per cui si vuole stimare
-    il bilancio; per il secondo scegliere il numero di periodi per i quali si
-    vuole calcolare il bilancio.</p><p>La pagina del bilancio mostra ora una lista di conti con una colonna per
-    ogni periodo di bilancio. La data visualizzata nel titolo di ogni colonna
-    rappresenta l'inizio di quel periodo di bilancio.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.4. Inserire i valori di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2831578"></a>15.2.4. Inserire i valori di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Ora si devono inserire i valori di bilancio cioè gli importi
-    che ci si aspetta che i saldi dei conti assumano durante il periodo 
-    di bilancio. I valori di bilancio possono essere inseriti in due modi:
-    il primo consiste nel cliccare direttamente nella cella di interesse 
-    e inserire un importo.</p><p>Se si hanno a disposizione delle transazioni inserite in GnuCash, 
-    il secondo metodo consiste nel far stimare a GnuCash i valori di bilancio
-    sulla base di queste transazioni. Prima, selezionare il conto che si
-    desidera far stimare a GnuCash; poi, premere il tasto "stima" sulla
-    barra degli strumenti. Nella finestra di stima dei valori di bilancio,
-    selezionare la data dopo la quale GnuCash dovrà controllare le transazioni.
-    GnuCash inizierà da questa data e controllerà nel seguito per il periodo di 
-    durata del bilancio. Ad esempio, se si sta facendo un bilancio annuale e si sceglie
-    come data il 1° Gennaio 2005, GnuCash controllerà tutte le transazioni in quel conto
-    dal 1° Gennaio 2005 al 31 Dicembre 2005.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter15.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.2. Creare un bilancio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="prev" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. Resoconti del bilancio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.2. Creare un bilancio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.2. Creare un bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_creation1"></a>15.2. Creare un bilancio</h2></div></div></div><p>Ancora prima di iniziare la creazione di un bilancio, è importante spendere un po’ di tempo pensando alla struttura dei conti. Per esempio, se si desidera ottenere un bilancio per le proprie spese di elettricità e acqua, non è possibile avere solamente un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Servizi</strong></span>. I conti devono essere dettagliati almeno quanto il bilancio che si vuole ottenere.</p><div class="sect2" title="15.2.1. Scegliere i conti per i quali creare il bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_creation2"></a>15.2.1. Scegliere i conti per i quali creare il bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Il primo passo da compiere nella creazione di un bilancio, consiste nello sceglie!
 re che cosa di desidera pianificare. Questa decisione influisce sulla scelta dei conti da includere nel bilancio. Ad esempio, se si è interessati solamente al tracciamento delle proprie spese, si può creare un bilancio delle uscite inserendo solamente gli importi dei conti delle uscite. D’altra parte, se si desidera tracciare tutti i propri movimenti di liquidi, si può creare un bilancio dei flussi di liquidi immettendo gli importi dei conti di attività, passività, entrate e uscite.</p><p>Prima di procedere alla creazione del bilancio occorre prendere due decisioni: per quali conti si desidera ottenere un bilancio? e, per quando si desidera che venga calcolato il bilancio? È sempre possibile cambiare idea in seguito dopo la creazione del bilancio, ma è necessario iniziare con qualcosa.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Come regola generale, spesso interessa conoscere in <span class="emphasis"><strong>cosa</strong></span> si spende il proprio denaro e quindi si potrebbe voler realizzare un resoconto delle uscite. Se si è anche preoccupati di non avere abbastanza denaro al posto giusto nel momento giusto, si potrebbe voler realizzare un bilancio dei flussi di liquidi.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.2. Scegliere il periodo di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2820152"></a>15.2.2. Scegliere il periodo di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di creare un bilancio occorre anche decidere per quale periodo di tempo si desidera pianificare. I periodi di bilancio più comuni sono mensilmente e annualmente. Se si desidera realizzare un bilancio il cui percorso finanziario nel tem!
 po sia variabile, allora sarebbe necessario includere diversi periodi nel bilancio. Ad esempio, se si desidera pianificare delle spese maggiori per i servizi nel periodo invernale piuttosto che in quello estivo, allora si potrebbe voler suddividere il bilancio annuale in 4 trimestri o anche in 12 mesi, e mettere nel bilancio un valore superiore per il periodo invernale e uno inferiore per quello estivo.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.3. Come Iniziare"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2820176"></a>15.2.3. Come Iniziare</h3></div></div></div><p>Per creare il primo bilancio selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</strong></span>. Verrà immediatamente visualizzato un nuovo bilancio con le impostazioni predefinite e nessun elemento. Selezionare poi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span>. Le opzioni più importantii sono quelle relative al periodo e al numero di occorrenze. Per il periodo del bilancio, selezionare la data d’inizio e il periodo di tempo più corto per il quale si vuole effettuare il conteggio. Poi selezionare il numero di occorrenze.</p><p>La pagina del bilancio mostra ora una lista di conti con una colonna per ogni periodo di bilancio. La data visualizzata nel titolo di ogni colonna rappresenta l’inizio di quel periodo di bilancio.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.4. Inserire i valori di bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2820232"></a>15.2.4. Inserire i valori di bilancio</h3></div></div></div><p>Ora si devono inserire i valori di bilancio cioè gli importi che ci si aspetta che i saldi dei conti assumano durante il periodo di bilancio. I valori di bilancio possono essere inseriti in due modi: il primo consiste nel fare clic direttamente nella cella di interesse e inserire un importo.</p><p>Se si hanno a disposizione delle transazioni inserite in <str!
 ong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, il secondo metodo consiste nel far stimare a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> i valori di bilancio sulla base di queste transazioni. Prima, selezionare il conto che si desidera far stimare a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>; poi, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Stima</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. Nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stima dei valori del bilancio</strong></span>, selezionare la data dopo la quale <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> dovrà controllare le transazioni. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> inizierà da questa data e controllerà nel seguito per il periodo di durata del bilancio. Ad esempio, se si sta facendo un bilancio annuale e si sceglie come data il 1° Gennaio 2005, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> controllerà tutte le transazioni in quel conto dal 1° Gennaio 2005 al 31 Dicembre 2005.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_budgets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter15.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="prev" href="budget_creation1.html" title="15.2. Creare un bilancio"><link rel="next" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_creation1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.3. Resoconti del bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_reporting1"></a>15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</h2></div></div></div><p>la parte più complessa è terminata: la creazione del bilancio.
-   Ma ora si desidera però conoscere come appaiono le transazioni attuali
-    nei confronti del proprio piano; e' quindi necessario creare un resoconto di bilancio.</p><p>Andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Entrate e
-    uscite</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconto di bilancio</strong></span>. Per ogni 
-    conto, il resoconto di bilancio mostrerà l'importo previsto dal bilancio
-    e quello attuale in due colonne adiacenti per ogni periodo di bilancio.  
-    Se sono stati creati due o più bilanci, è possibile utilizzare
-    le opzioni per il resoconto di bilancio per selezionare il bilancio da
-    visualizzare nel resoconto.
-   </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_creation1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.2. Creare un bilancio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter15.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><link rel="prev" href="budget_creation1.html" title="15.2. Creare un bilancio"><link rel="next" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_creation1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.3. Resoconti del bilancio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_reporting1"></a>15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</h2></div></div></div><p>la parte più complessa è terminata: la creazione del bilancio. Per sapere come appaiono le transazioni attuali nei confronti del proprio piano è necessario creare un resoconto di bilancio.</p><p>Andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto di bilancio</strong></span>. Per ogni conto, il resoconto di bilancio mostrerà l’importo previsto dal bilancio e quello attuale in due colonne adiacenti per ogni periodo di bilancio. Se sono stati creati due o più bilanci, è possibile utilizzare le opzioni per il resoconto di bilancio per selezionare il bilancio da visualizzare nel resoconto!
 .</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_creation1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_other_assets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.2. Creare un bilancio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_budgets.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 16. Other Assets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,58 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.5. Ricevuta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html" title="13.4. Venditore"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.5. Ricevuta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.5. Ricevuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-bills1"></a>13.5. Ricevuta</h2></div></div></div><p>Una ricevuta è la richiesta di pagamento che si riceve da un venditore. GnuCash può
- gestire le ricevute.</p><div class="sect2" title="13.5.1. Creare una nuova ricevuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billnew2"></a>13.5.1. Creare una nuova ricevuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si riceve una ricevuta da un venditore e la si vuole immettere in GnuCash, è
- necessario creare una nuova ricevuta. Per fare questo è disponibile la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> 
- <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuova ricevuta</strong></span>. Apparirà una finestra 
-  in cui sono presenti diversi campi da completare.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - ID fattura</strong></span> (opzionale) - il numero di Identificazione 
-  della fattura emessa dal venditore (es: il numero interno che il fornitore ha assegnato alla fattura).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - Date di apertura</strong></span> - la data in cui la fattura è stata emessa 
-  dal venditore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni ricevuta - Venditore</strong></span> - il fornitore che ha emesso la fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni ricevuta - Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - permette di associare un "lavoro venditore" 
-   con questa ricevuta. I "lavori venditore" sono descritti nella sezione successiva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni ricevuta - ID ricevuta</strong></span> (opzionale) - l'ID applicato alla fattura dal venditore (es: il numero
-   della fattura assegnato dal venditore).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni ricevuta - Termini</strong></span> - l'accordo sui termini di pagamento per questa ricevuta.
-   E' possibile selezionare una voce registrata in precedenza dalla lista a comparsa. Se è stato impostato un valore predefinito per il
-   venditore selezionato, il campo sarà inizializzato con questo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebitamento predefinito- Cliente</strong></span> (opzionale) - il cliente a cui associare questa 
-  ricevuta. E' utilizzato per addebitare il cliente in seguito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebitamento predefinito- Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - il lavoro cliente da associare a questa
-   ricevuta.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billnew.png" alt="Finestra per la creazione di una nuova ricevuta"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra per la creazione di una nuova ricevuta
-	       </p></div></div></div><p>Alla pressione del pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> verrà aperta la finestra di
-  <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica ricevuta</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="13.5.2. Modificare una ricevuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billedit2"></a>13.5.2. Modificare una ricevuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Dalla finestra di modifica della ricevuta si può inserire una lista 
-  dettagliata di ciò che si è acquistato, lavorando in modo simile a come viene 
-  utilizzato il registro di un conto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billedit.png" alt="Finestra di modifica della ricevuta"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di modifica della ricevuta</p></div></div></div><p>Sono presenti 12 colonne nel riquadro delle "Voci della fattura":</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - la data in cui l'oggetto è stato venduto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fatturato?</strong></span> - <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa
-  che l'oggetto è riportato in questo fattura, mentre un riquadro vuoto indica che l'oggetto
-  non è riportato nella fattura. Se il campo è vuoto si può inserire l'oggetto in fattura selezionandone
-  la riga e premendo con il mouse nel campo relativo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> (opzionale) - è il nome che identifica l'oggetto o il servizio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> (opzionale) - è un campo definibile dall'utente. Si possono inserire qui 
-  le informazioni sul centro di costo o utilizzare una delle tre operazioni predefinite: "Ore", "Materiale" o 
-  "Progetto".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto uscite</strong></span> - selezionare il conto delle uscite da addebitare per questo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quantità</strong></span> - il numero di oggetti identici acquistati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo unitario</strong></span> - è il prezzo per unità del singolo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tassabile?</strong></span> - l'oggetto è tassabile?  <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, 
-  mentre un riquadro vuoto significa no. E' possibile cliccare nel campo per cambiare l'impostazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte incluse?</strong></span> - le tasse sono già comprese nel prezzo unitario?
-  <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre un campo vuoto significa no.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span> (opzionale) - apre una finestra contenente l'elenco di 
-  tutte le tabella imposte disponibili. Se l'oggetto è tassabile e le tasse non sono incluse nel 
-  prezzo unitario, allora sarà utilizzata questa tabella delle imposte per calcolare l'importo delle 
-  tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Subtotale</strong></span> (non modificabile) - subtotale calcolato per questo oggetto 
-  (meno le tasse)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebitabile?</strong></span> - questo oggetto è addebitabile a un cliente o lavoro?</p></li></ul></div><p>Quando si è terminata l'immissione di tutte le voci, si può <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span> la ricevuta. </p></div><div class="sect2" title="13.5.3. Emettere una ricevuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billpost2"></a>13.5.3. Emettere una ricevuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si è terminata la fase di modifica di una ricevuta, la si deve <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span>. Non è
-  necessario emetterla subito, è possibile infatti chiudere la finestra di modifica e ritornarvi in seguito.
-  Prima o poi però la ricevuta dovrà essere emessa. L'emissione di una ricevuta comporta l'inserimento delle
-  necessarie transazioni nel conto per i debiti correnti. La finestra di emissione della ricevuta 
-  richiede l'inserimento di alcune informazioni:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billpost.png" alt="Finestra di emissione della ricevuta"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di emissione della ricevuta
-	       </p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di emissione</strong></span> - indica la data in cui la transazione verrà 
-      inserita nel conto per i debiti correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di scadenza</strong></span> - è la data in cui è previsto il pagamento 
-      della ricevuta.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Se sono stati specificati dei termini di pagamento alla creazione della
-              ricevuta, la data è calcolata in accordo ai termini selezionati e il campo
-              non è modificabile.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se non è stata impostata alcuna data di scadenza, si inserisca
-              ora in questo campo.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - è un campo opzionale.
-       Quando le transazioni relative alle ricevute verranno inserite nel 
-       registro del conto per i debiti correnti, il testo scritto in questa
-       casella verrà visualizzato nel campo del promemoria delle
-       transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di emissione</strong></span> - selezionare il conto
-        dei debiti correnti in cui verranno inserite le transazioni. Il conto
-        può essere selezionata da un elenco dei conti esistenti per i debiti 
-        correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumulare le suddivisioni</strong></span> - determina se gli 
-          elementi di una ricevuta che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto devono essere
-          combinati in una singola suddivisione per quel conto o inseriti individualmente.
-          Per la fattura relativa alla carta intestata e alle buste, l'opzione agisce
-          sui risultati di emissione nel modo seguente:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Attivata (le suddivisioni verranno accumulate) - verrà registrato un
-              singolo trasferimento di €100,00 dal conto "Uscite:Forniture ufficio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Non attivata - la transazione creata nel conto per i debiti correnti,
-              mostra due movimenti verso il conto "Uscite:Forniture ufficio" dell'importo di
-              €75,00 e €25,00. Ii campi del promemoria nelle suddivisioni riportano
-              rispettivamente l'acquisto della carta intestata e delle buste (cioè la descrizione
-              inserita nella ricevuta.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="13.5.4. Trovare una ricevuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billfind2"></a>13.5.4. Trovare una ricevuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Per trovare una ricevuta esistente, è possibile utilizzare la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> 
-  -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova ricevuta</strong></span>. Dall'elenco dei risultati della
-  ricerca è possibile selezionare una ricevuta da visualizzare o da modificare.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Prima di poter modificare una ricevuta emessa, è necessario <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ritirarla</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Esistono altri modi per accedere a una ricevuta esistente simili a quelli utili per accedere alle fatture 
-  per i clienti. Consultare la sezione sulla ricerca delle fatture nel capitolo relativo ai crediti correnti per 
-  avere maggiori informazioni.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.4. Venditore </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.6. Lavori per un venditore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.5. Ricevuta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html" title="13.4. Venditore"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.5. Ricevuta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.5. Ricevuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-bills1"></a>13.5. Ricevuta</h2></div></div></div><p>Una ricevuta è la richiesta di pagamento che si riceve da un venditore. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in gradi di gestire le ricevute.</p><div class="sect2" title="13.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billnew2"></a>13.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si riceve una ricevuta da un venditore e la si vuole immettere in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, è necessario creare una nuova ricevuta. Per farlo è disponibile la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova ricevuta</strong></span>. Apparirà una finest!
 ra in cui sono presenti diversi campi da completare.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - ID fattura</strong></span> (opzionale) - il numero di identificazione della fattura emessa dal venditore (es: il numero interno che il fornitore ha assegnato alla fattura).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - Date di apertura</strong></span> - la data in cui la fattura è stata emessa dal venditore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Venditore</strong></span> - il venditore che ha emesso la ricevuta. Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome dell’impresa</strong></span> inserito nella finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo venditore</strong></span>, è sufficiente iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova venditore</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2" title="13.4.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 13.4.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il venditore che si stava cercando con un clic nei i risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - lavoro</strong></span> (facoltativo) - associa un lavoro di un venditore (vedere <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore">Sezione 13.6, «Lavori per un venditore»</a>) a questa ricevuta. Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome del lavoro</strong></span> inserito nella finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>!
 , è possibile iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova lavoro</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2" title="13.4.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 13.4.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il lavoro che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni ricevuta - ID ricevuta</strong></span> (opzionale) - l’ID applicato alla fattura dal venditore (es: il numero della fattura assegnato dal venditore).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni ricevuta - Termini</strong></span> - l’accordo sui termini di pagamento per questa ricevuta. È possibile selezionare una voce registrata in precedenza dalla lista a comparsa. Se è stato impostato un valore predefinito per il venditore selezionato, il campo sarà inizializzato con questo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebitamento predefinito- Cliente</strong></span> (opzionale) - il cliente a cui associare questa ricevuta. È utilizzato per addebitare il cliente in seguito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebitamento predefinito- Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - il lavoro cliente da associare a questa ricevuta.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billnew.png" alt="Finestra per la creazione di una nuova ricevuta"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra per la creazione di una nuova ricevuta</p></div></div></div><p>Alla pressione del pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> verrà aperta la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica!
  ricevuta</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="13.5.2. Modificare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billedit2"></a>13.5.2. Modificare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Dalla finestra di modifica della ricevuta si può inserire una lista dettagliata di ciò che si è acquistato, lavorando in modo simile a come viene utilizzato il registro di un conto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billedit.png" alt="Finestra di modifica della ricevuta"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di modifica della ricevuta</p></div></div></div><p>Sono presenti 12 colonne nel riquadro delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Voci della fattura</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - La data in cui l’oggetto è stato venduto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fatturato?</strong></span> - <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa che l’oggetto è riportato in questo fattura, mentre un riquadro vuoto indica che l’oggetto non è riportato nella fattura. Se il campo è vuoto si può inserire l’oggetto in fattura selezionandone la riga e premendo con il mouse nel campo relativo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> (opzionale) - il nome dell’oggetto o servizio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> (opzionale) - è un campo definibile dall’utente. Si possono inserire qui le informazioni sul centro di costo o utilizzare una delle tre operazioni predefinite: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ore</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Materiale</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Progetto</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto uscite</strong></span> - selezionare il conto delle uscite da addebitare p!
 er questo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quantità</strong></span> - il numero di oggetti identici acquistati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo unitario</strong></span> - è il prezzo per unità del singolo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tassabile?</strong></span> - l’oggetto è tassabile? <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre il campo vuoto significa no. Facendo clic nel campo, è possibile cambiare l’impostazione del valore tra quelle disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte incluse?</strong></span> - le tasse sono già comprese nel prezzo unitario? <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre un campo vuoto significa no.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span> (opzionale) - apre una finestra contenente l’elenco di tutte le tabella imposte disponibili. Se l’oggetto è tassabile e le tasse non sono incluse nel prezzo unitario, allora sarà utilizzata questa tabella delle imposte per calcolare l’importo delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Subtotale</strong></span> (non modificabile) - subtotale calcolato per questo oggetto (meno le tasse)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebitabile?</strong></span> - questo oggetto è addebitabile a un cliente o lavoro?</p></li></ul></div><p>Quando si è terminata l’immissione di tutte le voci, si può <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span> la ricevuta.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="13.5.3. Emettere una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billpost2"></a>13.5.3. Emettere una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si è terminata la fase di modifica di una ricevuta, la si deve <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span>. Non è necessario emetterla sub!
 ito, è possibile infatti chiudere la finestra di modifica e ritornarvi in seguito. Prima o poi però la ricevuta dovrà essere emessa. L’emissione di una ricevuta comporta l’inserimento delle necessarie transazioni nel conto per i debiti correnti. La finestra di emissione della ricevuta richiede l’inserimento di alcune informazioni:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billpost.png" alt="Finestra di emissione della ricevuta"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di emissione della ricevuta</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di emissione</strong></span> - indica la data in cui la transazione verrà inserita nel conto per i debiti correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di scadenza</strong></span> - è la data in cui è previsto il pagamento della ricevuta.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Se sono stati specificati dei termini di pagamento alla creazione della ricevuta, la data è calcolata in accordo ai termini selezionati e il campo non è modificabile.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se non è stata impostata alcuna data di scadenza, inserire ora in questo campo.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - è un campo opzionale. Quando le transazioni relative alle ricevute verranno inserite nel registro del conto per i debiti correnti, il testo scritto in questa casella verrà visualizzato nel campo del promemoria delle transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di emissione</strong></span> - selezionare il conto dei debiti correnti in cui verranno inserite le transazioni. Il conto può essere selezionata da un elenco dei conti esistenti per i debiti correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumulare le suddivisioni</strong></span> -!
  determina se gli elementi di una ricevuta che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto devono essere combinati in una singola suddivisione per quel conto o inseriti individualmente. Per la fattura relativa alla carta intestata e alle buste, l’opzione agisce sui risultati di emissione nel modo seguente:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Attivata (le suddivisioni verranno accumulate) - verrà registrato un singolo trasferimento di €100,00 dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Forniture ufficio</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Non attivata - la transazione creata nel conto per i debiti correnti, mostra due movimenti verso il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Forniture ufficio</strong></span> dell’importo di €75,00 e €25,00. I campi del promemoria nelle suddivisioni riportano rispettivamente l’acquisto della carta intestata e delle buste (cioè la descrizione inserita nella ricevuta).</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="13.5.4. Trovare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billfind2"></a>13.5.4. Trovare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Per trovare una ricevuta esistente, è possibile utilizzare la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova ricevuta</strong></span>. Dall’elenco dei risultati della ricerca è possibile selezionare una ricevuta da visualizzare o da modificare.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Prima di poter modificare una ricevuta emessa, !
 è necessario <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ritirarla</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Esistono altri modi per accedere a una ricevuta esistente simili a quelli utili per accedere alle fatture per i clienti. Consultare <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicefind2" title="12.6.4. Trovare una fattura">Sezione 12.6.4, «Trovare una fattura»</a> per avere maggiori informazioni.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.4. Venditore </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.6. Lavori per un venditore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,12 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.3. Componenti del sistema</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-setup1.html" title="13.2. Configurazione iniziale"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html" title="13.4. Venditore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.3. Componenti del sistema</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.3. Componenti del sistema"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-components1"></a>13.3. Componenti del sistema</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash ha un sistema integrato di gestione dei debiti correnti. Le
-  transazioni generate da esso vengono inserite nel conto dei debiti correnti, come
-  registrazione di ciò che avviene. Generalmente non si lavora con questo conto ma
-  si utilizzano i quattro componenti dell'applicazione integrata in GnuCash per 
-  i debiti correnti. Questi componenti sono disponibili nel menu secondario 
-  <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span>.  
-  Essi sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> è un singolo o società dal quale si acquistano 
-  prodotti o servizi in credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevuta</strong></span> è il documento che il venditore invia per richiedere 
-  il pagamento. La ricevuta contiene un elenco di ciò che è stato acquistato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) è dove vengono registrati i "lavori venditore".  
-  I lavori sono degli strumenti con i quali è possibile raggruppare le ricevute di un singolo
-  venditore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Procedura di pagamento</strong></span> permette di registrare i pagamenti in 
-  favore di un venditore verso cui si è debitori.</p></li></ul></div><p>La sezione seguente tratta individualmente i componenti dell'applicazione per i debiti correnti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.2. Configurazione iniziale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.4. Venditore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.3. Componenti del sistema</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-setup1.html" title="13.2. Configurazione iniziale"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html" title="13.4. Venditore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.3. Componenti del sistema</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.3. Componenti del sistema"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-components1"></a>13.3. Componenti del sistema</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ha un sistema integrato di gestione dei debiti correnti. Le transazioni generate da esso vengono inserite nel conto dei debiti correnti, come registrazione di ciò che avviene. Generalmente non si lavora con questo conto ma si utilizzano i quattro componenti dell’applicazione integrata in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per i debiti correnti. Questi componenti sono disponibili nel menu secondario <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span>. Essi sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"!
 ><strong>Venditore</strong></span> è un singolo o società dal quale si acquistano prodotti o servizi in credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevuta</strong></span> è il documento che il venditore invia per richiedere il pagamento. La ricevuta contiene un elenco di ciò che è stato acquistato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) è dove vengono registrati i <span class="guilabel"><strong>lavori venditore</strong></span>. I lavori sono degli strumenti con i quali è possibile raggruppare le ricevute di un singolo venditore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Procedura di pagamento</strong></span> permette di registrare i pagamenti in favore di un venditore verso cui si è debitori.</p></li></ul></div><p>La sezione seguente tratta individualmente i componenti dell’applicazione per i debiti correnti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.2. Configurazione iniziale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.4. Venditore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-setup1.html" title="13.2. Configurazione iniziale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ap.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-concepts1"></a>13.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo capitolo è incentrato sui debiti correnti. Vengono denominati debiti correnti 
-    quei prodotti o servizi che una società ha acquistato e per i quali deve essere 
-    pianificato il pagamento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ap.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.2. Configurazione iniziale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-setup1.html" title="13.2. Configurazione iniziale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ap.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-concepts1"></a>13.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo capitolo è incentrato sui debiti correnti. Vengono denominati debiti correnti quei prodotti o servizi che una società ha acquistato e per i quali deve essere pianificato il pagamento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ap.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" hr!
 ef="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.2. Configurazione iniziale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,23 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.6. Lavori per un venditore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Ricevuta"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Procedere al pagamento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.6. Lavori per un venditore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-jobs1"></a>13.6. Lavori per un venditore</h2></div></div></div><p>I lavori per un venditore sono utilizzati per raggruppare diverse ricevute provenienti da un singolo venditore.
-  L'utilizzo di questa funzione è opzionale ma risulta utile quando si devono gestire più "lavori" dello stesso venditore
-  e si desidera visualizzare tutte le ricevute raggruppate per singolo lavoro.</p><p>Per utilizzare i "lavori venditore", occorre prima di tutto crearli utilizzando l'applicazione 
-  <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>; verrà visualizzata 
-  la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>. I campi configurabili sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul lavoro - Numero del lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - inserire il
-        numero per questo lavoro. Se lasciato vuoto, un numero verrà assegnato automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul lavoro - Nome del lavoro</strong></span> - il nome che si desidera
-        assegnare al nuovo lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull'intestatario - Venditore</strong></span> - il venditore
-        per cui viene creato il lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull'intestatario - ID pagamento</strong></span> - il riferimento del
-        venditore per questo lavoro (es: il suo numero d'ordine d'acquisto).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro attivo</strong></span> - permette di rendere attivo o inattivo 
-        il lavoro. Utile quando si hanno diversi lavori inattivi, dato che viene resa più
-        semplice la ricerca selezionando solo i lavori indicati come attivi.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png" alt="Nuovo lavoro venditore"><div class="caption"><p>Nuovo lavoro venditore</p></div></div></div><p>Per modificare un "lavoro venditore" esistente, andare in
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova lavoro...</strong></span>. Selezionare poi il lavoro 
-    desiderato dalla lista dei risultati della ricerca e premere il 
-    pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza/modifica lavoro</strong></span>.</p><p>Per selezionare le ricevute associate a un determinato lavoro, utilizzare
-    l'applicazione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova lavoro...</strong></span>. Selezionare il lavoro desiderato 
-    dall'elenco dei risultati di ricerca e premere il pulsante 
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza fatture</strong></span>; verrà mostrata una finestra con 
-    l'elenco delle ricevute associate al lavoro. Selezionare una ricevuta e
-    cliccare sul pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza fattura</strong></span> per aprire 
-    la schermata di modifica della ricevuta nella finestra principale del 
-    programma.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.5. Ricevuta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.7. Procedere al pagamento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.6. Lavori per un venditore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Ricevuta"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Procedere al pagamento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.6. Lavori per un venditore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-jobs1"></a>13.6. Lavori per un venditore</h2></div></div></div><p>I lavori per un venditore sono utilizzati per raggruppare diverse ricevute provenienti da un singolo venditore. L’utilizzo di questa funzione è opzionale ma risulta utile quando si devono gestire più <span class="guilabel"><strong>lavori</strong></span> dello stesso venditore e si desidera visualizzare tutte le ricevute raggruppate per singolo lavoro.</p><p>Per utilizzare i <span class="guilabel"><strong>lavori venditore</strong></span>, occorre prima di tutto crearli utilizzando l’applicazione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>; verrà visualizzata la finestra del <spa!
 n class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>. I campi configurabili sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni lavoro - Numero lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - inserire un numero con cui identificare il lavoro. Se lasciato vuoto, verrà scelto automaticamente un numero dal programma.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni lavoro - Nome lavoro</strong></span> - il nome che si desidera assegnare al nuovo lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull’intestatario - Venditore</strong></span> - il venditore per cui viene creato il lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull’intestatario - ID pagamento</strong></span> - il riferimento del venditore per questo lavoro (es: il suo numero d’ordine d’acquisto).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro attivo</strong></span> - permette di impostare il lavoro come attivo o non attivo. Questa opzione è utile quando si hanno diversi lavori inattivi, dato che risulta più semplice cercare solamente tra i lavori che sono marcati come attivi.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png" alt="Nuovo lavoro venditore"><div class="caption"><p>Nuovo lavoro venditore</p></div></div></div><p>Per modificare un <span class="guilabel"><strong>lavoro venditore</strong></span> esistente, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova lavoro...</strong></span>. Selezionare poi il lavoro desiderato dalla lista dei risultati della ricerca e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Visualizza/modifica lavoro</span>.</p><p>Per selezionare le ricevute associate a un determinato lavoro, utilizzare l’applicazione <span class="guimenu"><strong>I!
 mpresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova lavoro...</strong></span>. Selezionare il lavoro desiderato dall’elenco dei risultati di ricerca e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Visualizza fatture</span>; verrà mostrata una finestra con l’elenco delle ricevute associate al lavoro. Selezionare una ricevuta e fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Visualizza fattura</span> per aprire la schermata di modifica della ricevuta nella finestra principale del programma.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.5. Ricevuta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.7. Procedere al pagamento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.7. Procedere al pagamento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.7. Procedere al pagamento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.7. Procedere al pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-payment1"></a>13.7. Procedere al pagamento</h2></div></div></div><p>Prima o poi sarà necessario pagare le ricevute. Per farlo, si utilizza l'applicazione per 
-  il pagamento raggiungibile nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> 
-  -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Procedura di pagamento</strong></span>.</p><p>La procedura di pagamento consiste di:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Venditore</strong></span> - il venditore che si
-  desidera pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Ricevuta</strong></span> - la ricevuta che si desidera
-  pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Data</strong></span> - la data in cui si desidera
-  effettuare il pagamento: di solito la data attuale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Importo</strong></span> - L'importo da trasferire
-  per questo pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Nr.</strong></span> - il numero dell'assegno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Promemoria</strong></span> - qualsiasi commento aggiuntivo
-  relativo a questo pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Emetti a</strong></span> - il conto dei debiti correnti in cui inserire la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di trasferimento</strong></span> - il conto da cui viene prelevato il 
-  denaro per il pagamento (es: il conto corrente).</p></li></ul></div><p>Qui sotto è riportata la finestra di GnuCash per il pagamento.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_payment.png" alt="Procedura di pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra della procedura di pagamento
-	       </p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.6. Lavori per un venditore </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 14. Libro paga</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.7. Procedere al pagamento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Lavori per un venditore"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.7. Procedere al pagamento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.7. Procedere al pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-payment1"></a>13.7. Procedere al pagamento</h2></div></div></div><p>Prima o poi sarà necessario pagare le ricevute. Per farlo, si utilizza l’applicazione per il pagamento raggiungibile nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Procedura di pagamento</strong></span>.</p><p>L’applicazione per la procedura di pagamento consiste di:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Venditore</strong></span> - il venditore che si intende pagare. Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome dell’impresa</strong></span>, è sufficiente iniziare a scriverlo!
  in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova venditore</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2" title="13.4.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 13.4.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il venditore che si stava cercando con un clic nei i risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Ricevuta</strong></span> - la ricevuta che si intende pagare. Se si ricorda l’<span class="emphasis"><strong>ID ricevuta</strong></span>, è sufficiente iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova ricevuta</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billfind2" title="13.5.4. Trovare una fattura">Sezione 13.5.4, «Trovare una fattura»</a>. Evidenziare la ricevuta che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Data</strong></span> - la data in cui si desidera effettuare il pagamento: di solito la data attuale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Importo</strong></span> - L’importo da trasferire per questo pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Nr.</strong></span> - il numero dell’assegno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span cla!
 ss="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Promemoria</strong></span> - qualsiasi commento relativo al pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Emetti a</strong></span> - il conto dei debiti correnti in cui inserire la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di trasferimento</strong></span> - il conto da cui viene prelevato il denaro per il pagamento (es: il conto corrente).</p></li></ul></div><p>Più sotto è riportata la finestra di pagamento dei crediti correnti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_payment.png" alt="Procedere al pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra della procedura di pagamento</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.6. Lavori per un venditore </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 14. Libro paga</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,21 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.2. Configurazione iniziale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html" title="13.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-components1.html" title="13.3. Componenti del sistema"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.2. Configurazione iniziale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.2. Configurazione iniziale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-setup1"></a>13.2. Configurazione iniziale</h2></div></div></div><p>Per permettere a GnuCash di gestire i debiti correnti per una società, 
-     è necessario eseguire prima due operazioni: la prima consiste nel realizzare
-     un'appropriata struttura dei conti e la seconda prevede di registrare in
-     GnuCash l'impresa (o società).</p><div class="sect2" title="13.2.1. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-setupacct2"></a>13.2.1. Impostare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Esistono diversi modi per configurare una struttura dei conti per
-      un'impresa; si può iniziare con quella fornita dal druido per le
-      strutture dei conti oppure crearne manualmente una nuova. Per accedere
-      alle strutture già pronte fornite con il programma, si avvii GnuCash e
-      si selezioni <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> e
-      si proceda fino a quando viene visualizzata la lista delle strutture disponibili,
-      da cui si potrà selezionare quella relativa all'impresa.</p><p>La struttura preimpostata non coinciderà esattamente con le proprie 
-      necessità; sarà necessario apportare delle modifiche per renderla
-      utilizzabile al meglio per la situazione particolare. Questa struttura
-      rimane comunque un ottimo punto di partenza per la gestione di un'impresa.</p><p>Vengono denominati debiti correnti quei prodotti o servizi che una società ha 
-      acquistato ma per i quali non è ancora stato inviato il pagamento. Per utilizzare il
-      sistema integrato in GnuCash per la gestione dei debiti correnti, è necessario impostare
-      un conto del tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Debiti correnti</strong></span>; generalmente si tratta di un 
-      sottoconto delle passività; è in questo conto che il sistema di gestione dei
-      debiti correnti inserisce le transazioni.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.2. Configurazione iniziale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html" title="13.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-components1.html" title="13.3. Componenti del sistema"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.2. Configurazione iniziale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.2. Configurazione iniziale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-setup1"></a>13.2. Configurazione iniziale</h2></div></div></div><p>Per permettere a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di gestire i debiti correnti per una società, è necessario eseguire prima due operazioni: la prima consiste nel realizzare un’appropriata struttura dei conti e la seconda prevede di registrare in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> l’impresa (o società).</p><div class="sect2" title="13.2.1. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-setupacct2"></a>13.2.1. Impostare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Esistono diversi modi per configurare una struttura dei conti per un’impresa; si può iniziare con quella fornita dall’assistente per l’impostazione di una !
 nuova struttura dei conti oppure crearne manualmente una nuova. Per accedere alle strutture già pronte fornite con il programma, avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> dal menu e procedere fino a quando viene visualizzata la lista delle strutture disponibili, da cui si potrà selezionare quella relativa all’impresa.</p><p>La struttura preimpostata non coinciderà esattamente con le proprie necessità; sarà necessario apportare delle modifiche per renderla utilizzabile al meglio per la situazione particolare. Questa struttura rimane comunque un ottimo punto di partenza per la gestione di un’impresa.</p><p>Vengono denominati debiti correnti quei prodotti o servizi che una società ha acquistato ma per i quali non è ancora stato inviato il pagamento. Per utilizzare il sistema integrato in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la gestione dei debiti correnti, è necessario impostare un conto del tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Debiti correnti</strong></span>; generalmente si tratta di un sottoconto delle passività; è in questo conto che il sistema di gestione dei debiti correnti inserisce le transazioni.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Semplice struttura dei conti per i debiti correnti:<br>
 <br>
 -Attività<br>
@@ -24,12 +7,4 @@
    -Debiti correnti<br>
 -Uscite<br>
    -Uscite debiti correnti<br>
-  </p></div><p>Saranno necessari altri conti di attività, entrate e uscite per rendere
-      la struttura più fruibile. L'aspetto essenziale della struttura proposta, risiede 
-      nell'utilizzo di un conto delle uscite e di uno per i debiti correnti con il tipo di conto
-      impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Debiti correnti</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="13.2.2. Registrare la propria impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-setupcname2"></a>13.2.2. Registrare la propria impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo aver impostato la struttura dei conti, si deve registrare il file
-      di GnuCash come appartenente alla propria Impresa; si selezioni quindi
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire il nome della società e le informazioni di contatto quali
-          il numero di telefono, di fax, l'indirizzo e-mail e l'indirizzo 
-          internet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire l'identificativo della propria impresa per il pagamento 
-          delle tasse nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>ID impresa</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.3. Componenti del sistema</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div><p>Saranno necessari altri conti di attività, entrate e uscite per rendere la struttura più fruibile. L’aspetto essenziale della struttura proposta, risiede nell’utilizzo di un conto delle uscite e di uno per i debiti correnti con il tipo di conto impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Debiti correnti</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="13.2.2. Registrare la propria impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-setupcname2"></a>13.2.2. Registrare la propria impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo aver impostato la struttura dei conti, si deve registrare il file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> come appartenente alla propria Impresa; selezionare quindi <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire il nome della società e le informazioni di contatto quali il numero di telefono, di fax, l’indirizzo e-mail e l’indirizzo internet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire l’identificativo della propria impresa per il pagamento delle tasse nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>ID impresa</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.3. Componenti del sistema</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,44 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.4. Venditore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-components1.html" title="13.3. Componenti del sistema"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Ricevuta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.4. Venditore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.4. Venditore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-vendors1"></a>13.4. Venditore</h2></div></div></div><p>Un venditore è un singolo o una società dalla quale si acquista uno o più beni o servizi.
- I venditori devono essere inseriti nel sistema dei debiti correnti.</p><div class="sect2" title="13.4.1. Creare un nuovo venditore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-vendornew2"></a>13.4.1. Creare un nuovo venditore</h3></div></div></div><p>Per registrare un nuovo venditore, selezionare la voce di menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> 
- <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo venditore</strong></span>.  Si completino
- le informazioni generali relative al venditore quali il nome della società l'indirizzo, il numero di 
- telefono e di fax ecc... Di seguito è riportata una lista delle altre voci disponibili: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Numero venditore</strong></span> - può essere un numero qualsiasi utile 
- per riferirsi a questo preciso venditore. Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto, nel qual caso un numero verrà assegnato
- automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Attivo</strong></span> - differenzia i venditori attivi da quelli inattivi. 
- E' utile quando si hanno molti venditori da cui non ci si rifornisce più e si desidera visualizzare
- solamente quelli attivi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Indirizzo di pagamento - Nome</strong></span> - è il nome della persona che deve
- ricevere il pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Note</strong></span> - permette di inserire qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al
- venditore. Utile per per registrare, per esempio, i nomi dei contatti all'interno della società
- di fornitura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Valuta</strong></span> - specifica la valuta predefinita
- per il pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Termini</strong></span> - specifica i termini di pagamento predefiniti
- per questo venditore. I termini di pagamento devono essere impostati preventivamente utilizzando la funzione
-disponibile in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Termini di pagamento</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Imposte incluse</strong></span> - permette di definire se le
- tasse sono incluse nelle ricevute che si ricevono dal venditore. E' possibile scegliere fra: 
-          </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>sì</strong></span> significa che le tasse sono già
-                incluse negli importi della ricevuta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>no</strong></span> significa che le tasse non sono incluse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>usa globale</strong></span> utilizza le impostazioni globali
-                configurate nelle preferenze globali accessibili dal menu
-                <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> ->
-                <span class="guimenu"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Tabella imposte</strong></span> - permette di scegliere una 
- tabella delle imposte predefinita da applicare alle ricevute di questo venditore. La tabella delle imposte
- deve prima essere creata utilizzando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> 
- <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div><p>La finestra di registrazione di un nuovo venditore assomiglia a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png" alt="Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo venditore"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo venditore
-	       </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="13.4.2. Cercare e modificare un venditore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-vendorfind2"></a>13.4.2. Cercare e modificare un venditore</h3></div></div></div><p>Per cercare un venditore esistente utilizzare la finestra <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> 
- -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova venditore</strong></span>. E' poi sufficiente 
- selezionare un venditore dalla lista delle voci trovate per <span class="guibutton">Visualizzarlo 
- o Modificarlo</span>. Questa finestra viene anche visualizzata per selezionare un venditore
- quando si crea una ricevuta e si procede al pagamento.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png" alt="Finestra di ricerca del venditore"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di ricerca del venditore
-	       </p></div></div></div><p>Se dalla ricerca vengono restituiti molti elementi corrispondenti,
-      è possibile filtrare i risultati eseguendo una ulteriore ricerca tra questi
-      ultimi. Il gruppo dei risultati attuali viene analizzato quando è selezionata
-      l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Perfeziona la ricerca attiva</strong></span>. GnuCash rende
-      disponibile questa opzione solamente dopo che è stata eseguita con successo la
-      ricerca iniziale.</p><p>Se il venditore che si sta cercando non è stato trovato con il criterio di
-      ricerca inserito, è possibile cambiare il criterio di ricerca  e selezionando l'opzione
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span> seguita dal pulsante <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>.
-      Il passo più importante è la selezione dell'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span>.
-      Se il venditore non è tra i risultati della ricerca originale e si effettua una ricerca 
-      tra i risultati ottenuti, il venditore non verrà trovato anche se il criterio di 
-      ricerca è stato cambiato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per visualizzare una lista dei venditori attivi, si imposti il criterio di ricerca
- a "corrisponde all'espressione regolare" e si inserisca un singolo punto "." nel campo del testo
- da ricercare. Assicurarsi che non sia selezionata l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca solo tra i dati selezionati</strong></span>,
- poi premere <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. L'espressione regolare "." significa trovare tutto.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.3. Componenti del sistema </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.5. Ricevuta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.4. Venditore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-components1.html" title="13.3. Componenti del sistema"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Ricevuta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.4. Venditore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="13.4. Venditore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-vendors1"></a>13.4. Venditore</h2></div></div></div><p>Un venditore è un singolo o una società dalla quale si acquista uno o più beni o servizi. I venditori devono essere inseriti nel sistema dei debiti correnti.</p><div class="sect2" title="13.4.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-vendornew2"></a>13.4.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per registrare un nuovo venditore, selezionare la voce di menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo venditore</strong></span>. Completare poi le informazioni generali relative al venditore quali il nome della società, l’indirizzo, il numero di telefono e di fax ecc... Di seguit!
 o è riportato un elenco delle altre voci disponibili:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Numero venditore</strong></span> - può essere un numero qualsiasi utile per riferirsi a questo preciso venditore. Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto, nel qual caso un numero verrà assegnato automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Attivo</strong></span> - differenzia i venditori attivi da quelli inattivi. È utile quando si hanno molti venditori da cui non ci si rifornisce più e si desidera visualizzare solamente quelli attivi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Indirizzo di pagamento - Nome</strong></span> - è il nome della persona che deve ricevere il pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Note</strong></span> - permette di inserire qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al venditore. Utile per per registrare, ad esempio, i nomi dei contatti all’interno della società di fornitura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Valuta</strong></span> - specifica la valuta predefinita per il pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Termini</strong></span> - specifica i termini di pagamento predefiniti per questo venditore. I termini di pagamento devono essere impostati preventivamente utilizzando la funzione disponibile in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Termini di pagamento</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Imposte incluse</strong></span> - permette di definire se le tasse sono incluse nelle ricevute che si ricevono dal venditore. È possibile scegliere fra: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class=!
 "guilabel"><strong>sì</strong></span> significa che le tasse sono già incluse negli importi della ricevuta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>no</strong></span> significa che le tasse non sono incluse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>usa globale</strong></span> utilizza le impostazioni globali configurate nelle preferenze globali accessibili dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X).</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Tabella imposte</strong></span> - permette di scegliere una tabella delle imposte predefinita da applicare alle ricevute di questo venditore. La tabella delle imposte deve prima essere creata utilizzando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div><p>La finestra di registrazione di un nuovo venditore assomiglia a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png" alt="Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo venditore"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo venditore</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="13.4.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-vendorfind2"></a>13.4.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per cercare un venditore esistente utilizzare la finestra <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova venditore</strong></span>. È poi sufficiente selezionare un venditore dalla lista delle voci trovate per visualizzarlo o modificarlo. Questa finest!
 ra viene aperta anche per selezionare un venditore quando si crea una ricevuta e si procede al pagamento.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png" alt="Finestra di ricerca del venditore"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di ricerca del venditore</p></div></div></div><p>Se dalla ricerca vengono restituiti molti elementi corrispondenti, è possibile filtrare i risultati eseguendo una ulteriore ricerca tra questi ultimi. Il gruppo dei risultati attuali viene analizzato quando è selezionata l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Perfeziona la ricerca attiva</strong></span>. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> rende disponibile questa opzione solamente dopo che è stata eseguita con successo la ricerca iniziale.</p><p>Se il venditore che si sta cercando non è stato trovato con il criterio di ricerca inserito, è possibile cambiare il criterio di ricerca e selezionando l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span> seguita dal pulsante <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. Il passo più importante è la selezione dell’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span>. Se il venditore non è tra i risultati della ricerca originale e si effettua una ricerca tra i risultati ottenuti, il venditore non verrà trovato anche se il criterio di ricerca è stato cambiato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per visualizzare un elenco dei venditori attivi, impostare il criterio di ricerca a <span class="guilabel"><strong>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</strong></span> e inserire un singolo punto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">.</span>»!
 </span> nel campo del testo da ricercare. Assicurarsi che non sia selezionata l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca solo tra i dati selezionati</strong></span>, poi premere <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. L’espressione regolare <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">.</span>»</span> significa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fai corrispondere a qualsiasi cosa</span>»</span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.3. Componenti del sistema </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.5. Ricevuta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.4. Componenti del sistema</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-setup1.html" title="12.3. Configurazione iniziale"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-customers1.html" title="12.5. Cliente"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.4. Componenti del sistema</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.4. Componenti del sistema"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-components1"></a>12.4. Componenti del sistema</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash fornisce un sistema integrato di gestione dei crediti correnti.
-    Le transazioni generate dal sistema dei crediti correnti vengono inserite
-    nel conto dei crediti correnti. Generalmente non si lavora direttamente con
-    questa tipologia di conti ma si utilizzano le quattro applicazioni disponibili
-    dal menu secondario in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span>. Questi quattro componenti sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> è un singolo o una società a cui sono stati
-        venduti prodotti o servizi in credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fattura</strong></span> rappresenta il documento cartaceo inviato al
-        cliente per richiedere il pagamento. Essa contiene una lista dettagliata degli
-        oggetti venduti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) qui vengono registrati i lavori
-        relativi al cliente. Il "lavoro" in GnuCash è un meccanismo attraverso il quale è 
-        possibile raggruppare diverse fatture relative a un particolare cliente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Procedura di pagamento</strong></span> permette di registrare i
-        pagamenti ricevuti da un cliente.</p></li></ul></div><p>Le sezioni seguenti trattano individualmente i componenti dell'applicazione 
-    per i crediti correnti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.3. Configurazione iniziale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.5. Cliente</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.4. Componenti del sistema</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-setup1.html" title="12.3. Configurazione iniziale"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-customers1.html" title="12.5. Cliente"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.4. Componenti del sistema</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.4. Componenti del sistema"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-components1"></a>12.4. Componenti del sistema</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce un sistema integrato di gestione dei crediti correnti. Le transazioni generate dal sistema dei crediti correnti vengono inserite nel conto dei crediti correnti. Generalmente non si lavora direttamente con questa tipologia di conti ma si utilizzano le quattro applicazioni disponibili dal menu secondario in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span>. Questi quattro componenti sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> è un singolo o una società a cui sono stati venduti pr!
 odotti o servizi in credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fattura</strong></span> rappresenta il documento cartaceo inviato al cliente per richiedere il pagamento. Essa contiene una lista dettagliata degli oggetti venduti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) qui vengono registrati i lavori relativi al cliente. Un <span class="emphasis"><strong>lavoro</strong></span> in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un meccanismo attraverso il quale è possibile raggruppare diverse fatture relative a un particolare cliente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Procedura di pagamento</strong></span> permette di registrare i pagamenti ricevuti da un cliente.</p></li></ul></div><p>Le sezioni seguenti trattano individualmente i componenti dell’applicazione per i crediti correnti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.3. Configurazione iniziale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.5. Cliente</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.2. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-overview1.html" title="12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-setup1.html" title="12.3. Configurazione iniziale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.2. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-overview1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.2. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-concepts1"></a>12.2. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Per crediti correnti si intendono quei prodotti o servizi forniti
-  dalla propria società e per i quali non è ancora stato ricevuto il 
-  pagamento. Questi sono rappresentati come come una attività, dato che il
-  denaro dovrebbe essere ricevuto entro poco tempo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-overview1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.3. Configurazione iniziale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.2. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-overview1.html" title="12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-setup1.html" title="12.3. Configurazione iniziale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.2. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-overview1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.2. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-concepts1"></a>12.2. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Per crediti correnti si intendono quei prodotti o servizi forniti dalla propria società e per i quali non è ancora stato ricevuto il pagamento. Questi sono rappresentati come come una attività, dato che il denaro dovrebbe essere ricevuto entro poco tempo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-overview1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" a!
 lign="left">12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.3. Configurazione iniziale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,59 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.5. Cliente</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-components1.html" title="12.4. Componenti del sistema"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Fattura"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.5. Cliente</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.5. Cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-customers1"></a>12.5. Cliente</h2></div></div></div><p>Per cliente si intende un singolo o una società alla quale vengono venduti
-    beni o servizi. Il cliente deve essere registrato nel sistema dei crediti 
-    correnti.</p><div class="sect2" title="12.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-custnew2"></a>12.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inserire un nuovo cliente, selezionare la voce
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo cliente</strong></span>. Compilare le informazioni richieste
-      quali il nome della società, l'indirizzo, il numero di telefono e di fax, 
-      ecc... Qui sotto è riportata una lista di altre opzioni:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Numero cliente</strong></span> - può essere un numero qualsiasi utile 
-            per riferirsi a questo preciso cliente. Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto, nel qual caso un 
-            numero verrà assegnato automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Attivo</strong></span> - differenzia i clienti attivi da quelli inattivi. 
-            E' utile quando si hanno molti clienti e si desidera visualizzare
-            solamente quelli attivi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Indirizzo di pagamento - Nome</strong></span> - è il nome della persona che deve
-            ricevere la fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Note</strong></span> - permette di inserire qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al
-            cliente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - valuta</strong></span> -
-          determina la valuta predefinita di pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Termini</strong></span> - permette di specificare
-          i termini di pagamento predefiniti per questo cliente. I termini di pagamento devono essere impostati 
-          preventivamente utilizzando la funzione
-          disponibile in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Termini di pagamento</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Sconto</strong></span> - applica
-          al cliente una percentuale di sconto predefinita al momento della creazione
-          della fattura. Inserire un valore compreso tra 0 e 100. E' possibile ignorare
-          lo sconto predefinito alla creazione della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Limite di credito</strong></span> -
-          registra il massimo credito che si desidera fare al cliente.
-          Questo campo è per propria conoscenza; GnuCash non utilizza questo
-          valore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Tasse incluse</strong></span> - permette 
-            di definire se le tasse sono incluse nelle voci della fattura. E' possibile 
-            scegliere fra: 
-          </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>sì</strong></span> significa che le tasse sono già
-                incluse negli importi della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>no</strong></span> significa che le tasse non sono incluse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>usa globale</strong></span> utilizza le impostazioni globali
-                configurate nelle preferenze globali accessibili dal menu
-                <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> ->
-                <span class="guimenu"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Tabella delle imposte</strong></span> -
-          specifica una tabella delle imposte predefinita da applicare alle voci che compongono
-          la fattura. La tabella delle imposte
-          deve prima essere creata utilizzando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> 
-          <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Indirizzo di spedizione</strong></span> - permette di inserire un 
-          indirizzo di spedizione per il cliente se è diverso dall'indirizzo di pagamento.
-          L'indirizzo di spedizione è per propria conoscenza; GnuCash non utilizza questo
-          valore.</p></li></ul></div><p>La finestra di registrazione di un nuovo cliente assomiglia a
-      questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_custnew.png" alt="Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo cliente"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo cliente</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-custfind2"></a>12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per trovare un cliente, utilizzare la funzione
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova cliente</strong></span>. E' poi possibile selezionare, dalla
-      finestra dei risultati, un cliente da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizzare o 
-      modificare</strong></span>. Questa finestra è anche utilizzata per
-      selezionare un cliente quando si crea una nuova fattura e quando
-      si procede a un pagamento.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_custfind.png" alt="Finestra di ricerca del cliente"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di ricerca del cliente </p></div></div></div><p>Se dalla ricerca vengono restituiti molti elementi corrispondenti,
-      è possibile filtrare i risultati eseguendo una ulteriore ricerca tra questi
-      ultimi. Il gruppo dei risultati attuali viene analizzato quando è selezionata
-      l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Perfeziona la ricerca attiva</strong></span>. GnuCash rende
-      disponibile questa opzione solamente dopo che è stata eseguita con successo la
-      ricerca iniziale.</p><p>Se il cliente che si sta cercando non è stato trovato con il criterio di
-      ricerca inserito, è possibile cambiare il criterio di ricerca  e selezionando l'opzione
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span> seguita dal pulsante <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>.
-      Il passo più importante è la selezione dell'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span>.
-      Se il venditore non è tra i risultati della ricerca originale e si effettua una ricerca 
-      tra i risultati ottenuti, il venditore non verrà trovato anche se il criterio di 
-      ricerca è stato cambiato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per visualizzare una lista dei clienti attivi, si imposti il criterio di ricerca
-        a "corrisponde all'espressione regolare" e si inserisca un singolo punto "." nel 
-        campo del testo da ricercare. Assicurarsi che non sia selezionata l'opzione 
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca solo tra i dati selezionati</strong></span>, poi premere 
-        <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. L'espressione regolare "." significa trovare tutto.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.4. Componenti del sistema </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.6. Fattura</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.5. Cliente</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-components1.html" title="12.4. Componenti del sistema"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Fattura"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.5. Cliente</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.5. Cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-customers1"></a>12.5. Cliente</h2></div></div></div><p>Per cliente si intende un singolo o una società alla quale vengono venduti beni o servizi. Il cliente deve essere registrato nel sistema dei crediti correnti.</p><div class="sect2" title="12.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-custnew2"></a>12.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inserire un nuovo cliente, selezionare la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo cliente</strong></span>. Compilare le informazioni richieste quali il nome della società, l’indirizzo, il numero di telefono e di fax, ecc... Qui sotto è riportata una lista di altre opzioni:</!
 p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Numero cliente</strong></span> - può essere un numero qualsiasi utile per riferirsi a questo preciso cliente. Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto, nel qual caso un numero verrà assegnato automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione - Attivo</strong></span> - differenzia i clienti attivi da quelli inattivi. È utile quando si hanno molti clienti e si desidera visualizzare solamente quelli attivi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Indirizzo di pagamento - Nome</strong></span> - è il nome della persona che deve ricevere la fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Note</strong></span> - permette di inserire qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al cliente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - valuta</strong></span> - determina la valuta predefinita di pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Termini</strong></span> - permette di specificare i termini di pagamento predefiniti per questo cliente. I termini di pagamento devono essere impostati preventivamente utilizzando la funzione disponibile in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Termini di pagamento</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Sconto</strong></span> - applica al cliente una percentuale di sconto predefinita al momento della creazione della fattura. Inserire un valore compreso tra 0 e 100. È possibile ignorare lo sconto predefinito alla creazione della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Limite di credito</strong></span> - registra il massimo credito che si desidera fare al cliente. Questo campo è per propria c!
 onoscenza; <span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash</strong></span> non utilizza questo valore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Tasse incluse</strong></span> - permette di definire se le tasse sono incluse nelle voci della fattura. È possibile scegliere fra: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>sì</strong></span> significa che le tasse sono già incluse negli importi della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>no</strong></span> significa che le tasse non sono incluse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>usa globale</strong></span> utilizza le impostazioni globali configurate nelle preferenze globali accessibili dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X).</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Tabella delle imposte</strong></span> - specifica una tabella delle imposte predefinita da applicare alle voci che compongono la fattura. La tabella delle imposte deve prima essere creata utilizzando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Indirizzo di spedizione</strong></span> - permette di inserire un indirizzo di spedizione per il cliente se è diverso dall’indirizzo di pagamento. L’indirizzo di spedizione è per propria conoscenza; <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non utilizza questo valore.</p></li></ul></div><p>La finestra di registrazione di un nuovo cliente assomiglia a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src=!
 "figures/bus_ar_custnew.png" alt="Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo cliente"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di registrazione di un nuovo cliente</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-custfind2"></a>12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per trovare un cliente, utilizzare la funzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova cliente</strong></span>. È poi possibile selezionare, dalla finestra dei risultati, un cliente da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizzare o modificare</strong></span>. Questa finestra è anche utilizzata per selezionare un cliente quando si crea una nuova fattura e quando si procede a un pagamento.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_custfind.png" alt="Finestra di ricerca del cliente"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di ricerca del cliente</p></div></div></div><p>Se dalla ricerca vengono restituiti molti elementi corrispondenti, è possibile filtrare i risultati eseguendo una ulteriore ricerca tra questi ultimi. Il gruppo dei risultati attuali viene analizzato quando è selezionata l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Perfeziona la ricerca attiva</strong></span>. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> rende disponibile questa opzione solamente dopo che è stata eseguita con successo la ricerca iniziale.</p><p>Se il cliente che si sta cercando non è stato trovato con il criterio di ricerca inserito, è possibile cambiare il criterio di ricerca e selezionando l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span> seguita dal pulsante <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. Il passo più importante è la selezione dell’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuova ricerca</strong></span>. Se il venditore non è tra i risultati della ricerc!
 a originale e si effettua una ricerca tra i risultati ottenuti, il venditore non verrà trovato anche se il criterio di ricerca è stato cambiato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per visualizzare una lista dei clienti attivi, si imposti il criterio di ricerca a <span class="guilabel"><strong>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</strong></span> e inserire un singolo punto <span class="keycap"><strong>.</strong></span> nel campo del testo da ricercare. Assicurarsi che non sia selezionata l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Cerca solo tra i dati selezionati</strong></span>, poi premere <span class="guibutton">Trova</span>. L’espressione regolare <span class="guilabel"><strong>.</strong></span> significa trova tutto.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-components1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.4. Componenti del sistema </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.6. Fattura</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,37 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-invoicechange"></a>12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura</h2></div></div></div><p>Lo stile predefinito per le fatture, come mostrato nella <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceprint2" title="12.6.5. Stampare una fattura">Sezione 12.6.5, «Stampare una fattura»</a>, à piuttosto spoglio. Esso prevede che
-    la parte superiore del documento sia vuota, in modo che la fattura possa 
-    essere stampata su carta intestata. E' però possibile modificare l'aspetto
-    delle fatture.</p><p>Utilizzare la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span> 
-    per inserire il nome e l'indirizzo della propria impresa, che verranno stampati sul lato
-    destro delle fatture.</p><p>Per aggiungere uno sfondo, uno striscione di intestazione e un logo personalizzati
-    alle fatture, occorre modificare il foglio di stile. Per farlo, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span>
-    -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Fogli di stile</strong></span> e crearne uno <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span>. Verrà presentata
-    una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png" alt="Finestra del nuovo foglio di stile"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra del nuovo foglio di stile.</p></div></div></div><p>Si deve selezionare il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fancy</strong></span> e
-    e assegnare un nome al proprio nuovo foglio di stile. Alla pressione del
-    pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>OK</strong></span> verrà aperta la finestra dell'editor HTML 
-    dei fogli di stile. Questa contiene quattro linguette: "Colori", "Generali", 
-    "Immagini" e "Tabelle". La prima linguetta relativa ai colori permette di
-    variare la colorazione delle varie sezioni che compongono la fattura.
-    La linguetta delle impostazioni generali è dedicata alle informazioni del 
-    redattore e del destinatario e permette di abilitare i collegamenti. La 
-    linguetta delle immagini permette di importare delle immagini nel foglio
-    di stile. Infine, la linguette delle tabelle, permette di configurare la
-    spaziatura tra le tabelle che formano la fattura.</p><p>Per inserire un logo della società, uno striscione di intestazione e una
-    immagine di sfondo, è possibile utilizzare un'applicazione di grafica come
-    GIMP o OpenOffice Draw per creare l'immagine e salvarla in formato GIF o PNG. 
-    A questo punto è possibile importarle nel foglio di stile utilizzando la
-    linguetta delle immagini.</p><p>Qui sotto è visualizzato un esempio in cui sono state importate tutte
-    e tre le immagini.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png" alt="Esempio di fogli di stile HTML"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra del foglio di stile HTML con un esempio di
-        immagine di sfondo, striscione di intestazione e logo.</p></div></div></div><p>Le immagini sono inserite nella fattura con i criteri seguenti: 
-    l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo</strong></span> è adattata per essere inserita come
-    sfondo, lo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione</strong></span> viene inserito al di 
-    sopra del testo della fattura e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo</strong></span> è posizionato
-    nell'angolo in alto a sinistra della fattura a fianco dello striscione di 
-    intestazione. Sarà probabilmente necessario provare immagini di dimensioni
-    diverse prima di ottenere una bella fattura. Vengono forniti alcuni suggerimenti 
-    su questo argomento: il logo dovrebbe essere di circa 1 cm quadrato mentre
-    lo striscione di intestazione dovrebbe essere largo 15 cm e alto 1cm.</p><p>Avendo configurato il foglio di stile, al momento della stampa della fattura
-    sarà possibile selezionarlo dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span>. Più sotto è riportata
-    la fattura ottenuta dopo aver utilizzato il foglio di stile descritto 
-    precedentemente.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png" alt="Esempio di fogli di stile HTML"><div class="caption"><p>La fattura che si ottiene con le immagini 
-        selezionate nel foglio di stile.</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.8. Procedere al pagamento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-invoicechange"></a>12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura</h2></div></div></div><p>Lo stile predefinito per le fatture, come mostrato nella <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceprint2" title="12.6.5. Stampare una fattura">Sezione 12.6.5, «Stampare una fattura»</a>, à piuttosto spoglio. Esso prevede che la parte superiore del documento sia vuota, in modo che la fattura possa essere stampata su carta intestata. È però possibile modificare l’aspetto delle fatture.</p><p>Utilizzare la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span> per inserire le informazioni relative alla propria società nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Im!
 presa</strong></span> della finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni libro</strong></span>. Alcune delle informazioni inserite verranno stampate sul lato destro delle fatture.</p><p>Per aggiungere uno sfondo, uno striscione di intestazione e un logo personalizzati alle fatture, occorre modificare il foglio di stile. Per farlo, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile</strong></span> e selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezione del foglio di stile HTML</strong></span> che si aprirà. Verrà poi presentata una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png" alt="Finestra del nuovo foglio di stile"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra del nuovo foglio di stile.</p></div></div></div><p>Dare un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span> al nuovo foglio di stile (ad esempio <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fattura personalizzata</strong></span>) e selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modello</strong></span> denominato <span class="guilabel"><strong>Elaborato</strong></span>. Alla pressione del pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> verrà aperta la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Proprietà dei fogli stile HTML</strong></span>. Questa contiene cinque schede: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stili</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagini</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>. La prima scheda relativa ai colori permette di variare la colorazione delle varie sezioni che compongono la fattura. La sezione deegli stili permette di impostare gli stili e le dimensioni dei caratteri. La scheda delle impostazioni generali è dedicata alle informazioni del redattore e del destinatario e permette di abilitare i !
 collegamenti. La scheda delle immagini permette di importare delle immagini nel foglio di stile. Infine, la schede delle tabelle, permette di configurare la spaziatura tra le tabelle che formano la fattura.</p><p>Per inserire un logo della società, uno striscione di intestazione e una immagine di sfondo, è possibile utilizzare un’applicazione di grafica come <strong class="application"><code>GIMP</code></strong> o <strong class="application"><code>OpenOffice Draw</code></strong> per creare l’immagine e salvarla in formato <acronym class="acronym">GIF</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">PNG</acronym>. A questo punto è possibile importarle nel foglio di stile utilizzando la sezione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagini</strong></span> descritta in precedenza.</p><p>Qui sotto è visualizzato un esempio in cui sono state importate tutte e tre le immagini.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png" width="510" alt="Esempio di fogli di stile HTML"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>La finestra del foglio di stile <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> con un esempio di immagine di sfondo, striscione di intestazione e logo.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le immagini sono inserite nella fattura con i criteri seguenti: l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo</strong></span> è adattata per essere inserita come sfondo, lo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione</strong></span> viene inserito al di sopra del testo della fattura e il <!
 span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo</strong></span> è posizionato nell’angolo in alto a sinistra della fattura a fianco dello striscione di intestazione. Sarà probabilmente necessario provare immagini di dimensioni diverse prima di ottenere una bella fattura. Vengono forniti alcuni suggerimenti su questo argomento: il logo dovrebbe essere di circa 1 cm quadrato mentre lo striscione di intestazione dovrebbe essere largo 15 cm e alto 1cm.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Avendo configurato il foglio di stile, al momento della stampa della fattura sarà possibile selezionarlo dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span>. Più sotto è riportata la fattura ottenuta dopo aver utilizzato il foglio di stile descritto precedentemente.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png" alt="Esempio di fogli di stile HTML"><div class="caption"><p>La fattura che si ottiene con le immagini selezionate nel foglio di stile.</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.8. Procedere al pagamento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,135 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.6. Fattura</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-customers1.html" title="12.5. Cliente"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.6. Fattura</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-customers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.6. Fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-invoices1"></a>12.6. Fattura</h2></div></div></div><p>Una fattura è il documento cartaceo che si invia a un cliente per
-    richiedere il pagamento di prodotti o servizi prestati. GnuCash è in grado di
-    creare e di registrare le fatture.</p><div class="sect2" title="12.6.1. Creare una nuova fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicenew2"></a>12.6.1. Creare una nuova fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inviare una fattura a un cliente occorre prima crearla. Per
-      farlo, utilizzare la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuova fattura</strong></span>. La
-      finestra per la nuova fattura deve essere debitamente compilata:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - ID fattura</strong></span> - il
-          numero identificativo di questa fattura. Rappresenta il numero
-          interno della fattura. Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto, 
-          nel qual caso un numero verrà assegnato 
-          automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - Data di emissione</strong></span> - la
-          data in cui la fattura è stata creata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Cliente</strong></span> - il
-          cliente destinato a ricevere la fattura. Utilizzare il pulsante
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Seleziona</strong></span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova
-          cliente</strong></span> descritta nelle sezioni precedenti. When
-          you have looked up the customer to be invoiced, click the
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Select</strong></span> in the search window to select the
-          customer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) -
-          associa la fattura al lavoro relativo a un cliente. I lavori relativi ai clienti
-          sono descritti nella sezione successiva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - ID pagamento</strong></span> - questo è
-          il codice d'ordine d'acquisto del cliente o qualsiasi altro "numero di riferimento
-          del cliente". Questo numero dovrebbe essere utilizzato per identificare le
-          fatture emesse per questo cliente (e lavoro, se ne è stato impostato uno).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Termini</strong></span> - l'accordo
-          sul pagamento di questa fattura. Viene visualizzato un elenco di elementi
-          registrati nella lista a comparsa. Se è stato specificato un valore 
-          predefinito per il cliente selezionato, il campo sarà impostato
-          automaticamente con questo.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png" alt="Creazione di una nuova fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Creazione di una nuova fattura </p></div></div></div><p>Quando si preme il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>OK</strong></span>, verrà aperta
-       la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica fattura</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.2. Modificare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoiceedit2"></a>12.6.2. Modificare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Dalla finestra di modifica della fattura è possibile inserire un elenco
-      dettagliato di oggetti venduti con questa fattura, in maniera simile a come
-      vengono inserite le informazioni di una transazione nel registro del conto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png" alt="Finestra di modifica della fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di modifica della fattura </p></div></div></div><p>Sono presenti 15 colonne nell'area delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Voci della 
-      fattura</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - La data in cui l'oggetto è stato
-          venduto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fatturato?</strong></span> - <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa
-            che l'oggetto è riportato in questo fattura, mentre un riquadro vuoto indica che l'oggetto
-            non è riportato nella fattura. Procedendo alla riga successiva l'opzione verrà abilitata 
-            automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> (opzionale) - il nome dell'oggetto
-          o servizio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> (opzionale) - è un campo definibile 
-          dall'utente. Si possono inserire qui le informazioni sul centro di costo o 
-          utilizzare una delle tre operazioni predefinite: "Ore", "Materiale" o 
-          "Progetto".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto delle entrate</strong></span> - selezionare il conto
-          delle entrate che verrà accreditato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quantità</strong></span> - il numero di oggetti identici 
-          venduti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo unitario</strong></span> - è il prezzo per unità del 
-          singolo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di sconto</strong></span> - permette di impostare la tipologia
-          di sconto:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>€</strong></span> significa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconto</strong></span>
-              in valore monetario</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>%</strong></span> significa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconto</strong></span>
-              in percentuale.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premendo sul campo è possibile cambiare l'impostazione tra i tipi
-          disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Come scontare</strong></span> - lo sconto può essere calcolato come
-          segue::</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>></strong></span> significa che lo sconto verrà applicato
-              dopo le imposte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong><</strong></span> significa che lo sconto verrà applicato
-              prima delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>=</strong></span> significa che sia lo sconto che le tasse
-              saranno applicate al valore precedente alla tassazione.</p></li></ul></div><p>Cliccando sul campo è possibile cambiare l'impostazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconto</strong></span> (opzionale) - è lo sconto totale,
-          in unità monetarie o in percentuale in funzione del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo 
-          di sconto</strong></span>. Se lasciato vuoto non verrà applicato alcun
-          tipo di sconto. Se è stato specificato un tipo di sconto predefinito
-          per il cliente, questo campo verrà completato automaticamente per ogni
-          nuovo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tassabile?</strong></span> - l'oggetto è tassabile?
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre il campo vuoto significa no.
-          Cliccando nel campo, è possibile cambiare l'impostazione del valore tra
-          quelle disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse Incluse?</strong></span> - le tasse sono già state incluse
-           nel prezzo unitario? <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre un campo vuoto
-           significa no. Per esempio, se c'è 1 oggetto del valore di €100 con un imposta del
-           5%, allora:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Se il campo è vuoto, allora il subtotale = €100 e le imposte =
-              €5.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se il campo contiene la <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span>, allora
-              subtotale = €95,23 e tasse = €4,77.  La formula è: 
-              Subtotale = Totale / (1+aliquota) e Tasse = Totale - Subtotale
-              = Totale - (Totale / (1+aliquota)).
-              </p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span> (opzionale) - permette di selezionare 
-          una tabella delle imposte fra quelle disponibili. Se l'oggetto è indicato come
-          tassabile, allora questa tabella è utilizzata per calcolare l'importo della tassa.
-          La tabella imposte specifica la percentuale applicata e i conti addebitati per
-          il pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Subtotale</strong></span> (non modificabile) - subtotale 
-          calcolato per questo oggetto (meno le tasse).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte</strong></span> (non modificabile) - è l'importo
-          delle imposte calcolate sull'oggetto.</p></li></ul></div><p>Quando sono state inserite tutte le voci, si può
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span> e stampare la fattura.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.3. Emettere una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicepost2"></a>12.6.3. Emettere una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando è terminata la fase di modifica di una fattura e si è pronti a stamparla, 
-      è necessario <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span> la fattura. Non è necessario emettere la fattura 
-      immediatamente; in fatti, la fattura deve essere emessa solamente quando si è pronti a 
-      stamparla. L'emissione di una fattura prevede l'inserimento automatico delle transazioni
-      necessarie nel conto dei crediti correnti.</p><p>Viene visualizzata la finestra di emissione della fattura e viene
-      richiesto di inserire le seguenti informazioni:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png" alt="Finestra di emissione della fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di emissione della fattura </p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di emissione</strong></span> - specifica la data con cui
-          verranno inserite le transazioni nel conto per i crediti correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di scadenza</strong></span> - è la data in cui si è convenuto
-          di ricevere il pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Se sono stati specificati dei termini di pagamento alla creazione della
-              fattura, la data è calcolata in accordo ai termini selezionati e il campo
-              non è modificabile.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se non è stata impostata alcuna data di scadenza, si inserisca
-              ora in questo campo.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - è un campo opzionale.
-            Quando le transazioni relative alle fatture verranno inserite nel 
-            registro del conto per i crediti correnti, il testo scritto in questa
-            casella verrà visualizzato nel campo del promemoria delle
-            transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di emissione</strong></span> - selezionare il conto
-        dei crediti correnti in cui verranno inserite le transazioni. Il conto
-        può essere selezionata da un elenco dei conti esistenti per i crediti 
-        correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumulare le suddivisioni</strong></span> - determina se gli 
-          elementi di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto devono essere
-          combinati in una singola suddivisione per quel conto o inseriti individualmente.
-          Per una semplice fattura relativa alla vendita di chiodi e martello, l'impostazione
-          opera nel seguente modo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Attivata (le suddivisioni verranno accumulate) - verrà registrato un
-              singolo movimento di €575,00 dal conto Entrate:Vendite.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Non attivata - la transazione creata nel conto dei crediti correnti,
-              mostre due distinti trasferimenti dal conto Entrate:Vendite di €100,00 e
-              €475,00. I campi del promemoria nelle suddivisioni indicheranno rispettivamente
-              chiodi e martello (cioè la descrizione dell'oggetto inserita nella 
-              fattura).</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.4. Trovare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicefind2"></a>12.6.4. Trovare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Per trovare una fattura esistente, utilizzare l'applicazione raggiungibile in
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> -> 
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova fattura</strong></span>. Dai risultati della ricerca è possibile
-      selezionare un fattura da modificare o da visualizzare.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Prima di poter modificare una fattura emessa, sarà necessario
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annullarla</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Uno degli obiettivi di progetto del sistema di gestione dei crediti correnti
-      presente in GnuCash, era quello di fornire diverse strade per raggiungere una stessa 
-      posizione a seconda del metodo con cui si idealizza il problema :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>si può cercare prima il cliente, e poi visualizzare le fatture
-          a esso associate;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>si può cercare una fattura per numero o per nome della società;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>si possono visualizzare le fatture associate con un "lavoro cliente".</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.5. Stampare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoiceprint2"></a>12.6.5. Stampare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo aver emesso una fattura, può essere utile stamparla e
-      inviarla al cliente. Per stampare una fattura, utilizzare la voce
-      del menu principale <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Stampa fattura</strong></span>.</p><p>Un esempio del risultato di stampa della fattura predefinita
-      in GnuCash è mostrato di seguito.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png" alt="Risultato di stampa della fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Risultato di stampa della fattura </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">E' possibile modificare l'aspetto della fattura inserendo,
-        per esempio, il logo della società ecc... Per le istruzioni
-        su come farlo, vedere la <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura">Sezione 12.9, «Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura»</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Le fatture possono essere anche stampate dalla finestra principale 
-      selezionando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> -> 
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconto impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Fattura stampabile</strong></span>. 
-      La finestra del resoconto avviserà che non è stata selezionata una
-      fattura valida per la stampa. Per selezionarla procedere come segue:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> della barra 
-          degli strumenti o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> -> 
-          <span class="guimenu"><strong>Opzioni resoconto</strong></span> dal menu principale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la linguetta <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generale</strong></span> della
-          finestra delle opzioni del resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Seleziona</strong></span> a fianco del
-          campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero fattura</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cercare la fattura come al solito.</p></li></ol></div><p>E' inoltre possibile stampare le fatture direttamente dalla finestra
-      della procedura di pagamento. Consultare la <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento">Sezione 12.8, «Procedere al pagamento»</a> 
-      per le istruzioni su come procedere.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.6. Assegnare un numero iniziale alla fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicestarting2"></a>12.6.6. Assegnare un numero iniziale alla fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Non c'è un modo semplice per assegnare automaticamente un numero
-      iniziale a una fattura. GnuCash parte con il numero 1 e ne incrementa poi 
-      il valore. E' possibile inserire manualmente un numero di fattura nella
-      casella di testo ogni volta che viene creata un nuova fattura, ma questa
-      operazione può essere ripetitiva e prima o poi si arriverà a inserire dei 
-      numeri duplicati.</p><p>Se si ritiene necessario, è possibile cambiare il numero iniziale 
-      della fattura; non è attualmente fornita un'interfaccia grafica per 
-      questa operazione, si deve infatti modificare il file dei dati XML. 
-      La relativa voce si trova nella sezione "counters" nella parte iniziale
-      del file. Il file modificato deve poi essere riaperto in GnuCash.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">GnuCash permette di abilitare la compressione dei file. Disabilitare
-        questa opzione e salvare il file prima di modificarlo. Per abilitare o
-        disabilitare la compressione andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> 
-        -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>, aprire la linguetta
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> e selezionare o deselezionare l'opzione
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Comprimi file</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-customers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.5. Cliente </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.7. Lavori per un cliente</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.6. Fattura</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-customers1.html" title="12.5. Cliente"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.6. Fattura</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-customers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.6. Fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-invoices1"></a>12.6. Fattura</h2></div></div></div><p>Una fattura è il documento cartaceo che si invia a un cliente per richiedere il pagamento di prodotti o servizi prestati. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di creare e di registrare le fatture.</p><div class="sect2" title="12.6.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicenew2"></a>12.6.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inviare una fattura a un cliente occorre prima crearla. Per farlo, utilizzare la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova fattura</strong></span>. La finestra per la nuova fattura deve essere debitamente compi!
 lata:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - ID fattura</strong></span> - il numero identificativo di questa fattura. Rappresenta il numero interno della fattura. Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto, nel qual caso un numero verrà assegnato automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni fattura - Data di emissione</strong></span> - la data in cui la fattura è stata creata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Cliente</strong></span> - il cliente che sta per ricevere la fattura. Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome dell’impresa</strong></span> inserito nella finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo cliente</strong></span>, è sufficiente iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova cliente</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2" title="12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 12.5.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il cliente che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - lavoro</strong></span> (facoltativo) - associa la nuova fattura al lavoro di un cliente (vedere <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente">Sezione 12.7, «Lavori per un cliente»</a>). Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome del lavoro</strong></span> inserito nella finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>, è possibile iniziare a scriver!
 lo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova lavoro</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2" title="12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 12.5.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il lavoro che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - ID pagamento</strong></span> - questo è il codice d’ordine d’acquisto del cliente o qualsiasi altro <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">numero di riferimento del cliente</span>»</span>. Questo numero dovrebbe essere utilizzato per identificare le fatture emesse per questo cliente (e lavoro, se ne è stato impostato uno).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Termini</strong></span> - l’accordo sul pagamento di questa fattura. Viene visualizzato un elenco di elementi registrati nella lista a comparsa. Se è stato specificato un valore predefinito per il cliente selezionato, il campo sarà impostato automaticamente con questo.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png" alt="Creazione di una nuova fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Creazione di una nuova fattura</p></div></div></div><p>Quando si preme il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, verrà aperta la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica fattura</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.2. Modificare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoiceedit2"></a>12.6.2. Modificare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Dalla finestra di modifica della f!
 attura è possibile inserire un elenco dettagliato di oggetti venduti con questa fattura, in maniera simile a come vengono inserite le informazioni di una transazione nel registro del conto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png" alt="Finestra di modifica della fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di modifica della fattura</p></div></div></div><p>Sono presenti 15 colonne nell’area delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Voci della fattura</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - La data in cui l’oggetto è stato venduto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fatturato?</strong></span> - <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa che l’oggetto è riportato in questo fattura, mentre un riquadro vuoto indica che l’oggetto non è riportato nella fattura. Procedendo alla riga successiva l’opzione verrà abilitata automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> (opzionale) - il nome dell’oggetto o servizio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> (opzionale) - è un campo definibile dall’utente. Si possono inserire qui le informazioni sul centro di costo o utilizzare una delle tre operazioni predefinite: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ore</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Materiale</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Progetto</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto delle entrate</strong></span> - selezionare il conto delle entrate che verrà accreditato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quantità</strong></span> - il numero di oggetti identici venduti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo unitario</strong></span> - è il prezzo per unità del singol!
 o oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di sconto</strong></span> - permette di impostare la tipologia di sconto:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>€</strong></span> significa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconto</strong></span> in valore monetario</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>%</strong></span> significa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconto</strong></span> in percentuale.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premendo sul campo è possibile cambiare l’impostazione tra i tipi disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Come scontare</strong></span> - lo sconto può essere calcolato come segue::</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>></strong></span> significa che lo sconto verrà applicato dopo le imposte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong><</strong></span> significa che lo sconto verrà applicato prima delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>=</strong></span> significa che sia lo sconto che le tasse saranno applicate al valore precedente alla tassazione.</p></li></ul></div><p>facendo clic sul campo è possibile cambiare l’impostazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconto</strong></span> (opzionale) - è lo sconto totale, in unità monetarie o in percentuale in funzione del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di sconto</strong></span>. Se lasciato vuoto non verrà applicato alcun tipo di sconto. Se è stato specificato un tipo di sconto predefinito per il cliente, questo campo verrà completato automaticamente per ogni nuovo oggetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tassabile?</strong></span> - l’oggetto è tassabile? <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre il campo vuoto significa !
 no. Facendo clic nel campo, è possibile cambiare l’impostazione del valore tra quelle disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse Incluse?</strong></span> - le tasse sono già state incluse nel prezzo unitario? <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> significa sì, mentre un campo vuoto significa no. Per esempio, se c’è 1 oggetto del valore di €100 con un imposta del 5%, allora:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Se il campo è vuoto, allora il subtotale = €100 e le imposte = €5.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se il campo contiene la <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span>, allora subtotale = €95,23 e tasse = €4,77. La formula è: Subtotale = Totale / (1+aliquota) e Tasse = Totale - Subtotale = Totale - (Totale / (1+aliquota)).</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabella imposte</strong></span> (opzionale) - permette di selezionare una tabella delle imposte fra quelle disponibili. Se l’oggetto è indicato come tassabile, allora questa tabella è utilizzata per calcolare l’importo della tassa. La tabella imposte specifica la percentuale applicata e i conti addebitati per il pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Subtotale</strong></span> (non modificabile) - subtotale calcolato per questo oggetto (meno le tasse).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imposte</strong></span> (non modificabile) - è l’importo delle imposte calcolate sull’oggetto.</p></li></ul></div><p>Quando sono state inserite tutte le voci, si può <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span> e stampare la fattura.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.3. Emettere una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicepost2"></a>12.6.3. Emettere una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando è terminata la fase di modifica di una fattura e si è pronti a!
  stamparla, è necessario <span class="guilabel"><strong>Emettere</strong></span> la fattura. Non è necessario emettere la fattura immediatamente; in fatti, la fattura deve essere emessa solamente quando si è pronti a stamparla. L’emissione di una fattura prevede l’inserimento automatico delle transazioni necessarie nel conto dei crediti correnti.</p><p>Viene visualizzata la finestra di emissione della fattura e viene richiesto di inserire le seguenti informazioni:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png" alt="Finestra di emissione della fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di emissione della fattura</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di emissione</strong></span> - specifica la data con cui verranno inserite le transazioni nel conto per i crediti correnti. Di norma, questa è la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di apertura</strong></span> (consultare <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicenew2" title="12.6.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente">Sezione 12.6.1, «Registrare un nuovo cliente»</a> per informazioni su questa data).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di scadenza</strong></span> - è la data in cui si è convenuto di ricevere il pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Se sono stati specificati dei termini di pagamento alla creazione della fattura, la data è calcolata in accordo ai termini selezionati e il campo non è modificabile.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se non è stata impostata alcuna data di scadenza, inserire ora in questo campo.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - è un campo opzionale. Quando le transazioni relative alle fatture verranno inserite nel registro del conto per i crediti correnti, il testo scritto in questa casella verrÃ!
   visualizzato nel campo del promemoria delle transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di emissione</strong></span> - selezionare il conto dei crediti correnti in cui verranno inserite le transazioni. Il conto può essere selezionata da un elenco dei conti esistenti per i crediti correnti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumulare le suddivisioni</strong></span> - determina se gli elementi di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto devono essere combinati in una singola suddivisione per quel conto o inseriti individualmente. Per una semplice fattura relativa alla vendita di chiodi e martello, l’impostazione opera nel seguente modo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Attivata (le suddivisioni verranno accumulate) - verrà registrato un singolo movimento di €575,00 dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Vendite</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Non attivata - la transazione creata nel conto dei crediti correnti, mostre due distinti trasferimenti dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Vendite</strong></span> di €100,00 e €475,00. I campi del promemoria nelle suddivisioni indicheranno rispettivamente chiodi e martello (cioè la descrizione dell’oggetto inserita nella fattura).</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.4. Trovare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicefind2"></a>12.6.4. Trovare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Per trovare una fattura esistente, utilizzare l’applicazione raggiungibile in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova fattura</strong></span>. Dai risultati della ricerca è possibile selezionare un fattura da modificare o da visualizzare.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="htt!
 p://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Prima di poter modificare una fattura emessa, sarà necessario <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annullarla</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Uno degli obiettivi di progetto del sistema di gestione dei crediti correnti presente in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, era quello di fornire diverse strade per raggiungere una stessa posizione a seconda del metodo con cui si idealizza il problema:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>si può cercare prima il cliente, e poi visualizzare le fatture a esso associate;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>si può cercare una fattura per numero o per nome della società;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>si possono visualizzare le fatture associate a un <span class="guilabel"><strong>lavoro cliente</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.5. Stampare una fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoiceprint2"></a>12.6.5. Stampare una fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo aver emesso una fattura, può essere utile stamparla e inviarla al cliente. Per stampare una fattura, utilizzare la voce del menu principale <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa fattura</strong></span>.</p><p>Un esempio del risultato di stampa della fattura predefinita in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è mostrato di seguito.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png" alt="Risultato di stampa della fattura"><div class="caption"><p>Risultato di stampa della fattura</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w!
 3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È possibile modificare l’aspetto della fattura inserendo, per esempio, il logo della società ecc... Per le istruzioni su come farlo, vedere la <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura">Sezione 12.9, «Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura»</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Le fatture possono essere anche stampate dalla finestra principale selezionando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Resoconto impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fattura stampabile</strong></span>. La finestra del resoconto avviserà che non è stata selezionata una fattura valida per la stampa. Per selezionarla procedere come segue:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto</strong></span> dal menu principale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generale</strong></span> della finestra delle opzioni del resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> a fianco del campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero fattura</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cercare la fattura come al solito.</p></li></ol></div><p>È inoltre possibile stampare le fatture direttamente dalla finestra della procedura di pagamento. Cons!
 ultare la <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento">Sezione 12.8, «Procedere al pagamento»</a> per le istruzioni su come procedere.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="12.6.6. Assegnare un numero iniziale alla fattura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicestarting2"></a>12.6.6. Assegnare un numero iniziale alla fattura</h3></div></div></div><p>Non c’è un modo semplice per assegnare automaticamente un numero iniziale a una fattura. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> parte con il numero 1 e ne incrementa poi il valore. È possibile inserire manualmente un numero di fattura nella casella di testo ogni volta che viene creata un nuova fattura, ma questa operazione può essere ripetitiva e prima o poi si arriverà a inserire dei numeri duplicati.</p><p>Se si ritiene necessario, è possibile cambiare il numero iniziale della fattura; non è attualmente fornita un’interfaccia grafica per questa operazione, si deve infatti modificare il file dei dati <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>. La relativa voce si trova nella sezione <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">counters</span>»</span> nella parte iniziale del file. Il file modificato deve poi essere riaperto in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di abilitare la compressione dei file. Disabilitare questa opzione e salvare il file prima di modificarlo. Per abilitare o disabilitare la compressione andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="gui!
 menuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>(<span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X), aprire la scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> e selezionare o deselezionare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Comprimi file</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-customers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.5. Cliente </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.7. Lavori per un cliente</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,30 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.7. Lavori per un cliente</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Fattura"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.7. Lavori per un cliente</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-jobs1"></a>12.7. Lavori per un cliente</h2></div></div></div><p>I lavori per un cliente sono utili per raggruppare più fatture emesse
-    verso lo stesso cliente. L'utilizzo della funzione per i lavori di un cliente è
-    opzionale. Questa funzione è utile quando si hanno più "lavori" associati
-    allo stesso cliente e si desidera visualizzare tutte le fatture relative
-    al singolo lavoro.</p><p>Per creare i lavori per un cliente recarsi in
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>. Verrà visualizzata la finestra per un
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>. I campi modificabili sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni lavoro - Numero lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - inserire
-        un numero con cui identificare il lavoro. Se lasciato vuoto, verrà scelto automaticamente
-        un numero dal programma.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni lavoro - Nome lavoro</strong></span> - il nome che
-        si desidera assegnare al nuovo lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull'intestatario - Cliente</strong></span> - il cliente per cui
-        il lavoro viene creato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull'intestatario - ID pagamento</strong></span> - il numero
-        di riferimento a questo lavoro per il cliente (es: il numero d'ordine d'acquisto).
-        Questo rappresenta l'"identificativo del pagamento" per relazionare la fattura al loro
-        ordine. Il valore inserito è utilizzato per impostare l'ID di pagamento per le nuove fatture
-        associate a questo lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Lavoro attivo</strong></span> - permette di impostare il lavoro 
-        come attivo o non attivo. Questa opzione è utile quando si hanno diversi lavori
-        inattivi, dato che risulta più semplice cercare solamente tra i lavori
-        che sono marcati come attivi.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png" alt="Nuovo lavoro per un cliente"><div class="caption"><p>Nuovo lavoro per un cliente</p></div></div></div><p>Per modificare un lavoro per un cliente, si utilizzi l'applicazione
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova lavoro</strong></span>. Selezionare il lavoro desiderato fra i
-    risultati della ricerca e premere il pulsante 
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza/modifica lavoro</strong></span>.</p><p>Per trovare le fatture associate a un determinato lavoro, utilizzare
-    l'applicazione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Trova lavoro</strong></span>. Selezionare il lavoro desiderato fra i risultati
-    della ricerca e premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza fatture</strong></span>. Verrà
-    visualizzata una finestra con un elenco delle fatture associate al lavoro 
-    selezionato. Selezionare quindi una fattura e premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza
-    fattura</strong></span> per aprire l'editor della fattura nella finestra principale del 
-    programma</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.6. Fattura </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.8. Procedere al pagamento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.7. Lavori per un cliente</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Fattura"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.7. Lavori per un cliente</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-jobs1"></a>12.7. Lavori per un cliente</h2></div></div></div><p>I lavori per un cliente sono utili per raggruppare più fatture emesse verso lo stesso cliente. L’utilizzo della funzione per i lavori di un cliente è opzionale. Questa funzione è utile quando si hanno più <span class="guilabel"><strong>lavori</strong></span> associati allo stesso cliente e si desidera visualizzare tutte le fatture relative al singolo lavoro.</p><p>Per creare i lavori per un cliente recarsi in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>. Verrà visualizzata la finestra per un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo lavoro</strong></span>. I campi modificabili sono:</p>!
 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni lavoro - Numero lavoro</strong></span> (opzionale) - inserire un numero con cui identificare il lavoro. Se lasciato vuoto, verrà scelto automaticamente un numero dal programma.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni lavoro - Nome lavoro</strong></span> - il nome che si desidera assegnare al nuovo lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull’intestatario - cliente</strong></span> - il cliente per cui il lavoro viene creato. Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome dell’impresa</strong></span> inserito nella finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo cliente</strong></span> per questo cliente è possibile iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova cliente</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2" title="12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 12.5.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il cliente che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sull’intestatario - ID pagamento</strong></span> - il numero di riferimento a questo lavoro per il cliente (es: il numero d’ordine d’acquisto). Questo rappresenta l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>identificativo del pagamento</strong></span> per relazionare la fattura al loro ordine. Il valore inserito è utilizzato per impostare l’ID di pagamento per le nuove fatture associate a questo lavoro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>L!
 avoro attivo</strong></span> - permette di impostare il lavoro come attivo o non attivo. Questa opzione è utile quando si hanno diversi lavori inattivi, dato che risulta più semplice cercare solamente tra i lavori che sono marcati come attivi.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png" alt="Nuovo lavoro per un cliente"><div class="caption"><p>Nuovo lavoro per un cliente</p></div></div></div><p>Per modificare un lavoro per un cliente, utilizzare l’applicazione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova lavoro</strong></span>. Selezionare il lavoro desiderato fra i risultati della ricerca e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Visualizza/modifica lavoro</span>.</p><p>Per trovare le fatture associate a un determinato lavoro, utilizzare l’applicazione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova lavoro</strong></span>. Selezionare il lavoro desiderato fra i risultati della ricerca e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Visualizza fatture</span>. Verrà visualizzata una finestra con un elenco delle fatture associate al lavoro selezionato. Selezionare quindi una fattura e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Visualizza fattura</span> per aprire l’editor della fattura nella finestra principale del programma</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.6. Fattura </td><td widt!
 h="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.8. Procedere al pagamento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,12 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html" title="12.2. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ar.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-overview1"></a>12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa</h2></div></div></div><p>Le necessità contabili di un'impresa sono evidentemente differenti da
-    quelle di un singolo. Le imprese devono gestire i clienti (che sono debitori 
-    di denaro), i fornitori o venditori (che sono creditori), i libri paga dei 
-    dipendenti, una legislazione delle imposte più complessa, ecc... GnuCash offre delle
-    funzioni dedicate all'impresa per venire incontro a queste necessità.</p><p>I crediti correnti sono utilizzati dalle imprese per registrare le vendite
-    che non vengono immediatamente pagate. I debiti correnti, invece, registrano le
-    ricevute che verranno pagate o saldate in seguito. Queste tipologie di conti vengono
-    utilizzate principalmente quando si ha che fare con molte fatture e ricevute in
-    entrata e in uscita e non si vuole perdere traccia di esse solo perché non si sono
-    pagate o non sono state pagate. Per la maggior parte degli utenti privati
-    i debiti e i crediti correnti risultano eccessivamente complicati da utilizzare
-    per giustificarne l'apprendimento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ar.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.2. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html" title="12.2. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ar.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-overview1"></a>12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa</h2></div></div></div><p>Le necessità contabili di un’impresa sono evidentemente differenti da quelle di un singolo individuo. Le imprese devono gestire i clienti (che sono debitori di denaro), i fornitori o venditori (che sono creditori), i libri paga dei dipendenti, una legislazione delle imposte più complessa, ecc... <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa per venire incontro a queste necessità.</p><p>I crediti correnti sono utilizzati dalle imprese per registrare le vendite che non vengono immediatamente pagate. I debiti correnti, invece, registrano le ricevute !
 che verranno pagate o saldate in seguito. Queste tipologie di conti vengono utilizzate principalmente quando si ha che fare con molte fatture e ricevute in entrata e in uscita e non si vuole perdere traccia di esse solo perché non si sono pagate o non sono state pagate. Per la maggior parte degli utenti privati i debiti e i crediti correnti risultano eccessivamente complicati da utilizzare per giustificarne l’apprendimento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ar.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.2. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,15 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.8. Procedere al pagamento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.8. Procedere al pagamento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-payment1"></a>12.8. Procedere al pagamento</h2></div></div></div><p>Verosimilmente, si riceverà il pagamento dai clienti per i quali
-    è stata emessa una fattura. Per registrarlo, si utilizza la procedura di 
-    pagamento raggiungibile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Procedura di
-    Pagamento</strong></span>.</p><p>L'applicazione per la procedura di pagamento consiste di:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Cliente</strong></span> - il
-        cliente che ha pagato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Fattura</strong></span> - la fattura
-        per la quale è stato ricevuto il pagamento. Quando si seleziona una fattura,
-        il campo dell'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span> è automaticamente impostato al valore
-        associato alla fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Data</strong></span> - la data in cui
-        è stato ricevuto il pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Importo</strong></span> - l'importo di
-        denaro ricevuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Nr.</strong></span> - il numero 
-        dell'assegno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Promemoria</strong></span> - qualsiasi
-        commento relativo al pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di emissione</strong></span> - il conto dei crediti correnti nel quale verrà
-        inserita la transazione di emissione della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di trasferimento</strong></span> - il conto in cui verrà
-        depositato il denaro (per esempio un conto corrente).</p></li></ul></div><p>Più sotto è riportata la finestra di pagamento dei crediti correnti in GnuCash.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_payment.png" alt="Procedura di pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra della procedura di pagamento</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.7. Lavori per un cliente </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.8. Procedere al pagamento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Lavori per un cliente"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.8. Procedere al pagamento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.8. Procedere al pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-payment1"></a>12.8. Procedere al pagamento</h2></div></div></div><p>Verosimilmente, si riceverà il pagamento dai clienti per i quali è stata emessa una fattura. Per registrarlo, si utilizza la procedura di pagamento raggiungibile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Procedura di Pagamento</strong></span>.</p><p>L’applicazione per la procedura di pagamento consiste di:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Cliente</strong></span> - il cliente che ha pagato. Se si ricorda il <span class="emphasis"><strong>nome dell’impr!
 esa</strong></span>, è sufficiente iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova cliente</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2" title="12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente">Sezione 12.5.2, «Trovare e modificare un cliente»</a>. Evidenziare il cliente che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di pagamento - Fattura</strong></span> - la fattura per cui è stato ricevuto il pagamento. Se si ricorda l’<span class="emphasis"><strong>ID fattura</strong></span>, è sufficiente iniziare a scriverlo in questo campo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completarlo. Altrimenti, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per accedere alla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova fattura</strong></span> descritta in <a class="xref" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicefind2" title="12.6.4. Trovare una fattura">Sezione 12.6.4, «Trovare una fattura»</a>. Evidenziare la fattura che si stava cercando con un clic nei risultati della ricerca, poi premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span> nella finestra di ricerca.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Data</strong></span> - la data in cui è stato ricevuto il pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Importo</strong></span> - l’importo di denaro ricevuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Nr.</strong></span> - il numero dell’assegno.</p></li><li class="li!
 stitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul pagamento - Promemoria</strong></span> - qualsiasi commento relativo al pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di emissione</strong></span> - il conto dei crediti correnti nel quale verrà inserita la transazione di emissione della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di trasferimento</strong></span> - il conto in cui verrà depositato il denaro (per esempio un conto corrente).</p></li></ul></div><p>Più sotto è riportata la finestra di pagamento dei crediti correnti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_payment.png" alt="Procedere al pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra della procedura di pagamento</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.7. Lavori per un cliente </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,23 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.3. Configurazione iniziale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html" title="12.2. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-components1.html" title="12.4. Componenti del sistema"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.3. Configurazione iniziale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.3. Configurazione iniziale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-setup1"></a>12.3. Configurazione iniziale</h2></div></div></div><p>Per impostare GnuCash alla gestione dei crediti correnti per una 
-    società, devono prima essere realizzati due passi: il primo consiste nella
-    realizzazione di una adatta struttura dei conti e il secondo prevede la 
-    registrazione della propria impresa in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2" title="12.3.1. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-setupacct2"></a>12.3.1. Impostare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Esistono diversi modi per configurare una struttura dei conti per
-      un'impresa; si può iniziare con quella fornita dal druido per le
-      strutture dei conti oppure crearne manualmente una nuova. Per accedere
-      alle strutture già pronte fornite con il programma, si avvii GnuCash e
-      si selezioni <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> e
-      si proceda fino a quando viene visualizzata la lista delle strutture disponibili,
-      da cui si potrà selezionare quella relativa all'impresa.</p><p>La struttura preimpostata non coinciderà esattamente con le proprie 
-      necessità; sarà necessario apportare delle modifiche per renderla
-      utilizzabile al meglio per la situazione particolare. Questa struttura
-      rimane comunque un ottimo punto di partenza per la gestione di un'impresa.</p><p>Con il termine crediti correnti ci si riferisce ai prodotti o servizi
-      forniti dalla società in credito e per quali il pagamento non è stato ancora
-      ricevuto. I saldi di questi conti vengono considerati come attività, dato che
-      ci si aspetta di ricevere il denaro al più presto. Per usufruire del sistema
-      integrato di GnuCash per la gestione dei crediti correnti, occorre creare
-      un conto (generalmente appartenente alla categoria delle attività) impostando come
-      tipologia quella dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>Crediti correnti</strong></span>. è in questo conto 
-      che il sistema di gestione dei crediti correnti inserisce le transazioni.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.3. Configurazione iniziale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html" title="12.2. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-components1.html" title="12.4. Componenti del sistema"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.3. Configurazione iniziale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="12.3. Configurazione iniziale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-setup1"></a>12.3. Configurazione iniziale</h2></div></div></div><p>Per impostare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> alla gestione dei crediti correnti per una società, devono prima essere compiuti due passi: il primo consiste nella realizzazione di una struttura dei conti adatta alla scopo e il secondo prevede la registrazione della propria impresa in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="sect2" title="12.3.1. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-setupacct2"></a>12.3.1. Impostare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Esistono diversi modi per configurare una struttura dei conti per un’impresa; si può iniziare con quella fornita dall’assistente per l’imposta!
 zione di una nuova struttura dei conti oppure crearne manualmente una nuova. Per accedere alle strutture già pronte fornite con il programma, avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> dal menu e procedere fino a quando viene visualizzata la lista delle strutture disponibili, da cui si potrà selezionare quella relativa all’impresa.</p><p>La struttura preimpostata non coinciderà esattamente con le proprie necessità; sarà necessario apportare delle modifiche per renderla utilizzabile al meglio per la situazione particolare. Questa struttura rimane comunque un ottimo punto di partenza per la gestione di un’impresa.</p><p>Con il termine crediti correnti ci si riferisce ai prodotti o servizi forniti dalla società in credito e per quali il pagamento non è stato ancora ricevuto. I saldi di questi conti vengono considerati come attività, dato che ci si aspetta di ricevere il denaro al più presto. Per usufruire del sistema integrato in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la gestione dei crediti correnti, occorre creare un conto (generalmente appartenente alla categoria delle attività) impostando come tipologia quella dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>Crediti correnti</strong></span>. È in questo conto che il sistema di gestione dei crediti correnti inserisce le transazioni.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Semplice struttura dei conti per i crediti correnti:<br>
 <br>
 -Attività<br>
@@ -25,14 +6,4 @@
    -Crediti correnti<br>
 -Entrate<br>
    -Vendite<br>
-  </p></div><p>Saranno necessari altri conti di attività, entrate e uscite per rendere
-      la struttura più fruibile. L'aspetto essenziale della struttura proposta, risiede 
-      nell'utilizzo di un conto delle entrate e di uno per i crediti correnti con il tipo di conto
-      impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Crediti correnti</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Non è necessario creare un conto dei crediti correnti per ogni cliente.
-        GnuCash tiene traccia dei clienti internamente allo stesso conto e fornisce la 
-        possibilità di creare dei resoconti per ogni specifico cliente.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.3.2. Registrare la propria impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-setupcname2"></a>12.3.2. Registrare la propria impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo aver impostato la struttura dei conti, si deve registrare il file
-      di GnuCash come appartenente alla propria Impresa; si selezioni quindi
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire il nome della società e le informazioni di contatto quali
-          il numero di telefono, di fax, l'indirizzo e-mail e l'indirizzo 
-          internet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire l'identificativo della propria impresa per il pagamento 
-          delle tasse nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>ID impresa</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.2. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.4. Componenti del sistema</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div><p>Saranno necessari altri conti di attività, entrate e uscite per rendere la struttura più fruibile. L’aspetto essenziale della struttura proposta, risiede nell’utilizzo di un conto delle entrate e di uno per i crediti correnti con il tipo di conto impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Crediti correnti</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Non è necessario creare un conto dei crediti correnti per ogni cliente. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tiene traccia dei clienti internamente allo stesso conto e fornisce la possibilità di creare dei resoconti per ogni specifico cliente.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="12.3.2. Registrare la propria impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-setupcname2"></a>12.3.2. Registrare la propria impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo aver impostato la struttura dei conti, si deve registrare il file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> come appartenente alla propria Impresa; selezionare quindi <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire il nome della società e le informazioni di contatto quali il numero di telefono, di fax, l’indirizzo e-mail e l’indirizzo internet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire l’identificativo della propria impresa per il pagamento delle tasse nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>ID impresa</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la tabella impo!
 ste predefinita applicabile ai clienti e ai venditori più comuni.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-components1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.2. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.4. Componenti del sistema</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,29 +1,17 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html" title="14.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Codice di calcolo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-acct1"></a>14.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Le legislazioni locali in materia di imposte devono essere considerate al momento della
-  creazione dei conti. Dato che esistono diversi modi con cui vengono calcolate le imposte sul
-  libro paga a seconda del paese in cui ci si trova, in questa sezione verrà presentato solamente un 
-  semplice schema. Partendo da questo, sarà necessario sviluppare una struttura più complessa che si 
-  adatti alle proprie necessità particolari.</p><p>Si assuma di dover pagare due tasse, Imposta1 e Imposta2, e che ognuna di esse sia composta da
-  un contributo fornito dal dipendente e un contributo fornito dalla società.</p><p>Gli stipendi dei dipendenti e queste due tasse sono conti per le uscite. Le imposte della società 
-  sono passività. I conti delle passività per le imposte servono per accumulare le imposte trattenute
-  a tutti i dipendenti. Le imposte saranno poi pagate alla relativa agenzia governativa.</p><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html" title="14.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Codice di calcolo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-acct1"></a>14.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Le legislazioni locali in materia di imposte devono essere considerate al momento della creazione dei conti. Dato che esistono diversi modi con cui vengono calcolate le imposte sul libro paga a seconda del paese in cui ci si trova, in questa sezione verrà presentato solamente un semplice schema. Partendo da questo, sarà necessario sviluppare una struttura più complessa che si adatti alle proprie necessità particolari.</p><p>Si assuma di dover pagare due tasse, Imposta1 e Imposta2, e che ognuna di esse sia composta da un contributo fornito dal dipendente e un contributo fornito dalla società.</p><p>Gli stipendi dei dipendenti e queste due tasse sono conti per le uscite. Le imposte della società sono passività. I conti delle passività !
 per le imposte servono per accumulare le imposte trattenute a tutti i dipendenti. Le imposte saranno poi pagate alla relativa agenzia governativa.</p><p>
   </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Semplice struttura dei conti per il libro paga:<br>
 <br>
 -Attività<br>
    -Conto corrente<br>
 -Passività<br>
-   -Imposta1  (conto di "accumulo" a breve termine)<br>
-   -Imposta2  (conto di "accumulo" a breve termine)<br>
+   -Imposta1  (conto di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Immagazzinamento</span>»</span> a breve termine)<br>
+   -Imposta2  (conto di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Immagazzinamento</span>»</span> a breve termine)<br>
 -Uscite<br>
    -Stipendi<br>
    -Imposta1<br>
    -Imposta2<br>
   </p></div><p>
 
-  <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Si resista alla tentazione di creare un dei sottoconti per registrare i
-  salari per ogni dipendente: si verrebbe a creare una lista ingestibile di conti.
-  Si pensi, per esempio, alla lista che si avrebbe dopo diversi anni di attività e 
-  vari dipendenti licenziati e assunti. E' molto più semplice registrare tutti gli
-  stipendi in un unico conto (per esempio Uscite:Stipendi) e utilizzare i resoconti 
-  per visualizzare le informazioni suddivise per dipendente.</p></td></tr></table></div>
-  </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.3. Codice di calcolo</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Si resista alla tentazione di creare dei sottoconti per registrare i salari per ogni dipendente: si verrebbe a creare una lista ingestibile di conti. Si pensi, per esempio, alla lista che si avrebbe dopo diversi anni di attività e vari dipendenti licenziati e assunti. È molto più semplice registrare tutti gli stipendi in un unico conto (per esempio <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Stipendi</strong></span>) e utilizzare i resoconti per visualizzare le informazioni suddivise per dipendente.</p></td></tr></table></div>
+  </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.3. Codice di calcolo</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_pay.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-concepts1"></a>14.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Il libro paga consiste nella registrazione finanziaria di salario, retribuzione netta, 
-   ferie e trattenute per un dipendente: fondamentalmente tutto ciò che è relativo al 
-   conferimento di denaro e benefici a un dipendente. La tenuta del libro paga è una delle
-   pratiche più complesse della contabilità poiché nel pagamento degli stipendi sono coinvolti
-   molti conti, persone e agenzie.</p><p>Il libro paga è generalmente contabilizzato come un'uscita. A volte i contabili 
-  "immagazzinano" le uscite del libro paga in un conto delle passività a breve termine.
-  Questo accorgimento risulta utile per il libro paga delle imposte che potrebbero dover
-  essere pagate in un momento diverso rispetto ai dipendenti.  Il dipendente potrebbe essere pagato
-  ogni due settimane mentre le tasse ogni trimestre. Questo capitolo illustra il caso in cui
-  i salari vengono pagati immediatamente mentre le tasse vengono accumulate in un conto delle 
-  passività.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">GnuCash non fornisce un sistema integrato di gestione del libro paga. Mentre è possibile 
-  registrare le uscite del libro paga in GnuCash, i calcoli delle imposte e delle deduzioni devono
-  essere realizzati al di fuori del programma.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_pay.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 14. Libro paga </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_pay.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-concepts1"></a>14.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Il libro paga consiste nella registrazione finanziaria di salario, retribuzione netta, ferie e trattenute per un dipendente: fondamentalmente tutto ciò che è relativo al conferimento di denaro e benefici a un dipendente. La tenuta del libro paga è una delle pratiche più complesse della contabilità poiché nel pagamento degli stipendi sono coinvolti molti conti, persone e agenzie.</p><p>Il libro paga è generalmente contabilizzato come un’uscita. A volte i contabili <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">accumulano</span>»</span> le uscite del libro paga in un conto delle passività a breve termine. Questo accorgimento risulta utile per il libro paga delle imposte che potrebbero dover essere pagate in un momento diverso rispetto ai dipendenti. Il dip!
 endente potrebbe essere pagato ogni due settimane mentre le tasse ogni trimestre. Questo capitolo illustra il caso in cui i salari vengono pagati immediatamente mentre le tasse vengono accumulate in un conto delle passività.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non fornisce un sistema integrato di gestione del libro paga. Anche se è possibile registrare le uscite del libro paga in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, i calcoli delle imposte e delle deduzioni devono essere realizzati al di fuori del programma.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_pay.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 14. Libro paga </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-examplD1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-examplD1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-examplD1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.4. Esempio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Codice di calcolo"><link rel="next" href="chapter15.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.4. Esempio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter15.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.4. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-examplD1"></a>14.4. Esempio</h2></div></div></div><p>Utilizzando la struttura dei conti vista precedentemente, verrà mostrato un esempio. 
-  Si assuma di avere due dipendenti (D1 e D2) ognuno dei quali guadagna €1000 di stipendio lordo al 
-  mese. Il contributo del dipendente all'imposta1 e all'imposta2 è rispettivamente del 10% e del 5%.
-  Il contributo della società all'imposta1 e all'imposta2 è del 15% e del 10% ognuna sullo stipendio 
-  lordo dei Dipendenti.</p><p>Iniziando con €50.000 sul conto bancario e, prima della creazione del libro paga, la struttura
-  dei conti si presenta in questo modo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png" alt="Libro paga - Esempio 1"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione iniziale del libro paga
-	       </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.1. Realizzare il codice di calcolo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-exampleprotocol2"></a>14.4.1. Realizzare il codice di calcolo</h3></div></div></div><p>La lista delle detrazioni per il Dipendente 1:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_STIPENDIO_LORDO</strong></span> - stipendio lordo del dipendente - 
-  <span class="emphasis"><strong>€1.000</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all'imposta1 - 
-  <span class="emphasis"><strong>€100</strong></span> (10% si D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all'imposta2 - 
-  <span class="emphasis"><strong>€50</strong></span> (5% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo della società all'imposta1 - 
-  <span class="emphasis"><strong>€150</strong></span> (15% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo della società all'imposta2 - 
-  <span class="emphasis"><strong>€100</strong></span> (10% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li></ul></div><p>
-  </p><div class="table"><a name="id2829964"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 14.2. Schema della transazione per il Dipendente 1</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema della transazione per il Dipendente 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Conto</th><th>Aumento</th><th>Diminuzione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Attività:Conto corrente</td><td> </td><td>€850 (D_STIPENDIO-NETTO)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Stipendi</td><td>€1000 (D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>€100 (D_IMPOSTA1)</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>€50 (D_IMPOSTA2)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta1</td><td>€150 (S_IMPOSTA1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>€150 (S_IMPOSTA1)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta2</td><td>€100 (S_IMPOSTA2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>€100 (S_IMPOSTA2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
-  </p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.2. Pagare un dipendente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplepay2"></a>14.4.2. Pagare un dipendente</h3></div></div></div><p>Si inserisca ora la prima transazione suddivisa per il Dipendente1 nel conto corrente.
-  La transazione suddivisa appare così:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png" alt="Libro paga - Esempio 2"><div class="caption"><p>Transazione suddivisa per il Dipendente1
-	       </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quando si pagani i dipendenti, si inserisca solamente il nome del dipendente
-  nel campo della descrizione. Se si decide di utilizzare GnuCash anche per la stampa
-  degli assegni, l'assegno verrà creato con il nome corretto del dipendente  cui si riferisce.
-  Se si desidera registrare altre informazioni nella transazione oltre al nome del dipendente,
-  si utilizzi il campo delle note, disponibile quando si visualizza il registro nella modalità
-  a "doppia linea".</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si ripeta la procedura descritta anche per il secondo dipendente; al termine la 
-  struttura dei conti assomiglierà a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png" alt="Libro paga - esempio 3"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo aver pagato gli stipendi
-	       </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.3. Pagare il governo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplegovt2"></a>14.4.3. Pagare il governo</h3></div></div></div><p>I conti Passività:Imposta1 e Passività:Imposta2 permettono di tenere traccia dell'importo
-  da versare alle agenzie governative competenti per ognuna. Al momento del pagamento di queste agenzie,
-  si dovrà inserire una transazione dal conto corrente ai rispettivi conti delle passività; nel
-  processo non viene coinvolto alcun conto delle uscite. La finestra principale dei conti assomiglierà
-  a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png" alt="Libro paga - esempio 4"><div class="caption"><p>I conti dopo aver pagato le imposte governative
-	       </p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter15.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.3. Codice di calcolo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 15. Bilanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.4. Esempio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Codice di calcolo"><link rel="next" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.4. Esempio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_budgets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.4. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-example1"></a>14.4. Esempio</h2></div></div></div><p>Utilizzando la struttura dei conti vista precedentemente, verrà mostrato un esempio. Si assuma di avere due dipendenti (D1 e D2) ognuno dei quali guadagna €1000 di stipendio lordo al mese. Il contributo del dipendente all’imposta1 e all’imposta2 è rispettivamente del 10% e del 5%. Il contributo della società all’imposta1 e all’imposta2 è del 15% e del 10% ognuna sullo stipendio lordo dei dipendenti.</p><p>Iniziando con €50.000 sul conto bancario e, prima della creazione del libro paga, la struttura dei conti si presenta in questo modo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png" alt="Libro paga - Esempio 1"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione iniziale del libro paga</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.1.Â!
  Realizzare il codice di calcolo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-exampleprotocol2"></a>14.4.1. Realizzare il codice di calcolo</h3></div></div></div><p>La lista delle detrazioni per il Dipendente 1:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_STIPENDIO_LORDO</strong></span> - stipendio lordo del dipendente - <span class="emphasis"><strong>€1.000</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all’imposta1 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>€100</strong></span> (10% si D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all’imposta2 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>€50</strong></span> (5% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo della società all’imposta1 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>€150</strong></span> (15% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo della società all’imposta2 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>€100</strong></span> (10% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li></ul></div><p>
+  </p><div class="table"><a name="id2819552"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 14.2. Schema della transazione per il Dipendente 1</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema della transazione per il Dipendente 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Conto</th><th>Aumento</th><th>Diminuzione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Attività:Conto corrente</td><td> </td><td>€850 (D_STIPENDIO-NETTO)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Stipendi</td><td>€1000 (D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>€100 (D_IMPOSTA1)</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>€50 (D_IMPOSTA2)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta1</td><td>€150 (S_IMPOSTA1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>€150 (S_IMPOSTA1)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta2</td><td>€100 (S_IMPOSTA2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>€100 (S_IMPOSTA2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+  </p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.2. Pagare un dipendente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplepay2"></a>14.4.2. Pagare un dipendente</h3></div></div></div><p>inserire ora la prima transazione suddivisa per il Dipendente1 nel conto corrente. La transazione suddivisa appare così:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png" alt="Libro paga - Esempio 2"><div class="caption"><p>Transazione suddivisa per il Dipendente1</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quando si pagano i dipendenti, inserire solamente il nome del dipendente nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>descrizione</strong></span>. Se si decide di utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> anche per la stampa degli assegni, l’assegno verrà creato con il nome corretto del dipendente a cui si riferisce. Per registrare altre informazioni nella transazione oltre al nome del dipendente, utilizzare il campo delle note, disponibile quando si visualizza il registro nella modalità a <span class="guilabel"><strong>doppia linea</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si ripeta la procedura descritta anche per il secondo dipendente; al termine la struttura dei conti assomiglierà a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png" alt="Libro paga - esempio 3"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo aver pagato gli stipendi</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.3. Pagare il governo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplegovt2"></a>14.4.!
 3. Pagare il governo</h3></div></div></div><p>I conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Imposta1</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Imposta2</strong></span> permettono di tenere traccia dell’importo da versare alle agenzie governative competenti per ognuna. Al momento del pagamento di queste agenzie, si dovrà inserire una transazione dal conto corrente ai rispettivi conti delle passività; nel processo non viene coinvolto alcun conto delle uscite. La finestra principale dei conti assomiglierà a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png" alt="Libro paga - esempio 4"><div class="caption"><p>I conti dopo aver pagato le imposte governative</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_budgets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.3. Codice di calcolo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 15. Bilanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,47 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.3. Codice di calcolo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-examplD1.html" title="14.4. Esempio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.3. Codice di calcolo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-examplD1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.3. Codice di calcolo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-protocol1"></a>14.3. Codice di calcolo</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash non possiede un sistema integrato per la gestione del libro paga.
-  GnuCash permette comunque di registrare le uscite del libro paga, ma è necessario
-  implementare un codice di calcolo per il libro paga ed eseguire i relativi calcoli con un programma 
-  diverso da GnuCash, per esempio in un foglio di calcolo. In questa sezione viene 
-  illustrato un codice di calcolo di questo tipo che è possibile utilizzare come modello.</p><div class="sect2" title="14.3.1. Passo 1: Elenco delle deduzioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolonD2"></a>14.3.1. Passo 1: Elenco delle deduzioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Il primo passo per la realizzazione del codice di calcolo consiste nella creazione
-  di una lista di tutte le possibili tasse e deduzioni per ogni dipendente. Ogni voce
-  deve contenere le definizioni e le formule necessarie a calcolarne il valore. Una volta
-  stabilito il codice, questo deve essere cambiato solamente quando il libro paga o
-  la legislazione sulle imposte cambiano.</p><p>Nello scenario proposto, l'elenco sarà come questo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_STIPENDIO_LORDO</strong></span> - Stipendio lordo del dipendente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all'imposta1 
-  (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all'imposta2 
-  (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo della società all'imposta1 
-  (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo della società all'imposta2 
-  (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Lo stipendio netto del dipendente (D_STIPENDIO-NETTO) è definito come 
-  D_STIPENDIO_LORDO - D_IMPOSTA1 - D_IMPOSTA2 e non è necessario inserirlo in questa lista 
-  dato che può essere calcolato dagli elementi già noti.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Inserire le formule corrette per calcolare le deduzioni corrispondenti alle voci della 
-  lista. A volte le formule possono essere complesse mentre altre volte si tratta solamente di
-  guardare la tabella XYZ delle leggi in materia.</p><p>Si noti che con le definizioni più sopra è possibile calcolare dei valori di un certo
-  interesse. Per esempio è possibile conoscere il costo totale per la società: D_STIPENDIO_LORDO
-  + S_IMPOSTA1 + S_IMPOSTA2.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.2. Passo 2: Creare lo schema della transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocoltwo2"></a>14.3.2. Passo 2: Creare lo schema della transazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si inserisce un libro paga in GnuCash, conviene farlo con una singola transazione 
-  suddivisa che coinvolge i conti appropriati di uscite e passività. Se si desidera poter controllare
-  i dettagli del libro paga in un secondo momento, si apra la transazione suddivisa.</p><p>Con l'elenco delle deduzioni descritto precedentemente, è possibile creare uno schema per
-  la transazione suddivisa di un impiegato. Ogni elemento della lista è collegato a un conto di
-  GnuCash.</p><p>
-  </p><div class="table"><a name="id2829567"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 14.1. Schema della transazione</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema della transazione" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Conto</th><th>Aumento</th><th>Diminuzione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Attività:Conto corrente</td><td> </td><td>D_STIPENDIO-NETTO</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Stipendi</td><td>D_STIPENDIO_LORDO</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>D_IMPOSTA1</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>D_IMPOSTA2</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta1</td><td>S_IMPOSTA1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>S_IMPOSTA1</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta2</td><td>S_IMPOSTA2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>S_IMPOSTA2</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
-  </p><p>Si noti come i componenti di S_IMPOSTA1 e S_IMPOSTA2 abbiano delle
-  ricadute sia sul conto delle passività che su quello delle uscite. La parte
-  di competenza della società per ogni imposta è contabilizzata alla data del 
-  libro paga, ma rimane una passività fino al momento del versamento.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.3. Passo 3: Pagare il dipendente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolthreD2"></a>14.3.3. Passo 3: Pagare il dipendente</h3></div></div></div><p>Andare nel conto da cui verrà pagato il Dipendente, per esempio il proprio conto
-  Attività:Conto corrente. Si apra una transazione suddivisa e si inserisca il valore reale
-  utilizzando come guida lo schema della transazione descritta più sopra. Ripetere il
-  procedimento per tutti i dipendenti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo processo manuale è tedioso, specialmente se si ha a che fare con un elevato 
-  numero di dipendenti.</p><p xmlns="">Uno strumento fornito da GnuCash che può essere di aiuto in questa transazione
-  è quello che permette di duplicare una transazione (utilizzare il pulsante 
-  <span class="guibutton">Duplica</span> della barra strumenti). Questo permette di evitare l'inserimento
-  di tutte le suddivisioni nella transazione per ogni dipendente. Sarà comunque necessario variare
-  secondo necessità gli importi della busta paga del dipendente, ma non sarà più necessario creare 
-  da zero le suddivisioni necessarie.</p><p xmlns="">Se le transazioni del libro paga non cambiano significativamente tra una scadenza e 
-  l'altra, è possibile utilizzare la funzione di duplicazione della transazione per creare una copia
-  della busta paga più recente di un dipendente ed utilizzarla per l'attuale stipendio. Se questo
-  processo viene eseguito con una certa cadenza costante, si legga il capitolo sulle transazioni
-  pianificate per risparmiare ancora più tempo!</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.4. Passo 4: Pagare il governo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolfour2"></a>14.3.4. Passo 4: Pagare il governo</h3></div></div></div><p>L'ultima operazione da compiere è relativa alle tasse governative. Il conto delle passività
-  ha raccolta le tasse spettanti alle varie agenzie governative; queste devono essere pagate periodicamente
-  inviando, per esempio, un assegno agli uffici competenti. Per registrare il pagamento in GnuCash è sufficiente
-  inserire una transazione a due conti dal (per esempio) il conto corrente per pagare la passività derivante
-  dalle imposte. La transazione avviene esclusivamente tra il conto corrente e il conto delle passività; 
-  nell'operazione non viene coinvolto alcun conto delle uscite. Il conto delle uscite è addebitato nel momento
-  in cui viene registrata la passività relativa alle imposte.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-examplD1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.4. Esempio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.3. Codice di calcolo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Esempio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.3. Codice di calcolo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.3. Codice di calcolo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-protocol1"></a>14.3. Codice di calcolo</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non possiede un sistema integrato per la gestione del libro paga. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di registrare le uscite del libro paga, ma è necessario implementare un codice di calcolo per il libro paga ed eseguire i relativi calcoli con un programma diverso da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, per esempio in un foglio di calcolo. In questa sezione viene illustrato un codice di calcolo di questo tipo che è possibile utilizzare come modello.</p><div class="sect2" title="14.3.1. Passo 1: Elenco delle deduzioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolone2"></a>14.3.1. Passo 1: Elenco delle deduzio!
 ni</h3></div></div></div><p>Il primo passo per la realizzazione del codice di calcolo consiste nella creazione di una lista di tutte le possibili tasse e deduzioni per ogni dipendente. Ogni voce deve contenere le definizioni e le formule necessarie a calcolarne il valore. Una volta stabilito il codice, questo deve essere cambiato solamente quando il libro paga o la legislazione sulle imposte cambiano.</p><p>Nello scenario proposto, l’elenco sarà come questo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_STIPENDIO_LORDO</strong></span> - Stipendio lordo del dipendente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all’imposta1 (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>D_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo del dipendente all’imposta2 (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA1</strong></span> - Contributo della società all’imposta1 (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>S_IMPOSTA2</strong></span> - Contributo della società all’imposta2 (X% di D_STIPENDIO_LORDO)</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Lo stipendio netto del dipendente (D_STIPENDIO-NETTO) è definito come D_STIPENDIO_LORDO - D_IMPOSTA1 - D_IMPOSTA2 e non è necessario inserirlo in questa lista dato che può essere calcolato dagli elementi già noti.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Inserire le formule corrette per calcolare le deduzioni corrispondenti alle voci della list!
 a. A volte le formule possono essere complesse mentre altre volte si tratta solamente di guardare la tabella XYZ delle leggi in materia.</p><p>Si noti che con le definizioni più sopra è possibile calcolare dei valori di un certo interesse. Per esempio è possibile conoscere il costo totale per la società: D_STIPENDIO_LORDO + S_IMPOSTA1 + S_IMPOSTA2.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.2. Passo 2: Creare lo schema della transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocoltwo2"></a>14.3.2. Passo 2: Creare lo schema della transazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si inserisce un libro paga in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, conviene farlo con una singola transazione suddivisa che coinvolge i conti appropriati di uscite e passività. Per poter controllare i dettagli del libro paga in un secondo momento, aprire la transazione suddivisa.</p><p>Con l’elenco delle deduzioni descritto precedentemente, è possibile creare uno schema per la transazione suddivisa di un impiegato. Ogni elemento della lista è collegato a un conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>
+  </p><div class="table"><a name="id2819131"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 14.1. Schema della transazione</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema della transazione" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Conto</th><th>Aumento</th><th>Diminuzione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Attività:Conto corrente</td><td> </td><td>D_STIPENDIO-NETTO</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Stipendi</td><td>D_STIPENDIO_LORDO</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>D_IMPOSTA1</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>D_IMPOSTA2</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta1</td><td>S_IMPOSTA1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta1</td><td> </td><td>S_IMPOSTA1</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposta2</td><td>S_IMPOSTA2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Imposta2</td><td> </td><td>S_IMPOSTA2</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+  </p><p>Si noti come i componenti di S_IMPOSTA1 e S_IMPOSTA2 abbiano delle ricadute sia sul conto delle passività che su quello delle uscite. La parte di competenza della società per ogni imposta è contabilizzata alla data del libro paga, ma rimane una passività fino al momento del versamento.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.3. Passo 3: Pagare il dipendente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolthree2"></a>14.3.3. Passo 3: Pagare il dipendente</h3></div></div></div><p>Andare nel conto da cui verrà pagato il dipendente, per esempio il proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>. Aprire una transazione suddivisa e inserire il valore reale utilizzando come guida lo schema della transazione descritta più sopra. Ripetere il procedimento per tutti i dipendenti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo processo manuale è tedioso, specialmente se si ha a che fare con un elevato numero di dipendenti.</p><p xmlns="">Uno strumento fornito da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> che può essere di aiuto in questa transazione è quello che permette di duplicare una transazione (utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Duplica</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>). Questo permette di evitare l’inserimento di tutte le suddivisioni nella transazione per ogni dipendente. Sarà comunque necessario variare secondo necessità gli importi della busta paga del dipendente, ma non occorrerà più creare da zero le suddivisioni necessarie.</p><p xmlns="">Se le transazioni del libro paga non cambiano!
  significativamente tra una scadenza e l’altra, è possibile utilizzare la funzione di duplicazione della transazione per creare una copia della busta paga più recente di un dipendente ed utilizzarla per l’attuale stipendio. Se questo processo viene eseguito con una certa cadenza costante, leggere il capitolo sulle transazioni pianificate per risparmiare ancora più tempo!</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.4. Passo 4: Pagare il governo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolfour2"></a>14.3.4. Passo 4: Pagare il governo</h3></div></div></div><p>L’ultima operazione da compiere è relativa alle tasse governative. Il conto delle passività ha raccolta le tasse spettanti alle varie agenzie governative; queste devono essere pagate periodicamente inviando, per esempio, un assegno agli uffici competenti. Per registrare il pagamento in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è sufficiente inserire una transazione a due conti dal (per esempio) il conto corrente per pagare la passività derivante dalle imposte. La transazione avviene esclusivamente tra il conto corrente e il conto delle passività; nell’operazione non viene coinvolto alcun conto delle uscite. Il conto delle uscite è addebitato nel momento in cui viene registrata la passività relativa alle imposte.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.4. Esempio</td></tr></table></div>!
 </body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,30 +1,12 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.3. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_value1.html" title="9.2. Stimare il valore"><link rel="next" href="capgain_example1.html" title="9.4. Esempio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.3. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_value1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.3. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_accounts1"></a>9.3. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Come nella maggior parte delle applicazioni della contabilità, esistono
-    diverse metodologie per configurare i guadagni in conto capitale. Nel seguito
-    verrà presentato un metodo generale sufficientemente versatile per
-    essere applicato nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui
-    si ha bisogno è quello del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo del bene</strong></span> (conto di GnuCash 
-    del tipo "Attività"), che rappresenta la posizione in cui verrà registrato
-    l'acquisto originale del bene. Normalmente l'acquisto avviene con una 
-    transazione dal proprio conto bancario.</p><p>Per tenere traccia della rivalutazione di un bene, saranno necessari tre
-    conti. Il primo è un conto delle attività per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> dove
-    verranno inseriti tutti gli importi delle rivalutazioni. Il conto dei 
-    guadagni non realizzati sarà bilanciato da un conto delle entrate per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni 
-    non realizzati</strong></span>, in cui saranno registrate tutte le rivalutazioni periodiche. 
-    Infine, è necessario un ulteriore conto per le entrate, denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni 
-    realizzati</strong></span> in cui verranno registrati i guadagni in conto capitale
-    derivanti dalla vendita del bene.</p><p>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di
-    due beni, l'OGGETTO1 e l'OGGETTO2. Il conto "Attività:Beni immobili:OGGETTO1:Costo" è bilanciato
-    dal conto "Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio" mentre il conto 
-    "Attività:Beni immobili:OGGETTO1:Guadagni non realizzati" è bilanciato dal conto 
-    "Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati" (lo stesso discorso vale per l'OGGETTO2).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.3. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_value1.html" title="9.2. Stimare il valore"><link rel="next" href="capgain_example1.html" title="9.4. Esempio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.3. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_value1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.3. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_accounts1"></a>9.3. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Come nella maggior parte delle applicazioni della contabilità, esistono diverse metodologie per configurare i guadagni in conto capitale. Nel seguito verrà presentato un metodo generale sufficientemente versatile per essere applicato nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui si ha bisogno è quello del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo del bene</strong></span> (conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>), che rappresenta la posizione in cui verrà registrato l’acquisto originale del bene. Normalmente l’acquisto avviene con una transazione dal proprio conto bancario.</p><p>Per tenere traccia della rivalutazione di!
  un bene, saranno necessari tre conti. Il primo è un conto delle attività per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> dove verranno inseriti tutti gli importi delle rivalutazioni. Il conto dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> sarà bilanciato da un conto delle entrate per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span>, in cui saranno registrate tutte le rivalutazioni periodiche. Infine, è necessario un ulteriore conto per le entrate, denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni realizzati</strong></span> in cui verranno registrati i guadagni in conto capitale derivanti dalla vendita del bene.</p><p>Sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti adatta a tracciare la rivalutazione di due beni, <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE1</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE2</strong></span>. Il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</strong></span> è bilanciato dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> mentre il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> è bilanciato dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> (lo stesso discorso vale per il BENE2).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
     -Attività correnti<br>
         -Conto risparmio<br>
     -Beni immobili<br>
-        -OGGETTO1 <br>
+        -BENE1 <br>
             -Costo<br>
             -Guadagni non realizzati<br>
-        -OGGETTO2<br>
+        -BENE2<br>
             -Costo<br>
             -Guadagni non realizzati<br>
 -Entrate<br>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,25 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="next" href="capgain_value1.html" title="9.2. Stimare il valore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_capgain.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_concepts1"></a>9.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia
-  dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o 
-  perdite in conto capitale.</p><p>Alcuni capitali re investibili possono variare il loro valore nel tempo come,
-    per esempio, le azioni, le obbligazioni, gli immobili o le auto. Alcune attività
-    (es: le azioni) possono aumentare in valore mentre altre (es: un'auto) posso
-    perdere valore. E' importante essere in grado di valutare queste variazioni nel
-    valore del capitale: questo capitolo illustrerà come procedere.</p><p>Probabilmente tutto ciò che si possiede aumenterà o diminuirà il proprio
-    valore al trascorrere del tempo; quindi è importante capire per quali di questi
-    beni sia indicato tracciarne le variazioni del valore. Si consiglia
-    di tracciare il valore solamente per quei beni che potranno essere venduti in futuro 
-    in cambio di liquidi o che sono relativi alle imposte.</p><p>I beni consumabili (es: il cibo, il carburante per l'auto, o la carta per
-    la stampante) ovviamente non risultano interessati dall'argomento; inoltre,
-    anche se il nuovo abito che si è appena acquistato perderà valore, non si
-    desidererà tracciare questa diminuzione dato che non si avrà l'intenzione di
-    rivenderlo e non si dovranno pagare delle imposte per la svalutazione dell'abito.
-    Quindi, per questo esempio, l'acquisto di un nuovo abito dovrebbe essere registrato
-    come una semplice uscita...i soldi spesi sono andati (!).</p><p>La rivalutazione (aumento del valore) di un bene avviene quando
-    ciò che si possiede aumenta il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo.
-    Quando si possiede un bene che ha aumentato il proprio valore, la differenza
-    tra il suo prezzo di acquisto e il suo nuovo valore prende il nome di
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno non realizzato</strong></span>. Quando il bene viene venduto,
-    il profitto che se ne ricava è noto con il nome di <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno realizzato</strong></span>
-    o <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno in conto capitale</strong></span>. Un esempio di bene da cui è possibile
-    avere dei guadagni non realizzati ed eventualmente dei guadagni in conto capitale, è
-    una azione di una società pubblicamente scambiata.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_capgain.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.2. Stimare il valore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="next" href="capgain_value1.html" title="9.2. Stimare il valore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_capgain.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_concepts1"></a>9.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</p><p>Alcuni capitali re investibili possono variare il loro valore nel tempo come, per esempio, le azioni, le obbligazioni, gli immobili o le auto. Alcune attività (es: le azioni) possono aumentare in valore mentre altre (es: un’auto) posso perdere valore. È importante essere in grado di valutare queste variazioni nel valore del capitale: questo capitolo illustrerà come procedere.</p><p>Probabilmente tutto ciò che si possiede aumenterà o diminuirà il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo; quindi è importante capire pe!
 r quali di questi beni sia indicato tracciarne le variazioni del valore. Si consiglia di tracciare il valore solamente per quei beni che potranno essere venduti in futuro in cambio di liquidi o che sono relativi alle imposte.</p><p>I beni consumabili (es: il cibo, il carburante per l’auto, o la carta per la stampante) ovviamente non risultano interessati dall’argomento; inoltre, anche se il nuovo abito che si è appena acquistato perderà valore, non si desidererà tracciare questa diminuzione dato che non si avrà l’intenzione di rivenderlo e non si dovranno pagare delle imposte per la svalutazione dell’abito. Quindi, per questo esempio, l’acquisto di un nuovo abito dovrebbe essere registrato come una semplice uscita...i soldi spesi sono andati (!).</p><p>La rivalutazione (aumento del valore) di un bene avviene quando ciò che si possiede aumenta il proprio valore al trascorrere del tempo. Quando si possiede un bene che ha aumentato il proprio valore, la differenza tra il suo prezzo di acquisto e il suo nuovo valore prende il nome di <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno non realizzato</strong></span>. Quando il bene viene venduto, il profitto che se ne ricava è noto con il nome di <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno realizzato</strong></span> o <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno in conto capitale</strong></span>. Un esempio di bene da cui è possibile avere dei guadagni non realizzati ed eventualmente dei guadagni in conto capitale, è una azione di una società pubblicamente scambiata.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_capgain.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capi!
 tale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.2. Stimare il valore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,61 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.4. Esempio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Tassazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.4. Esempio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.4. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_example1"></a>9.4. Esempio</h2></div></div></div><p>Si supponga di acquistare un bene per cui si prevede un aumento del valore, 
-    quale un quadro di Degas, e che si voglia tenere traccia di questo (se ne occuperà
-    la compagnia di assicurazione, anche se nessun altro lo farà).</p><p>Si inizi con una struttura dei conti simile a quella mostrata nella sezione <a class="xref" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Impostare i conti">Sezione 9.3, «Impostare i conti»</a>, rimpiazzando però l'"OGGETTO1" con "Degas" e rimuovendo
-    i conti dell'"OGGETTO2". Si assumerà che il quadro di Degas abbia un valore iniziale
-    di centomila euro. Si inizi trasferendo al proprio conto bancario €100.000 e poi si 
-    trasferiscano di nuovo al conto "Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo" (la transazione di 
-    acquisto del bene). Si dovrebbe ora avere una finestra principale dei conti simile a
-    questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_appmain.png" alt="Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale dell'esempio sulla rivalutazione di un bene
-        </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.1. Guadagni non realizzati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_exampleunrealized2"></a>9.4.1. Guadagni non realizzati</h3></div></div></div><p>Un mese dopo, si hanno le ragioni di credere che il valore del quadro sia
-      aumentato di €10.000 (un guadagno non realizzato). Per registrare questo occorre
-      inserire un trasferimento di €10.000 dal conto dei propri guadagni accumulabili
-      (Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati) al conto dei guadagni non realizzati
-      (Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati). La finestra principale 
-      assomiglierà a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app2main.png" alt="Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo l'inserimento del guadagno non
-          realizzato</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.2. Vendere"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplesell2"></a>9.4.2. Vendere</h3></div></div></div><p>Si supponga che un altro mese dopo i prezzi dei quadri di Degas siano
-      saliti ancora un po', in questo caso di circa €20.000, come dalle proprie stime.
-      Puntualmente si registreranno i €20.000 come entrate derivanti da guadagni 
-      non realizzati; poi si decide di vendere il quadro.</p><p>Si presentano tre possibilità: si potrebbero aver <span class="emphasis"><strong>correttamente
-      stimato</strong></span> i guadagni non realizzati,
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>sottostimato</strong></span> i guadagni non realizzati o
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>sovrastimato</strong></span> i guadagni non realizzati.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Stima accurata</strong></span> dei guadagni non
-          realizzati.</p><p>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette.
-          Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni 
-          realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo
-          le entrate dal conto "Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati" al conto
-          "Entrate:Guadagni realizzati".</p><p>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario on il prezzo
-          di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto
-          "Attività:Beni immobili:Degas". Si trasferisca l'intero valore del conto
-          "Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo" nel conto "Attività:Beni
-          immobili:Conto risparmio" e l'intero valore del conto "Attività:Beni 
-          immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati" nel conto "Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio".
-          </p><p>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2809163"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.1. Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Trasferimento a</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della transazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Totale del conto</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</td><td>€30.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€100.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€30.000</td><td>€0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Questo porta i saldi dei conti "Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio"
-          e "Entrate:Guadagni realizzati" a un totale rispettivamente di
-          €130.000 ed €30.000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app3main.png" alt="Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo l'inserimento dei
-              guadagni realizzati</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sottostima</strong></span> dei guadagni non
-          realizzati.</p><p>Si è stati troppo ottimisti nella valutazione del quadro.
-          Invece dei €130.000 di valore ipotizzati, il quadro viene valutato
-          a €120000. Si decide comunque di vendere, dato che comunque il valore
-          è superiore ai soldi spesi per l'acquisto. I numeri cambiano di poco
-          e non drasticamente.</p><p>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell'immagine seguente (si osservi che
-          l'ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</p><div class="table"><a name="id2807963"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.2. Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Trasferimento a</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della transazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Totale del conto</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</td><td>€20.000</td><td>€10.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€100.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€20.000</td><td>€10.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>€10.000</td><td>€0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Questo porta i saldi dei conti "Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio"
-          e "Entrate:Guadagni realizzati" a un totale rispettivamente di
-          €120.000 ed €20.000.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sovrastima</strong></span> dei guadagni non
-          realizzati.</p><p>Si supponga di riuscire a vendere il quadro a un prezzo superiore
-          alle proprie più rosee previsioni: €150.000. Il plusvalore è, di nuovo, trattato
-          come un guadagno, cioè un'entrata.</p><p>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell'immagine seguente (si osservi che
-          l'ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</p><div class="table"><a name="id2809624"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.3. Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Trasferimento a</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della transazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Totale del conto</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</td><td>€50.000</td><td>€-20.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€100.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€50.000</td><td>€-20.000</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>€20.000</td><td>€0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Questo porta i saldi dei conti "Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio"
-          e "Entrate:Guadagni realizzati" a un totale rispettivamente di
-          €150.000 ed €50.000.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.3. Avvertimenti riguardanti le valutazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplecaution2"></a>9.4.3. Avvertimenti riguardanti le valutazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Come mostrato nell'esempio, per i beni non finanziari, può risultare difficile
-      stimare il valore "vero" di un bene. E' facile convincersi di essere ricco sulla base
-      di stime discutibili che non riflettono il proprio "conto in banca!".</p><p>Quando si ha a che fare con la rivalutazione di un bene:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>porre molta attenzione nella stima del valore senza lasciarsi 
-          trascinare dai propri sogni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>mai fare programmi con il denaro che non si ha in banca o 
-          in contanti. Fino a quando il proprio bene non è stato venduto e
-          non si ha il denaro, qualsiasi numero sulla carta ( o sul proprio 
-          computer) è semplicemente quello. Se si riesce a convincere realmente
-          un banchiere a prestare del denaro, utilizzando il bene come riscatto, 
-          si ha solo una riprova del valore dato che gli operatori sono sospettosi
-          verso la sovrastima del valore. ATTENZIONE: fin troppe società che appaiono
-          "proficue" sulla carta, vanno in fallimento dato che terminano le proprie
-          riserve di liquidi, precisamente perché i "beni rivalutabili" non
-          sono la stessa cosa del denaro liquido.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Tassazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.4. Esempio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Tassazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.4. Esempio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.4. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_example1"></a>9.4. Esempio</h2></div></div></div><p>Si supponga di acquistare un bene per cui si prevede un aumento del valore, quale un quadro di Degas, e di volerne tenere traccia (se ne occuperà la compagnia di assicurazione, anche se nessun altro lo farà).</p><p>Si inizi con una struttura dei conti simile a quella mostrata nella sezione <a class="xref" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Impostare i conti">Sezione 9.3, «Impostare i conti»</a>, rimpiazzando però il <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">BENE1</span>»</span> con <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Degas</span>»</span> e rimuovendo i conti del <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE2</strong></span>. Si assumerà che il quadro di Degas abbia un valore iniziale di centomila euro. Si inizi trasferendo al proprio conto bancario €10!
 0.000 e poi si trasferiscano di nuovo al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</strong></span> (la transazione di acquisto del bene). Si dovrebbe ora avere una finestra principale dei conti simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_appmain.png" alt="Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale dell’esempio sulla rivalutazione di un bene</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.1. Guadagni non realizzati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_exampleunrealized2"></a>9.4.1. Guadagni non realizzati</h3></div></div></div><p>Un mese dopo, si ha ragione di credere che il valore del quadro sia aumentato di €10.000 (un guadagno non realizzato). Per registrare questo aumento, occorre inserire un trasferimento di €10.000 dal conto dei propri <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagni accumulabili</strong></span> (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span>) al conto dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span>). La finestra principale assomiglierà a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app2main.png" alt="Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento del guadagno non realizzato</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.2. Vendere"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplesell2"></a>9.4.2. Vendere</h3></div></div></div><p>Si supponga che un altro mese dopo i prezzi dei quadri di Degas siano saliti ancora un po’, in questo caso di circa €20.000, come dalle proprie stime. Puntualmente si registreranno i €20.000 come entrate derivanti da guadagni non realizzati; poi si decide di vendere il quadro.</p><p>Si prese!
 ntano tre possibilità: si potrebbero aver <span class="emphasis"><strong>correttamente stimato</strong></span> i guadagni non realizzati, <span class="emphasis"><strong>sottostimato</strong></span> i guadagni non realizzati o <span class="emphasis"><strong>sovrastimato</strong></span> i guadagni non realizzati.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Stima accurata</strong></span> dei guadagni non realizzati.</p><p>Le proprie stime ottimistiche del prezzo del quadro erano corrette. Prima di tutto si deve registrare che i profitti ottenuti sono ora guadagni realizzati, e non guadagni non realizzati. Questo si effettua trasferendo le entrate dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</strong></span>.</p><p>In secondo luogo, occorre accreditare il conto bancario con il prezzo di vendita del quadro. Questo denaro proviene direttamente dal sottoconto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas</strong></span>. Si trasferisca l’intero valore del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</strong></span> nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e l’intero valore del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span> nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span>.</p><p>Queste transazioni dovrebbero apparire così:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2807777"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.1. Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong!
 >Trasferimento a</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della transazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Totale del conto</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</td><td>€30.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€100.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€30.000</td><td>€0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</strong></span> a un totale rispettivamente di €130.000 ed €30.000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app3main.png" alt="Finestra principale di rivalutazione del bene"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo l’inserimento dei guadagni realizzati</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sottostima</strong></span> dei guadagni non realizzati.</p><p>Si è stati troppo ottimisti nella valutazione del quadro. Invece dei €130.000 di valore ipotizzati, il quadro viene valutato a €120000. Si decide comunque di vendere, dato che comunque il valore è superiore ai soldi spesi per l’acquisto. I numeri cambiano di poco e non drasticamente.</p><p>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span>):</p><div class="table"><a name="id2807944"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.2. Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno real!
 izzato" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Trasferimento a</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della transazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Totale del conto</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</td><td>€20.000</td><td>€10.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€100.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€20.000</td><td>€10.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>€10.000</td><td>€0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</strong></span> a un totale rispettivamente di €120.000 ed €20.000.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sovrastima</strong></span> dei guadagni non realizzati.</p><p>Si supponga di riuscire a vendere il quadro a un prezzo superiore alle proprie più rosee previsioni: €150.000. Il plusvalore è, di nuovo, trattato come un guadagno, cioè un’entrata.</p><p>Le transazioni dovrebbero apparire come nell’immagine seguente (si osservi che l’ultima transazione che bilancia i conti dei guadagni non realizzati):</p><div class="table"><a name="id2808090"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.3. Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class=!
 "emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Trasferimento a</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della transazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Totale del conto</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</td><td>€50.000</td><td>€-20.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Costo</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€100.000</td><td>€0</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€50.000</td><td>€-20.000</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Degas:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td>€20.000</td><td>€0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Questo porta i saldi dei conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</strong></span> a un totale rispettivamente di €150.000 ed €50.000.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.3. Avvertimenti riguardanti le valutazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplecaution2"></a>9.4.3. Avvertimenti riguardanti le valutazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Come mostrato nell’esempio, per i beni non finanziari, può risultare difficile stimare il valore <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">vero</span>»</span> di un bene. È facile convincersi di essere ricchi sulla base di stime discutibili che non riflettono il proprio <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">conto in banca!</span>»</span>.</p><p>Quando si ha a che fare con la rivalutazione di un bene:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>porre molta attenzione nella stima del valore senza lasciarsi trascinare dai propri sogni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mai!
  fare programmi con il denaro che non si ha in banca o in contanti. Fino a quando il proprio bene non è stato venduto e non si ha il denaro, qualsiasi numero sulla carta (o sul proprio computer) è semplicemente un numero. Se si riesce a convincere realmente un banchiere a prestare del denaro, utilizzando il bene come riscatto, si ha solo una riprova del valore dato che gli operatori sono sospettosi verso la sovrastima del valore. ATTENZIONE: fin troppe società che appaiono <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">proficue</span>»</span> sulla carta, vanno in fallimento dato che terminano le proprie riserve di liquidi, precisamente perché i <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">beni rivalutabili</span>»</span> non erano la stessa cosa del denaro liquido.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Tassazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,17 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Tassazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_example1.html" title="9.4. Esempio"><link rel="next" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Tassazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_currency.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.5. Tassazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_tax1"></a>9.5. Tassazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Le politiche di tassazione variano considerevolmente fra un paese e 
-    un altro, quindi è virtualmente impossibile pronunciarsi in modo valido
-    universalmente. Comunque, è possibile affermare che comunemente le entrate 
-    generate dai guadagni in conto capitale non sono soggette a tassazione fino 
-    al momento in cui il bene viene venduto e a volte nemmeno in questo momento.
-    I proprietari di case nel Nord America, normalmente si ritrovano a non dover 
-    pagare nessuna tassa per il guadagno in capitale che ottengono dalla vendita.
-    Altri paesi invece trattano la vendita delle case in modo differente: le autorità
-    tedesche, per esempio, tassano i guadagni in capitale derivanti dalla vendita di 
-    una casa, solamente se si è stati proprietari per meno di dieci anni.</p><p>Chris Browne ha una storia da raccontare relativa a quando era un
-    professionista della preparazione delle tasse; una famiglia che aveva venduto
-    una fattoria, si aspettava una considerevole somma di tasse da pagare
-    che però in realtà, furono quasi nulle per il fatto che avevano ottenuto la 
-    proprietà prima del 1971 (in cui è stabilita una data critica per le valutazioni
-    in Canada) e dato che la fattoria era anche un caseificio per cui erano possibili
-    alcune particolari deduzioni. La morale di questa storia è che mentre qui è stato 
-    mostrato in modo semplice, la tassazione può divenire molto complicata...</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_currency.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Esempio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Tassazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_example1.html" title="9.4. Esempio"><link rel="next" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Tassazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_currency.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.5. Tassazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_tax1"></a>9.5. Tassazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Le politiche di tassazione variano considerevolmente fra un paese e un altro, quindi è virtualmente impossibile pronunciarsi in modo valido universalmente. Comunque, è possibile affermare che comunemente le entrate generate dai guadagni in conto capitale non sono soggette a tassazione fino al momento in cui il bene viene venduto e a volte nemmeno in questo momento. I proprietari di case nel Nord America, normalmente si ritrovano a non dover pagare nessuna tassa per il guadagno in capitale che ottengono dalla vendita. Altri paesi invece trattano la vendita delle case in modo differente: le autorità tedesche, per esempio, tassano i guadagni in capitale derivanti dalla vendita di una casa, solamente se si è stati proprietari per meno di dieci anni.!
 </p><p>Chris Browne ha una storia da raccontare relativa a quando era un professionista della preparazione delle tasse; una famiglia che aveva venduto una fattoria, si aspettava una considerevole somma di tasse da pagare che però in realtà, furono quasi nulle per il fatto che avevano ottenuto la proprietà prima del 1971 (in cui è stabilita una data critica per le valutazioni in Canada) e dato che la fattoria era anche un caseificio per cui erano possibili alcune particolari deduzioni. La morale di questa storia è che mentre qui è stato mostrato in modo semplice, la tassazione può divenire molto complicata...</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_currency.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Esempio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,38 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.2. Stimare il valore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_concepts1.html" title="9.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.2. Stimare il valore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.2. Stimare il valore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_value1"></a>9.2. Stimare il valore</h2></div></div></div><p>Come ricordato nell'introduzione di questo capitolo, i guadagni in
-    conto capitale sono i profitti ottenuti dalla vendita di un bene. In questa
-    sezione verrà descritto come tracciare i guadagni in capitale in GnuCash.</p><p>I metodi contabili per trattare le rivalutazioni di un bene, sono
-    in qualche modo diversi da quelli per le svalutazioni dato che generalmente si è
-    interessati solamente al momento in cui si rivende il bene e si ottiene
-    un guadagno in capitale; questo è in contrasto con la natura continua
-    del deprezzamento. I guadagni in conto capitale sono un argomento importante
-    nella sfera di influenza della tassazione, poiché i governi tendono a essere
-    interessati a far gravare le imposte sui guadagni in conto capitale in un modo
-    o nell'altro.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Come sempre, esistono delle eccezioni. Se si possiede un'obbligazione che
-      paga tutti gli interessi a maturazione, le autorità preposte alla tassazione
-      richiedono spesso che venga riconosciuto un interesse ogni anno e si rifiutano
-      di trattarli come un guadagno in conto capitale. Si consultino le normative
-      Nazionali a riguardo dei beni che possono essere tassati nell'eventualità che ne
-      derivi un guadagno in conto capitale.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Stimare l'accrescimento del valore di un bene non è generalmente cosa facile
-    dato che spesso è difficoltoso conoscerne il valore prima dell'effettiva vendita.</p><p>I titoli scambiati quotidianamente nei mercati aperti come le Borse, 
-    rappresentano probabilmente la tipologia più semplice di bene per cui predire 
-    un valore e vendere il bene al prezzo di mercato è semplice quanto chiamare il proprio
-    Brocker (mediatore). Per contro, la stima del valore di una casa è ben più complesso.
-    Le case sono vendute meno frequentemente delle azioni, e la compravendita
-    consiste di grandi sforzi e negoziazioni per cui le stime tendono a essere meno
-    precise. Allo stesso modo, la vendita di un'auto prevede delle trattative che
-    rendono il prezzo meno prevedibile.</p><p>Il valore di oggetti da collezione quali gioielli, opere d'arte,
-    figurine e modellini è di ancora più difficile stima. I mercati per questi
-    oggetti sono di nicchia e quindi meno aperti rispetto a quelli delle azioni 
-    e delle case. Ancora peggio sono i beni unici nel loro genere; le fabbriche
-    generalmente possiedono dei macchinari che costano centinaia di migliaia di 
-    euro, costruiti appositamente per realizzare determinati prodotti. Queste
-    apparecchiature non hanno valore al di fuori di un contesto specifico. In
-    questi casi, diverse valutazioni in conflitto tra loro possono essere
-    assegnati al bene e nessuna di esse è "in assoluto" corretta.</p><p>Come regola generale della contabilità per quanto riguarda la stima dei 
-    guadagni non realizzati (o perdite), si dovrebbe solamente valutare di nuovo
-    dei beni quali le azioni che possono essere rivendute immediatamente e per le
-    quali esistono delle stime affidabili del valore. Per tutti gli altri beni, è 
-    meglio attendere semplicemente il momento della vendita, nel quale è possibile
-    determinare esattamente il guadagno in conto capitale. Naturalmente non esiste 
-    una regola scritta per questo e infatti diversi contabili adottano diversi
-    comportamenti in questi casi.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.3. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.2. Stimare il valore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_concepts1.html" title="9.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.2. Stimare il valore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.2. Stimare il valore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_value1"></a>9.2. Stimare il valore</h2></div></div></div><p>Come ricordato nell’introduzione di questo capitolo, i guadagni in conto capitale sono i profitti ottenuti dalla vendita di un bene. In questa sezione verrà descritto come tracciare i guadagni in capitale in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>I metodi contabili per trattare le rivalutazioni di un bene, sono in qualche modo diversi da quelli per le svalutazioni dato che generalmente si è interessati solamente al momento in cui si rivende il bene e si ottiene un guadagno in capitale; questo è in contrasto con la natura continua del deprezzamento. I guadagni in conto capitale sono un argomento importante nella sfera di influenza della tassazione, poiché i governi tendono a essere inte!
 ressati a far gravare le imposte sui guadagni in conto capitale in un modo o nell’altro.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Come sempre, esistono delle eccezioni. Se si possiede un’obbligazione che paga tutti gli interessi a maturazione, le autorità preposte alla tassazione richiedono spesso che venga riconosciuto un interesse ogni anno e si rifiutano di trattarli come un guadagno in conto capitale. Si consultino le normative Nazionali a riguardo dei beni che possono essere tassati nell’eventualità che ne derivi un guadagno in conto capitale.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Stimare l’accrescimento del valore di un bene non è generalmente cosa facile dato che spesso è difficoltoso conoscerne il valore prima dell’effettiva vendita.</p><p>I titoli scambiati quotidianamente nei mercati aperti come le Borse, rappresentano probabilmente la tipologia più semplice di bene per cui predire un valore e vendere il bene al prezzo di mercato è semplice quanto chiamare il proprio Brocker (mediatore). Per contro, la stima del valore di una casa è ben più complesso. Le case sono vendute meno frequentemente delle azioni, e la compravendita consiste di grandi sforzi e negoziazioni per cui le stime tendono a essere meno precise. Allo stesso modo, la vendita di un’auto prevede delle trattative che rendono il prezzo meno prevedibile.</p><p>Il valore di oggetti da collezione quali gioielli, opere d’arte, figurine e modellini è di ancora più difficile stima. I mercati per questi oggetti sono di nicchia e quindi meno aperti rispetto a quelli delle azioni e delle case. Ancora peggio sono i beni unici nel loro genere; le fabbriche, generalmente, possiedono dei macc!
 hinari che costano centinaia di migliaia di euro, costruiti appositamente per realizzare determinati prodotti. Queste apparecchiature non hanno valore al di fuori di un contesto specifico. In questi casi, diverse valutazioni in conflitto tra loro possono essere assegnate al bene e nessuna di esse è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">in assoluto</span>»</span> corretta.</p><p>Come regola generale della contabilità per quanto riguarda la stima dei guadagni non realizzati (o perdite), si dovrebbe solamente valutare di nuovo dei beni quali le azioni che possono essere rivendute immediatamente e per le quali esistono delle stime affidabili del valore. Per tutti gli altri beni, è meglio attendere semplicemente il momento della vendita, nel quale è possibile determinare esattamente il guadagno in conto capitale. Naturalmente non esiste una regola scritta per questo e infatti diversi contabili adottano diversi comportamenti in questi casi.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.3. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,28 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.1. Configurare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="next" href="cbook-deposits1.html" title="5.2. Immettere i depositi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.1. Configurare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cbook.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-deposits1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.1. Configurare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-accounts1"></a>5.1. Configurare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Il primo passo per gestire il proprio libretto assegni consiste
-    nell'impostazione dei conti necessari. Per maggiori dettagli su come
-    creare un nuovo conto, consultare la <a class="xref" href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2" title="3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale">Sezione 3.3.2, «I conti base di livello principale»</a>.
-    Per informazioni su come importare i conti da un altro programma, consultare la
-    <a class="xref" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importare file QIF">Sezione 2.7, «Importare file QIF»</a>.</p><p>Per partire si avrà bisogno di diversi conti. Un conto del tipo Banca per
-    ogni conto bancario reale di cui si desidera tenere traccia. Se si sta utilizzando
-    una struttura dei conti personalizzata oppure quella predefinita di GnuCash,
-    occorre assicurarsi di avere una transazione per il bilancio di apertura associata
-    a ogni conto bancario che si possiede. Il metodo migliore per impostare questo valore,
-    è di utilizzare come bilancio di apertura il saldo dell'ultimo estratto conto fornito 
-    dalla propria banca. E' possibile inserirlo direttamente nella finestra delle
-    informazioni del conto del druido <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> 
-    oppure si può inserire manualmente una transazione direttamente nel conto.In quest'ultimo 
-    caso è sufficiente creare una transazione dal conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilanci di apertura</strong></span> 
-    (della categoria patrimonio) al conto bancario.</p><p>I più frequenti conti bancari da includere nelle registrazioni sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Conto corrente - qualsiasi conto istituzionale che fornisce la facoltà di
-        emettere assegni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Conto risparmi - un conto istituzionale che matura interessi utilizzato 
-        normalmente per mantenere il denaro per tempi più lunghi rispetto al conto 
-        corrente.</p></li></ul></div><p>Le transazioni comuni che interessano questa tipologia di conti sono
-    i pagamenti e i depositi. I <span class="emphasis"><strong>pagamenti</strong></span> sono trasferimenti
-    di denaro dal conto bancario, generalmente verso un conto delle uscite. I 
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>depositi</strong></span> sono trasferimenti di denaro verso il conto bancario,
-    generalmente proveniente da un conto delle entrate. E' necessario impostare i conti
-    di entrate e uscite per tracciare la provenienza e la destinazione del denaro.
-    Si ricordi che una transazione bilanciata richiede il trasferimento di una uguale 
-    somma di denaro da almeno un conto verso almeno un conto. Così, se si deposita del 
-    denaro sul conto corrente, si deve anche indicare da quale conto il denaro proviene.
-    Se si paga una spesa prelevando dal conto corrente, è necessario specificare il conto
-    verso cui il denaro è stato speso.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cbook.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-deposits1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.2. Immettere i depositi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.1. Configurare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="next" href="cbook-deposits1.html" title="5.2. Immettere i depositi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.1. Configurare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cbook.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-deposits1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.1. Configurare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-accounts1"></a>5.1. Configurare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Il primo passo per gestire il proprio libretto degli assegni consiste nell’impostare i conti necessari, o utilizzando quelli predefiniti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> o creandone dei nuovi. Per maggiori dettagli su come creare un nuovo conto, consultare <a class="xref" href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2" title="3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale">Sezione 3.3.2, «I conti base di livello principale»</a>. Per informazioni su come importare i conti da un altro programma, assegni consultare il manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>Per partire si avrà bisogno di diversi conti. Un conto del tipo <span class="guilabel">!
 <strong>Banca</strong></span> per ogni conto bancario reale di cui si desidera tenere traccia. Se si sta utilizzando una struttura dei conti personalizzata oppure quella predefinita di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, occorre assicurarsi di avere una transazione per il bilancio di apertura associata a ogni conto bancario che si possiede. Il metodo migliore per impostare questo valore, è di utilizzare come bilancio di apertura il saldo dell’ultimo estratto conto fornito dalla propria banca. È possibile inserirlo direttamente nella finestra delle informazioni del conto dell’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> oppure si può inserire manualmente una transazione direttamente nel conto. In quest’ultimo caso è sufficiente creare una transazione dal conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilanci di apertura</strong></span> (della categoria <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitale</strong></span>) al conto bancario.</p><p>I più frequenti conti bancari da includere nelle registrazioni sono:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Conto corrente - qualsiasi conto istituzionale che fornisce la facoltà di emettere assegni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Conto risparmi - un conto istituzionale che matura interessi utilizzato normalmente per mantenere il denaro per tempi più lunghi rispetto al conto corrente.</p></li></ul></div><p>Le transazioni comuni che interessano questa tipologia di conti sono i pagamenti e i depositi. I <span class="emphasis"><strong>pagamenti</strong></span> sono trasferimenti di denaro dal conto bancario, generalmente verso un conto delle uscite. I <span class="emphasis"><strong>depositi</strong></span> sono trasferimenti di denaro verso il conto bancario, generalmente proveniente da un conto delle entrate. È necessario impostare i conti di entrate e uscite per tracciare la provenienza e la destinazione del denaro. Si ricordi che una transazione!
  bilanciata richiede il trasferimento di una uguale somma di denaro da almeno un conto verso almeno un conto. Così, se si deposita del denaro sul conto corrente, si deve anche indicare da quale conto il denaro proviene. Se si paga una spesa prelevando dal conto corrente, è necessario specificare il conto verso cui il denaro è stato speso.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cbook.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-deposits1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.2. Immettere i depositi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,25 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.2. Immettere i depositi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-accounts1.html" title="5.1. Configurare i conti"><link rel="next" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html" title="5.3. Immettere i prelievi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.2. Immettere i depositi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.2. Immettere i depositi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-deposits1"></a>5.2. Immettere i depositi</h2></div></div></div><p>La maggiorana delle transazioni di deposito avvengono sotto forma
-    di trasferimento da un conto delle entrate a un conto bancario.
-    Le entrate possono derivare da varie fonti ed è buona norma impostare
-    un tipo conto per ogni diversa fonte. Per esempio, le entrate possono
-    provenire per la maggior parte dalla busta paga, ma possono anche essere
-    dovute alla maturazione di interessi sui propri risparmi. In questo caso,
-    si dovrebbero creare due conti per le entrate: uno per lo stipendio ed
-    un uno per gli interessi maturati.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">E' importante assicurarsi di aver selezionato l'opzione "relativo 
-      alle tasse" nella finestra delle informazioni sul conto, quando vengono impostati
-      dei conti tassabili. Alcuni tipi di entrate, come per esempio i regali, possono
-      non essere considerati tassabili ed è quindi necessario controllare
-      le regole sulla tassabilità per determinare cosa è tassabile. Per la descrizione
-      delle modalità di tracciamento delle entrate dovute ai guadagni di capitale,
-      fare riferimento al <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Prima di iniziare a inserire i depositi dello stipendio, è bene decidere
-    con quale livello di dettaglio si preferisca registrarli. Il livello base 
-    consiste nell'inserire lo stipendio netto proprio come si farebbe su un registro 
-    cartaceo. Questo è il metodo più semplice, ma si possono ottenere maggiori dettagli
-    se si inserisce in GnuCash lo stipendio lordo e le sue detrazioni. Questo metodo
-    richiede più impegno ma inserendo tutte le informazioni sulle trattenute durante tutto
-    l'arco dell'anno, consente di ottenere degli utili resoconti sulle tasse in GnuCash
-    in qualsiasi momento. Questi resoconti possono aiutare a determinare se si stanno
-    trattenendo tasse a sufficienza e permettono di stimare le tasse da pagare in futuro.
-    Se non si è sicuri sul livello di dettaglio, conviene iniziare inserendo semplicemente 
-    lo stipendio netto. Sarà sempre possibile tornare indietro e modificare le transazioni
-    in un secondo momento se si decidesse di optare per un dettaglio maggiore.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.1. Configurare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.3. Immettere i prelievi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.2. Immettere i depositi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-accounts1.html" title="5.1. Configurare i conti"><link rel="next" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html" title="5.3. Immettere i prelievi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.2. Immettere i depositi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.2. Immettere i depositi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-deposits1"></a>5.2. Immettere i depositi</h2></div></div></div><p>La maggiorana delle transazioni di deposito avvengono sotto forma di trasferimento da un conto delle entrate a un conto bancario. Le entrate possono derivare da varie fonti ed è buona norma impostare un conto di tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>entrate</strong></span> per ogni diversa fonte. Per esempio, le entrate possono provenire per la maggior parte dalla busta paga, ma possono anche essere dovute alla maturazione di interessi sui propri risparmi. In questo caso, si dovrebbero creare due conti per le entrate: uno per lo stipendio ed un uno per gli interessi maturati.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin!
 -left: 0..5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È importante assicurarsi di aver selezionato l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>relativo alle tasse</strong></span> nella finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sulle imposte sulle entrate</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni del resoconto delle imposte</strong></span>), quando vengono impostati dei conti tassabili. Alcuni tipi di entrate, come per esempio i regali, possono non essere considerati tassabili ed è quindi necessario controllare le regole sulla tassabilità per determinare cosa è tassabile. Per la descrizione delle modalità di tracciamento delle entrate dovute ai guadagni di capitale, fare riferimento a <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Prima di iniziare a inserire i depositi dello stipendio, è bene decidere con quale livello di dettaglio si intende registrarli. Il livello base consiste nell’inserire lo stipendio netto proprio come si farebbe su un registro cartaceo. Questo è il metodo più semplice, ma si possono ottenere maggiori dettagli se si inserisce in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> lo stipendio lordo e le sue detrazioni. Questo metodo richiede più impegno ma inserendo tutte le informazioni sulle trattenute durante tutto l’arco dell’anno, consente di ottenere degli utili resoconti sulle tasse in in qualsiasi momento. Questi resoconti possono aiutare a determinare se si stanno trattenendo tasse a sufficienza e permettono di stimare le tasse da pagare in futuro. Se non si è sicuri sul livello di dettaglio, conviene iniziare inserendo semplicemente l!
 o stipendio netto. Sarà sempre possibile tornare indietro e modificare le transazioni in un secondo momento se si decidesse di optare per un dettaglio maggiore.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.1. Configurare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.3. Immettere i prelievi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,17 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.4. Riconciliare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html" title="5.3. Immettere i prelievi"><link rel="next" href="cbook-together1.html" title="5.5. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.4. Riconciliare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.4. Riconciliare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-reconacct1"></a>5.4. Riconciliare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash rende molto semplice la riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario 
-    con l'estratto conto mensile. La <a class="xref" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5, «Riconciliazione»</a> 
-    fornisce le istruzioni necessarie a riconciliare le proprie transazioni
-    con l'estratto conto mensile inviato dalla propria banca. Questa rappresenta la
-    principale operazione di riconciliazione che dovrebbe essere eseguita ogni mese.</p><p>Ma allora cosa fare di tutti i conti che sono stati creati? Dovrebbero
-    essere riconciliati anche loro? Se si riceve un estratto conto per un determinato
-    conto, allora sarebbe bene riconciliarlo. Degli esempi possono essere l'estratto conto
-    del conto corrente, dei risparmi e della carta di credito. Le transazioni e l'estratto
-    conto per la carta di credito sono descritti nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito">Capitolo 6, <i>Carte di credito</i></a>, 
-    quindi, se si è interessati a tracciare le carte di credito con GnuCash, si leggano le
-    istruzioni contenute in quel capitolo.</p><p>I conti per le entrate e per le uscite non vengono normalmente
-    riconciliati dato che non esiste nessun documento che permette di controllarne 
-    il saldo. Per la stessa ragione è impossibile anche riconciliare i conti del 
-    denaro liquido. Con un conto per i liquidi, però, è possibile correggere il saldo
-    ogni tanto in modo che il denaro contante a disposizione corrisponda al saldo
-    nel conto dei liquidi. L'aggiustamento del saldo è trattato nella sezione 
-    successiva.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.3. Immettere i prelievi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.5. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.4. Riconciliare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html" title="5.3. Immettere i prelievi"><link rel="next" href="cbook-together1.html" title="5.5. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.4. Riconciliare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.4. Riconciliare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-reconacct1"></a>5.4. Riconciliare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> rende molto semplice la riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario con l’estratto conto mensile. In <a class="xref" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5, «Riconciliazione»</a> vengono fornite le istruzioni necessarie a riconciliare le proprie transazioni con l’estratto conto mensile inviato dalla propria banca. Questa rappresenta la principale operazione di riconciliazione che dovrebbe essere eseguita ogni mese.</p><p>Ma allora cosa fare di tutti i conti che sono stati creati? Dovrebbero essere riconciliati anche loro? Se si riceve un estratto conto per un determinato conto, allora sarebbe bene riconciliarlo. Degli ese!
 mpi possono essere l’estratto conto del conto corrente, dei risparmi e della carta di credito. Le transazioni e l’estratto conto per la carta di credito sono descritti in <a class="xref" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito">Capitolo 6, <i>Carte di credito</i></a>, quindi, se si è interessati a tracciare le carte di credito con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, leggere le istruzioni contenute in quel capitolo.</p><p>I conti per le entrate e per le uscite non vengono normalmente riconciliati dato che non esiste nessun documento che permette di controllarne il saldo. Per la stessa ragione è impossibile anche riconciliare i conti del denaro liquido. Con un conto per i liquidi, però, è possibile correggere il saldo di tanto tanto, in modo che il denaro contante a disposizione corrisponda al saldo nel conto dei liquidi. L’aggiustamento del saldo è trattato nella sezione successiva.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.3. Immettere i prelievi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.5. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,76 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.5. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-reconacct1.html" title="5.4. Riconciliare i conti"><link rel="next" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.5. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-reconacct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.5. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-together1"></a>5.5. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>, sono state inserite alcune
-    transazioni nel conto corrente. In questo capitolo, verranno aggiunte altre
-    transazioni e poi si procederà alla loro riconciliazione.</p><div class="sect2" title="5.5.1. Bilanci di apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-open2"></a>5.5.1. Bilanci di apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>Si cominci aprendo il file gcashdata salvato nell'ultimo
-      capitolo (<code class="filename">gcashdata_4</code>). La struttura dei conti
-      dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png" alt="La struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la struttura dei conti.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.2. Aggiungere alcune transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-transactions"></a>5.5.2. Aggiungere alcune transazioni</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Si apra ora il conto corrente dalla finestra principale. Nel precedente 
-          capitolo, sono state inserite alcune transazioni per lo stipendio come depositi
-          nel conto corrente. Ora si immetterà un altro tipo di depositi: un trasferimento
-          di denaro dai risparmi al conto corrente. In una riga vuota, immettere una 
-          transazione per trasferire €500 da l conto dei risparmi al conto corrente (in 
-          questo caso, la data dell'ultima transazione era il 28 Marzo, ma questa transazione 
-          di trasferimento è avvenuta il 24). Il conto di trasferimento sarà
-          quello dei risparmi dato che ci si trova nel conto corrente. Quest'ultimo dovrebbe
-          ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_transferin.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si proceda quindi all'inserimento di alcuni assegni in questo conto. 
-          Dapprima si inserisca un assegno a favore di HomeTown alimentari per €75 
-          (5 di Marzo). Il conto di trasferimento è alimentari, dato che tutto il denaro 
-          è stato impiegato per acquistare dei generi alimentari. Poi si inserisca
-          un assegno di €100 per ABC Hardware (6 di Marzo) e si suddivida questo 
-          importo in due uscite: €50 casalinghi e €50 attrezzi. Sarà necessario creare
-          un conto di tipo uscite per ognuna di esse e in seguito inserire la 
-          suddivisione. Il conto corrente dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_checkexamp.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente dopo
-                l'inserimento di altri assegni.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si supponga ora di dover prelevare del denaro. Nella struttura dei 
-          conti, non è ancora presente un conto per i liquidi così sarà necessario
-          crearne uno. Si crei quindi il conto come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liquidi</strong></span>   
-          nella categoria di livello principale <span class="guilabel"><strong>Patrimonio</strong></span>. 
-          Da registro del conto corrente, immettere un prelievo da ATM per trasferire
-          €100 dal conto corrente al conto liquidi in data 25 Marzo.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_atm.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con
-                un prelievo da ATM.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.3. Bilanci di apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reconcile"></a>5.5.3. Bilanci di apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>A questo punto è possibile procedere alla riconciliazione del conto
-      corrente, utilizzando questo semplice estratto conto:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_bankstmt.png" alt="Un semplice estratto conto"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra un semplice estratto conto.</p></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span><span class="guimenu"><strong> ->
-            </strong></span><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> dal menu e inserire
-            il bilancio di chiusura di €1.451,79. Premere OK per iniziare la riconciliazione
-            del conto. Marcare le voci come appaiono nell'estratto conto. Quando tutte le
-            voci sono state marcate, la finestra di riconciliazione dovrebbe assomigliare a 
-            questa:
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconexamp.png" alt="La finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la finestra di riconciliazione con una
-                differenza di €5,00.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che il saldo riconciliato differisce dal saldo finale di €5,00.
-            Se si osserva l'estratto conto della banca, si noterà la presenza di un costo
-            di servizio di €5,00 che non è stato aggiunto nel conto corrente.
-          </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si deve quindi inserire nel registro del conto corrente un costo di servizio
-          di €5,00. In una riga vuota del registro del conto corrente, inserire
-          una transazione che trasferisca €5,00 dal conto corrente a un conto
-          per i costi di servizio (sarà necessario creare questo conto nella categoria
-          delle uscite). Utilizzare la data di emissione dell'estratto conto come data
-          per la transazione. Il conto corrente dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_servch.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con
-                l'aggiunta del costo di servizio.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tornando alla finestra di riconciliazione, dovrebbe ora essere
-          visualizzata la tassa di servizio sotto la voce fondi in uscita. Cliccare 
-          su di essa per marcarla come riconciliata e si noti come l'importo della
-          differenza sia ora pari a 0,00. Premere il pulsante Termina nella barra degli
-          strumenti per completare la riconciliazione. La colonna di riconciliazione "R"
-          nel registro del conto corrente, dovrebbe ora mostrare una <span class="guilabel"><strong>s</strong></span>
-          per ogni transazione appena riconciliata. Si osservi anche che la riga delle
-          informazioni nel basso della finestra riporta "Riconciliato: EUR 1.451,79"</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente
-                riconciliato.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.4. Salvare il file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-save"></a>5.5.4. Salvare il file</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ritorni ora alla finestra principale del programma e si salvi 
-      il file con il nuovo nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code>. La struttura dei 
-      conti sta costantemente crescendo e dovrebbe essere simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png" alt="La struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la struttura dei conti.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.5. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reports"></a>5.5.5. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si dia uno sguardo ai resoconti 
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.
-      </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Si analizzi per primo il resoconto sul <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> per il
-          mese di Marzo.</p><p>Selezionare quindi il resoconto da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> -> 
-            <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Entrate & uscite</strong></span> -> 
-            <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_CashFlow.png" alt="Resoconto del flusso di liquidi per il mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto del flusso di liquidi dopo il
-                <a class="xref" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni">Capitolo 5, <i>Libretto degli assegni</i></a>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si controlli ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del 
-          patrimonio.
-          </p><p>Selezionare il resoconto della transazione da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> -> 
-            <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio nel mese di marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio
-                nel mese di Marzo.
-                </p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si modifichi ora il resoconto delle transazioni per mostrare solamente i vari conti delle
-          uscite.
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per i conti delle uscite nel mese di marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i conti delle uscite
-                nel mese di Marzo.
-                </p></div></div></div></li></ol></div><p>Un solo conto, presente nella struttura dei conti realizzata finora, non è ancora stato utilizzato:
-        quello della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Carta di credito</strong></span>. Ora che si è in grado di tenere traccia del conto bancario
-        e dei contanti in GnuCash, si potrebbe voler iniziare a tenere traccia anche della propria carta
-        di credito. GnuCash fornisce un particolare tipo di conto per le carte di credito che sarà discusso
-        nel prossimo capitolo.
-      </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-reconacct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.4. Riconciliare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.5. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-reconacct1.html" title="5.4. Riconciliare i conti"><link rel="next" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.5. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-reconacct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.5. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-together1"></a>5.5. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>, sono state inserite alcune transazioni nel conto corrente. In questo capitolo, verranno aggiunte altre transazioni e poi si procederà alla loro riconciliazione.</p><div class="sect2" title="5.5.1. Bilanci d’apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-open2"></a>5.5.1. Bilanci d’apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>Si cominci aprendo il file salvato nell’ultimo capitolo (<code class="filename">gcashdata_4</code>). La struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png" alt="La struttura dei conti"><div clas!
 s="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la struttura dei conti.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.2. Aggiungere alcune transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-transactions"></a>5.5.2. Aggiungere alcune transazioni</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire ora il conto corrente dalla finestra principale. Nel precedente capitolo, sono state inserite alcune transazioni per lo stipendio come depositi nel conto corrente. Ora si immetterà un altro tipo di deposito: un trasferimento di denaro dai risparmi al conto corrente. In una riga vuota, immettere una transazione per trasferire €500 da l conto dei risparmi al conto corrente (in questo caso, la data dell’ultima transazione era il 28 Marzo, ma questa transazione di trasferimento è avvenuta il 24). Il conto di trasferimento sarà quello dei risparmi dato che ci si trova nel conto corrente. Quest’ultimo dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_transferin.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si proceda quindi all’inserimento di alcuni assegni in questo conto. Dapprima inserire un assegno a favore di HomeTown alimentari per €75 (5 di Marzo). Il conto di trasferimento è <span class="emphasis"><strong>Alimentari</strong></span>, dato che tutto il denaro è stato impiegato per acquistare dei generi alimentari. Poi inserire un assegno di €100 per ABC Hardware (6 di Marzo) e suddividere questo importo in due uscite: €50 per <span class="emphasis"><strong>Casalinghi</strong></span> e €50 per <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attrezzi</strong></span>. Sarà necessario creare un conto di tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> per ognuna di esse e in seguito inserire la suddivisione. Il conto corrente dov!
 rebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_checkexamp.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente dopo l’inserimento di altri assegni.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si supponga ora di dover prelevare del denaro. Nella struttura dei conti, non è ancora presente un conto per i liquidi, così sarà necessario crearne uno. Creare quindi il conto come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liquidi</strong></span> nella categoria di livello principale <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>. Dal registro del conto corrente, inserire un prelievo da ATM per trasferire €100 dal <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span> al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liquidi</strong></span> in data 25 Marzo.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_atm.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con un prelievo da ATM.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.3. Bilanci d’apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reconcile"></a>5.5.3. Bilanci d’apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>A questo punto è possibile procedere alla riconciliazione del <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span>, utilizzando questo semplice estratto conto:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_bankstmt.png" alt="Un semplice estratto conto"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra un semplice estratto conto.</p></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> dal menu e inserire il bilancio di chiusura di €1.451,79. Premere <span class!
 ="guibutton">OK</span> per iniziare la riconciliazione del conto. Marcare le voci come appaiono nell’estratto conto. Quando tutte le voci sono state marcate, la finestra di riconciliazione dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconexamp.png" alt="La finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la finestra di riconciliazione con una differenza di €5,00.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che il saldo riconciliato differisce dal saldo finale di €5,00. Se si osserva l’estratto conto della banca, si noterà la presenza di un costo di servizio di €5,00 che non è stato aggiunto nel <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si deve quindi inserire nel registro del <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span> un costo di servizio di €5,00. In una riga vuota del registro del <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span>, inserire una transazione che trasferisca €5,00 dal <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span> a un conto per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>costi di servizio</strong></span> (sarà necessario creare questo conto nella categoria delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>). Utilizzare la data di emissione dell’estratto conto come data per la transazione. Il <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto corrente</strong></span> dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_servch.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente con l’aggiunta del costo di servizio.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tornando alla finestra di riconciliazione, dovrebbe ora essere visualizzata la tassa di servizio sotto la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span>. Fare clic su di essa per marcarla come riconciliata; si not!
 i come l’importo della differenza sia ora pari a 0,00. Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Termina</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> per completare la riconciliazione. La colonna di riconciliazione <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> nel registro del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>, dovrebbe ora mostrare una <span class="guilabel"><strong>s</strong></span> per ogni transazione appena riconciliata. Si osservi anche che la riga delle informazioni nel basso della finestra riporta <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliato: EUR 1.451,79</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" alt="Il registro del conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto corrente riconciliato.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.4. Salvare il file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-save"></a>5.5.4. Salvare il file</h3></div></div></div><p>Tornare ora alla finestra principale del programma e salvare il file con il nuovo nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code>. La struttura dei conti sta costantemente crescendo e dovrebbe essere simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png" alt="La struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la struttura dei conti.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.5.5. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reports"></a>5.5.5. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si dia uno sguardo ai resoconti <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Per primo verrÃ!
   analizzato il resoconto del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> per il mese di Marzo.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_CashFlow.png" alt="Resoconto dei flussi di liquidi per il mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto del flusso di liquidi dopo il <a class="xref" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni">Capitolo 5, <i>Libretto degli assegni</i></a>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si controlli ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio nel mese di marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i conti del patrimonio nel mese di Marzo.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cambiare poi il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto uscite nel mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i vari conti delle uscite nel mese di Marzo.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div><p>Un solo conto, presente nella struttura dei conti realizzata finora, non è ancora stato utilizzato: quello della <sp!
 an class="guilabel"><strong>Carta di credito</strong></span>. Ora che si è in grado di tenere traccia del conto bancario e dei contanti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, si potrebbe voler iniziare a tenere traccia anche della propria carta di credito. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce un particolare tipo di conto per le carte di credito che sarà discusso nel prossimo capitolo.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-reconacct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.4. Riconciliare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,27 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.3. Immettere i prelievi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-deposits1.html" title="5.2. Immettere i depositi"><link rel="next" href="cbook-reconacct1.html" title="5.4. Riconciliare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.3. Immettere i prelievi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-deposits1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.3. Immettere i prelievi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-withdrawals1"></a>5.3. Immettere i prelievi</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando si preleva, per una qualsiasi ragione, una somma dal conto bancario
-    si sta trasferendo del denaro dal conto bancario verso un'altra destinazione.
-    In GnuCash, quest'altra destinazione è registrata come un conto. Più conti
-    di dettaglio si creano e utilizzano per le uscite, maggiori saranno le informazioni
-    disponibili sulla destinazione del proprio denaro.</p><p>I prelievi possono assumere diverse forme. I prelievi da ATM rappresentano
-    le transazioni più diffuse. Scrivere assegni è un altro modo per prelevare denaro
-    al fine di pagare le bollette, per fare acquisti o per fare beneficenza. In funzione
-    della banca, si possono avere anche costi di servizio in cui la banca preleva
-    denaro dai conti. I trasferimenti di denaro verso un altro conto rappresentano
-    anch'essi dei prelievi. Di seguito si tratterà ogni tipo di prelievo e se
-    ne descriverà la procedura di inserimento in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2" title="5.3.1. ATM: prelievo di contanti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-atm2"></a>5.3.1. ATM: prelievo di contanti</h3></div></div></div><p>I prelievi di contanti sono trattati come trasferimenti da un conto bancario
-      a un conto liquidi. GnuCash fornisce conti speciali per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liquidi</strong></span> 
-      in grado di tenere traccia dei prelievi di contanti, così è necessario impostare un
-      conto per i contanti allo scopo di registrare i propri prelievi sia con ATM che con altre
-      modalità.</p><p>I conti per i liquidi possono essere utilizzati con diversi livelli di dettaglio.
-      Al livello più semplice, si trasferisce semplicemente il contante dal conto corrente.
-      Questo però indica solamente la quantità di denaro prelevata dal conto corrente in un 
-      determinato giorno, ma non fornisce informazioni sulla destinazione del denaro.
-      Con poco impegno in più, è possibile utilizzare il conto per i liquidi per registrare
-      anche gli acquisti in contanti in modo da poter conoscere la destinazione precisa del 
-      denaro. Questi acquisti verranno registrati come trasferimenti di denaro dal conto dei
-      liquidi al conto delle uscite.</p><p>Alcune persone registrano ogni acquisto in contanti, ma questo richiede molto lavoro.
-      Un metodo più semplice consiste nel registrare gli acquisti per i quali si ha una ricevuta,
-      aggiustando poi il saldo del conto in base a quanto rimane nel portafoglio.</p><p>Si consiglia di impostare almeno un conto dei liquidi per registrare i propri
-      prelievi. Se poi si decidesse di registrare anche la destinazione del proprio denaro,
-      è sempre possibile inserire delle transazioni per il denaro speso. L'utente è libero di 
-      scegliere il dettaglio di livello che preferisce.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-deposits1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.2. Immettere i depositi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.4. Riconciliare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.3. Immettere i prelievi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-deposits1.html" title="5.2. Immettere i depositi"><link rel="next" href="cbook-reconacct1.html" title="5.4. Riconciliare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.3. Immettere i prelievi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-deposits1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.3. Immettere i prelievi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-withdrawals1"></a>5.3. Immettere i prelievi</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando si preleva per una qualsiasi ragione una somma dal conto bancario, si sta trasferendo del denaro dal conto bancario verso un’altra destinazione. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, quest’altra destinazione è registrata come un conto. Più conti di dettaglio si creano e utilizzano per le uscite, maggiori saranno le informazioni disponibili sulla destinazione del proprio denaro.</p><p>I prelievi possono assumere diverse forme. I prelievi da ATM rappresentano le transazioni più diffuse. Scrivere assegni è un altro modo per prelevare denaro al fine di pagare le bollette, per fare acquisti o per fare beneficenza. In funzione della banca, si possono avere anche costi di ser!
 vizio in cui la banca preleva denaro dai conti. I trasferimenti di denaro verso un altro conto rappresentano anch’essi dei prelievi. Di seguito si tratterà ogni tipo di prelievo e se ne descriverà la procedura di inserimento in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="sect2" title="5.3.1. ATM: prelievo di contanti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-atm2"></a>5.3.1. ATM: prelievo di contanti</h3></div></div></div><p>I prelievi di contanti sono trattati come trasferimenti da un conto bancario a un conto dei liquidi. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce conti speciali per i <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liquidi</strong></span> in grado di tenere traccia dei prelievi di contanti, così è necessario impostare un conto per i contanti allo scopo di registrare i propri prelievi sia con ATM che con altre modalità.</p><p>I conti per i liquidi possono essere utilizzati con diversi livelli di dettaglio. Al livello più semplice, si trasferisce semplicemente il contante dal conto corrente. Questo però indica solamente la quantità di denaro prelevata dal conto corrente in un determinato giorno, ma non fornisce informazioni sulla destinazione del denaro. Con poco impegno in più, è possibile utilizzare il conto per i liquidi per registrare anche gli acquisti in contanti in modo da poter conoscere la destinazione precisa del denaro. Questi acquisti verranno registrati come trasferimenti di denaro dal conto dei liquidi al conto delle uscite.</p><p>Alcune persone registrano ogni acquisto in contanti, ma questo richiede molto lavoro. Un metodo più semplice consiste nel registrare gli acquisti per i quali si ha una ricevuta, aggiustando poi il saldo del conto in base a quanto rimane nel portafoglio.</p><p>Si consiglia di impostare almeno un conto dei liquidi per registrare i propri prelievi. Se poi si decidesse di registrare anche la destinazione del proprio denaro, è sempre possibile inserire delle transazioni per il denaro!
  speso. L’utente è libero di scegliere il dettaglio di livello che preferisce.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-deposits1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.2. Immettere i depositi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.4. Riconciliare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,37 +1,11 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concetti"><link rel="next" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Immettere le spese"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-accounts1"></a>6.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Per iniziare a gestire la propria carta di credito con GnuCash, si dovrebbe
-    impostare un conto "Passività" di livello principale e in questo creare tanti conti
-    figli di tipo "carta di credito" quante sono le carte che si vogliono tracciare.
-    Se si desidera registrare solamente i pagamenti effettuati alla compagnia della carta 
-    di credito, tutto quello di cui si ha bisogno è un conto per la banca e uno per la 
-    carta di credito dove immettere le transazioni.</p><p>Le spese effettuate con la carta di credito sono delle uscite ed è quindi
-    necessario impostare questi conti come figli di un conto di livello principale 
-    denominato "Uscite". Se si decide di utilizzare un maggiore livello di dettaglio
-    degli acquisti, sarà necessario creare un conto uscite per ogni tipo di acquisto
-    che si effettua. Dato che sarà anche necessario riconciliare il saldo con l'estratto
-    conto della carta, sarà utile impostare un bilancio di apertura  per ogni conto di
-    carta di credito. Il metodo più semplice per farlo, è di utilizzare, come bilancio di 
-    apertura, il saldo dell'ultimo estratto conto.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.2.1. Schema semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-simple2"></a>6.2.1. Schema semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Se non si desidera registrare ogni spesa sostenuta con la carta di credito,
-      è sufficiente creare una semplice struttura dei conti come questa:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concetti"><link rel="next" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Immettere le spese"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-accounts1"></a>6.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Per iniziare a gestire la propria carta di credito con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, si deve impostare un conto delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività</strong></span> di livello principale e al suo interno creare tanti conti figli del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>carta di credito</strong></span> quante sono le carte che si vogliono tracciare. Per registrare solamente i pagamenti effettuati alla compagnia della carta di credito, tutto quello di cui si ha bisogno è un conto per la banca e uno per la carta di credito dove immettere le transazioni.</p><p>Le spese effettuate con la carta di credito sono delle uscite ed è quindi necessario impostare questi conti come figli di un conto di livello principale denominato <sp!
 an class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>. Se si decide di utilizzare un maggiore livello di dettaglio degli acquisti, sarà necessario creare un conto uscite per ogni tipo di acquisto che si effettua. Dato che sarà anche necessario riconciliare il saldo con l’estratto conto della carta, sarà utile impostare un bilancio di apertura per ogni conto di carta di credito. Il metodo più semplice per farlo consiste nell’utilizzare come bilancio di apertura, il saldo dell’ultimo estratto conto.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.2.1. Schema semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-simple2"></a>6.2.1. Schema semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Se non si desidera registrare ogni spesa sostenuta con la carta di credito, è sufficiente creare una semplice struttura dei conti come questa:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
    -Banca<br>
 -Passività<br>
    -Carta di credito<br>
 -Uscite<br>
    -Carta di credito<br>
-   </p></div><p>In questo esempio, si immette l'importo totale addebitato ogni mese
-      come una transazione tra il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Passività:Carta di credito</span>»</span> e
-      il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Uscite:Carta di credito</span>»</span>. Quando si effettua un pagamento
-      si deve inserire una transazione tra <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Attività:Banca</span>»</span> e
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Passività:Carta di credito</span>»</span>.</p><p>La limitazione ovvia di questo semplice schema per la carta di credito,
-      risiede nel fatto che non è possibile vedere dove il denaro viene impiegato. Tutte
-      le spese effettuate con la carta di credito sono inserite nel conto delle uscite per
-      la carta di credito. Comunque, questo sistema è facilmente configurabile e 
-      aggiornabile.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.2.2. Schema completo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-complete2"></a>6.2.2. Schema completo</h3></div></div></div><p>Se si desidera registrare le spese in modo più completo, occorre
-      impostare più conti per le uscite denominati a seconda dei vari tipi di
-      acquisti che si possono effettuare. Ogni addebito sulla carta di credito
-      è immesso come una transazione separata tra il conto delle passività della 
-      carta di credito e il conto specifico per l'uscita. Di seguito si riporta un
-      esempio di struttura dei conti per questo caso:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+   </p></div><p>In questo esempio, si immette l’importo totale addebitato ogni mese come una transazione tra il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Carta di credito</strong></span> e il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Carta di credito</strong></span>. Quando si effettua un pagamento si deve inserire una transazione tra <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Banca</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Carta di credito</strong></span>.</p><p>La limitazione ovvia di questo semplice schema per la carta di credito, risiede nel fatto che non è possibile vedere dove il denaro viene impiegato. Tutte le spese effettuate con la carta di credito sono inserite nel conto delle uscite per la carta di credito. Comunque, questo sistema è facilmente configurabile e aggiornabile.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.2.2. Schema completo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-complete2"></a>6.2.2. Schema completo</h3></div></div></div><p>Se si desidera registrare le spese in modo più completo, occorre impostare più conti per le uscite denominati a seconda dei vari tipi di acquisti che si possono effettuare. Ogni addebito sulla carta di credito è immesso come una transazione separata tra il conto delle passività della carta di credito e il conto specifico per l’uscita. Di seguito si riporta un esempio di struttura dei conti per questo caso:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
     -Banca<br>
 -Passività<br>
@@ -43,14 +17,4 @@
     -Intrattenimento<br>
     -Interessi<br>
     -Servizi<br>
-   </p></div><p>Chiaramente, è necessario inserire delle uscite specifiche a seconda
-      delle proprie abitudini di acquisto. L'unica differenza tra questo schema 
-      e quello semplice, riguarda le uscite che ora sono suddivise in gruppi. Si
-      noti anche la presenza di una uscita denominata "Interessi"; questa è utilizzata
-      quando la carta di credito richiede il pagamento degli interessi sul denaro
-      che mensilmente non è ancora stato restituito. Il conto delle uscite denominato
-      "Servizi" permette di tenere traccia delle spese di servizio associate all'utilizzo
-      della carta di credito, quali il costo fisso annuo di utilizzo se esiste. Con
-      questo schema, si sarà in grado di controllare dove il denaro viene speso ogni
-      mese e raggrupparlo in funzione dei conti delle uscite.</p><p>Il resto di questo capitolo assumerà che si stia utilizzando lo schema
-	completo.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.1. Concetti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Immettere le spese</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+   </p></div><p>Chiaramente, è necessario inserire delle uscite specifiche a seconda delle proprie abitudini di acquisto. L’unica differenza tra questo schema e quello semplice, riguarda le uscite che ora sono suddivise in gruppi. Si noti anche la presenza di una uscita denominata <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Interessi</span>»</span>; questa è utilizzata quando la carta di credito richiede il pagamento degli interessi sul denaro che mensilmente non è ancora stato restituito. Il conto delle uscite denominato <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Servizi</span>»</span> permette di tenere traccia delle spese di servizio associate all’utilizzo della carta di credito, quali il costo fisso annuo di utilizzo se esiste. Con questo schema, si sarà in grado di controllare dove il denaro viene speso ogni mese e raggrupparlo in funzione dei conti delle uscite.</p><p>Il resto di questo capitolo assumerà che si stia utilizzando lo schema completo.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.1. Concetti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Immettere le spese</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,23 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.1. Concetti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="next" href="cc-accounts1.html" title="6.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.1. Concetti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.1. Concetti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-concepts1"></a>6.1. Concetti</h2></div></div></div><p>Dato che probabilmente è capitato di scrivere un assegno o effettuare
-    un pagamento elettronico alla compagnia della carta di credito ogni mese,
-    si potrebbe pensare che la carta di credito rappresenti una uscita; in realtà 
-    non la è. Perché? Un conto per la carta di credito è un prestito a breve termine:
-    si possono fare degli acquisti da questo conto e poi si deve restituire il denaro
-    speso, con gli interessi (il carico finanziario a proprio conto). Gli acquisti che
-    si effettuano con la carta di credito sono le vere uscite.</p><p>E' possibile percorrere due diverse strade quando si vuole immettere
-    una transazione avvenuta con la carta di credito: la scelta dipende dal
-    livello di dettaglio che si desidera ottenere.Il metodo più semplice consiste
-    nel registrare solamente i pagamenti mensili alla compagnia della carta di 
-    credito. Dal proprio conto bancario, immettere un trasferimento di denaro
-    ogni mese al conto delle uscite della carta di credito. Questo permetterà
-    di visualizzare l'importo che si paga ogni mese alla compagnia della carta di 
-    credito, ma non fornirà alcuna informazione sul saldo della carta di credito
-    o sugli acquisti effettuati con la carta di credito.</p><p>Un metodo più completo per tracciare la carta di credito in GnuCash
-    consiste nell'immettere ogni acquisto e pagamento come una transazione separata.
-    Utilizzando il registro del conto della carta di credito, è possibile inserire
-    le ricevute per tutto il mese. Quando si riceve l'estratto conto della carta di 
-    credito, è possibile riconciliarlo con il conto della carta di credito e i pagamenti
-    sono immessi come un trasferimento di denaro dal conto corrente al conto della carta 
-    di credito. Questo metodo fornisce maggiori informazioni sul saldo durante il mese
-    e fa emergere ogni discrepanza durante la riconciliazione, ma è necessario
-    inserire una maggior quantità di dati.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.1. Concetti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="next" href="cc-accounts1.html" title="6.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.1. Concetti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.1. Concetti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-concepts1"></a>6.1. Concetti</h2></div></div></div><p>Dato che probabilmente è capitato di scrivere un assegno o effettuare un pagamento elettronico alla compagnia della carta di credito ogni mese, si potrebbe pensare che la carta di credito rappresenti una uscita; in realtà non la è. Perché? Un conto per la carta di credito è un prestito a breve termine: si possono fare degli acquisti da questo conto e poi si deve restituire il denaro speso, con gli interessi (il carico finanziario a proprio conto). Gli acquisti che si effettuano con la carta di credito sono le vere uscite.</p><p>È possibile percorrere due diverse strade quando si vuole immettere una transazione avvenuta con la carta di credito: la scelta dipende dal livello di dettaglio che si desidera ottenere. Il metodo più semplice consiste nel registrare solamente i pagamenti mensi!
 li alla compagnia della carta di credito. Dal proprio conto bancario, immettere un trasferimento di denaro ogni mese al conto delle uscite della carta di credito. Questo permetterà di visualizzare l’importo che si paga ogni mese alla compagnia della carta di credito, ma non fornirà alcuna informazione sul saldo della carta di credito o sugli acquisti effettuati con la carta di credito.</p><p>Un metodo più completo per tracciare la carta di credito in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> consiste nell’inserire ogni acquisto e ogni pagamento come una transazione separata. Utilizzando il registro del conto della carta di credito, è possibile inserire le ricevute per tutto il mese. Quando si riceve l’estratto conto della carta di credito, è possibile riconciliarlo con il conto della carta di credito e i pagamenti sono inseriti come un trasferimento di denaro dal conto corrente al conto della carta di credito. Questo metodo fornisce maggiori informazioni sul saldo durante il mese e fa emergere ogni discrepanza durante la riconciliazione, ma è necessario inserire una maggior quantità di dati.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,21 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.3. Immettere le spese</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-accounts1.html" title="6.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="cc-enterpay1.html" title="6.4. Immettere gli addebiti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.3. Immettere le spese</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.3. Immettere le spese"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-entercharge1"></a>6.3. Immettere le spese</h2></div></div></div><p>Inserire le proprie spese, fornisce un quadro più dettagliato delle
-    proprie abitudini di acquisto. Le spese effettuate con la carta di credito
-    sono registrate come transazioni tra il conto passività della carta di credito 
-    e l'appropriato conto delle uscite.</p><p>Quando si striscia la carta di credito attraverso il lettore nel negozio,
-    si sta trasferendo denaro dalla compagnia della carta di credito al venditore.
-    Questa transazione fa aumentare l'importo di denaro che si deve restituire alla 
-    compagnia della carta di credito. Se si tiene traccia di questi tipi di transazione,
-    è possibile riconciliare il conto della carta di credito con l'estratto cartaceo 
-    mensile inviato dalla compagnia della carta; questo permette di poter
-    immediatamente individuare qualsiasi transazione dall'aspetto sospetto. Quindi,
-    come si dovrebbero contabilizzare le spese con la carta di credito?</p><p>Un metodo consiste nell'inserire manualmente tutte gli scontrini, o durante
-    il mese oppure tutti in una volta. Questo procedimento richiede molto tempo, ma
-    è probabilmente il modo migliore per assicurarsi che tutte le spese siano autorizzate.
-    Se si inseriscono costantemente tutti gli scontrini, sarà possibile trovare
-    immediatamente eventuali errori o transazioni non autorizzate durante la riconciliazione
-    mensile.</p><p>Un secondo metodo consiste nell'importare direttamente in GnuCash l'estratto conto della
-    carta di credito. Se la propria compagnia della carta di credito supporta l'emissione dell'estratto
-    in formato QIF, si ha la possibilità di importarlo direttamente nel programma. Questo procedimento
-    è discusso nella <a class="xref" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importare file QIF">Sezione 2.7, «Importare file QIF»</a> e costituisce un metodo conveniente
-    per registrare tutti gli acquisti senza il bisogno di inserire manualmente tutti gli
-    scontrini.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.3. Immettere le spese</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-accounts1.html" title="6.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="cc-enterpay1.html" title="6.4. Immettere gli addebiti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.3. Immettere le spese</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.3. Immettere le spese"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-entercharge1"></a>6.3. Immettere le spese</h2></div></div></div><p>Inserire le proprie spese, fornisce un quadro più dettagliato delle proprie abitudini di acquisto. Le spese effettuate con la carta di credito sono registrate come transazioni tra il conto passività della carta di credito e l’appropriato conto delle uscite.</p><p>Quando si striscia la carta di credito attraverso il lettore nel negozio, si sta trasferendo denaro dalla compagnia della carta di credito al venditore. Questa transazione fa aumentare l’importo di denaro che si deve restituire alla compagnia della carta di credito. Se si tiene traccia di questi tipi di transazione, è possibile riconciliare il conto della carta di credito con l’estratto cartaceo mensile inviato dalla compagnia della carta; questo permette di poter immediatamente !
 individuare qualsiasi transazione dall’aspetto sospetto. Quindi, come si dovrebbero contabilizzare le spese con la carta di credito?</p><p>Un metodo consiste nell’inserire manualmente tutte gli scontrini, o durante il mese oppure tutti in una volta. Questo procedimento richiede molto tempo, ma è probabilmente il modo migliore per assicurarsi che tutte le spese siano autorizzate. Se si inseriscono costantemente tutti gli scontrini, sarà possibile trovare immediatamente eventuali errori o transazioni non autorizzate durante la riconciliazione mensile.</p><p>Un secondo metodo consiste nell’importare direttamente in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> l’estratto conto della carta di credito. Se la propria compagnia della carta di credito supporta l’emissione dell’estrattoconto in formato <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>, si ha la possibilità di importarlo direttamente nel programma. Questo procedimento è descritto nel manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e costituisce un metodo conveniente per registrare tutti gli acquisti senza il bisogno di inserire manualmente tutti gli scontrini.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-enterpay1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,40 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Immettere le spese"><link rel="next" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.4. Immettere gli addebiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-enterpay1"></a>6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</h2></div></div></div><p>La maggior parte dei pagamenti in favore della carta di credito sono
-    immessi come transazioni da un conto bancario (attività) al conto della carta 
-    di credito (passività). Quando si paga la ricevuta mensile, si sta prelevando 
-    denaro da un conto bancario per far diminuire il saldo della carta di credito. 
-    Questa transazione contribuisce alla diminuzione sia del saldo del conto bancario,
-    sia dell'importo dei debiti che si hanno verso la carta di credito.</p><p>Quando si restituisce un acquisto, si riceve un rimborso sulla carta di
-    credito. Questa rappresenta un altro tipo di pagamento nel senso che fa diminuire
-    l'importo dei debiti che si hanno verso la compagnia della carta di credito. Se 
-    l'acquisto originale è stato registrato con un trasferimento dal conto della carta 
-    a quello delle uscite, si può semplicemente invertire la transazione: ritrasferire
-    indietro il denaro dal conto delle uscite a quello della carta di credito. Questa
-    transazione provoca la diminuzione del saldo sia del conto delle uscite, sia del
-    conto della carta di credito. Per esempio, se è stato registrato un acquisto di
-    vestiario avvenuto con la carta di credito, la transazione associata consiste in 
-    un trasferimento dal conto della carta di credito al conto delle uscite per il 
-    vestiario. Se poi si restituisce questa merce per un rimborso, è sufficiente 
-    trasferire il denaro indietro dal conto delle uscite per il vestiario al conto 
-    della carta di credito.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Un errore comune è quello di inserire il rimborso come una entrata. Non
-      è infatti un'entrata ma una "uscita negativa". Questo è il motivo per cui si deve
-      trasferire il denaro dal conto delle uscite a quello della carta di credito quando
-      si riceve un rimborso.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per rendere più chiaro il concetto, si procede all'illustrazione di un esempio. 
-    Si acquistano dei Jeans con la carta di credito per un importo di €74.99; il giorno dopo
-    ci si accorge che che sono troppo larghi e si decide di restituirli. Fortunatamente il
-    negoziante accetta e viene rimborsata la carta di credito.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Si inizi aprendo il file salvato in precedenza
-        (<code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code>), e lo si salvi da subito con il nome
-        <code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Visa</strong></span> e inserire una
-        transazione a due conti per pagare l'acquisto di Jeans per €74.99. Il conto di
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> sarà <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> e verrà
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>addebitato</strong></span> il proprio conto Visa con €74.99.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Dato che il conto Uscite:Abbigliamento non è stato creato in precedenza,
-          GnuCash ne richiederà la creazione. Si ricordi solo di crearlo come conto della
-          categoria uscite</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire poi il rimborso in uno dei seguenti modi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire la stessa transazione utilizzata per l'acquisto, ma invece di 
-            un importo in "Addebito", inserire un importo in "Pagamento" nel registro del conto
-            della carta di credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la transazione di acquisto che si vuole rimborsare (cioè la
-            transazione per i Jeans nel caso analizzato) e selezionare
-            <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> -> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Aggiungi transazione di
-            inversione</strong></span>. Modificare la data come necessario.</p></li></ul></div><p>Dopo aver invertito la transazione, il conto della carta di credito dovrebbe
-	assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png" alt="Rimborso di un acquisto effettuato con carta di credito"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Carta di credito
-                </strong></span> dopo l'inversione della transazione per l'acquisto.</p></div></div></div><p>e il registro di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> dovrebbe assomigliare
-        a questo </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png" alt="Rimborso di un acquisto effettuato con carta di credito"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span>
-                dopo l'inversione della transazione di acquisto.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salvare il file dei dati di GnuCash.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Immettere le spese </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.5. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Immettere le spese"><link rel="next" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.4. Immettere gli addebiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-enterpay1"></a>6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</h2></div></div></div><p>La maggior parte dei pagamenti in favore della carta di credito sono immessi come transazioni da un conto bancario (attività) al conto della carta di credito (passività). Quando si paga la ricevuta mensile, si sta prelevando denaro da un conto bancario per far diminuire il saldo della carta di credito. Questa transazione contribuisce alla diminuzione sia del saldo del conto bancario, sia dell’importo dei debiti che si hanno verso la carta di credito.</p><p>Quando si restituisce un acquisto, si riceve un rimborso sulla carta di credito. Questa rappresenta un altro tipo di pagamento nel senso che fa diminuire l’importo dei debiti che si hanno verso la compagnia della carta di credito. Se l’acquisto originale è stato registrato con u!
 n trasferimento dal conto della carta a quello delle uscite, si può semplicemente invertire la transazione: ritrasferire indietro il denaro dal conto delle uscite a quello della carta di credito. Questa transazione provoca la diminuzione del saldo sia del conto delle uscite, sia del conto della carta di credito. Per esempio, se è stato registrato un acquisto di vestiario avvenuto con la carta di credito, la transazione associata consiste in un trasferimento dal conto della carta di credito al conto delle uscite per il vestiario. Se poi si restituisce questa merce per un rimborso, è sufficiente trasferire il denaro indietro dal conto delle uscite per il vestiario al conto della carta di credito.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Un errore comune è quello di inserire il rimborso come una entrata. Non è infatti un’entrata ma una <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">uscita negativa</span>»</span>. Questo è il motivo per cui si deve trasferire il denaro dal conto delle uscite a quello della carta di credito quando si riceve un rimborso.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per rendere più chiaro il concetto, si procede all’illustrazione di un esempio. Si acquistano dei Jeans con la carta di credito per un importo di €74.99; il giorno dopo ci si accorge che sono troppo larghi e si decide di restituirli. Fortunatamente il negoziante accetta e viene rimborsata la carta di credito.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Si inizi aprendo il file salvato in precedenza (<code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code>), e lo salvare da subito con il nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code>.</p></li><li class="listi!
 tem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Visa</strong></span> e inserire una transazione a due conti per pagare l’acquisto di Jeans per €74.99. Il conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> sarà <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> e verrà <span class="guilabel"><strong>addebitato</strong></span> il proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Visa</strong></span> con €74.99.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Dato che il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> non è stato creato in precedenza, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ne richiederà la creazione. Si ricordi solo di crearlo come conto della categoria <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite</strong></span></p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire poi il rimborso in uno dei seguenti modi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire la stessa transazione utilizzata per l’acquisto, ma invece di un importo in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebito</strong></span>, inserire un importo in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento</strong></span> nel registro del conto della <span class="emphasis"><strong>carta di credito</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la transazione di acquisto che si vuole rimborsare (cioè la transazione per i Jeans nel caso analizzato) e selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Aggiungi transazione di inversione</strong></span>. Modificare la data come nece!
 ssario.</p></li></ul></div><p>Dopo aver invertito la transazione, il conto della carta di credito dovrebbe assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png" alt="Rimborso di un acquisto effettuato con carta di credito"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Carta di credito</strong></span> dopo l’inversione della transazione per l’acquisto.</p></div></div></div><p>E il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> dovrebbe assomigliare a questo</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png" alt="Rimborso di un acquisto effettuato con carta di credito"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> dopo l’inversione della transazione di acquisto.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salvare il file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-entercharge1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-together1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Immettere le spese </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.5. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,73 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.5. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-enterpay1.html" title="6.4. Immettere gli addebiti"><link rel="next" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.5. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.5. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-together1"></a>6.5. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Ora che sono stati affrontati i concetti di base che stanno dietro le
-    varie transazioni che si devono effettuare per tracciare correttamente la propria
-    carta di credito in GnuCash, si procederà alla illustrazione di un esempio: si
-    effettueranno degli acquisti con la carta di credito, si rimborseranno due di 
-    essi, si pagheranno gli interessi sull'importo non pagato, si riconcilierà
-    il conto della carta e, infine, si effettuerà un pagamento parziale
-    della carta di credito.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.5.1. Aprire il file di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-openfile"></a>6.5.1. Aprire il file di GnuCash</h3></div></div></div><p>Si inizi aprendo il file dei dati salvato in precedenza,
-      <code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code> e lo si salvi come
-      <code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code> da subito. La finestra principale dovrebbe
-      assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_accounts.png" alt="Struttura dei conti iniziale"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti iniziale per il tracciamento di una carta di credito
-          nell'esempio pratico.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.2. Acquisti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-purchases2"></a>6.5.2. Acquisti</h3></div></div></div><p>SI supponga di effettuare degli acquisti con la carta Visa. Si inizi
-      acquistando €25 di cibo dal Greasy Spoon Cafe, €100 di capi di vestiario da
-      Faux Pas Fashions, €25 di carburante da Premium Gasoline, €125 di generi
-      alimentari e casalinghi da Groceries R Us (suddivisi in €85 di alimentari
-      ed €40 in oggetti per la casa) e infine, €60 di articoli per la casa da
-      CheapMart.</p><p>Si ripeta anche l'esercizio del capitolo precedente, acquistando un paio
-      di Jeans per €74.99 il 3 Aprile, e si restituiscano due giorni dopo.</p><p>La finestra del registro per le passività della carta di credito
-      dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_purchases.png" alt="Acquisti iniziali con la carta di credito"><div class="caption"><p>Acquisti iniziali con la carta di credito.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.3. Rimborso"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-refund2"></a>6.5.3. Rimborso</h3></div></div></div><p>Si supponga ora che il 15 Aprile siano stati restituiti i vestiti
-      acquistati l'11 Aprile da Faux Pas Fashions e che essi abbiano restituito 
-      il debito sulla carta di credito. Inserire una transazione per il rimborso
-      della carta di credito per l'intero importo di €100. Si ricordi di utilizzare 
-      lo stesso conto di trasferimento utilizzato per l'acquisto, e inserire
-      l'importo nella colonna del pagamento. GnuCash automaticamente completerà
-      il nome e il conto di trasferimento, ma immetterà anche automaticamente
-      i €100 nella colonna dell'addebito. Sarà necessario reinserire l'importo nella
-      colonna dei pagamenti. La transazione sarà come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_refund.png" alt="Transazione per la restituzione dell'oggetto"><div class="caption"><p>Restituzione dei vestiti a Faux Pas Fashions, rimborso sulla
-            carta di credito.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.4. Interessi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-interest2"></a>6.5.4. Interessi</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo il mese di acquisti, sfortunatamente, arriva per posta la ricevuta
-       della carta di credito oppure si accede a essa tramite internet. Si scopre che sono
-       stati addebitati €20 di interessi nell'ultimo giorno di Aprile a causa del saldo
-       del mese precedente. Questo viene immesso come una spesa nel conto della
-       carta di credito.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_interest.png" alt="Interessi"><div class="caption"><p>Interessi.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.5. Riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-reconcile2"></a>6.5.5. Riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>All'arrivo della ricevuta della carta di credito, si dovrebbe riconciliare
-      il conto della carta di credito con questo documento. Questo avviene utilizzando
-      l'applicazione di riconciliazione fornita da GnuCash. Selezionare il conto della 
-      carta di credito e selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia...</strong></span>. Questa procedura di riconciliazione è descritta
-      in dettaglio nella <a class="xref" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5, «Riconciliazione»</a>, ma comunque ne verrà descritto 
-      il processo anche qui. Per questo esempio, si assuma che l'estratto conto della carta
-      di credito sia datato 1 Maggio, con un saldo finale di €455. Si inseriscano questi 
-      valori nella finestra iniziale di riconciliazione come mostrato qui.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_reconcile_init.png" alt="Finestra iniziale di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra iniziale di riconciliazione del conto.</p></div></div></div><p>Durante il processo di riconciliazione, si devono marcare tutte le 
-      transazioni nel conto quando si è certi che esse compaiono sia nel conto
-      di GnuCash, sia nell'estratto conto della carta. In questo esempio, come
-      mostrato nella figura più sotto, c'è una differenza di €300 tra i conti
-      di GnuCash e il documento della carta di credito.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_reconcile.png" alt="Finestra principale di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>Finetsra principale di riconciliazione del conto, dove è visualizzata
-            una differenza di €300.</p></div></div></div><p>Dopo alcune analisi, si è scoperto di aver dimenticato di registrare un pagamento
-      effettuato il 5 Marzo in favore della compagnia della carta di credito per un importo di 
-      €300; questo pagamento deve essere inserito con una transazione dal conto corrente bancario
-      al conto della carta di credito. A questo punto il documento della carta di credito e il
-      conto di GnuCash possono essere riconciliati, con un saldo di €455.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.6. Pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-payment2"></a>6.5.6. Pagamento</h3></div></div></div><p>Nell'ipotesi che sia stata completata la riconciliazione del conto
-      della carta di credito, è necessario effettuare un pagamento alla compagnia
-      della carta di credito. In questo esempio, si è in debito di €455 ma si restituiranno
-      solamente €300 ancora per questo mese. Per fare questo, inserire una transazione dal proprio
-      conto bancario al conto della carta di credito, per una somma di €300, che dovrebbe
-      diminuire il saldo della carta di credito portandolo a €155. Il registro del conto
-      della carta di credito dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_payment.png" alt="Riconciliazione e pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Registro del conto dopo la riconciliazione e il pagamento.</p></div></div></div><p>Tornare alla finestra principale e salvare il file
-      (<code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code>). La struttura dei conti sta continuamente crescendo 
-      e dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_final.png" alt="Finestra principale di GnuCash"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti di GnuCash dopo la riconciliazione e il pagamento.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.7. Salvare il file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-save"></a>6.5.7. Salvare il file</h3></div></div></div><p>In ultimo, salvare il file dei dati di GnuCash (<code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code>).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.8. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-reports"></a>6.5.8. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si darà uno sguardo ai resoconti per il 
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>, e per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span>.
-      </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Dapprima si analizzi il resoconto del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> 
-          per il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visa</strong></span> delle passività per il mese di Marzo.</p><p>Select the Flusso di liquidi report from <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> -> 
-            <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Entrate & uscite</strong></span> -> 
-            <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_CashFlow.png" alt="Resoconto del flusso di liquidi per il mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto del flusso di liquidi dopo il
-                <a class="xref" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito">Capitolo 6, <i>Carte di credito</i></a>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si controlli ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per il conto
-          Visa.
-          </p><p>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> -> 
-            <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa nei mesi di Marzo e Aprile"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa nei mesi
-		 di Marzo e Aprile.
-                </p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si cambi ora il resoconto delle transazioni per mostrare solamente i vari conti
-		delle uscite.
-          </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per i conti delle uscite nel mese di Aprile"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i vari conti delle
-			uscite nel mese di Aprile.
-                </p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.4. Immettere gli addebiti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 7. Prestiti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.5. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><link rel="prev" href="cc-enterpay1.html" title="6.4. Immettere gli addebiti"><link rel="next" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.5. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.5. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-together1"></a>6.5. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Ora che sono stati affrontati i concetti di base che stanno dietro le varie transazioni che si devono effettuare per tracciare correttamente la propria carta di credito in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, si procederà alla illustrazione di un esempio: si effettueranno degli acquisti con la carta di credito, si rimborseranno due di essi, si pagheranno gli interessi sull’importo non pagato, si riconcilierà il conto della carta e, infine, si effettuerà un pagamento parziale della carta di credito.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.5.1. Aprire un file di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-openfile"></a>6.5.1. Aprire un file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h3></div></div></div><p>S!
 i inizi aprendo il file dei dati salvato in precedenza, <code class="filename">gcashdata_5</code> e lo salvare come <code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code> da subito. La finestra principale dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_accounts.png" alt="Struttura dei conti iniziale"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti iniziale per il tracciamento di una carta di credito nell’esempio pratico.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.2. Acquisti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-purchases2"></a>6.5.2. Acquisti</h3></div></div></div><p>Si supponga di effettuare degli acquisti con la carta Visa. Si inizi acquistando €25 di cibo dal Greasy Spoon Cafe, €100 di capi di vestiario da Faux Pas Fashions, €25 di carburante da Premium Gasoline, €125 di generi alimentari e casalinghi da Groceries R Us (suddivisi in €85 di alimentari ed €40 in oggetti per la casa) e infine, €60 di articoli per la casa da CheapMart.</p><p>Si ripeta anche l’esercizio del capitolo precedente, acquistando un paio di Jeans per €74.99 il 3 Aprile, e si restituiscano due giorni dopo.</p><p>La finestra del registro per le passività della carta di credito dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_purchases.png" alt="Acquisti iniziali con la carta di credito"><div class="caption"><p>Acquisti iniziali con la carta di credito.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.3. Rimborso"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-refund2"></a>6.5.3. Rimborso</h3></div></div></div><p>Si supponga ora che il 15 Aprile siano stati restituiti i vestiti acquistati l’11 Aprile da Faux Pas Fashions e che sia stato rimborsato il costo sulla carta di credito. Inserire una transazione per il rimborso della carta di credito per l’intero importo di €100. È necessario utilizzare lo stesso conto di trasferimento utili!
 zzato per l’acquisto, e inserire l’importo nella colonna del pagamento. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> automaticamente completerà il nome e il conto di trasferimento, ma immetterà anche automaticamente i €100 nella colonna dell’addebito. Sarà necessario reinserire l’importo nella colonna dei pagamenti. La transazione sarà come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_refund.png" alt="Transazione per la restituzione dell’oggetto"><div class="caption"><p>Restituzione dei vestiti a Faux Pas Fashions, rimborso sulla carta di credito.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.4. Interessi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-interest2"></a>6.5.4. Interessi</h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo il mese di acquisti, sfortunatamente, arriva per posta la ricevuta della carta di credito oppure si accede a essa tramite internet. Si scopre che sono stati addebitati €20 di interessi nell’ultimo giorno di Aprile a causa del saldo del mese precedente. Questo viene immesso come una spesa nel conto della carta di credito.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_interest.png" alt="Interessi"><div class="caption"><p>Interessi.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.5. Riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-reconcile2"></a>6.5.5. Riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>All’arrivo della ricevuta della carta di credito, si dovrebbe riconciliare il conto della carta di credito con questo documento. Questo può essere fatto utilizzando l’applicazione di riconciliazione fornita da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Evidenziare il conto della carta di credito e selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia...</strong></span>. Questa procedura di riconciliazione è descritta dettagliatamnete in <a class="xref!
 " href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5, «Riconciliazione»</a>, ma comunque ne verrà descritto il processo anche qui. Per questo esempio, si assuma che l’estratto conto della carta di credito sia datato 1 Maggio, con un saldo finale di €455. Inserire questi valori nella finestra iniziale di riconciliazione come mostrato qui.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_reconcile_init.png" alt="Finestra iniziale di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra iniziale di riconciliazione del conto.</p></div></div></div><p>Durante il processo di riconciliazione, si devono marcare tutte le transazioni nel conto quando si è certi che esse compaiono sia nel conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, sia nell’estratto conto della carta. In questo esempio, come mostrato nella figura più sotto, c’è una differenza di €300 tra i conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e il documento della carta di credito.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_reconcile.png" alt="Finestra principale di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>Finetsra principale di riconciliazione del conto, dove è visualizzata una differenza di €300.</p></div></div></div><p>Dopo alcune analisi, si scopre di aver dimenticato di registrare un pagamento effettuato il 5 Marzo in favore della compagnia della carta di credito per un importo di €300; questo pagamento deve essere inserito con una transazione dal conto corrente bancario al conto della carta di credito. A questo punto il documento della carta di credito e il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possono essere riconciliati, con un saldo di €455.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.6. Pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-payment2"></a>6.5.6. Pagamento</h3></div></div></div><p>Nell’ipotesi che sia stata completata la riconciliazione del conto dell!
 a carta di credito, è necessario effettuare un pagamento alla compagnia della carta di credito. In questo esempio, si è in debito di €455 ma si restituiranno solamente €300 ancora per questo mese. Per fare questo, inserire una transazione dal proprio conto bancario al conto della carta di credito, per una somma di €300, che dovrebbe diminuire il saldo della carta di credito portandolo a €155. Il registro del conto della carta di credito dovrebbe ora assomigliare a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_payment.png" alt="Riconciliazione e pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Registro del conto dopo la riconciliazione e il pagamento.</p></div></div></div><p>Tornare alla finestra principale e salvare il file (<code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code>). La struttura dei conti sta continuamente crescendo e dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_final.png" alt="GnuCash finestra principale"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> dopo la riconciliazione e il pagamento.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.7. Salvare il file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-save"></a>6.5.7. Salvare il file</h3></div></div></div><p>In ultimo, salvare il file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (<code class="filename">gcashdata_6</code>).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.5.8. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-reports"></a>6.5.8. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>Come è stato fatto nel precedente capitolo, si darà uno sguardo ai resoconti per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> e per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Dapprima si analizzi il resoconto del <span class="!
 guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> per il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visa</strong></span> delle passività per il mese di Marzo.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_CashFlow.png" alt="Resoconto dei flussi di liquidi per il mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto del flusso di liquidi dopo il <a class="xref" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito">Capitolo 6, <i>Carte di credito</i></a>.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Controllare ora il corrispondente resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa nei mesi di Marzo e Aprile"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per il conto Visa nei mesi di Marzo e Aprile.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cambiare ora il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle uscite.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per i conti delle uscite nel mese di Aprile"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i vari conti delle uscite nel mese di Aprile.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="4!
 0%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-enterpay1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.4. Immettere gli addebiti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 7. Prestiti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2796595"></a>7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando si desidera registrare in GnuCash l'acquisto della propria casa, si hanno
-    diverse possibilità. Nel seguito ne verranno analizzate due: una in cui è stato registrato
-    solamente l'importo dell'acquisto e ora l'importo di vendita, l'altra dove si è seguito
-    l'andamento del mercato immobiliare e si sono registrati i vari guadagni non realizzati 
-    al passare del tempo.</p><p></p><div class="sect2" title="7.8.1. Transazione semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2796620"></a>7.8.1. Transazione semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>In questo modo si registrerà solamente il prezzo di vendita.</p><p>Nel seguito verranno presentati due esempi di vendita di una casa; uno con
-      profitto e uno in perdita. Se si desidera invece vendere un'auto, si sostituiscano
-      i conti per la casa con quelli per l'auto.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2801652"></a>7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Per registrare in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> l’acquisto della propria casa, si hanno diverse possibilità. Nel seguito ne verranno analizzate due: una in cui è stato registrato solamente l’importo dell’acquisto e ora l’importo di vendita, l’altra in cui è stato seguito l’andamento del mercato immobiliare e sono stati registrati i vari guadagni non realizzati con il passare del tempo.</p><p></p><div class="sect2" title="7.8.1. Transazione semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2801675"></a>7.8.1. Transazione semplice</h3></div></div></!
 div><p>In questo modo si registrerà solamente il prezzo di vendita.</p><p>Nel seguito verranno presentati due esempi di vendita di una casa; uno con profitto e uno in perdita. Per vendere invece un’auto, basta sostituire i conti per la casa con quelli per l’auto.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
   -Beni immobili<br>
     -Casa<br>
@@ -13,26 +7,7 @@
 -Entrate<br>
   -Guadagni in capitale (lungo)<br>
     -Casa<br>
-    </p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Si supponga di aver acquistato tempo fa una casa per €300.000, e che ora
-          si riesca venderla per €600.000. Come registrarlo in GnuCash?</p><p>E' necessario aumentare il saldo del conto bancario di
-          €600.000 e diminuire il saldo di un altro conto di €600.000. Il conto per la casa
-          contiene solamente €300.000 cioè il prezzo di acquisto, così questo importo deve essere
-          spostato nel conto bancario. Mancano ancora però €300.000; questi devono essere prelevati 
-          dal conto Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa. La transazione suddivisa inserita 
-          nel proprio conto della <span class="emphasis"><strong>banca</strong></span> (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Beni 
-          immobili:Conto risparmio</strong></span>) dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2796689"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.3. Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€600.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si supponga di aver acquistato tempo fa una casa per €300.000 ma, a
-          causa della costruzione di un aeroporto nelle vicinanze, sia ora possibile
-          venderla per soli €230.000. Come registralo in GnuCash?</p><p>Il conto bancario deve aumentare di €230.000 e un altro conto deve diminuire
-          della stessa cifra. Il conto per la casa contiene €300.000 che è un valore superiore
-          a quello di vendita; si spostino solamente €230.000 da questo conto verso quello bancario.
-          Rimangono ancora €70.000 sul conto della casa che devono essere rimossi spostandoli
-          nel conto Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa come perdita. La transazione
-          suddivisa da inserire nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Casa</strong></span> (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Beni
-          Immobili:Casa</strong></span>) dovrebbe essere come questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2794100"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.4. Vendere un bene (casa) in perdita</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) in perdita" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€230.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa</td><td>€70.000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.8.2. Una transazione più complessa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2794171"></a>7.8.2. Una transazione più complessa</h3></div></div></div><p>In questo esempio verranno illustrati alcuni concetti di contabilità
-      più complessi. Per maggiori dettagli sul questo argomento, consultare il
-      <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a></p><p>Nel seguito si ipotizzerà che che sia stato accuratamente stimato il valore
-      della propria casa. Negli altri casi (sovra e sottostima), si consulti il
-      <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a>.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+    </p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Si supponga di aver acquistato tempo fa una casa per €300.000, e che ora si riesca venderla per €600.000. Come registrarlo in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</p><p>È necessario aumentare il saldo del conto bancario di €600.000 e diminuire il saldo di un altro conto di €600.000. Il conto per la casa contiene solamente €300.000 cioè il prezzo di acquisto, così questo importo deve essere spostato nel conto bancario. Mancano ancora però €300.000; questi devono essere prelevati dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa</strong></span>. La transazione suddivisa inserita nel proprio conto della <span class="emphasis"><strong>banca</strong></span> (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Conto risparmio</strong></span>) dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2801751"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.3. Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€600.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si supponga di aver acquistato tempo fa una casa per €300.000 ma, a causa della costruzione di un aeroporto nelle vicinanze, sia ora possibile venderla per soli €230.000. Come registralo in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</p><p>Per poterlo registrare il conto bancario deve aumentare di €230.000 e un altro conto deve diminuire della stessa cifra. Il conto per la casa contiene !
 €300.000 che è un valore superiore a quello di vendita; spostare solamente €230.000 da questo conto verso quello bancario. Rimangono ancora €70.000 sul conto della casa che devono essere rimossi spostandoli nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa</strong></span> come perdita. La transazione suddivisa da inserire nel conto della casa (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni Immobili:Casa</strong></span>) dovrebbe essere come questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2801863"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.4. Vendere un bene (casa) in perdita</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) in perdita" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€230.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (lungo):Casa</td><td>€70.000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.8.2. Una transazione più complessa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2801933"></a>7.8.2. Una transazione più complessa</h3></div></div></div><p>In questo esempio verranno illustrati alcuni concetti di contabilità più complessi. Per maggiori dettagli sul questo argomento, consultare <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a></p><p>Nel seguito si ipotizzerà che che sia stato accuratamente stimato il valore della propria casa. Negli altri casi (sovra e sottostima), si consulti il <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a>.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
     -Beni immobili<br>
         -Casa<br>
@@ -45,19 +20,4 @@
         -Casa<br>
     -Guadagni non realizzati<br>
         -Casa<br>
-    </p></div><p>Si supponga di aver acquistato in passato una casa per €300.000 e che sia stato
-          tenuto sotto controllo il mercato immobiliare registrando il valore della casa
-          a una certa data. Al momento di venderla, è stato determinato un valore di mercato
-          pari a €600.000.</p><p>La differenza tra €600,000 (valore di mercato stimato) e 
-          €300.000 (costo di acquisto) è l'attuale valore del guadagno non realizzato. Quindi si 
-          ha un valore totale di €300.000 nel proprio conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni
-          non realizzati</strong></span>.</p><p>Come registrare questa transazione di vendita?</p><p>Per registrala si dovrà aumentare il saldo del conto bancario con i €600.000 e diminuire
-          il saldo di un altro conto di €600.000. Prima di tutto occorre cambiare il conto delle entrate
-          da guadagni non realizzati a Guadagni realizzati. Infine è sufficiente trasferire l'intero importo
-          dal sottoconto "Attività:Beni immobili:Casa".</p><p>La transazione inserita nel conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati:Casa</strong></span> 
-          dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2797120"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.5. Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati:Casa</td><td>€300.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati:Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>La transazione inserita nel conto 
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> 
-          dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2797187"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.6. Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto 2</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€600.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:Costo</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Dopo la registrazione della transazione, si noterà che il conto delle attività
-            per la casa ha un valore nullo, il conto dei risparmi è aumentato di €600.000 e ,in ultimo,
-            il conto "Entrate:Guadagni realizzati" è aumentato di €300.000.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+    </p></div><p>Si supponga di aver acquistato in passato una casa per €300.000 e che sia stato tenuto sotto controllo il mercato immobiliare registrando il valore della casa a una certa data. Al momento di venderla, è stato determinato un valore di mercato pari a €600.000.</p><p>La differenza tra €600.000 (valore di mercato stimato) e €300.000 (costo di acquisto) è l’attuale valore del guadagno non realizzato. Quindi si ha un valore totale di €300.000 nel proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</strong></span>.</p><p>Come registrare questa transazione di vendita?</p><p>Per registrala si dovrà aumentare il saldo del conto bancario di €600.000 e diminuire il saldo di un altro conto di €600.000. Prima di tutto occorre cambiare il conto delle entrate da guadagni non realizzati a guadagni realizzati. Infine è sufficiente trasferire l’intero importo dal sottoconto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</strong></span>.</p><p>La transazione inserita nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati:Casa</strong></span> dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2802034"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.5. Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati:Casa</td><td>€300.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni non realizzati:Casa</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>La transazione inserita nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> dovrebbe assomigliare a questa.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2802098"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.6. Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto 2</b></p><div class="tab!
 le-contents"><table summary="Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td>€600.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:Costo</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:Guadagni non realizzati</td><td> </td><td>€300.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>Dopo la registrazione della transazione, si noterà che il conto della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Casa</strong></span> ha un valore nullo, il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto risparmi</strong></span> è aumentato di €600.000 e, in ultimo, il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni realizzati</strong></span> è aumentato di €300.000.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/ch_python_bindigs.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="accts-oa12.html" title="16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets"><link rel="next" href="python-import-invoices.html" title="17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa12.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="python-import-invoices.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_python_bindigs"></a>Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="python-import-invoices.html">17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="python-import-invoices.html#python-author-notes">17.1.1. Note per gli autori <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="python-import-invoices.html#python-import-fields">17.1.2. Una breve descrizione di ogni campo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è sembre stato un’applicazione tradizionale nel senso che è sempre stato utilizzato attraverso un’interfaccia grafica che permette di aprire, modificare !
 e salvare i propri dati. Questo fatto può essere considerato come una limitazione dato che è possibile fare solamente quello che i menu, le finestre e la barra degli strumenti permettono di fare.</p><p>A volte però si avverte il bisogno di una maggiore flessibilità. Per esempio si potrebbe aver bisogno di un resoconto con alcune informazioni diverse da quelle fornite dai resoconti inclusi in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, oppure si vuole automatizzare un’operazione frequente. Queste manipolazioni personalizzate sono le candidate ideali per essere scritte in un linguaggio di programmazione piuttosto che in un altro.</p><p>A partire dalla versione 2.4 di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è possibile utilizzare degli script di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> per manipolare i propri dati finanziari.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le estensioni di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> sono una caratteristica opzionale del codice sorgente. Per poter utilizzare gli script di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> deve essere stato compilato con questa opzione abilitata. Al momento questa opzione non è abilitata di default, quindi per poter utilizzare questa funzionalità, è necessario compilare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> da sorgente.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Le estensioni <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> sono fornite con un paio di script già pronti per l’utilizzo. Questo capitolo illustra come utilizzarli.</p><div xmlns="!
 http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo capitolo non spiega come scrivere il proprio script di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong>. Per questo fare riferimento alla documentazione per gli sviluppatori.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-oa12.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="python-import-invoices.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 15. Bilanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-examplD1.html" title="14.4. Esempio"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-examplD1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter15"></a>Capitolo 15. Bilanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_concepts1.html">15.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">15.1.1. Terminologia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_creation1.html">15.2. Creare un bilancio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">15.2.1. Scegliere i conti per i quali creare il bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2831507">15.2.2. Scegliere il periodo di bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2831532">15.2.3. Come iniziare</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2831578">15.2.4. Inseri!
 re i valori di bilancio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_reporting1.html">15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
- Questo capitolo spiega come creare e gestire i bilanci con GnuCash. 
-  </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-examplD1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.4. Esempio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_accts"></a>Capitolo 3. Conti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-concepts1.html">3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-concepts1.html#accts-bsa2">3.1.1. Conti di bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-concepts1.html#accts-ie2">3.1.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-types1.html">3.2. Conti in GnuCash</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-types1.html#accts-gc-bsa2">3.2.1. Conti di bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-types1.html#accts-gc-ie2">3.2.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-examples1.html">3.3. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt>!
 <span class="sect2"><a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-situation2">3.3.1. Esempio semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2">3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-organization2">3.3.3. Creare i sottoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo analizza alcuni concetti fondamentali
-  riguardanti l'organizzazione dei conti; dato che GnuCash non ne
-  impone alcun tipo, si è liberi di creare la struttura che si desidera. 
-  Esistono comunque dei concetti fondamentali che sarebbe bene seguire per 
-  ottimizzarne la fruibilità.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.9. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.7. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_accts"></a>Capitolo 3. Conti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-concepts1.html">3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-concepts1.html#accts-bsa2">3.1.1. Conti di bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-concepts1.html#accts-ie2">3.1.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-types1.html">3.2. Conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-types1.html#accts-gc-bsa2">3.2.1. Conti di bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-types1.html#accts-gc-ie2">3.2.2. Conti per entrate e uscite</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-exa!
 mples1.html">3.3. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-situation2">3.3.1. Esempio semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2">3.3.2. I conti base di livello principale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-organization2">3.3.3. Creare i sottoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo analizza alcuni concetti fondamentali riguardanti l’organizzazione dei conti; dato che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non impone alcun tipo di struttura dei conti, si è liberi di creare la struttura che si desidera. Esistono comunque dei concetti fondamentali che sarebbe bene seguire per ottimizzarne la fruibilità.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.7. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.1. Concetti basilari di contabilità</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Le basi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installazione"><link rel="next" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-install1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-accounting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Le basi</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-accounting1.html">2.1. Concetti di contabilità</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accounting52">2.1.1. I 5 conti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingequation2">2.1.2. L'Equazione fondamentale della contabilità</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingdouble2">2.1.3. Partita doppia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-entry1.html">2.2. Concetti sull'immissione dei dati</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-entry1.html#basics-accounts2">2.2.1. File, conti e transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2">!
 <a href="basics-entry1.html#basics-dbentry2">2.2.2. Partita doppia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-interface1.html">2.3. L'interfaccia di GnuCash</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-setup2">2.3.1. Creare una nuova struttura di conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-tip2">2.3.2. Suggerimento del giorno</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-main2">2.3.3. Finestra della struttura ad albero del conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-register2">2.3.4. Finestra del registro contabile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-toolbar2">2.3.5. Pulsanti della barra strumenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-options2">2.3.6. Voci del menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-shortcut2">2.3.7. Scorciatoie per i Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-prefs1.html">2.4. Impostare le preferenze</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-acctprefs2">2.4.1. Conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-datetime2">2.4.2. Data e ora</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-windows2">2.4.3. Finestre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-general2">2.4.4. Generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-business2">2.4.5. Impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-onlinebank2">2.4.6. Online Banking</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-accountingPeriod2">2.4.7. Periodo contabile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-regdefaults2">2.4.8. Predefinite del registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="s!
 ect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-regprefs2">2.4.9. Registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-reports2">2.4.10. Resoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-Printing2">2.4.11. Stampa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-schedtrans2">2.4.12. Transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-help1.html">2.5. Ricevere aiuto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-help1.html#basics-manual2">2.5.1. Manuale di aiuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-help1.html#basics-web2">2.5.2. Accesso Web</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-help1.html#basics-topic2">2.5.3. Ricercare un argomento</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-files1.html">2.6. Creare e salvare file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-import1.html">2.7. Importare file QIF</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-backup1.html">2.8. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupxac2">2.8.1. File di backup (.xac)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplog2">2.8.2. Log file (.log)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplock2">2.8.3. File di blocco (.LNK e .LCK)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupmanage2">2.8.4. Gestire i file</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-together1.html">2.9. In pratica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo introduce all'utilizzo di base di GnuCash e se ne consiglia la lettura
-  per intero prima di iniziare qualsiasi progetto reale con GnuCash.
-  Il capitolo successivo a questo mostrerà degli esempi pratici di utilizzo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-install1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-accounting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.5. Installazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Concetti di contabilità</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Le basi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installazione"><link rel="next" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Le basi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-install1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-accounting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Le basi</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-accounting1.html">2.1. Concetti di contabilità</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accounting52">2.1.1. I 5 conti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingequation2">2.1.2. L’Equazione fondamentale della contabilità</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingdouble2">2.1.3. Partita doppia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-entry1.html">2.2. Concetti sull’immissione dei dati</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-entry1.html#basics-files2">2.2.1. File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basic!
 s-entry1..html#basics-accounts2">2.2.2. Conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-entry1.html#basics-transactions2">2.2.3. Transazioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-interface1.html">2.3. Interfaccia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-tip2">2.3.1. Suggerimento del giorno</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-main2">2.3.2. Finestra della struttura ad albero del conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-register2">2.3.3. Finestra del registro contabile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-toolbar2">2.3.4. Pulsanti della barra degli strumenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-options2">2.3.5. Voci del menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-shortcut2">2.3.6. Scorciatoie per i menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-help1.html">2.4. Ricevere aiuto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-help1.html#basics-manual2">2.4.1. Manuale di aiuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-help1.html#basics-web2">2.4.2. Accesso Web</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-help1.html#basics-topic2">2.4.3. Ricercare un argomento</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-files1.html">2.5. Conservare i propri dati finanziari</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-files1.html#basics-create-data">2.5.1. Creare un file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-files1.html#basics-store-data">2.5.2. Salvare i dati</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-files1.html#basics-open-data">2.5.3. Aprire i dati</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-backup1.html">2.6. Creare copie di sicurezza e recuperare i dati</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2">!
 <a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupxac2">2.6.1. File di backup (.gnucash)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplog2">2.6.2. File di log (.log)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplock2">2.6.3. File di blocco (.LNK e .LCK)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupmanage2">2.6.4. Gestire i file</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="basics-together1.html">2.7. In pratica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo introduce all’utilizzo di base di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e se ne consiglia la lettura per intero prima di iniziare qualsiasi progetto reale con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Il capitolo successivo a questo mostrerà degli esempi pratici di utilizzo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-install1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-accounting1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.5. Installazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Concetti di contabilità</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 15. Bilanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Esempio"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 15. Bilanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_budgets"></a>Capitolo 15. Bilanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_concepts1.html">15.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">15.1.1. Terminologia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_creation1.html">15.2. Creare un bilancio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">15.2.1. Scegliere i conti per i quali creare il bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2820152">15.2.2. Scegliere il periodo di bilancio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2820176">15.2.3. Come Iniziare</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2820232">15.2.4. !
 Inserire i valori di bilancio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_reporting1.html">15.3. Resoconti del bilancio</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo spiega come creare e gestire i bilanci con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.4. Esempio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ap.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ap.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ap.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html" title="13.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_ap"></a>Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">13.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-setup1.html">13.2. Configurazione iniziale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-setup1.html#bus-ap-setupacct2">13.2.1. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-setup1.html#bus-ap-setupcname2">13.2.2. Registrare la propria impresa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-components1.html">13.3. Componenti del sistema</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">13.4. Venditore</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendor!
 new2">13.4.1. Creare un nuovo venditore</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2">13.4.2. Cercare e modificare un venditore</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html">13.5. Ricevuta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billnew2">13.5.1. Creare una nuova ricevuta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billedit2">13.5.2. Modificare una ricevuta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billpost2">13.5.3. Emettere una ricevuta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billfind2">13.5.4. Trovare una ricevuta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">13.6. Lavori per un venditore</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-payment1.html">13.7. Procedere al pagamento</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Vengono denominati debiti correnti quei prodotti o servizi che una società ha 
-    acquistato ma che deve ancora pagare.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html" title="13.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_ap"></a>Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">13.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-setup1.html">13.2. Configurazione iniziale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-setup1.html#bus-ap-setupacct2">13.2.1. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-setup1.html#bus-ap-setupcname2">13.2.2. Registrare la propria impresa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-components1.html">13.3. Componenti del sistema</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">13.4. Venditore</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vend!
 ornew2">13.4.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2">13.4.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html">13.5. Ricevuta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billnew2">13.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billedit2">13.5.2. Modificare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billpost2">13.5.3. Emettere una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billfind2">13.5.4. Trovare una fattura</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">13.6. Lavori per un venditore</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ap-payment1.html">13.7. Procedere al pagamento</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Vengono denominati debiti correnti quei prodotti o servizi che una società ha acquistato ma che deve ancora pagare.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Esempio"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-overview1.html" title="12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-overview1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_ar"></a>Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-overview1.html">12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">12.2. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-setup1.html">12.3. Configurazione iniziale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-setup1.html#bus-ar-setupacct2">12.3.1. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-setup1.html#bus-ar-setupcname2">12.3.2. Registrare la propria impresa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-components1.html">12.4. Componenti del sistema</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-cust!
 omers1.html">12.5. Cliente</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custnew2">12.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2">12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">12.6. Fattura</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicenew2">12.6.1. Creare una nuova fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceedit2">12.6.2. Modificare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicepost2">12.6.3. Emettere una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicefind2">12.6.4. Trovare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceprint2">12.6.5. Stampare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicestarting2">12.6.6. Assegnare un numero iniziale alla fattura</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">12.7. Lavori per un cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-payment1.html">12.8. Procedere al pagamento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">12.9. Cambiare l'aspetto della fattura</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Per crediti correnti si intendono quei prodotti o servizi forniti
-  dalla propria società e per i quali non è ancora stato ricevuto il 
-  pagamento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-overview1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.4. Esempio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all'impresa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Esempio"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-overview1.html" title="12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-overview1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_ar"></a>Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-overview1.html">12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">12.2. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-setup1.html">12.3. Configurazione iniziale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-setup1.html#bus-ar-setupacct2">12.3.1. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-setup1.html#bus-ar-setupcname2">12.3.2. Registrare la propria impresa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-components1.html">12.4. Componenti del sistema</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-!
 ar-customers1.html">12.5. Cliente</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custnew2">12.5.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2">12.5.2. Trovare e modificare un cliente</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">12.6. Fattura</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicenew2">12.6.1. Registrare un nuovo cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceedit2">12.6.2. Modificare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicepost2">12.6.3. Emettere una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicefind2">12.6.4. Trovare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceprint2">12.6.5. Stampare una fattura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicestarting2">12.6.6. Assegnare un numero iniziale alla fattura</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">12.7. Lavori per un cliente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-payment1.html">12.8. Procedere al pagamento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">12.9. Cambiare l’aspetto della fattura</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Per crediti correnti si intendono quei prodotti o servizi forniti dalla propria società e per i quali non è ancora stato ricevuto il pagamento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_example1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-overview1.!
 html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.4. Esempio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.1. Panoramica delle funzioni dedicate all’impresa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_pay.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_pay.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_pay.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 14. Libro paga</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Procedere al pagamento"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html" title="14.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_pay"></a>Capitolo 14. Libro paga</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">14.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-acct1.html">14.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">14.3. Codice di calcolo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolonD2">14.3.1. Passo 1: Elenco delle deduzioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocoltwo2">14.3.2. Passo 2: Creare lo schema della transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolthreD2">14.3.3. Passo 3: Pagare il dipendente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-prot!
 ocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolfour2">14.3.4. Passo 4: Pagare il governo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-examplD1.html">14.4. Esempio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-examplD1.html#bus-pay-exampleprotocol2">14.4.1. Realizzare il codice di calcolo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-examplD1.html#bus-pay-examplepay2">14.4.2. Pagare un dipendente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-examplD1.html#bus-pay-examplegovt2">14.4.3. Pagare il governo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Il libro paga consiste nella registrazione finanziaria di salario, retribuzione netta, 
- ferie e trattenute per un dipendente. Questo capitolo mostra come tenere un libro paga 
- utilizzando GnuCash</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.7. Procedere al pagamento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 14. Libro paga</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Procedere al pagamento"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html" title="14.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 14. Libro paga</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_pay"></a>Capitolo 14. Libro paga</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">14.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-acct1.html">14.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">14.3. Codice di calcolo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolone2">14.3.1. Passo 1: Elenco delle deduzioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocoltwo2">14.3.2. Passo 2: Creare lo schema della transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolthree2">14.3.3. Passo 3: Pagare il dipendente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-prot!
 ocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolfour2">14.3.4. Passo 4: Pagare il governo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="bus-pay-example1.html">14.4. Esempio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-example1.html#bus-pay-exampleprotocol2">14.4.1. Realizzare il codice di calcolo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-example1.html#bus-pay-examplepay2">14.4.2. Pagare un dipendente</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="bus-pay-example1.html#bus-pay-examplegovt2">14.4.3. Pagare il governo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Il libro paga consiste nella registrazione finanziaria di salario, retribuzione netta, ferie e trattenute per un dipendente. Questo capitolo mostra come tenere un libro paga utilizzando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-payment1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.7. Procedere al pagamento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html" title="8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni"><link rel="next" href="capgain_concepts1.html" title="9.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_capgain"></a>Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_concepts1.html">9.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_value1.html">9.2. Stimare il valore</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_accounts1.html">9.3. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_example1.html">9.4. Esempio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_exampleunrealized2">9.4.1. Guadagni non realizzati</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_examplesell2">9.4.2. Vendere</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_ex!
 amplecaution2">9.4.3. Avvertimenti riguardanti le valutazioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_tax1.html">9.5. Tassazione</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia
-  dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o 
-  perdite in conto capitale.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html" title="8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni"><link rel="next" href="capgain_concepts1.html" title="9.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_capgain"></a>Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_concepts1.html">9.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_value1.html">9.2. Stimare il valore</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_accounts1.html">9.3. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_example1.html">9.4. Esempio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_exampleunrealized2">9.4.1. Guadagni non realizzati</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_examplesell2">9.4.2. Vendere</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_ex!
 amplecaution2">9.4.3. Avvertimenti riguardanti le valutazioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="capgain_tax1.html">9.5. Tassazione</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo introdurrà alcune delle tecniche utilizzate per tenere traccia dei guadagni e delle perdite realizzate e non realizzate, meglio noti come guadagni o perdite in conto capitale.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="txns-puttoget1.html" title="4.7. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="cbook-accounts1.html" title="5.1. Configurare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-puttoget1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_cbook"></a>Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-accounts1.html">5.1. Configurare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-deposits1.html">5.2. Immettere i depositi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">5.3. Immettere i prelievi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-withdrawals1.html#cbook-atm2">5.3.1. ATM: prelievo di contanti</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-reconacct1.html">5.4. Riconciliare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-together1.html">5.5. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-open2">5.5.1. Bilanci di apertura</a>!
 </span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-transactions">5.5.2. Aggiungere alcune transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-reconcile">5.5.3. Bilanci di apertura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-save">5.5.4. Salvare il file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-reports">5.5.5. Resoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> Questo capitolo fornisce tutte le informazioni necessarie per gestire
-  con GnuCash il proprio libretto degli assegni. Gestire il proprio libretto degli assegni
-  costituisce il primo passo per tenere traccia delle proprie finanze e GnuCash lo
-  rende più facile di quanto sia mantenere un registro cartaceo.</p><p>Tanto per cominciare, come discusso nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>, 
-  l'immissione di transazioni comuni è praticamente fatto da GnuCash, grazie
-  alla funzione di auto-completamento. GnuCash mantiene un saldo corrente per
-  ogni conto rendendone la riconciliazione più semplice. Il metodo della partita doppia
-  aiuta a contabilizzare le proprie spese richiedendo un conto di trasferimento
-  per i prelievi in modo da conoscere facilmente quanto denaro è stato speso
-  in differenti settori.</p><p>Una volta acquistata confidenza con l'utilizzo di GnuCash per il conto
-  corrente e gli altri conti bancari, si potrebbero voler tracciare altri conti
-  finanziari. I capitoli dal 6 al 9 esaminano i metodi per gestire
-  gli altri conti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-puttoget1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.7. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.1. Configurare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="txns-puttoget1.html" title="4.7. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="cbook-accounts1.html" title="5.1. Configurare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-puttoget1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_cbook"></a>Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-accounts1.html">5.1. Configurare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-deposits1.html">5.2. Immettere i depositi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">5.3. Immettere i prelievi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-withdrawals1.html#cbook-atm2">5.3.1. ATM: prelievo di contanti</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-reconacct1.html">5.4. Riconciliare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cbook-together1.html">5.5. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-open2">5.5.1. Bilanci d’apert!
 ura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-transactions">5.5.2. Aggiungere alcune transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-reconcile">5.5.3. Bilanci d’apertura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-save">5.5.4. Salvare il file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-reports">5.5.5. Resoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo fornisce tutte le informazioni necessarie per gestire con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> il proprio libretto degli assegni. Gestire il proprio libretto degli assegni costituisce il primo passo per tenere traccia delle proprie finanze e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> lo rende più facile di quanto sia mantenere un registro cartaceo.</p><p>Tanto per cominciare, come discusso nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>, l’immissione di transazioni comuni è praticamente fatta da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, grazie alla funzione di auto-completamento. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mantiene un saldo corrente per ogni conto rendendone la riconciliazione più semplice. Il metodo della partita doppia aiuta a contabilizzare le proprie spese richiedendo un conto di trasferimento per i prelievi in modo da conoscere facilmente quanto denaro è stato speso in differenti settori.</p><p>Una volta acquistata confidenza con l’utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per il conto corrente e gli altri conti bancari, si potrebbero voler tracciare altri conti finanziari. I capitoli dal 6 al 9 esaminano i metodi per gestire gli altri conti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="4!
 0%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-puttoget1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.7. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.1. Configurare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-together1.html" title="5.5. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concetti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_cc"></a>Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-concepts1.html">6.1. Concetti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-accounts1.html">6.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-accounts1.html#cc-accounts-simple2">6.2.1. Schema semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-accounts1.html#cc-accounts-complete2">6.2.2. Schema completo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-entercharge1.html">6.3. Immettere le spese</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-enterpay1.html">6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-together1.html">6.5. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-openfile">!
 6.5.1. Aprire il file di GnuCash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-purchases2">6.5.2. Acquisti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-refund2">6.5.3. Rimborso</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-interest2">6.5.4. Interessi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-reconcile2">6.5.5. Riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-payment2">6.5.6. Pagamento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-save">6.5.7. Salvare il file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-reports">6.5.8. Resoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo mostra come gestire una carta di credito con GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.5. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Concetti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="cbook-together1.html" title="5.5. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concetti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_cc"></a>Capitolo 6. Carte di credito</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-concepts1.html">6.1. Concetti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-accounts1.html">6.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-accounts1.html#cc-accounts-simple2">6.2.1. Schema semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-accounts1.html#cc-accounts-complete2">6.2.2. Schema completo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-entercharge1.html">6.3. Immettere le spese</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-enterpay1.html">6.4. Immettere gli addebiti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="cc-together1.html">6.5. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-open!
 file">6.5.1. Aprire un file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-purchases2">6.5.2. Acquisti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-refund2">6.5.3. Rimborso</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-interest2">6.5.4. Interessi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-reconcile2">6.5.5. Riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-payment2">6.5.6. Pagamento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-save">6.5.7. Salvare il file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-reports">6.5.8. Resoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo mostra come gestire una carta di credito con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.5. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Concetti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Tassazione"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_currency"></a>Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_concepts1.html">10.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_acct1.html">10.2. Configurare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_support1.html">10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_prefs1.html">10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_howto1.html">10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">10.5.1. Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="c!
 urrency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">10.5.2. Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">10.5.3. Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_purchase1.html">10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">10.6.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">10.6.2. Acquistare azioni estere</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_invest1.html">10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">10.7.1. Acquistare un investimento in valuta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">10.7.2. Vendere un investimento in valuta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_reconcile1.html">10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_examples1.html">10.9. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2812898">10.9.1. Scenario di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813005">10.9.2. Configurare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813065">10.9.3. Bilancio di apertura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813210">10.9.4. Acquistare una casa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813376">10.9.5. Acquistare le azioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813714">10.9.6. Ricevere le quotazioni online</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples!
 1.html#id2813746">10.9.7. Prestare denaro a un amico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813789">10.9.8. Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813963">10.9.9. Come procedere?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo mostra come configurare i conti in GnuCash per l'utilizzo di valute multiple.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Tassazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Tassazione"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_currency"></a>Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_concepts1.html">10.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_acct1.html">10.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_acct1.html#currency_acct_user2">10.2.1. Valute definite dall’utente</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_howto1.html">10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">10.3.1. Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">10.3.2. Aggiornare automaticamente i tass!
 i di cambio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">10.3.3. Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_purchase1.html">10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">10.4.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">10.4.2. Acquistare azioni estere</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_invest1.html">10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">10.5.1. Acquistare un investimento in valuta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">10.5.2. Vendere un investimento in valuta</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_reconcile1.html">10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_examples1.html">10.7. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2810617">10.7.1. Scenario di base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2810739">10.7.2. Configurare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2810814">10.7.3. Bilancio di apertura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2810957">10.7.4. Acquistare una casa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811114">10.7.5. Acquistare le azioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811447">10.7.6. Ricevere le quotazioni online</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811480">10.7.7. Prestare denaro a un amico</a></span></dt><dt><span clas!
 s="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811523">10.7.8. Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811674">10.7.9. Come procedere?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo mostra come configurare i conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per l’utilizzo di valute multiple.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Tassazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="currency_examples1.html" title="10.9. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_dep"></a>Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_concepts1.html">11.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="dep_concepts1.html#dep_concepts_personal2">11.1.1. Finanze personali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="dep_concepts1.html#dep_concepts_business2">11.1.2. Imprese</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_value1.html">11.2. Stimare la valutazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="dep_value1.html#dep_valueschemes2">11.2.1. Schemi di svalutazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_accounts1.html">11.3. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_example1.html">11.4. Esempio</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo !
 capitolo introdurrà i concetti di deprezzamento (o svalutazione) in contabilità
-	e fornirà alcuni esempi reali di utilizzo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.9. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="currency_examples1.html" title="10.7. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_dep"></a>Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_concepts1.html">11.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="dep_concepts1.html#dep_concepts_personal2">11.1.1. Finanze personali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="dep_concepts1.html#dep_concepts_business2">11.1.2. Impresa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_value1.html">11.2. Stimare il valore</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="dep_value1.html#dep_valueschemes2">11.2.1. Schemi di svalutazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_accounts1.html">11.3. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="dep_example1.html">11.4. Esempio</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capit!
 olo introdurrà i concetti di deprezzamento (o svalutazione) in contabilità e fornirà alcuni esempi reali di utilizzo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.7. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_invest.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_invest.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_invest.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,8 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 8. Investimenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti"><link rel="next" href="invest_concepts1.html" title="8.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_missing1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_invest"></a>Capitolo 8. Investimenti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest_concepts1.html">8.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_concepts1.html#invest_terms2">8.1.1. Terminologia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_concepts1.html#invest_types2">8.1.2. Tipologie di investimento</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest_accounts1.html">8.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_accounts1.html#invest_predefined2">8.2.1. Conti predefiniti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_accounts1.html#invest_custom2">8.2.2. Esempio di conti personalizzati</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest_int1.html"!
 >8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_int1.html#invest_intacct2">8.3.1. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_int1.html#invest-intex2">8.3.2. Esempio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-setup1.html">8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-setup1.html#invest-setup-stockaccounts2">8.4.1. Impostare i conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-setup1.html#invest-setup-example2">8.4.2. Esempio di conto per le azioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-buy-stock1.html">8.5. Acquistare le quote</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-stock2">8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-new2">8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html">8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-initial2">8.6.1. Impostare per la prima volta l'editor dei prezzi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-manual2">8.6.2. Impostazione manuale del prezzo delle azioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2">8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-view2">8.6.4. Mostrare i valori delle quotazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-report">8.6.5. Selezionare la "fonte del prezzo" nei resoconti del valore delle azioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-sell1.html">8.7. Vendere le azioni</a><!
 /span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-sell1.html#invest-sellexample2">8.7.1. Esempio - Vendita delle azioni in guadagno</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-sell1.html#invest-sellexampleloss">8.7.2. Esempio - Vendere le azioni in perdita</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-dividends1.html">8.8. Dividendi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-dividends1.html#invest-dividendcash">8.8.1. Dividendi liquidi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-dividends1.html#invest-dividendreinvest">8.8.2. Dividendi reinvestiti</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html#invest-simplesplit">8.9.1. Frazionamento azionario semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html#invest-merger1">8.9.2. Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo spiega come gestire i propri investimenti con GnuCash.
-  La maggior parte delle persone ha un piano di investimento, sia che si tratti
-  di certificati di deposito o di un piano sponsorizzato dalla società in cui
-  si lavora, sia che si tratti di acquistare e vendere azioni e bond attraverso
-  una società di mediazione. GnuCash fornisce degli strumenti utili per gestire
-  questi investimenti quali l'<span class="emphasis"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>
-  che permette di registrare le variazioni dei prezzi delle azioni che si 
-  posseggono.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_missing1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 8. Investimenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti"><link rel="next" href="invest_concepts1.html" title="8.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_missing1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_invest"></a>Capitolo 8. Investimenti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest_concepts1.html">8.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_concepts1.html#invest_terms2">8.1.1. Terminologia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_concepts1.html#invest_types2">8.1.2. Tipologie di investimento</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest_accounts1.html">8.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_accounts1.html#invest_predefined2">8.2.1. Conti predefiniti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_accounts1.html#invest_custom2">8.2.2. Esempio di conti personalizzati</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest_int1.html"!
 >8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_int1.html#invest_intacct2">8.3.1. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest_int1.html#invest-intex2">8.3.2. Esempio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-setup1.html">8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-setup1.html#invest-setup-stockaccounts2">8.4.1. Impostare i conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-setup1.html#invest-setup-example2">8.4.2. Esempio di conto per le azioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-buy-stock1.html">8.5. Acquistare le quote</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-stock2">8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-new2">8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html">8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-initial2">8.6.1. Impostare per la prima volta l’editor dei prezzi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-manual2">8.6.2. Impostazione manuale del prezzo delle azioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2">8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-view2">8.6.4. Mostrare i valori delle quotazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-report">8.6.5. Selezionare la <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fonte del prezzo</span>»</span> nei resoconti del valore delle azioni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="se!
 ct1"><a href="invest-sell1.html">8.7. Vendere le azioni</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-sell1.html#invest-sellexample2">8.7.1. Esempio - Vendita delle azioni in guadagno</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-sell1.html#invest-sellexampleloss">8.7.2. Esempio - Vendere le azioni in perdita</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-dividends1.html">8.8. Dividendi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-dividends1.html#invest-dividendcash">8.8.1. Dividendi liquidi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-dividends1.html#invest-dividendreinvest">8.8.2. Dividendi reinvestiti</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html#invest-simplesplit">8.9.1. Frazionamento azionario semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html#invest-merger1">8.9.2. Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo spiega come gestire i propri investimenti con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. La maggior parte delle persone ha un piano di investimento, sia che si tratti di certificati di deposito o di un piano sponsorizzato dalla società in cui si lavora, sia che si tratti di acquistare e vendere azioni e bond attraverso una società di mediazione. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce degli strumenti utili per gestire questi investimenti quali l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span> che permette di registrare le variazioni dei prezzi delle azioni che si posseggono.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_missing1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" a!
 lign="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 7. Prestiti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Concetti di base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>Capitolo 7. Prestiti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_concepts1.html">7.1. Concetti di base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">7.1.1. Terminologia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_accounts1.html">7.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_calcs1.html">7.3. Calcoli</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">7.3.2. Esempio: durata del prestito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">7.3.3. Avanzato: dettagli sui calcoli</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><!
 span class="sect1"><a href="loans_mortgage1.html">7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan">7.5.1. Caratteristiche del prestito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">7.5.2. Conti per il prestito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">7.5.3. Prestare il denaro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">7.5.4. Ricevere il primo pagamento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">7.5.5. Ricevere il secondo pagamento</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_CarLoan.html">7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_Reconciling.html">7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch07s08.html">7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id2796620">7.8.1. Transazione semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id2794171">7.8.2. Una transazione più complessa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_missing1.html">7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo spiega come gestire un mutuo con GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"!
 ><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Concetti di base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 7. Prestiti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>Capitolo 7. Prestiti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_concepts1.html">7.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">7.1.1. Terminologia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_accounts1.html">7.2. Impostare i conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_calcs1.html">7.3. Calcoli</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">7.3.2. Esempio: durata del prestito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">7.3.3. Avanzato: dettagli sui calcoli</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><!
 span class="sect1"><a href="loans_mortgage1.html">7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan">7.5.1. Caratteristiche del prestito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">7.5.2. Conti per il prestito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">7.5.3. Prestare il denaro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">7.5.4. Ricevere il primo pagamento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">7.5.5. Ricevere il secondo pagamento</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_CarLoan.html">7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_Reconciling.html">7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch07s08.html">7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id2801675">7.8.1. Transazione semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id2801933">7.8.2. Una transazione più complessa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_missing1.html">7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo spiega come gestire un mutuo con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<&!
 lt; Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_other_assets.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_other_assets.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_other_assets.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 16. Other Assets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. Resoconti del bilancio"><link rel="next" href="accts-oa1.html" title="16.1. Concetti generali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 16. Other Assets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_reporting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_other_assets"></a>Capitolo 16. Other Assets</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-oa1.html">16.1. Concetti generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-oa2.html">16.2. Other Assets Described</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa2.html#accts-oa3">16.2.1. Attività correnti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa2.html#accts-oa4">16.2.2. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-oa5.html">16.3. Attività correnti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa5.html#accts-oa6">16.3.1. Short-term Receivables</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa5.html#accts-oa7">16.3.2. Spese rimborsabili</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a hr!
 ef="accts-oa5.html#accts-oa8">16.3.3. Travel Advances</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa5.html#accts-oa9">16.3.4. Prepaid Premiums or Prepaid Rent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa5.html#accts-oa10">16.3.5. Suspense or Wash Accounts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-oa11.html">16.4. Short or Long-term Assets</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="accts-oa12.html">16.5. Long-term (Fixed) Assets</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa12.html#accts-oa13">16.5.1. Terreni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa12.html#accts-oa14">16.5.2. Edifici</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa12.html#accts-oa15">16.5.3. Leasehold Improvements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa12.html#accts-oa16">16.5.4. Veicoli o attrezzature</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="accts-oa12.html#accts-oa17">16.5.5. Intangibles</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_reporting1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-oa1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.3. Resoconti del bilancio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 16.1. Concetti generali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. In generale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="next" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_oview"></a>Capitolo 1. In generale</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-intro1.html">1.1. Introduzione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-features1.html">1.2. Caratteristiche</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featureseasy2">1.2.1. Facile da usare</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresinvest2">1.2.2. Registrare gli investimenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresintl2">1.2.3. Supporto internazionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresbus2">1.2.4. Supporto all'impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresaccounting2">1.2.5. Caratteristiche di contabili!
 tà</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnew2">1.2.6. Novità della v2.0</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-about1.html">1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-reasons1.html">1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-install1.html">1.5. Installazione</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. Introduzione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. In generale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_oview"></a>Capitolo 1. In generale</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-intro1.html">1.1. Introduzione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-features1.html">1.2. Caratteristiche</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featureseasy2">1.2.1. Facile da usare</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresinvest2">1.2.2. Registrare gli investimenti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresintl2">1.2.3. Supporto internazionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresbus2">1.2.4. Supporto all’impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresaccounting2">1.2.5. Caratteristiche d!
 i contabilità</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnewstable2">1.2.6. Novità della v2.4</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnew2">1.2.7. Novità della v2.0</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-about1.html">1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-reasons1.html">1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="oview-install1.html">1.5. Installazione</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. Introduzione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 4. Transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_txns"></a>Capitolo 4. Transazioni</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-concepts1.html">4.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-registers1.html">4.2. Il registro contabile</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-twoaccount2">4.2.1. Transazione semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2">4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-features2">4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-regstyle1.html">4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-shortcuts1.html">4.4. Utiliz!
 zare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html">4.5. Riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html#txns-reconcile-window2">4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-sxn1.html">4.6. Transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2">4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2">4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell' "Editor transazioni pianificate"</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html">4.7. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-openfile">4.7.1. Aprire il file di GnuCash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-open2">4.7.2. Bilanci d'apertura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-add2">4.7.3. Esempi di altre transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-save">4.7.4. Salvare il file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-reports">4.7.5. Resoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo fornisce le conoscenze necessarie per poter
-  utilizzare le transazioni in GnuCash. Mentre i conti rappresentano
-  l'ossatura e la struttura di un diagramma dei conti, le transazioni
-  costituiscono i dati che completano ogni conto.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.3. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 4. Transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. In pratica"><link rel="next" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Concetti base"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_txns"></a>Capitolo 4. Transazioni</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-concepts1.html">4.1. Concetti base</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-registers1.html">4.2. Il registro contabile</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-twoaccount2">4.2.1. Transazione semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2">4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-features2">4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-regstyle1.html">4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-shortcuts1.html">4.4. !
 Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html">4.5. Riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-reconcile1.html#txns-reconcile-window2">4.5.1. Finestre di riconciliazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-sxn1.html">4.6. Transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2">4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2">4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html">4.7. In pratica</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-openfile">4.7.1. Aprire un file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-open2">4.7.2. Bilanci d’apertura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-add2">4.7.3. Esempi di altre transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-save">4.7.4. Salvare il file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-reports">4.7.5. Resoconti</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Questo capitolo fornisce le conoscenze necessarie per poter utilizzare le transazioni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Mentre i conti rappresentano l’ossatura e la struttura di un diagramma dei conti, le transazioni costituiscono i dati che completano ogni conto.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align=!
 "center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.3. In pratica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. Concetti base</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,13 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"><link rel="prev" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="check_format_info"></a>D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.1. Introduzione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_overview"></a>D.1.1. Introduzione</h3></div></div></div><p>Il file di formato per gli assegni è utilizzato per indicare a GnuCash come stampare uno o più assegni in un foglio di carta. Questo file
-	 descrive dapprima la disposizione generale della pagina (numero di assegni, orientazione, ecc...) e poi descrive l'impaginazione delle singole voci
-	 per ogni assegno. Il file è organizzato nel tipico formato a chiave e valore utilizzato dalla maggior parte delle applicazioni Linux. Le coppie
-	 di chiavi e valori sono raggruppate in sezioni che iniziano con il nome del gruppo racchiuso tra parentesi quadre.</p><p>GnuCash cerca i file di formato per gli assegni in due differenti posizioni nel momento in cui viene aperta la finestra di stampa degli assegni:
-	 la prima posizione è generalmente /usr/share/GnuCash/checks, dove possono essere trovati i file di formato distribuiti con il programma; 
-	 la seconda posizione è la directory personale ~/.GnuCash/checks. L'utente può aggiungere dei file di formato in ogni momento (anche mentre è in
-	 esecuzione GnuCash) copiando semplicemente un nuovo file *.chk in questa directory. Aprendo nuovamente la finestra di stampa degli assegni,
-	 il nuovo formato apparirà nella lista di quelli disponibili.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">La stampa funziona in modo differente in funzione della versione di GTK installata nel sistema. Quando GnuCash utilizza una versione
-	  precedente alla 2.10, tutti gli spostamenti sono misurati a partire dall'angolo in basso a sinistra del foglio o dell'assegno singolo; quando invece
-	  utilizzat la versione 2.10 o successive, tutti gli spostamenti sono relativi all'angolo in alto a sinistra del foglio o del singolo assegno.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.2. Esempio di contenuto del file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2834485"></a>D.1.2. Esempio di contenuto del file</h3></div></div></div><p>Un tipico file di GnuCash per gli assegni, è mostrato di seguito. Il contenuto di questo file verrà descritto nella sezione successiva.</p><pre class="programlisting">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"><link rel="prev" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File <code xmlns="" class="filename">*.chk</code>)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="check_format_info"></a>D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File <code class="filename">*.chk</code>)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.1. In generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_overview"></a>D.1.1. In generale</h3></div></div></div><p>Il file di formato per gli assegni è utilizzato per indicare a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> come stampare uno o più assegni in un foglio di carta. Questo file descrive dapprima la disposizione generale della pagina (numero di assegni, orientazione, ecc...) e poi descrive !
 l’impaginazione delle singole voci per ogni assegno. Il file è organizzato nel tipico formato a chiave e valore utilizzato dalla maggior parte delle applicazioni Linux. Le coppie di chiave e valore sono raggruppate in sezioni che iniziano con il nome del gruppo racchiuso tra parentesi quadre.</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cerca i file di formato per gli assegni in due differenti posizioni nel momento in cui viene aperta la finestra di stampa degli assegni: la prima posizione è generalmente <code class="filename">/usr/share/gnucash/checks</code>, dove risiedono i file di formato distribuiti con il programma; la seconda posizione è la cartella personale <code class="filename">~/.gnucash/checks</code>. L’utente può aggiungere dei file di formato in qualsiasi momento (anche mentre <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in esecuzione) copiando semplicemente un nuovo file <code class="filename">*.chk</code> in questa cartella. Aprendo nuovamente la finestra di stampa degli assegni, il nuovo formato apparirà nella lista di quelli disponibili.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">La stampa funziona in modo differente in funzione della versione di GTK installata nel sistema. Quando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza una versione precedente alla 2.10, tutti gli spostamenti sono misurati a partire dall’angolo in basso a sinistra del foglio o dell’assegno singolo; quando invece si utilizza la versione 2.10 o successive, tutti gli spostamenti sono relativi all’angolo in alto a sinistra del foglio o del singolo assegno.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" tit!
 le="D.1.2. Esempio di contenuto del file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2824035"></a>D.1.2. Esempio di contenuto del file</h3></div></div></div><p>Un tipico file per gli assegni di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è mostrato di seguito. Il contenuto di questo file verrà descritto nelle sezioni successive.</p><pre class="programlisting">
 [Top]
 Guid = 67b144d1-96a5-48d5-9337-0e1083bbf229
 Title = Quicken/QuickBooks (tm) US-Letter
@@ -28,6 +19,7 @@
 Coords_2 = 90.0;132.0
 
 Type_3 = AMOUNT_NUMBER
+Blocking_Chars_3 = true
 Coords_3 = 500.0;102.0
 
 Type_4 = DATE
@@ -35,75 +27,70 @@
 
 Type_5 = NOTES
 Coords_5 = 50.0;212.0
-        </pre></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.3. Descrizione dei campi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2834512"></a>D.1.3. Descrizione dei campi</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.1. Top Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2834517"></a>D.1.3.1. Top Group</h4></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione del file degli assegni descrive la disposizione generale nella pagina degli assegni 
-	  (o dell'assegno) che vengono immessi nella stampante.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_top"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.1. Campo per la descrizione della disposizione generale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Campo per la descrizione della disposizione generale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Tipo</th><th>Necessario</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Guid</td><td>stringa</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Il codice "guid" permette di identificare univocamente un formato di assegni utilizzato da GnuCash. 
-		  Deve essere unico tra tutti quelli delle applicazioni fornite e quelli forniti dall'utente.
-		  Se si copia un file di formato esistente da utilizzare come base per le proprie modifiche, questo
-		  valore deve essere cambiato. Il programma <span class="emphasis"><strong>uuidgen</strong></span> può essere usato per generare questo
-		  identificativo.</td></tr><tr><td>Title</td><td>stringa</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Il campo "title" permette di identificare univocamente il formato di assegni da parte dell'utente.
-		  Questo valore è presentato tale e quale nella lista dei formati presente nella finestra di stampa degli assegni.
-		  Se si copia un file di formato esistente da utilizzare come base per le proprie modifiche, questo
-		  valore deve essere cambiato adottando una qualsiasi stringa in formato utf-8.</td></tr><tr><td>Font</td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornita, rappresenta il carattere predefinito utilizzato per stampare tutti campi di testo nell'assegno.
-		  Questo campo può contenere qualsiasi stringa accettata dal GTK come carattere. Se questo campo è lasciato vuoto, 
-		  verrà utilizzato il carattere predefinito indicato nelle preferenze di GnuCash. Un valore tipico può essere "sans 12".</td></tr><tr><td>Rotation</td><td>double</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questo valore indica la rotazione di tutta la pagina (in gradi) rispetto al punto di origine. Per le versioni di GTK precedenti
-		  alla 2.10, il punto di origine è situato nell'angolo in basso a sinistra della pagina e la rotazione è positiva in senso antiorario.
-		  Per le versioni di GTK superiori o uguali alla 2.10, il punto di origine è nell'angolo in alto a sinistra della pagina e la rotazione è 
-		  positiva in senso orario. La rotazione della pagina è applicata prima della traslazione.</td></tr><tr><td>Translation</td><td>list of 2 doubles</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questi valori specificano la rotazione lungo x e lungo y dell'intera pagina (in punti) relativamente al punto di origine.
-		  Per le versioni di GTK precedenti alla 2.10, il punto di origine è situato nell'angolo in basso a sinistra della pagina e la traslazione è positiva 
-		  verso l'alto e verso destra. Per le versioni di GTK superiori o uguali alla 2.10, il punto di origine è nell'angolo in alto a sinistra della pagina 
-		  e la traslazione è positiva verso destra e verso il basso. La rotazione alla pagina è applicata prima della traslazione.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Grid</td><td>boolean</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se questo valore è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> alora GnuCash disegnerà una griglia nella pagina, partendo dal 
-		  punto di origine con delle linee intervallate di 50 punti. Questa opzione è utile quando si desidera creare un nuovo file di formato per la 
-		  stampa degli assegni.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Boxes</td><td>boolean</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se questo valore è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> allora per ogni elemento di cui sono state specificate larghezza e 
-		  altezza, GnuCash disegnerà un riquadro che mostra la posizione e l'ingombro massimo dell'elemento stesso. Questa opzione è utile 
-		  quando si desidera creare un nuovo file di formato per la stampa degli assegni.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.2. Gruppo di impostazione delle posizioni degli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2834786"></a>D.1.3.2. Gruppo di impostazione delle posizioni degli assegni</h4></div></div></div><p>Questo gruppo di elementi specifica come sono distribuiti gli assegni nel foglio di carta e fornisce dei nomi a ogni posizione di un assegno in 
-	  modo che l'utente possa indicare a GnuCash quale di queste posizioni debba essere stampata. Questo gruppo di valori e chiavi è opzionale e deve
-	  essere tralasciato se si desidera che venga stampato un solo assegno per foglio.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_positions"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.2. Campi per la stampa di più assegni per foglio</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Campi per la stampa di più assegni per foglio" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Tipo</th><th>Necessario</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Altezza</td><td>double</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica l'altezza del singolo assegno nella pagina. Se si desidera stampare più di un assegno per pagina, allora questo 
-		  campo è obbligatorio. Se si desidera invece stampare un solo assegno per foglio, tutta la sezione dovrebbe essere tralasciata.</td></tr><tr><td>Names</td><td>list of strings</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica i nomi delle posizioni degli assegni che possono essere stampati per ogni pagina. Questi nomi rappresentano le 
-		  posizioni dell'assegno partendo dall'alto della pagina e spostandosi verso il basso. I nomi vengono indicati in modo identico nella lista delle
-		  posizioni presente nella finestra di stampa degli assegni. Un valore tipico per questo campo può essere "Top;Middle;Bottom", ma potrebbe anche
-		  essere "First;Second;Third" o qualsiasi altro insieme di stringhe che identifica chiaramente la posizione dell'assegno. Se si desidera stampare più 
-		  di un assegno per pagina, allora questo campo è obbligatorio. Se si desidera invece stampare un solo assegno per foglio, tutta la sezione dovrebbe 
-		  essere tralasciata..</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.3. Gruppo di voci dell'assegno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2834916"></a>D.1.3.3. Gruppo di voci dell'assegno</h4></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione indica le singole voci da stampare sull'assegno. Non c'è limite al numero di voci che è possibile inserire e la stessa tipologia può
-	 essere ripetuta più volte; questo permette la stampa di assegni che hanno una matrice laterale, o degli assegni  per le imprese che sono uno per pagina 
-         e che hanno sia l'assegno e le matrici multiple nella stessa pagina. per esempio, per stampare il nome del beneficiario in un assegno per imprese e in entrambe
-	 le matrici, basta specificare tre diverse voci del tipo "Payee" con differenti coordinate per la stampa.</p><p>Ogni nome di chiave contenuta in questa sezione include esplicitamente il numero dell'elemento a cui viene applicata:  es. la chiave denominata 
-	  <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type_1</strong></span> si applica al primo elemento stampato e la chiave <span class="guilabel"><strong>Coords_3</strong></span> viene applicata al terzo elemento 
-	  che deve essere stampato. I numeri delle voci cominciano da uno e crescono in modo sequenziale. Ogni salto nella numerazione viene interpretato 
-	  da GnuCash come la fine della lista della voce. Gli elementi sono stampati secondo l'ordine numerico, non nell'ordine con cui appaiono nel file.</p><p>Ogni elemento specificato deve includere un tipo di dichiarazione. I restanti parametri per l'elemento dipendo dal suo particolare tipo. 
-	  Consultare la <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Tabella D.4. Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno">Tabella D.4, «Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno»</a> per recuperare una lista di tipi di elementi validi e i rispettivi parametri richiesti.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_items"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.3. Campi degli elementi per un unico assegno</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Campi degli elementi per un unico assegno" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Tipo</th><th>Necessario</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Type_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica il tipo di elemento da stampare sull'assegno. Consultare la <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Tabella D.4. Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno">Tabella D.4, «Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno»</a>
-		  per una lista di voci valide.</td></tr><tr><td>Coords_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>list of 2 or 4 doubles</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica le coordinate in cui la voce verrà inserita nell'assegno
-		  e, opzionalmente, ne specifica anche l'altezza e la larghezza. I valori rappresentano
-		  rispettivamente gli spostamenti lungo agli assi X e Y rispetto all'angolo in basso a sinistra 
-		  dell'elemento e opzionalmente la sua larghezza e altezza. Se viene fornito un valore per
-		  l'altezza, allora deve essere inserita anche la larghezza e quindi questo campo deve 
-		  contenere 2 o 4 valori. Per le versioni GTK precedenti alla 2.10, il punto di origine
-		  è nell'angolo in bsso a sinistra della pagina e le traslazioni sono positive verso l'alto e verso destra. 
-		  Per le versioni GTK 2.10 e superiori, il punto di origine è situato in alto a sinistra e le traslazioni sono 
-		  positive verso il basso e verso destra.
-	                  <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Indipendentemente dalla posizione del punto di origine (in alto o in basso), le coordinate
-			 specificano sempre il punto in basso a sinistra dell'elemento.</p></td></tr></table></div>
-                  </td></tr><tr><td>Font_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornita, rappresenta il carattere utilizzato per stampare la specifica voce di testo. 
-		  Questo campo può contenere una stringa qualsiasi purché sia accettata da GTK. Se questo campo è lasciato
-		  vuoto, verrà utilizzato il carattere predefinito specificato nella sezione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Iniziale</strong></span> del file di 
-		  descrizione degli assegni o, se anche questo è stato tralasciato, il carattere specificato nelle preferenze di GnuCash.
-		  Questo campo viene riconosciuto solamente se si utilizzano le GTK 2.10 o successive.</td></tr><tr><td>Align_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornita, rappresenta l'allineamento utilizzato per stampare la specifica voce di testo. Questo campo deve
-		  contenere una delle seguenti stringhe "left", "center" o "right". Se questo campo è lasciato vuoto, il testo verrà allineato
-		  a sinistra. Questo campo viene riconosciuto solamente se si utilizzano le GTK 2.10 o successive.</td></tr><tr><td>Text_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questo campo è utilizzato solamente quando il tipo di voce è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span>. 
-		  Specifica il testo, in formato utf-8, da stampare sull'assegno.</td></tr><tr><td>Filename_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questo campo è utilizzato solamente quando il tipo di voce è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>PICTURE</strong></span>. 
-		  Specifica il nome del file dell'immagine da stampare sull'assegno. La stringa può specificare un percorso assoluto o relativo. 
-		  In quest'ultimo caso, GnuCash controlla prima nella cartella dei formati di assegno forniti dal programma (generalmente 
-		  /usr/share/GnuCash/checks) e, se non lo dovesse trovare, cercherà nella cartella personale ~/.GnuCash/checks.  
-		  Questo campo viene riconosciuto solamente se si utilizzano le GTK 2.10 o successive.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Queste sono le voci che possono essere stampate individualmente su un assegno;  necessitano tutte delle coordinate 
-	  rispetto alla pagina dove devono essere stampate. La maggioranza di queste voci producono la stampa di un testo sul foglio ed
-	  è possibile, per ognuna di esse, specificare un carattere e un allineamento. Per esempio, l'importo in cifre di un assegno può essere stampato
-	  con la giustificazione a destra mentre, tutto il resto, giustificato a sinistra. Gli altri tipi devono avere dei parametri unici.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_types"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.4. Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Valore obbligatorio</th><th>Valore opzionale</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>PAYEE</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare il nome del beneficiario sulle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>DATE</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare la data sulle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>NOTES.</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare il campo delle note della transazione sulle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>CHECK_NUMBER</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare il numero dell'assegno sulle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>MEMO</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare il il campo promemoria della suddivisione sulle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>ACTION</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare il campo dell'operazione di suddivisione sulle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_WORDS</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare l'importo in lettere dell'assegno sulle coordinate specificate. 
-		  L'importo apparirà nella forma "Un milione, due cento trenta quattro e 56/100".</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_NUMBER</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare l'importo in cifre dell'assegno sulle coordinate specificate.  
-		  L'importo apparirà nella forma "€1.234,56".</td></tr><tr><td>TEXT</td><td>Coords, Text</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare una stringa arbitraria sulle coordinate specificate. 
-		  La stringa da stampare è specificata dalla chiave <span class="emphasis"><strong>Text_n</strong></span>.</td></tr><tr><td>PICTURE</td><td>Coords, Filename</td><td>(none)</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a GnuCash di stampare un'immagine sulle coordinate specificate. 
-                  L'immagine da stampare è specificata attraverso la chiave <span class="emphasis"><strong>Filename_n</strong></span>.  
-                  Questo tipo è riconosciuto solamente quando si utilizzano le GTK 2.10 o successive.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.4. Creare dei file di formato per gli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_notes"></a>D.1.4. Creare dei file di formato per gli assegni</h3></div></div></div><p>Creare un proprio file di formato per gli assegni è un'operazione piuttosto semplice. Il metodo più semplice consiste nel copiare un file di formato esistente
-	dalla directory del programma (generalmente /usr/share/GnuCash/checks) alla directory ~/.GnuCash/checks. E' importante ricordarsi di cambiare il valore "guid"
-	per fare in modo che il nuovo file venga accettato da GnuCash e di cambiare il titolo in qualcosa di descrittivo. A questo punto è possibile cambiare e aggiungere
-	i campi come si desidera. E' possibile anche creare un nuovo file di formato premendo il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Salva formato</strong></span> nella pagina "Formato 
-	personalizzato" della finestra di stampa degli assegni.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I nomi delle chiavi sono sensibili alle lettere maiuscole o minuscole. Se si avessero dei problemi con un file di formato per gli assegni, ci si assicuri
-	  che tutti i nomi delle chiavi inizino con la lettera maiuscola e che il resto sia minuscolo.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixd.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+        </pre></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.3. Descrizione dei campi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2824076"></a>D.1.3. Descrizione dei campi</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.1. Gruppo Top"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2824082"></a>D.1.3.1. Gruppo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Top</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione del file degli assegni descrive la disposizione generale nella pagina degli assegni (o dell’assegno) che vengono immessi nella stampante.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_top"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.1. Campo per la descrizione della disposizione generale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Campo per la descrizione della disposizione generale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Tipo</th><th>Necessario</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Guid</td><td>stringa</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Il codice <span class="emphasis"><strong>guid</strong></span> permette di identificare univocamente un formato di assegni utilizzato da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Deve essere unico tra tutti quelli delle applicazioni fornite e quelli forniti dall’utente. Se si copia un file di formato esistente da utilizzare come base per le proprie modifiche, questo valore deve essere cambiato. Il programma <span class="emphasis"><strong>uuidgen</strong></span> può essere usato per generare questo identificativo.</td></tr><tr><td>Titolo</td><td>stringa</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Il campo <span class="emphasis"><strong>title</strong></span> permette di identificare univocamente il formato di assegni da parte dell’utente. Questo valore è presentato tale e quale nella lista dei formati presente nella finestra di stampa degli assegni. Se si copia un file di formato esistente da utilizzare come base per le proprie modifiche, questo valore deve essere cambiato adottando una quals!
 iasi stringa in formato utf-8.</td></tr><tr><td>Carattere</td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornita, rappresenta il carattere predefinito utilizzato per stampare tutti campi di testo nell’assegno. Questo campo può contenere qualsiasi stringa accettata da GTK come carattere. Se questo campo è lasciato vuoto, verrà utilizzato il carattere predefinito indicato nelle preferenze di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Un valore tipico può essere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sans 12</span>»</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>Blocking_Chars</td><td>Booleano</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornito, rappresenta il valore di default quando si stampano tutti gli elementi <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span> su questo assegno. Quando impostato a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">true</span>»</span>, stampa i caratteri <span class="emphasis"><strong>***</strong></span> prima e dopo ogni campo di testo nell’assegno. I caratteri di blocco sono stampati per proteggere i campi di testo da modifiche. Per esempio, il campo dell’importo potrebbe essere stampato come <span class="emphasis"><strong>***100,00***</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>DateFormat</td><td>Booleano</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornito, rappresenta il valore predifinto quando si stampano tutti gli elementi <span class="emphasis"><strong>DATE</strong></span> su questo assegno. Se impostato a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">true</span>»</span>, il formato di data verrà stampato in 8 punti, centrato e sopra la data corrente. Per esempio DDMMYYYY.</td></tr><tr><td>Rotation</td><td>virgola mobile</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questo valore indica la rotazione di tutta la pagina (in gradi) rispetto al punto di origine. Per le versioni di GTK precedenti alla 2.10, il punto di origine è situato nell’angolo in basso a sinistra della pagina e la rotazione è positiva in senso antiorario. Per le versioni di GTK superiori o uguali alla 2.10, il punto di origine è nell’angolo in alto a sinistra!
  della pagina e la rotazione è positiva in senso orario. La rotazione della pagina è applicata prima della traslazione.</td></tr><tr><td>Translation</td><td>elenco di 2 numeri a virgola mobile</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questi valori specificano la rotazione lungo x e lungo y dell’intera pagina (in punti) relativamente al punto di origine. Per le versioni di GTK precedenti alla 2.10, il punto di origine è situato nell’angolo in basso a sinistra della pagina e la traslazione è positiva verso l’alto e verso destra. Per le versioni di GTK superiori o uguali alla 2.10, il punto di origine è nell’angolo in alto a sinistra della pagina e la traslazione è positiva verso destra e verso il basso. La rotazione alla pagina è applicata prima della traslazione.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Grid</td><td>Booleano</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se questo valore è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> allora <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disegnerà una griglia nella pagina, partendo dal punto di origine con delle linee intervallate di 50 punti. Questa opzione è utile quando si desidera creare un nuovo file di formato per la stampa degli assegni.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Boxes</td><td>Booleano</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se questo valore è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> allora per ogni elemento di cui sono state specificate larghezza e altezza, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disegnerà un riquadro che mostra la posizione e l’ingombro massimo dell’elemento stesso. Questa opzione è utile quando si desidera creare un nuovo file di formato per la stampa degli assegni.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th a!
 lign="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le opzioni Blocking_Chars e DateFormat sono definite per tutti i formati di assegno nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa</strong></span> in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>. Si raccomanda che queste opzioni globali rimangano impostate a falso (valore predefinito) e che vengano invece impostate per ogni assegno nel gruppo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Check Items</strong></span> come descritto nel seguito.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.2. Gruppo Check Positions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2824486"></a>D.1.3.2. Gruppo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Check Positions</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Questo gruppo di elementi specifica come sono distribuiti gli assegni nel foglio di carta e fornisce dei nomi a ogni posizione di un assegno in modo che l’utente possa indicare a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> quale di queste posizioni debba essere stampata. Questo gruppo di valori e chiavi è opzionale e deve essere tralasciato se si desidera che venga stampato un solo assegno per foglio.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_positions"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.2. Campi per la stampa di più assegni per foglio</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Campi per la stampa di più assegni per foglio" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Tipo</th><th>Necessario</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Altezza</td><td>virgola mobile</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica l’altezza del singolo assegno nella pagina. Se si desidera stampare più di un assegno per pagina, allora questo campo è obbligatorio. Se si desidera invece stampare un solo assegno per foglio, tutta la sezione dovrebbe essere tralasciata.</td></tr><tr><td>Names<!
 /td><td>elenco di stringhe</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica i nomi delle posizioni degli assegni che possono essere stampati per ogni pagina. Questi nomi rappresentano le posizioni dell’assegno partendo dall’alto della pagina e spostandosi verso il basso. I nomi vengono indicati in modo identico nella lista delle posizioni presente nella finestra di stampa degli assegni. Un valore tipico per questo campo può essere <span class="emphasis"><strong>Top;Middle;Bottom</strong></span>, ma potrebbe anche essere <span class="emphasis"><strong>First;Second;Third</strong></span> o qualsiasi altro insieme di stringhe che identifica chiaramente la posizione dell’assegno. Se si desidera stampare più di un assegno per pagina, allora questo campo è obbligatorio. Se si desidera invece stampare un solo assegno per foglio, tutta la sezione dovrebbe essere tralasciata..</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.3. Gruppo Check Items"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2824629"></a>D.1.3.3. Gruppo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Check Items</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione indica le singole voci da stampare sull’assegno. Non c’è limite al numero di voci che è possibile inserire e la stessa tipologia può essere ripetuta più volte; questo permette la stampa di assegni che hanno una matrice laterale, o degli assegni per le imprese che sono uno per pagina e che hanno sia l’assegno e le matrici multiple nella stessa pagina. per esempio, per stampare il nome del beneficiario in un assegno per imprese e in entrambe le matrici, basta specificare tre diverse voci del tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Payee</strong></span> con differenti coordinate per la stampa.</p><p>Ogni nome di chiave contenuta in questa sezione include esplicitamente il numero dell’elemento a cui viene applicata: es. la chiave denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type_1</strong></span> si applica al primo elemento sta!
 mpato e la chiave <span class="guilabel"><strong>Coords_3</strong></span> viene applicata al terzo elemento che deve essere stampato. I numeri delle voci cominciano da uno e crescono in modo sequenziale. Ogni salto nella numerazione viene interpretato da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> come la fine della lista della voce. Gli elementi sono stampati secondo l’ordine numerico, non nell’ordine con cui appaiono nel file.</p><p>Ogni elemento specificato deve includere un tipo di dichiarazione. I restanti parametri per l’elemento dipendo dal suo particolare tipo. Consultare la <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Tabella D.4. Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno">Tabella D.4, «Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno»</a> per recuperare una lista di tipi di elementi validi e i rispettivi parametri richiesti.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_items"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.3. Campi degli elementi per un unico assegno</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Campi degli elementi per un unico assegno" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Tipo</th><th>Necessario</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Type_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica il tipo di elemento da stampare sull’assegno. Consultare la <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="Tabella D.4. Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno">Tabella D.4, «Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno»</a> per una lista di voci valide.</td></tr><tr><td>Coords_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>elenco di 2 o 4 numeri a virgola mobile</td><td>obbligatorio</td><td>Questo campo specifica le coordinate in cui la voce verrà inserita nell’assegno e, opzionalmente, ne specifica anche l’altezza e la larghezza. I valori rappresentano rispettivamente gli spostamenti lungo agli assi X e Y rispetto all’an!
 golo in basso a sinistra dell’elemento e opzionalmente la sua larghezza e altezza. Se viene fornito un valore per l’altezza, allora deve essere inserita anche la larghezza e quindi questo campo deve contenere 2 o 4 valori. Per le versioni GTK precedenti alla 2.10, il punto di origine è nell’angolo in bsso a sinistra della pagina e le traslazioni sono positive verso l’alto e verso destra. Per le versioni GTK 2.10 e superiori, il punto di origine è situato in alto a sinistra e le traslazioni sono positive verso il basso e verso destra. <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Indipendentemente dalla posizione del punto di origine (in alto o in basso), le coordinate specificano sempre il punto in basso a sinistra dell’elemento.</p></td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td>Font_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornita, rappresenta il carattere utilizzato per stampare la specifica voce di testo. Questo campo può contenere una stringa qualsiasi purché sia accettata da GTK. Se questo campo è lasciato vuoto, verrà utilizzato il carattere predefinito specificato nella sezione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Iniziale</strong></span> del file di descrizione degli assegni o, se anche questo è stato tralasciato, il carattere specificato nelle preferenze di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Questo campo viene riconosciuto solamente se si utilizza GTK 2.10 o successivo.</td></tr><tr><td>Align_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornita, rappresenta l’allineamento utilizzato per stampare la specifica voce di testo. Questo cam!
 po deve contenere una delle seguenti stringhe <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sinistra</span>»</span>, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">centro</span>»</span> o <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">destra</span>»</span>. Se questo campo è lasciato vuoto, il testo verrà allineato a sinistra. Questo campo viene riconosciuto solamente se si utilizzano le GTK 2.10 o successive.</td></tr><tr><td>Text_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questo campo è utilizzato solamente quando il tipo di voce è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span>. Specifica il testo, in formato utf-8, da stampare sull’assegno.</td></tr><tr><td>Filename_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>stringa</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Questo campo è utilizzato solamente quando il tipo di elemento è impostato a <span class="emphasis"><strong>PICTURE</strong></span>. Specifica il nome del file dell’immagine da stampare sull’assegno. La stringa può specificare un percorso assoluto o relativo. In quest’ultimo caso, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> controlla prima nella cartella dei formati di assegno forniti dal programma (generalmente <code class="filename">/usr/share/gnucash/checks</code>) e, se non lo dovesse trovare, cercherà nella cartella personale <code class="filename">~/.gnucash/checks</code>. Questo campo viene riconosciuto solamente se si utilizza GTK 2.10 o successivo.</td></tr><tr><td>Blocking_Chars_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>Booleano</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornito, imposta l’opzione di stampa <span class="emphasis"><strong>Blocking_Chars</strong></span> per questo elemento.</td></tr><tr><td>DateFormat_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>Booleano</td><td>opzionale</td><td>Se fornito, imposta l’opzione di stampa <span class="emphasis"><strong>DateFormat</strong></span> per questo elemento.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><!
 br class="table-break"><p>Queste sono le voci che possono essere stampate individualmente su un assegno; necessitano tutte delle coordinate rispetto alla pagina dove devono essere stampate. La maggioranza di queste voci producono la stampa di un testo sul foglio ed è possibile, per ognuna di esse, specificare un carattere e un allineamento. Per esempio, l’importo in cifre di un assegno può essere stampato con la giustificazione a destra mentre, tutto il resto, giustificato a sinistra. Gli altri tipi devono avere dei parametri unici.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_types"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella D.4. Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Nome</th><th>Valori obbligatorio</th><th>Valori facoltativi</th><th>Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>PAYEE</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare il nome del beneficiario partendo dalle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>DATE</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+DateFormat<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare la data partendo dalle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>NOTES</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare il campo delle note della transazione partendo dalle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>CHECK_NUMBER</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare il numero dell’assegno partendo dalle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>MEMO</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare il il campo promemoria della suddivisione partendo dalle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>ACTION</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare il campo dell’operazione di suddivisione partendo dalle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_WORDS</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare l’importo in lettere dell’assegno partendo dalle coordinate specificate. L’importo apparirà nella forma <span class="emphasis"><strong>Un milione, due cento trenta quattro e 56/100</strong></span>.</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_NUMBER</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare l’importo in cifre dell’assegno partendo dalle coordinate specificate. L’importo apparirà nella forma <span class="emphasis"><strong>€1.234,56</strong></span>.</td></tr><tr><td>ADDRESS</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare l’indirizzo alle coordinate specificate.</td></tr><tr><td>SPLITS_ACCOUNT</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare i nomi dei conti per ogni suddivisione partendo dalle coordinate specificate. Vedere la nota sulla stampa delle suddivisioni.</td></tr><tr><td>SPLITS_AMOUNT</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare l’importo per ogni suddivisione partendo dalle coordinate specificate. Gli importi sono stampati con il simbolo della valuta. Vedere la nota sulla stampa delle suddivisioni.</td></tr><tr><td>SPLITS_MEMO</td><td>Coordinate</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare il campo del promemoria partendo dalle coordinate specificate. Vedere la nota sulla stampa delle suddivisioni.</td></tr><tr><td>TEXT</td><td>Coordinate, testo</td><td>
+                    <div class="literallayout"><p>Font<br>
+Align<br>
+Blocking_Chars<br>
+                    </p></div>
+                  </td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare una stringa arbitraria partendo dalle coordinate specificate. La stringa da stampare è specificata dalla chiave <span class="emphasis"><strong>Text_n</strong></span>.</td></tr><tr><td>PICTURE</td><td>Coordinate, nome del file</td><td>(nessuno)</td><td>Questo valore del tipo indica a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di stampare un’immagine partendo dalle coordinate specificate. L’immagine da stampare è specificata attraverso la chiave <span class="emphasis"><strong>Filename_n</strong></span>. Questo tipo è riconosciuto solamente quando si utilizza GTK 2.10 o successiva.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Gli elementi SPLIT includono tutte le immissioni della suddivisione per la transazione a eccezione delle suddivisioni che coinvolgono il registro corrente. Normalmente questa è l’ultima suddivisione visualizzata quando sono mostrate le suddivisioni nel registro. Le coordinate definiscono la posizione delle informazioni della suddivisione rispetto all’angolo inferiore sinistro.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.4. Creare dei file di formato per gli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_notes"></a>D.1.4. Creare dei file di formato per gli assegni</h3></div></div></div><p>Creare un proprio file di formato per gli assegni è un’operazione piuttosto semplice. Il metodo più semplice consiste nel copiare un file di formato esistente dalla cartella del progr!
 amma (generalmente <code class="filename">/usr/share/GnuCash/checks</code>) alla cartella <code class="filename">~/.GnuCash/checks</code>. È importante ricordarsi di cambiare il valore <span class="emphasis"><strong>guid</strong></span> per fare in modo che il nuovo file venga accettato da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e di cambiare il titolo in modo che sia di descrittivo. A questo punto è possibile cambiare e aggiungere i campi come si desidera. È possibile anche creare un nuovo file di formato premendo il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Salva formato</strong></span> nella pagina del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> della finestra di stampa degli assegni.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I nomi delle chiavi sono sensibili alle lettere maiuscole o minuscole. Se si avessero dei problemi con un file di formato per gli assegni, assicurarsi che tutti i nomi delle chiavi inizino con la lettera maiuscola.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixd.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza !
 libera GNU (in inglese)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,20 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.2. Configurare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="currency_support1.html" title="10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.2. Configurare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_support1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.2. Configurare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_acct1"></a>10.2. Configurare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>La valuta predefinita per un conto è impostata in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span>
-    -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Conti</strong></span>
-    -> <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita</strong></span>. Questo parametro dovrebbe
-    essere settato correttamente da subito al fine di rendere più veloce il 
-    processo di creazione di una struttura dei conti.</p><p>Quando si crea un nuovo conto, è possibile definire la commodity a esso associata.
-    Per i conti in valuta, si può scegliere fra una delle centinaia di valute
-    supportate da GnuCash selezionandola semplicemente dalla lista delle commodity
-    in valuta. Si noterà come la valuta predefinita sia sempre quella impostata 
-    nelle preferenze; così, se si lavora prevalentemente con l'Euro, ma si
-    ha anche saltuariamente a che fare con il Birr Etiope, conviene impostare 
-    la valuta predefinita in Euro.</p><p>Per esempio, si imposti un tipico scenario di conto bancario in cui
-    venga utilizzato prevalentemente l'Euro (EUR), ma si possegga anche un conto
-    in una banca negli Stati Uniti che lavori prevalentemente in dollari Americani 
-    (USD) e infine un altro conto ad Hong Kong che utilizzi il dollaro di Hong Kong
-    (HKD). Si devono quindi impostare 3 conti, uno con l'Euro, uno con i dollari 
-    Americani e uno con i dollari di Hong Kong; una possibile struttura per questa
-    situazione potrebbe essere:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_acct1"></a>10.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>La valuta predefinita per un conto è impostata nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span>accessibile tramite <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>GnuCash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X). Questo parametro dovrebbe essere settato correttamente da subito al fine di rendere più veloce il processo di creazione di una struttura dei conti.</p><p>Analogamente, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre un’opzione per impostare la valuta preferita con cui visualizzare i r!
 esoconti (come lo stato patrimoniale e il resocont delle entrate). L’opzione è chiamata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita per i resoconti</strong></span> e si trova nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>. Si consiglia di impostare entrambe le preferenze quando si inizia a utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> dato che se, per esempio, i propri conti sono in dollari canadesi e i resoconti in dollari americani, la finestra del resoconto riporterà un messaggio di errore in cui viene segnalato che <span class="guilabel"><strong>I conti selezionati non contengono dati/transazioni (o solo valori nulli) per il periodo di tempo selezionato</strong></span>.</p><p>Quando si crea un nuovo conto, è possibile definire la commodity a esso associata. Per i conti in valuta, si può scegliere fra una delle centinaia di valute supportate da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> selezionandola semplicemente dalla lista delle commodity in valuta. Si noterà come la valuta predefinita sia sempre quella impostata nelle preferenze; così, se si lavora prevalentemente con l’Euro, ma si ha anche saltuariamente a che fare con il Birr Etiope, conviene impostare la valuta predefinita in Euro.</p><p>Per esempio, si imposti un tipico scenario di conto bancario in cui venga utilizzato prevalentemente l’Euro (EUR), ma si possegga anche un conto in una banca negli Stati Uniti che lavori prevalentemente in dollari Americani (USD) e infine un altro conto ad Hong Kong che utilizzi il dollaro di Hong Kong (HKD). Si devono quindi impostare 3 conti, uno con l’Euro, uno con i dollari Americani e uno con i dollari di Hong Kong; una possibile struttura per questa situazione potrebbe essere:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività                          (EUR)<br>
    -Attività correnti              (EUR)<br>
       -Banca Europea    (EUR)<br>
@@ -27,20 +11,4 @@
       -HKD              (HKD)<br>
 <br>
 Nota: la valuta associata ad ogni conto è mostrata tra parentesi.<br>
- </p></div><p>Dato che in questo esempio si è lavorato prevalentemente in Euro, tutti i
-    conti padre sono impostati in Euro. Naturalmente, se si lavora in USD, è possibile
-    cambiare la valuta dei conti padre in USD. Il totale mostrato nella finestra
-    della struttura ad albero dei conti, verrà sempre convertito nella valuta 
-    di ogni particolare conto. Si noti che sono stati anche impostati 3 bilanci
-    di apertura, utilizzati per popolare i 3 conti bancari.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">E' anche possibile impostare solo un singolo conto per il bilancio 
-      d'apertura e utilizzare un trasferimento di valuta per popolare i
-      conti con valuta differente. Comunque questa è un'opzione più avanzata
-      che verrà descritta in una sezione successiva (<a class="xref" href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2" title="10.6.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera">Sezione 10.6.1, «Acquistare un bene in valuta estera»</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Più sotto è visibile il risultato di questo esempio in cui si parte
-    con 10.000 EUR, 10.000 USD e 10.000 HKD nei tre conti bancari.
-    Si noti che il totale dei conti padre mostra solo il saldo
-    dei sottoconti con valute corrispondenti. In futuro si potranno stabilire
-    i tassi di cambio tra le valute e i conti padre calcoleranno il valore 
-    convertito di tutti i sottoconti. Consultare la sezione 
-    (<a class="xref" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)">Sezione 10.5, «Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)»</a>) per le istruzioni su come fare.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main1.png" alt="Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che la colonna "Totale (Resoconto)" è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile
-    cliccando sulla <span class="guibutton">freccia giù</span> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne 
-    e selezionando <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Totale(EUR)</span>»</span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_support1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div><p>Dato che in questo esempio si è lavorato prevalentemente in Euro, tutti i conti padre sono impostati in Euro. Naturalmente, se si lavora in USD, è possibile cambiare la valuta dei conti padre in USD. Il totale mostrato nella finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti, verrà sempre convertito nella valuta di ogni particolare conto. Si noti che sono stati anche impostati 3 bilanci di apertura, utilizzati per popolare i 3 conti bancari.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È anche possibile impostare un singolo conto per il bilancio d’apertura e utilizzare un trasferimento di valuta per popolare i conti con valuta differente. Comunque questa è un’opzione più avanzata che verrà descritta in una sezione successiva (<a class="xref" href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2" title="10.4.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera">Sezione 10.4.1, «Acquistare un bene in valuta estera»</a>).</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Più sotto è visibile il risultato di questo esempio in cui si parte con 10.000 EUR, 10.000 USD e 10.000 HKD nei tre conti bancari. Si noti che il totale dei conti padre mostra solo il saldo dei sottoconti con valute corrispondenti. In futuro si potranno stabilire i tassi di cambio tra le valute e i conti padre calcoleranno il valore convertito di tutti i sottoconti. Consultare la sezione (<a class="xref" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)">Sezione 10.3, «Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)»</a>) per le istruzioni su come fare.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/curren!
 cy_main1..png" alt="Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che la colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale (Resoconto)</strong></span> è visualizzata. Questa opzione è configurabile facendo clic sulla <span class="guibutton">freccia giù</span> nella riga di intestazione delle colonne e selezionando <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Totale(EUR)</span>»</span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.2.1. Valute definite dall’utente"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_acct_user2"></a>10.2.1. Valute definite dall’utente</h3></div></div></div><p>Generalmente parlando, per valuta si intendono le valute che ogni governo utilizza (o più precisamente, le valute definite dallo standard internazionale chimato <a class="ulink" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217" target="_top">ISO 4217</a>). <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non permette di creare una propria valuta. Per tracciare le valute non <acronym class="acronym">ISO</acronym>, è possibile utilizzare due stratagemmi in funzione dell’uso che se ne deve fare.</p><p>Si supponga per esmepio di voler tracciare <span class="emphasis"><strong>RegaliFedeltà</strong></span> che tiene il conto dei punti accumulati acquistando da una certa compagnia. Il conto che traccia <span class="emphasis"><strong>RegaliFedeltà</strong></span> sia <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Altro:GruppoRegaliFedeltà</strong></span>.</p><p>Il primo metodo consiste nel definire un nuovo titolo, del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>FUND</strong></span> chiamato <span class="emphasis"><strong>RegaliFedeltà</strong></span>. Il metodo è molto semplice: dopo aver creato il nuovo conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>GruppoRegaliFedeltà</strong></span> del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azione</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondo comune</strong></s!
 pan>, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> vicino al campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/Valuta</strong></span>, e fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> per definire un nuovo titolo di tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>FUND</strong></span>.</p><p>Questo non è l’utilizzo per cui sono stati pensati i conti del tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>azione</strong></span> o <span class="emphasis"><strong>fondo comune</strong></span>, ma <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette all’utente di decidere liberamente come utilizzarli invece di imporsi. Il lato negativo di questo metodo consiste nel fatto che è necessario inserire un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">prezzo</span>»</span> per ogni transazione che coinvolge <span class="emphasis"><strong>RegaliFedeltà</strong></span>, poiché <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ha bisogno del prezzo per capire il valore monetario di <span class="emphasis"><strong>RegaliFedeltà</strong></span> e per considerarli quindi come attività.</p><p>Il secondo metodo consiste nell’utilizzare una delle valute <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fittizie</span>»</span> per tenere traccia di <span class="emphasis"><strong>RegaliFedeltà</strong></span>. Le valute fittizie sono <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">XTS (Code for testing purposes)</span>»</span> e <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">XXX (No currency)</span>»</span>. Utilizzando una di queste per il proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>GruppoRegaliFedeltà</strong></span>, è possibile inserire le transazioni nel conto senza dover inserire i prezzi delle quote per ogni transazione. In più, è possibile utilizzare le medesime due valute fittizie per tenere traccia di tutti gli importi, le ore, i benefici e così via, accumulati e utilizzati fino a quel momento durante l’anno. Si capisce facilmente come <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possa essere !
 utilizzato come punto di riferimento per tenere traccia di qualsiasi grandezza, oltre che delle proprie finanze.</p><p>Il risvolto negativo in questo caso è che non è possibile definire i tassi di cambio per le valute fittizie al fine di convertirle in valute <acronym class="acronym">ISO</acronym>; per farlo, usare il primo metodo.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="next" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Configurare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_currency.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_concepts1"></a>10.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash è in grado di utilizzare valute multiple in conti differenti. Per esempio, si può avere un conto in Euro e un altro
-    in dollari di Hong Kong.</p><p>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, si 
-    riferiscono a come trasferire fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, come 
-    calcolare il valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e come trattare
-    i resoconti di affari con valute miste.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_currency.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.2. Configurare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="next" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_currency.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_concepts1"></a>10.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> supporta più di cento valute, dal Franco di Andorra al dollare dello Zimbabwe. Per esempio, si può avere un conto bancario in Euro e un altro in dollari di Hong Kong.</p><p>Alcuni dei problemi che sorgono quando si utilizzano più valute, hanno a che fare con il trasferimento di fondi tra conti con diversa valuta, con il calcolo del valore totale di conti che hanno valute diverse e con la preparazione dei resoconti con valute miste.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img!
  src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Un metodo alternativo per gestire i conti con valute multiple rispetto a quello presentato nelle sezioni successive, consiste nell’utilizzare le funzionalità dei conti di <span class="guilabel"><strong>trading</strong></span> fornite da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Queste funzionalità, introdotte con la versione 2.3.14 di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, possono essere abilitate andando nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> accessibile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong> Proprietà</strong></span>.</p><p xmlns="">Per una guida completa sui conti per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>trading</strong></span> si consiglia di consultare la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~selinger/accounting/tutorial.html" target="_top">guida Peter Selinger (in inglese)</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_currency.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_acct1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,46 +1,14 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.9. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.9. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.9. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_examples1"></a>10.9. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>In questa sezione verrà mostrato un esempio in cui saranno utilizzate le nozioni
-    descritte fino a questo punto, con un livello di complessità maggiore dovuto 
-    all'utilizzo di valute multiple.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.9.1. Scenario di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2812898"></a>10.9.1. Scenario di base</h3></div></div></div><p>Di seguito sono riportate le ipotesi assunte per l'esempio. Si supponga quindi di:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>vivere in Italia e di utilizzare l'Euro (EUR)
-          come valuta predefinita;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>aver vinto la lotteria e di aver ereditato del denaro;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>dover pagare il mutuo per la propria casa;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare alcune azioni in Svezia (Ericsson
-          B-Fria) utilizzando il SEK;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare alcune azioni ad Hong Kong (Beijing
-          Airport) utilizzando l'HKD;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare altre azioni negli Stati Uniti (Amazon) utilizzando l'USD;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>prestare una certa somma in Dollari Australiani (AUD) a un amico (Jack);</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>chiedere del denaro in prestito da una banca Giapponese;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare una casa in Nuova Zelanda;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>utilizzare una carta di credito in Italia;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>voler raggiungere il massimo controllo possibile delle uscite.</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questi esempi non sono da prendere come dei consigli per degli investimenti vantaggiosi.
-        Sono solamente da considerare come esercizi per apprendere la tecnica
-        da utilizzare in GnuCash e quindi non sono dei consigli finanziari.
-        Si consiglia di rivolgersi al proprio consulente finanziario per 
-        ricevere maggiori informazioni sugli investimenti e sui prestiti
-        internazionali.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.2. Configurare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813005"></a>10.9.2. Configurare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa volta si utilizzerà un nuovo file dei dati di GnuCash; scegliere quindi
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span> e modificare le preferenze
-      (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>) 
-      impostando l'EUR come valuta predefinita. Avendo deciso di registrare in dettaglio entrate
-      e uscite, si consiglia di utilizzare la struttura dei conti seguente:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.7. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.7. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.7. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_examples1"></a>10.7. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>In questa sezione verrà mostrato un esempio in cui saranno utilizzate le nozioni descritte fino a questo punto, con un livello di complessità maggiore dovuto all’utilizzo di valute multiple.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.7.1. Scenario di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2810617"></a>10.7.1. Scenario di base</h3></div></div></div><p>Di seguito sono riportate le ipotesi assunte per l’esempio. Si supponga quindi di:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>vivere in Italia e di utilizzare l’Euro (EUR) come valuta predefinita;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>aver vinto la lotteria e di aver ereditato del denaro;</p></li>!
 <li class="listitem"><p>dover pagare il mutuo per la propria casa;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare alcune azioni in Svezia (Ericsson B-Fria) utilizzando il SEK;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare alcune azioni ad Hong Kong (Beijing Airport) utilizzando l’HKD;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare altre azioni negli Stati Uniti (Amazon) utilizzando l’USD;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>prestare una certa somma in Dollari Australiani (AUD) a un amico (Jack);</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>chiedere del denaro in prestito da una banca Giapponese;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>acquistare una casa in Nuova Zelanda;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>utilizzare una carta di credito in Italia;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>voler raggiungere il massimo controllo possibile delle uscite.</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questi esempi non sono da prendere come dei consigli per degli investimenti vantaggiosi. Sono solamente da considerare come esercizi per apprendere la tecnica da utilizzare in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e quindi non sono dei consigli finanziari. Si consiglia di rivolgersi al proprio consulente finanziario per ricevere maggiori informazioni sugli investimenti e sui prestiti internazionali.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.2. Configurare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2810739"></a>10.7.2. Configurare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa volta si utilizzerà un nuovo file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>; scegliere quindi <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></sp!
 an> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo File</strong></span> e modificare le preferenze (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span>, <span class="guimenu"><strong>Gnucash</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> su Mac OS X) impostando l’EUR come valuta predefinita. Avendo deciso di registrare in dettaglio entrate e uscite, si consiglia di utilizzare la struttura dei conti seguente:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio         (EUR)<br>
-      </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.3. Bilancio di apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813065"></a>10.9.3. Bilancio di apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>Un bel giorno, aprendo la posta, si scopre con grande sorpresa di essere
-      l'ultimo parente ancora in vita di un parente lontano che era molto ricco; per la
-      precisione ricco di 500.000 EUR (!). Un'altra lettera dichiara anche che
-      si è i fortunati vincitori della lotteria per una somma di 250.000 EUR. </p><p>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+      </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.3. Bilancio di apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2810814"></a>10.7.3. Bilancio di apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>Un bel giorno, aprendo la posta, si scopre con grande sorpresa di essere l’ultimo parente ancora in vita di un parente lontano che era molto ricco; per la precisione ricco di 500.000 EUR (!). Un’altra lettera dichiara anche che si è i fortunati vincitori della lotteria per una somma di 250.000 EUR.</p><p>Per registrare queste transazioni, sono necessari i seguenti conti:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Capitali:Lotteria         (EUR)<br>
 Capitali:Eredità          (EUR)      <br>
-      </p></div><p>Le transazioni da inserire nel proprio conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto
-      risparmio</strong></span> dovrebbero essere come queste:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2813111"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.3. Ricevere del denaro extra</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Ricevere del denaro extra" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Capitalie:Lotteria</td><td>€250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Capitali:Eredità</td><td>€500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>E la struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa dopo l'inserimento delle transazioni descritte più sopra.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="Struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>
-            Struttura dei conti dopo aver ricevuto alcuni soldi
-          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.4. Acquistare una casa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813210"></a>10.9.4. Acquistare una casa</h3></div></div></div><p>Finalmente ci si può permettere di rimborsare il mutuo per la casa acceso qualche anno fa 
-      (con un deposito di €50.000).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+      </p></div><p>Le transazioni da inserire nel proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> dovrebbero essere come queste:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2810858"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.3. Ricevere del denaro extra</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Ricevere del denaro extra" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Capitalie:Lotteria</td><td>€250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Capitali:Eredità</td><td>€500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>E la struttura dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni descritte più sopra.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="Struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo aver ricevuto alcuni soldi</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.4. Acquistare una casa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2810957"></a>10.7.4. Acquistare una casa</h3></div></div></div><p>Finalmente ci si può permettere di rimborsare il mutuo per la casa acceso qualche anno fa (con un deposito di €50.000).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Attività:Beni immobili:Casa                  (EUR) €300.000<br>
 Passività:Prestiti:Mutuo                     (EUR) €250.000<br>
 Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo             (EUR)<br>
-Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura                  (EUR) €50.000<br>
-      </p></div><p>Dopo un incontro con la banca presso cui è stato acceso il mutuo, questa
-      ne autorizza l'estinzione in un'unica soluzione previo il pagamento
-      di alcuni interessi (EUR 30.000). Inserire quindi le seguenti transazioni nel conto
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2813258"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.4. Pagare il mutuo sulla casa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pagare il mutuo sulla casa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td> </td><td>280.000</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo</td><td>30.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Prestiti:Mutuo</td><td>250.000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto 
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Prestiti:Mutuo</strong></span> si presenta così
-      dopo l'inserimento delle transazioni:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" alt="Mutuo per la casa"><div class="caption"><p>
-            Libro mastro della transazione per il mutuo sulla casa
-          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.5. Acquistare le azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813376"></a>10.9.5. Acquistare le azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Avendo ricevuto improvvisamente una bella somma di denaro sul proprio conto
-      bancario, si decide di interpellare un consulente finanziario e, dopo alcune 
-      raccomandazioni (si ricorda che l'esempio è immaginario; non si tratta di consigli
-      finanziari reali!), si decide di acquistare le azioni della compagnia di telecomunicazioni Ericsson 
-      (in Svezia), Beijing Airport (Hong Kong) e Amazon (USA).</p><p>I conti necessari per seguire questi investimenti sono:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura                  (EUR) €50.000<br>
+      </p></div><p>Dopo un incontro con la banca presso cui è stato acceso il mutuo, questa ne autorizza l’estinzione in un’unica soluzione previo il pagamento di alcuni interessi (EUR 30.000). Inserire quindi le seguenti transazioni nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2810999"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.4. Pagare il mutuo sulla casa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pagare il mutuo sulla casa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td> </td><td>280.000</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Interessi:Interessi mutuo</td><td>30.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Prestiti:Mutuo</td><td>250.000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Il libro mastro della transazione per il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Prestiti:Mutuo</strong></span> si presenta così dopo l’inserimento delle transazioni:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" alt="Mutuo per la casa"><div class="caption"><p>Libro mastro della transazione per il mutuo sulla casa</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.5. Acquistare le azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2811114"></a>10.7.5. Acquistare le azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Avendo ricevuto improvvisamente una bella somma di denaro sul proprio conto bancario, si decide di interpellare un consulente finanziario e, dopo alcune raccomandazioni (si ricorda che l’esempio è immaginario; non si tratta di consigli finanziari reali!), si decide di acquistare le azioni della compagnia di telecomunicazioni Ericsson (in Svezia), Beijing Airport (Hong Kong) e Amazon (USA).</p><p>I conti necessari per seguire questi investimenti sono:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Attività:Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:ERIC.ST                 (STOCK ERIC.ST Yahoo)<br>
 Attività:Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca                    (SEK)<br>
 Attività:Investimenti:Brocker HK:0694.HK                      (STOCK 0694.HK Yahoo)<br>
@@ -51,58 +19,18 @@
 Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker HK:0694.HK        (HKD)<br>
 Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Brocker US:AMZN           (USD)<br>
 Uscite:Investimenti:Trasferimento di valuta               (EUR)<br>
-</p></div><p>Si decide di investire €100.000 in ogni titolo; per farlo è prima necessario
-      eseguire una transazione di valuta ai vari conti bancari associati alle
-      azioni.</p><p>La transazione da inserire nel conto 
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> è la seguente:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2813457"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.5. Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta
-        multipla.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta
-        multipla." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Deposito</td><td>Prelievo</td><td>Tasso di cambio</td><td>Costo della transazione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca</td><td>100.000</td><td> </td><td>5,5869</td><td>35</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Brocker HK:Banca</td><td>100.000</td><td> </td><td>5,8869</td><td>30</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Brocker USD:Banca</td><td>100.000</td><td> </td><td>0,7593</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Non appena è disponibile il denaro sui conti di intermediazione,
-      si richiede al proprio brocker di acquistare le azioni per un certo importo.
-      Si ricordi di eseguire la transazione dal conto della banca associata a una
-      determinata azione e, se la finestra del tasso di cambio non dovesse essere
-      visualizzata, cliccare con il tasto destro nella riga e selezionare la relative voce
-      per aprirla manualmente. 
-      Inserire quindi il numero di azioni acquistate nell'ultima voce (Trasferisci a).</p><p>
-        </p><div class="table"><a name="id2813572"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.6. Acquistare azioni oltreoceano</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Acquistare azioni oltreoceano" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Simbolo azione</td><td>Numero di quote</td><td>Importo</td><td>Commissionie</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15.000</td><td>270.000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70.000</td><td>280.000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1.000</td><td>32.000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
-      </p><p>Come è possibile vedere dalla struttura dei conti, sono state acquistate delle azioni
-      in tre differenti valute (HK, EUR e SEK), ma la struttura dei conti (come visto più sotto)
-      non ne indica il valore nella propria valuta, l'EUR.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" alt="Struttura dei conti dopo l'acquisto delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>
-            Alcuni dei conti nella struttura dei conti dopo l'acquisto delle azioni
-          </p></div></div></div><p>La prossima sezione si occuperà dell'impostazione dei vari tassi di cambio necessari
-        per permettere a GnuCash di visualizzare il valore totale nella valuta locale (EUR in 
-        questo caso)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.6. Ricevere le quotazioni online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813714"></a>10.9.6. Ricevere le quotazioni online</h3></div></div></div><p>Per ricevere i tassi di cambio e le quotazioni azionarie attuali, andare in
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span> e premere poi
-      il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span>.</p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.7. Prestare denaro a un amico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813746"></a>10.9.7. Prestare denaro a un amico</h3></div></div></div><p>Jack sta attraversando un periodo difficile oltreoceano. Dato che è un caro amico,
-      si decide di aiutarlo con un prestito personale di 40.000 AUD.</p><p>
+</p></div><p>Si decide di investire €100.000 in ogni titolo; per farlo è prima necessario eseguire una transazione di valuta ai vari conti bancari associati alle azioni.</p><p>La transazione da inserire nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</strong></span> è la seguente:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2811189"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.5. Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta multipla.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta multipla." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Deposito</td><td>Prelievo</td><td>Tasso di cambio</td><td>Costo della transazione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Brocker Svedese:Banca</td><td>100.000</td><td> </td><td>5,5869</td><td>35</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Brocker HK:Banca</td><td>100.000</td><td> </td><td>5,8869</td><td>30</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Brocker USD:Banca</td><td>100.000</td><td> </td><td>0,7593</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Non appena è disponibile il denaro sui conti di intermediazione, si richiede al proprio brocker di acquistare le azioni per un certo importo. Si ricordi di eseguire la transazione dal conto della banca associata a una determinata azione e, se la finestra del tasso di cambio non dovesse essere visualizzata, fare clic con il tasto destro nella riga e selezionare la relative voce per aprirla manualmente. Inserire quindi il numero di azioni acquistate nell’ultima voce (Trasferisci a).</p><p>
+        </p><div class="table"><a name="id2811302"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.6. Acquistare azioni oltreoceano</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Acquistare azioni oltreoceano" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Simbolo azione</td><td>Numero di quote</td><td>Importo</td><td>Commissionie</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15.000</td><td>270.000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70.000</td><td>280.000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1.000</td><td>32.000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+      </p><p>Come è possibile vedere dalla struttura dei conti, sono state acquistate delle azioni in tre differenti valute (HK, USD e SEK), ma la struttura dei conti (come visto più sotto) non ne indica il valore nella propria valuta, l’EUR.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" alt="Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Alcuni dei conti nella struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto delle azioni</p></div></div></div><p>La prossima sezione si occuperà dell’impostazione dei vari tassi di cambio necessari per permettere a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di visualizzare il valore totale nella valuta locale (EUR in questo caso)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.6. Ricevere le quotazioni online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2811447"></a>10.7.6. Ricevere le quotazioni online</h3></div></div></div><p>Per ricevere i tassi di cambio e le quotazioni azionarie attuali, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span> e premere poi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span>.</p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.7. Prestare denaro a un amico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2811480"></a>10.7.7. Prestare denaro a un amico</h3></div></div></div><p>Peter sta attraversando un periodo difficile oltreoceano. Dato che è un caro amico, si decide di aiutarlo con un prestito personale di 40.000 AUD.</p><p>
         </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
-Attività:Denaro prestato:Mario                 (AUD)<br>
-Entrate:Interessi in entrata:Mario              (AUD)<br>
+Attività:Denaro prestato:Peter                 (AUD)<br>
+Entrate:Interessi in entrata:Peter             (AUD)<br>
 Uscite:Spese bancarie                          (EUR)<br>
         </p></div><p>
-      </p><p>Si tratta di una semplice transazione dal proprio conto dei risparmi
-      (EUR), al conto Attività:Denaro prestato:AUD:Mario (AUD). Sia il tasso di
-      cambio pari a 0,606161 e la spesa per il servizio di 35 EUR.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.8. Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813789"></a>10.9.8. Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone</h3></div></div></div><p>Un amico Giapponese di vecchia data, offre il prestito di una casa
-      Giapponese se si acquista una proprietà all'estero, con soli EUR 50.000 
-      di deposito. Dopo averne discusso con il proprio consulente finanziario in Italia
-      e aver valutato i vari rischi e benefici derivanti dall'offerta, si decide di
-      accettare la proposta.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">E' bene ricordare ancora che questo non è un consiglio finanziario. 
-        Interpellare un consulente finanziario prima di intraprendere degli
-        investimenti (o speculazioni) sui mercati esteri, o anche in quelli locali.</p><p xmlns="">Può essere utile spendere una parola di avviso su questo argomento:
-        stipulare un prestito all'estero con un tasso di interesse molto basso
-        può sembrare un investimento vantaggioso. Si tenga presente però che il tasso di cambio 
-        può variare e lo può fare drasticamente. Se si accende un prestito nella
-        propria valuta locale, ci si deve preoccupare solamente della variabilità del
-        tasso di interesse; accendendo invece un mutuo all'estero, ci si deve preoccupare
-        non solo della variazione del tasso di interesse ma anche della
-        variazione del tasso di cambio.
-        </p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si immagini di aver trovato una piccola e confortevole villetta in una
-      cittadina costiera vicino ad Auckland che potrebbe essere una casa estiva 
-      perfetta, e si decida di utilizzare il denaro in Giappone per acquistarla.</p><p>Per questo esempio occorrono i seguenti conti:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+      </p><p>Si tratta di una semplice transazione dal proprio conto dei risparmi (EUR), al conto Attività:Denaro prestato:Peter (AUD). Sia il tasso di cambio pari a 0,606161 (prelievo di EUR 65.989,10) e la spesa per il servizio di 35 EUR.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.8. Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2811523"></a>10.7.8. Comprare una proprietà in Nuova Zelanda con un prestito in Giappone</h3></div></div></div><p>Un amico Giapponese di vecchia data, offre il prestito di una casa Giapponese se si acquista una proprietà all’estero, con soli EUR 50.000 di deposito. Dopo averne discusso con il proprio consulente finanziario in Italia e aver valutato i vari rischi e benefici derivanti dall’offerta, si decide di accettare la proposta.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È bene ricordare ancora che questo non è un consiglio finanziario. Interpellare un consulente finanziario prima di intraprendere degli investimenti (o speculazioni) sui mercati esteri, o anche in quelli locali.</p><p xmlns="">Può essere utile spendere una parola di avviso su questo argomento: stipulare un prestito all’estero con un tasso di interesse molto basso può sembrare un investimento vantaggioso. Si tenga presente però che il tasso di cambio può variare e lo può fare drasticamente. Se si accende un prestito nella propria valuta locale, ci si deve preoccupare solamente della variabilità del tasso di interesse; accendendo invece un mutuo all’estero, ci si deve preoccupare non solo della variazione del tasso di interesse ma anche della variazione del tasso !
 di cambio.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si immagini di aver trovato una piccola e confortevole villetta in una cittadina costiera vicino ad Auckland che potrebbe essere una casa estiva perfetta, e si decida di utilizzare il denaro in Giappone per acquistarla.</p><p>Per questo esempio occorrono i seguenti conti:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Passività:Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese          (JPY)<br>
 Uscite:Interessi:Prestito Giapponese            (JPY)<br>
 Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese          (JPY)<br>
 Attività:Attività correnti:Banca Giapponese     (JPY)<br>
 Attività:Beni immobili:Casa NZ                   (NZ)<br>
-</p></div><div class="table"><a name="id2813879"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.7. Transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di una casa in NZ</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di una casa in NZ" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa in NZ</td><td>300.000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td> </td><td>50.000 (EUR) (1,18926)</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese</td><td> </td><td>28.000.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese</td><td>300.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.9. Come procedere?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2813963"></a>10.9.9. Come procedere?</h3></div></div></div><p>Come è stato mostrato nell'esempio precedente, sono stati completati esclusivamente
-      gli acquisti iniziali. Il resto, che comprende le vendite e la registrazione dei vari guadagni
-      non realizzati, è lasciato alla considerazione dell'utente.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="table"><a name="id2811591"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.7. Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa in NZ</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa in NZ" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa in NZ</td><td>300.000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Conto risparmio</td><td> </td><td>50.000 (EUR) (1,18926)</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Prestiti:Prestito Giapponese</td><td> </td><td>28.000.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Costi mutuo:Prestito Giapponese</td><td>300.000 (JPY) (0,0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.9. Come procedere?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2811674"></a>10.7.9. Come procedere?</h3></div></div></div><p>Come è stato mostrato nell’esempio precedente, sono stati completati esclusivamente gli acquisti iniziali. Il resto, che comprende le vendite e la registrazione dei vari guadagni non realizzati, è lasciato alla considerazione dell’utente.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,47 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_prefs1.html" title="10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali"><link rel="next" href="currency_purchase1.html" title="10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_prefs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_purchase1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_howto1"></a>10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash è in grado di aggiornare i tassi di cambio delle valute in 
-    due modi, uno manuale e uno automatico. Nelle due sezioni seguenti
-    verranno illustrate entrambe le procedure.</p><p>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main1.png" alt="Impostazione iniziale multi-valuta dei conti bancari"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione iniziale di 3 conti bancari con valute 
-        differenti.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.5.1. Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Manual"></a>10.5.1. Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</h3></div></div></div><p>Si apra l'editor dei prezzi andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Finestra dell'editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell'editor prezzi. </p></div></div></div><p>Scegliere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi</span> per aggiungere un
-      nuovo tasso di cambio per la valuta. Verrà aperta una finestra che permette di scegliere
-      la commodity per cui si vuole definire il tasso di cambio. Premere
-      <span class="guibutton">Seleziona</span>, impostare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> a
-      valuta e il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta</strong></span> a EUR (Euro).
-      La finestra dovrebbe apparire simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_selectcurr.png" alt="Selezionare come commodity l'Euro"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra della scelta della commodity nell'editor dei prezzi</p></div></div></div><p>Premere <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> e nella finestra di scelta della 
-      commodity, impostare il tasso di cambio tra la commodity selezionata e
-      la valuta corrente. In questo esempio, si imposterà il tasso di cambio
-      a 1EUR uguale a 1USD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_selectcomm.png" alt="Scelta della commodity"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell'editor prezzi per la scelta della commodity</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Finestra dell'editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>La Finestra dell'editor prezzi dopo aver impostato
-          il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main2.png" alt="Struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato il
-          tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA.</p></div></div></div><p>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio
-        per HKD, GnuCash non converte l'HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione 
-        successiva.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.5.2. Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Auto"></a>10.5.2. Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</h3></div></div></div><p>Nella sezione precedente è stato mostrato come sia possibile
-      definire manualmente un nuovo tasso di cambio per una valuta. Esiste 
-      però un metodo più semplice per ottenere lo stesso risultato.</p><p>Si apra la finestra dell'editor dei prezzi dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Finestra dell'editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell'editor prezzi prima di ottenere le
-          quotazioni online.</p></div></div></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> per caricare
-      automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-         Se il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> è disabilitato, 
-         significa che il modulo di PerlFinance::Quote non è installato. 
-         Per informazioni su come installarlo, consultare
-         <a class="xref" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni">Sezione 8.6.3, «Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni»</a>
-      </p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Finestra dell'editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell'editor prezzi dopo aver ottenuto le 
-            quotazioni online. </p></div></div></div><p>GnuCash scaricherà autonomamente i tassi di cambio per
-      tutte le valute utilizzate nei vari conti. Questo accadrà ogni
-      qualvolta verrà premuto il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span>
-      o se si è impostato GnuCash per scaricare automaticamente le quotazioni
-      o i tassi di cambio come descritto in <a class="xref" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni">Sezione 8.6.3, «Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni»</a></p><p>Tornando ora alla struttura principale dei conti, si noterà che
-      GnuCash ha automaticamente convertito l'importo in HKD in EUR nei conti
-      padre che sono in Euro come anche nella colonna del Totale (EUR).
-      Inoltre i conti in dollari USA sono stati aggiornati con gli ultimi
-      tassi di cambio.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main3.png" alt="Finestra dell'editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p> Struttura dei conti dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni
-          online.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.5.3. Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_disable"></a>10.5.3. Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Ogni volta che si crea un conto che utilizza una valuta diversa da quella predefinita,
-      verrà automaticamente abilitata la ricezione delle quotazioni online per quella stessa valuta.
-      Comunque, se in seguito il conto viene cancellato, GnuCash non disabiliterà automaticamente
-      la ricezione delle quotazioni.</p><p>
-        Quando sarà stato cancellato anche l'ultimo conto con una particolare valuta e non si vorrà 
-        ricevere più gli aggiornamenti sulla valuta, procedere nel seguente modo:
-      </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>aprire la finestra dei titoli selezionando
-          <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span>;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>assicurarsi che sia attivata l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>visualizza le valute 
-          Nazionali</strong></span>;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>espandere la riga denominata "CURRENCY";</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fare doppio clic sulla valuta per cui si desidera disabilitare la
-          ricezione delle quotazioni;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>deselezionare l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>ricevi quotazioni online</strong></span> e
-          premere «OK».</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_prefs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_purchase1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="currency_purchase1.html" title="10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_purchase1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_howto1"></a>10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di aggiornare i tassi di cambio delle valute in due modi, uno manuale e uno automatico. Nelle due sezioni seguenti verranno illustrate entrambe le procedure.</p><p>Prima di iniziare, è bene dare uno sguardo alla struttura dei conti</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main1.png" alt="Impostazione iniziale di un conto bancario con valute multiple"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione iniz!
 iale di 3 conti bancari con valute multiple.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.3.1. Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Manual"></a>10.3.1. Aggiornare manualmente i tassi di cambio</h3></div></div></div><p>Aprire l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span> andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Finestra dell’editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell’editor prezzi.</p></div></div></div><p>Scegliere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi</span> per aggiungere un nuovo tasso di cambio per la valuta. Verrà aperta una finestra in cui è possibile impostare un nuovo tasso di cambio. La finestra dovrebbe apparire simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_addcurr.png" alt="Impostazione del tasso di cambio per l’euro"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell’editor prezzi</p></div></div></div><p>Impostare <span class="guibutton">Namespace</span> a <span class="guilabel"><strong>CURRENCY</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Security</strong></span> to USD (dollari americani). Impostare poi il tasso di cambio tra la security selezionata e la valuta corrente. In questo esempio, si imposterà il tasso di cambio a 1 EUR uguale a 1 USD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Finestra dell’editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>La Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main2.png" alt="Struttura dei conti"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato il tasso di cambio tra Euro e dollaro USA.</p!
 ></div></div></div><p>Si osservi che poiché non è stato impostato il tasso di cambio per HKD, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non converte l’HKD in EUR. Questo verrà aggiunto nella sezione successiva.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.3.2. Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Auto"></a>10.3.2. Aggiornare automaticamente i tassi di cambio</h3></div></div></div><p>Nella sezione precedente è stato mostrato come sia possibile definire manualmente un nuovo tasso di cambio per una valuta. Esiste però un metodo più semplice per ottenere lo stesso risultato.</p><p>Aprire l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span> andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Finestra dell’editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell’editor prezzi prima di ottenere le quotazioni online.</p></div></div></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> per caricare automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> è disabilitato, significa che il modulo di <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong> <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> non è installato. Per informazioni su come installarlo, consultare <a class="xref" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockp!
 rice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni">Sezione 8.6.3, «Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni»</a></p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Finestra dell’editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra dell’editor prezzi dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</p></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> scaricherà autonomamente i tassi di cambio per tutte le valute utilizzate nei vari conti. Questo accadrà ogni qualvolta verrà premuto il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> o se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato impostato per scaricare automaticamente le quotazioni o i tassi di cambio come descritto in <a class="xref" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni">Sezione 8.6.3, «Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni»</a></p><p>Tornando ora alla struttura principale dei conti, si noterà che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ha automaticamente convertito l’importo in HKD in EUR nei conti padre che sono in Euro come anche nella colonna del Totale (EUR). Inoltre i conti in dollari USA sono stati aggiornati con gli ultimi tassi di cambio.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main3.png" alt="Finestra dell’editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo aver ottenuto le quotazioni online.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.3.3. Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_disable"></a>10.3.3. Come disabilitare il recupero della valuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Ogni volta che si crea un conto che utilizza una valuta diversa da quella predefinita, verrà automaticamente ab!
 ilitata la ricezione delle quotazioni online per quella stessa valuta. Comunque, se in seguito il conto viene cancellato, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non disabiliterà automaticamente la ricezione delle quotazioni.</p><p>Quando sarà stato cancellato anche l’ultimo conto con una particolare valuta e non si vorrà ricevere più gli aggiornamenti sulla valuta, procedere nel seguente modo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>aprire la finestra dei titoli selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>assicurarsi che sia attivata l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>visualizza le valute Nazionali</strong></span>;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>espandere la riga denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>CURRENCY</strong></span>;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fare doppio clic sulla valuta per cui si desidera disabilitare la ricezione delle quotazioni;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>deselezionare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>ricevi quotazioni online</strong></span> e premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_purchase1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,41 +1,7 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_purchase1.html" title="10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_invest1"></a>10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Si ha un investimento in valuta quando si decide di investire su una valuta di un
-    paese diverso dal proprio, nella speranza che quella valuta aumenti il proprio
-    valore rispetto alla valuta originale.</p><p>Quando si inseriscono delle transazioni di questo tipo in GnuCash, occorre prima decidere
-    il dettaglio di livello che si vuole utilizzare.</p><p>Se non si è interessati ai dettagli, una struttura dei conti molto semplice, come quella 
-    riportata di seguito, risulterà più che sufficiente.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_purchase1.html" title="10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_invest1"></a>10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Si ha un investimento in valuta quando si decide di investire su una valuta di un paese diverso dal proprio, nella speranza che quella valuta aumenti il proprio valore rispetto alla valuta originale.</p><p>Quando si inseriscono delle transazioni di questo tipo in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, occorre prima decidere il livello di dettaglio che si vuole utilizzare.</p><p>Se non si è interessati ai dettagli, una struttura dei conti molto semplice, come quella riportata di seguito, risulterà p!
 iù che sufficiente.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
     Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca (EUR)<br>
-    Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX (XXX)</p></div><p>Se si vuole essere in grado di tracciare gli aumenti del capitale o le perdite,
-    come anche le varie spese, occorrerà uno schema più complesso; tipo questo:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+    Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX (XXX)</p></div><p>Se si vuole essere in grado di tracciare gli aumenti del capitale o le perdite, come anche le varie spese, occorrerà uno schema più complesso; tipo questo:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
     Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca                    (EUR)<br>
     Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX       (XXX)<br>
     Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX     (XXX)<br>
-    Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX  (XXX)</p></div><p>Dove XXX rappresenta la valuta su cui si sta investendo.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-       Attualmente (30 Aprile 2006) c'è un piccolo bug ( 
-       <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=340041" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">340041</em>
-       </a>) in GnuCash, che rende impossibile registrare i guadagni in capitale degli investimenti
-	in valuta. 
-    </p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.1. Acquistare un investimento in valuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest12"></a>10.7.1. Acquistare un investimento in valuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Un tipico ordine di acquisto potrebbe essere il seguente, visto dal conto
-      Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2812578"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.1. Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposito</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</td><td> </td><td>Importo investito</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</td><td>Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</td><td>Importo investito - Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">Lasciando l'ultima riga della suddivisione della transazione di 
-        valuta, dovrebbe comparire la finestra del tasso di cambio. Se questo
-        non dovesse avvenire, cliccare con il tasto destro sulla riga e selezionare
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span>. nella finestra del tasso di
-        cambio specificarne il valore fornito dalla banca.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.2. Vendere un investimento in valuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest13"></a>10.7.2. Vendere un investimento in valuta</h3></div></div></div><p>L'inserimento della valuta che si sta vendendo, si effettua allo stesso 
-      modo dell'acquisto con la differenza che ora si sta trasferendo denaro dal
-      conto della valuta al conto risparmi (molto simile a (<a class="xref" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni">Sezione 8.7, «Vendere le azioni»</a>).</p><p>La registrazione corretta della vendita di valuta DEVE essere
-      effettuata utilizzando una transazione suddivisa. In questa, si deve
-      contabilizzare il profitto (o la perdita) come proveniente da un conto
-      Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (o da Uscite:Perdite in capitale). Per bilanciare questa 
-      entrata, sarà necessario inserire la valuta due volte nella suddivisione.
-      Una volta per registrare la vendita (utilizzando il saldo corretto e il tasso
-      di cambio corretto) e un'altra volta per bilanciare il profitto in entrata
-      (impostando l'importo a 0).</p><p>In breve, una transazione di vendita per la valuta, dovrebbe assomigliare
-      a quella riportata più sotto, vista di nuovo dal conto Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2812721"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.2. Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposito</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</td><td>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</td><td>Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</td><td> </td><td>Importo venduto</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in
-              capitale:XXX</td><td>[PERDITA]</td><td>PROFITTO</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</td><td>PROFITTO (con "trasferisci a" = 0)</td><td>[PERDITA (con "trasferisci a" = 0) ]</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-           Attualmente (30 Aprile 2006) c'è un piccolo bug ( 
-
-          <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=340041" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">340041</em>
-          </a>
-
-           ) in GnuCash, che rende impossibile registrare i guadagni in conto capitale derivanti
-	   dagli investimenti in valuta. 
-      </p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+    Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX  (XXX)</p></div><p>Dove XXX rappresenta la valuta su cui si sta investendo.</p><div class="sect2" title="10.5.1. Acquistare un investimento in valuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest12"></a>10.5.1. Acquistare un investimento in valuta</h3></div></div></div><p>Un tipico ordine di acquisto potrebbe essere il seguente, visto dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2810336"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.1. Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposito</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</td><td> </td><td>Importo investito</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</td><td>Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</td><td>Importo investito - Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">Lasciando l’ultima riga della suddivisione della transazione di valuta, dovrebbe comparire la finestra del tasso di cambio. Se questo non dovesse avvenire, fare clic con il tasto destro sulla riga e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span>. nella finestra del tasso di cambio specificarne il valore fornito dalla banca.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.5.2. Vendere un investimento in valuta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest13"></a>10.5.2. Vendere un investimento in valuta</h3></div></div></div><p>L’inserimento della valuta che si sta vend!
 endo, si effettua allo stesso modo dell’acquisto con la differenza che ora si sta trasferendo denaro dal conto della valuta al conto risparmi (molto simile a (<a class="xref" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni">Sezione 8.7, «Vendere le azioni»</a>).</p><p>La registrazione corretta della vendita di valuta DEVE essere effettuata utilizzando una transazione suddivisa. In questa, si deve contabilizzare il profitto (o la perdita) come proveniente da un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</strong></span> (o da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Perdite in capitale</strong></span>). Per bilanciare questa entrata, sarà necessario inserire la valuta due volte nella suddivisione: una volta per registrare la vendita (utilizzando il saldo corretto e il tasso di cambio corretto) e un’altra volta per bilanciare il profitto in entrata (impostando l’importo a 0).</p><p>In breve, una transazione di vendita per la valuta, dovrebbe assomigliare a quella riportata più sotto, vista di nuovo dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2810450"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 10.2. Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposito</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:Banca</td><td>Importo venduto - Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Investimenti:Valuta:Valuta Banca:XXX</td><td>Imposta di cambio</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</td><td> </td><td>Importo venduto</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Investimenti:Valuta Banca:Guadagni in capitale:XXX</td><td>[PERDITA]</td><td>UTILE</t!
 d></tr><tr><td>Attività:Investimenti:Valuta:XXX</td><td>PROFITTO (con <span class="guilabel"><strong>trasferisci a</strong></span> = 0)</td><td>[PERDITA (con <span class="guilabel"><strong>trasferisci a</strong></span> = 0) ]</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_support1.html" title="10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute"><link rel="next" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_support1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_prefs1"></a>10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash permette di impostare le seguenti preferenze internazionali</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Valuta predefinita con cui si desidera visualizzare i
-        nuovi registri
-        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Valuta predefinita con cui si desidera visualizzare i
-        resoconti</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Formato di Data e Ora</p></li></ul></div><p>Per maggiori dettagli sulle preferenze di internazionalizzazione
-    disponibili, consultare <a class="xref" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Impostare le preferenze">Sezione 2.4, «Impostare le preferenze»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_support1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,17 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="currency_invest1.html" title="10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_howto1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_invest1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_purchase1"></a>10.6. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>E' possibile operare in due modi differenti.</p><p>1) utilizzando la funzione fornita da GnuCash per il cambio della valuta
-    tra i conti quando si effettuano delle transazioni. Questo è utile principalmente
-    per le transazioni che avvengono in una volta sola e non per quelle che
-    avvengono ripetutamente.</p><p>2) Utilizzando conti separati per questi acquisti, dove tutti i conti
-    interessati utilizzano la stessa valuta. Questo è il metodo raccomandato, dato che
-    permette di seguire e tracciare meglio le operazioni. In questo modo, si
-    esegue una sola transazione per il cambio di valuta e dopo di questa si
-    operano delle normali transazioni.</p><p>Nel prosieguo di questa sezione, ci si baserà su una impostazione del tipo
-    2)</p><div class="sect2" title="10.6.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_purchase2"></a>10.6.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ipotizzi che la propria residenza abituale sia in Emilia-Romagna, quindi si utilizzi
-      l'EURO come valuta predefinita; ma, amando i viaggi alle Bahamas per la pesca,
-      si decida di acquistare una barca. Per farlo, si apra un conto bancario in Jamaica,
-      si trasferisca del denaro dall'Italia e poi si effettui l'acquisto della barca
-      dei propri sogni (in versione ridotta (!)).</p><p>Per registrare tutto questo in GnuCash si utilizzerà la seguente struttura 
-      dei conti</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="currency_invest1.html" title="10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_howto1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_invest1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_purchase1"></a>10.4. Registrare gli acquisti in valuta estera (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>È possibile operare in due modi differenti.</p><p>1) utilizzando la funzione fornita da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per il cambio della valuta tra i conti quando si effettuano delle transazioni. Questo è utile principalmente per le transazioni che avvengono una volta sola e non per quelle che avvengono ripetutamente.</p><p>2) Utilizzando conti separati per questi acquisti, dove tutti i conti interessati utilizzano la stessa valuta. Questo è il metodo raccomandato, dato che perme!
 tte di seguire e tracciare meglio le operazioni. In questo modo, si esegue una sola transazione per il cambio di valuta e dopo di questa si operano delle normali transazioni.</p><p>Nel prosieguo di questa sezione, ci si baserà su una impostazione del tipo 2)</p><div class="sect2" title="10.4.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_purchase2"></a>10.4.1. Acquistare un bene in valuta estera</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ipotizzi che la propria residenza abituale sia in Emilia-Romagna e che quindi l’EURO sia la valuta predefinita; ma, amando i viaggi alle Bahamas per la pesca, si decida di acquistare una barca. Per farlo, si apra un conto bancario in Jamaica, si trasferisca del denaro dall’Italia e poi si effettui l’acquisto della barca dei propri sogni (in versione ridotta (!)).</p><p>Per registrare tutto questo in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si utilizzerà la seguente struttura dei conti</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività                        (EUR)<br>
    -Attività correnti              (EUR)<br>
       -Banca italiana       (EUR)<br>
@@ -23,79 +10,15 @@
       -EUR                  (EUR)<br>
 <br>
 Nota: la valuta di ogni conto è riportata fra parentesi.<br>
- </p></div><p>Dapprima occorre trasferire del denaro (€10.000) in Jamaica utilizzando
-      il conto bancario abituale in Italia (con un saldo di €100.000). La banca
-      fissa un tasso di cambio di 1 EUR = 64 JMD e addebita €150 per il
-      trasferimento del denaro.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png" alt="Trasferimento di valuta"><div class="caption"><p>Trasferimento di denaro in Jamaica</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare la riga della transazione in Jamaica (€9.850,00), premere il tasto 
-      destro del mouse e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" alt="Modifica tasso di cambio"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra in cui viene specificato il tasso di cambio per una
-          transazione in valuta</p></div></div></div><p>Come tasso di cambio si immetta 1 EUR = 64 JMD, dato che questo è il valore
-      fornito dalla propria banca. Premere «Ok» nella finestra di trasferimento del fondo 
-      (modifica del tasso di cambio) e salvare la transazione suddivisa. Sotto è riportata
-      un'immagine di come dovrebbe presentarsi la struttura dei conti principale.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png" alt="Struttura dei conti prima dell'acquisto della barca"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti prima dell'acquisto della 
-          barca</p></div></div></div><p>Si supponga di aver trovato la barca e, poiché si tratta di un affare a soli JMD 509.000, si 
-      decide di acquistarla. Per registrare questa transazione in GnuCash, basta
-      inserire una semplice transazione nel conto Attività:Attività correnti:Banca Jamaicana
-      prelevando 509.000 JMD e trasferendoli in Attività:Beni immobili:Barca</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png" alt="Struttura dei conti dopo l'acquisto della barca"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo l'acquisto della 
-          barca</p></div></div></div><p>La struttura dei conti mostra ora che il conto in banca è stato ridotto
-      del valore della barca (JMD 509.000), e che il conto della barca nei beni immobili
-      è aumentato dello stesso importo. Se è anche stato attivato nel CoA (scelta
-      delle colonne) la voce "Totale (EUR)", verrà mostrato il valore corrispondente
-      in EURO. Il valore in EURO rispecchierà sempre l'ultimo tasso di cambio che è
-      stato automaticamente o manualmente aggiornato con GnuCash.
-      </p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.6.2. Acquistare azioni estere"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_purchase3"></a>10.6.2. Acquistare azioni estere</h3></div></div></div><p>Un esempio più complicato</p><p>Questo esempio mostra come acquistare azioni scambiate in una valuta
-      differente da quella normale.</p><p>In questo esempio si ipotizza di essere in Italia e di aver quindi impostato
-      la valuta predefinita a EUR. Si decide di acquistare alcune azioni a Hong Kong valutate in
-      HKD.Si desidera anche essere in grado di registrare le varie entrate e uscite
-      per ogni azione e per mediatore (brocker).</p><p>Le azioni che si desidera acquistare sono le Beijing Airport (Hong Kong)
-      (Dopotutto le Olimpiadi del 2008 a Beijing sono terminate e il prezzo è tornato 
-      normale).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
-         Le azioni di cui sopra (Beijing Airport) sono state scelte solo per
-         le finalità di questo esempio, e non dovrebbero essere prese come una pubblicità
-         per l'acquisto delle azioni.
-      </p></td></tr></table></div><p>E' necessario trovare quale sia il simbolo ticker dell'azione.
-      Per farlo, è utile un pò di ricerca su internet e, in particolare,
-      su <a class="ulink" href="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">Yahoo! Finance - Ticker
-      Symbol Lookup</em></a> (http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup).
-      Questo porta a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Beijing Airport</strong></span> ha il simbolo
-          0694.HK su Yahoo</p></li></ul></div><p>Dato che si desidera registrare tutte le varie entrate e uscite, si perviene alla 
-      seguente struttura dei conti:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ </p></div><p>Dapprima occorre trasferire del denaro (€10.000) in Jamaica utilizzando il conto bancario abituale in Italia (con un saldo di €100.000). La banca fissa un tasso di cambio di 1 EUR = 64 JMD e addebita €150 per il trasferimento del denaro.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png" alt="Trasferimento di valuta"><div class="caption"><p>Trasferimento di denaro in Jamaica</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare la riga della transazione in Jamaica (€9.850,00), premere il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" alt="Modifica tasso di cambio"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra in cui viene specificato il tasso di cambio per una transazione in valuta</p></div></div></div><p>Come tasso di cambio immettere 1 EUR = 64 JMD, dato che questo è il valore fornito dalla propria banca. Premere «Ok» nella finestra di trasferimento del fondo (modifica del tasso di cambio) e salvare la transazione suddivisa. Sotto è riportata un’immagine di come dovrebbe presentarsi la struttura dei conti principale.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png" alt="Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti prima dell’acquisto della barca</p></div></div></div><p>Si supponga di aver trovato la barca e, poiché si tratta di un affare a soli JMD 509.000, si decide di acquistarla. Per registrare questa transazione in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, basta inserire una semplice transazione nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Attività correnti:Banca Jamaicana</strong></span> prelevando 509.000 JMD e trasferendoli in <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Barca</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="!
 mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png" alt="Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo l’acquisto della barca</p></div></div></div><p>La struttura dei conti mostra ora che il conto in banca è stato ridotto del valore della barca (JMD 509.000), e che il conto della barca nei beni immobili è aumentato dello stesso importo. Se è anche stato attivato nel CoA (scelta delle colonne) la voce <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Totale (EUR)</span>»</span>, verrà mostrato il valore corrispondente in EURO. Il valore in EURO rispecchierà sempre l’ultimo tasso di cambio che è stato automaticamente o manualmente aggiornato con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.4.2. Acquistare azioni estere"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_purchase3"></a>10.4.2. Acquistare azioni estere</h3></div></div></div><p>Questo esempio mostra come acquistare azioni scambiate in una valuta differente da quella normale.</p><p>In questo esempio si ipotizza di essere in Italia e di aver quindi impostato la valuta predefinita a EUR. Si decide di acquistare alcune azioni a Hong Kong valutate in HKD.Si desidera anche essere in grado di registrare le varie entrate e uscite per ogni azione e per mediatore (brocker).</p><p>Le azioni che si desidera acquistare sono le Beijing Airport (Hong Kong) (Dopotutto le Olimpiadi del 2008 a Beijing sono terminate e il prezzo è tornato normale).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le azioni di cui sopra (Beijing Airport) sono state scelte solo per le finalità di questo esemp!
 io, e non dovrebbero essere prese come una pubblicità per l’acquisto delle azioni.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>È necessario trovare quale sia il simbolo ticker dell’azione. Per farlo, è utile un po’ di ricerca su internet e, in particolare, su <a class="ulink" href="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">Yahoo! Finance - Ticker Symbol Lookup</em></a> (http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup). Questo porta a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Beijing Airport</strong></span> ha il simbolo 0694.HK su Yahoo</p></li></ul></div><p>Dato che si desidera registrare tutte le varie entrate e uscite, si perviene alla seguente struttura dei conti:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Attività:Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694.HK     (Beijing Airport)<br>
 Attività:Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca        (HKD)<br>
 Capitali:Bilanci di apertura:HKD                            (HKD)<br>
 Uscite:Commissioni:Boom.0694.HK                      (HKD)<br>
 Entrate:Investimenti:Dividendi:Boom:0694.HK               (HKD)<br>
-      </p></div><p>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti 
-      necessari:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" alt="Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti per azioni 
-          internazionali</p></div></div></div><p>Le informazioni sull'azione sono visualizzabili nell'editor titoli
-      (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> -> 
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span>):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" alt="Titoli Internazionali"><div class="caption"><p>Titoli Internazionali</p></div></div></div><p>Se non si è ancora trasferito del denaro (HKD 50.000) al conto di brockeraggio
-      (Attività:Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Boom:Banca), lo si faccia ora o utilizzando il conto del 
-      capitale (HKD), o trasferendo denaro da un conto bancario esistente (trasferimento di valuta).</p><p>Si assuma che il prezzo di una azione sia di 3 HKD. Per registrare l'acquisto,
-      si apra il conto dei liquidi di brokeraggio in HKD
-      (Attività:Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom:Banca) e si inserisca:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
-    Acquisto delle azioni <br>
+      </p></div><p>La struttura dei conti assomiglia a questa dopo la creazione di tutti i conti necessari:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" alt="Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti per azioni internazionali</p></div></div></div><p>Le informazioni sull’azione sono visualizzabili nell’editor titoli (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span>+<span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span>):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" alt="Titoli Internazionali"><div class="caption"><p>Titoli Internazionali</p></div></div></div><p>Se non si è ancora trasferito del denaro (HKD 50.000) al conto di brockeraggio (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Boom:Banca</strong></span>), farlo ora o utilizzando il conto del capitale (HKD), o trasferendo denaro da un conto bancario esistente (trasferimento di valuta).</p><p>Si assuma che il prezzo di una azione sia di 3 HKD. Per registrare l’acquisto, aprire il conto dei liquidi di brokeraggio in HKD (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom:Banca</strong></span>) e inserire:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+    Acquisto delle azioni<br>
 	Attività:Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:Banca  Prelievo 50.000<br>
 	Uscite:Investimenti:Commissioni:Boom_HKD	Deposito 500<br>
 	Attività:Investimenti:Conto di brockeraggio:Boom:0694  Deposito 49.500 (16.500 quote)<br>
-    </p></div><p>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del "Tasso di cambio", si clicchi con
-      il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell'azione e si selezioni 
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire
-      il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci a:</strong></span> 
-      </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" alt="Trasferimento di fondi"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</p></div></div></div><p>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato
-      modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.
-      </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" alt="Azioni Internazionali acquistate"><div class="caption"><p>
-            Struttura dei conti con alcune azioni Internazionali
-          </p></div></div></div><p>Come si può vedere, il totale in Euro potrebbe essere zero se non è
-      stato impostato alcun tasso di cambio tra EUR e HKD. Per porvi rimedio,
-      andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>
-      e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> per far sì che
-      GnuCash recuperi automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si 
-      ha bisogno.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo esempio mostra come le azioni possano essere acquistate
-          on una valuta qualsiasi inserendo la transazione relativa nel registro del
-          conto dove risiede il denaro utilizzato per pagarle. E' anche possibile inserire
-          la transazione dal registro del conto dell'azione, ma si proceda con cautela!
-         Operando in questo secondo modo, GnuCash assumerà che il prezzo qui inserito sia
-          espresso nella valuta del conto padre dell'azione.</p><p xmlns="">In questo esempio, il conto padre (Attività:Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom) 
-          è impostato in HKD. Dato che si tratta della stessa valuta con cui viene espresso il
-          prezzo dell'azione, l'acquisto può essere inserito tranquillamente, in questo caso, 
-          dal registro del conto dell'azione.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_howto1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_invest1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.5. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><p>Se non viene visualizzata automaticamente la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso di cambio</strong></span>, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nella riga dell’azione e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span>. Nella finestra che verrà aperta, inserire il numero di azioni (16.500) nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci a:</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" alt="Trasferimento di fondi"><div class="caption"><p>Impostazione del numero di quote nella finestra del trasferimento fondi</p></div></div></div><p>Se si ritorna alla struttura dei conti, si vedrà che il totale del conto è stato modificato in funzione delle quote acquistate.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" alt="Azioni Internazionali acquistate"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti con alcune azioni Internazionali</p></div></div></div><p>Come si può vedere, il totale in Euro potrebbe essere zero se non è stato impostato alcun tasso di cambio tra EUR e HKD. Per porvi rimedio, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span> e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> per far sì che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> recuperi automaticamente i vari tassi di cambio di cui si ha bisogno.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo esempio mostra come le azioni possano essere acquistate on una valuta qualsiasi inserendo!
  la transazione relativa nel registro del conto dove risiede il denaro utilizzato per pagarle. È anche possibile inserire la transazione dal registro del conto dell’azione, ma si proceda con cautela! Operando in questo secondo modo, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> assumerà che il prezzo qui inserito sia espresso nella valuta del conto padre dell’azione.</p><p xmlns="">In questo esempio, il conto padre (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:Conto brockeraggio:Boom</strong></span>) è impostato in HKD. Dato che si tratta della stessa valuta con cui viene espresso il prezzo dell’azione, l’acquisto può essere inserito tranquillamente nel registro del conto dell’azione.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_howto1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_invest1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.3. Registrare e aggiornare i tassi di cambio per le valute (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,8 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_invest1.html" title="10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="currency_examples1.html" title="10.9. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_invest1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_reconcile1"></a>10.8. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>La riconciliazione degli estratti conto in valuta estera, avviene con le stesse
-    modalità attraverso le quali si opera la riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario 
-    in valuta locale. Se è stata creata una struttura dei conti che permette di 
-    avere la stessa valuta dell'estratto conto anche per il conto, allora il 
-    procedimento è esattamente lo stesso della riconciliazione del proprio conto 
-    bancario in valuta locale a parte il fatto che potrebbe essere utile un 
-    dizionario (!).</p><p>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno convertire manualmente gli importi
-    tra una valuta e l'altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_invest1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.7. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.9. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_invest1.html" title="10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="currency_examples1.html" title="10.7. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_invest1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_reconcile1"></a>10.6. Riconciliare gli estratti conto in valuta estera (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>La riconciliazione degli estratti conto in valuta estera, avviene con le stesse modalità attraverso le quali si opera la riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario in valuta locale. Se è stata creata una struttura dei conti che permette di avere la stessa valuta dell’estratto conto anche per il conto, allora il procedimento è esattamente lo stesso della riconciliazione del proprio conto bancario in valuta locale a parte il fatto che potrebbe essere utile un dizionario (!).</p><p>Se si hanno diverse valute, si dovranno conve!
 rtire manualmente gli importi tra una valuta e l’altra, mentre si riconciliano i conti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_invest1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_examples1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.5. Tracciare gli investimenti in valuta (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.7. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple"><link rel="prev" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Configurare i conti"><link rel="next" href="currency_prefs1.html" title="10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 10. Valute multiple</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_prefs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_support1"></a>10.3. Supporto di GnuCash alle valute</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash supporta oltre un centinaio di valute, dal franco di Andorra
-    al dollaro dello Zimbabwe. E' inoltre disponibile il supporto a valute meno
-    utilizzate (!) quali il dollaro Americano, il dollaro Canadese, l'Euro Europeo e
-    la sterlina Inglese.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_prefs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.2. Configurare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.4. Impostare le preferenze internazionali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,21 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.3. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="dep_value1.html" title="11.2. Stimare la valutazione"><link rel="next" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Esempio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.3. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_value1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.3. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_accounts1"></a>11.3. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Come nella maggior parte della pratica contabile, esistono diversi modi
-    per impostare i conti per il deprezzamento. Nel seguito verrà illustrato un metodo
-    generale che dovrebbe essere sufficientemente flessibile per essere utilizzato
-    nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui si avrà bisogno
-    sarà un conto relativo al <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo del bene</strong></span> (tipo di conto di 
-    GnuCash: "attività"), nel quale verrà semplicemente registrato l'acquisto del bene.
-    Normalmente questo acquisto avviene con una transazione dal proprio conto 
-    bancario.</p><p>Allo scopo di tenere traccia del deprezzamento del bene, saranno necessari 
-    due conti di svalutazione. Il primo è il conto per il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento
-    accumulato</strong></span> nel quale verranno registrate le somme di tutti gli importi
-    di svalutazione e conterrà dei valori negativi; in GnuCash, questo conto appartiene 
-    alla famiglia delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>attività</strong></span>. Il conto del deprezzamento 
-    accumulato è bilanciato da un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Deprezzamento</strong></span>,
-    nel quale vengono registrate tutte le uscite periodiche; in GnuCash, questo conto 
-    è del tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>.</p><p>Più sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti per il tracciamento della
-    svalutazione di due beni: BENE1 e BENE2. I conti del "costo del bene" sono bilanciati dal
-    "Bancario", il conto del deprezzamento accumulato è bilanciato dal
-    conto delle uscite del deprezzamento.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.3. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="dep_value1.html" title="11.2. Stimare il valore"><link rel="next" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Esempio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.3. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_value1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.3. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_accounts1"></a>11.3. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Come nella maggior parte della pratica contabile, esistono diversi modi per impostare i conti per il deprezzamento. Nel seguito verrà illustrato un metodo generale che dovrebbe essere sufficientemente flessibile per essere utilizzato nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Il primo conto di cui si avrà bisogno sarà un conto relativo al <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo del bene</strong></span> (tipo di conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>: <span class="guilabel"><strong>attività</strong></span>), nel quale verrà semplicemente registrato l’acquisto del bene. Normalmente questo acquisto avviene con una transazione dal proprio conto bancario.</p><p>Allo scopo di tenere traccia del deprezzamento del bene, saranno necessari due conti di!
  svalutazione. Il primo è il conto per il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span> nel quale verranno registrate le somme di tutti gli importi di svalutazione e conterrà dei valori negativi; in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, questo conto appartiene alla famiglia delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>attività</strong></span>. Il conto del deprezzamento accumulato è bilanciato da un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Deprezzamento</strong></span>, nel quale vengono registrate tutte le uscite periodiche; in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, questo conto è del tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span>.</p><p>Più sotto è riportata una generica struttura dei conti per il tracciamento della svalutazione di due beni: <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE1</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE2</strong></span>. I conti del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo del bene</strong></span> sono bilanciati dal <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto Bancario</strong></span>, il conto del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span> è bilanciato dal conto delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite del deprezzamento</strong></span>.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
    -Beni immobili<br>
       -BENE1 <br>
@@ -28,23 +11,4 @@
       -Banca<br>
 -Uscite<br>
    -Deprezzamento        (Conto delle uscite del deprezzamento)<br>
-  </p></div><p>Uno dei vantaggi della struttura dei conti presentata, è che fornisce
-    immediatamente alcuni valori riassuntivi riguardanti il bene che si sta deprezzando.
-    Il totale del conto "Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1" mostra il valore attualmente stimato 
-    per il BENE1, il conto "Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo" visualizza quanto è stato
-    pagato originariamente il BENE1, "Attività:Beni
-    immobili:BENE1:Deprezzamento" riporta il deprezzamento accumulato relativo al BENE1 e,
-    infine, il conto "Uscite:Deprezzamento" visualizza il deprezzamento totale cumulato
-    di tutti i beni.</p><p>E' sicuramente possibile utilizzare altre strutture dei conti. Una
-    configurazione diffusa prevede di combinare i conti delle attività <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo
-    del bene</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span>. In questo modo
-    si ha il vantaggio di avere meno conti che popolano la propria struttura, ma,
-    di contro, per determinare alcune delle grandezze principali descritte nel paragrafo 
-    precedente, è necessario aprire la finestra del registro del conto. Come nella
-    maggior parte delle cose, esistono diversi metodi per compiere la stessa azione: l'importante
-    è utilizzare quella che risulta più comoda per le proprie necessità o capacità.</p><p>L'immissione degli importi relativi al deprezzamento, deve essere effettuato
-    in modo manuale per ogni periodo contabile. Non c'è, attualmente, modo in GnuCash 
-    di eseguire automaticamente i calcoli relativi allo schema di svalutazione o di
-    inserire automaticamente i valori nel conto corretto. Comunque, essendo il periodo 
-    contabile generalmente pari a 1 anno, non si tratta di un lavoro molto impegnativo 
-    eseguendolo manualmente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_value1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.2. Stimare la valutazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.4. Esempio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div><p>Uno dei vantaggi della struttura dei conti presentata, è che fornisce immediatamente alcuni valori riassuntivi riguardanti il bene che si sta deprezzando. Il totale del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1</strong></span> mostra il valore attualmente stimato per il BENE1, il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1:Costo</strong></span> visualizza quanto è stato pagato originariamente il BENE1, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:BENE1:Deprezzamento</strong></span> riporta il deprezzamento accumulato relativo al BENE1 e, infine, il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Deprezzamento</strong></span> visualizza il deprezzamento totale cumulato di tutti i beni.</p><p>È sicuramente possibile utilizzare altre strutture dei conti. Una configurazione diffusa prevede di combinare i conti delle attività <span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo del bene</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span>. In questo modo si ha il vantaggio di avere meno conti che popolano la propria struttura, ma, di contro, per determinare alcune delle grandezze principali descritte nel paragrafo precedente, è necessario aprire la finestra del registro del conto. Come nella maggior parte delle cose, esistono diversi metodi per compiere la stessa azione: l’importante è utilizzare quella che risulta più comoda per le proprie necessità o capacità.</p><p>L’inserimento degli importi relativi al deprezzamento, deve essere effettuato in modo manuale per ogni periodo contabile. Non c’è, attualmente, modo in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di eseguire automaticamente i calcoli relativi allo schema di svalutazione o di inserire automaticamente i valori nel conto corretto. Comunque, essendo il periodo contabile generalmente pari a 1 anno, non si tratta di un lavoro molto impegnativo eseguendolo manualmente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" !
 class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_value1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_example1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.2. Stimare il valore </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.4. Esempio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,65 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="next" href="dep_value1.html" title="11.2. Stimare la valutazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_dep.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_concepts1"></a>11.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>La svalutazione è il metodo contabile per spendere gli acquisti di capitale
-    nel tempo. Esistono due motivi per cui si potrebbe voler registrare 
-    il deprezzamento: si sta tenendo la contabilità delle proprie finanze personali
-    e si desidera tenere traccia del valore netto oppure si sta tenendo la contabilità
-    di una piccola impresa e si ha la necessità di produrre un documento finanziario
-    dal quale si dedurranno le detrazioni fiscali.</p><p>Il metodo di registrazione della svalutazione è lo stesso in entrambi i casi ma
-    lo scopo finale è diverso; in questa sezione verranno discusse le differenze fra i due
-    Prima di tutto si riportano dei termini di utilizzo comune trattando di deprezzamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span> - il totale cumulato
-        del deprezzamento avvenuto nella vita di un bene. Esso viene accumulato
-        nel conto di deprezzamento nella sezione del bene.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento contabile</strong></span> - è l'importo del deprezzamento
-        che viene registrato sui documenti finanziari per un periodo contabile.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Giusto valore di mercato</strong></span> - l'importo per il quale un
-        bene può essere venduto a una data precisa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore netto registrato</strong></span> - è la differenza fra
-        il costo originale di acquisto del bene e il deprezzamento a una certa 
-        data.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo originale</strong></span> - è l'importo di denaro con cui
-        è stato acquistato il bene. Sono inclusi in esso tutti i costi necessari
-        a rendere utilizzabile per i propri scopi il bene. Per esempio: spedizione,
-        costi di installazione, addestramenti speciali ecc...</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore di recupero</strong></span> - è il valore al quale
-        si stima che il bene possa essere venduto al termine della sua vita
-        utile (per il proprio utilizzo).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Ammortamento fiscale</strong></span> - è l'importo del
-        deprezzamento utile per individuare il valore del reddito imponibile per
-        l'applicazione delle imposte.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="11.1.1. Finanze personali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_concepts_personal2"></a>11.1.1. Finanze personali</h3></div></div></div><p>Il deprezzamento è utilizzato nelle finanze personali per far diminuire
-      periodicamente il valore di un bene al fine di avere a disposizione una stima 
-      accurata del valore netto corrente. Per esempio, se si possiede un'auto, è possibile
-      tener traccia del suo valore attuale registrando il deprezzamento ogni anno.
-      Per farlo, è necessario registrare il prezzo di acquisto originale come un'attività
-      e poi registrare un'uscita, relativa alla svalutazione (consultare la sezione
-      <a class="xref" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Esempio">Sezione 11.4, «Esempio»</a> per vedere un esempio). Così facendo il
-      valore netto contabile sarà approssimativamente uguale al giusto valore di mercato del bene
-      alla fine dell'anno.</p><p>Il deprezzamento per le finanze personali non ha implicazioni relativamente 
-      alle imposte; è usato solamente per avere una stima del valore netto. Come conseguenza
-      di questo, non esistono regole su come effettuare la stima della svalutazione.</p><p>Per quali beni si dovrebbe stimare la svalutazione? Dato che lo scopo
-      del deprezzamento per le finanze personali è quello di fornire una stima del valore 
-      netto dei propri beni, si consiglia di registrare la svalutazione solamente per quei 
-      beni che hanno un valore rilevante e che un giorno si potrebbe desiderare rivendere
-      come, per esempio, un'auto o una barca.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="11.1.2. Imprese"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_concepts_business2"></a>11.1.2. Imprese</h3></div></div></div><p>Al contrario delle finanze personali dove lo scopo è quello di
-      tracciare il valore dei beni personali, le imprese devono far corrispondere
-      le spese di acquisto di un bene capitale con la rendita che questo può fornire;
-      questo è possibile solo con la registrazione della svalutazione.
-      Le imprese hanno anche a che fare con le leggi sulle imposte che trattano il
-      deprezzamento; questo prende il nome di ammortamento fiscale. L'impresa è libera di
-      scegliere qualsiasi schema desideri per registrare il deprezzamento, ma lo schema
-      utilizzato per l'ammortamento fiscale è fisso. Spesso questo comporta delle
-      differenze tra svalutazione contabile e ammortamento fiscale, ma è possibile prendere dei provvedimenti
-      per ridurre questo effetto.</p><p>Quali acquisti dovrebbero essere capitalizzati? se si prevede che un bene
-      acquistato possa fornire delle entrate per un tempo superiore all'anno corrente,
-      allora dovrebbe essere capitalizzato. In questa definizione ricadono quindi
-      i beni quali i terreni, gli edifici, le attrezzature, le auto e i computer (se 
-      vengono tutti utilizzati per lavoro). Non sono compresi i beni che possono considerarsi
-      come scorte. Così, se si acquista un bene con l'intento di rivenderlo, non dovrebbe
-      essere capitalizzato.</p><p>Oltre al prezzo di acquisto del bene in sé stesso, qualsiasi costo 
-      sostenuto per rendere utilizzabile il bene, dovrebbe essere capitalizzato. 
-      Per esempio, se si acquista un'attrezzatura che deve essere spedita fuori città,
-      che necessita di lavori elettrici per l'installazione e di corsi specifici
-      sul suo utilizzo, tutti questi costi potranno essere inclusi nel
-      costo dell'attrezzatura.</p><p>E' anche necessario conoscere il valore di recupero del bene che,
-      solitamente, viene assunto pari a zero. Il bisogno di conoscere il
-      valore di recupero deriva dal fatto che il bene sarà deprezzato fino a quando
-      il valore netto contabile (costo meno deprezzamento) sarà pari al valore di recupero. 
-      Così, quando il bene sarà tolto dal registro, non si avranno perdite o guadagni
-      derivanti dalla cessione del bene.</p><p>L'ultimo passo consiste nell'individuare il metodo di svalutazione da 
-      utilizzare. Questo argomento verrà discusso nelle pagine seguenti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">ATTENZIONE: si presti attenzione al fatto che diversi Paesi
-        possono avere politiche sulle imposte sostanzialmente diverse per
-        quanto riguarda il deprezzamento; questo documento può solamente
-        fornire delle nozioni di base per poter applicare la politica sulle
-        imposte e sul deprezzamento che interessa nel caso specifico.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_dep.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.2. Stimare la valutazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="next" href="dep_value1.html" title="11.2. Stimare il valore"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_dep.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_concepts1"></a>11.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>La svalutazione è il metodo contabile per spendere gli acquisti di capitale nel tempo. Esistono due motivi per cui si potrebbe voler registrare il deprezzamento: si sta tenendo la contabilità delle proprie finanze personali e si desidera tenere traccia del valore netto oppure si sta tenendo la contabilità di una piccola impresa e si ha la necessità di produrre un documento finanziario dal quale si dedurranno le detrazioni fiscali.</p><p>Il metodo di registrazione della svalutazione è lo stesso in entrambi i casi ma lo scopo finale è diverso; in questa sezione verranno discusse le differenze fra i due Prima di tutto si riportano dei termini di utilizzo comune trattando di deprezzamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listi!
 tem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span> - il totale cumulato del deprezzamento avvenuto nella vita di un bene. Esso viene accumulato nel conto di deprezzamento nella sezione del bene.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento contabile</strong></span> - è l’importo del deprezzamento che viene registrato sui documenti finanziari per un periodo contabile.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Giusto valore di mercato</strong></span> - l’importo per il quale un bene può essere venduto a una data precisa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore netto registrato</strong></span> - è la differenza fra il costo originale di acquisto del bene e il deprezzamento a una certa data.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Costo originale</strong></span> - è l’importo di denaro con cui è stato acquistato il bene. Sono inclusi in esso tutti i costi necessari a rendere utilizzabile per i propri scopi il bene. Per esempio: spedizione, costi di installazione, addestramenti speciali ecc...</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore di recupero</strong></span> - è il valore al quale si stima che il bene possa essere venduto al termine della sua vita utile (per il proprio utilizzo).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Ammortamento fiscale</strong></span> - è l’importo del deprezzamento utile per individuare il valore del reddito imponibile per l’applicazione delle imposte.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="11.1.1. Finanze personali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_concepts_personal2"></a>11.1.1. Finanze personali</h3></div></div></div><p>Il deprezzamento è utilizzato nelle finanze personali per far diminuire periodicamente il valore di un bene al fine di avere a disposizione una stima accurata del valore netto corrente. Per esempio, se si possiede un’auto, è possib!
 ile tener traccia del suo valore attuale registrando il deprezzamento ogni anno. Per farlo, è necessario registrare il prezzo di acquisto originale come un’attività e poi registrare un’uscita relativa alla svalutazione (consultare <a class="xref" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Esempio">Sezione 11.4, «Esempio»</a> per vedere un esempio). Così facendo il valore netto contabile sarà approssimativamente uguale al giusto valore di mercato del bene alla fine dell’anno.</p><p>Il deprezzamento per le finanze personali non ha implicazioni relativamente alle imposte; è usato solamente per avere una stima del valore netto. Come conseguenza di questo, non esistono regole su come effettuare la stima della svalutazione.</p><p>Per quali beni si dovrebbe stimare la svalutazione? Dato che lo scopo del deprezzamento per le finanze personali è quello di fornire una stima del valore netto dei propri beni, si consiglia di registrare la svalutazione solamente per quei beni che hanno un valore rilevante e che un giorno si potrebbe desiderare rivendere come, per esempio, un’auto o una barca.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="11.1.2. Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_concepts_business2"></a>11.1.2. Impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>Al contrario delle finanze personali dove lo scopo è quello di tracciare il valore dei beni personali, le imprese devono far corrispondere le spese di acquisto di un bene capitale con la rendita che questo può fornire; questo è possibile solo con la registrazione della svalutazione. Le imprese hanno anche a che fare con le leggi sulle imposte che trattano il deprezzamento; questo prende il nome di ammortamento fiscale. L’impresa è libera di scegliere qualsiasi schema desideri per registrare il deprezzamento, ma lo schema utilizzato per l’ammortamento fiscale è fisso. Spesso questo comporta delle differenze tra svalutazione contabile e ammortamento fiscale, ma è possibile prendere dei provvedimenti per ridurre questo effetto.</p><p>Qua!
 li acquisti dovrebbero essere capitalizzati? se si prevede che un bene acquistato possa fornire delle entrate per un tempo superiore all’anno corrente, allora dovrebbe essere capitalizzato. In questa definizione ricadono quindi i beni quali i terreni, gli edifici, le attrezzature, le auto e i computer (se vengono tutti utilizzati per lavoro). Non sono compresi i beni che possono considerarsi come scorte. Così, se si acquista un bene con l’intento di rivenderlo, non dovrebbe essere capitalizzato.</p><p>Oltre al prezzo di acquisto del bene in sé stesso, qualsiasi costo sostenuto per rendere utilizzabile il bene, dovrebbe essere capitalizzato. Per esempio, se si acquista un’attrezzatura che deve essere spedita fuori città, che necessita di lavori elettrici per l’installazione e di corsi specifici sul suo utilizzo, tutti questi costi potranno essere inclusi nel costo dell’attrezzatura.</p><p>È anche necessario conoscere il valore di recupero del bene che, solitamente, viene assunto pari a zero. Il bisogno di conoscere il valore di recupero deriva dal fatto che il bene sarà deprezzato fino a quando il valore netto contabile (costo meno deprezzamento) sarà pari al valore di recupero. Così, quando il bene sarà tolto dal registro, non si avranno perdite o guadagni derivanti dalla cessione del bene.</p><p>L’ultimo passo consiste nell’individuare il metodo di svalutazione da utilizzare. Questo argomento verrà discusso nelle pagine seguenti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">ATTENZIONE: si presti attenzione al fatto che diversi Paesi possono avere politiche sulle imposte sostanzialmente diverse per quanto riguarda il deprezzamento; questo document!
 o fornisce solamente delle nozioni di base in modo che poi ognuno possa applicare la politica sulle imposte e sul deprezzamento che interessa nel caso specifico.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_dep.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_value1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.2. Stimare il valore</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,31 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.4. Esempio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.4. Esempio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.4. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_example1"></a>11.4. Esempio</h2></div></div></div><p>Si immagini di essere un fotografo e che quindi si debba utilizzare
-    un'auto e una costosa macchina fotografica per i propri lavori. Si desidererà
-    tenere traccia della svalutazione di questi beni dato che sarà probabilmente
-    possibile dedurre la svalutazione dalle imposte sulla propria attività.</p><p>Il primo passo consiste nella costruzione della struttura dei conti
-    (come mostrata nella sezione precedente, sostituendo a BENE1 e a BENE2  "auto" e "macchina
-    fotografica"). Ora, è possibile registrare l'acquisto dei beni trasferendo il denaro
-    dal proprio conto bancario al relativo conto del <span class="emphasis"><strong>costo del bene</strong></span> per
-    ogni oggetto (es: il conto "Attività:Beni immobili:Auto:Costo" per l'auto). 
-    In questo esempio si parte con €30.000 in banca, l'auto costa €20.000
-    e la macchina fotografica costa €10.000 entrambe acquistate il 1° Gennaio
-    2000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_example.png" alt="Esempio di svalutazione di un bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale dell'esempio di svalutazione del bene, prima
-        del deprezzamento</p></div></div></div><p>Controllando i codici sulle tasse, si apprende che il deprezzamento deve essere
-    calcolato utilizzando lo schema "somma delle cifre", su un periodo di 5 anni. 
-    Quindi, i deprezzamenti annuali per l'auto ammontano a
-    €6.667, €5.333, €4.000, €2.667, €1.333 per gli anni da 1 a 5 rispettivamente, arrotondati
-    all'euro. Gli importi della svalutazione annua per la macchina fotografica sono
-    €3.333, €2.667, €2.000, €1.333, €667. Si consulti la sezione precedenti sugli
-    schemi di svalutazione per ritrovare la formula con cui questi valori sono stati
-    calcolati.</p><p>Per ogni periodo contabile (es: anno fiscale) si deve registrare il
-    deprezzamento come un'uscita nel corrispondente conto del <span class="emphasis"><strong>deprezzamento
-    accumulato</strong></span> (es: il conto "Attività:Beni 
-    immobili:Auto:Deprezzamento" per l'auto). Le due finestre più sotto mostrano
-    il conto del deprezzamento accumulato relativo alla propria auto e la finestra
-    principale dopo il terzo anno (es: il terzo periodo) di svalutazione utilizzando
-    lo schema "somma delle cifre".</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_assetreg.png" alt="Finestra del registro di deprezzamento di un bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra del registro di deprezzamento di un bene
-        </p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_assetmain.png" alt="Finestra principale di deprezzamento di un bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale di deprezzamento di un bene</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">ATTENZIONE: dato che il deprezzamento e il calcolo delle imposte
-      sono fortemente legati, non si sarà sempre liberi di scegliere il metodo
-      che si preferisce. La correzione di calcoli errati richiede sempre molto
-      tempo e sforzo, più di quanto sia richiesto calcolando da subito i valori esatti;
-      quindi, se si ha intenzione di svalutare dei beni, è bene informarsi prima 
-      di tutto su quale schema è permesso o necessario utilizzare.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.3. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.4. Esempio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.4. Esempio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.4. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_example1"></a>11.4. Esempio</h2></div></div></div><p>Si immagini di essere un fotografo e che quindi si debba utilizzare un’auto e una costosa macchina fotografica per il proprio lavori. Sarà utile tenere traccia della svalutazione di questi beni dato che sarà probabilmente possibile dedurre la svalutazione dalle imposte sulla propria attività.</p><p>Il primo passo consiste nella costruzione della struttura dei conti (come mostrata nella sezione precedente, sostituendo a <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE1</strong></span> e a <span class="emphasis"><strong>BENE2</strong></span> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">auto</span>»</span> e <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">macchina fotografica</span>»</span>). Ora, è possibile registrare l’acquisto dei beni trasferendo il denaro dal proprio conto bancario al relati!
 vo conto del <span class="emphasis"><strong>costo del bene</strong></span> per ogni oggetto (es: il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Auto:Costo</strong></span> per l’auto). In questo esempio si parte con €30.000 in banca, l’auto costa €20.000 e la macchina fotografica costa €10.000 entrambe acquistate il 1° Gennaio 2000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_example.png" alt="Esempio di svalutazione di un bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale dell’esempio di svalutazione del bene, prima del deprezzamento</p></div></div></div><p>Controllando i codici sulle tasse, si apprende che il deprezzamento deve essere calcolato utilizzando lo schema <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">somma delle cifre</span>»</span>, su un periodo di 5 anni. Quindi, i deprezzamenti annuali per l’auto ammontano a €6.667, €5.333, €4.000, €2.667, €1.333 per gli anni da 1 a 5 rispettivamente, arrotondati all’euro. Gli importi della svalutazione annua per la macchina fotografica sono €3.333, €2.667, €2.000, €1.333, €667. Si consulti la sezione precedente sugli schemi di svalutazione per ritrovare la formula con cui questi valori sono stati calcolati.</p><p>Per ogni periodo contabile (anno fiscale) si deve registrare il deprezzamento come un’uscita nel corrispondente conto del <span class="emphasis"><strong>deprezzamento accumulato</strong></span> (es: il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Auto:Deprezzamento</strong></span> per l’auto). Le due finestre più sotto mostrano il conto del deprezzamento accumulato relativo alla propria auto e la finestra principale dopo il terzo anno (es: il terzo periodo) di svalutazione utilizzando lo schema <span class="guilabel"><strong>somma delle cifre</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_assetreg.png" alt="Finestra del registro di deprezzamento di un bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra del registro di!
  deprezzamento di un bene</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_assetmain.png" alt="Finestra principale di deprezzamento di un bene"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale di deprezzamento di un bene</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">ATTENZIONE: dato che il deprezzamento e il calcolo delle imposte sono fortemente legati, non si sarà sempre liberi di scegliere il metodo che si preferisce. La correzione di calcoli errati richiede sempre molto tempo e sforzo, più di quanto sia richiesto calcolando da subito i valori esatti; quindi, se si ha intenzione di svalutare dei beni, è bene informarsi prima di tutto su quale schema è permesso o necessario utilizzare.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.3. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,52 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.2. Stimare la valutazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.2. Stimare la valutazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.2. Stimare la valutazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_value1"></a>11.2. Stimare la valutazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Un nodo centrale del problema del deprezzamento è la determinazione
-    di come deve essere stimato il valore futuro del bene. A differenza delle spesso
-    incerte stime che si devono effettuare quando si ha a che fare con le rivalutazioni
-    di un bene, il campo delle svalutazioni è più concreto. Utilizzando le fonti
-    elencate di seguito, dovrebbe risultare immediata la stima del valore
-    futuro di un bene oggetto di svalutazione.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Leggi sulle imposte:</strong></span> per le imprese che
-        vogliono utilizzare il deprezzamento ai fini del calcolo delle imposte,
-        il governo tende a fornire delle precise regole su come si deve calcolare
-        la svalutazione. Consultare le norme vigenti nel proprio paese in quanto 
-        dovrebbero esplicitamente indicare come calcolare il deprezzamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Giornali dell'usato:</strong></span>, per le auto e per le moto,
-        è facile trovare dei valori di riferimento su riviste e giornali specifici
-        che permettono di conoscere il valore di un'auto dopo un certo periodo di 
-        tempo dall'acquisto. Da questi valori sarà possibile estrapolare un modello
-        di svalutazione.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="11.2.1. Schemi di svalutazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_valueschemes2"></a>11.2.1. Schemi di svalutazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Uno <span class="emphasis"><strong>schema di svalutazione</strong></span> è un modello matematico
-      che descrive come un capitale verrà speso nel tempo. Per ogni bene soggetto a deprezzamento,
-      sarà necessario scegliere uno schema di svalutazione. E' importante ricordare che,
-      relativamente alle imposte, si dovrà svalutare il bene seguendo determinate regole; questo
-      processo prende il nome di ammortamento fiscale. Per scopi relativi all'analisi
-      delle proprie finanze, si è liberi di utilizzare il metodo che si preferisce: si parla, in 
-      questo caso, di deprezzamento contabile. In questo modo there is less of a difference between your net income on the
-      financial statements and your taxable income.</p><p>Questa sezione illustrerà 3 fra i più diffusi schemi di svalutazione: 
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>lineare</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>geometrico</strong></span> e
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>somma delle cifre</strong></span>. Per semplificare gli esempi, si assumerà
-      che il valore di recupero del bene che viene deprezzato, sia zero. Se si
-      desidera utilizzare un valore di recupero, si dovrà interrompere la svalutazione nel
-      momento in cui il valore netto contabilizzato eguaglia il valore di recupero.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>svalutazione lineare</strong></span> diminuisce il valore
-          di un bene di un quantitativo prefissato ogni periodo fino a quando il 
-          valore è nullo. Il calcolo relativo è molto semplice: basta stimare la 
-          vita utile del bene e dividere in parti uguali il costo per la vita 
-          utile.</p><p>Esempio: si è acquistato un computer per €1.500 e si desidera
-          svalutarlo in un periodo di 5 anni. Ogni anno il valore del deprezzamento 
-          ammonta a €300, il che comporta i seguenti risultati:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2817570"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 11.1. Esempio di schema a svalutazione lineare</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Esempio di schema a svalutazione lineare" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Anno</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Svalutazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore residuo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>svalutazione geometrica</strong></span> il deprezzamento è
-          calcolato come percentuale del valore del bene nel periodo precedente. 
-          Si tratta quindi di uno schema di svalutazione pesato in avanti dato che
-          il deprezzamento maggiore si ha all'inizio. In questo schema il valore
-          di un bene decresce esponenzialmente lasciando un valore residuo finale
-          maggiore di zero (es: il valore di rivendita).</p><p>Esempio: si considera l'esempio precedente con un deprezzamento annuale
-          del 30%.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2817712"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 11.2. Esempio di schema a svalutazione geometrica</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Esempio di schema a svalutazione geometrica" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Anno</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Svalutazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore residuo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220,50</td><td>514,50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154,35</td><td>360,15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108,05</td><td>252,10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Attenzione: le autorità per le imposte potrebbero richiedere (o
-            permettere) l'utilizzo di una percentuale maggiore nel primo periodo. 
-            D'altra parte però in Canada, questa regola è invertita dato è permessa
-            solo mezza quota del "Capital Cost Allowance" nel primo anno. Il risultato
-            di questo approccio è che il valore del bene decresce più rapidamente 
-            all'inizio che alla fine del periodo; questo comportamento è probabilmente 
-            più realistico rispetto a quello lineare per la maggior parte dei beni. Questo è
-            certamente vero per le automobili.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Somma delle cifre</strong></span> è uno schema di svalutazione
-          pesato in avanti simile a quello geometrico a eccezione del fatto che il bene 
-          raggiunge un valore nullo al termine del periodo. Questo metodo
-          è applicato prevalentemente nei paesi Anglosassoni; eccone un esempio:</p><p>Esempio: si divida d subito il valore del bene per il numero
-          di anni di utilizzo; per l'esempio considerato sopra con un valore del bene pari a
-          €1.500 utilizzato per un periodo di anni pari a 5, si ottiene
-          1.500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100. Il deprezzamento e il valore del bene sono così 
-          calcolati:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2816433"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 11.3. Esempio di schema di svalutazione con somma delle cifre</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Esempio di schema di svalutazione con somma delle cifre" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Anno</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Svalutazione</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore residuo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1.500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1.000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.2. Stimare il valore</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento"><link rel="prev" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.2. Stimare il valore</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.2. Stimare il valore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_value1"></a>11.2. Stimare il valore</h2></div></div></div><p>Un nodo centrale del problema del deprezzamento è la determinazione di come deve essere stimato il valore futuro del bene. A differenza delle spesso incerte stime che si devono effettuare quando si ha a che fare con le rivalutazioni di un bene, il campo delle svalutazioni è più concreto. Utilizzando le fonti elencate di seguito, dovrebbe risultare immediata la stima del valore futuro di un bene oggetto di svalutazione.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Leggi sulle imposte:</strong></span> per le imprese che vogliono utilizzare il deprezzamento ai fini del calcolo delle imposte, il governo tende a fornire delle precise regole su come si deve calcolare la svalutazione. Co!
 nsultare le norme vigenti nel proprio paese in quanto dovrebbero esplicitamente indicare come calcolare il deprezzamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Giornali dell’usato:</strong></span>, per le auto e per le moto, è facile trovare dei valori di riferimento su riviste e giornali specifici che permettono di conoscere il valore di un’auto dopo un certo periodo di tempo dall’acquisto. Da questi valori sarà possibile estrapolare un modello di svalutazione.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="11.2.1. Schemi di svalutazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_valueschemes2"></a>11.2.1. Schemi di svalutazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Uno <span class="emphasis"><strong>schema di svalutazione</strong></span> è un modello matematico che descrive come un capitale verrà speso nel tempo. Per ogni bene soggetto a deprezzamento, sarà necessario scegliere uno schema di svalutazione. È importante ricordare che, relativamente alle imposte, si dovrà svalutare il bene seguendo determinate regole; questo processo prende il nome di ammortamento fiscale. Per scopi relativi all’analisi delle proprie finanze, si è liberi di utilizzare il metodo che si preferisce: si parla, in questo caso, di deprezzamento contabile. In questo modo there is less of a difference between your net income on the financial statements and your taxable income.</p><p>Questa sezione illustrerà 3 fra i più diffusi schemi di svalutazione: <span class="emphasis"><strong>lineare</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>geometrico</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>somma delle cifre</strong></span>. Per semplificare gli esempi, si assumerà che il valore di recupero del bene che viene deprezzato, sia zero. Se si desidera utilizzare un valore di recupero, si dovrà interrompere la svalutazione nel momento in cui il valore netto contabilizzato eguaglia il valore di recupero.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p!
 >La <span class="emphasis"><strong>svalutazione lineare</strong></span> diminuisce il valore di un bene di un quantitativo prefissato ogni periodo fino a quando il valore è nullo. Il calcolo relativo è molto semplice: basta stimare la vita utile del bene e dividere in parti uguali il costo per la vita utile.</p><p>Esempio: si è acquistato un computer per €1.500 e si desidera svalutarlo in un periodo di 5 anni. Ogni anno il valore del deprezzamento ammonta a €300, il che comporta i seguenti risultati:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2812155"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 11.1. Esempio di schema a svalutazione lineare</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Esempio di schema a svalutazione lineare" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Anno</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore residuo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>svalutazione geometrica</strong></span> il deprezzamento è calcolato come percentuale del valore del bene nel periodo precedente. Si tratta quindi di uno schema di svalutazione pesato in avanti dato che il deprezzamento maggiore si ha all’inizio. In questo schema il valore di un bene decresce esponenzialmente lasciando un valore residuo finale maggiore di zero (es: il valore di rivendita).</p><p>Esempio: si considera l’esempio precedente con un deprezzamento annuale del 30%.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2812289"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 11.2. Esempio di schema a svalutazione geometrica</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Esempio di sc!
 hema a svalutazione geometrica" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Anno</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore residuo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220,50</td><td>514,50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154,35</td><td>360,15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108,05</td><td>252,10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Attenzione: le autorità per le imposte potrebbero richiedere (o permettere) l’utilizzo di una percentuale maggiore nel primo periodo. D’altra parte però in Canada, questa regola è invertita dato che è permessa solo mezza quota del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Capital Cost Allowance</span>»</span> nel primo anno. Il risultato di questo approccio è che il valore del bene decresce più rapidamente all’inizio che alla fine del periodo; questo comportamento è probabilmente più realistico rispetto a quello lineare per la maggior parte dei beni. Questo è certamente vero per le automobili.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Somma delle cifre</strong></span> è uno schema di svalutazione pesato in avanti simile a quello geometrico a eccezione del fatto che il bene raggiunge un valore nullo al termine del periodo. Questo metodo è applicato prevalentemente nei paesi Anglosassoni; eccone un esempio:</p><p>Esempio: si divida d subito il valore d!
 el bene per il numero di anni di utilizzo; per l’esempio considerato sopra con un valore del bene pari a €1.500 utilizzato per un periodo di anni pari a 5, si ottiene 1.500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100. Il deprezzamento e il valore del bene sono così calcolati:</p><div class="table"><a name="id2812462"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 11.3. Esempio di schema di svalutazione con somma delle cifre</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Esempio di schema di svalutazione con somma delle cifre" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Anno</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore residuo</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1.000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,24 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section1.html" title="E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-preamble"></a>E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
-      other written document <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">free</span>»</span> in the sense of
-      freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
-      redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
-      commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
-      preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
-      their work, while not being considered responsible for
-      modifications made by others.
-    </p><p>
-      This License is a kind of <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">copyleft</span>»</span>, which means
-      that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
-      the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
-      which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
-    </p><p>
-      We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
-      free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
-      free program should come with manuals providing the same
-      freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
-      to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
-      regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
-      printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
-      whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section1.html" title="E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-preamble"></a>E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</h2></div></div></div><p>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">free</span>»</span> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.</p><p>This License is a kind of <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">copyleft</span>»</span>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It co!
 mplements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.</p><p>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,68 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="E.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section2.html" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section1"></a>E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</h2></div></div></div><p><a name="fdl-document"></a>
-      This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
-      notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-      distributed under the terms of this License. The
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Document</span>»</span>, below, refers to any such manual or
-      work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
-      as <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">you</span>»</span>.
-    </p><p><a name="fdl-modified"></a>
-      A <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Modified Version</span>»</span> of the Document means any work
-      containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
-      verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
-      language.
-    </p><p><a name="fdl-secondary"></a>
-      A <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Secondary Section</span>»</span> is a named appendix or a
-      front-matter section of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> that deals exclusively
-      with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
-      Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
-      matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
-      that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
-      textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-      mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
-      connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
-      legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
-      regarding them.
-    </p><p><a name="fdl-invariant"></a>
-      The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Invariant Sections</span>»</span> are certain <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</a> whose titles
-      are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
-      notice that says that the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
-      License.
-    </p><p><a name="fdl-cover-texts"></a>
-      The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cover Texts</span>»</span> are certain short passages of
-      text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
-      in the notice that says that the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
-      License.
-    </p><p><a name="fdl-transparent"></a>
-      A <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Transparent</span>»</span> copy of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document"> Document</a> means a machine-readable
-      copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
-      to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
-      directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
-      images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
-      drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
-      suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
-      translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
-      formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
-      whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
-      subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy
-      that is not <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Transparent</span>»</span> is called
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Opaque</span>»</span>.
-    </p><p>
-      Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
-      plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
-      format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
-      standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
-      modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
-      proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-      proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
-      and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
-      machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
-      output purposes only.
-    </p><p><a name="fdl-title-page"></a>
-      The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Title Page</span>»</span> means, for a printed book, the
-      title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
-      hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
-      the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
-      page as such, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Title Page</span>»</span> means the text near the
-      most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
-      beginning of the body of the text.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="E.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section2.html" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section1"></a>E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</h2></div></div></div><p><a name="fdl-document"></a>This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Document</span>»</span>, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">you</span>»</span>.</p><p><a name="fdl-modified"></a>A <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Modified Version</span>»</span> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with !
 modifications and/or translated into another language.</p><p><a name="fdl-secondary"></a>A <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Secondary Section</span>»</span> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</p><p><a name="fdl-invariant"></a>The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Invariant Sections</span>»</span> are certain <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</a> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this License.</p><p><a name="fdl-cover-texts"></a>The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cover Texts</span>»</span> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this License.</p><p><a name="fdl-transparent"></a>A <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Transparent</span>»</span> copy of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document"> Document</a> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely !
 available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Transparent</span>»</span> is called <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Opaque</span>»</span>.</p><p>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, <acronym class="acronym">SGML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> using a publicly available <acronym class="acronym">DTD</acronym>, and standard-conforming simple <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <acronym class="acronym">SGML</acronym> or <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> for which the <acronym class="acronym">DTD</acronym> and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> produced by some word processors for output purposes only.</p><p><a name="fdl-title-page"></a>The <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Title Page</span>»</span> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Title Page</span>»</span> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" hre!
 f="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,18 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section9.html" title="E.10. 9. TERMINATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-using.html" title="E.12. Addendum"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section10"></a>E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      The <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html" target="_top">Free Software
-      Foundation</a> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
-      Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
-      will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
-      in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft" target="_top">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.
-    </p><p>
-      Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
-      number. If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
-      specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">or any later version</span>»</span> applies to it, you have the
-      option of following the terms and conditions either of that
-      specified version or of any later version that has been
-      published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
-      the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
-      you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
-      the Free Software Foundation.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.10. 9. TERMINATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.12. Addendum</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section9.html" title="E.10. 9. TERMINATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-using.html" title="E.12. Addendum"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section10"></a>E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</h2></div></div></div><p>The <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html" target="_top">Free Software Foundation</a> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft" target="_top">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.</p><p>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> specifies that a particular numbered version of this Licens!
 e <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">or any later version</span>»</span> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.10. 9. TERMINATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.12. Addendum</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,15 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section1.html" title="E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section2"></a>E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      You may copy and distribute the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> in any medium, either
-      commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-      copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
-      applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
-      you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
-      License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
-      control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
-      distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
-      copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
-      must also follow the conditions in <a class="link" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a>.
-    </p><p>
-      You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
-      above, and you may publicly display copies.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section1.html" title="E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section2"></a>E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</h2></div></div></div><p>You may copy and distribute the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <a class="link" href=!
 "fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a>.</p><p>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,40 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section2.html" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section3"></a>E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      If you publish printed copies of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
-      and the Document's license notice requires <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>, you must enclose
-      the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
-      Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
-      Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
-      clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
-      copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
-      words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
-      other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
-      limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
-      <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and satisfy these
-      conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
-      respects.
-    </p><p>
-      If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-      legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-      reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
-      adjacent pages.
-    </p><p>
-      If you publish or distribute <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Opaque</a> copies of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
-      you must either include a machine-readable <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a> copy along with
-      each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
-      publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
-      complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
-      material, which the general network-using public has access to
-      download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
-      protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
-      reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
-      copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
-      remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
-      year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
-      or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
-      public.
-    </p><p>
-      It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
-      of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> well before
-      redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
-      to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section2.html" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section3"></a>E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</h2></div></div></div><p>If you publish printed copies of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with ch!
 anges limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.</p><p>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</p><p>If you publish or distribute <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Opaque</a> copies of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.</p><p>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenz!
 a</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,120 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section5.html" title="E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section4"></a>E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      You may copy and distribute a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the conditions of
-      sections <a class="link" href="fdl-section2.html" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING">2</a> and <a class="link" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">3</a> above, provided that you release
-      the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
-      Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
-      licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
-      to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
-      these things in the Modified Version:
-    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="opencircle"><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="A"><b>A. </b>
-	    Use in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
-	    Page</a> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
-	    from that of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, and from those of
-	    previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
-	    listed in the History section of the Document). You may
-	    use the same title as a previous version if the original
-	    publisher of that version gives permission.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="B"><b>B. </b>
-	    List on the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
-	    Page</a>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
-	    responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
-	    <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>,
-	    together with at least five of the principal authors of
-	    the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> (all of
-	    its principal authors, if it has less than five).
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="C"><b>C. </b>
-	    State on the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
-	    Page</a> the name of the publisher of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>, as the
-	    publisher.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="D"><b>D. </b>
-	    Preserve all the copyright notices of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="E"><b>E. </b>
-	    Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
-	    adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="F"><b>F. </b>
-	    Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
-	    license notice giving the public permission to use the
-	    <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> under
-	    the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
-	    Addendum below.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="G"><b>G. </b>
-	    Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> and
-	    required <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover
-	    Texts</a> given in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document's</a> license notice.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="H"><b>H. </b>
-	    Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="I"><b>I. </b>
-	    Preserve the section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span>, and
-	    its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
-	    title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>as given on
-	    the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a>.  If
-	    there is no section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span> in the
-	    <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, create one
-	    stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
-	    Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
-	    describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
-	    sentence.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="J"><b>J. </b>
-	    Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> for public access
-	    to a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a>
-	    copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
-	    given in the Document for previous versions it was based
-	    on. These may be placed in the <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span>
-	    section.  You may omit a network location for a work that
-	    was published at least four years before the Document
-	    itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
-	    refers to gives permission.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="K"><b>K. </b>
-	    In any section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Acknowledgements</span>»</span> or
-	    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Dedications</span>»</span>, preserve the section's title,
-	    and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
-	    each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
-	    dedications given therein.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="L"><b>L. </b>
-	    Preserve all the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
-	    Sections</a> of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, unaltered in their
-	    text and in their titles.  Section numbers or the
-	    equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="M"><b>M. </b>
-	    Delete any section entitled
-	    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements</span>»</span>. Such a section may not be
-	    included in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified
-	    Version</a>.
-	  </p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="N"><b>N. </b>
-	    Do not retitle any existing section as
-	    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements</span>»</span> or to conflict in title with
-	    any <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
-	    Section</a>.
-	  </p></li></ul></div><p>
-      If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
-      includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
-      <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</a> and
-      contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
-      option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
-      do this, add their titles to the list of <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> in the
-      Modified Version's license notice.  These titles must be
-      distinct from any other section titles.
-    </p><p>
-      You may add a section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements</span>»</span>,
-      provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> by various
-      parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
-      has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
-      definition of a standard.
-    </p><p>
-      You may add a passage of up to five words as a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</a>, and a passage
-      of up to 25 words as a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</a>, to the end of
-      the list of <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>
-      in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>.
-      Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
-      may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
-      entity. If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
-      already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
-      added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
-      acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
-      replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
-      publisher that added the old one.
-    </p><p>
-      The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> do not by this License
-      give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
-      assert or imply endorsement of any <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section5.html" title="E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section4"></a>E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</h2></div></div></div><p>You may copy and distribute a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the conditions of sections <a class="link" href="fdl-section2.html" title="E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING">2</a> and <a class="link" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">3</a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</p><!
 div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="opencircle"><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="A"><b>A. </b>Use in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="B"><b>B. </b>List on the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a>, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>, together with at least five of the principal authors of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="C"><b>C. </b>State on the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a> the name of the publisher of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>, as the publisher.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="D"><b>D. </b>Preserve all the copyright notices of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="E"><b>E. </b>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="F"><b>F. </b>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified !
 Version</a> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="G"><b>G. </b>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> and required <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a> given in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document’s</a> license notice.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="H"><b>H. </b>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="I"><b>I. </b>Preserve the section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span>, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>as given on the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a>. If there is no section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span> in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="J"><b>J. </b>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> for public access to a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a> copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span> section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document !
 itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="K"><b>K. </b>In any section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Acknowledgements</span>»</span> or <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Dedications</span>»</span>, preserve the section’s title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="L"><b>L. </b>Preserve all the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="M"><b>M. </b>Delete any section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements</span>»</span>. Such a section may not be included in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: circle"><p title="N"><b>N. </b>Do not retitle any existing section as <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements</span>»</span> or to conflict in title with any <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Section</a>.</p></li></ul></div><p>If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</a> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> in the Modified Version’s license notice. These title!
 s must be distinct from any other section titles.</p><p>You may add a section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements</span>»</span>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</p><p>You may add a passage of up to five words as a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</a>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</a>, to the end of the list of <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a> in the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</p><p>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href=!
 "fdl-section5.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,28 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section6.html" title="E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section5"></a>E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      You may combine the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
-      with other documents released under this License, under the
-      terms defined in <a class="link" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>
-      above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
-      combination all of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
-      Sections</a> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
-      and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
-      its license notice.
-    </p><p>
-      The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
-      and multiple identical <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
-      Sections</a> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
-      multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
-      contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
-      at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-      author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
-      number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
-      list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
-      work.
-    </p><p>
-      In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span> in the various original documents,
-      forming one section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span>; likewise
-      combine any sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Acknowledgements</span>»</span>,
-      and any sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Dedications</span>»</span>.  You must
-      delete all sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements.</span>»</span>
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section6.html" title="E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section5"></a>E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div></div><p>You may combine the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <a class="link" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.</p><p>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.htm!
 l#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</p><p>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">History</span>»</span>; likewise combine any sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Acknowledgements</span>»</span>, and any sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Dedications</span>»</span>. You must delete all sections entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Endorsements.</span>»</span></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,14 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section5.html" title="E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section7.html" title="E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section6"></a>E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      You may make a collection consisting of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and other documents
-      released under this License, and replace the individual copies
-      of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
-      is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
-      rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
-      documents in all other respects.
-    </p><p>
-      You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
-      dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
-      insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
-      follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
-      copying of that document.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section5.html" title="E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section7.html" title="E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section6"></a>E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div></div><p>You may make a collection consisting of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</p><p>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other res!
 pects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,17 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section6.html" title="E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section8.html" title="E.9. 8. TRANSLATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section7"></a>E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      A compilation of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> or its derivatives with
-      other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
-      volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
-      count as a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
-      of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
-      for the compilation.  Such a compilation is called an
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">aggregate</span>»</span>, and this License does not apply to the
-      other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
-      account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
-      derivative works of the Document.  If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</a> requirement of <a class="link" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a> is applicable to these
-      copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
-      quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
-      be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
-      aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
-      aggregate.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section6.html" title="E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section8.html" title="E.9. 8. TRANSLATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section7"></a>E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</h2></div></div></div><p>A compilation of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">aggregate</span>»</span>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on accou!
 nt of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</a> requirement of <a class="link" href="fdl-section3.html" title="E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,12 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section7.html" title="E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section9.html" title="E.10. 9. TERMINATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section8"></a>E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-      distribute translations of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the terms of <a class="link" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>. Replacing <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> with
-      translations requires special permission from their copyright
-      holders, but you may include translations of some or all
-      Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
-      Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
-      License provided that you also include the original English
-      version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
-      translation and the original English version of this License,
-      the original English version will prevail.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.10. 9. TERMINATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section7.html" title="E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section9.html" title="E.10. 9. TERMINATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section8"></a>E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</h2></div></div></div><p>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the terms of <a class="link" href="fdl-section4.html" title="E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>. Replacing <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of!
  a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.10. 9. TERMINATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,9 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.10. 9. TERMINATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section8.html" title="E.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section10.html" title="E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.10. 9. TERMINATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.10. 9. TERMINATION"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section9"></a>E.10. 9. TERMINATION</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> except as expressly
-      provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
-      modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-      automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-      parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-      License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-      parties remain in full compliance.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.10. 9. TERMINATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section8.html" title="E.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section10.html" title="E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.10. 9. TERMINATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.10. 9. TERMINATION"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section9"></a>E.10. 9. TERMINATION</h2></div></div></div><p>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="f!
 dl-section8.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,29 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.12. Addendum</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section10.html" title="E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.12. Addendum</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.12. Addendum"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-using"></a>E.12. Addendum</h2></div></div></div><p>
-      To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-      the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-      license notices just after the title page:
-    </p><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><p>
-	Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
-      </p><p>
-	Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
-	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
-	License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
-	Free Software Foundation; with the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> being LIST
-	THEIR TITLES, with the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a> being LIST,
-	and with the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
-	Texts</a> being LIST.  A copy of the license is included in
-	the section entitled <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">GNU Free Documentation
-	License</span>»</span>.
-      </p></blockquote></div><p>
-      If you have no <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
-      Sections</a>, write <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">with no Invariant Sections</span>»</span>
-      instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
-      <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a>, write
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">no Front-Cover Texts</span>»</span> instead of
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Front-Cover Texts being LIST</span>»</span>; likewise for <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</a>.
-    </p><p>
-      If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
-      we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
-      choice of free software license, such as the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" target="_top"> GNU General Public
-      License</a>, to permit their use in free software.
-    </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>E.12. Addendum</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><link rel="prev" href="fdl-section10.html" title="E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">E.12. Addendum</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="E.12. Addendum"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-using"></a>E.12. Addendum</h2></div></div></div><p>To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:</p><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><p>Copyright Cristian Marchi.</p><p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a> being LIST, and with the <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</a> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <span clas!
 s="quote">«<span class="quote">GNU Free Documentation License</span>»</span>.</p></blockquote></div><p>If you have no <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a>, write <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">with no Invariant Sections</span>»</span> instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a>, write <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">no Front-Cover Texts</span>»</span> instead of <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Front-Cover Texts being LIST</span>»</span>; likewise for <a class="link" href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</a>.</p><p>Se il proprio documento contiene esempi di programmazione non immediati, se ne raccomanda il rilascio con una licenza di software libero a propria scelta, quale la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" target="_top"> GNU General Public License</a>, per permetterne l’utilizzo nel software libero.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/fdl.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="prev" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)"><link rel="next" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="E.1. 0. PREAMBLE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="check_format_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="fdl"></a>Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
-      Version 1.1, March 2000
-    </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Diritto d'autore</h2><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</p></div></div><div>
-<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Nota Legale</h2><p>
-	Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, 
-        Suite 330, , Boston, , MA  
-        02111-1307,   USA 
-	Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this 
-        license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-      </p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-preamble.html">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section1.html">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section2.html">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section3.html">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section4.html">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section5.html">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section6.html">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section7.html">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section8.html">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section9.html">E.10. 9. TERMINATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section10.html">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-using.html">E.12. Addendum</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="check_format_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File *.chk)"><link rel="next" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="E.1. 0. PREAMBLE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="check_format_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="fdl"></a>Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Versione 1.1, Marzo 2000</i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Diritto d'autore</h2><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</p></div></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Nota Legale</h2><p>Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, , Boston, , MA02111-1307, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-preamble.html">E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section1.html">E.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section2.html">E.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section3.html">E.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section4.html">E.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section5.html">E.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section6.html">E.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section7.html">E.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section8.html">E.9. 8. TRANSLATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section9.html">E.10. 9. TERMINATION</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-section10.html">E.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="fdl-using.html">E.12. Addendum</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="check_format_info.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.1. File di formato per gli assegni (Check Format File <code xmlns="" class=!
 "filename">*.chk</code>) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> E.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountsSampleQIF.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Printing.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveSQL.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveSQL.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveXML.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveXML.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_addcurr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_addcurr.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_SetupPortfolio2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Deleted: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)


Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
   + application/octet-stream

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/index.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/index.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/index.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="it" class="book" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">Informazioni su questo documento</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">In generale</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">Le basi</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">Conti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">Transazioni</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">Libretto degli assegni</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">Carte di credito</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">Prestiti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="chapter_invest.html">Investimenti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain!
 .html">Guadagni in conto capitale</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter_currency.html">Valute multiple</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">Deprezzamento</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Crediti correnti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Debiti correnti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Libro paga</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter15.html">Bilanci</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">Guida alla migrazione</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">Contributed Account Trees</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="appendixd.html">Formati di file ausiliari</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">E. <a href="fdl.html">documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="accts-types1.html#id2778494">Tabella riassuntiva delle convenzioni utilizzate nel registro.</a></dt><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html#id2795698">Transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di una casa</a></dt><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#id2796092">Prestito personale a un amico</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2796689">Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</a></dt><dt>7.4. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2794100">Vendere un bene (casa) in perdita</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2797120">Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</a></dt><dt>7.6. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2797187">Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto 2</a></dt><dt!
 >8.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2802518">Vendere azioni utilizzando lo schema della transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>8.2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2802691">Schema a transazione suddivisa per la vendita delle azioni</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2802929">Vendita delle azioni in perdita utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2809163">Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2807963">Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2809624">Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id2812578">Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id2812721">Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813111">Ricevere del denaro extra</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813258">Pagare il mutuo sulla casa</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813457">Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta
-        multipla.</a></dt><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813572">Acquistare azioni oltreoceano</a></dt><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2813879">Transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di una casa in NZ</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2817570">Esempio di schema a svalutazione lineare</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2817712">Esempio di schema a svalutazione geometrica</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2816433">Esempio di schema di svalutazione con somma delle cifre</a></dt><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#id2829567">Schema della transazione</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-examplD1.html#id2829964">Schema della transazione per il Dipendente 1</a></dt><dt>D.1. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_top">Campo per la descrizione della disposizione generale</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_positions">Campi per la stampa di più assegni per foglio</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_items">Campi degli elementi per un unico assegno</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types">Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 1. In generale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="it" class="book" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">Informazioni su questo documento</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">In generale</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">Le basi</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">Conti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">Transazioni</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">Libretto degli assegni</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">Carte di credito</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">Prestiti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href!
 ="chapter_invest.html">Investimenti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain.html">Guadagni in conto capitale</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter_currency.html">Valute multiple</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">Deprezzamento</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Crediti correnti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter_bus_ap.html">Debiti correnti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter_bus_pay.html">Libro paga</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter_budgets.html">Bilanci</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">16. <a href="chapter_other_assets.html">Other Assets</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">17. <a href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Estensioni in Python</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">Guida alla migrazione</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">Contributed Account Trees</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="appendixd.html">Formati di file ausiliari</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">E. <a href="fdl.html">documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>Lista delle figure</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="basics-accounting1.html#id2729876">La relazione fondamentale della contabilità</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="basics-files1.html#id2788452">Schermata di salvataggio quando è stato selezionato il formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">sqlite3</acronym></a></dt><dt>2.3.!
  <a href="basics-files1.html#id2788640">Schermata di salvataggio quando è selezionao <acronym class="acronym">mysql</acronym> o <acronym class="acronym">postgres</acronym>.</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-register-multiaccount">Inserire una transazione suddivisa</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html#id2800773">Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa</a></dt><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#id2801167">Prestito personale a un amico</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2801751">Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</a></dt><dt>7.4. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2801863">Vendere un bene (casa) in perdita</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2802034">Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto</a></dt><dt>7.6. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2802098">Vendere un bene (casa) con un profitto 2</a></dt><dt>8.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2805464">Vendere azioni utilizzando lo schema della transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>8.2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2805633">Schema a transazione suddivisa per la vendita delle azioni</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2805846">Vendita delle azioni in perdita utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2807777">Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2807944">Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2808090">Convertire un guadagno accumulato in un guadagno realizzato</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id2810336">Schema per acquistare una valuta con una transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id2810450">Schema per la vendita di valuta con una transazione suddivisa</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2810858">Ricevere del denaro extra</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2810999">Pagare!
  il mutuo sulla casa</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811189">Trasferire del denaro oltreoceano con una suddivisione in valuta multipla.</a></dt><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811302">Acquistare azioni oltreoceano</a></dt><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2811591">Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa in NZ</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2812155">Esempio di schema a svalutazione lineare</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2812289">Esempio di schema a svalutazione geometrica</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2812462">Esempio di schema di svalutazione con somma delle cifre</a></dt><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#id2819131">Schema della transazione</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#id2819552">Schema della transazione per il Dipendente 1</a></dt><dt>D.1. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_top">Campo per la descrizione della disposizione generale</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_positions">Campi per la stampa di più assegni per foglio</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_items">Campi degli elementi per un unico assegno</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types">Tipi di voci per un singolo assegno</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 1. In generale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,23 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.5. Acquistare le quote</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-setup1.html" title="8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento"><link rel="next" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.5. Acquistare le quote</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-stockprice1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.5. Acquistare le quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-buy-stock1"></a>8.5. Acquistare le quote</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-buy-stock2"></a>8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti</h3></div></div></div><p>Per registrare le iniziali 100 quote dell'azione acquistate precedentemente, inserire, nella prima riga
-      della transazione, la data di acquisto (es: 1° Gennaio 2001), una descrizione (es: Acquisto iniziale),
-      il trasferimento da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura</strong></span>, le quote (es:
-      100), e il prezzo (es: €20). Non è necessario compilare la colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Compra</strong></span>, dato che verrà completata
-      automaticamente. In questo esempio si è ipotizza che non ci siano delle commissioni da pagare per semplificare la
-      procedura. Il portafoglio per l'azione AMZN dovrebbe essere simile a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png" alt="Impostazione del portafoglio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro delle transazioni per il conto AMZN 
-          dopo il primo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">acquisto</span>»</span> delle quote.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span> è espresso con l'unità della commodity
-      (quote AMZN) e non con quella della valuta. Quindi, il saldo ammonta a 100 (unità AMZN) invece di €2000.
-      E' così che dovrebbe essere.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-buy-new2"></a>8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote</h3></div></div></div><p>L'unica differenza tra l'impostazione dei conti per un nuovo acquisto di azioni e
-      la configurazione per un acquisto preesistente descritto nella sezione precedente, consiste
-      nel fatto che invece di trasferire il denaro dal conto Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura, si utilizza
-      il proprio conto Attività:Banca ABC.</p><p>Si acquisteranno ora €5000 di azioni IBM, con una commissione di €100. Il primo passo
-      consiste nella creazione del conto delle azioni IBM. Verrà anche utilizzato il conto già esistente
-      Uscite:Commissioni. Se si desidera tracciare le commissioni separatamente per ogni azione, occorrerà
-      creare un sottoconto aggiuntivo.</p><p>Per la transazione, nella prima riga della transazione, inserire la data di acquisto
-      (es: 3 Gennaio 2005), una descrizione (es: Acquisto iniziale),
-      si salta il campo delle quote (che verrà calcolato), il prezzo (es: €96,60) e l'acquisto (€5.000).
-      Non è necessario compilare il campo delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span>, dato che verrà calcolato
-      automaticamente. La riga seguente nella transazione suddivisa, sarà per il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Uscite:Commissioni</span>»</span> in
-      cui si inserirà nel campo compra il valore €100. La terza linea sarà per il trasferimento dal conto
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Banca ABC:Risparmi</strong></span> di €5.100 per bilanciare la transazione.
-      Il portafoglio IBM dovrebbe apparire simile a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_SetupPortfolio2.png" alt="Impostazione del portafoglio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro delle transazioni per il conto IBM dopo
-          il primo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">acquisto</span>»</span> con commissione.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-stockprice1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.5. Acquistare le quote</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-setup1.html" title="8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento"><link rel="next" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.5. Acquistare le quote</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-stockprice1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.5. Acquistare le quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-buy-stock1"></a>8.5. Acquistare le quote</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-buy-stock2"></a>8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti</h3></div></div></div><p>Per registrare le iniziali 100 quote dell’azione acquistate precedentemente, inserire, nella prima riga della transazione, la data di acquisto (es: 1° Gennaio 2001), una descrizione (es: Acquisto iniziale), il trasferimento da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>, le quote (es: 100), e il prezzo (es: €20). Non è necessario compilare la colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Compra</strong></span>, dato che verrà completata automaticamen!
 te. In questo esempio si è ipotizzato, per semplificare la procedura, che non ci siano delle commissioni da pagare. Il portafoglio per l’azione AMZN dovrebbe essere simile a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png" alt="Impostazione del portafoglio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro delle transazioni per il conto AMZN dopo il primo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">acquisto</span>»</span> delle quote.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span> è espresso con l’unità della commodity (quote AMZN) e non con quella della valuta. Quindi, il saldo ammonta a 100 (unità AMZN) invece di €2000. È così che dovrebbe essere.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-buy-new2"></a>8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote</h3></div></div></div><p>L’unica differenza tra l’impostazione dei conti per un nuovo acquisto di azioni e la configurazione per un acquisto preesistente descritto nella sezione precedente, consiste nel fatto che invece di trasferire il denaro dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>, si utilizza il proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Banca ABC</strong></span>.</p><p>Si acquisteranno ora €5000 di azioni IBM, con una commissione di €100. Il primo passo consiste nella creazione del conto delle azioni IBM. Verrà anche utilizzato il conto già esistente <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Commissioni</strong></span>. Se si desidera tracciare le commissioni separatamente per ogni azione, occorrerà creare un sottoconto aggiuntivo.</p><p>Per la transazione, nella prima riga della transazione, inserire la data di acquisto (es: 3 Gennaio 2005), una descrizione (es: Acquisto iniziale), saltare il campo delle quote (che verrà calcolato) e infine inserire il prezzo (es: €96,60) e l’acquisto (€5.000).!
  Non è necessario compilare il campo delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span>, dato che verrà calcolato automaticamente. La riga seguente nella transazione suddivisa, sarà per il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Commissioni</strong></span> in cui si inserirà nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>compra</strong></span> il valore €100. La terza linea sarà per il trasferimento dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Banca ABC:Risparmi</strong></span> di €5.100 per bilanciare la transazione. Il portafoglio IBM dovrebbe apparire simile a questo:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_SetupPortfolio2.png" alt="Impostazione del portafoglio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro delle transazioni per il conto IBM dopo il primo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">acquisto</span>»</span> con commissione.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-setup1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-stockprice1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,28 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.8. Dividendi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni"><link rel="next" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html" title="8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.8. Dividendi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-sell1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.8. Dividendi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-dividends1"></a>8.8. Dividendi</h2></div></div></div><p>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli
-    azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o
-    vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come
-    liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente
-    i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati 
-    in liquidi.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.8.1. Dividendi liquidi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-dividendcash"></a>8.8.1. Dividendi liquidi</h3></div></div></div><p>Se i dividendi sono forniti come liquidi, la transazione dovrebbe essere
-      registrata direttamente nel conto delle attività che riceve il denaro, come
-      entrata dal conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Entrate:Dividendi</span>»</span> con una nota che menziona
-      la commodity da cui i dividendi sono stati prodotti. Non esiste un modo
-      semplice per indicare questa transazione direttamente dal conto delle azioni o 
-      del fondo comune.</p><p>A titolo di esempio si consideri la situazione in cui si posseggono delle azioni
-      IBM i cui dividendi vengono depositati come liquidi nel conto di mediazione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" alt="Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi"><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del registro del conto di mediazione dopo una serie 
-          di dividendi liquidi.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare
-      un conto Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE per ogni azione posseduta che genera 
-      dividendi.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.8.2. Dividendi reinvestiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-dividendreinvest"></a>8.8.2. Dividendi reinvestiti</h3></div></div></div><p>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico,
-      la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all'interno del conto dell'azione o
-      del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Entrate:Dividendi</span>»</span> per il numero
-      di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di
-      reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</p><p>Come esempio si ipotizzi di acquistare azioni della NSTAR (NST) con i dividendi
-      reinvestiti in un conto DRIP. I re investimenti per i fondi comuni funzionano 
-      allo stesso modo</p><p>Iniziando con l'acquisto di 100 azioni il 3 Gennaio 2005, tutti i dividendi verranno 
-      reinvestiti e viene creato un conto per la registrazione dei dividendi generati di un gruppo
-      preciso di azioni. GnuCash semplifica l'immissione fornendo una calcolatrice integrata nelle 
-      celle della transazione Se il primo dividendo ammonta a  €0,29/azione, si inserisca l'importo
-      pari €53,38 nel prezzo dell'azione e 100 x 0,29 nella cella dell'acquisto.
-      </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" alt="Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi"><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del conto dell'azione dopo aver effettuato una serie
-          di reinvestimenti di dividendi. </p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png" alt="Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi"><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine della struttura dei conti dopo aver effettuato una serie
-          di reinvestimenti di dividendi.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-sell1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Vendere le azioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.8. Dividendi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni"><link rel="next" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html" title="8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.8. Dividendi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-sell1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.8. Dividendi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-dividends1"></a>8.8. Dividendi</h2></div></div></div><p>Alcune società o fondi comuni rendono periodicamente dei dividendi agli azionisti. I dividendi vengono normalmente forniti in due modalità diverse: o vengono automaticamente reinvestiti nella commodity o sono restituiti come liquidi. I fondi comuni sono spesso impostati per reinvestire automaticamente i dividendi, mentre i dividendi per le azioni comuni vengono generalmente pagati in liquidi.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.8.1. Dividendi liquidi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-dividendcash"></a>8.8.1. Dividendi liquidi</h3></div></div></div><p>Se i dividendi sono forniti come liquidi, la transazione dovrebbe essere registrata direttamente nel conto delle attività che riceve il denaro, come entrata dal conto <span class="emp!
 hasis"><strong>Entrate:Dividendi</strong></span> con una nota che menziona la commodity da cui i dividendi sono stati prodotti. Non esiste un modo semplice per indicare questa transazione direttamente dal conto delle azioni o del fondo comune.</p><p>A titolo di esempio si consideri la situazione in cui si posseggono delle azioni IBM i cui dividendi vengono depositati come liquidi nel conto di <span class="emphasis"><strong>mediazione</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" alt="Esempio di transazioni per dividendi liquidi"><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine del registro del conto di <span class="emphasis"><strong>mediazione</strong></span> dopo una serie di dividendi liquidi.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si desidera registrare i dividendi per ogni azione, sarà necessario creare un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</strong></span> per ogni azione posseduta che genera dividendi.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.8.2. Dividendi reinvestiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-dividendreinvest"></a>8.8.2. Dividendi reinvestiti</h3></div></div></div><p>Se i dividendi sono ricevuti sotto forma di un reinvestimento automatico, la transazione corrispondente dovrebbe avvenire all’interno del conto dell’azione o del fondo comune come entrata dal conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Entrate:Dividendi</span>»</span> per il numero di quote effettivamente reinvestite. Generalmente ci si riferisce a questo tipo di reinvestimento con la sigla DRIP (Dividend Re-Inve!
 stment Program).</p><p>Come esempio si ipotizzi di acquistare azioni della NSTAR (NST) con i dividendi reinvestiti in un conto DRIP. I re investimenti per i fondi comuni funzionano allo stesso modo</p><p>Iniziando con l’acquisto di 100 azioni il 3 Gennaio 2005, tutti i dividendi verranno reinvestiti e viene creato un conto per la registrazione dei dividendi generati da un gruppo preciso di azioni. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> semplifica l’immissione fornendo una calcolatrice integrata nelle celle della transazione. Se il primo dividendo ammonta a €0,29/azione, inserire l’importo pari €53,38 nel prezzo dell’azione e 100 x 0,29 nella cella dell’acquisto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" alt="Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi"><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine del conto dell’azione dopo aver effettuato una serie di reinvestimenti di dividendi.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png" alt="Esempio di transazioni per il reinvestimento dei dividendi"><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine della struttura dei conti dopo aver effettuato una serie di reinvestimenti di dividendi.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-sell1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Vendere le azioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,38 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. Vendere le azioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote"><link rel="next" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. Dividendi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. Vendere le azioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-sell1"></a>8.7. Vendere le azioni</h2></div></div></div><p>L'inserimento di un investimento che si sta vendendo avviene allo 
-    stesso modo dell'acquisto con la differenza che il costo totale della 
-    transazione è inserita nella colonna con l'intestazione 
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendi</strong></span> e l'importo da inserire nella colonna delle 
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote</strong></span> deve essere negativo. Il ricavo netto derivante 
-    della vendita deve essere trasferito dal conto delle azioni al proprio conto
-    bancario o di mediazione (conto di brokeraggio).</p><p>La registrazione corretta della vendita delle azioni <span class="emphasis"><strong>DEVE</strong></span>
-    avvenire utilizzando una transazione suddivisa. In essa occorre contabilizzare il profitto
-    (o la perdita) come entrata derivante da un conto Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (o
-    Uscite:Perdita in capitale). Per bilanciare questa entrata, è necessario inserire due volte 
-    nella suddivisione, l'attività derivante dalle azioni: una per registrare la vendita (utilizzando
-    il numero corretto di azioni e del prezzo unitario) e una volta per bilanciare il profitto
-    ottenuto (impostando il numero di azioni a 0 e il prezzo unitario anch'esso a 0).</p><p>Nello schema con transazione suddivisa presentato di seguito, il simbolo
-    NUM_AZIONI rappresenta il numero di azioni che si desidera vendere, PREZZO_VENDITA è
-    il prezzo con il quale vengono vendute le azioni, VENDITA_LORDA è il totale
-    ottenuto dalla vendita delle azioni ed è pari a NUM_AZIONI x PREZZO_VENDITA; UTILE 
-    è l'importo di denaro ricavato dalla vendita; COMMISSIONI sono le spese di
-    mediazione sostenute e infine VENDITA_NETTA è l'importo netto di denaro 
-    guadagnato con la vendita e pari a VENDITA_LORDA - COMMISSIONI.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2802518"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 8.1. Vendere azioni utilizzando lo schema della transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere azioni utilizzando lo schema della transazione suddivisa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Numero di quote</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo quota</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Acquisto totale</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendita totale</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>VENDITA_NETTA</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>-NUM_AZIONI</td><td>PREZZO_VENDITA</td><td> </td><td>VENDITA_LORDA</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>UTILE</td><td>(Perdita)</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(Perdita)</td><td>UTILE</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Commissioni</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSIONI</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Se la vendita delle azioni verrà registrata come un guadagno in conto
-    capitale, si consultino i capitoli <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Deprezzamento e Guadagni in conto capitale</span>»</span> 
-    per ricevere ulteriori informazioni sull'argomento.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.7.1. Esempio - Vendita delle azioni in guadagno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. Esempio - Vendita delle azioni in guadagno</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ipotizzi di aver acquistato 100 azioni di una società per €20 ad
-      azione e che ora si desideri venderle per €36 ad azione. Utilizzando lo schema
-      a transazione suddivisa appena descritto PREZZO_ACQUISTO è €20 (il prezzo di acquisto 
-      iniziale), NUM_AZIONI è 100, ACQUISTO_TOTALE è €2000 (il costo di acquisto originale),
-      VENDITA_LORDA è €3.600 e, infine, UTILE è €1.525
-      (VENDITA_LORDA-ACQUISTO_TOTALE-COMMISSIONI).</p><div class="table"><a name="id2802691"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 8.2. Schema a transazione suddivisa per la vendita delle azioni</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema a transazione suddivisa per la vendita delle azioni" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Compra</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendi</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525,00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>-100</td><td>36,00</td><td> </td><td>3600,00</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600,00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600,00</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Commissioni</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75,00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Un esempio di vendita delle azioni in guadagno. Sono state 
-          acquistate 100 azioni di AMZN per €20 ad azione e vendute a €36.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock2.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Immagine della struttura dei conti dopo l'esempio di vendita
-          dell'azione per il guadagno.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.7.2. Esempio - Vendere le azioni in perdita"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexampleloss"></a>8.7.2. Esempio - Vendere le azioni in perdita</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ipotizzi di aver acquistato 100 azioni di una società per €100
-      ad azioni e si desideri ora venderle a €50 cadauna. Adottando lo schema a transazione 
-      suddivisa descritto in precedenza, PREZZO_ACQUISTO vale €100 (il prezzo di acquisto 
-      iniziale), NUM_AZIONI è 100, ACQUISTO_TOTALE è €10.000 (il prezzo totale di acquisto 
-      originale), (Perdita) è €5.000 e, infine, VENDITA_LORDA è €5.000. Si assuma anche
-      che l'importo delle commissioni sia di €100,00.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2802929"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 8.3. Vendita delle azioni in perdita utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendita delle azioni in perdita utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Compra</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendi</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900,00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>-100</td><td>50,00</td><td> </td><td>5000,00</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000,00</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>5000,00</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Commissioni</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Nota: è possibile anche inserire la perdita come un numero positivo nella colonna
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Compra</span>»</span> o come un numero negativo nella colonna <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Vendi</span>»</span>;
-      GnuCash sposterà automaticamente il <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">profitto negativo</span>»</span> nell'altra colonna.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni in perdita"><div class="caption"><p>Sopra è riportata un'immagine dell'esempio di vendita della
-          azioni. Sono state acquistate 100 azioni a €100,00 cadauna e vendute per
-          €50.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni in perdita"><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine della struttura dei conti derivata dall'esempio
-          di vendita delle azioni in perdita.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.8. Dividendi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. Vendere le azioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote"><link rel="next" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. Dividendi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. Vendere le azioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-sell1"></a>8.7. Vendere le azioni</h2></div></div></div><p>L’inserimento di un investimento che si sta vendendo avviene allo stesso modo dell’acquisto con la differenza che il costo totale della transazione è inserita nella colonna con l’intestazione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendi</strong></span> e l’importo da inserire nella colonna delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote</strong></span> deve essere negativo. Il ricavo netto derivante della vendita deve essere trasferito dal conto delle azioni al proprio conto bancario o di mediazione (conto di brokeraggio).</p><p>La registrazione corretta della vendita delle azioni <span class="emphasis"><strong>DEVE</strong></span> avvenire utilizzando una transazione suddivisa. In essa occorre contabilizzare il profitto (o la perdita) com!
 e entrata derivante da un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</strong></span> (o <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Perdita in capitale</strong></span>). Per bilanciare questa entrata, è necessario inserire nella suddivisione, per due volte, l’attività derivante dalle azioni: una per registrare la vendita (utilizzando il numero corretto di azioni e del prezzo unitario) e una volta per bilanciare il profitto ottenuto (impostando il numero di azioni a 0 e il prezzo unitario anch’esso a 0).</p><p>Nello schema con transazione suddivisa presentato di seguito, il simbolo NUM_AZIONI rappresenta il numero di azioni che si desidera vendere, PREZZO_VENDITA è il prezzo con il quale vengono vendute le azioni, VENDITA_LORDA è il totale ottenuto dalla vendita delle azioni ed è pari a NUM_AZIONI x PREZZO_VENDITA; UTILE è l’importo di denaro ricavato dalla vendita; COMMISSIONI sono le spese di mediazione sostenute e infine VENDITA_NETTA è l’importo netto di denaro guadagnato con la vendita e pari a VENDITA_LORDA - COMMISSIONI.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2805464"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 8.1. Vendere azioni utilizzando lo schema della transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendere azioni utilizzando lo schema della transazione suddivisa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Numero di quote</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo quota</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Acquisto totale</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendita totale</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>VENDITA_NETTA</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>-NUM_AZIONI</td><td>PREZZO_VENDITA</td><td> </td><td>VENDITA_LORDA</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>UTILE</td><td>(Perdita)</td>!
 </tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(Perdita)</td><td>UTILE</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Commissioni</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSIONI</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Se la vendita delle azioni verrà registrata come un guadagno in conto capitale, consultare <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a> e <a class="xref" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento">Capitolo 11, <i>Deprezzamento</i></a> per ricevere ulteriori informazioni sull’argomento.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.7.1. Esempio - Vendita delle azioni in guadagno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. Esempio - Vendita delle azioni in guadagno</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ipotizzi di aver acquistato 100 azioni di una società per €20 ad azione e che ora si desideri venderle per €36 ad azione. Utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa appena descritto PREZZO_ACQUISTO è €20 (il prezzo di acquisto iniziale), NUM_AZIONI è 100, ACQUISTO_TOTALE è €2000 (il costo di acquisto originale), VENDITA_LORDA è €3.600 e, infine, UTILE è €1.525 (VENDITA_LORDA-ACQUISTO_TOTALE-COMMISSIONI).</p><div class="table"><a name="id2805633"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 8.2. Schema a transazione suddivisa per la vendita delle azioni</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Schema a transazione suddivisa per la vendita delle azioni" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Compra</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendi</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525,00</td><td> <!
 /td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>-100</td><td>36,00</td><td> </td><td>3600,00</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600,00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600,00</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Commissioni</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75,00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Un esempio di vendita delle azioni in guadagno. Sono state acquistate 100 azioni di AMZN per €20 ad azione e vendute a €36.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock2.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Immagine della struttura dei conti dopo l’esempio di vendita dell’azione per il guadagno.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.7.2. Esempio - Vendere le azioni in perdita"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexampleloss"></a>8.7.2. Esempio - Vendere le azioni in perdita</h3></div></div></div><p>Si ipotizzi di aver acquistato 100 azioni di una società per €100 ad azioni e si desideri ora venderle a €50 cadauna. Adottando lo schema a transazione suddivisa descritto in precedenza, PREZZO_ACQUISTO vale €100 (il prezzo di acquisto iniziale), NUM_AZIONI è 100, ACQUISTO_TOTALE è €10.000 (il prezzo totale di acquisto originale), (Perdita) è €5.000 e, infine, VENDITA_LORDA è €5.000. Si assuma anche che l’importo delle commissioni sia di €100,00.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2805846"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 8.3. Vendita delle azioni in perdita utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vendita delle azioni in perdita utilizzando lo schema a transazione suddivisa" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><c!
 ol></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Compra</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vendi</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900,00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>-100</td><td>50,00</td><td> </td><td>5000,00</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Azioni:SIMBOLO</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000,00</td></tr><tr><td>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>5000,00</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Commissioni</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Nota: è possibile anche inserire la perdita come un numero positivo nella colonna <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Compra</span>»</span> o come un numero negativo nella colonna <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Vendi</span>»</span>; <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sposterà automaticamente il <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">profitto negativo</span>»</span> nell’altra colonna.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni in perdita"><div class="caption"><p>Sopra è riportata un’immagine dell’esempio di vendita della azioni. Sono state acquistate 100 azioni a €100,00 cadauna e vendute per €50.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png" alt="Esempio di vendita delle azioni in perdita"><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine della struttura dei conti derivata dall’esempio di vendita delle azioni in perdita.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td w!
 idth="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.8. Dividendi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,26 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest_int1.html" title="8.3. Conti che maturano interessi"><link rel="next" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Acquistare le quote"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_int1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-setup1"></a>8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento</h2></div></div></div><p>Ora che è stata costruita la struttura dei conti, in questa sezione verrà mostrato
-    come creare e popolare i conti con il proprio portafoglio di investimenti. Dopo questa
-    impostazione di partenza , si potrebbero possedere anche delle quota azionarie acquistate
-    prima di iniziare ad utilizzare GnuCash. In questo caso, si seguano le istruzioni fornite
-    nella sezione più avanti <a class="link" href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-stock2" title="8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti"><span class="emphasis"><strong>Immissione delle quote preesistenti
-    </strong></span></a>. Se invece le azioni sono state appena acquistate riferirsi alla sezione
-    <a class="link" href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-new2" title="8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote"><span class="emphasis"><strong>Acquisto di nuove quote</strong></span>
-    </a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.4.1. Impostare i conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-setup-stockaccounts2"></a>8.4.1. Impostare i conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione mostrerà come aggiungere dei conti per le azioni e
-      per i fondi comuni in GnuCash. In questa sezione, si ipotizzerà di utilizzare
-      la struttura dei conti di base introdotta nella sezione precedente, ma
-      i principi qui descritti potranno essere applicati a qualsiasi struttura
-      dei conti.</p><p>Si dovrebbe avere, all'interno del conto di livello principale <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>,
-      un conto denominato <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azioni</strong></span>. Espandere la struttura ad
-      albero dei conti cliccando sull'<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">indicatore a triangolo che punta verso destra</span>»</span>
-      a fianco del nome del conto fino a raggiungere la profondità della struttura desiderata. 
-      A questo punto occorre creare un sottoconto (di tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>azioni</strong></span>) del conto
-      delle azioni per ogni azione che si possiede: ogni azione ha un conto separato. La denominazione
-      di questi conti è generalmente assegnata utilizzando l'abbreviazione ticker dell'azione,
-      anche se il nome assegnato può anche essere qualsiasi parola che sia chiara per gli utilizzatori.
-      Per esempio, è possibile nominare i conti come <span class="emphasis"><strong>AMZN</strong></span>,
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>IBM</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>NST</strong></span> per le proprie azioni Amazon,
-      IBM and NSTAR rispettivamente. Sotto è riportato un esempio schematico di disposizione (che mostra
-      solamente i sottoconti del conto delle attività).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest_int1.html" title="8.3. Conti che maturano interessi"><link rel="next" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Acquistare le quote"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_int1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-setup1"></a>8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento</h2></div></div></div><p>Ora che è stata costruita la struttura dei conti, in questa sezione verrà mostrato come creare e popolare i conti con il proprio portafoglio di investimenti. Dopo questa impostazione di partenza, si potrebbero possedere anche delle quota azionarie acquistate prima di iniziare ad utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In questo caso, seguire le istruzioni fornite in <a class="link" href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-stock2" title="8.5.1. Immettere delle quote preesistenti"><span class="emphasis"><strong>Immissione delle quote preesistenti</strong></span></a>. Se invece le azioni sono state appena a!
 cquistate, fare riferimento alla sezione <a class="link" href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-new2" title="8.5.2. Acquistare nuove quote"><span class="emphasis"><strong>Acquisto di nuove quote</strong></span></a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.4.1. Impostare i conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-setup-stockaccounts2"></a>8.4.1. Impostare i conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa sezione mostrerà come aggiungere dei conti per le azioni e per i fondi comuni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In questa sezione, si ipotizzerà di utilizzare la struttura dei conti di base introdotta nella sezione precedente, ma i principi qui descritti potranno essere applicati a qualsiasi struttura dei conti.</p><p>Si dovrebbe avere, all’interno del conto di livello principale <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività</strong></span>, un conto denominato <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azioni</strong></span>. Espandere la struttura ad albero dei conti facendo clic sull’<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">indicatore a triangolo che punta verso destra</span>»</span> a fianco del nome del conto fino a raggiungere la profondità della struttura desiderata. A questo punto occorre creare un sottoconto (di tipo <span class="emphasis"><strong>azioni</strong></span>) del conto delle azioni per ogni azione che si possiede: ogni azione ha un conto separato. La denominazione di questi conti è generalmente assegnata utilizzando l’abbreviazione ticker dell’azione, anche se il nome assegnato può anche essere qualsiasi parola che sia chiara per gli utilizzatori. Per esempio, è possibile nominare i conti come <span class="emphasis"><strong>AMZN</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>IBM</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>NST</strong></span> per le proprie azioni Amazon, IBM and NSTAR rispettivamente. Sotto è riportato un esempio schematico di disposizione (che mostra sola!
 mente i sottoconti del conto delle attività).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
  Attività<br>
     Investimenti<br>
        Conto brokeraggio<br>
@@ -31,70 +9,4 @@
              AMZN<br>
              IBM<br>
              NST<br>
- </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si desidera registrare le entrate (dividendi, interessi, guadagni
-        in conto capitale) per singola azione e per ogni fondo comune, sarà necessario
-        creare i conti Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE, Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (Lungo):SIMBOLO AZIONE,
-        Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (breve):SIMBOLO AZIONE e Entrate:Interessi:SIMBOLO AZIONE
-        per ogni azione che si possiede e che fornisce interessi e dividendi.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.4.2. Esempio di conto per le azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-setup-example2"></a>8.4.2. Esempio di conto per le azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Comne esempio, si assuma di possedere attualmente 100 azioni
-      di Amazon. Creare quindi il conto AMZN selezionando il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azioni</strong></span> e premendo il menu
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata la finestra per l'impostazione
-      del nuovo conto; seguire la procedura descritta di seguito per impostare il nuovo conto delle azioni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_newaccount.png" alt="Finestra per il nuovo conto"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra per il nuovo conto</p></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Nome del conto</strong></span> - normalmente, utilizzare l'abbreviazione del simbolo
-          ticker, per esempio: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AMZN</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Codice del conto</strong></span> - è un campo opzionale; utilizzare il codice CUSIP,
-          il simbolo riportato sui giornali, l'ID della famiglia dei fondi comuni o un codice di propria 
-          scelta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - campo opzionale che può contenere una descrizione dettagliata
-           della commodity o dell'azione. Si noti che questo campo è mostrato di default nella finestra della
-           struttura dei conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> - selezionare la tipologia di conto che sta per essere creato
-          dalla lista in basso a sinistra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span> - selezionare il conto padre per il nuovo
-          conto dalla lista in basso a destra. E' possibile espandere la lista se
-          necessario.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Creazione del nuovo titolo</strong></span> - per utilizzare una nuova azione,
-          è necessario creare l'azione come una nuova commodity</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Selezionare Titolo/valuta</strong></span> - premere il pulsante
-              <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Seleziona ...</span>»</span> alla fine della riga del campo
-              <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta</strong></span>. Occorre cambiare il titolo dal valore
-              predefinito (la valuta predefinita) a quello dell'azione. Verrà quindi aperta la finestra
-              di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Selezione del titolo</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> - cambiare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>tipo</strong></span> da quello attuale al
-              mercato in cui il titolo/commodity è scambiato (NASDAQ in questo esempio).</p><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Nuovo</span>»</span> per aprire la finestra del
-              <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Nuovo titolo</span>»</span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_selectsecurity.png" alt="Finestra di scelta del titolo"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di scelta del titolo </p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Creare il titolo</strong></span> - premere il pulsante
-              <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo...</strong></span> e inserire le informazioni appropriate per 
-              l'azione nel modulo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo
-              titolo</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome completo:</strong></span> è
-                  <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Amazon.com Inc</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Simbolo/abbreviazione:</strong></span> è
-                  <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AMZN</span>»</span>. Il simbolo è l'identificativo utilizzato
-                  dalla fonte delle quotazioni impostate alcune righe più sotto
-                  nel modulo. Si noti che diverse fonti possono utilizzare simboli differenti;
-                  un esempio è Ericsson: nella borsa di Stoccolma è identificato dal simbolo
-                  ERIC-B mentre su Yahoo è ERRICB.ST</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> dovrebbe già essere
-                  <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">NASDAQ</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Codice CUSIP o altro:</strong></span> è possibile inserire qui
-                  un altro codice numerico o del testo (lasciare vuoto in questo
-                  esempio).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frazione scambiata:</strong></span> dovrebbe essere impostata
-                  alla frazione minima del titolo che può essere scambiata, generalmente 1/100
-                  o 1/10000.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'opzione <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ricevi quotazioni online</span>»</span> e i campi
-                  della fonte delle quotazioni e del fuso orario devono essere selezionati
-                  per definire la fonte per l'aggiornamento online dei prezzi. Consultare anche
-                  la sezione 
-                  <a class="link" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni">
-                    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Impostare automaticamente il prezzo delle azioni</span>»</span></a>.</p><p>Se il pulsante <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ricevi quotazioni online</span>»</span> non è selezionabile,
-                  allora il pacchetto Finance::Quote non è installato.
-                  Consultare la
-                   <a class="link" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto-install3" title="8.6.3.1. Installare Finance::Quote">
-                    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Installare Finance::Quote</span>»</span></a>.</p><p>Più sotto è riportata un'immagine di come dovrebbe apparire la finestra 
-                  quando il processo è terminato: </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_newsecurity.png" alt="Finestra del nuovo titolo"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra del nuovo titolo </p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Salvataggio del titolo</strong></span> - premere il pulsante
-                  <span class="guilabel"><strong>OK</strong></span> per salvare il nuovo titolo; verrà chiusa la finestra
-                  del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Nuovo titolo</span>»</span> e si ritornerà alla finestra del
-                  <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Nuovo conto</span>»</span>.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Selezione del titolo</strong></span> - si dovrebbe ora vedere
-          il nuovo titolo creato come voce della lista a comparsa di
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta</strong></span>. Selezionarlo (probabilmente lo è
-          già) e premere <span class="guilabel"><strong>OK</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Frazione minima</strong></span> - specificare la minima frazione
-          scambiata dell'azione o della commodity.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Note</strong></span> - inserire qui qualsiasi messaggio
-          o nota relativo a questo titolo o commodity.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Relativo alle tasse</strong></span> - abilitare l'opzione se se le transazioni
-          contenute in questo conto saranno considerate nei resoconti per le imposte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> - abilitare l'opzione se questo conto
-          è un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Segnaposto</span>»</span>, cioè se non potrà contenere delle
-          transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Fine</strong></span> - ora si dovrebbe essere automaticamente tornati
-          alla finestra del nuovo conto, con la riga <span class="guilabel"><strong>simbolo/abbreviazione:</strong></span> impostata a
-          <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AMZN (Amazon.com Inc)</span>»</span>. Premere <span class="guilabel"><strong>OK</strong></span> per salvare
-          questo nuovo conto delle azioni.</p></li></ol></div><p>E' stato creato il conto per le azioni Amazon e la finestra dei conti dovrebbe
-      assomigliare a questa (si noti che sono presenti anche altri conti:
-      un conto bancario e un conto per i capitali):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_current.png" alt="Impostazione del portafoglio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine è successiva alla creazione del primo conto per le azioni
-          (AMZN)</p></div></div></div><p>Aprire la finestra del registro per il conto AMZN (doppio clic su di esso). Qui è mostrata la
-      vista del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Portafoglio</strong></span>. Essa fornisce una panoramica del portafoglio delle azioni
-      inclusi il numero di azioni acquistate e vendute. Ovviamente, non sono ancora state acquistate o vendute delle azioni,
-      e quindi il portafoglio non contiene alcuna transazione.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_int1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.3. Conti che maturano interessi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.5. Acquistare le quote</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si desidera registrare le entrate (dividendi, interessi, guadagni in conto capitale) per singola azione e per ogni fondo comune, sarà necessario creare i conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Dividendi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (Lungo):SIMBOLO AZIONE</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Guadagni in capitale (breve):SIMBOLO AZIONE</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Interessi:SIMBOLO AZIONE</strong></span> per ogni azione che si possiede e che fornisce interessi e dividendi.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.4.2. Esempio di conto per le azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-setup-example2"></a>8.4.2. Esempio di conto per le azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Come esempio, si assuma di possedere attualmente 100 azioni di Amazon. Creare quindi il conto AMZN evidenziando il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azioni</strong></span> e selezionando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>+<span class="guimenu"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata la finestra per l’impostazione del nuovo conto; seguire la procedura descritta di seguito per impostare il nuovo conto delle azioni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_newaccount.png" alt="Finestra per il nuovo conto"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra per il nuovo conto</p></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Nome del!
  conto</strong></span> - normalmente, utilizzare l’abbreviazione del simbolo ticker, per esempio: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AMZN</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Codice del conto</strong></span> - è un campo opzionale; utilizzare il codice CUSIP, il simbolo riportato sui giornali, l’ID della famiglia dei fondi comuni o un codice di propria scelta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - campo opzionale che può contenere una descrizione dettagliata della commodity o dell’azione. Si noti che questo campo è mostrato di default nella finestra della struttura dei conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> - selezionare la tipologia di conto che sta per essere creato dalla lista in basso a sinistra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span> - selezionare il conto padre per il nuovo conto dalla lista in basso a destra. È possibile espandere la lista se necessario.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Creazione del nuovo titolo</strong></span> - per utilizzare una nuova azione, è necessario creare l’azione come una nuova commodity</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Selezionare Titolo/valuta</strong></span> - premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona ...</span> alla fine della riga del campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta</strong></span>. Occorre cambiare il titolo dal valore predefinito (la valuta predefinita) a quello dell’azione. Verrà quindi aperta la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezione del titolo</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> - cambiare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>tipo</strong></span> da quello attuale al mercato in cui il titolo/commodity è scambiato (NA!
 SDAQ in questo esempio).</p><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> per aprire la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo titolo</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_selectsecurity.png" alt="Finestra di scelta del titolo"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di scelta del titolo</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Creare il titolo</strong></span> - premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo...</span> e inserire le informazioni appropriate per l’azione nel modulo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo titolo</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome completo:</strong></span> è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Amazon.com Inc</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Simbolo/abbreviazione:</strong></span> è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AMZN</span>»</span>. Il simbolo è l’identificativo utilizzato dalla fonte delle quotazioni impostate alcune righe più sotto nel modulo. Si noti che diverse fonti possono utilizzare simboli differenti; un esempio è Ericsson: nella borsa di Stoccolma è identificato dal simbolo ERIC-B mentre su Yahoo è ERRICB.ST</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> dovrebbe già essere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">NASDAQ</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Codice CUSIP o altro:</strong></span> è possibile inserire qui un altro codice numerico o del testo (lasciare vuoto in questo esempio).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frazione scambiata:</strong></span> dovrebbe essere impostata alla frazione minima del titolo che può essere scambiata, generalmente 1/100 o 1/10000.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L’opzione <span class="quote">«<span class="quote!
 ">Ricevi quotazioni online</span>»</span> e i campi della fonte delle quotazioni e del fuso orario devono essere selezionati per definire la fonte per l’aggiornamento online dei prezzi. Consultare anche la sezione <a class="link" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni"><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Impostare automaticamente il prezzo delle azioni</span>»</span></a>.</p><p>Se il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni online</span> non è selezionabile, allora il pacchetto <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> non è installato. Consultare la <a class="link" href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto-install3" title="8.6.3.1. Installare Finance::Quote"><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Installare Finance::Quote</span>»</span></a>.</p><p>Più sotto è riportata un’immagine di come dovrebbe apparire la finestra quando il processo è terminato: </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_newsecurity.png" alt="Finestra del nuovo titolo"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra del nuovo titolo</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Salvataggio del titolo</strong></span> - premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per salvare il nuovo titolo; verrà chiusa la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo titolo</strong></span> e si ritornerà alla finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Selezione del titolo</strong></span> - si dovrebbe ora vedere il nuovo titolo creato come voce della lista a comparsa di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta</strong></span>. Selezionarlo (probabilmente lo è già) e premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Frazione minima</strong></span> - s!
 pecificare la minima frazione scambiata dell’azione o della commodity.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Note</strong></span> - inserire qui qualsiasi messaggio o nota relativo a questo titolo o commodity.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Relativo alle tasse</strong></span> - andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni Reseconto Tasse</strong></span> per abilitare questa opzione se le transazioni in questo conto sono tassabili come entrate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> - abilitare l’opzione se questo conto è un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Segnaposto</span>»</span>, cioè se non potrà contenere delle transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Fine</strong></span> - ora si dovrebbe essere automaticamente tornati alla finestra del nuovo conto, con la riga <span class="guilabel"><strong>simbolo/abbreviazione:</strong></span> impostata a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AMZN (Amazon.com Inc)</span>»</span>. Premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per salvare questo nuovo conto delle azioni.</p></li></ol></div><p>È stato creato il conto per le azioni Amazon e la finestra dei conti dovrebbe assomigliare a questa (si noti che sono presenti anche altri conti: un conto bancario e un conto per i capitali):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_current.png" alt="Impostazione del portafoglio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine è successiva alla creazione del primo conto per le azioni (AMZN)</p></div></div></div><p>Aprire la finestra del registro per il conto AMZN (doppio clic su di esso). Qui è mostrata la vista del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Portafoglio</strong></span>. Essa fornisce una panoramica del portafoglio delle azioni incluso il numero di unità (quote per un’azione o un fondo comune) acquistate e vendute, il!
  prezzo unitario per unità e l’importo totale. Ovviamente, non sono ancora state acquistate o vendute delle azioni, e quindi il portafoglio non contiene alcuna transazione.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_int1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.3. Conti che maturano interessi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.5. Acquistare le quote</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,55 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. Dividendi"><link rel="next" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-dividends1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_capgain.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-splitsnmergers1"></a>8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</h2></div></div></div><p>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più
-    comune delle quali è quando l'amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo 
-    abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti
-    sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio
-    più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare
-    a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso
-    (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).
-
-    </p><div class="sect2" title="8.9.1. Frazionamento azionario semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-simplesplit"></a>8.9.1. Frazionamento azionario semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in 
-      azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal
-      6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare il druido 
-      per il frazionamento azionario andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> -> 
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Frazionamento azionario</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split1.png" alt="Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1."><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine della selezione del druido per il frazionamento azionario.</p></div></div></div><p>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <span class="guimenu"><strong>Avanti</strong></span> per
-      visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell'azione per il frazionamento. Sarà
-      necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto:Azioni</strong></span> che
-      si possiede.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split2.png" alt="Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione."><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del
-	   conto/azione.</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Attività:Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</span>»</span> e premere
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Avanti</strong></span>.</p><p>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte)
-          nella transazione.</p><p>Nell'esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionamento 2 per 1, quindi il numero di
-          quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una
-          breve spiegazione della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo prezzo</strong></span> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui
-          il nuovo prezzo dell'azione dopo il frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta</strong></span> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione
-          che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l'acquisto delle azioni.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guimenu"><strong>Avanti</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split3.png" alt="Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento."><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento. </p></div></div></div><p>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cash in Lieu</span>»</span>.
-      </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split4.png" alt="Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu."><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu. </p></div></div></div><p>Una finestra finale di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Termina</span>»</span> proporrà diverse opzioni:
-       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Annulla</strong></span>, <span class="guimenu"><strong>Indietro</strong></span> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e
-       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applica</strong></span> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti. </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" alt="Esempio di una transazione relativa a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro dell'azione"><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del registro del conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Attività:Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</span>»</span>
-          dopo l'inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.9.2. Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-merger1"></a>8.9.2. Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</h3></div></div></div><p>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione
-      avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di 
-      aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati 
-      in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</p><p>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate
-      per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il
-      simbolo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">T</span>»</span> da AT&T.</p><p>AT&T fornì dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dividendi</span>»</span> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione,
-      comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una
-      distribuzione in liquidi.</p><p>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice
-      fino alla schermata dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Dettagli</span>»</span>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento
-      in ogni combinazione di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto investimenti:Azioni</strong></span> che ha delle azioni 
-      frazionate.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge2.png" alt="Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2."><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del
-	   conto/azione (Conto investimenti:T).</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Attività:Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</span>»</span> e premere
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Avanti</strong></span>.</p><p>La schermata successiva per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio
-           si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span> - il numero di azioni aggiunte (o tolte)
-          con la transazione.</p><p>Nell'esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di
-          azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. E' possibile
-          avvalersi della capacità di GnuCash di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati
-          (Es: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">(0,77942*100)-100</span>»</span>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal
-          frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una
-          breve spiegazione della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo prezzo</strong></span> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui
-          il nuovo prezzo dell'azione dopo il frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta</strong></span> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione
-          che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l'acquisto delle azioni.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guimenu"><strong>Avanti</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge3.png" alt="Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3."><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del druido per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - 
-          Dettagli del frazionamento.</p></div></div></div><p>Nell'esempio fatto la schermata successiva verrà saltata dato che non è presente
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cash in Lieu</span>»</span>.
-      </p><p>Una schermata finale di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Termine</span>»</span> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Indietro</strong></span>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applica</strong></span> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockmerge1.png" alt="Esempio di transazione per un frazionamento azionario di moderata difficoltà, inserita nel registro delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Un'immagine del registro del Conto investimenti:T dopo aver inserito la transazione
-          relativa al frazionamento azionario che comporta la diminuzione delle azioni.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-dividends1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_capgain.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.8. Dividendi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. Dividendi"><link rel="next" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-dividends1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_capgain.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-splitsnmergers1"></a>8.9. Frazionamenti e fusioni</h2></div></div></div><p>Le società possono frazionare le loro azioni per diverse ragioni la più comune delle quali è quando l’amministrazione della società ritiene che il prezzo abbia superato il valore ragionevole per gli investitori. Alcuni di questi frazionamenti sono semplici scambi (es: 2 per 1 o 3 per 2) mentre altri sono meccanismi di scambio più complessi con distribuzione di liquidi. I frazionamenti possono anche portare a una diminuzione del numero di azioni se lo scambio è un frazionamento inverso (es: 1 per 3 o 0,75 per 1).</p><div class="sect2" title="8.9.1. Frazionamento azionario semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-simplesplit"></a>8.9.1. Frazionamento azionario s!
 emplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Per fare un esempio, si supponga che la propria società di investimento in azioni NST abbia dichiarato un frazionamento azionario di 2 per 1 a decorrere dal 6 Giugno 2005. Per inserire la corrispondente transazione occorre avviare l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Frazionamento azionario</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split1.png" alt="Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 1."><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine della selezione dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario.</p></div></div></div><p>La prima schermata è solamente di introduzione; premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per visualizzare la finestra di selezione del conto e dell’azione per il frazionamento. Sarà necessario creare una voce per ogni combinazione di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto:Azioni</strong></span> che si possiede.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split2.png" alt="Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione."><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione.</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:DRIPs:NST</strong></span> e premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p><p>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - Inserire la data del frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</p><p>Nell’esempio si è ipotizzato un frazionament!
 o 2 per 1, quindi il numero di quote addizionali è pari al numero di quelle presenti attualmente nel registro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo prezzo</strong></span> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta</strong></span> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split3.png" alt="Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento."><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</p></div></div></div><p>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cash in Lieu</span>»</span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split4.png" alt="Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu."><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 4 - Cash in Lieu.</p></div></div></div><p>Una finestra finale di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Termina</strong></span> proporrà diverse opzioni: <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span>, <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> per annullare o modificare i dati inseriti, e <span class="guibutton">Applica</span> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" alt="Esempio di una transazione relati!
 va a un semplice frazionamento azionario, nel registro delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine del registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:DRIPs:NST<span class="emphasis"><strong> dopo l’inserimento di una transazione per un semplice frazionamento azionario.</strong></span></strong></span></p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.9.2. Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-merger1"></a>8.9.2. Fusione azionaria moderatamente complessa</h3></div></div></div><p>Come esempio, si assuma di aver posseduto delle azioni AT&T durante la fusione avvenuta il 18 Novembre 2005 della SBC con AT&T. In questo esempio si ipotizzerà di aver acquistato le azioni AT&T il 1° Aprile 2005, che i divendi siano stati pagati in liquidi e quindi che non siano stati inseriti nel registro delle azioni AT&T.</p><p>Le condizioni della fusione sancivano che 0,77942 azioni di SBC fossero scambiate per ogni azione AT&T. La società derivante dalla fusione continuò a utilizzare il simbolo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">T</span>»</span> da AT&T.</p><p>AT&T fornì dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dividendi</span>»</span> di €1,20/azione alla data della transazione, comunque questa operazione non apparirà nel conto delle azioni dato che si trattò di una distribuzione in liquidi.</p><p>Il processo di inserimento di questa transazione è identico al frazionamento semplice fino alla schermata dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Dettagli</span>»</span>. Sarà necessario creare una voce di frazionamento in ogni combinazione di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto investimenti:Azioni</strong></span> che ha delle azioni frazionate.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge2.png" alt="Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2."><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine dell’assistente !
 per il frazionamento azionario al passo 2 - Selezione del conto/azione (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto investimenti:T</strong></span>).</p></div></div></div><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Investimenti:Conto brokeraggio:Azioni:T</strong></span> e premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p><p>La finestra seguente per i dettagli del frazionamento azionario, contiene 5 campi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - Inserire la data del frazionamento. Per questo esempio si inserirà 18 Novembre 2005.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span> - Il numero di quote aggiunte (o sottratte) nella transazione.</p><p>Nell’esempio in oggetto si tratta di un frazionamenti di 0,77942 per 1 e quindi il numero di azioni diminuisce rispetto a quello attualmente presente nel registro. È possibile avvalersi della capacità di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di eseguire i calcoli nelle celle inserendo direttamente i dati (Es: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">(0,77942*100)-100</span>»</span>) per calcolare la diminuzione delle azioni derivante dal frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> - La descrizione dovrebbe fornire una breve spiegazione della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo prezzo</strong></span> - Se si desidera è possibile inserire qui il nuovo prezzo dell’azione dopo il frazionamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta</strong></span> - è richiesta la valuta della transazione che dovrebbe essere la stessa con cui è avvenuto l’acquisto delle azioni.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge3.png" alt="Un’immagine dell’as!
 sistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3."><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine dell’assistente per il frazionamento azionario al passo 3 - Dettagli del frazionamento.</p></div></div></div><p>La schermata successiva verrà saltata per questo esempio poiché non è presente <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cash in Lieu</span>»</span>.</p><p>Una schermata finale di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Termine</span>»</span> fornirà infine le opzioni per tornare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Indietro</strong></span>, allo scopo di modificare le informazioni inserite in precedenza, e di <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applica</strong></span> per completare il frazionamento azionario con i dati inseriti.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockmerge1.png" alt="Esempio di transazione per un frazionamento azionario di moderata difficoltà, inserita nel registro delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Un’immagine del registro del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto investimenti:T</strong></span> dopo aver inserito la transazione relativa al frazionamento azionario che comporta la diminuzione delle azioni.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-dividends1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_capgain.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.8. Dividendi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,95 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Acquistare le quote"><link rel="next" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-stockprice1"></a>8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</h2></div></div></div><p>Il valore di una commodity, come quello di un'azione, deve essere impostato.
-    I conti per le azioni tengono traccia della quantità di azioni in proprio possesso,
-    ma il valore dell'azione è impostato nella finestra dell'<span class="emphasis"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>.
-    I valori impostati nell'editor prezzi possono essere aggiornati manualmente o
-    automaticamente.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.6.1. Impostare per la prima volta l'editor dei prezzi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-initial2"></a>8.6.1. Impostare per la prima volta l'editor dei prezzi</h3></div></div></div><p>Per utilizzare l'editor dei prezzi per registrare il prezzo di un'azione, occorre
-      prima di tutto inserire l'azione. Per farlo, aprire l'editor dei prezzi
-      (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> -> <span class="guimenu"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>) e
-      premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi</span>. La prima volta che
-      viene inserita una commodity/azione, questa finestra sarà vuoto ad eccezione
-      del pulsante di controllo in basso. Selezionare la commodity che si vuole
-      inserire nell'editor prezzi. A questo punto, inserire il prezzo della commodity
-      manualmente. Sono presenti 5 campi nella finestra di una nuova commodity:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo</strong></span> - il nome della commodity,
-          deve essere scelto dalla lista che compare premendo <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta</strong></span> - la valuta in cui il prezzo è espresso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - data di validità del prezzo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> - uno tra: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Offerta</strong></span>
-          (il prezzo di acquisto del mercato), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Domanda</strong></span> (il prezzo di
-          vendita del mercato), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ultimo</strong></span> (il prezzo dell'ultima
-          transazione), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valore del capitale netto</strong></span> (prezzo del fondo comune per
-          quota) o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconosciuto</strong></span>. Le azioni e le valute normalmente forniscono
-          i loro prezzi come "offerta", "domanda" o "ultimo". I fondi comuni sono spesso
-          indicati come "valore del capitale netto". Per altre commodity, scegliere semplicemente
-          "sconosciuto". Questa opzione è solo a scopo informativo e non è utilizzata da
-          GnuCash.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span> - il prezzo di una unità di questa
-          commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>Esempio di come aggiungere la commodity AMZN dall'Editor prezzi,
-      con un valore iniziale di €40,50 per azione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor.png" alt="Editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Aggiunta della commodity AMZN all'editor prezzi, impostando un
-          valore iniziale di €40,50 per azione.</p></div></div></div><p>Premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span> quando si è finito. Una volta eseguita
-      l'impostazione iniziale della commodity nell'editor prezzi, non sarà necessario effettuarlo
-      di nuovo, anche nell'eventualità che si utilizzi questa commodity in un altro conto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.2. Impostazione manuale del prezzo delle azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-manual2"></a>8.6.2. Impostazione manuale del prezzo delle azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Se il prezzo della commodity (azione) cambia, è possibile aggiustarne il valore
-      dall'editor prezzi, selezionando poi la commodity, premendo il pulsante
-      <span class="guibutton">modifica</span> e inserendo il nuovo prezzo.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor2.png" alt="Editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale dell'editor prezzi, che mostra la lista di tutte
-          le commodity inserite.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto2"></a>8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Se si possiedono più di due commodity, ci si stancherà presto di doverne
-      aggiornare i prezzi costantemente. GnuCash è in grado di scaricare automaticamente
-      i prezzi più recenti delle proprie commodity utilizzando Internet. Questo avviene
-      grazie al modulo di Perl denominato Finance::Quote, che deve essere installato
-      per poter attivare questa funzione.</p><p>Per determinare se il modulo Perl Finance::Quote è già installato sul
-      proprio sistema, scrivere nel terminale <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">perldoc Finance::Quote</span>»</span> e
-      controllare se è disponibile la documentazione. Se questa è presente, allora
-      il modulo è installato, contrariamente no.</p><div class="sect3" title="8.6.3.1. Installare Finance::Quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-install3"></a>8.6.3.1. Installare Finance::Quote</h4></div></div></div><p>Per installare Finance::Quote chiudure da subito le sessioni di GnuCash
-        in esecuzione. Trovare poi la cartella in cui GnuCash è installato
-        cercando la stringa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-update</span>»</span> (senza gli apostrofi).
-        Spostarsi in quella directory, aprire una finestra del terminale e eseguire come root 
-        il comando <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-update</span>»</span>(senza gli apostrofi). Verrà così avviata
-        una sessione di aggiornamento Perl CPAN che cercherà e installerà, attraverso Internet,
-        il modulo Finance::Quote nel sistema. Il programma gnc-fq-update program è interattivo: comunque,
-        con la maggior parte dei sistemi basterà rispondere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">no</span>»</span> alla prima domanda: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Are you
-        ready for manual configuration? [yes]</span>»</span> e l'aggiornamento continuerà automaticamente
-        da questo punto.</p><p>Dopo il completamento dell'installazione, occorre avviare il programma di prova <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-dump</span>»</span>,
-        nella stessa directory, distribuito con GnuCash per verificare se
-        Finance::Quote è installato e se funziona a dovere.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se non ci si sente sicuri nell'esecuzione di questa procedura, è possibile
-          spedire una email alla GnuCash-user mailing list
-          (<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>) per richiedere assistenza oppure andare sul canale
-          GnuCash IRC su irc.gnome.org. E' comunque possibile saltare questa procedura e aggiornare manualmente 
-          i prezzi delle proprie azioni.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="8.6.3.2. Impostare i titoli per le quotazioni online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-configure3"></a>8.6.3.2. Impostare i titoli per le quotazioni online</h4></div></div></div><p>Con il modulo Finance::Quote installato e correttamente funzionante, si devono impostare
-        i propri titolo in GnuCash al fine di utilizzare questa funzione per ottenere automaticamente le informazioni
-        aggiornate sui prezzi. Ogni qualvolta si intende creare dei nuovi titoli o modificarne di già esistenti, 
-        utilizzare la funzione <span class="guibutton">Strumenti -> Editor titoli</span>, per modificare il titolo
-        e controllare il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni</strong></span>. Sarà ora possibile modificare l'impostazione
-        per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di fonte</strong></span>, il menu a comparsa per indicare la fonte(i) specifica e il
-        <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fuso orario</strong></span> per le quotazioni. Al termine delle modifiche, premere <span class="guilabel"><strong>Chiudi</strong></span> 
-        per chiudere la finestra dell'editor titoli e tornare all'editro prezzidi; premere poi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi 
-        quotazioni</span> per aggiornare i prezzi delle azioni con Internet.</p><p>Il comando <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename</span>»</span>
-        può essere utilizzato per prelevare il prezzo corrente delle proprie azioni. Il file specificato
-        <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">$HOME/gnucash-filename</span>»</span> dipende dal nome e della posizione del proprio file dei dati.
-        Questo può essere determinato dal nome visualizzato nella cornice in alto della finestra di
-        GnuCash, prima del simbolo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">-</span>»</span>. Il nome del file può anche essere trovato in <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">File -></span>»</span>:
-        il primo elemento della lista, a cui è associato il numero 1, è il nome del file attualmente aperto.</p><p>Questa procedura può essere automatizzata creando un comando di crontab. Per esempio,
-        per aggiornare il proprio file Venerdì sera (alle 16:00) dopo la chiusura della borsa (l'orario può
-        essere diverso a seconda del fuso), è possibile aggiungere il comando seguente alla lista del crontab:</p><p>0 16 * * 5 gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename >
-        /dev/null 2>&1</p><p>Si ricordi che i <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">prezzi</span>»</span> dei fondi comuni rappresentano dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">valori di capitale
-        netto(NAV)</span>»</span> e richiedono diverse ore dopo la chiusura dei mercati per essere disponibili. Se i NAV vengono scaricati 
-        prima del giorno in cui vengono determinati, saranno ricevuti i valori del giorno precedente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.4. Mostrare i valori delle quotazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-view2"></a>8.6.4. Mostrare i valori delle quotazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra principale del conto, per default, mostra esclusivamente la quantità
-      di ogni commodity che si possiede, nella colonna con l'intestazione
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale</strong></span>. Nel caso delle azioni, questa commodity è rappresentata dal
-      numero di quote. Spesso, comunque, si desidera visualizzare il valore delle proprie azioni
-      in termini di valuta. Questo è possibile selezionando la linguetta denominata <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">conti</span>»</span>,
-      cliccando sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> nella barra del titolo (la piccola freccia
-      verso il basso nel lato destro della finestra principale) e selezionando l'opzione di visualizzazione
-      del campo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Totale (EUR)</span>»</span>. Verr inserita una nuova colonna, nella finestra principale, intitolata
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale (EUR)</strong></span> che esprimerà il valore di tutte le commodity nella valuta del resoconto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue.png" alt="Visualizzazione del valore delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Visualizzazione del valore di un'azione nella finestra principale utilizzando
-          il Totale nelle opzioni della valuta del resoconto.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title='8.6.5. Selezionare la "fonte del prezzo" nei resoconti del valore delle azioni'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-report"></a>8.6.5. Selezionare la "fonte del prezzo" nei resoconti del valore delle azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>La maggior parte dei resoconti per le attività forniti da GnuCash presentano diverse opzioni che premettono di
-      configurare e modificare un certo numero di parametri dei resoconti. La finestra delle opzioni viene visualizzata 
-      selezionando la linguetta del resoconto e cliccando sull'icona <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> sulla barra degli
-      strumenti o selezionando il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica -> Opzioni resoconto</strong></span>. La linguetta "Generale" nella
-      finestra che verrà aperta, contiene vari parametri relativi al resoconto; uno di questi è la "Fonte del prezzo" 
-      che permette di scegliere fra tre metodi alternativi per determinare il prezzo delle azioni riportato nel 
-      resoconto:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png" alt="Determinare le fonti dei prezzi delle azioni per i resoconti"><div class="caption"><p>Determinazione del valore di un'azione in un resoconto
-          impostando l'opzione della fonte del prezzo.</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Media pesata</strong></span> - fornisce un grafico del prezzo
-          pesato su tutte le <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazioni</strong></span>. <span class="emphasis"><strong>NON</strong></span> 
-          verrà considerato il prezzo definito nell' editor prezzi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Più recente</strong></span> - visualizza il valore delle azioni
-          nel tempo basandosi unicamente sul prezzo <span class="emphasis"><strong>più recente</strong></span>
-          disponibile dall'editor dei prezzi. Il prezzo che figura nelle
-          transazioni <span class="emphasis"><strong>NON</strong></span> è considerato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Più vicino temporalmente</strong></span> - il grafico è basato
-          esclusivamente sui prezzi disponibili nell'editor prezzi. Il valore
-          delle proprie azioni a ogni passo temporale è calcolato in base
-          al valore più vicino temporalmente disponibile nell'editor 
-          dei prezzi.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png" alt="Un istogramma delle attività ottenuto basandosi sul prezzo Più vicino temporalmente."><div class="caption"><p>Prevedere quale valore avrebbero avuto le proprie azioni
-          sui mercati azionari.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.5. Acquistare le quote </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.7. Vendere le azioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Acquistare le quote"><link rel="next" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Vendere le azioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-stockprice1"></a>8.6. Impostare il prezzo delle quote</h2></div></div></div><p>Il valore di una commodity, come quello di un’azione, deve essere impostato. I conti per le azioni tengono traccia della quantità di azioni in proprio possesso, ma il valore dell’azione è impostato nella finestra dell’<span class="emphasis"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>. I valori impostati nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span> possono essere aggiornati manualmente o automaticamente.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.6.1. Impostare per la prima volta l’editor dei prezzi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-initial2"></a>8.6.1. Impostare per la prima volta l’editor dei prezzi</h3></div></div></div><p>Pe!
 r utilizzare l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span> per registrare il prezzo di un’azione, occorre prima di tutto inserire l’azione. Per farlo, aprire l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>) e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi</span>. La prima volta che viene inserita una commodity/azione, in questa finestra saranno presenti solamente dei pulsanti di controllo in basso. Selezionare la commodity che si vuole inserire nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span>. A questo punto, inserire il prezzo della commodity manualmente. Sono presenti 5 campi nella finestra di una nuova commodity:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo</strong></span> - il nome della commodity, deve essere scelto dalla lista che compare premendo <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta</strong></span> - la valuta in cui il prezzo è espresso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> - data di validità del prezzo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> - uno tra: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Offerta</strong></span> (il prezzo di acquisto sul mercato), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Domanda</strong></span> (il prezzo di vendita sul mercato), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ultimo</strong></span> (il prezzo dell’ultima transazione), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valore netto delle attività</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconosciuto</strong></span>. Le quote per le azioni e le valute sono generalmente fornite come <span class="emphasis"><strong>offerta</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>domanda</strong></span> o <span class="emphasis"><strong>ul!
 timo</strong></span>. Per le altre commodity, selezionare semplicemente <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sconosciuto</strong></span>. Questa opzione è solo a titolo informativo e non è utilizzata da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash.</code></strong></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span> - il prezzo di una unità di questa commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>Esempio di come aggiungere la commodity AMZN dall’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span>, con un valore iniziale di €40,50 per azione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor.png" alt="Editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>Aggiunta della commodity AMZN all’editor prezzi, impostando un valore iniziale di €40,50 per azione.</p></div></div></div><p>Premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span> al termine. Una volta eseguita l’impostazione iniziale della commodity nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span>, non sarà necessario effettuarlo di nuovo, anche nell’eventualità che si utilizzi questa commodity in un altro conto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.2. Impostazione manuale del prezzo delle azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-manual2"></a>8.6.2. Impostazione manuale del prezzo delle azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Se il prezzo della commodity (azione) cambia, è possibile aggiustarne il valore dall’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor prezzi</strong></span>, selezionando poi la commodity, premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">modifica</span> e inserendo il nuovo prezzo.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor2.png" alt="Editor prezzi"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra principale dell’editor prezzi, che mostra la lista di tutte le commodity inserite.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni"><div class="titlepage"!
 ><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto2"></a>8.6.3. Configurazione per la ricezione automatica delle quotazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Se si hanno più di un paio di titoli o azioni ci sis tancherà presto di aggiornarne il prezzo costantemente. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di recuperare automaticamente il prezzo più recente per le proprie commodity utilizzando una connessione a internet. Questo è reso possibile dal modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> di <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong>, che deve essere installato per poter abilitare questa funzionalità.</p><p>Per determinare se il modulo di <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong> <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è già installato sul proprio sistema, scrivere nel terminale <span class="command"><strong>perldoc Finance::Quote</strong></span> e controllare se è disponibile la documentazione. Se questa è presente, allora il modulo è installato, contrariamente no.</p><div class="sect3" title="8.6.3.1. Installare Finance::Quote"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-install3"></a>8.6.3.1. Installare <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong></h4></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Microsoft Windows:</strong></span>
+	</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Chiude <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>È necessario aver installato <a class="ulink" href="http://www.activestate.com/store/activeperl" target="_top">ActivePerl</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eseguire <span class="emphasis"><strong>Installa la funzione di ricerca delle quotazioni online</strong></span> nella cartella <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> del menu <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Start</span>»</span>.</p></li></ul></div><p>
+        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Mac OS X:</strong></span> è necessario avere installato XCode. XCode è un elemento opzionale del DVD di installazione della distribuzione di OSX. Eseguire l’applicazione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Aggiorna Finance Quote</strong></span> nel dmg di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. È possibile eseguirla dal dmg o copiarla nella stessa cartella in cui è stato copiato <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Verrà aperta una finestra del terminale ed eseguito uno script che porrà diverse domande. Accettare le risposte predefinite a meno che non si conoscano gli effetti di ogni risposta.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Linux:</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Chiudere qualsiasi istanza di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in esecuzione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Trovare il percorso in cui è installato <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ricercando il termine <strong class="application"><code>gnc-fq-update</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spostarsi in quella cartella e aprire una shell di root.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eseguire il comando <span class="command"><strong>gnc-fq-update</strong></span></p></li></ul></div><p> Verrà lanciata una sessione di aggiornamento <strong class="application"><code>Perl</code></strong> CPAN che si collegherà a internet e installerà il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> sul proprio sistema. Il programma gnc-fq-update è interattivo, comunque, nella maggior parte dei sistemi, si dovrebbe essere in grado di rispondere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">no</span>»</span> alla prima domanda <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Are you ready for manual configuration? [yes]</span>»</span>. L’aggiornamento continuerà da questo punto in modo automatico.</p><p>Quando l’installazi!
 one è terminata, eseguire il programma di test <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-dump</span>»</span>, nella stessa cartella, distribuito con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per verificare se <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è installato e funziona correttamente.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se non ci si sente sicuri nell’esecuzione di questi passaggi, è possibile contattare la lista di discussione degli utenti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>) per chiedere aiuto o andare nell canale IRC di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> su irc.gnome.org. È anche possibile saltare questi passaggi e aggiornare manualmente i prezzi delle proprie azioni.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="8.6.3.2. Impostare i titoli per le quotazioni online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-configure3"></a>8.6.3.2. Impostare i titoli per le quotazioni online</h4></div></div></div><p>Con il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> installato e correttamente funzionante, si devono impostare i propri titoli in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> al fine di utilizzare questa funzione per ottenere automaticamente le informazioni aggiornate sui prezzi. Ogni qualvolta si intende creare dei nuovi titoli o modificarne di già esistenti, utilizzare la funzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <spa!
 n class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span>, per modificare il titolo e abilitare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni</strong></span>. Sarà quindi possibile modificare l’impostazione per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di fonte</strong></span>, aprendo il menu a comparsa per indicare le fonti specifiche e selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fuso orario</strong></span> per le quotazioni. Al termine delle modifiche, premere <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per chiudere la finestra dell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor titoli</strong></span> e tornare all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editro prezzi</strong></span>; premere poi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> per aggiornare i prezzi delle azioni tramite internet.</p><p>Il comando <span class="command"><strong>gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename</strong></span> può essere utilizzato per prelevare il prezzo corrente delle proprie azioni. Il file specificato <code class="filename">$HOME/gnucash-filename</code> dipende dal nome e della posizione del proprio file dei dati. Questo può essere determinato dal nome visualizzato nella cornice in alto della finestra di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, prima del simbolo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">-</span>»</span>. Il nome del file può anche essere rintracciato nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>: il primo elemento della lista, a cui è associato il numero 1, è il nome del file attualmente aperto.</p><p>Questa procedura può essere automatizzata creando un comando di <strong class="application"><code>crontab</code></strong>. Per esempio, per aggiornare il proprio file il venerdì sera (alle 16:00) dopo la chiusura della borsa (l’orario può essere diverso a seconda del fuso), è possibile aggiungere il comando seguente alla propria lista di <strong class="application"><code>crontab</code></strong>:</p><p>0 16 * * 5 gnucash --add-price-quotes!
  $HOME/nome-del-file-di-gnucash > /dev/null 2>&1</p><p>È importante ricordare che i <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">prezzi</span>»</span> dei fondi comuni rappresentano dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">valori di capitale netto</span>»</span> (<acronym class="acronym">NAV</acronym>) e richiedono diverse ore dopo la chiusura dei mercati per essere disponibili. Se i <acronym class="acronym">NAV</acronym> vengono scaricati prima del giorno in cui vengono determinati, si riceveranno i valori del giorno precedente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.4. Mostrare i valori delle quotazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-view2"></a>8.6.4. Mostrare i valori delle quotazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra principale del conto, di default, mostra esclusivamente la quantità di ogni commodity che si possiede, nella colonna con l’intestazione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale</strong></span>. Nel caso delle azioni, questa commodity è rappresentata dal numero di quote. Spesso, comunque, si desidera visualizzare il valore delle proprie azioni in termini di valuta. Questo è possibile selezionando la scheda denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti</strong></span>, facendo clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span> (la piccola freccia verso il basso nel lato destro della finestra principale) e selezionando l’opzione di visualizzazione del campo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Totale (EUR)</span>»</span>. Verrà inserita una nuova colonna, nella finestra principale, intitolata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale (EUR)</strong></span> che esprimerà il valore di tutte le commodity nella valuta del resoconto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue.png" alt="Visualizzazione del valore delle azioni"><div class="caption"><p>Visualizzazione del valore di un’azione nella finest!
 ra principale utilizzando il Totale nelle opzioni della valuta del resoconto.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.6.5. Selezionare la «fonte del prezzo» nei resoconti del valore delle azioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-report"></a>8.6.5. Selezionare la <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fonte del prezzo</span>»</span> nei resoconti del valore delle azioni</h3></div></div></div><p>La maggior parte dei resoconti per le attività forniti da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, presentano diverse opzioni che premettono di configurare e modificare un certo numero di parametri. La finestra delle opzioni viene visualizzata selezionando la scheda del resoconto e selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionando il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto</strong></span>. La scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generale</strong></span> nella finestra che verrà aperta, contiene vari parametri relativi al resoconto; uno di questi è la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fonte del prezzo</strong></span> che permette di scegliere fra tre metodi alternativi per determinare il prezzo delle azioni riportato nel resoconto:</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Nell’esempio seguente, il resoconto è una personalizzazione del resoconto di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio medio</strong></span> presente nel sottomenu di <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Attività e passività</strong></span>.</p></td!
 ></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png" alt="Determinare le fonti dei prezzi delle azioni per i resoconti"><div class="caption"><p>Determinazione del valore di un’azione in un resoconto impostando l’opzione della fonte del prezzo.</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Media pesata</strong></span> - fornisce un grafico del prezzo pesato su tutte le <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazioni</strong></span>. <span class="emphasis"><strong>NON</strong></span> verrà considerato il prezzo definito nell’ editor prezzi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Più recente</strong></span> - visualizza il valore delle azioni nel tempo basandosi unicamente sul prezzo <span class="emphasis"><strong>più recente</strong></span> disponibile dall’editor dei prezzi. Il prezzo che figura nelle transazioni <span class="emphasis"><strong>NON</strong></span> è considerato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Più vicino temporalmente</strong></span> - il grafico è basato esclusivamente sui prezzi disponibili nell’editor prezzi. Il valore delle proprie azioni a ogni passo temporale è calcolato in base al valore più vicino temporalmente disponibile nell’editor dei prezzi.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png" alt="Un istogramma delle attività ottenuto basandosi sul prezzo Più vicino temporalmente."><div class="caption"><p>Prevedere quale valore avrebbero avuto le proprie azioni sui mercati azionari.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a acc!
 esskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.5. Acquistare le quote </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.7. Vendere le azioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,32 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest_concepts1.html" title="8.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="invest_int1.html" title="8.3. Conti che maturano interessi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_int1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_accounts1"></a>8.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Per impostare i conti per gli investimenti in GnuCash, si possono
-    utilizzare le strutture predefinite o creare la propria struttura personalizzata. 
-    IL minimo da fare per tracciare gli investimenti consiste nell'impostare
-    un conto per ogni investimento. Comunque, come già visto nei precedenti capitoli,
-    è generalmente più logico creare un diagramma dei conti strutturato in modo
-    da raggruppare gli investimenti tra loro correlati. Per esempio, si potrebbero voler
-    raggruppare tutte le proprie azioni scambiate pubblicamente sotto un unico conto padre
-    con il nome della società di mediazione utilizzata per l'acquisto delle 
-    azioni stesse.</p><p>Indipendentemente da come è stata impostata la struttura dei conti, si ricordi che
-    è sempre possibile spostare i conti in seguito (senza perdere il lavoro svolto fino a 
-    quel punto); la struttura dei conti non deve quindi essere perfetta da subito.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.2.1. Conti predefiniti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_predefined2"></a>8.2.1. Conti predefiniti</h3></div></div></div><p>Per utilizzare le strutture predefinite dei conti per gli investimenti,
-      si <span class="emphasis"><strong>deve</strong></span> creare un nuovo file di GnuCash. In questo modo verrà
-      attivato il druido per la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>.
-      Dopo aver impostata la valuta da utilizzare, verrà richiesto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>scegliere
-      i conti da creare</strong></span>. A questo punto, scegliere l'opzione "Conti investimenti" 
-      (assieme a qualsiasi altra scelta si voglia). Ipotizzando di scegliere solo i
-      <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Conti investimenti</span>»</span>, verrà creata la struttura dei conti mostrata
-      qui sotto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png" alt="Impostazione degli investimenti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata della linguetta "Conti" dopo la
-          creazione di un nuovo file e la scelta dei soli "conti investimenti". </p></div></div></div><p>Probabilmente sarà necessario aggiungere almeno il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Banca</strong></span>
-      alla famiglia <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività</strong></span> e anche un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci
-      d'apertura</strong></span>, come è già stato spiegato nei capitoli precedenti. Non si dimentichi
-      di salvare il nuovo file creato con un nome adatto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.2.2. Esempio di conti personalizzati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_custom2"></a>8.2.2. Esempio di conti personalizzati</h3></div></div></div><p>E' anche possibile impostare la propria struttura dei conti personalizzata.
-      Quella riportata di seguito, rappresenta un esempio un po' più complicato
-      di impostazioni di GnuCash per tenere traccia dei propri investimenti; questa
-      impostazione presenta il vantaggio di raggruppare ogni investimento a seconda
-      della società di mediazione che si occupa dell'investimento. In questo modo
-      risulterà più facile confrontare i documenti che si ricevono dalla società di 
-      mediazione con i conti che si hanno in GnuCash e individuare subito 
-      le eventuali discrepanze. </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest_concepts1.html" title="8.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="invest_int1.html" title="8.3. Conti che maturano interessi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_int1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_accounts1"></a>8.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Per impostare i conti per gli investimenti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, si possono utilizzare le strutture predefinite o creare la propria struttura personalizzata. Il minimo da fare per tracciare gli investimenti consiste nell’impostare un conto per ogni investimento. Comunque, come già visto nei precedenti capitoli, è generalmente più logico creare un diagramma dei conti strutturato in modo da raggruppare gli investimenti tra loro correlati. Per esempio, si potrebbero voler raggruppare tutte le proprie azioni scambiate pubblicamente sotto un unico conto padre con il nome della società di mediazione utilizzata per l’acquisto delle azioni stesse.</p><p>Indipendentemente da come è stata impostata la strutt!
 ura dei conti, è sempre possibile spostare i conti in seguito (senza perdere il lavoro svolto fino a quel punto); la struttura dei conti non deve quindi essere perfetta da subito.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.2.1. Conti predefiniti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_predefined2"></a>8.2.1. Conti predefiniti</h3></div></div></div><p>Per utilizzare la strutture predefinita dei conti per gli investimenti, si <span class="emphasis"><strong>deve</strong></span> creare un nuovo file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In questo modo verrà attivato l’assistente per la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>. Dopo aver impostata la valuta da utilizzare, verrà richiesto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>scegliere i conti da creare</strong></span>. A questo punto, scegliere l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti investimenti</strong></span> (assieme a qualsiasi altra scelta si voglia). Ipotizzando di scegliere solo i <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti investimenti</strong></span>, verrà creata la struttura dei conti mostrata qui sotto.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png" alt="Impostazione degli investimenti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la schermata della scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> dopo la creazione di un nuovo file e la scelta dei soli <span class="guilabel"><strong>conti investimenti</strong></span> predefiniti.</p></div></div></div><p>Probabilmente sarà necessario aggiungere almeno il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Banca</strong></span> alla famiglia <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività</strong></span> e anche un conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>, come è già stato spiegato nei capitoli precedenti. Non si dimentichi di salvare il nuovo file creato con un nome adatto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.2.2. Esempio di !
 conti personalizzati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_custom2"></a>8.2.2. Esempio di conti personalizzati</h3></div></div></div><p>È anche possibile impostare la propria struttura dei conti personalizzata. Quella riportata di seguito, rappresenta un esempio un po’ più complicato di impostazioni di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per tenere traccia dei propri investimenti; questa impostazione presenta il vantaggio di raggruppare ogni investimento a seconda della società di mediazione che si occupa dell’investimento. In questo modo risulterà più facile confrontare i documenti che si ricevono dalla società di mediazione con i conti che si hanno in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e individuare subito le eventuali discrepanze. </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
  Attività<br>
     Investimenti<br>
        Conto brokeraggio<br>
@@ -67,14 +39,11 @@
                 Tassabile<br>
                 Non-tassabile<br>
  Uscite<br>
-    Spese dell'investimento<br>
+    Spese dell’investimento<br>
        Commissioni<br>
           I*Trade<br>
           Brocker<br>
        Costi di gestione<br>
           I*Trade<br>
           Brocker<br>
- </p></div><p>Non esiste una soluzione unica per l'impostazione della struttura dei
-      conti per gli investimenti. Occorre provare disposizioni differenti fino a
-      quando non si trova la soluzione che suddivide i conti degli investimenti nel
-      modo che si ritiene personalmente più logico.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_int1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div><p>Non esiste una soluzione unica per l’impostazione della struttura dei conti per gli investimenti. Occorre provare disposizioni differenti fino a quando non si trova la soluzione che suddivide i conti degli investimenti nel modo che si ritiene personalmente più logico.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_int1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,105 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="next" href="invest_accounts1.html" title="8.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_invest.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_concepts1"></a>8.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Un investimento è qualsiasi bene che viene acquistato nella speranza
-    che generi un'entrata, o che si desidera vendere in futuro a un prezzo
-    maggiore di quello con cui è stato acquistato. Partendo da questa semplice 
-    definizione, molte cose possono essere considerate degli investimenti: la casa
-    in cui si abita, un quadro di valore, le azioni di una società vendute pubblicamente,
-    il conto dei risparmi in banca o un certificato di deposito. Queste tipologie di
-    investimento verranno discusse in questo capitolo per quanto riguarda
-    la loro registrazione in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.1.1. Terminologia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_terms2"></a>8.1.1. Terminologia</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di discutere specificatamente degli investimenti, è utile avere 
-      presente un glossario sulla terminologia relativa agli investimenti. I termini
-      presentati più sotto, rappresentano alcuni dei concetti di base e specifici degli 
-      investimenti. Si consiglia di acquisire familiarità con essi o, almeno, rifarsi a
-      questa sezione se si incontrassero dei termini dubbi nelle sezioni successive.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagno in conto capitale</strong></span> è la differenza tra
-          il prezzo di acquisto e quello di vendita di un investimento. Se il prezzo di vendita
-          è inferiore a quello di acquisto si parla di <span class="emphasis"><strong>perdita in conto 
-          capitale</strong></span>. Sono anche denominati <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno o perdita
-          realizzato</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Commissione</strong></span> è il costo che viene pagato a un
-          mediatore (o broker) per acquistare o vendere dei titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Azione ordinaria</strong></span> è un titolo che attesta la proprietà
-          di una frazione di una società. Questo è ciò che si acquista quando si compra un'azione
-          in una compagnia sul mercato libero. Generalmente si parla anche di <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitale
-          azionario</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Composizione</strong></span> è il concetto secondo il quale 
-          l'interesse reinvestito genera a sua volta altri interessi (interesse
-          dell'interesse). Spesso ci si riferisce a questo termine con <span class="emphasis"><strong>interesse
-          composto</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Dividendi</strong></span> sono dei pagamenti in contanti
-          che una società versa ai propri azionisti. L'importo di questi pagamenti
-          è generalmente determinato come una frazione dei profitti della società. 
-	  Si noti che non tutte le azioni ordinarie forniscono i dividendi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali netti</strong></span> sono investimenti in cui l'investitore
-          diviene parte o unico possessore della proprietà di un bene. Sono comprese le
-          azioni di una società or real estate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Interesse</strong></span> è ciò che il beneficiario paga al
-          prestatore per l'utilizzo del suo denaro. Normalmente, viene espresso
-          in percentuale del capitale all'anno. Ad esempio, un conto di risparmio
-          con l'1% di interesse (il cliente è il prestatore mentre la banca è il 
-          beneficiario) frutterà €1 per ogni €100 lasciati in deposito per ogni
-          anno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Liquidità</strong></span> è la misura di quanto un 
-          investimento è facilmente convertibile in contanti. Il denaro in 
-          un conto di risparmio è facilmente liquidabile, mentre il denaro
-          investito in una casa ha una bassa liquidità dato che per vendere 
-          una casa occorre del tempo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Somma capitale</strong></span> è l'importo originario di denaro
-          investito o prestato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni e perdite realizzati o non realizzati</strong></span>,
-          le perdite e i guadagni non realizzati si hanno quando si verifica una
-	  variazione del prezzo di un bene. La perdita o il guadagno si realizzano
-	  nel momento in cui il bene viene venduto. Consultare anche
-	  <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno e perdita in conto capitale</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Profitto</strong></span> è l'entrata totale più il guadagno o
-          la perdita in conto capitale forniti da un investimento. Consultare anche 
-          la definizione di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Rendimento</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rischio</strong></span> è la probabilità che il guadagno
-          fornito da un investimento, sia differente da quello ipotizzato. Gli
-          investimenti vengono spesso raggruppati in una scala che va dal basso 
-          rischio (conti di risparmio, bond) a quello alto (azioni,junk bond). 
-          Come regola generale si può affermare che maggiore è il rischio, maggiore
-          potrà essere il guadagno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Azionista</strong></span> è una persona che possiede delle azioni
-          di una società.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Frazionamento azionario</strong></span> avviene quando una società
-          decide di emettere un numero multiplo di quote per ogni azione esistente.
-          Ad esempio, un frazionamento azionario di "2 a 1" significa che se si possiedono
-          100 quote di una azione, se ne riceveranno altre 100 senza costi aggiuntivi.
-          Il prezzo unitario della quota verrà adeguato in modo che non vi siano 
-          variazioni nel valore netto, quindi nell'esempio il prezzo di per una quota
-          verrà dimezzato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valutazione</strong></span> è il processo attraverso il quale 
-          viene determinato il valore o il prezzo con il quale un investimento
-          sarebbe venduto in un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ragionevole intervallo temporale</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rendimento</strong></span> è la misura dell'importo di denaro 
-          fruttato da un investimento (ad esempio: quante entrate sono derivate da 
-          un investimento). Normalmente viene indicato come percentuale del capitale
-          investito. Il rendimento non comprende i guadagni o le perdite in capitale
-          (consultare la definizione di guadagno). Esempio: un'azione venduta a
-          €100 che fornisce €2 di dividendi all'anno, ha un rendimento del 2%.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.1.2. Tipologie di investimento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_types2"></a>8.1.2. Tipologie di investimento</h3></div></div></div><p>Di seguito vengono proposti alcuni dei tipi più diffusi di
-      investimenti e, per ognuno di essi, degli esempi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conti o documenti che fruttano interessi</strong></span></p><p>Questo tipo di investimenti permette generalmente di accedere
-          immediatamente al denaro; tipicamente vengono pagati degli interessi
-          mensili sulla base del denaro depositato. Esempi sono il conto bancario 
-          per i risparmi (e alcuni conti correnti che fruttano anche degli interessi)
-          e i conti liquidi presso la società di intermediazione. Essi rappresentano
-          degli investimenti a rischio molto basso: negli Stati Uniti questi conti sono
-          assicurati contro le perdite fino a un limite determinato.</p><p>A volte, gli investimenti che producono interessi, sono
-          <span class="emphasis"><strong>bloccati temporalmente</strong></span>. Questo tipo di investimenti 
-          richiede che il denaro venga investito per un certo periodo di tempo
-          nel quale si riceve un tasso di guadagno predefinito. Generalmente, 
-          maggiore è la durata e maggiore è il tasso di interesse. Se si preleva
-          del denaro prima della data di maturazione, occorrerà pagare
-          una penale. Si tratta di investimenti a rischio relativamente basso.
-          Esempi sono i certificati di deposito o alcuni bond governativi. Altri
-          tipi di bond possono avere un rendimento più elevato sulla base del
-          maggior rischio dovuto alla qualità del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">tasso di credito</span>»</span>
-          dell'ente che li ha emessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Azioni e fondi comuni</strong></span></p><p>Questo tipo di investimenti avviene in favore di una società 
-          di cui si diviene proprietari di una quota. Generalmente non
-          sussistono limiti di tempo per le azioni scambiate pubblicamente,
-          ma potrebbero esserci delle variazioni sulle tasse da pagare
-          per i guadagni in conto capitale a seconda del tempo in cui si
-          è rimasti proprietari dell'azione. Quindi le azioni, sono tipicamente
-          abbastanza liquide dato che è possibile riavere il possesso del proprio 
-          denaro piuttosto velocemente. Questi investimenti comportano un alto rischio
-          perché non viene garantito il prezzo futuro dell'azione.</p><p>Un fondo comune rappresenta un meccanismo di investimento a gruppo
-          in cui è possibile acquistare diverse azioni contemporaneamente. Per 
-          esempio, un "S&P 500 index fund" è un fondo che acquista tutte le 500 
-          azioni elencate nell'indice "Standard and Poor's". Quando si acquista 
-          una quota di questo fondo, si acquista di fatto un piccolo importo
-          di ognuna di queste azioni contenute nel fondo. I fondi comuni sono
-          trattati esattamente come una singola azione sia per quanto riguarda
-          la tassazione che per quanto concerne la contabilità.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Beni immobili</strong></span></p><p>I beni che aumentano il loro valore nel tempo rappresentano
-          un'altra forma di investimento. Ne sono degli esempi la casa, un appezzamento
-          di terreno o un quadro di valore. Il valore di questo tipo di investimenti è 
-          difficile da quantificare fino al momento della vendita. Il carico
-          di tasse derivante dalla vendita varia in funzione del bene. Per esempio,
-          si può usufruire di detrazioni d'imposta nella vendita di una casa se
-          questa è la residenza principale, ma questo tipo di agevolazione
-          potrebbe non essere applicata alla vendita di un quadro.</p><p>Gli investimenti in beni immobili sono discussi nel capitolo
-          "Deprezzamento e guadagni in conto capitale". Generalmente non c'è molto da fare per
-          la contabilità degli investimenti in beni immobili tranne registrarne
-          le transazioni di acquisto e di vendita.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_invest.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 8. Investimenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="next" href="invest_accounts1.html" title="8.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_invest.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_concepts1"></a>8.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Un investimento è qualsiasi bene che viene acquistato nella speranza che generi un’entrata, o che si desidera vendere in futuro a un prezzo maggiore di quello con cui è stato acquistato. Partendo da questa semplice definizione, molte cose possono essere considerate degli investimenti: la casa in cui si abita, un quadro di valore, le azioni di una società vendute pubblicamente, il conto dei risparmi in banca o un certificato di deposito. Queste tipologie di investimento verranno discusse in questo capitolo per quanto riguarda la loro registrazione in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.1.1. Terminologia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_terms2"></a>8.1.1. Terminologia!
 </h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di discutere specificatamente degli investimenti, è utile avere presente un glossario sulla terminologia relativa agli investimenti. I termini presentati più sotto, rappresentano alcuni dei concetti di base e specifici degli investimenti. Si consiglia di acquisire familiarità con essi o, almeno, rifarsi a questa sezione se si incontrassero dei termini dubbi nelle sezioni successive.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagno in conto capitale</strong></span> è la differenza tra il prezzo di acquisto e quello di vendita di un investimento. Se il prezzo di vendita è inferiore a quello di acquisto si parla di <span class="emphasis"><strong>perdita in conto capitale</strong></span>. Sono anche denominati <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno o perdita realizzato</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Commissione</strong></span> è il costo che viene pagato a un mediatore (o broker) per acquistare o vendere dei titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Azione ordinaria</strong></span> è un titolo che attesta la proprietà di una frazione di una società. Questo è ciò che si acquista quando si <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">compra un’azione</span>»</span> in una compagnia sul mercato libero. Generalmente si parla anche di <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitale azionario</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Composizione</strong></span> è il concetto secondo il quale l’interesse reinvestito genera a sua volta altri interessi (interesse dell’interesse). Spesso ci si riferisce a questo termine con <span class="emphasis"><strong>interesse composto</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Dividendi</strong></span> sono dei pagamenti in contanti che una società versa ai propri azionisti. L’importo di questi pagamenti è genera!
 lmente determinato come una frazione dei profitti della società. Si noti che non tutte le azioni ordinarie forniscono i dividendi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali netti</strong></span> sono investimenti in cui l’investitore diviene parte o unico possessore della proprietà di un bene. Sono comprese le azioni di una società or real estate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Interesse</strong></span> è ciò che il beneficiario paga al prestatore per l’utilizzo del suo denaro. Normalmente, viene espresso in percentuale del capitale all’anno. Ad esempio, un conto di risparmio con l’1% di interesse (il cliente è il prestatore mentre la banca è il beneficiario) frutterà €1 per ogni €100 lasciati in deposito per ogni anno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Liquidità</strong></span> è la misura di quanto un investimento è facilmente convertibile in contanti. Il denaro in un conto di risparmio è facilmente liquidabile, mentre il denaro investito in una casa ha una bassa liquidità dato che per vendere una casa occorre del tempo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Somma capitale</strong></span> è l’importo originario di denaro investito o prestato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Guadagni e perdite realizzati o non realizzati</strong></span>, le perdite e i guadagni non realizzati si hanno quando si verifica una variazione del prezzo di un bene. La perdita o il guadagno si realizzano nel momento in cui il bene viene venduto. Consultare anche <span class="emphasis"><strong>guadagno e perdita in conto capitale</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Profitto</strong></span> è l’entrata totale più il guadagno o la perdita in conto capitale forniti da un investimento. Consultare anche la definizione di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Rendimento</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="!
 emphasis"><strong>Rischio</strong></span> è la probabilità che il guadagno fornito da un investimento, sia differente da quello ipotizzato. Gli investimenti vengono spesso raggruppati in una scala che va dal basso rischio (conti di risparmio, bond) a quello alto (azioni,junk bond). Come regola generale si può affermare che maggiore è il rischio, maggiore potrà essere il guadagno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Azionista</strong></span> è una persona che possiede delle azioni di una società.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Frazionamento azionario</strong></span> avviene quando una società decide di emettere un numero multiplo di quote per ogni azione esistente. Ad esempio, un frazionamento azionario di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">2 a 1</span>»</span> significa che se si possiedono 100 quote di una azione, se ne riceveranno altre 100 senza costi aggiuntivi. Il prezzo unitario della quota verrà adeguato in modo che non vi siano variazioni nel valore netto, quindi nell’esempio fornito il prezzo di per una quota verrà dimezzato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valutazione</strong></span> è il processo attraverso il quale viene determinato il valore o il prezzo con il quale un investimento sarebbe venduto in un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ragionevole intervallo temporale</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rendimento</strong></span> è la misura dell’importo di denaro fruttato da un investimento (ad esempio: quante entrate sono derivate da un investimento). Normalmente viene indicato come percentuale del capitale investito. Il rendimento non comprende i guadagni o le perdite in capitale (consultare la definizione di guadagno). Esempio: un’azione venduta a €100 che fornisce €2 di dividendi all’anno, ha un rendimento del 2%.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.1.2. Tipologie di investimento"><div class="titlepage!
 "><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_types2"></a>8.1.2. Tipologie di investimento</h3></div></div></div><p>Di seguito vengono proposti alcuni dei tipi più diffusi di investimenti e, per ognuno di essi, degli esempi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conti o documenti che fruttano interessi</strong></span></p><p>Questo tipo di investimenti permette generalmente di accedere immediatamente al denaro; tipicamente vengono pagati degli interessi mensili sulla base del denaro depositato. Esempi sono il conto bancario per i risparmi (e alcuni conti correnti che fruttano anche degli interessi) e i conti liquidi presso la società di intermediazione. Essi rappresentano degli investimenti a rischio molto basso: negli Stati Uniti questi conti sono assicurati contro le perdite fino a un limite determinato.</p><p>A volte, gli investimenti che producono interessi, sono <span class="emphasis"><strong>bloccati temporalmente</strong></span>. Questo tipo di investimenti richiede che il denaro venga investito per un certo periodo di tempo nel quale si riceve un tasso di guadagno predefinito. Generalmente, maggiore è la durata e maggiore è il tasso di interesse. Se si preleva del denaro prima della data di maturazione, occorre pagare una penale. Si tratta di investimenti a rischio relativamente basso. Esempi sono i certificati di deposito o alcuni bond governativi. Altri tipi di bond possono avere un rendimento più elevato sulla base del maggior rischio dovuto alla qualità del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">tasso di credito</span>»</span> dell’ente che li ha emessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Azioni e fondi comuni</strong></span></p><p>Questo tipo di investimenti avviene in favore di una società di cui si diviene proprietari di una quota. Generalmente non sussistono limiti di tempo per le azioni scambiate pubblicamente, ma potrebbero esserci delle variazioni sulle tasse da pagare pe!
 r i guadagni in conto capitale a seconda del tempo in cui si è rimasti proprietari dell’azione. Quindi le azioni, sono tipicamente abbastanza liquide dato che è possibile riavere il possesso del proprio denaro piuttosto velocemente. Questi investimenti comportano un alto rischio perché non viene garantito il prezzo futuro dell’azione.</p><p>Un fondo comune rappresenta un meccanismo di investimento a gruppo in cui è possibile acquistare diverse azioni contemporaneamente. Per esempio, un <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">S&P 500 index fund</span>»</span> è un fondo che acquista tutte le 500 azioni elencate nell’indice <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Standard and Poor’s</span>»</span>. Quando si acquista una quota di questo fondo, si acquista di fatto un piccolo importo di ognuna di queste azioni contenute nel fondo. I fondi comuni sono trattati esattamente come una singola azione sia per quanto riguarda la tassazione che per quanto concerne la contabilità.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Beni immobili</strong></span></p><p>I beni che aumentano il loro valore nel tempo rappresentano un’altra forma di investimento. Ne sono degli esempi la casa, un appezzamento di terreno o un quadro di valore. Il valore di questo tipo di investimenti è difficile da quantificare fino al momento della vendita. Il carico di tasse derivante dalla vendita varia in funzione del bene. Per esempio, si può usufruire di detrazioni d’imposta nella vendita di una casa se questa è la residenza principale, ma questo tipo di agevolazione potrebbe non essere applicata alla vendita di un quadro.</p><p>Gli investimenti in beni immobili sono discussi in <a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a> e <a class="xref" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento">Capitolo 11, <i>Deprezzamento</i></a>. Generalmente non c’è molto da fare per la contabilità degli in!
 vestimenti in beni immobili tranne registrarne le transazioni di acquisto e di vendita.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_invest.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 8. Investimenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,14 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest_accounts1.html" title="8.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="invest-setup1.html" title="8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.3. Conti che maturano interessi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_int1"></a>8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</h2></div></div></div><p>Gli investimenti che presentano un tasso di interesse fisso o variabile,
-    rappresentano una delle più semplici e diffuse forme di investimenti disponibili.
-    Gli investimenti che fruttano interessi comprendono il conto in banca, i certificati
-    di deposito o qualsiasi altra forma di investimento in cui si riceve un interesse 
-    sulla somma capitale. Questa sezione descriverà come trattare questi tipi di
-    investimenti in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.3.1. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_intacct2"></a>8.3.1. Impostare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si acquista un investimento fruttifero, è necessario creare
-      un conto delle attività per registrare l'acquisto dell'investimento stesso,
-      un conto delle entrate per registrare il guadagno derivante dall'interesse
-      e un conto delle uscite per immettere le spese bancarie. Più sotto è riportato
-      un esempio di struttura in cui si ha un conto di risparmio che matura interessi
-      e un certificato di deposito (CD) in banca.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"><link rel="prev" href="invest_accounts1.html" title="8.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="invest-setup1.html" title="8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Investimenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.3. Conti che maturano interessi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_int1"></a>8.3. Conti che maturano interessi</h2></div></div></div><p>Gli investimenti che presentano un tasso di interesse fisso o variabile, rappresentano una delle più semplici e diffuse forme di investimenti disponibili. Gli investimenti che fruttano interessi comprendono il conto in banca, i certificati di deposito o qualsiasi altra forma di investimento in cui si riceve un interesse sulla somma capitale. Questa sezione descriverà come trattare questi tipi di investimenti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="sect2" title="8.3.1. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_intacct2"></a>8.3.1. Impostare i conti</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando si acquista un investi!
 mento fruttifero, è necessario creare un conto delle attività per registrare l’acquisto dell’investimento stesso, un conto delle entrate per registrare il guadagno derivante dall’interesse e un conto delle uscite per immettere le spese bancarie. Più sotto è riportato un esempio di struttura in cui si ha un conto di risparmio che matura interessi e un certificato di deposito (CD) in banca.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Attività<br>
    Banca ABC<br>
       CD<br>
@@ -19,28 +9,4 @@
 Entrate<br>
    Banca ABC<br>
       Interessi<br>
-  </p></div><p>Come prima, questa struttura dei conti rappresenta solo un esempio;
-      ognuno dovrebbe creare i conti nella forma che rispecchia al meglio la
-      propria situazione attuale.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.3.2. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-intex2"></a>8.3.2. Esempio</h3></div></div></div><p>Con questo esempio si intende utilizzare dei numeri reali per rendere
-      più reale quello descritto finora. Si assuma di partire con €10.000 sul proprio
-      conto bancario che fornisce l'1% di interessi; si acquisti poi un certificato di
-      deposito di €5.000 con una durata di 6 mesi e un rendimento del 2%. Chiaramente è
-      molto meglio tenere il proprio denaro sul certificato di deposito che non nel conto 
-      di risparmio. Dopo l'acquisto iniziale, i conti dovrebbero assomigliare a questi:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int1.png" alt="Impostazione dell'investimento fruttifero"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto dopo la creazione
-          e l'investimento di denaro in un certificato di deposito.</p></div></div></div><p>Durante i sei mesi successivi, si riceverà un estratto conto della 
-      banca che descriverà l'attività sul conto. Nell'esempio considerato,
-      non viene eseguita nessuna operazione in questa banca e quindi le uniche attività
-      saranno le entrate dovute agli interessi e le spese bancarie; queste ultime
-      ammontano a €2. Trascorsi i 6 mesi, la finestra del registro per il certificato di 
-      deposito (CD) dovrebbe presentarsi così:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int2.png" alt="Impostazione dell'investimento fruttifero"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto per il
-          certificato di deposito, trascorsi i 6 mesi. </p></div></div></div><p>E questa è la finestra principale di GnuCash:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int3.png" alt="Impostazione dell'investimento fruttifero"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i conti dopo 6 mesi.
-          </p></div></div></div><p>Nell'immagine della finestra principale di GnuCash, è presente
-      un interessante sommario di ciò che è successo agli investimenti nell'arco
-      dei sei mesi. Mentre il rendimento del certificato di deposito è doppio rispetto 
-      a quello del conto dei risparmi, il guadagno con il certificato di deposito è 
-      stato di €50,21 contro i €13,03 del conto dei risparmi: in pratica il 
-      quadruplo. Questo è dovuto alla fastidiosa commissione bancaria di €2
-      che interessa il conto di risparmio (in 6 mesi la commissione ammonta a €12).</p><p>Dopo il periodo di 6 mesi, il certificato di deposito è maturato; questo
-      significa che è possibile venderlo senza dover pagare alcuna penale. per farlo,
-      è sufficiente trasferire i €5.050,21 dal conto del certificato al conto dei 
-      risparmi.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell'investimento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div><p>Come prima, questa struttura dei conti rappresenta solo un esempio; ognuno dovrebbe creare i conti nella forma che rispecchia al meglio la propria situazione attuale.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="8.3.2. Esempio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-intex2"></a>8.3.2. Esempio</h3></div></div></div><p>Con questo esempio si intende utilizzare dei numeri per rendere più reale quello descritto finora. Si assuma di partire con €10.000 sul proprio conto bancario che fornisce l’1% di interessi; si acquisti poi un certificato di deposito di €5.000 con una durata di 6 mesi e un rendimento del 2%. Naturalmente è molto meglio investire il proprio denaro nel certificato di deposito che non nel conto di risparmio. Dopo l’acquisto iniziale, i conti dovrebbero assomigliare a questi:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int1.png" alt="Impostazione degli investimenti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto dopo la creazione e l’investimento di denaro in un certificato di deposito.</p></div></div></div><p>Durante i sei mesi successivi, si riceverà un estratto conto della banca che descriverà l’attività sul conto. Nell’esempio considerato, non viene eseguita nessuna operazione in questa banca e quindi le uniche attività saranno le entrate dovute agli interessi e le spese bancarie; queste ultime ammontano a €2. Trascorsi i 6 mesi, la finestra del registro per il certificato di deposito (CD) dovrebbe presentarsi così:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int2.png" alt="Impostazione degli investimenti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto per il certificato di deposito, trascorsi i 6 mesi.</p></div></div></div><p>E questa è la finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int3.png" alt="Impostazion!
 e degli investimenti"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i conti dopo 6 mesi.</p></div></div></div><p>Nell’immagine della finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, è presente un interessante sommario di ciò che è successo agli investimenti nell’arco dei sei mesi. Mentre il rendimento del certificato di deposito è doppio rispetto a quello del conto dei risparmi, il guadagno con il certificato di deposito è stato di €50,21 contro i €13,03 del conto dei risparmi: in pratica il quadruplo. Questo è dovuto alla fastidiosa commissione bancaria di €2 che interessa il conto di risparmio (in 6 mesi la commissione ammonta a €12).</p><p>Dopo il periodo di 6 mesi, il certificato di deposito è maturato; questo significa che è possibile venderlo senza dover pagare alcuna penale. per farlo, è sufficiente trasferire i €5.050,21 dal conto del certificato al conto dei risparmi.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-setup1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.4. Impostare il portafoglio dell’investimento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_Reconciling.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_CarLoan"></a>7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Il prestito per l'acquisto di un'auto è trattato più o meno allo stesso modo
-    del mutuo per la casa; le uniche differenze risiedono in una nomenclatura diversa 
-    dei conti e in un differente tasso di interesse.</p><div class="literallayout"><p>Semplice struttura dei conti per un prestito per l'acquisto di un'auto<br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_Reconciling.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_CarLoan"></a>7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Il prestito per l’acquisto di un’auto è trattato più o meno allo stesso modo del mutuo per la casa; le uniche differenze risiedono in una nomenclatura diversa dei conti e in un differente tasso di interesse.</p><div class="literallayout"><p>Semplice struttura dei conti per un prestito per l’acquisto di un’auto<br>
 <br>
 -Attività<br>
     -Attività correnti<br>
@@ -9,8 +7,8 @@
         -Auto<br>
 -Passività<br>
    -Prestiti<br>
-       -Prestito per l'auto<br>
+       -Prestito per l’auto<br>
 -Uscite<br>
    -Interessi<br>
-       -Interessi sul prestito per l'auto<br>
-   -Imposte amm. sul prestito per l'auto</p></div><p>Per maggiori informazioni, consultare la <a class="xref" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)">Sezione 7.4, «Mutuo per la casa (come fare)»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_Reconciling.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+       -Interessi sul prestito per l’auto<br>
+   -Imposte amm. sul prestito per l’auto</p></div><p>Per maggiori informazioni, consultare la <a class="xref" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)">Sezione 7.4, «Mutuo per la casa (come fare)»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_Reconciling.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,12 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_CarLoan.html" title="7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="ch07s08.html" title="7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_CarLoan.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch07s08.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_Reconciling"></a>7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>La riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito avviene allo stesso modo della riconciliazione
-    di un conto bancario con l'estratto conto.</p><p>Durante tutto il periodo dovrebbero essere state registrate tutte le transazioni
-    relative al prestito per l'auto e ognuna di esse dovrebbe aver interessato il conto
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Prestiti:<Prestito per l'auto></strong></span>. In pratica,
-    il pagamento di una rata del prestito, diminuisce il saldo del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>bancario</strong></span> e aumenta
-    il saldo del <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto del prestito</strong></span>, del conto degli <span class="emphasis"><strong>interessi del prestito</strong></span> ed
-    eventualmente del conto delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>imposte amministrative sul prestito</strong></span>.</p><p>Avendo sott'occhio il resoconto cartaceo del prestito, si apra il conto del prestito in GnuCash,
-    si avvii il druido di riconciliazione e si spuntino tutte le transazioni registrate. Al termine di
-    questa operazione, la differenza di riconciliazione dovrebbe essere pari a 0 e, se
-    non lo fosse, sarebbe necessario controllare che tutte le transazioni presenti nel resoconto cartaceo 
-    siano riportate anche in GnuCash ed eventualmente individuare le differenze. Quando finalmente la differenza
-    è nulla, il conto è riconciliato ed è possibile terminare il druido di riconciliazione.</p><p>Per avere maggiori informazioni sul processo di riconciliazione, consultare la <a class="xref" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5, «Riconciliazione»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_CarLoan.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch07s08.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_CarLoan.html" title="7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="ch07s08.html" title="7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_CarLoan.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch07s08.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_Reconciling"></a>7.7. Riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>La riconciliazione con il resoconto del prestito avviene allo stesso modo della riconciliazione di un conto bancario con l’estratto conto.</p><p>Durante tutto il periodo dovrebbero essere state registrate tutte le transazioni relative al prestito per l’auto e ognuna di esse dovrebbe aver interessato il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Prestiti:<em class="replaceable"><code>Prestito</code></em></strong></span>. In pratica, il pagamento di una rata del prestito, diminuisce il saldo del <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto bancario</strong></span> e aumenta il sal!
 do del <span class="emphasis"><strong>conto del prestito</strong></span>, del conto degli <span class="emphasis"><strong>interessi del prestito</strong></span> ed eventualmente del conto delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>imposte amministrative sul prestito</strong></span>.</p><p>Avendo sott’occhio il resoconto cartaceo del prestito, aprire il conto del prestito, avviare la procedura di riconciliazione e spuntare tutte le transazioni registrate. Al termine di questa operazione, la differenza di riconciliazione deve essere pari a 0 e, se non lo è, controllare che tutte le transazioni presenti nel resoconto cartaceo siano riportate anche in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ed eventualmente individuare le differenze. Quando finalmente la differenza è nulla, il conto è riconciliato ed è possibile terminare la riconciliazione.</p><p>Per avere maggiori informazioni sul processo di riconciliazione, consultare la <a class="xref" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5, «Riconciliazione»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_CarLoan.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch07s08.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,15 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Concetti di base"><link rel="next" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. Calcoli"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_calcs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_accounts1"></a>7.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando un debitore ottiene un prestito, normalmente ha l'intenzione
-    di acquistare un oggetto di un certo valore. Infatti, alcuni prestiti 
-    richiedono che il contraente acquisti un determinato bene, come una casa.
-    Questo bene rappresenta un'assicurazione per il creditore nei riguardi
-    dell'insolvenza del debitore. Esistono tuttavia esempi di prestiti che
-    non hanno necessariamente associato un bene di grande valore: per esempio i
-    prestiti per gli studi.</p><p>Per la struttura dei conti presentata nel seguito, si assumerà che il prestito
-    sia utilizzato per acquistare un bene di valore.</p><p>Il prestito è una passività, l'interesse risultante dal prestito è un'uscita
-    in corso mentre ogni tassa amministrativa che sia necessario pagare rappresenta
-    un'altra uscita; infine, l'oggetto acquistato con il denaro prestato, è un patrimonio. 
-    Con questi parametri, si può costruire una struttura di base dei conti per un 
-    prestito:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.2. Impostare i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. Calcoli"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.2. Impostare i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_calcs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.2. Impostare i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_accounts1"></a>7.2. Impostare i conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Quando un debitore ottiene un prestito, normalmente ha l’intenzione di acquistare un oggetto di un certo valore. Infatti, alcuni prestiti richiedono che il contraente acquisti un determinato bene, come una casa. Questo bene rappresenta un’assicurazione per il creditore nei riguardi dell’insolvenza del debitore. Esistono tuttavia esempi di prestiti che non hanno necessariamente associato un bene di grande valore: per esempio i prestiti per gli studi.</p><p>Per la struttura dei conti presentata nel seguito, si assumerà che il prestito sia utilizzato per acquistare un bene di valore.</p><p>Il prestito è una passività, l’interesse risultante dal prestito è un’uscita in corso mentre ogni tassa amministrativa che sia necessario pagare rappresenta un’altra uscita; inf!
 ine, l’oggetto acquistato con il denaro prestato, è un patrimonio. Con questi parametri, si può costruire una struttura di base dei conti per un prestito:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Struttura di conti elementare per un prestito<br>
 <br>
 -Attività<br>
@@ -24,7 +13,4 @@
    -Interessi<br>
        -Interessi sul mutuo<br>
    -Tasse amm. del mutuo<br>
-  </p></div><p>GnuCash possiede un certo numero di strutture di conti per prestiti 
-    predefinite, quali i prestiti per l'auto e il mutuo per la casa. Per accedere a
-    queste strutture predefinite selezionare
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova struttura conti</strong></span> e selezionare il tipo di prestito a cui si è interessati.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_calcs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.1. Concetti di base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.3. Calcoli</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possiede un certo numero di strutture di conti per prestiti predefinite, quali i prestiti per l’auto e il mutuo per la casa. Per accedere a queste strutture predefinite selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova struttura conti</strong></span> e selezionare il tipo di prestito a cui si è interessati.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_calcs1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.3. Calcoli</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,47 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.3. Calcoli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.3. Calcoli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_mortgage1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.3. Calcoli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_calcs1"></a>7.3. Calcoli</h2></div></div></div><p>Determinare i piani di ammortamento per un prestito, gli importi
-    delle rate, il valore totale o i tassi di interesse può risultare a volte complesso.
-    Per assistere l'utente in questi tipi di calcoli, GnuCash incorpora una
-    calcolatrice Finanziaria. Per accedervi, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Calcolatrice finanziaria</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_fcalc.png" alt="Calcolatrice finanziaria"><div class="caption"><p>La calcolatrice finanziaria di GnuCash.</p></div></div></div><p>La calcolatrice finanziaria può essere utilizzata per calcolare ognuno
-    di questi parametri: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di rate</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso
-    di interesse</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valore attuale</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rata
-    </strong></span>, o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valore futuro</strong></span>, ammesso che gli altri
-    quattro siano stati definiti. Sarà inoltre necessario specificare l'interesse 
-    composto e il metodo di pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Numero di rate</strong></span> - il numero di rate in cui è
-        suddiviso il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tasso di interesse</strong></span> - il tasso di interesse nominale 
-        del prestito, per esempio il tasso annuo di interesse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore attuale</strong></span> - il valore a oggi del prestito,
-        per esempio l'importo ancora da versare per estinguere il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rata</strong></span> - l'importo da pagare come rata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore futuro</strong></span> - il valore futuro del prestito,
-        per esempio l'importo ancora da versare alla scadenza del prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Interesse composto</strong></span> - esistono due metodi per calcolare 
-        l'interesse composto, discreto o continuo. Per l'interesse composto discreto,
-        selezionare la frequenza dal menu a tendina con un intervallo variabile da annuale 
-        a quotidiano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rata</strong></span> - il menu a tendina permette la scelta 
-        della frequenza di pagamento con un intervallo che va dall'anno al giorno.
-        Si può anche scegliere se il pagamento avviene all'inizio od alla fine 
-        del periodo. Ai pagamenti all'inizio del periodo viene applicato il tasso
-        di interesse  
-        can also select whether your payments occur at the beginning or end of
-        the period. Payments made at the beginning of the payment period have
-        interest applied to the payment as well as any previous money paid or
-        money still owed.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsexample1_2"></a>7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili</h3></div></div></div><p>Quale sarebbe la rata mensile per un prestito di €100.000 da restituire
-      in 30 anni a un tasso costante del 4% composto mensilmente?</p><p>Questa situazione è mostrata nell'immagine d'esempio più in alto. Per
-      eseguire questo calcolo, si deve impostare il numero di rate a 360 (12 mesi
-      per 30 anni), il tasso di interesse a 4, il valore attuale a 100.000, lasciare 
-      vuoto il capo della rata e impostare il valore futuro a 0 (si desidera estinguere
-      completamente il prestito e non avere altro da pagare alla fine del mutuo).
-      L'interesse composto va impostato a mensilmente, le rate sono anch'esse mensili
-      assumendo il pagamento alla fine del periodo e l'interesse composto discreto.
-      Premere quindi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Calcola</span>. Il risultato dovrebbe
-      essere €-477.42.</p><p>Risposta: la rata mensile ammonterebbe a €477.42.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.3.2. Esempio: durata del prestito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsexample2_2"></a>7.3.2. Esempio: durata del prestito</h3></div></div></div><p>Per quanto tempo si dovrebbe pagare un prestito di €20.000 al tasso fisso del
-      10% composto mensilmente e pagando una rata mensile di €500?</p><p>Per eseguire questo calcolo, si lasci vuoto il campo del numero di rate,
-      si imposti il tasso di interesse a 10, il valore attuale a 20.000, l'importo della 
-      rata a -500 e il valore futuro a 0 (si desidera estinguere
-      completamente il prestito e non avere altro da pagare alla fine dello stesso).
-      L'interesse composto va impostato a mensilmente, le rate sono anch'esse mensili
-      assumendo il pagamento alla fine del periodo e l'interesse composto discreto.
-      Premere quindi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Calcola</span>. Il risultato dovrebbe
-      essere 48.</p><p>Risposta: si dovrà pagare il prestito per 4 anni (48 mesi).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.3.3. Avanzato: dettagli sui calcoli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails2"></a>7.3.3. Avanzato: dettagli sui calcoli</h3></div></div></div><p>Per poter discutere le formule matematiche utilizzate dalla
-      calcolatrice finanziaria, è necessario definire prima di tutto alcune
-      variabili.
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.3. Calcoli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Impostare i conti"><link rel="next" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.3. Calcoli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_mortgage1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.3. Calcoli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_calcs1"></a>7.3. Calcoli</h2></div></div></div><p>Determinare i piani di ammortamento per un prestito, gli importi delle rate, il valore totale o i tassi di interesse può risultare a volte complesso. Per assistere l’utente in questi tipi di calcoli, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> incorpora una calcolatrice finanziaria. Per accedervi, selezionare la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Calcolatrice finanziaria</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_fcalc.png" alt="Calcolatrice finanziaria"><div class="caption"><p>La calcolatrice finanziaria di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div></div></div><p>La calcolatrice finanziaria può essere utilizzata per calcolare ognun!
 o di questi parametri: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di rate</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso di interesse</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valore attuale</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rata </strong></span>, o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valore futuro</strong></span>, ammesso che gli altri quattro siano stati definiti. Sarà inoltre necessario specificare l’interesse composto e il metodo di pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Numero di rate</strong></span> - il numero di rate in cui è suddiviso il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tasso di interesse</strong></span> - il tasso di interesse nominale del prestito, per esempio il tasso annuo di interesse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore attuale</strong></span> - il valore a oggi del prestito, per esempio l’importo ancora da versare per estinguere il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rata</strong></span> - l’importo da pagare come rata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore futuro</strong></span> - il valore futuro del prestito, per esempio l’importo ancora da versare alla scadenza del prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Interesse composto</strong></span> - esistono due metodi per calcolare l’interesse composto, discreto o continuo. Per l’interesse composto discreto, selezionare la frequenza dal menu a tendina con un intervallo variabile da annuale a quotidiano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rata</strong></span> - il menu a tendina permette la scelta della frequenza di pagamento con un intervallo che va dall’anno al giorno. Si può anche scegliere se il pagamento avviene all’inizio od alla fine del periodo. Ai pagamenti all’inizio del periodo viene applicato il tasso di intere!
 sse can also select whether your payments occur at the beginning or end of the period. Payments made at the beginning of the payment period have interest applied to the payment as well as any previous money paid or money still owed.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsexample1_2"></a>7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili</h3></div></div></div><p>Quale sarebbe la rata mensile per un prestito di €100.000 da restituire in 30 anni a un tasso costante del 4% composto mensilmente?</p><p>Questa situazione è mostrata nell’immagine d’esempio più in alto. Per eseguire questo calcolo, si deve impostare il numero di rate a 360 (12 mesi per 30 anni), il tasso di interesse a 4, il valore attuale a 100.000, lasciare vuoto il capo della rata e impostare il valore futuro a 0 (si desidera estinguere completamente il prestito e non avere altro da pagare alla fine del mutuo). L’interesse composto va impostato a mensilmente, le rate sono anch’esse mensili assumendo il pagamento alla fine del periodo e l’interesse composto discreto. Premere quindi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Calcola</span>. Il risultato dovrebbe essere €-477.42.</p><p>Risposta: la rata mensile ammonterebbe a €477.42.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.3.2. Esempio: durata del prestito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsexample2_2"></a>7.3.2. Esempio: durata del prestito</h3></div></div></div><p>Per quanto tempo si dovrebbe pagare un prestito di €20.000 al tasso fisso del 10% composto mensilmente e pagando una rata mensile di €500?</p><p>Per eseguire questo calcolo, si lasci vuoto il campo del numero di rate, si imposti il tasso di interesse a 10, il valore attuale a 20.000, l’importo della rata a -500 e il valore futuro a 0 (si desidera estinguere completamente il prestito e non avere altro da pagare alla fine dello stesso). L’interesse composto va impostato a mensilmente, le rate sono anchâ€!
 ™esse mensili assumendo il pagamento alla fine del periodo e l’interesse composto discreto. Premere quindi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Calcola</span>. Il risultato dovrebbe essere 48.</p><p>Risposta: si dovrà pagare il prestito per 4 anni (48 mesi).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.3.3. Avanzato: dettagli sui calcoli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails2"></a>7.3.3. Avanzato: dettagli sui calcoli</h3></div></div></div><p>Per poter discutere le formule matematiche utilizzate dalla calcolatrice finanziaria, è necessario definire prima di tutto alcune variabili. </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
  n  == numero di rate<br>
  %i  == tasso di interesse nominale applicato TAN<br>
  PV  == valore attuale<br>
@@ -62,34 +19,20 @@
    52  == settimanale<br>
    360 == giornaliero<br>
    365 == giornaliero<br>
-</p></div><p>
-      </p><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.1. Conversione fra tasso di interesse nominale e effettivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_i2"></a>7.3.3.1. Conversione fra tasso di interesse nominale e effettivo</h4></div></div></div><p>Quando si ha bisogno della soluzione per n, PV, PMT o FV, Il tasso
-        di interesse nominale "i" deve prima essere convertito in quello effettivo
-        (ieff). Questo tasso, "ieff", è poi utilizzato per calcolare la variabile 
-        selezionata. Quando si vuole invece conoscere il valore di "i" , il calcolo
-        fornisce il tasso di interesse efficace (ieff). Quindi, occorre conoscere
-        la relazione che lega i valori di "i" e di "ieff".</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
-Per calcolare "i" noto "ieff", vengono utilizzate le seguenti espressioni:<br>
+</p></div><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.1. Conversione fra tasso di interesse nominale e effettivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_i2"></a>7.3.3.1. Conversione fra tasso di interesse nominale e effettivo</h4></div></div></div><p>Quando si ha bisogno della soluzione per n, PV, PMT o FV, Il tasso di interesse nominale <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span> deve prima essere convertito in quello effettivo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>. Quest’ultimo è poi utilizzato per calcolare la variabile selezionata. Quando si vuole invece conoscere il valore di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span>, il calcolo fornisce il tasso di interesse efficace <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>. Quindi, occorre conoscere la relazione che lega i valori di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span> e di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Per calcolare <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span> noto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>, vengono utilizzate le seguenti espressioni:<br>
 Interesse discreto:     <span class="emphasis"><strong>ieff = (1 + i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1</strong></span><br>
 Interesse continuo: <span class="emphasis"><strong>ieff = e^(i/PF) - 1 = exp(i/PF) - 1</strong></span><br>
 <br>
-Per calcolare "ieff" noto "i", vengono utilizzate le seguenti espressioni:<br>
+Per calcolare <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span> noto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span>, vengono utilizzate le seguenti espressioni:<br>
 Interesse discreto:      <span class="emphasis"><strong>i = CF*[(1+ieff)^(PF/CF) - 1]</strong></span><br>
 Interesse continuo: <span class="emphasis"><strong>i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF]</strong></span><br>
-</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">NOTA: nelle equazioni seguenti per le transazioni finanziarie,
-          tutti i tassi di interesse indicati sono effettivi cioè "ieff". Per
-          maggiore brevità si utilizzerà comunque il simbolo "i" come abbreviazione 
-          di "ieff"..</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.2. L'equazione fondamentale della finanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_basic2"></a>7.3.3.2. L'equazione fondamentale della finanza</h4></div></div></div><p>Una sola equazione lega tutte e 5 le variabili. Questa formula
-        è nota come l'equazione fondamentale della finanza:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">NOTA: nelle equazioni seguenti per le transazioni finanziarie, tutti i tassi di interesse indicati sono effettivi cioè <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>. Per maggiore brevità si utilizzerà comunque il simbolo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span> come abbreviazione di <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.2. L’equazione fondamentale della finanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_basic2"></a>7.3.3.2. L’equazione fondamentale della finanza</h4></div></div></div><p>Una sola equazione lega tutte e 5 le variabili. Questa formula è nota come l’equazione fondamentale della finanza:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>PV*(1 + i)^n + PMT*(1 + iX)*[(1+i)^n - 1]/i + FV = 0</strong></span><br>
 <br>
   Dove: X = 0 per i pagamenti alla fine del periodo, e<br>
-        X = 1 per i pagamenti all'inizio del periodo<br>
-</p></div><p>Partendo da questa equazione, possono essere ricavate le relazioni 
-        che esplicitano ogni variabile. Per una spiegazione più dettagliata su come 
-        vengono ricavate queste equazioni, si consulti il file src/calculation/fin.c
-        nel codice sorgente di GnuCash. Le variabili A, B, e C sono definite per prime,
-        allo scopo di semplificare la lettura delle equazioni ricavate:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+        X = 1 per i pagamenti all’inizio del periodo<br>
+</p></div><p>Partendo da questa equazione, possono essere ricavate le relazioni che esplicitano ogni variabile. Per una spiegazione più dettagliata su come vengono ricavate queste equazioni, consultare il file <code class="filename">src/calculation/fin.c</code> nel codice sorgente di </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>A = (1 + i)^n - 1</strong></span><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>B = (1 + iX)/i</strong></span><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>C = PMT*B</strong></span><br>
@@ -97,27 +40,10 @@
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>n = ln[(C - FV)/(C + PV)]/ln((1 + i)</strong></span><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>PV = -[FV + A*C]/(A + 1)</strong></span><br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B]</strong></span><br>
-<span class="emphasis"><strong>FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)] </strong></span><br>
+<span class="emphasis"><strong>FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)]</strong></span><br>
 <br>
-La soluzione per l'interesse è suddivisa in due casi.  <br>
+La soluzione per l’interesse è suddivisa in due casi.  <br>
 Il caso semplice in cui PMT == 0 fornisce la soluzione:<br>
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1</strong></span><br>
 <br>
-</p></div><p>Il caso in cui PMT != 0 è piuttosto complesso e non verrà 
-        discusso in questa sede. Invece di prevedere una funzione esplicita,
-        la determinazione del tasso di interesse quando PMT !=0, prevede un 
-        metodo iterativo. Consultare il file sorgente src/calculation/fin.c per 
-        una spiegazione dettagliata.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.3. Esempio: rate mensili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_ex2"></a>7.3.3.3. Esempio: rate mensili</h4></div></div></div><p>Si ricalcoli <a class="xref" href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2" title="7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili">Sezione 7.3.1, «Esempio: rate mensili»</a>, 
-        usando però le formule matematiche anziché la calcolatrice finanziaria.
-        Quale sarebbe la rata mensile per un prestito di €100.000 da restituire
-        in 30 anni a un tasso costante del 4% composto mensilmente?</p><p>Si definiscano per prime le variabili: n = (30*12) = 360, PV =
-        100000, PMT = incognita, FV = 0, i = 4%=4/100=0.04, CF = PV = 12, X = 0
-        (pagamento alla fine del periodo).</p><p>Il secondo passo consiste nel convertire il tasso di interesse
-        nominale "i" in quello effettivo "ieff". Dato che l'interesse è composto
-        mensilmente ed è discreto si utilizza la formula: ieff = (1 +
-        i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1, che fornisce ieff = (1 + 0.04/12)^(12/12) - 1, quindi
-        ieff = 1/300 = 0.0033333.</p><p>E' ora possibile calcolare A e B. A = (1 + i)^n - 1 = (1 +
-        1/300)^360 - 1 = 2.313498. B = (1 + iX)/i = (1 + (1/300)*0)/(1/300) =
-        300.</p><p>Noti A e B, si può calcolare PMT. PMT = -[FV + PV*(A +
-        1)]/[A*B] = -[0 + 100000*(2.313498 + 1)] / [2.313498 * 300] =
-        -331349.8 / 694.0494 = -477.415296 = -477.42.</p><p>Risposta: la rata mensile ammonterebbe a €477.42.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_mortgage1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><p>Il caso in cui PMT != 0 è piuttosto complesso e non verrà discusso in questa sede. Invece di prevedere una funzione esplicita, la determinazione del tasso di interesse quando PMT !=0, prevede un metodo iterativo. Consultare il file sorgente src/calculation/fin.c per una spiegazione dettagliata.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="7.3.3.3. Esempio: rate mensili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_ex2"></a>7.3.3.3. Esempio: rate mensili</h4></div></div></div><p>Ricalcolare <a class="xref" href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2" title="7.3.1. Esempio: rate mensili">Sezione 7.3.1, «Esempio: rate mensili»</a>, usando però le formule matematiche anziché la calcolatrice finanziaria. Quale sarebbe la rata mensile per un prestito di €100.000 da restituire in 30 anni a un tasso costante del 4% composto mensilmente?</p><p>Si definiscano per prime le variabili: n = (30*12) = 360, PV = 100000, PMT = incognita, FV = 0, i = 4%=4/100=0.04, CF = PV = 12, X = 0 (pagamento alla fine del periodo).</p><p>Il secondo passo consiste nel convertire il tasso di interesse nominale <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">i</span>»</span> in quello effettivo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ieff</span>»</span>. Dato che l’interesse è composto mensilmente ed è discreto si utilizza la formula: ieff = (1 + i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1, che fornisce ieff = (1 + 0.04/12)^(12/12) - 1, quindi ieff = 1/300 = 0.0033333.</p><p>È ora possibile calcolare A e B. A = (1 + i)^n - 1 = (1 + 1/300)^360 - 1 = 2.313498. B = (1 + iX)/i = (1 + (1/300)*0)/(1/300) = 300.</p><p>Noti A e B, si può calcolare PMT. PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B] = -[0 + 100000*(2.313498 + 1)] / [2.313498 * 300] = -331349.8 / 694.0494 = -477.415296 = -477.42.</p><p>Risposta: la rata mensile ammonterebbe a €477.42.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left">!
 <a accesskey="p" href="loans_accounts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_mortgage1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.2. Impostare i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,30 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.1. Concetti di base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="next" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.1. Concetti di base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.1. Concetti di base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_concepts1"></a>7.1. Concetti di base</h2></div></div></div><p>Un prestito è definito come una transazione finanziaria in cui una parte
-    paga per l'utilizzo del denaro fornito un'altra parte. Esistono molti esempi 
-    comuni di prestiti: le carte di credito, le rate dell'auto, i mutui per la casa 
-    o un prestito per l'impresa.</p><div class="sect2" title="7.1.1. Terminologia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_conceptsterms2"></a>7.1.1. Terminologia</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di discutere specificatamente come vengono trattati i prestiti
-      in GnuCash, è utile presentare un glossario sulla terminologia. I termini
-      riportati più sotto, costituiscono alcuni dei concetti base riguardanti i 
-      prestiti. Si raccomanda di prendere familiarità con questi termini o, almeno,
-      fare riferimento a questa lista se si incontrassero dei termini non conosciuti
-      nelle sezioni successive.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Piano di ammortamento</strong></span> - il progetto di ripagamento
-          per assicurare che il prestito verrà interamente restituito, tipicamente utilizzando
-          delle rate mensili costanti. Questi pagamenti sono normalmente suddivisi in una 
-          parte per ripagare il principale e in una parte relativa agli interessi; l'importo
-          del principale aumenta con l'avanzare delle rate mentre gli interessi 
-          diminuiscono.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Debitore</strong></span> - l'individuo o la società che
-          riceve in prestito il denaro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Insolvenza</strong></span> - quando il debitore non 
-          è in grado di pagare il prestito nei termini stabiliti con il creditore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rinvio</strong></span> - un ritardo temporaneo nel rimborso
-          di un prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Mora</strong></span> - è il termine che si riferisce ai 
-          pagamenti ritardati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Montante</strong></span> - importo del prestito pagato al
-          debitore. Alcuni prestiti prevedono pagamenti multipli, nel senso
-          che il debitore non riceve l'importo totale del prestito in una volta
-          sola.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Interesse</strong></span> - il prezzo praticato dal creditore
-          al debitore per l'uso del denaro prestato. Generalmente si esprime in 
-          percentuale annua sul capitale prestato, denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>tasso annuo 
-          nominale</strong></span> o TAN.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Creditore</strong></span> - la società o la persona che presta il 
-          denaro al debitore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tassa per il prestito</strong></span> - un tassa per le operazioni
-          prelevata dal capitale nel momento in cui il debitore riceve il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Somma capitale o principale</strong></span> - l'importo originale del prestito,
-          o l'importo del prestito originale ancora da pagare. Quando si paga
-          una rata del prestito, una parte del denaro è per pagare gli interessi 
-          e una parte è per pagare il capitale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Pagherò</strong></span> - il contratto legale tra
-          debitore e creditore relativo al prestito.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 7. Prestiti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="next" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Impostare i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_concepts1"></a>7.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Un prestito è definito come una transazione finanziaria in cui una parte paga per l’utilizzo del denaro fornito da un’altra parte. Esistono molti esempi comuni di prestiti: le carte di credito, le rate dell’auto, i mutui per la casa o un prestito per l’impresa.</p><div class="sect2" title="7.1.1. Terminologia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_conceptsterms2"></a>7.1.1. Terminologia</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di discutere specificatamente come vengono trattati i prestiti in<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, è utile presentare un glossario sulla terminologia. I termini riportati più sotto, costituiscono alcuni dei concetti base riguardanti i prestiti. Si raccomanda di prendere familiarità con questi termin!
 i o, almeno, fare riferimento a questa lista se si incontrassero dei termini non conosciuti nelle sezioni successive.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Piano di ammortamento</strong></span> - il progetto di ripagamento per assicurare che il prestito verrà interamente restituito, tipicamente utilizzando delle rate mensili costanti. Questi pagamenti sono normalmente suddivisi in una parte per ripagare il principale e in una parte relativa agli interessi; l’importo del principale aumenta con l’avanzare delle rate mentre gli interessi diminuiscono.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Debitore</strong></span> - l’individuo o la società che riceve in prestito il denaro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Insolvenza</strong></span> - quando il debitore non è in grado di pagare il prestito nei termini stabiliti con il creditore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Rinvio</strong></span> - un ritardo temporaneo nel rimborso di un prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Mora</strong></span> - è il termine che si riferisce ai pagamenti ritardati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Montante</strong></span> - importo del prestito pagato al debitore. Alcuni prestiti prevedono pagamenti multipli, nel senso che il debitore non riceve l’importo totale del prestito in una volta sola.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Interesse</strong></span> - il prezzo praticato dal creditore al debitore per l’uso del denaro prestato. Generalmente si esprime in percentuale annua sul capitale prestato, denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>tasso annuo nominale</strong></span> o TAN.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Creditore</strong></span> - la società o la persona che presta il denaro al debitore.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class=!
 "emphasis"><strong>Tassa per il prestito</strong></span> - un tassa per le operazioni prelevata dal capitale nel momento in cui il debitore riceve il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Somma capitale o principale</strong></span> - l’importo originale del prestito, o l’importo del prestito originale ancora da pagare. Quando si paga una rata del prestito, una parte del denaro è per pagare gli interessi e una parte è per pagare il capitale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Pagherò</strong></span> - il contratto legale tra debitore e creditore relativo al prestito.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_accounts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 7. Prestiti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.2. Impostare i conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="ch07s08.html" title="7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch07s08.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_invest.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_missing1"></a>7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</h2></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
- -Entering a Payment Schedule<br>
-     -Monthly Payments (come fare)<br>
-     ---See the Mortgage druid<br>
-     ----ARM 10/1 means 10 year fixed interest rate, then changes every year<br>
-     ----ARM 10/3 means 10 year fixed interest rate, then changes every third year<br>
-     -Final Payment (come fare)<br>
-     ---Same as a normal payment, but you get the figures from the bank<br>
-     ---How to fix 10 amortization and then a final bulk payment setup?<br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="ch07s08.html" title="7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch07s08.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_invest.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_missing1"></a>7.9. Documentazione mancante sui prestiti</h2></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ -Inserire un piano di pagamento<br>
+     -Rate mensili (come fare)<br>
+     ---Aprire l’assistente per mutui e ipoteche<br>
+     ----ARM 10/1 significa 10 anni a interesse fisso, poi cambia ogni anno<br>
+     ----ARM 10/3 significa 10 anni a interesse fisso, poi cambia ogni tre anni<br>
+     -Pagamento finale (come fare)<br>
+     ---Come un pagamento normale, ma si ricevono le cifre dalla banca<br>
+     ---Come fissare 10 ammortizzazioni e poi un pagamento più grande finale?<br>
 <br>
  -In pratica<br>
- </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch07s08.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_invest.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.8. Vendere una casa o un'auto (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 8. Investimenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch07s08.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_invest.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.8. Vendere una casa o un’auto (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 8. Investimenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. Calcoli"><link rel="next" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_mortgage1"></a>7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Un mutuo per la casa può essere impostato usando la struttura del conto descritta nella
-    <a class="xref" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Impostare i conti">Sezione 7.2, «Impostare i conti»</a>.</p><p>Come esempio, si assuma di avere €60.000 nel proprio conto bancario e si supponga di
-    acquistare una casa di valore pari a €150.000. Il mutuo applica un APR del 6% e ha dei costi
-    amministrativi (ad esempio costi di chiusura ecc...) del 3%. Si decida di versare €50.000 e
-    di chiedere in prestito i restanti €103.000, che rimarranno €100.000 dopo il pagamento dei
-    costi di chiusura (3% di €100.000).</p><p>I conti prima di chiedere in prestito il denaro:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage1.png" alt="I conti prima di ricevere il prestito"><div class="caption"><p>I conti prima di ricevere il prestito</p></div></div></div><p>L'acquisto della casa è registrato con una transazione suddivisa
-    nel conto Attività:Casa, con €50.000 provenienti dalla banca (ad esempio: l'anticipo)
-    e €100.000 provenienti dal mutuo. Si possono inserire anche i 3.000€
-    di costi di chiusura nella stessa suddivisione aumentando così l'importo del prestito a 
-    €103.000.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2795698"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.1. Transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di una casa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di una casa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</td><td>€150.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Banca</td><td> </td><td>€50.000</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Prestiti:mutuo</td><td> </td><td>€103.000</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposte amministrative per il mutuo</td><td>€3.000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>La suddivisione assomiglierà a questa nel conto Attività:Beni immobili:Casa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage2.png" alt="Transazione suddivisa per il mutuo"><div class="caption"><p>Transazione suddivisa per il mutuo</p></div></div></div><p>Mentre la struttura dei conti sarà come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage3.png" alt="Conti per il mutuo"><div class="caption"><p>Conti per il mutuo</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. Calcoli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. Calcoli"><link rel="next" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_mortgage1"></a>7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Un mutuo per la casa può essere impostato usando la struttura del conto descritta nella <a class="xref" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Impostare i conti">Sezione 7.2, «Impostare i conti»</a>.</p><p>Come esempio, si assuma di avere €60.000 nel proprio conto bancario e si supponga di acquistare una casa di valore pari a €150.000. Il mutuo applica un APR del 6% e ha dei costi amministrativi (ad esempio costi di chiusura ecc...) del 3%. Si decida di versare €50.000 e di chiedere in prestito i restanti €103.000, che rimarranno €100.000 dopo il pagamento dei costi di chiusura (3% di €100.000).</p><p>I conti prima di chiedere in prestito il denaro:</p><div cla!
 ss="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage1.png" alt="I conti prima di ricevere il prestito"><div class="caption"><p>I conti prima di ricevere il prestito</p></div></div></div><p>L’acquisto della casa è registrato con una transazione suddivisa nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Casa</strong></span>, con €50.000 provenienti dalla banca (ad esempio: l’anticipo) e €100.000 provenienti dal mutuo. Si possono inserire anche i 3.000€ di costi di chiusura nella stessa suddivisione aumentando così l’importo del prestito a €103.000.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2800773"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.1. Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di una casa" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</td><td>€150.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Attività correnti:Banca</td><td> </td><td>€50.000</td></tr><tr><td>Passività:Prestiti:mutuo</td><td> </td><td>€103.000</td></tr><tr><td>Uscite:Imposte amministrative per il mutuo</td><td>€3.000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>La suddivisione assomiglierà a questa nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Beni immobili:Casa</strong></span>:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage2.png" alt="Transazione suddivisa per il mutuo"><div class="caption"><p>Transazione suddivisa per il mutuo</p></div></div></div><p>Mentre la struttura dei conti sarà come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage3.png" alt="Conti per il mutuo"><div class="caption"><p>Conti per il mutuo</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" al!
 ign="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. Calcoli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="loans_CarLoan.html" title="7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne"></a>7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Il denaro non si chiede in prestito esclusivamente alla banca; a volte si può
-    richiedere anche a dei famigliari o amici; addirittura può essere un amico a chiedere 
-    in prestito del denaro. In questo capitolo verrà descritto come comportarsi nel caso si 
-    voglia prestare del denaro.</p><p>L'esempio descritto sarà basato sulla seguente struttura dei conti.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti"><link rel="prev" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare)"><link rel="next" href="loans_CarLoan.html" title="7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Prestiti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne"></a>7.5. Prestito personale a un amico (come fare)</h2></div></div></div><p>Il denaro non si chiede in prestito esclusivamente alla banca; a volte si può richiedere anche a dei famigliari o amici; addirittura può essere un amico a chiedere in prestito del denaro. In questo capitolo verrà descritto come comportarsi nel caso si voglia prestare del denaro.</p><p>L’esempio descritto sarà basato sulla seguente struttura dei conti.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -Attività<br>
    -Banca <br>
         -Conto bancario<br>
@@ -10,36 +7,9 @@
 -Entrate<br>
    -Interessi in entrata<br>
         -Persona<br>
-  </p></div><p>Questo esempio mostrerà come gestire un prestito personale di 2.000 EUR
-    (valuta predefinita) al proprio amico di nome Mario</p><div class="sect2" title="7.5.1. Caratteristiche del prestito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan"></a>7.5.1. Caratteristiche del prestito</h3></div></div></div><p>Mario desidera avere in prestito €2.000 e prevede di poter ripagare il
-      prestito mensilmente nei 18 mesi seguenti. Dato che è un amico, (ma non così
-      tanto) si decide di applicare un tasso di interesse annuale del 5%.</p><p>In conclusione si hanno i dati seguenti:
-      </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del principale - €2.000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Termini - 18 mesi con 12 pagamenti per ogni anno</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tasso di interesse annuale: 5%</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del pagamento mensile: ??</p></li></ul></div><p>Come calcolare il pagamento mensile (cioè la rata) che Mario deve versare?</p><p>Sono disponibili diverse opzioni quali carta e penna, la calcolatrice di
-      Linux, Il modulo Calc di Open Office, ma il metodo più semplice consiste nell'utilizzare
-      la calcolatrice finanziaria fornita da GnuCash. Essa fornisce un valore della rata pari a
-      115,56 €.</p><p>Per tenere una contabilità rigorosa è necessario conoscere la frazione che compete
-      al principale e la frazione che compete agli interessi. A questo scopo occorre uno
-      strumento più potente come il modulo Calc di OpenOffice e in particolare la funzione
-      PMT.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png" alt="Calcolo dei dettagli del prestito personale"><div class="caption"><p>Vista dettagliata del prestito personale in favore di
-          Mario</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.2. Conti per il prestito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts"></a>7.5.2. Conti per il prestito</h3></div></div></div><p>Si inizi con i conti seguenti (tutti i conti hanno la stessa
-      valuta, in questo caso EUR)</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+  </p></div><p>Questo esempio mostrerà come gestire un prestito personale di 2.000 EUR (valuta predefinita) al proprio amico di nome Mario</p><div class="sect2" title="7.5.1. Caratteristiche del prestito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan"></a>7.5.1. Caratteristiche del prestito</h3></div></div></div><p>Mario desidera avere in prestito €2.000 e prevede di poter ripagare il prestito mensilmente nei 18 mesi seguenti. Dato che è un amico, (ma non così tanto) si decide di applicare un tasso di interesse annuale del 5%.</p><p>In conclusione si hanno i dati seguenti: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del principale - €2.000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Termini - 18 mesi con 12 pagamenti per ogni anno</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tasso di interesse annuale: 5%</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del pagamento mensile: ??</p></li></ul></div><p>Come calcolare il pagamento mensile (cioè la rata) che Mario deve versare?</p><p>Sono disponibili diverse opzioni quali carta e penna, la calcolatrice di Linux, Il modulo Calc di Open Office, ma il metodo più semplice consiste nell’utilizzare la calcolatrice finanziaria fornita da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Essa fornisce un valore della rata pari a 115,56 €.</p><p>Per tenere una contabilità rigorosa è necessario conoscere la frazione che compete al principale e la frazione che compete agli interessi. A questo scopo occorre uno strumento più potente come il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Calc</code></strong> di <strong class="application"><code>OpenOffice</code></strong> e in particolare la funzione PMT.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png" alt="Calcolo dei dettagli del prestito personale"><div class="caption"><p>Vista dettagliata del prestito personale in favore di Mario</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect!
 2" title="7.5.2. Conti per il prestito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts"></a>7.5.2. Conti per il prestito</h3></div></div></div><p>Si inizi con i conti seguenti (tutti i conti hanno la stessa valuta, in questo caso EUR)</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 Attività:Banca:EUR<br>
 Attività:Denaro prestato:Mario<br>
 Entrate:Interessi in entrata:Mario<br>
 Capitale:Bilanci di apertura:EUR<br>
-  </p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.3. Prestare il denaro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup"></a>7.5.3. Prestare il denaro</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando il denaro è stato dato all'amico, si è in effetti spostata
-      la somma di denaro da un conto delle attività (come quello bancario, il conto corrente o 
-      simili) al conto delle attività denominato "denaro prestato". Per registrare il movimento,
-      è sufficiente inserire la seguente transazione nel conto Attività:Denaro prestato:Amico.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2796092"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.2. Prestito personale a un amico</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Prestito personale a un amico" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Denaro prestato:Amico</td><td>€2.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca:EUR</td><td> </td><td>€2.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="Denaro prestato"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo aver dato in prestito
-          il denaro</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.4. Ricevere il primo pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment"></a>7.5.4. Ricevere il primo pagamento</h3></div></div></div><p>Alla ricezione del primo pagamento (€115,56), sarà necessario determinare
-      la quota che compete al principale e quella di competenza degli interessi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del prestito da restituire per il mese corrente = €2,000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento mensile = €115,56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scomposizione del pagamento</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 x €2.000 = €8,33 Interesse</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>€115,56 - €8,33 = €107,23 Principale</p></li></ul></div><p>In GnuCash questi dati sono inseriti come nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png" alt="Primo pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Vista dettagliata del primo pagamento</p></div></div></div><p>Il saldo del prestito di Mario  è ora €2.000 - €107,23 =
-      €1.892,77</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.5. Ricevere il secondo pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment"></a>7.5.5. Ricevere il secondo pagamento</h3></div></div></div><p>Al ricevimento del secondo pagamento (€115,56), sarà di nuovo necessario
-      determinare le quote che competono al principale e agli interessi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del prestito da restituire per il mese corrente = €1.892,77</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rata del mese corrente = €115,56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scomposizione del pagamento</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 x €1.892,77 = €7,89 Interesse</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>€115,56 - €7,89 = €107,67 Principale</p></li></ul></div><p>In GnuCash questi dati sono inseriti come nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png" alt="Secondo pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Vista dettagliata del secondo 
-          pagamento</p></div></div></div><p>Il saldo del prestito a Mario è ora di €1.892,77 - €107,67 =
-      €1.785,10</p><p>La struttura dei conti è ora come questa</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png" alt="La struttura dei conti dopo la seconda rata"><div class="caption"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo il pagamento della seconda
-          rata</p></div></div></div><p>Come si nota, l'importo degli interessi e del principale cambiano 
-      ogni mese; così per ogni pagamento che si riceve è necessario calcolare
-      gli importi corretti per le varie suddivisioni da inserire nella transazione.</p><p>L'importo dell'interesse diminuirà per ogni pagamento che si riceve (essendo
-      calcolato su un valore del prestito sempre più piccolo), fino all'ultima rata in
-      cui l'importo degli interessi sarà prossimo allo zero. Si esamini la figura dell
-      vista dettagliata del prestito personale a Mario per maggiori dettagli.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. Prestito per l'auto (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.3. Prestare il denaro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup"></a>7.5.3. Prestare il denaro</h3></div></div></div><p>Quando il denaro è stato dato all’amico, si è in effetti spostata la somma di denaro da un conto delle attività (come quello bancario, il conto corrente o simili) al conto delle attività denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Denaro prestato</strong></span>. Per registrare il movimento, è sufficiente inserire la seguente transazione nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Denaro prestato:Amico</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2801167"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.2. Prestito personale a un amico</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Prestito personale a un amico" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Conto</td><td>Aumento</td><td>Diminuzione</td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Denaro prestato:Amico</td><td>€2.000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Attività:Banca:EUR</td><td> </td><td>€2.000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="Denaro prestato"><div class="caption"><p>Struttura dei conti dopo aver dato in prestito il denaro</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.4. Ricevere il primo pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment"></a>7.5.4. Ricevere il primo pagamento</h3></div></div></div><p>Alla ricezione del primo pagamento (€115,56), sarà necessario determinare la quota che compete al principale e quella di competenza degli interessi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del prestito da restituire per il mese corrente = €2,000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento mensile = €115,56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scom!
 posizione del pagamento</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 x €2.000 = €8,33 Interesse</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>€115,56 - €8,33 = €107,23 Principale</p></li></ul></div><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> questi dati sono inseriti come nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png" alt="Primo pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Vista dettagliata del primo pagamento</p></div></div></div><p>Il saldo del prestito di Mario è ora €2.000 - €107,23 = €1.892,77</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.5. Ricevere il secondo pagamento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment"></a>7.5.5. Ricevere il secondo pagamento</h3></div></div></div><p>Al ricevimento del secondo pagamento (€115,56), sarà di nuovo necessario determinare le quote che competono al principale e agli interessi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Importo del prestito da restituire per il mese corrente = €1.892,77</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento mensile = €115,56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scomposizione del pagamento</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 x €1.892,77 = €7,89 Interesse</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>€115,56 - €7,89 = €107,67 Principale</p></li></ul></div><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> questi dati sono inseriti come nel seguito</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png" alt="Secondo pagamento"><div class="caption"><p>Vista dettagliata del secondo pagamento</p></div></div></div><p>Il saldo del prestito a Mario è ora di €1.892,77 - €107,67 = €1.785,10</p><p>La struttura dei conti è ora come questa</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png" alt="La struttura dei conti dopo la seconda rata"><div class="capti!
 on"><p>La struttura dei conti dopo la seconda rata</p></div></div></div><p>Come si nota, l’importo degli interessi e del principale cambiano ogni mese; così per ogni pagamento che si riceve è necessario calcolare gli importi corretti per le varie suddivisioni da inserire nella transazione.</p><p>L’importo dell’interesse diminuirà per ogni pagamento che si riceve (essendo calcolato su un valore del prestito sempre più piccolo), fino all’ultima rata in cui l’importo degli interessi sarà prossimo allo zero. Si esamini la figura dell vista dettagliata del prestito personale a Mario per maggiori dettagli.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. Mutuo per la casa (come fare) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. Prestito per l’auto (come fare)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,22 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Caratteristiche"><link rel="next" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.3. Informazioni su questo documento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-about1"></a>1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</h2></div></div></div><p>Lo scopo di questo manuale è di far risparmiare tempo introducendo l'utente
-    all'utilizzo di GnuCash il più velocemente possibile.</p><p>Ogni capitolo segue uno schema molto semplice. 
-    Inizia con la discussione dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">concetti</span>»</span> che introducono l'argomento
-    e la terminologia adottata nel capitolo stesso. In seguito c'è una sezione 
-    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">come fare per...</span>»</span> che descrive la procedura da adottare nel programma
-    per mettere in atto i concetti riportati nella sezione precedente; infine una sezione 
-    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">in pratica</span>»</span> conclude il capitolo e fornisce dettagliati esempi di applicazione.</p><p>I neofiti troveranno le sezioni <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">concetti</span>»</span> molto utili dato che
-    forniscono una guida su come tenere correttamente traccia delle proprie finanze e
-    introducono ai concetti di contabilità e alla terminologia finanziaria.
-    Gli utenti più esperti potranno invece saltare direttamente alle sezioni
-    <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">come fare per...</span>»</span> per imparare subito le procedure.
-    Le sezioni <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">in pratica</span>»</span> forniscono delle lezioni sull'utilizzo del 
-    programma presentando degli esempi pratici. Iniziando con la creazione di un progetto
-    nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi">Capitolo 2, <i>Le basi</i></a>, ogni capitolo successivo prosegue
-    il lavoro realizzato in quello precedente.</p><p>Questo manuale è diviso in 3 parti: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Come Iniziare</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le proprie finanze</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le finanze della propria attività</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Come iniziare</strong></span> fornisce le informazioni essenziali per poter
-    iniziare a usare GnuCash: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale">Capitolo 1, <i>In generale</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi">Capitolo 2, <i>Le basi</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le proprie finanze</strong></span> si occupa di approfondire le applicazioni comuni e le caratteristiche di GnuCash.
-    Verranno affrontati casi più specifici, sulla base delle domande poste più di frequente sull'utilizzo di GnuCash nelle
-    situazioni di tutti i giorni. Di seguito sono elencate le applicazioni e le caratteristiche
-    discusse in questa sezione: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni">Capitolo 5, <i>Libretto degli assegni</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito">Capitolo 6, <i>Carte di credito</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti">Capitolo 7, <i>Prestiti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti">Capitolo 8, <i>Investimenti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple">Capitolo 10, <i>Valute multiple</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le finanze della propria attività</strong></span> descrive
-    l'utilizza di GnuCash per gestire la propria impresa: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento">Capitolo 11, <i>Deprezzamento</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti">Capitolo 12, <i>Crediti correnti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti">Capitolo 13, <i>Debiti correnti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga">Capitolo 14, <i>Libro paga</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>Questo manuale ha anche un'appendice, che contiene ulteriori
-    informazioni di cui si potrebbe aver bisogno:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione">Appendice A, <i>Guida alla migrazione</i></a> - Guida per gli ex utenti di <span class="trademark">Quicken</span>®, MS Money od altri utilizzatori di file QIF</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)">Appendice B, <i>Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees">Appendice C, <i>Contributed Account Trees</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari">Appendice D, <i>Formati di file ausiliari</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)">Appendice E, <i>documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>In ultimo un glossario e l'indice permettono di trovare facilmente
-    gli argomenti che si stanno cercando.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.2. Caratteristiche </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Caratteristiche"><link rel="next" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.3. Informazioni su questo documento"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-about1"></a>1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</h2></div></div></div><p>Lo scopo di questo manuale è di far risparmiare tempo introducendo l’utente all’utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> il più velocemente possibile.</p><p>Ogni capitolo segue uno schema molto semplice. Inizia con la discussione dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">concetti</span>»</span> che introducono l’argomento e la terminologia adottata nel capitolo stesso. In seguito c’è una sezione <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">come fare per...</span>»</span> che descrive la procedura da adottare nel programma per mettere in atto i concetti riportati nella sezione precedente; infine una sezione <span class="quo!
 te">«<span class="quote">in pratica</span>»</span> conclude il capitolo e fornisce dettagliati esempi di applicazione.</p><p>I neofiti troveranno le sezioni sui <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">concetti</span>»</span> molto utili dato che forniscono una guida su come tenere correttamente traccia delle proprie finanze e introducono ai concetti di contabilità e alla terminologia finanziaria. Gli utenti più esperti potranno invece saltare direttamente alle sezioni sul <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">come fare per...</span>»</span> per imparare subito le procedure descritte passo passo. Le sezioni <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">in pratica</span>»</span> forniscono delle lezioni sull’utilizzo del programma presentando degli esempi pratici. Iniziando con la creazione di un progetto nel <a class="xref" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi">Capitolo 2, <i>Le basi</i></a>, ogni capitolo successivo prosegue il lavoro realizzato in quello precedente.</p><p>Questo manuale è diviso in 3 parti: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Come Iniziare</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le proprie finanze</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le finanze della propria attività</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Come iniziare</strong></span> fornisce le informazioni essenziali per poter iniziare a usare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Usare questa sezione come punto di partenza. I sue capitoli permetterenna di cominciare ad utilizzare il programma: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale">Capitolo 1, <i>In generale</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_basics.html" t!
 itle="Capitolo 2. Le basi">Capitolo 2, <i>Le basi</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Capitolo 3. Conti">Capitolo 3, <i>Conti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le proprie finanze personali</strong></span> si occupa di approfondire le applicazioni comuni e le caratteristiche di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Verranno affrontati casi più specifici, sulla base delle domande poste più di frequente sull’utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> nelle situazioni di tutti i giorni. Di seguito sono elencate le applicazioni e le caratteristiche discusse in questa sezione: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni">Capitolo 5, <i>Libretto degli assegni</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Capitolo 6. Carte di credito">Capitolo 6, <i>Carte di credito</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Capitolo 7. Prestiti">Capitolo 7, <i>Prestiti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_invest.html" title="Capitolo 8. Investimenti">Capitolo 8, <i>Investimenti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Capitolo 9. Guadagni in conto capitale">Capitolo 9, <i>Guadagni in conto capitale</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_currency.html" title="Capitolo 10. Valute multiple">Capitolo 10, <i>Valute multiple</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Amministrare le finanze della propria attività</strong></span> descrive l’utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCa!
 sh</code></strong> per gestire la propria impresa: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Capitolo 11. Deprezzamento">Capitolo 11, <i>Deprezzamento</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Capitolo 12. Crediti correnti">Capitolo 12, <i>Crediti correnti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_bus_ap.html" title="Capitolo 13. Debiti correnti">Capitolo 13, <i>Debiti correnti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="Capitolo 14. Libro paga">Capitolo 14, <i>Libro paga</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="Capitolo 15. Bilanci">Capitolo 15, <i>Bilanci</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="chapter_other_assets.html" title="Capitolo 16. Other Assets">Capitolo 16, <i>Other Assets</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>Questo manuale ha anche un’appendice, che contiene ulteriori informazioni di cui si potrebbe aver bisogno:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione">Appendice A, <i>Guida alla migrazione</i></a> - Guida per gli ex utenti di <span class="trademark">Quicken</span>®, MS Money o altri utilizzatori di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendice B. Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)">Appendice B, <i>Domande poste frequentemente (FAQ)</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendice C. Contributed Account Trees">Appendice C, <i>Contributed Account Trees</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="appendixd.html" title="Appendice D. Formati di file ausiliari">Appendice D, <i>Formati di file ausiliari</i></a></p></li><!
 li class="listitem"><p><a class="xref" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice E. documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)">Appendice E, <i>documentazione sulla licenza libera GNU (in inglese)</i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>In ultimo un glossario e l’indice permettono di trovare facilmente gli argomenti che si stanno cercando.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.2. Caratteristiche </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,97 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.2. Caratteristiche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduzione"><link rel="next" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Informazioni su questo documento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.2. Caratteristiche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.2. Caratteristiche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-features1"></a>1.2. Caratteristiche</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.1. Facile da usare"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featureseasy2"></a>1.2.1. Facile da usare</h3></div></div></div><p>In pochi minuti si potranno inserire le proprie informazioni finanziarie
-      personali e creare dei grafici colorati che rappresentino la propria situazione finanziaria.
-      Se si è in grado di utilizzare il registro presente sul libretto di assegni allora si è anche in grado
-      di usare GnuCash! Scrivere direttamente sul registro, scorrere tra i campi di inserimento e
-      usare la funzione di completamento veloce per completare le transazioni.
-      L'interfaccia del programma è personalizzabile direttamente dal menu dedicato.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Menu facili da usare</strong></span>: i menu di GnuCash
-          sono conformi con le disposizioni dell'interfaccia Human di GNOME; questo significa
-          che sono semplici e appaiono simili a tante altre applicazioni dell'ambiente GNOME;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>documentazione</strong></span>: GnuCash vanta una sezione di aiuto
-          incorporata nel software e una estesa guida dell'utente;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>metodi di importazione</strong></span>: GnuCash supporta diversi modi
-          per creare delle transazioni oltre a quello manuale. Se si possiede l'accesso
-          al conto bancario via internet, risulterà molto utile dato che la maggior parte
-          delle banche e delle compagnie di carte di credito supportano uno dei seguenti
-          metodi di importazione. Si risparmierà, in questo modo, tempo all'immissione dati
-          per dedicarlo all'analisi dei risultati;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>importazione di file Quicken (QIF)</strong></span>: 
-              GnuCash permette di importare i file Quicken in formato QIF,
-              utilizzato da programmi a pagamento per la gestione delle
-              finanze personali;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Open Financial Exchange (OFX)</strong></span>:
-              GnuCash è il primo programma libero a fornire supporto al
-              protocollo Open Financial Exchange. Molte istituzione finanziarie
-              si stanno attrezzando per questo formato;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Home Banking Computer Interface
-              (HBCI)</strong></span>: GnuCash è il primo software libero a
-              supportare il protocollo Tedesco Home Banking Computer
-              Interface. Questo protocollo permette lo scaricamento di
-              estratti conto, l'avvio di trasferimenti bancari e rende
-              possibile l'addebito diretto;</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>resoconti</strong></span>: GnuCash è fornito di oltre 30
-          resoconti che includono un sommario del conto, entrate, uscite, resoconto
-          della transazione, bilancio patrimoniale, profitti e perdite, valutazione
-          del portafoglio e tanti altri. I resoconti permettono anche la visualizzazione
-          grafica dei dati tramite grafici a torta, istogrammi e dispersioni.
-          I resoconti possono essere esportati in file di formato HTML e sono
-          facilmente personalizzabili;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>transazioni pianificate</strong></span>: GnuCash è ora in grado 
-	  di creare automaticamente e inserire delle transazioni o ricordare all'utente
-	  quando queste stanno per scadere permettendo all'utente di scegliere se
-	  inserirle, posticiparle o rimuoverle;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>druido per il rimborso di ipoteche e mutui</strong></span>: utile per
-          impostare il pagamento di un prestito variabile tramite delle transazioni pianificate;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>facile riconciliazione dei conti</strong></span>: la riconciliazione 
-          è integrata in GnuCash in modo che riconciliare i propri conti di GnuCash
-          con gli estratti conto risulta semplice ed efficace;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>compatibilità multi piattaforma</strong></span>: GnuCash 
-			 è supportato da una varietà di piattaforme e sistemi operativi. La lista
-			 dei sistemi operativi (e delle piattaforme) completamente supportate
-			 da GnuCash v2.0.x è la seguente: GNU/Linux (x86, Sparc, PPC), FreeBSD (x86), OpenBSD
-          (x86), Solaris (Sparc), and MacOS X (PPC). Le versioni precedenti di
-          GnuCash erano in grado di funzionare su: SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5
-          (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel) e  SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), ma lo stato di compatibilità
-          attuale è sconosciuto.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.2. Registrare gli investimenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresinvest2"></a>1.2.2. Registrare gli investimenti</h3></div></div></div><p>GnuCash offre molte funzioni per la gestione degli investimenti.
-      Dal semplice certificato di deposito alle azioni scambiate pubblicamente,
-      GnuCash è in grado di tracciare tutti gli investimenti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Portafoglio azioni/fondi comuni</strong></span>: le azioni
-          possono essere registrate individualmente (una per conto) oppure in
-          un portafoglio (o paniere) di conti (un gruppo di conti che possono
-          essere mostrati insieme).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote per azioni e fondi comuni online</strong></span>:
-          con GnuCash non sarà più necessario controllare il valore delle azioni
-          una per volta. Il processo può essere infatti automatizzato, per avere
-          a disposizione in ogni momento il valore più aggiornato delle propri azioni.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.3. Supporto internazionale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresintl2"></a>1.2.3. Supporto internazionale</h3></div></div></div><p>GnuCash è un'applicazione dedicata veramente agli utenti
-      di tutto il mondo; presenta infatti diverse funzioni per facilitare
-      l'interazione con il mondo internazionalizzato in cui oggi viviamo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Traduzioni</strong></span>: GnuCash è stato
-          interamente tradotto in 12 lingue: Cinese, Ceco, Olandese, Inglese,
-          Francese, Tedesco, Italiano, Portoghese, Russo, Slovacco, Spagnolo e
-          Svedese. Altre 13 lingue sono parzialmente supportate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valute correnti e circolazione monetaria</strong></span>:
-          sono supportate le valute multiple e queste possono inoltre essere
-          acquistate o vendute (scambiate). I trasferimenti di valuta tra i conti
-          sono perfettamente bilanciati quando la partita doppia è abilitata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Formati internazionali della data</strong></span>: GnuCash
-          permette di adottare il formato di data che si preferisce in modo che ogni utente possa 
-          impostarla nel modo più appropriato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>in ultimo</p><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tassi di cambio online</strong></span>:
-          con GnuCash, non sarà più necessario controllare ogni volta tutti i tassi di
-          cambio; il processo può essere automatizzato in modo che il programma fornisca in ogni momento
-          i valori del conto convertiti nella valuta che si preferisce usando i più recenti
-          tassi di cambio.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.4. Supporto all'impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresbus2"></a>1.2.4. Supporto all'impresa</h3></div></div></div><p>GnuCash presenta molte caratteristiche che possono risultare
-      utili a tutti coloro che devono tenere la contabilità della propria attività.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conti per debiti e crediti correnti</strong></span>: GnuCash
-          fornisce un sistema integrato di conti per debiti e crediti correnti.
-          E' possibile registrare clienti, venditori, fatturazione e pagamento delle
-          ricevute oltre a poter utilizzare diversi termini per la tassazione e per le
-          ricevute in una piccola impresa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento</strong></span>: GnuCash è in grado di
-          tenere traccia del deprezzamento del patrimonio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>: GnuCash offre un'ampio ventaglio di resoconti 
-          pronti all'uso.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.5. Caratteristiche di contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresaccounting2"></a>1.2.5. Caratteristiche di contabilità</h3></div></div></div><p>Per coloro che si intendono di contabilità, di seguito è riportata una lista di
-      caratteristiche supportate da GnuCash.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Partita doppia</strong></span>: ogni transazione deve
-          addebitare un conto e accreditarne un altro di uno stesso importo.
-          Questo principio assicura "l'equilibrio dei libri" cioè che la differenza
-          tra entrate e uscite sia esattamente uguale alla somma di tutti i depositi 
-          bancari, liquidi, azioni e altri patrimoni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Suddivisione delle transazioni</strong></span>: una singola transazione
-          può essere suddivisa in diverse parti al fine di registrare tasse, parcelle e 
-          altre voci composte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Strutture dei conti</strong></span>: un conto principale 
-          può contenere una struttura di conti di dettaglio. Questo permette di
-          raggruppare in unico conto come, per esempio, quello delle <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Attività</span>»</span>
-          conti simili tra loro quali liquidi, banca o azioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Libro mastro generale</strong></span>: una finestra di registro
-          permette di visualizzare più conti contemporaneamente; questa peculiarità 
-          permette di ridurre i problemi derivanti da errori di battitura e di compilazione.
-          La finestra fornisce anche un utile modo di visualizzare un portafoglio di azioni,
-          mostrando tutte le transazioni presenti nel portafoglio stesso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipi di conti (categorie) per entrate e uscite</strong></span>: 
-          classificano i flussi di denaro e, quando usati 
-          correttamente con la partita doppia, forniscono un accurato
-          resoconto di profitti e perdite.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.6. Novità della v2.0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnew2"></a>1.2.6. Novità della v2.0</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Gnome 2.0 (Gtk2)</strong></span></p><p>GnuCash utilizza gli ultimi toolkit di gtk e rispetta lo standard
-            Gnome2 HIG.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Supporto a UTF-8</strong></span></p><p>GnuCash è ora in grado di salvare e leggere il set di caratteri
-            speciali utilizzato da ogni paese utilizzando l'UTF-8.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span></p><p>GnuCash è ora dotato di una funzione di bilancio che può aiutare a tenere sotto controllo le spese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importazione dei file di formato MT940</strong></span></p><p>I file dei dati con le transazioni nel formato MT940 (che è possibile scaricare da alcune banche)
-            ora possono essere importati in GnuCash.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Correzione dei bug</strong></span></p><p>GnuCash è ora più stabile e sicuro che in passato grazie
-            sia al lungo periodo di prova che ha preceduto il rilascio della
-            versione 2.0, sia all'utilizzo di librerie più stabili e mature (Gtk2 per esempio).
-            Moltissime correzioni, troppe per essere elencate, hanno interessato 
-            ogni parte di GnuCash.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.1. Introduzione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.2. Caratteristiche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduzione"><link rel="next" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Informazioni su questo documento"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.2. Caratteristiche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.2. Caratteristiche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-features1"></a>1.2. Caratteristiche</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.1. Facile da usare"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featureseasy2"></a>1.2.1. Facile da usare</h3></div></div></div><p>In pochi minuti si potranno inserire le proprie informazioni finanziarie personali e creare dei grafici colorati che rappresentino la propria situazione finanziaria. Se si è in grado di utilizzare il registro presente sul libretto degli assegni allora si è anche in grado di usare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>! Scrivere direttamente sul registro, scorrere tra i campi di inserimento e usare la funzione di completamento veloce per completare le transazioni. L’interfaccia del programma è personalizzabile direttamente dal menu dedicato.</p><div class="ite!
 mizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Menu facili da usare</strong></span>: i menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono conformi alle disposizioni dell’interfaccia Human di GNOME; questo significa che sono semplici e appaiono simili a tante altre applicazioni dell’ambiente GNOME;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>documentazione</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> vanta una sezione di aiuto incorporata nel software e una estesa guida dell’utente;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>metodi di importazione</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> supporta diversi modi per creare delle transazioni oltre a quello manuale. Se si possiede l’accesso al conto bancario via internet, risulterà molto utile dato che la maggior parte delle banche e delle compagnie di carte di credito supportano uno dei seguenti metodi di importazione. Si risparmierà, in questo modo, tempo all’immissione dati per dedicarlo all’analisi dei risultati;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>importazione di file Quicken (QIF)</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di importare i file Quicken in formato <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>, utilizzato da programmi a pagamento per la gestione delle finanze personali;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Open Financial Exchange (OFX)</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è il primo programma libero a fornire supporto al protocollo Open Financial Exchange. Molte istituzione finanziarie si stanno attrezzando per questo formato;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Home Banking Computer Interface (HBCI)</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>!
 GnuCash</code></strong> è il primo software libero a supportare il protocollo Tedesco Home Banking Computer Interface. Questo protocollo permette lo scaricamento di estratti conto, l’avvio di trasferimenti bancari e rende possibile l’addebito diretto;</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>resoconti</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è fornito con oltre 30 resoconti che includono un sommario del conto, entrate, uscite, resoconto della transazione, bilancio patrimoniale, profitti e perdite, valutazione del portafoglio e tanti altri. I resoconti permettono anche la visualizzazione grafica dei dati tramite istogrammi, dispersioni e grafici a torta. I resoconti possono essere esportati in file di formato <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> e sono facilmente personalizzabili;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>transazioni pianificate</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è ora in grado di creare e inserire automaticamente delle transazioni o ricordare all’utente quando queste stanno per scadere permettendo di scegliere se inserirle, posticiparle o rimuoverle;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>assistente per il rimborso di ipoteche e mutui</strong></span>: utile per impostare il pagamento di un prestito variabile tramite delle transazioni pianificate;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>facile riconciliazione dei conti</strong></span>: la riconciliazione è integrata in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in modo che riconciliare i propri conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> con gli estratti conto risulti semplice ed efficace;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>compatibilità multi piattaforma</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è supportato da una varietà di piattaforme e sistemi operativ!
 i. La lista dei sistemi operativi (e delle piattaforme) completamente supportate da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> v2.4.2 è la seguente: GNU/Linux (x86, Sparc, PPC), FreeBSD (x86), OpenBSD (x86), Solaris (Sparc), and MacOS X (PPC). Le versioni precedenti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> erano in grado di funzionare su: SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5 (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel) e SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), ma lo stato di compatibilità attuale è sconosciuto.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.2. Registrare gli investimenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresinvest2"></a>1.2.2. Registrare gli investimenti</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre molte funzioni per la gestione degli investimenti. Dal semplice certificato di deposito alle azioni scambiate pubblicamente, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di tracciare tutti gli investimenti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Portafoglio azioni/fondi comuni</strong></span>: le azioni possono essere registrate individualmente (una per conto) oppure in un portafoglio (o paniere) di conti (un gruppo di conti che possono essere mostrati insieme).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Quote per azioni e fondi comuni online</strong></span>: con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non sarà più necessario controllare il valore delle azioni una per volta. Il processo può essere infatti automatizzato, per avere a disposizione in ogni momento il valore più aggiornato delle propri azioni.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.3. Supporto internazionale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresintl2"></a>1.2.3. Supporto internazionale</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><co!
 de>GnuCash</code></strong> è un’applicazione dedicata veramente agli utenti di tutto il mondo; presenta infatti diverse funzioni per facilitare l’interazione con il mondo internazionalizzato in cui oggi viviamo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Traduzioni</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato interamente tradotto in 12 lingue: Cinese, Ceco, Olandese, Inglese, Francese, Tedesco, Italiano, Portoghese, Russo, Slovacco, Spagnolo e Svedese. Altre 13 lingue sono parzialmente supportate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valute correnti e circolazione monetaria</strong></span>: sono supportate le valute multiple e queste possono inoltre essere acquistate o vendute (scambiate). I trasferimenti di valuta tra i conti sono perfettamente bilanciati quando la partita doppia è abilitata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Formati internazionali della data</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di adottare il formato di data che si preferisce in modo che ogni utente possa impostarla nel modo più appropriato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tassi di cambio online</strong></span>: con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, non sarà più necessario controllare ogni volta tutti i tassi di cambio; il processo può essere automatizzato in modo che il programma fornisca in ogni momento i valori del conto convertiti nella valuta che si preferisce usando i più recenti tassi di cambio.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.4. Supporto all’impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresbus2"></a>1.2.4. Supporto all’impresa</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> presenta molte caratteristiche che possono risultare utili a tutti coloro che devono t!
 enere la contabilità della propria attività.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Conti per debiti e crediti correnti</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce un sistema integrato di conti per debiti e crediti correnti. È possibile registrare clienti, venditori, fatturazione e pagamento delle ricevute oltre a poter utilizzare diversi termini per la tassazione e per le ricevute in una piccola impresa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Deprezzamento</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è in grado di tenere traccia del deprezzamento del patrimonio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>: <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre un’ampio ventaglio di resoconti pronti all’uso.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.5. Caratteristiche di contabilità"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresaccounting2"></a>1.2.5. Caratteristiche di contabilità</h3></div></div></div><p>Per coloro che si intendono di contabilità, di seguito è riportata una lista di caratteristiche supportate da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Partita doppia</strong></span>: ogni transazione deve addebitare un conto e accreditarne un altro di uno stesso importo. Questo principio assicura <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">l’equilibrio dei libri</span>»</span> cioè che la differenza tra entrate e uscite sia esattamente uguale alla somma di tutti i depositi bancari, liquidi, azioni e altri patrimoni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Suddivisione delle transazioni</strong></span>: una singola transazione può essere suddivisa in diverse parti al f!
 ine di registrare tasse, parcelle e altre voci composte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Strutture dei conti</strong></span>: un conto principale può contenere una struttura di conti di dettaglio. Questo permette di raggruppare in unico conto come, per esempio, quello delle <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Attività</span>»</span> conti simili tra loro quali liquidi, banca o azioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Libro mastro generale</strong></span>: una finestra di registro permette di visualizzare più conti contemporaneamente; questa peculiarità permette di ridurre i problemi derivanti da errori di battitura e di compilazione. La finestra fornisce anche un utile modo di visualizzare un portafoglio di azioni, mostrando tutte le transazioni presenti nel portafoglio stesso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipi di conti (categorie) per entrate e uscite</strong></span>: classificano i flussi di denaro e, quando usati correttamente con la partita doppia, forniscono un accurato resoconto di profitti e perdite.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.6. Novità della v2.4"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnewstable2"></a>1.2.6. Novità della v2.4</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è disponibile per sistemi Windows.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il formato di file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non è compatibile con le versioni precedenti alla 2.1.2. In particolare, le transazioni pianificate sono salvate in modo diverso. Usando la versione 2.4, è possibile aggiornare i propri vecchi file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> al nuovo formato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Più traduzioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Migliore gestione dei resoconti.</p></li><li cl!
 ass="listitem"><p>COrretti molti problemi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Supporto alle valute multiple migliorato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Migliorata l’importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym></p></li></ul></div><p>Consultare il collegamento <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Release_Schedule#Release_Schedule_for_2.2.x" target="_top">http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Release_Schedule#Release_Schedule_for_2.2.x</a> per un elenco dettagliato dei miglioramenti introdotti in questa serie.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="1.2.7. Novità della v2.0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnew2"></a>1.2.7. Novità della v2.0</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Gnome 2.0 (Gtk2)</strong></span></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza gli ultimi toolkit di gtk e rispetta lo standard Gnome2 HIG.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Supporto a UTF-8</strong></span></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è ora in grado di salvare e leggere il set di caratteri speciali adottato da ogni paese utilizzando la codifica UTF-8.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è ora dotato di una funzione di bilancio che può aiutare a tenere sotto controllo le spese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importazione dei file di formato MT940</strong></span></p><p>I file dei dati con le transazioni nel formato MT940 (che è possibile scaricare da alcune banche) ora possono essere importati in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Correzione dei bug</strong></span></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è ora più stabile e sicuro ch!
 e in passato grazie sia al lungo periodo di prova che ha preceduto il rilascio della versione 2.0, sia all’utilizzo di librerie più stabili e mature (Gtk2 per esempio). Moltissime correzioni, troppe per essere elencate, hanno interessato ogni parte di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.1. Introduzione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.3. Informazioni su questo documento</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.5. Installazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.5. Installazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_basics.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.5. Installazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-install1"></a>1.5. Installazione</h2></div></div></div><p>L'installazione di GnuCash può essere semplice dato che la maggior parte delle nuove distribuzioni
-    di linux ha nei propri repositories una versione pronta a essere installata; probabilmente GnuCash è già presente
-    nella propria distribuzione. Se GnuCash non è già installato, il metodo più semplice per installarlo consiste nell'inserire il
-    CD della distribuzione e seguire le istruzioni riportate.</p><p>La pagina principale di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.GnuCash.org/" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">GnuCash</em></a>
-    contiene istruzioni dettagliate su come installare GnuCash nel caso che non sia già presente nella propria distribuzione linux
-    o su come installare una versione differente. Ulteriori informazioni sono contenute nel file README presente nel pacchetto del codice sorgente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_basics.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 2. Le basi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.5. Installazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Le basi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.5. Installazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_basics.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.5. Installazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-install1"></a>1.5. Installazione</h2></div></div></div><p>L’installazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> può essere semplice dato che la maggior parte delle nuove distribuzioni di linux ha nei propri repositories una versione pronta a essere installata; probabilmente <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è già presente nella propria distribuzione. Se </p><p>La pagina principale di <a class="ulink" href="http://www.GnuCash.org/" target="_top"><em class="citetitle"><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></em></a> contiene istruzioni dettagliate su come installare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> nel caso che non sia già presente nella propria distribuzione linux o su come installare una versione diffe!
 rente. Ulteriori informazioni sono contenute nel file README presente nel pacchetto del codice sorgente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_basics.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 2. Le basi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,18 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. Introduzione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="next" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Caratteristiche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. Introduzione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_oview.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.1. Introduzione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-intro1"></a>1.1. Introduzione</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash è un pacchetto software di gestione delle finanze personali.
-    E' sufficientemente versatile per tenere traccia di tutte le transazioni finanziarie, 
-    dalle più semplici a quelle più complesse; e' uno dei pochi software finanziari che 
-    supporta tutte le valute del mondo ed è l'unico a codice aperto. 
-    Se questo non bastasse, è anche molto semplice imparare a usarlo.</p><p>GnuCash permette di tenere traccia delle transazioni
-    finanziare con il livello di dettaglio che si preferisce. Se si è all'inizio,
-    è possibile utilizzare GnuCash per tenere traccia dei propri assegni. In seguito si
-    potrà decidere di considerare anche le spese sostenute con la carta di credito per meglio conoscere
-    dove il denaro viene speso. Quando si inizierà a investire, sarà possibile utilizzare GnuCash
-    per monitorare le proprie azioni. Si sta per comprare un'auto o una casa?
-    GnuCash aiuterà a pianificare l'investimento e a registrare le rate dell'eventuale mutuo.
-    Se le transazioni finanziarie che si eseguono sono a livello globale, GnuCash offre tutto ciò che serve
-    per gestire le valute di ogni parte del mondo.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/oview_intro.png" alt="GnuCash struttura dei conti - anteprima"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra le finestre dei conti e dei resoconti di GnuCash con valute multiple e investimenti.</p></div></div></div><p>Anche se GnuCash si presta alla gestione delle finanze personali,
-    è anche sufficientemente potente per un utilizzo professionale.
-    GnuCash presenta infatti diverse caratteristiche dedicate all'impresa: 
-    dall'integrazione del sistema dei conti per debiti e crediti correnti, alla
-    costruzione di tabelle per le tasse. Queste e molte altre funzioni dedicate all'attività professionale risulteranno
-    sorprendentemente potenti e facili da usare.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_oview.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 1. In generale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.2. Caratteristiche</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. Introduzione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="next" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Caratteristiche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. Introduzione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_oview.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.1. Introduzione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-intro1"></a>1.1. Introduzione</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un pacchetto software di gestione delle finanze personali. È sufficientemente versatile per tenere traccia di tutte le transazioni finanziarie, dalle più semplici a quelle più complesse; è uno dei pochi software finanziari che supporta tutte le valute del mondo ed è l’unico a codice aperto. Se questo non bastasse, è anche molto semplice imparare a usarlo.</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di tenere traccia delle transazioni finanziare con il livello di dettaglio che si preferisce. Se si è all’inizio, è possibile utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per tenere traccia dei propri assegni. In seguito si potrà decidere di considerare anche!
  le spese sostenute con la carta di credito per meglio conoscere dove il denaro viene speso. Quando si inizierà a investire, sarà possibile utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per monitorare le proprie azioni. Si sta per comprare un’auto o una casa? <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aiuterà a pianificare l’investimento e a registrare le rate dell’eventuale mutuo. Se le transazioni finanziarie che si eseguono sono a livello globale, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre tutto ciò che serve per gestire le valute di ogni parte del mondo.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/oview_intro.png" width="510" alt="GnuCash struttura dei conti - anteprima"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra le finestre dei conti e dei resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> con valute multiple e investimenti.</p></div></div></div><p>Anche se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si presta alla gestione delle finanze personali, è anche sufficientemente potente per un utilizzo professionale. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> presenta infatti diverse caratteristiche dedicate all’impresa: dall’integrazione del sistema dei conti per debiti e crediti correnti, alla costruzione di tabelle per le tasse. Queste e molte altre funzioni dedicate all’attività professionale risulteranno sorprendentemente potenti e facili da usare.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_oview.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href!
 ="oview-features1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 1. In generale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.2. Caratteristiche</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,35 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Informazioni su questo documento"><link rel="next" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-reasons1"></a>1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash</h2></div></div></div><p>Alcuni dei principali vantaggi derivanti dall'uso di GnuCash sono già stati discussi.
-    Di seguito sono riportate alcune peculiarità offerte da GnuCash che potrebbero non essere
-    presenti in altri programmi simili:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Semplice interfaccia d'uso</p><p>GnuCash è semplice da usare come un libretto d'assegni.
-        E' più semplice di un registro cartaceo dato che le funzioni di auto-completamento e
-        le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati non solo facilitano il lavoro,
-        ma riducono le possibilità di errore nella fase di immissione dei dati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Facilità di importazione</p><p>GnuCash permette di importare informazioni dai conti online e da altri 
-        software usando il formato QIF (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® Interchange Format), OFX e HBCI.
-        Un semplice <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">druido</span>»</span> assiste l'utente nella revisione dei risultati e si occupa di 
-        importarli in GnuCash.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Riconciliazione dell'estratto conto</p><p>Riconcilia velocemente l'estratto conto mensile immettendo il valore di chiusura
-        e concludendo le transazioni. GnuCash aiuta anche a trovare eventuali discrepanze tra i dati
-        inseriti e gli estratti conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tiene traccia dei propri investimenti</p><p>GnuCash offre un'ampia gamma di strumenti per tenere traccia di tutti i propri investimenti.
-        I conti speciali per gli investimenti, semplificano l'immissione dei dati mentre gli strumenti online
-        permettono di tenere costantemente aggiornati i valori del proprio patrimonio al variare del mercato.
-        I numerosi grafici disponibili completano l'offerta, permettendo di analizzare le scelte sugli investimenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Supporto a molteplici valute</p><p>GnuCash permette di gestire valute differenti nello stesso conto. Se si hanno più conti bancari,
-        investimenti o altri strumenti finanziari in valute diverse, è possibile utilizzare tranquillamente 
-        GnuCash per monitorarli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafici e resoconti personalizzati</p><p>Grafici e resoconti forniscono preziose informazioni a riguardo delle tasse, dei guadagni o, più semplicemente,
-        permettono di visualizzare intuitivamente dove il proprio denaro va a finire. GnuCash offre un'ampia gamma di resoconti 
-        e grafici che, semplici da usare, aiutano l'utente ad analizzare la propria situazione finanziaria. GnuCash offre anche la 
-        possibilità di personalizzare grafici e resoconti secondo le proprie preferenze e necessità particolari.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Partita doppia</p><p>Per permettere una registrazione efficiente e completa, GnuCash
-        usa il metodo della partita doppia per la tenuta della contabilità.
-        Partita doppia significa semplicemente che il denaro non appare e scompare:
-        in egual misura deve provenire da un luogo e andare in un altro. 
-        Registrando le transazioni in entrambe le posizioni, GnuCash restituirà i resoconti relativi a ogni conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fonti di aiuto</p><p>La finestra del "suggerimento del giorno" fornisce ai nuovi utenti consigli sulle funzionalità di GnuCash.
-        All'interno del programma, una guida abilitata alla ricerca dei termini, fornisce informazioni sui comandi o
-        rimanda alle pagine internet di GnuCash nel caso fosse necessario ulteriore aiuto. 
-        GnuCash inoltre dispone di una comunità numerosa e disponibile di
-        programmatori e utenti in grado di fornire aiuto attraverso le mailing list e il canale IRC dedicato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scorciatoie</p><p>GnuCash offre diverse scorciatoie per assistere l'utente nell'inserimento dei dati.
-        Digitando solo i caratteri iniziali di una parola usata frequentemente, GnuCash provvederà a completare il resto!
-        Inoltre è possibile usare le funzioni copia, incolla e duplica per risparmiare tempo.
-        Le scorciatoie da tastiera permettono di scegliere velocemente un'opzione del menu oppure di inserire dati numerici.
-        Alcune celle numeriche funzionano come una calcolatrice: digitando, per esempio, "92,18+33,26", GnuCash inserirà automaticamente 
-        il risultato dell'operazione!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Codice aperto</p><p>GnuCash non nasconde i suoi metodi. Se si desidera conoscere come GnuCash calcola un risultato,
-        è possibile vederlo direttamente nel codice sorgente. Inoltre, è possibile impostare le preferenze in modo da dire a GnuCash quante
-        informazioni mostrare. Non c'è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">codice segreto</span>»</span> in GnuCash: continua a essere un programma a codice aperto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Questi sono solo alcuni dei vantaggi che si scopriranno quando si inizierà
-    a utilizzare GnuCash per registrare le proprie operazioni finanziarie.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.3. Informazioni su questo documento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.5. Installazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Capitolo 1. In generale"><link rel="prev" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. Informazioni su questo documento"><link rel="next" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. In generale</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-reasons1"></a>1.4. I dieci principali motivi per cui utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>Alcuni dei principali vantaggi derivanti dall’uso di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono già stati discussi. Di seguito sono riportate alcune peculiarità offerte da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> che potrebbero non essere presenti in altri programmi simili:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Semplice interfaccia d’uso</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è semplice da u!
 sare come un libretto degli assegni. È più semplice di un registro cartaceo dato che le funzioni di auto-completamento e le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati non solo facilitano il lavoro, ma riducono le possibilità di errore nella fase di immissione dei dati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Facilità di importazione</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di importare informazioni dai conti online e da altri software usando il formato <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> (<span class="trademark">Quicken</span>® Interchange Format), <acronym class="acronym">OFX</acronym> e <acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym>. Un semplice <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">assistente</span>»</span> accompagna l’utente nella revisione dei risultati e si occupa di importarli in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Riconciliazione dell’estratto conto</p><p>Riconcilia velocemente l’estratto conto mensile immettendo il valore di chiusura e concludendo le transazioni. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aiuta anche a trovare eventuali discrepanze tra i dati inseriti e gli estratti conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tiene traccia dei propri investimenti</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre un’ampia gamma di strumenti per tenere traccia di tutti i propri investimenti. I conti speciali per gli investimenti semplificano l’immissione dei dati mentre gli strumenti online permettono di tenere costantemente aggiornati i valori del proprio patrimonio al variare del mercato. I numerosi grafici disponibili completano l’offerta, permettendo di analizzare le scelte sugli investimenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Supporto a molteplici valute</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di gestire valute differenti nello stesso conto. Se si hanno più conti bancari, investimenti o altri strumenti finanziari in valute diverse, è possibile u!
 tilizzare tranquillamente <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per monitorarli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafici e resoconti personalizzati</p><p>Grafici e resoconti forniscono preziose informazioni a riguardo delle tasse, dei guadagni o, più semplicemente, permettono di visualizzare intuitivamente dove il proprio denaro viene speso. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre un’ampia gamma di resoconti e grafici che, semplici da usare, aiutano l’utente ad analizzare la propria situazione finanziaria. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre anche la possibilità di personalizzare grafici e resoconti secondo le proprie preferenze e necessità particolari.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Partita doppia</p><p>Per permettere una registrazione efficiente e completa, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> usa il metodo della partita doppia per la tenuta della contabilità. Partita doppia significa semplicemente che il denaro non appare e scompare: in egual misura deve provenire da un luogo e andare in un altro. Registrando le transazioni in entrambe le posizioni, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> restituirà i resoconti relativi a ogni conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fonti di aiuto</p><p>La finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> fornisce ai nuovi utenti consigli sulle funzionalità di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. All’interno del programma, una guida abilitata alla ricerca dei termini, fornisce informazioni sui comandi o rimanda alle pagine internet di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> nel caso fosse necessario ulteriore aiuto. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> inoltre dispone di una comunità numerosa e disponibile di programmatori e utenti in grado di fornire aiuto attraverso le liste di discussione e il canale IRC dedicato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scorciatoie<!
 /p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre diverse scorciatoie per assistere l’utente nell’inserimento dei dati. Digitando solo i caratteri iniziali di una parola usata frequentemente, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> provvederà a completare il resto! Inoltre è possibile usare le funzioni copia, incolla e duplica per risparmiare tempo. Le scorciatoie da tastiera permettono di scegliere velocemente un’opzione del menu oppure di inserire dati numerici. Alcune celle numeriche funzionano come una calcolatrice: digitando, per esempio, <span class="keycap"><strong>92,18+33,26</strong></span>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> inserirà automaticamente il risultato dell’operazione!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Codice aperto</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non nasconde i suoi metodi. Se si desidera conoscere come <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> calcola un risultato, è possibile vederlo direttamente nel codice sorgente. Inoltre, è possibile impostare le preferenze in modo da dire a </p></li></ol></div><p>Questi sono solo alcuni dei vantaggi che si scopriranno quando si inizierà a utilizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per registrare le proprie operazioni finanziarie.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.3. Informazioni su questo documento </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.5. Installazione</td></tr></table></div></body></!
 html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/python-import-invoices.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_python_bindigs.html" title="Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python"><link rel="prev" href="ch_python_bindigs.html" title="Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python"><link rel="next" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_python_bindigs.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="python-import-invoices"></a>17.1. Importare fatture e ricevute</h2></div></div></div><p>Perchè l’importatore funzioni correttamente, i dati devono essere in formato a lunghezza fissa di campo, o separati da virgole. Uno script di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> è fornito di seguito come esempio.</p><p>
+      </p><pre class="programlisting">
+import sys
+import csv
+
+VENDOR_ID="000013"
+INFILE=sys.argv[1]
+INV_ID=sys.argv[2]
+try:
+  ACCOUNT=sys.argv[3]
+except:
+  ACCOUNT="Expenses:Materials General"
+
+Reader = csv.reader(open(INFILE), delimiter=',')
+
+# Need to ignore 1st and last rows
+
+for row in Reader:
+  if row[0].isdigit(): # We only use numbered lines
+    outline=(INV_ID + ",," + VENDOR_ID + ",,,," + row[1] + " > " + row[4] + ",ea," +
+      ACCOUNT + "," + row[2] + "," + row[5].replace("GBP", "") + ",,,,no,,,,,,,,")
+  print outline
+      </pre><p>
+    </p><p>Esempio di un file d’ordine del fornitore scaricato da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Rapid Electronics (UK)</strong></span>. </p><pre class="programlisting">
+line number,product code,quantity,availability,product description,unit price,discounts,line total,delivery,sub total,vat,grand total
+1,47-3524,100,100 Available,BC848C SOT-23 NPN TRANSISTOR (INF) (RC),GBP0.03,GBP0.00,GBP0.03
+2,47-3278,30,30 Available,L78L05ACZ 0.1A +5V VOLTAGE REG (ST) (RC),GBP0.18,GBP0.00,GBP0.18
+3,22-0120,1,1 Available,Tube 34 14pin DIL socket, narrow7.62mm, without central support,GBP1.05,GBP0.00,GBP1.05
+4,22-0127,1,0 Available<br />1 on Back Order,Tube 17 28pin DIL socket, wide15.24mm, without central support,GBP1.22,GBP0.00,GBP1.22
+5,62-0368,1,1 Available,820R CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,GBP0.50,GBP0.00,GBP0.50
+6,47-3130,100,100 Available,1N4001 1A 50V SILICON RECTIFIER DIODE RC,GBP0.01,GBP0.00,GBP0.01
+7,17-0310,1,1 Available,PROFESSIONAL MINATURE PROBE HOOK RED RC,GBP0.90,GBP0.00,GBP0.90
+8,17-0312,1,1 Available,PROFESSIONAL MINATURE PROBE HOOK BLACKRC,GBP0.90,GBP0.00,GBP0.90
+9,34-0655,1,1 Available,PROTOBLOC 2 BREADBOARD,GBP4.39,GBP0.00,GBP4.39
+10,18-0200,1,1 Available,PP3 9V ALKALINE BATTERY "Not For Retail Sale",GBP1.37,GBP0.00,GBP1.37
+,,,,,,,,GBP4.95,GBP24.93,GBP4.35,GBP29.28
+      </pre><p>Un file simile dopo essere stato processato con lo script di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong>.</p><p>
+        </p><pre class="programlisting">
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-0655 > PROTOBLOC 2 BREADBOARD,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,4.39,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,18-0105 > PP3 / PP6 BATTERY CLIP 150MM (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,10,0.06,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0370 > 1k CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0354 > 220R CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-5548 > PLAIN DOCUMENT WALLET ASSORTED PK 50 RE,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,6.95,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0386 > 4k7 CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-0860 > COPPER CLAD SRBP SS 100 X 160 (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,5,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,18-0163 > PP3 BATTERY HOLDER WITH FLYING LEADS RC,ea,Expenses:Materials General,5,0.23,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,73-4290 > ATMEGA8-16PU 8-BIT MICRO 8K DIL-28 (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,3,1.99,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,81-0014 > BC108 NPN GP TRANSISTOR RC,ea,Expenses:Materials General,20,0.16,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,DELIVERY,ea,Expenses:Postage,1,4.95,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,,,
+        </pre><p>
+    </p><p>Come si può vedere mancano alcuni campi mentre altri non sono necessari per l’importazione. La prima riga e l’ultima sono superflue dato che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si prenderà cura di calcolare il totale. Tutto ciò che serve è di prelevare ciò che è necessario e produrre un file di output con il formato corretto per essere importato in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In questo caso i campi del numero dell’elemento (part number) e della descrizione (description) verranno uniti per comporre la descrizione della fattura (o ricevuta) in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Sono necessari il campo della quantità (quantity) e del prezzo (price). Contrariamente alla dicitura dell’intestazione, la <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> non è riportata per ogni riga dato che è sempre 0, ma è calcolata nell’ultima riga sul totale dell’ordine. <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo causerà problemi in seguito.</p></td></tr></table></div> In questo esempio il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Materiali generici</strong></span> è stato impostato come conto di destinazione. Questo può essere cambiato dopo l’importazione nel modo usuale, così come qualsiasi altro dato. Se questo conto non esiste, verrà lasciato vuoto durante l’importazione e dovrà essere impostato manualmente. Le righe che iniziano con il simbolo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">#</span>»</span> sono considerate come commenti e quindi tralasciate.</p><p>Lo script è invocato con il seguente comando:</p><p> <span class="command"><strong>python importer.py !
 <em class="replaceable"><code>file_da_importare</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>invoice_id</code></em> > <em class="replaceable"><code>file_in_cui_salvare.csv</code></em></strong></span>
+      </p><p>Questo breve script può facilmente essere modificato per adattarlo a qualsiasi formato scaricato. L’unica restrizione riguarda il numero di campi che deve essere fisso, almeno al momento. L’importatore ignorerà le righe con un numero errato di campi (questo potrebbe essere corretto nelle versioni future). L’ID venditore è semplicemente il numero identificativo assegnato a quello specifico venditore. Gli elementi row[N] si riferiscono alla posizione dove sono presenti i dati. È importante notare come il primo campo sia row[0] e non row[1].</p><p>Una volta che il file è stato convertito, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa fatture e ricevute</strong></span> per aprire una nuova finestra di importazione. Selezionare il file appena creato, selezionare poi <span class="guilabel"><strong>fattura</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>ricevuta</strong></span> e il formato <span class="guilabel"><strong>separato da virgole</strong></span>. Controllare che i dati dei campi siano nelle colonne corrette prima di selezionare <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. Una volta importata la fattura può essere aperta per modificarla o per emetterla nel modo usuale.</p><p>Una nota sulla <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> o qualsiasi altra imposta sugli acquisti. Come già detto, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Rapid Electronics</strong></span> calcola la <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> sul totale della ricevuta e non per ogni riga. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> calcola la <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> per ogni riga e ne fai poi il totale. Questa differenza può comportare delle inaccuratezze nell’importo della <acronym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> di alcuni centesimi che sono sufficienti a causare problemi in fase di riconciliazione del conto usato per l’acquisto. Al momento il superamento del problema dipende solamente dal proprio modo preferito; ad esempio la <acr!
 onym class="acronym">VAT</acronym> può essere aggiunta manualmente in una riga separata come i costi di spedizione. QUindi parte del lavoro è lasciata all’utente ma la parte più noiosa di inserimento di ogni elemento è eliminata.</p><p>Per il fututro: attualmente il formato di importazione è ristertto e diversi utenti potrebbero andare incontro a dei problemi durante il processo di conversione. Aggiungere un modello per ogni possibile formato <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> dei fornitori sarebbe un lavoro enorme e probabilmente infruttuoso dato che molti fornitori spesso cambiano formato senza avvertire gli sviluppatori di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. I miglioramenti futuri del processo di importazione saranno basati sui consigli degli utenti e probabilemente verrà reso più semplice o flessibile (spesso <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">semplice</span>»</span> non è compatibile con <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">flessibile</span>»</span>).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se non si ha dimestichezza con <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> (esistono altri linguaggi), è possibile inviare una richiesta alla <a class="ulink" href="https://lists.GnuCash.org/mailman/listinfo/GnuCash-user" target="_top"><em class="citetitle">lista dell’utente di GnuCash</em>, con un esempio del proprio file <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> scaricato, e probabilmente qualcuno si preoccuperà di scrivere uno script di <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong> per la sua traduzione.</a></p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="17.1.1. Note per gli autori Python"!
 ><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="python-author-notes"></a>17.1.1. Note per gli autori <strong class="application"><code>Python</code></strong></h3></div></div></div><p>Per poter completare con successo il processo di importazione, il numero di campi deve essere rispettato, quindi le virgole sono importanti.</p><p>Di seguito è riportato un elenco completo dei campi necessari:</p><p>id, date_opened, owner_id, billingid, notes, date, desc, action, account, quantity, price, disc_type, disc_how, discount, taxable, taxincluded, tax_table, date_posted, due_date, account_posted, memo_posted, accu_splits,</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Si noti la virgola finale</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="17.1.2. Una breve descrizione di ogni campo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="python-import-fields"></a>17.1.2. Una breve descrizione di ogni campo</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>id</strong></span> - il numero della fattura. Tutte le righe devono contenerlo o la riga verrà rifiutata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>date_opened</strong></span> - data di apertura. Se vuota viene inserita la data odierna.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>owner_id</strong></span> - numero ID del venditore o del cliente. Tutte le righe devono contenere questo valore altrimenti verranno rifiutate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>billingid</strong></span> — ID ricevuta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="e!
 mphasis"><strong>notes</strong></span> — note della fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>date</strong></span> - la dta dell’elemento sulla riga. Può essere lasciata vuota per considerarla in data odierna.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>desc</strong></span> - descrizione della fattura o della ricevuta</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>action</strong></span> - per le ricevute normalmente è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ea</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>account</strong></span> - il conto a cui è attribuito l’elemento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>quantity</strong></span> - quantità di ogni elemento. Deve contenere un valore o la riga verrà rifiutata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>price</strong></span> - prezzo di ogni elemento. Deve contenere un valore o la riga verrà rifiutata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>disc_type</strong></span> - tipo di sconto; può essere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">%</span>»</span> o <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">TODO</span>»</span>. Si applica solo alle fatture. È necessario fare qualche prova in questo caso dato che può essere funzione della valuta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>disc_how</strong></span> - si applica solamente alle fatture.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>discount</strong></span> - importo dello sconto applicato. Si applica solamente alle fatture.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>taxable</strong></span> - applicare le imposte all’elemento? <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">y</span>»</span> o vuoto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>taxincluded</strong></span> - le imposte sono incluse nel prezzo dell’elemento? <span class="quote">«<span class="!
 quote">y</span>»</span> o vuoto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>tax_table</strong></span> — tabella delle imposte da applicare all’elemento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>date_posted</strong></span> - se emessa, in che data. Normalmente è lasciato vuoto per l’emissione manuale dopo aver modificato la fattura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>due_date</strong></span> - la data in cui è fissata la scadenza del pagamento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>account_posted</strong></span> — conto di emissione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>memo_posted</strong></span> - se emessa, inserire qui il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>accu_splits</strong></span> — accumulare le suddivisioni? <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">y</span>»</span> o vuoto.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_python_bindigs.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 17. Estensioni in Python </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_python_bindigs.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice A. Guida alla migrazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,91 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autori</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Bengt</span> <span xml!
 ns="" class="surname">Thuree</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
-   Questa guida contiene un esempio pratico di utilizzo di GnuCash e descrive i concetti
-   su cui GnuCash si basa.
-  </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Diritto d'autore</h2><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2006 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2003-2004 Jon Lapham</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2008 Cristian Marchi (traduzione italiana)</p></div><div>
-<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Nota Legale</h2><p>
-	  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
-	  document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
-	  License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
-	  by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
-	  no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.  You can find
-	  a copy of the GFDL at this <a class="ulink" href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">link</a> or in the file COPYING-DOCS
-	  distributed with this manual.
-         </p><p> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
-          distributed under the GFDL.  If you want to distribute this
-          manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
-          adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
-          section 6 of the license.
-	</p><p>
-	  Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
-	  products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
-	  names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of
-	  the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those
-	  trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial
-	  capital letters.
-	</p><p>
-	  DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
-	  UNDER  THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
-	  WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
-
-	  </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-                    WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
-                    IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
-                    THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
-                    DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
-                    A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
-                    RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
-                    OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
-                    DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
-                    MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
-                    YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
-                    CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
-                    SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
-                    OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
-                    LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
-                    VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
-                    EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
-		  </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
-                       THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
-                       CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
-                       INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
-                       DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
-                       OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
-                       PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
-                       DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
-                       CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
-                       INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
-                       OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
-                       MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
-                       LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
-                       DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
-                       EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
-                       THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-		  </p></li></ol></div><p>
-	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id2754199"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>Per segnalare dei bug o proporre dei suggerimenti riguardanti questo programma
-	o questo manuale, seguire le indicazioni fornite in
-        <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.
-      </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2></h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Titolo</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Data</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Autore</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Editore</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.0.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>8th Oct 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code>
-          </p><p class="author">Bengt Thuree
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code>
-          </p><p class="author">Dave Herman
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>July 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code>
-          </p><p class="author">Bengt Thuree
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code>
-          </p><p class="author">Dave Herman
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.3</p></td><td align="left"><p>Aug 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Aug 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>May 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jan 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash User Guide V1.6.5</p></td><td align="left"><p>June 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash User Guide V1.6.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>October 2001</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Carol Champagne
-            <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code>
-          </p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr></table></div></div><hr></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autori</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Amin</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Yawar</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:yawar.amin at gmail.com">yawar.amin at gmail.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Bullock</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Tom</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:tbullock at nd.edu">tbullock at nd.edu</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Evans<!
 /span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Mike</span></dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk">mikee at saxicola.idps.co.uk</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Janssens</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Geert</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo di sviluppo di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:geert at kobaltwit.be">geert at kobaltwit.be</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Marchi</span>, <span xmlns="" clas!
 s="firstname">Cristian</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:cri79 at libero.it">cri79 at libero.it</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Thuree</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Bengt</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Questa guida contiene un esempio pratico di utilizzo di GnuCash e descrive i concetti su cui GnuCash si basa.</i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Diritto d'autore</h2><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2010-2011 Yawar Amin</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2010 Tom Bullock</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2010-2011 Cristian Marchi</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2009-2011 Geert Janssens</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2006 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2003-2004 Jon Lapham</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001 Carol Champagne e Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2011 Cristian Marchi (cri.penta at gmail.com)</p></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Nota Legale</h2><p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <a class="ulink" href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">link</a> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.</p><p>This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license.</p><p>Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters.</p><p>DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">AS IS</span>»</span> BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL P!
 ART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</p></li></ol></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id2775334"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>Per segnalare dei bug o proporre dei suggerimenti riguardanti questo programma o questo manuale, seguire le indicazioni fornite in <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.</p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2></h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Titolo</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Data</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Autore</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Editore</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V2.4.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>19 Febbraio 2011</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Autori multipli</p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p!
 >7 Novembre 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></p><p class="author">Bengt Thuree <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></p><p class="author">Dave Herman <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Luglio 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></p><p class="author">Bengt Thuree <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></p><p class="author">Dave Herman <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V1.8.3</p></td><td align="left"><p>Agosto 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V1.8.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Agosto 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Jon Lapham <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></p></td><t!
 d align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V1.8.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>Maggio 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Gennaio 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida dell’utente di GnuCash V1.6.5</p></td><td align="left"><p>Giugno 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Guida dell’utente di GnuCash V1.6.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Ottobre 2001</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Carol Champagne <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr></table></div></div><hr></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40!
 %" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,16 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="next" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. Il registro contabile"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_txns.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-registers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-concepts1"></a>4.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Una <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazione</strong></span> in un sistema contabile
-    a partita doppia come GnuCash, rappresenta uno scambio tra almeno 
-    due conti. Quindi una transazione deve coinvolgere almeno due 
-    parti, un conto di origine "da" e un conto di destinazione "a".
-    Il conto "da" trasferisce valore al conto "a".
-    I contabili individuano queste parti di una transazione come <span class="emphasis"><strong>voci 
-    del libro mastro</strong></span>. In GnuCash prendono invece il nome di 
-    <span class="emphasis"><strong>suddivisioni</strong></span>.</p><p>Per esempio, si consideri lo stipendio che si riceve e che viene 
-    depositato nel proprio conto di risparmio in banca. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazione</strong></span>
-    avviene poiché il conto di risparmio (appartenete alle attività) riceve il
-    denaro dal conto delle entrate. Due conti sono interessati dall'operazione e,
-    in questo caso, si verifica anche un aumento del capitale.</p><p>Le operazioni con le transazioni in GnuCash avvengono in quello che
-    viene denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>registro contabile</strong></span>; a ogni nuovo conto
-    che viene creato è automaticamente associato un registro contabile.
-    Il registro apparirà familiare dato che somiglia molto al registro
-    per tenere traccia degli assegni.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_txns.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-registers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 4. Transazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.2. Il registro contabile</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.1. Concetti base</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="next" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. Il registro contabile"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.1. Concetti base</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_txns.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-registers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.1. Concetti base"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-concepts1"></a>4.1. Concetti base</h2></div></div></div><p>Una <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazione</strong></span> in un sistema contabile a partita doppia come <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, rappresenta uno scambio tra almeno due conti. Quindi una transazione deve coinvolgere almeno due parti, un conto di origine <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span> e un conto di destinazione <span class="emphasis"><strong>a<span class="emphasis"><strong>. Il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>da</strong></span> trasferisce valore al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>a</strong></span>. I contabili individuano queste parti di una transazione come <span class="emphasis"><strong>voci del libro mastro</strong></span>. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> prendono invece !
 il nome di <span class="emphasis"><strong>suddivisioni</strong></span>.</strong></span></strong></span></p><p>Per esempio, si consideri lo stipendio che si riceve e che viene depositato nel proprio conto di risparmio in banca. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>transazione</strong></span> avviene poiché il conto di risparmio (appartenete alle attività) riceve il denaro dal conto delle entrate. Due conti sono interessati dall’operazione e, in questo caso, si verifica anche un aumento del capitale.</p><p>Le operazioni con le transazioni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> avvengono in quello che viene denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>registro contabile</strong></span>; a ogni nuovo conto che viene creato è automaticamente associato un registro contabile. Il registro apparirà familiare dato che è molto simile al registro per tenere traccia degli assegni.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_txns.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-registers1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 4. Transazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.2. Il registro contabile</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,98 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.7. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-sxn1.html" title="4.6. Transazioni pianificate"><link rel="next" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.7. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-sxn1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cbook.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.7. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-puttoget1"></a>4.7. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Nelle sezioni precedenti di questo capitolo sono stati discussi i
-    concetti e la meccanica di lavoro con le transazioni di GnuCash. Questa 
-    sezione si svilupperà a partire dalla struttura dei conti creata nel 
-    precedente capitolo aggiungendo dei bilanci di apertura, delle transazioni
-    e delle transazioni pianificate..</p><div class="sect2" title="4.7.1. Aprire il file di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-openfile"></a>4.7.1. Aprire il file di GnuCash</h3></div></div></div><p>Si inizi aprendo il file dei dati salvato in precedenza,
-      <code class="filename">gcashdata_3emptyAccts</code>, e lo si salvi come
-      <code class="filename">gcashdata_4</code> da subito. La finestra principale
-      dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png" alt="Punto di partenza per la pratica"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il punto di partenza per questa 
-          sezione.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.2. Bilanci d'apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-open2"></a>4.7.2. Bilanci d'apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>Come mostrato per il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>,
-      i bilanci di apertura di un conto sono tipicamente assegnati a un conto
-      speciale denominato <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura</strong></span>. Per
-      cominciare a popolare la struttura dei conti, si impostino i bilanci di apertura
-      dei conti. Sia assuma anche che ci siano €1.000 nei risparmi e €500 di addebito per
-      la carta di credito.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span>.
-          Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> dal menu e controllare di aver impostato
-          lo stile del registro a libro mastro basilare. Si vedranno le transazioni nelle
-          altre due modalità in seguito; per ora è sufficiente creare una semplice transazione
-          utilizzando lo stile predefinito di base.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span>,
-          inserire una semplice transazione tra 2 conti per impostare il bilancio di
-          apertura a €1.000, trasferito da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura</strong></span>. 
-          Si ricorda che una transazione semplice trasferisce denaro da un conto sorgente ad
-          un conto di destinazione. Registrare la transazione (premere «invio» o premere
-          l'icona «Inserisci»).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>,
-          inserire una transazione tra 2 conti al fine di impostare il bilancio di apertura a
-          €1.000, trasferiti da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Visa</strong></span>,
-          inserire una transazione tra due conti per impostare il bilancio di apertura a
-          €500, trasferiti da <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d'apertura</strong></span>. 
-          Questo si ottiene inserendo €500 come "addebito" nel conto Visa (o "diminuzione"
-          nel conto dei bilanci di apertura), dato che si tratta di denaro chiesto in prestito.
-          Registrare infine la transazione (premendo «invio» o premendo l'icona «Inserisci»).</p></li></ol></div><p>Si dovrebbero ora avere 3 conti con i relativi bilanci di apertura impostati.
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>,
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Passività:Visa</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png" alt="Diagramma dei conti dopo aver impostato i bilanci d'apertura"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i bilanci di apertura
-          .</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.3. Esempi di altre transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-add2"></a>4.7.3. Esempi di altre transazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Si aggiungano ora altre transazioni per simulare delle spese mensili.
-      Durante il mese, €78 sono spesi per l'elettricità, €45 per il telefono ed
-      €350 per l'affitto; si supponga chevanga tutto pagato con il conto corrente. Si spendano inoltre €45,21
-      in generi alimentari, si riceva uno stipendio di €670 e si paghi una tariffa
-      per internet. Si spostino poi €100 dal conto dei risparmi al conto 
-      corrente.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Elettricità</strong></span> 
-          e inserire una transazione per pagare €78 per la bolletta elettrica alla
-          fine del mese corrente (esempio: 28 Marzo 2006). Inserire una descrizione
-          (esempio: Società elettrica) e il numero dell'assegno
-          (esempio: 102). Il conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>trasferimento</strong></span> dovrebbe essere
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>
-          e inserire una transazione per pagare €45 di bolletta telefonica
-          alla fine del mese corrente (esempio: 28 Marzo 2006). Inserire una 
-          descrizione (esempio: il nome della compagnia telefonica) e il numero dell'assegno
-          (esempio: 103). Il conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> dovrebbe essere
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Telefono</strong></span>. Si noti che è possibile inserire le transazioni
-          sia dal lato dell'accredito (conto delle uscite) che dal lato dell'addebito
-          (il conto delle attività).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Affitto</strong></span>
-          e inserire una transazione per pagare €350 di affitto alla
-          fine del mese corrente (esempio: 28 Marzo 2006). Inserire una descrizione
-          (esempio: affitto Aprile) e il numero dell'assegno (esempio: 104). Il
-          conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> dovrebbe essere
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si duplichi ora questa transazione utilizzando il pulsante
-          <span class="guibutton">Duplica</span> sulla barra degli strumenti. Si inizi 
-          cliccando nella transazione selezionata per l'affitto e premere poi
-          l'icona <span class="guilabel"><strong>Duplica</strong></span>. Inserire la data della transazione
-          un mese più avanti (esempio: 28 Aprile 2006).</p><p>E' anche possibile impostare una transazione pianificata per pagare 
-          l'affitto dato che l'importo della rata è probabilmente costante nel futuro
-          prossimo. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Si inizi selezionando la transazione per l'affitto (28 Aprile) e 
-                si prema l'icona <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Modificare in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mensile</strong></span>, cambiare la
-                descrizione se necessario e premere OK</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per trasferire denaro dal conto dei risparmi al conto corrente, aprire
-          il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e
-          aggiungere una nuova transazione impostando
-          il trasferimento a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> dell'importo pari a
-          €100 (datato 6 Marzo 2006).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Come ulteriore esempio, di semplice transazione a due conti, si aggiunga una
-	  nuova transazione per registrare un acquisto di generi alimentari per €45,21 effettuato
-	  il 5 Marzo. Dal conto Attività:Conto corrente si imposti un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> a
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Alimentari</strong></span>. Il registro del conto dovrebbe apparire così:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per aggiungere una transazione per la busta paga dalla finestra del registro del conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, selezionare una nuova riga per la transazione
-          e cliccare su <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suddivisione</strong></span>. Nella prima riga inserire la descrizione
-	  della transazione (per esempio: "Employers R Us") e la data (14 Marzo). Nella linea della
-	  "suddivisione" al di sotto di questa, inserire l'importo del deposito nel conto
-	  <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> (per esempio: €670) (questo è a causa di un bug
-	  che vuole che la prima riga in una suddivisione sia il conto attuale). In seguito inserire i depositi
-	  per le imposte
-          (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> (per esempio: €670),
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Imposte:Statali</strong></span> (per esempio: €180),
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Imposte:Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span> (per esempio: €90),
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Imposte:Previdenza sociale</strong></span> (per esempio: €60) e,
-          in ultimo, il totale lordo dello stipendio (per esempio: €1000) come prelievo
-          dal conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si deve anche pagare la sottoscrizione internet di 20 Euro
-          il giorno 28.</p></li></ol></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png" alt="Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato tutte le varie transazioni"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il saldo finale dopo il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.4. Salvare il file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-save"></a>4.7.4. Salvare il file</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di procedere alla sezione sui resoconti, si salvi il file di 
-      GnuCash con il nome (<code class="filename">gcashdata_4</code>).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.5. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-reports"></a>4.7.5. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>Avere a disposizione i dati solo tramite lo schermo del computer non
-      è sempre sufficiente. Per questo GnuCash include un grande numero di resoconti
-      ampiamente personalizzabili.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Maggiori dettagli sui resoconti saranno forniti nel capitolo dedicato</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Si analizzeranno ora i resoconti per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> e il
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Per primo verrà analizzato il resoconto del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>
-          per il mese di Marzo.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto sui flussi di liquidi da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>
-          -> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> ->
-          <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_CashFlow.png" alt="Resoconto dei flussi di liquidi per il mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi dopo il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>.</p></div></div></div><p>Per ottenere questo resoconto personalizzato, cliccare con il tasto destro nel
-          resoconto e scegliere <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni resoconto</strong></span>. Impostare poi il periodo
-          e specificare quali conti si vogliono includere nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si controlli ora il resoconto delle transazioni per il Conto corrente.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>
-          -> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto corrente nel mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni 
-              per il conto corrente nel mese di Marzo. </p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si cambi ora il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare 
-          solamente i vari conti delle uscite.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto uscite nel mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni 
-              per i vari conti delle uscite nel mese di Marzo. </p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-sxn1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cbook.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.6. Transazioni pianificate </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.7. In pratica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-sxn1.html" title="4.6. Transazioni pianificate"><link rel="next" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.7. In pratica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-sxn1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cbook.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.7. In pratica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-puttoget1"></a>4.7. In pratica</h2></div></div></div><p>Nelle sezioni precedenti di questo capitolo sono stati discussi i concetti e la meccanica di lavoro con le transazioni di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Questa sezione si svilupperà a partire dalla struttura dei conti creata nel precedente capitolo aggiungendo dei bilanci di apertura, delle transazioni e delle transazioni pianificate.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.7.1. Aprire un file di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-openfile"></a>4.7.1. Aprire un file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h3></div></div></div><p>Si inizi aprendo il file dei dati salvato in precedenza, <code class="filename">gcashdata_3emptyAccts</code>, e lo salvare come <code class="filename">gcashdata_!
 4</code> da subito. La finestra principale dovrebbe assomigliare a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png" alt="Punto di partenza per la pratica"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il punto di partenza per questa sezione.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.2. Bilanci d’apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-open2"></a>4.7.2. Bilanci d’apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>Come mostrato per il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, i bilanci di apertura di un conto sono tipicamente assegnati a un conto speciale denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>. Per cominciare a popolare la struttura dei conti, si impostino i bilanci di apertura dei conti. Si assuma anche che ci siano €1.000 nei risparmi e €500 di addebito per la carta di credito.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span>. Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> dal menu e controllare di aver impostato lo stile del registro a libro mastro basilare. Si vedranno le transazioni nelle altre due modalità in seguito; per ora è sufficiente creare una semplice transazione utilizzando lo stile predefinito di base.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span>, inserire una semplice transazione tra 2 conti per impostare il bilancio di apertura a €1.000, trasferito da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>. Si ricorda che una transazione semplice trasferisce denaro da un conto sorgente ad un conto di destinazione. Registrare la transazione (premere <span class="keycap"><strong>invio</strong></span> o fare clic sul pulsante <span!
  class="guibutton">Inserisci</span>).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, inserire una transazione tra 2 conti al fine di impostare il bilancio di apertura a €1.000, trasferiti da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Visa</strong></span>, inserire una transazione tra due conti per impostare il bilancio di apertura a €500, trasferiti dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>. Questo si ottiene inserendo €500 come <span class="guilabel"><strong>addebito</strong></span> nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Visa</strong></span> (o <span class="guilabel"><strong>diminuzione</strong></span> nel conto dei bilanci di apertura), dato che si tratta di denaro chiesto in prestito. Registrare infine la transazione (premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> o fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span>).</p></li></ol></div><p>Si dovrebbero ora avere 3 conti con i relativi bilanci di apertura impostati: <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Passività:Visa</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png" alt="Diagramma dei conti dopo aver impostato i bilanci d’apertura"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra i bilanci di apertura .</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.3. Esempi di altre transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-add2"></a>4.7.3. Esempi di altre transazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>Si aggiungano ora altre transazioni per simulare delle spese mensili. Durante il mese, €78 sono spesi per l!
 ’elettricità, €45 per il telefono ed €350 per l’affitto; si supponga che venga tutto pagato con il conto corrente. Si spendano inoltre €45,21 in generi alimentari, si riceva uno stipendio di €670 e si paghi una tariffa per il servizio internet. Si spostino poi €100 dal conto dei risparmi al conto corrente.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Elettricità</strong></span> e inserire una transazione per pagare €78 per la bolletta elettrica alla fine del mese corrente (esempio: 28 Marzo 2006). Inserire una descrizione (esempio: Società elettrica) e il numero dell’assegno (esempio: 102). Il conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>trasferimento</strong></span> dovrebbe essere <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> e inserire una transazione per pagare €45 di bolletta telefonica alla fine del mese corrente (esempio: 28 Marzo 2006). Inserire una descrizione (esempio: il nome della compagnia telefonica) e il numero dell’assegno (esempio: 103). Il conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> dovrebbe essere <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Telefono</strong></span>. Si noti che è possibile inserire le transazioni sia dal lato dell’accredito (conto delle uscite) che dal lato dell’addebito (il conto delle attività).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aprire il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Affitto</strong></span> e inserire una transazione per pagare €350 di affitto alla fine del mese corrente (esempio: 28 Marzo 2006). Inserire una descrizione (esempio: affitto Aprile) e il numero dell’assegno (esempio: 104). Il conto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> dovrebbe essere <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong><!
 /span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si duplichi ora questa transazione utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Duplica</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. Iniziare facendo clic nella transazione selezionata per l’affitto e premendo poi il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Duplica</strong></span>. Inserire la data della transazione un mese più avanti (esempio: 28 Aprile 2006). Si noterà la comparsa di una linea separatrice di colore blu che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza per separare le transazioni correnti da quelle future. In questo modo è possibile inserire delle transazioni prima che avvengano.</p><p>È anche possibile impostare una transazione pianificata per pagare l’affitto dato che l’importo della rata è probabilmente costante nel futuro prossimo. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Si inizi selezionando la transazione per l’affitto (28 Aprile) e si prema l’icona <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Modificare in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mensile</strong></span>, cambiare la descrizione se necessario e premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per trasferire denaro dal conto dei risparmi al conto corrente, aprire il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto risparmio</strong></span> e aggiungere una nuova transazione impostando il <span class="guilabel"><strong>trasferimento</strong></span> a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> di un importo pari a €100 (datato 6 Marzo 2006).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Come ulteriore esempio di semplice transazione a due conti, si aggiunga una nuova transazione per registrare un acquisto di generi alimentari per €45,21 effettuato il 5 Marzo. Dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> impostare un <span class!
 ="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Alimentari</strong></span>. Il registro del conto dovrebbe apparire così:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per aggiungere una transazione per la busta paga dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, selezionare una nuova riga per la transazione e fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suddivisione</strong></span>. Nella prima riga inserire la descrizione della transazione (per esempio: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Employers R Us</span>»</span>) e la data (14 Marzo). Al di sotto di questa, nella riga della <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">suddivisione</span>»</span>, inserire l’importo del deposito nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> (per esempio: €670). In seguito inserire i depositi per le imposte (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> (per esempio: €670), <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Imposte:Statali</strong></span> (per esempio: €180), <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Imposte:Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span> (per esempio: €90), <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Imposte:Previdenza sociale</strong></span> (per esempio: €60) e, in ultimo, il totale lordo dello stipendio (per esempio: €1000) come prelievo dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si deve anche pagare la sottoscrizione internet di 20 Euro il giorno 28.</p></li></ol></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png" alt="Struttura dei conti dopo aver impostato tutte le varie transazioni"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il saldo finale dopo il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.4. Sa!
 lvare il file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-save"></a>4.7.4. Salvare il file</h3></div></div></div><p>Prima di procedere alla sezione sui resoconti, salvare il file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_4</code>).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.7.5. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-reports"></a>4.7.5. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>Avere a disposizione i dati solo tramite lo schermo del computer non è sempre sufficiente. Per questo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mette a disposizione dell’utente un grande numero di resoconti ampiamente personalizzabili.</p><p>Si analizzeranno ora i resoconti per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Per primo verrà analizzato il resoconto del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span> per il mese di Marzo.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Flusso di liquidi</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_CashFlow.png" alt="Resoconto dei flussi di liquidi per il mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto dei flussi di liquidi dopo il <a class="xref" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni">Capitolo 4, <i>Transazioni</i></a>.</p></div></div></div><p>Per ottenere questo resoconto personalizzato, fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse nel resoconto e scegliere <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni resoconto</strong></span>. Impostare poi il periodo e specificare quali conti si vogliono include!
 re nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Controllare ora il resoconto delle transazioni per il conto corrente.</p><p>Selezionare il resoconto delle transazioni dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto corrente nel mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per il conto corrente nel mese di Marzo.</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cambiare ora il resoconto delle transazioni in modo da mostrare solamente i vari conti delle uscite.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Resoconto delle transazioni per il conto uscite nel mese di Marzo"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il resoconto delle transazioni per i vari conti delle uscite nel mese di Marzo.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-sxn1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cbook.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.6. Transazioni pianificate </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 5. Libretto degli assegni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,80 +1,9 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Riconciliazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-shortcuts1.html" title="4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati"><link rel="next" href="txns-sxn1.html" title="4.6. Transazioni pianificate"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Riconciliazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.5. Riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-reconcile1"></a>4.5. Riconciliazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Le transazioni sono tipicamente confrontate con gli estratti
-    conto forniti dalla banca; il processo è noto con il nome di 
-    "riconciliazione". GnuCash tiene traccia dello stato di riconciliazione
-    di ogni transazione.</p><p>Lo stato di riconciliazione di una transazione è mostrato nel campo di
-    riconciliazione (R): «s» indica che la transazione è stata riconciliata, «n»
-    indica che non la è stata e «l» indica che è stata liquidata ma non riconciliata.
-    E' possibile cambiare lo stato di riconciliazione tra «n» e «l» cliccando sul 
-    campo «R»; si può invece impostare al valore «s» utilizzando la finestra di
-    riconciliazione.</p><p>In basso, nella finestra del conto, ci sono due totali correnti:
-    "Saldo" e "liquidato". "Liquidato" corrisponde all'importo di denaro che
-    la banca pensa si possegga nel proprio conto, mentre "Saldo" include le
-    transazioni non ancora riscosse.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-reconcile-window2"></a>4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra di riconciliazione è utilizzata per riconciliare un conto
-      di GnuCash con l'estratto conto che la banca o un'altra istituzione ha inviato.
-      La riconciliazione è utile non solo per controllare le proprie registrazioni
-      nei confronti di quelle della banca, ma anche per avere un controllo sulle
-      transazioni in sospeso come, per esempio, gli assegni non incassati.</p><p>Nella parte inferiore della finestra dei conti, sono visualizzati 
-      saldi provvisori: "liquidato e riconciliato" e il saldo "totale".
-      Il saldo "liquidato e riconciliato"  dovrebbe corrispondere a quanto denaro 
-      la banca crede che si abbia sul proprio conto, mentre il saldo "totale"
-      comprende le transazioni non ancora finalizzate.</p><p>Per esempio, quando si emette un assegno per qualsiasi motivo, si dovrebbe
-	inserire la transazione in GnuCash. Il campo per la riconciliazione "R" della
-	transazione conterrà inizialmente "n" (non riconciliata). La nuova immissione
-	contribuirà alla variazione del saldo "totale" ma non a quella del saldo "
-	liquidato e riconciliato". In seguito, se l'assegno viene incassato, è possibile
-	cliccare nel campo "R" della transazione per cambiare la "n" in "l" (liquidata).
-	Facendo questo, il saldo "liquidato e riconciliato" varierà per considerare questo
-	importo. Quando arriverà l'estratto conto dalla banca, sarà possibile confrontarlo
-	con ciò che è stato registrato in GnuCash, dalla finestra di riconciliazione.
-	Da qui sarà possibile cambiare il valore del campo "R" in "s" (sì, riconciliata).
-	Non è possibile riconciliare dalla finestra del registro ma solamente da quella di 
-	riconciliazione. Una volta che una transazione è stata riconciliata, non può più
-	essere facilmente cambiata.</p><p>Per aprire la finestra di riconciliazione, selezionare un conto dalla struttura 
-	dei conti e dirigersi in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> ->
-      <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span>. Apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile immettere 
-	le informazioni di riconciliazione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png" alt="Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra iniziale di riconciliazione.</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Informazioni di riconciliazione: data dell'estratto conto</strong></span> - rappresenta
-	la data di emissione dell'estratto conto con cui verrà riconciliato il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Informazioni di riconciliazione: saldo iniziale</strong></span> - questa voce non
-	  è modificabile e visualizza il saldo della precedente riconciliazione. Dovrebbe corrispondere
-	  al saldo iniziale presente sull'estratto conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Informazioni di riconciliazione: saldo finale</strong></span> - è il saldo
-	  di chiusura così come appare nell'estratto conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Informazioni di riconciliazione: includi sottoconti</strong></span> -
-          selezionare questa opzione se si desidera includere i sottoconti del conto selezionato
-	  nella riconciliazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Immissione pagamento interessi</strong></span> - premere qui per inserire
-	  una transazione per gli interessi nel conto che sta per essere riconciliato.</p></li></ul></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> e verrà visualizzata la lista
-	delle transazioni nella finestra di riconciliazione:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png" alt="Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>La lista delle transazioni nella finestra di
-	  riconciliazione.</p></div></div></div><p>Le due liste chiamate <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in ingresso</strong></span> e
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span> elencano tutte le transazioni non riconciliate.
-      La colonna "R" mostra se le transazioni sono state liquidate o riconciliate.</p><p>Si esamini ora ogni voce dell'estratto conto e si ricerchi l'elemento
-	corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p><p>Se non si è in grado di trovarne una, o ci si è dimenticati di immettere
-	una transazione oppure non si era al corrente della transazione. E' possibile
-	utilizzare il pulsante «Nuovo» sulla barra degli strumenti, o la voce «Nuovo»
-	nel menu «Transazione», per aprire la finestra del registro e inserire la
-	transazione mancante. La nuova transazione apparirà nella finestra di 
-	riconciliazione alla pressione del tasto «Invio» dopo aver immesso la transazione.</p><p>Quando si trova la voce corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione,
-	se ne confronti l'importo con quello che compare sull'estratto conto.
-	Nel caso fossero diversi, potrebbe essere stato commesso un errore
-	nell'immissione della transazione in GnuCash. E' possibile utilizzare
-	il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span> nella barra degli strumenti o la
-	voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> nel menu «transazione», per aprire la
-	finestra del registro e correggere la transazione.</p><p>Se gli importi corrispondono, selezionare l'elemento nella finestra di riconciliazione.
-      La colonna "R" cambierà in "s" (riconciliata) da "n" o "c". E' anche 
-      possibile usare i tasti delle frecce su/giù per selezionare l'elemento
-      e premere la barra spaziatrice. Questo cambierà anche la colonna "R" mostrando
-      la transazione come riconciliata.</p><p>Ripetere quindi queste operazioni per ogni voce presente nell'estratto
-	conto della banca, verificando che l'importo corrisponda con quello in GnuCash
-	e marcando le transazioni in GnuCash quando sono riconciliate.</p><p>In basso nella finestra di riconciliazione viene riportata la "Differenza",
-	che dovrebbe visualizzare €0,00 quando la riconciliazione è terminata.
-	Se riporta qualche altro valore, o si è dimenticata una o più transazioni
-	oppure alcuni importi potrebbero essere errati in GnuCash (o, più
-	difficilmente, la banca ha fatto un errore).</p><p>Quando sono stati esaminati tutti gli elementi nell'estratto conto, e quando
-	la differenza è pari a €0,00, premere il pulsante «Termina» sulla barra degli
-	strumenti o selezionare «Termina» dal menu «Riconcilia»; la finestra di riconciliazione
-	verrà chiusa. Nella finestra del registro il campo "R" delle transazioni riconciliate
-	visualizzerà una "s".</p><p>In questo caso, non sono state ancora ricevute tutte le informazioni, così
-	è stato premuto il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Posticipa</span>, in modo da poter
-	proseguire in un secondo momento. Si osservi che la colonna "R" indica che sono state 
-	liquidate ("l") due transazioni. Non sono state ancora riconciliate, ma si è verificata
-	la loro presenza sull'estratto conto e quindi sono state marcate come liquidate. Osservando
-	la barra di stato in fondo al registro del conto, si noterà un sommario di ciò che è stato
-	riconciliato e di ciò che è stato liquidato
-      (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Liquidato:€ 954.79 Riconciliato:€ 0.00</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png" alt="Conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Il Conto corrente dopo aver posticipato la 
-	  riconciliazione.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.6. Transazioni pianificate</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Riconciliazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-shortcuts1.html" title="4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati"><link rel="next" href="txns-sxn1.html" title="4.6. Transazioni pianificate"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Riconciliazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.5. Riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-reconcile1"></a>4.5. Riconciliazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Le transazioni sono tipicamente confrontate con gli estratti conto forniti dalla banca; il processo è noto con il nome di <span class="emphasis"><strong>riconciliazione</strong></span>. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tiene traccia dello stato di riconciliazione di ogni transazione.</p><p>Lo stato di riconciliazione di una transazione è mostrato nel campo di riconciliazione <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>: <span class="emphasis"><strong>s</strong></span> indica che la transazione è stata riconciliata, <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> indica che non la è stata e <span class="emphasis"><strong>l</strong></span> indica che è stata liquidata ma non riconciliata. È possib!
 ile cambiare lo stato di riconciliazione tra <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>l</strong></span> facendo clic sul campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>; per impostarla invece al valore <span class="emphasis"><strong>s</strong></span>, utilizzare la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>riconciliazione</strong></span>.</p><p>Nella parte inferiore della finestra dei conti, sono visualizzati dei saldi provvisori (il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidato</strong></span> e il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>riconciliato</strong></span>) e il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>totale</strong></span>. Il primi due dovrebbero corrispondere a quanto denaro la banca crede che si abbia sul proprio conto, mentre il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>totale</strong></span> comprende le transazioni non ancora finalizzate.</p><p>Per esempio, quando si emette un assegno per qualsiasi motivo, si dovrebbe inserire la transazione in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Il campo per la riconciliazione <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> della transazione conterrà inizialmente <span class="guilabel"><strong>n</strong></span> (non riconciliata). La nuova immissione contribuirà alla variazione del saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>totale</strong></span> ma non a quella del saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidato e riconciliato</strong></span> . In seguito, se l’assegno viene incassato, è possibile fare clic nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> della transazione per cambiare <span class="guilabel"><strong>n</strong></span> in <span class="guilabel"><strong>l</strong></span> (liquidata). Così facendo, il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidato e riconciliato</strong></span> varierà per considerare questo importo. Quando arriverà l’estratto conto dalla banca, sarà possibile confrontarlo con ciò che è stato registrato in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</cod!
 e></strong>, dalla finestra di riconciliazione. Da qui sarà possibile cambiare il valore del campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> in <span class="guilabel"><strong>s</strong></span> (sì, riconciliata).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Non è possibile riconciliare dalla finestra del registro; si deve usare la finestra di riconciliazione. Una volta che una transazione è stata marcata come <span class="emphasis"><strong>riconciliata</strong></span>, non potrà più essere facilmente modificata senza compromettere il <a class="link" href="txns-reconcile1.html#rec-start-blnc"><span class="guilabel"><strong>saldo iniziale</strong></span></a> della prossima riconciliazione.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Finestre di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-reconcile-window2"></a>4.5.1. Finestre di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Le finestre di riconciliazione sono utilizzate per riconciliare un conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> con l’estratto conto che la banca o un’altra istituzione ha inviato. La riconciliazione è utile non solo per controllare le proprie registrazioni nei confronti di quelle della banca, ma anche per avere un controllo sulle transazioni in sospeso come, per esempio, gli assegni non incassati.</p><p>Per aprire le finestre di riconciliazione, selezionare un conto dalla struttura dei conti e dirigersi in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span>. Apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile immettere le informazioni di riconciliaz!
 ione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png" alt="Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="caption"><p>La finestra iniziale di riconciliazione.</p></div></div></div><p>Nella finestra iniziale di riconciliazione, devono essere inserite alcune <span class="guilabel"><strong>informazioni di riconciliazione</strong></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data dell’estratto conto</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>La la data di emissione dell’estratto conto con cui verrà riconciliato il conto.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Fare clic sulla freccia alla destra di questo campo per aprire un calendario</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><a name="rec-start-blnc"></a><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo iniziale</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa voce non è modificabile e visualizza il saldo della precedente riconciliazione. Dovrebbe corrispondere al saldo iniziale presente sull’estratto conto.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Potrebbe capitare che il saldo iniziale in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non equivalga a quello presente sull’estratto conto. Ciò può accadere quando si riconcilia un conto !
 per la prima volta o quando una transazione riconciliata in precedenza sia eliminata o la sua riconciliazione venga annullata.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Quando si riconcilia un conto per la prima volta, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>saldo iniziale</strong></span> sarò pari a <span class="guilabel"><strong>0.00</strong></span>, e quindi probabilmente diverso dal <span class="emphasis"><strong>bilancio di apertura</strong></span> del proprio conto. Quando il conto verrà riconciliato, il <span class="emphasis"><strong>bilancio di apertura</strong></span> del conto verrà incluso nella riconciliazione, e il risultato finale dovrebbe essere in bilancio.</p><p>Nel caso in cui venga de-reconciliata una transazione riconciliata in precedenza, è possibile riconciliarla con le transazioni presenti nell’ultimo estratto conto. Il risultato dovrebbe essere in bilancio.</p><p>Nel caso in cui una transazione già riconciliata venga eliminata, è più complesso; se non è possibile risalire alla transazione eliminata e ripristinarla nel registro, sarà necessario creare una transazione fittizia di pari importo per completare la riconciliazione.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo finale</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>In questo campo dovrebbe essere inserito il saldo di chiusura così come appare nell’estratto conto.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> completa automaticamente questo campo con il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attuale</strong></span> così come mostrato nella parte inferiore del registro del conto.</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><d!
 t><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i sottoconti</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Selezionare questa opzione per includere nella riconciliazione le transazioni relative ai sottoconti del conto attualmente selezionato.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guibutton">Immissione pagamento interessi</span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Premendo questo pulsante verrà aperta una finestra che permette di inserire una transazione per gli interessi nel conto che sta per essere riconciliato.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Interest Payment</strong></span> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation 
+	      for an account of the type <span class="emphasis"><strong>Bank</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Credit</strong></span>, 
+	      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Mutual</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Asset</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Receivable</strong></span>,
+	      <span class="emphasis"><strong>Payable</strong></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><strong>Liability</strong></span>. If you want to disable
+	      this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Register</strong></span> tab of the 
+	      <span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash Preferences</strong></span> and uncheck the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Automatic interest transfer</strong></span>
+	      option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selcted account, press the 
+	      <span class="guibutton">No Auto Interest Payments for this Account</span> button in the 
+	      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Interest Payment</strong></span> window.</p></td></tr></table></div></dd></dl></div><p>Premere poi il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> e verrà visualizzata la lista delle transazioni nella finestra di riconciliazione:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png" width="510" alt="Finestra di riconciliazione"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>La lista delle transazioni nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p></div></div></div><p>I due riquadri chiamati <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in ingresso</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span> elencano tutte le transazioni non riconciliate. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> mostra se le transazioni sono state riconciliate.</p><p>Si esamini ora ogni voce dell’estratto conto e si ricerchi l’elemento corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p><p>Se non si è in grado di trovarne una, è probabile che ci si sia dimenticati di immetterla oppure non si era al corrente della transazione. È possibile utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>, o la voce di menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span>, per aprire la finestra del registro e inserire la transazione mancante. La nuova transazione apparirà nella finestra di riconciliazione alla pressione del pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> dopo aver immesso la transazione.</p><p>Quando si trova la voce corrispondente nella finestra di riconciliazione, confrontarne l’importo con quello che compare sull’estratto conto. Nel caso fossero diversi, potrebbe essere stato commesso un errore nell’immissione della transazione in <strong clas!
 s="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. È possibile utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span> nella barra degli strumenti o la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span>, per aprire la finestra del registro e correggere la transazione.</p><p>Se gli importi corrispondono, fare clic sull’elemento nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span>. Apparirà un segno di spunta nella colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> a fianco della transazione selezionata. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aggiornerà automaticamente gli importi nel riquadro di ripilogo in basso a destra.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È possibile utilizzare i tasti delle freccie <span class="keycap"><strong>su</strong></span>/<span class="keycap"><strong>giù</strong></span> per scorrere gli elementi, la <span class="keycap"><strong>barra spaziatrice</strong></span> per marcare l'elemento come riconciliato e il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per cambiare riquadro.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Ripetere quindi queste operazioni per ogni voce presente nell’estratto conto della banca, verificando che l’importo corrisponda con quello in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e marcando le transazioni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> quando sono riconciliate.</p><p>In basso nella finestra di riconciliazione viene riportata la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Differenza</strong></span>, che dovrebbe visualizzare €0,00 qua!
 ndo la riconciliazione è terminata. Se riporta qualche altro valore, o si è dimenticata una o più transazioni oppure alcuni importi potrebbero essere errati in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (o, più difficilmente, la banca ha fatto un errore).</p><p>Quando sono stati esaminati tutti gli elementi nell’estratto conto, e quando la differenza è pari a €0,00, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Termina</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Termina</strong></span> dal menu; la finestra di riconciliazione verrà chiusa. Nella finestra del registro il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> delle transazioni riconciliate visualizzerà una <span class="emphasis"><strong>s</strong></span>.</p><p>In questo caso, non sono state ancora ricevute tutte le informazioni, così è stato premuto il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Posticipa</span>, in modo da poter proseguire in un secondo momento. Si osservi che la colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> indica che sono state liquidate (<span class="emphasis"><strong>l</strong></span>) due transazioni. Non sono state ancora riconciliate, ma si è verificata la loro riscossione e quindi sono state marcate come liquidate. Osservando la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> in fondo al registro del conto, si noterà un sommario di ciò che è stato riconciliato e di ciò che è stato liquidato (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Liquidato:€ 954.79; Riconciliato:€ 0.00</strong></span>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png" alt="Conto corrente"><div class="caption"><p>Il conto corrente dopo aver posticipato la riconciliazione.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation!
  footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.6. Transazioni pianificate</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,109 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. Il registro contabile</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="txns-regstyle1.html" title="4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. Il registro contabile</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-regstyle1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.2. Il registro contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-registers1"></a>4.2. Il registro contabile</h2></div></div></div><p>Il <span class="emphasis"><strong>registro contabile</strong></span> è la finestra di
-    GnuCash che permette di visualizzare e modificare le transazioni
-    preesistenti o di aggiungerne di nuove per un particolare conto.
-    Per entrare nel registro contabile, è sufficiente selezionare
-    il nome del conto nella finestra di visualizzazione ad albero dei
-    conti, ed eseguire un doppio click per aprirlo. In alternativa, è
-    possibile premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Apri</span> nella barra
-    strumenti o utilizzare il menu che compare premedno il tasto destro del mouse. GnuCash 
-    visualizzerà così la finestra del registro contabile.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.2.1. Transazione semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-twoaccount2"></a>4.2.1. Transazione semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Per esempio, partendo con la struttura dei conti creata nel 
-      capitolo precedente e salvata nel file di nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code>, si clicchi due
-      volte sul sottoconto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span> del conto attività.
-      Si aggiunga ora una semplice transazione al conto corrente. Quando si creano
-      per la prima volta dei conti in GnuCash, è generalmente necessario
-      impostare, per alcuni di essi, un bilancio di apertura.</p><p>Nella prima riga delle transazioni, inserire una data (es:
-      1 Marzo 2006), una descrizione (es: Bilancio di apertura), selezionare
-      il menu a tendina del trasferimento e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci 
-      d'apertura</strong></span>, aggiungere un deposito del valore di €1.000, e premere
-      «invio». Il registro contabile dovrebbe apparire simile a quello in figura:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_2account.png" alt="Conto corrente - Registro"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>registro di Attività:Conto corrente
-          </strong></span> dopo aver inserito una transazione per il valore
-          iniziale.</p></div></div></div><p>Impostare il bilancio di apertura di un conto è un esempio
-      di una semplice transazione che coinvolge due conti: in questo caso
-      i conti <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci
-      d'apertura</strong></span>.</p><p>Per fare un altro esempio di semplice transazione a due, se ne aggiunga 
-      un'altra per descrivere un acquisto di 45.21€ di alimentari. Dalla posizione
-      attività:conto corrente, devono essere <span class="guilabel"><strong>trasferiti</strong></span>
-      a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Alimentari</strong></span>. Ora il registro contabile dovrebbe
-      apparire così:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_2account2.png" alt="Conto corrente - Registro"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>registro di Attività:Conto corrente
-          </strong></span> dopo aver inserito una transazione per l'acquisto di
-          alimentari.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-multiaccount2"></a>4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa</h3></div></div></div><p>Il bisogno di una transazione che coinvolge 3 o più conti sorge quando
-      è necessario suddividere o il conto "da" o il conto "a" in una transazione
-      in più conti. L'esempio classico di questa situazione si verifica quando
-      si riceve lo stipendio. Il compenso che si riceve è sicuramente meno
-      dello stipendio lordo a causa delle tasse, del fondo pensione e altre voci.
-      Perciò la singola transazione relativa alla ricezione dello stipendio coinvolge
-      altri conti oltre a quelli di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> e
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p><p>Per aggiungere una transazione per lo stipendio dalla finestra di registro 
-      del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, fare clic in una nuova 
-      riga della transazione e premere <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suddivisione</strong></span>.
-      Immettere dapprima la descrizione della transazione nella prima linea (per esempio: 
-      "Employers R Us"). Nella linea "di suddivisione" sotto a questa, immettere
-      il deposito nel conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> (es: €670) 
-      (questo è a causa di un bug, che richiede che la prima linea di una suddivisione 
-      sia relativa ql conto attuale). In seguito inserire i vari depositi per le tasse
-      (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> (es: €670),
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Tasse:Statali</strong></span> (es: €180),
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Tasse:Assistenza sanitaria</strong></span> (es: €90) e
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Tasse:Previdenza sociale</strong></span> (es: €60)) e
-      per ultimo il totale lordo dello stipendio (es: €1000) come prelievo da <span class="guilabel"><strong>
-      Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>. Alla fine la suddivisione dovrebbe assomigliare
-      a questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png" alt="Registro del conto - suddivisione di una transazione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il <span class="guilabel"><strong>registro di Attività:Conto corrente
-          </strong></span> dopo aver aggiunto una transazione suddivisa per lo
-          stipendio.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-features2"></a>4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto</h3></div></div></div><p>La barra del titolo nel registro del conto, mostra il nome del conto
-      che, in questo caso è <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>. Sotto
-      alla barra del titolo, la barra del menu mostra le voci disponibili per il
-      registro del conto e la barra degli strumenti contiene degli utili pulsanti
-      che assistono nelle operazioni con il registro del conto.</p><p>Sebbene ogni transazione ha almeno due suddivisioni, tutto ciò che 
-      si vede nel registro di base è un sommario delle suddivisioni che interessano
-      il conto selezionato. Nella colonna del trasferimento, sono elencati gli altri 
-      conti da cui il denaro è <span class="emphasis"><strong>trasferito</strong></span> verso o da questo conto.
-      Se la transazione coinvolge più di due conti, GnuCash visualizza la scritta
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>-- Transazione suddivisa --</strong></span> a indicare che si tratta di
-      una transazione con più suddivisioni. E' possibile visualizzare individualmente
-      le suddivisioni di ogni transazione premendo il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suddivisione</strong></span> 
-      nella barra strumenti mentre è selezionata la transazione.</p><p>Per le transazioni suddivise, la prima linea rappresenta la
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>linea della transazione</strong></span>. Contiene una
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>, un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span> opzionale (quale
-      il numero dell'assegno), la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> della transazione, 
-      l'importo totale che interessa il conto selezionato (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Deposito Tot</strong></span>
-      qui) e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span> aggiornato dopo la transazione corrente.
-      Si noti che nella vista espansa, l'intestazione della colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span>
-      scompare, e non viene visualizzato nessun nome di conto in questo campo.
-      Questa riga mostra solamente un sommario degli effetti della transazione sul conto selezionato.
-      Per avere informazioni più dettagliate, occorre visualizzare le suddivisioni
-      che compongono la transazione.</p><p>Le righe parziali sotto a quella della transazione, sono le
-      <span class="emphasis"><strong>righe delle suddivisioni</strong></span> e sono separate da linee grigie.
-      Quando si seleziona una delle linee di suddivisione, l'intestazione della 
-      colonna cambia, visualizzando le voci relative ai campi della suddivisione:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit2.png" alt="Come cambiano le intestazioni per una suddivisione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra come le intestazioni cambino per una
-          suddivisione.</p></div></div></div><p>Ogni suddivisione contiene un campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span>
-	opzionale o del tipo di suddivisione, che può essere immesso digitandolo oppure 
-	scegliendolo da	una lista a comparsa. La suddivisione presenta anche un campo 
-	per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span>	per descrivere la suddivisione stessa. 
-	Ogni suddivisione coinvolge un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>, che può essere selezionato 
-	da una lista a comparsa che comprende tutti i propri conti. Il campo 
-	<span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> indica se la suddivisione è stata riconciliata. Le ultime 
-	due colonne riportano l'importo della suddivisione e se il denaro è in entrata o 
-	in uscita dal conto.</p><p>Come discusso nella <a class="xref" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità">Sezione 2.1, «Concetti di contabilità»</a>, gli addebiti
-	totali (o dare, inseriti nella colonna di sinistra) devono eguagliare gli accrediti
-	totali (o avere, inseriti nella colonna di destra) per ogni transazione. Nell'esempio
-	mostrato sopra, gli addebiti totali sono pari agli accrediti totali e la 
-	transazione è quindi bilanciata. Si nota che la riga della transazione contiene
-	lo stesso importo in addebito presente nella riga della suddivisione 
-	<span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>. Perché viene mostrata due volte?
-	perché la riga della transazione è semplicemente un <span class="emphasis"><strong>sommario</strong></span> 
-	degli effetti della transazione sul conto a cui appartiene. La stessa transazione
-	in un conto diverso, avrebbe una linea della transazione differente che mostra
-	gli effetti su quel particolare conto. Questo si può vedere selezionando un'altra riga
-	di suddivisione e premendo il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Salta</strong></span> sulla barra
-	degli strumenti.</p><p>In questo esempio, se si salta al conto
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>, GnuCash mostra la stessa
-      transazione nel registro del conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" alt="Uno sguardo al conto Entrate:Stipendio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra un salto al conto
-          <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che il totale nella riga della transazione, somma gli
-	effetti sul conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span> invece che sul
-	<span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>, perché si sta guardando il registro del conto
-	<span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>. Le suddivisioni sono esattamente le stesse,
-	ma la riga della transazione rispecchia ora l'accredito al conto 
-	<span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p><p>In basso a sinistra nella finestra del registro, GnuCash visualizza
-	degli utili messaggi mentre ci si muove nel registro. A destra, invece,
-	è possibile leggere il saldo attuale del conto e il totale delle
-	suddivisioni liquidate.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-regstyle1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. Il registro contabile</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Concetti base"><link rel="next" href="txns-regstyle1.html" title="4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. Il registro contabile</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-regstyle1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.2. Il registro contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-registers1"></a>4.2. Il registro contabile</h2></div></div></div><p>Il <span class="emphasis"><strong>registro del conto</strong></span> è la finestra di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> che permette di visualizzare e modificare le transazioni preesistenti o di aggiungerne di nuove per un particolare conto. Per entrare nel registro del conto, è sufficiente selezionare il nome del conto nella finestra di visualizzazione della struttura dei conti, ed eseguire un doppio clic per aprirlo. In alternativa, è possibile premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Apri</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o utilizzare il menu che compare premendo il tasto destro del mouse.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.2.1. Transazione semplice"!
 ><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-twoaccount2"></a>4.2.1. Transazione semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Per esempio, partendo con la struttura dei conti creata nel capitolo precedente e salvata nel file di nome <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code>, fare clic due volte sul sottoconto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span> del conto attività. Si aggiunga ora una semplice transazione al conto corrente. Quando si creano per la prima volta dei conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, è generalmente necessario impostare un bilancio di apertura.</p><p>Nella prima riga delle transazioni, inserire una data (es: 1 Marzo 2006), una descrizione (es: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Bilancio di apertura</span>»</span>), selezionare il menu a tendina del trasferimento e selezionare <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>, aggiungere un deposito del valore di €1.000, e premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>. Il registro contabile dovrebbe apparire simile a quello in figura:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_2account.png" alt="Conto corrente - Registro"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> dopo aver inserito una transazione per il valore iniziale.</p></div></div></div><p>Impostare il bilancio di apertura di un conto è un esempio di una semplice transazione che coinvolge due conti: in questo caso i conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitali:Bilanci d’apertura</strong></span>.</p><p>Per fare un altro esempio di semplice transazione a due conti, se ne aggiunga un’altra per registrare l’acquisto di 45.21€ di alimentari. Dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, devono essere <span class="gu!
 ilabel"><strong>trasferiti</strong></span> a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Alimentari</strong></span>. Ora il registro contabile dovrebbe apparire così:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_2account2.png" alt="Conto corrente - Registro"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> dopo aver inserito una transazione per l’acquisto di alimentari.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-multiaccount2"></a>4.2.2. Transazione suddivisa</h3></div></div></div><p>Il bisogno di una transazione che coinvolge 3 o più conti sorge quando è necessario suddividere o il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">da</span>»</span> o il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">a</span>»</span> in una transazione in più conti. L’esempio classico di questa situazione si verifica quando si riceve lo stipendio. Il compenso che si riceve è sicuramente inferiore allo stipendio lordo a causa delle imposte, del fondo pensione e altre voci. Perciò la singola transazione relativa alla ricezione dello stipendio coinvolge altri conti oltre a quelli di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p><p>Per aggiungere la transazione suddivisa per lo stipendio dalla finestra del registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, fare clic su una uova riga della transazione e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span>. Inserire la descrizione della transazione nella prima riga (ad esempio<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Employers R Us</span>»</span>). Nella linea della suddivisione sotto a questa, inserire le varie suddivisioni che costituiscono la transazione, una alla volta. Per inserire le!
  suddivisioni, scegliere prima il conto, poi inserire l’importo di cui variare il conto. Premere poi sulla riga successiva di suddivisione e ripetere il processo.</p><p>Per questo esempio, selezionare il conto di deposito (<span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>) e inserire l’importo da depositare (per esempio €670). Inserire poi l’importo delle varie tasse: <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Tasse:Statali</strong></span> €180, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Tasse:Servizio sanitario</strong></span> €90 e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Tasse:Previdenza sociale</strong></span> €60. Infine, inserire il totale lordo del proprio stipendio (€1000 in questo esempio) come un trasferimento dal conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p><p>La suddivisione finale dovrebbe assomnigliare a quella riportata in <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html#txns-register-multiaccount" title="Figura 4.1. Inserire una transazione suddivisa">Figura 4.1, «Inserire una transazione suddivisa»</a>. È importante ricordare di premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> al termine dell’immissione. È anche importante notare che premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, le suddivisioni verranno chiuse in una semplice vista della transazione. Le suddivisioni sono ancora presenti; basta premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla barra degli strumenti per farle ricomparire. Per maggiori dettagli consultare <a class="xref" href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-features2" title="4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto">Sezione 4.2.3, «Caratteristiche del registro del conto»</a>.</p><div class="figure"><a name="txns-register-multiaccount"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.1. Inserire una transazione suddivisa</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png" alt="Registro del conto - suddivisione di una transa!
 zione"></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-features2"></a>4.2.3. Caratteristiche del registro del conto</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span> nel registro del conto, mostra il nome del conto che, in questo caso è <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>. Sotto alla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span>, la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> mostra le voci disponibili per il registro del conto e la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> contiene degli utili pulsanti che assistono nelle operazioni con il registro del conto.</p><p>Sebbene ogni transazione contenga almeno due suddivisioni, tutto ciò che viene visualizzato nel registro di base è un sommario delle suddivisioni che interessano il conto selezionato. Nella colonna del trasferimento, sono elencati gli altri conti da cui il denaro è <span class="emphasis"><strong>trasferito</strong></span> verso o da questo conto. Se la transazione coinvolge più di due conti, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza la scritta <span class="guilabel"><strong>-- Transazione suddivisa --</strong></span> a indicare che si tratta di una transazione con più suddivisioni. È possibile visualizzare individualmente le suddivisioni di ogni transazione premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> mentre è selezionata la transazione.</p><p>Per le transazioni suddivise, la prima linea rappresenta la <span class="emphasis"><strong>linea della transazione</strong></span>; essa contiene una <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>, un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span> opzionale (ad esempio il numero dell’as!
 segno), la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> della transazione, l’importo totale che interessa il conto selezionato (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Deposito Tot</strong></span> in questo caso) e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span> aggiornato dopo la transazione corrente. Si noti che nella vista espansa, l’intestazione della colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> scompare, e non viene visualizzato nessun nome di conto in questo campo. Questa riga mostra solamente un sommario degli effetti della transazione sul conto selezionato. Per avere informazioni più dettagliate, occorre visualizzare le suddivisioni che compongono la transazione.</p><p>Le righe parziali sotto a quella della transazione, sono le <span class="emphasis"><strong>righe delle suddivisioni</strong></span> e sono separate da linee grigie. Quando si seleziona una delle linee di suddivisione, l’intestazione della colonna cambia, visualizzando le voci relative ai campi della suddivisione:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit2.png" alt="Come cambiano le intestazioni per una suddivisione"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra come le intestazioni cambino per una suddivisione.</p></div></div></div><p>Ogni suddivisione contiene un campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> opzionale o del tipo di suddivisione, che può essere immesso digitandolo oppure scegliendolo da una lista a comparsa. La suddivisione presenta anche un campo per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> per descrivere la suddivisione stessa. Ogni suddivisione coinvolge un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>, che può essere selezionato da una lista a comparsa che comprende tutti i propri conti. Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> indica se la suddivisione è stata riconciliata. Le ultime due colonne riportano l’importo della suddivisione e se il denaro è in entrata!
  o in uscita dal conto.</p><p>Come discusso nella <a class="xref" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Concetti di contabilità">Sezione 2.1, «Concetti di contabilità»</a>, gli addebiti totali (o dare, inseriti nella colonna di sinistra) devono eguagliare gli accrediti totali (o avere, inseriti nella colonna di destra) per ogni transazione. Nell’esempio mostrato sopra, gli addebiti totali sono pari agli accrediti totali e la transazione è quindi bilanciata. Si noti che la riga della transazione contiene lo stesso importo in addebito presente nella riga della suddivisione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>. Perché viene mostrata due volte? perché la riga della transazione è semplicemente un <span class="emphasis"><strong>sommario</strong></span> degli effetti della transazione sul conto a cui appartiene. La stessa transazione in un conto diverso, avrebbe una linea della transazione differente che mostra gli effetti su quel particolare conto. Questo si può vedere selezionando un’altra riga di suddivisione e premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salta</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><p>In questo esempio, se si salta al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mostra la stessa transazione nel registro del conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" alt="Uno sguardo al conto Entrate:Stipendio"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra un salto al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div><p>Si noti che il totale nella riga della transazione, somma gli effetti sul conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span> invece che sul <span class="emphasis"><strong>Conto corrente</strong></span>, perché si sta guardando il registro de!
 l conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>. Le suddivisioni sono esattamente le stesse, ma la riga della transazione rispecchia ora l’accredito al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Entrate:Stipendio</strong></span>.</p><p>In basso a sinistra nella finestra del registro, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli utili messaggi mentre ci si muove nel registro. A destra, invece, è possibile leggere il saldo attuale del conto e il totale delle suddivisioni liquidate.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-concepts1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-regstyle1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.1. Concetti base </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,31 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. Il registro contabile"><link rel="next" href="txns-shortcuts1.html" title="4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-registers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-regstyle1"></a>4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash offre diverse opzioni per visualizzare il registro. Lo 
-    stile predefinito è <span class="guilabel"><strong>Libro mastro basilare</strong></span>, che 
-    visualizza solo il sommario delle suddivisioni che interessano il conto 
-    selezionato. Questo è lo stile che rassomiglia maggiormente a quello
-    di altri programmi finanziari.</p><p>E' possibile scegliere uno stile differente per il registro selezionando
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> -> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Mastro a espansione automatica</strong></span>
-    in modo che la transazione selezionata venga espansa automaticamente. Nel momento in
-    cui viene selezionata una nuova transazione nel registro, questa viene
-    automaticamente espansa per mostrare tutte le suddivisioni. Scegliendo invece 
-    <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> -> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Giornale della transazione
-    </strong></span> si attiva uno stile simile al giornale di contabilità in cui
-    tutte le suddivisioni sono mostrate per ogni transazione.</p><p>Tutti gli stili consentono di visualizzare i dati sia su una singola riga che in modalità a 
-    doppia linea. Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> ->
-    <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Doppia linea</strong></span> e la linea di ogni transazione verrà
-    ampliata a due linee di registro.</p><p>Si descriveranno ora in dettaglio le differenze tra la visualizzazione a "Libro mastro basilare"
-	e quella a "Giornale della transazione".
-    </p><p>Per questo esempio, si assuma di avere un conto corrente con €10.000,
-    e che si sia deciso di acquistare 3 paia di Jeans per €1.000. La transazione corrispondente
-    può essere registrata come una singola, trasferendo €1.000 al conto Uscite:Abbigliamento.
-    In alternativa si può creare una transazione suddivisa, e registrare individualmente
-    l'acquisto di un paio di Jeans.</p><p>Tecnicamente il risultato è identico, ma da un punto di vista contabile, quando viene registrato 
-    singolarmente ogni acquisto di un Jeans, nel conto Uscite:Abbigliamento verranno registrate tre
-    diverse transazioni.</p><p>L'immagine seguente illustrerà il concetto in modo più chiaro.</p><p>Si inizi dall'acquisto di 3 paia di Jeans dal conto corrente</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit4.png" alt="Acquisto di 3 Jeans"><div class="caption"><p>
-            Questa immagine mostra la transazione suddivisa per l'acquisto di 3 Jeans
-          </p></div></div></div><p>Si apra poi il conto Uscite:Abbigliamento e lo si visualizzi nello stile a "Libro mastro basilare".
-     Come si può vedere, sono presenti tre voci, mentre nel conto corrente ne era presente solamente una.
-     Guardando attentamente, si noterà che ogni riga presenta un importo differente di €200, €300 e €500.
-     Ogni transazione rispecchia una suddivisione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit5.png" alt="Un salto al conto Uscite:Abbigliamento"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span>
-          nella modalità a "libro mastro basilare".</p></div></div></div><p>Se si visualizza il conto Uscite:Abbigliamento nella modalità "giornale della transazione", verrà di nuovo
-	visualizzata solamente la transazione suddivisa originale.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit6.png" alt="Un salto al conto Uscite:Abbigliamento"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> nella
-	  modalità "giornale della transazione".</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-registers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.2. Il registro contabile </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. Il registro contabile"><link rel="next" href="txns-shortcuts1.html" title="4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-registers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-regstyle1"></a>4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> offre diverse opzioni per visualizzare il registro. Lo stile predefinito è a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Libro mastro basilare</strong></span>, che visualizza solo il sommario delle suddivisioni che interessano il conto selezionato. Questo è lo stile che rassomiglia maggiormente a quello di altri programmi finanziari.</p><p>È possibile scegliere uno stile differente per il registro selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Mastro a espansione automatica</strong></span> in modo che la transazione selezionata venga es!
 pansa automaticamente. Nel momento in cui viene selezionata una nuova transazione nel registro, questa viene automaticamente espansa per mostrare tutte le suddivisioni. Scegliendo invece <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Giornale della transazione</strong></span> si attiva uno stile simile al giornale di contabilità in cui tutte le suddivisioni sono mostrate per ogni transazione.</p><p>Tutti gli stili consentono di visualizzare i dati sia su una singola riga che in modalità a doppia linea. Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Doppia linea</strong></span> e la linea di ogni transazione verrà ampliata a due linee di registro.</p><p>Si descriveranno ora in dettaglio le differenze tra la visualizzazione a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Libro mastro basilare</strong></span> e quella a <span class="emphasis"><strong>Giornale della transazione</strong></span>.</p><p>Per questo esempio, si assuma di avere un conto corrente con €10.000, e che si sia deciso di acquistare 3 paia di Jeans per €1.000. La transazione corrispondente può essere registrata come singola, trasferendo €1.000 al conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span>. In alternativa si può creare una transazione suddivisa, e registrare individualmente l’acquisto di ogni paio di Jeans.</p><p>Tecnicamente il risultato è identico, ma da un punto di vista contabile, quando viene registrato singolarmente ogni acquisto di un Jeans, nel conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> verranno registrate tre diverse transazioni.</p><p>L’immagine seguente illustrerà il concetto in modo più chiaro.</p><p>Si inizi acquistando dei Jeans dal conto corrente</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit4.png" alt="Acquisto di 3 Jeans"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra la transazione suddivisa per l’acquisto di 3 Jeans!
 </p></div></div></div><p>Aprire poi il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> e visualizzarlo nello stile a Libro mastro basilare. Come si può vedere, sono presenti tre voci, mentre nel conto corrente ne era presente solamente una. Guardando attentamente, si noterà che ogni riga presenta un importo differente di €200, €300 e €500. Ogni transazione rispecchia una suddivisione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit5.png" alt="Uno sguardo al conto Uscite:Abbigliamento"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> nella modalità a libro mastro basilare.</p></div></div></div><p>Se si visualizza il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> nella modalità giornale della transazione, verrà di nuovo visualizzata solamente la transazione suddivisa originale.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit6.png" alt="Uno sguardo al conto Uscite:Abbigliamento"><div class="caption"><p>Questa immagine mostra il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Abbigliamento</strong></span> nella modalità giornale della transazione.</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-registers1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.2. Il registro contabile </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,58 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-regstyle1.html" title="4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro"><link rel="next" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-regstyle1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-shortcuts1"></a>4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l'immissione dei dati</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash fornisce diverse scorciatoie che permettono di risparmiare
-    tempo nella fase di immissione dei dati. Quando si digitano pochi caratteri 
-    iniziali di una descrizione che è stata usata in precedenza, la funzione di
-    Quickfill completa automaticamente il resto della transazione così come è 
-    stata immessa l'ultima volta. Quando si digitano i primi caratteri del
-    nome di un conto nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> sulla linea
-    della transazione o nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span> sulla linea della
-    suddivisione, Quickfill completerà automaticamente il nome dalla lista
-    dei conti. Assiste anche nella scelta dei sottoconti in questi campi:
-    basta digitare il primo carattere del conto padre seguito dai due punti
-    e dal primo carattere del nome del sottoconto. Per esempio, per selezionare
-    <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>,  è sufficiente digitare
-    <strong class="userinput"><code>A:C</code></strong> e lasciare a GnuCash il compito di completare
-    il resto.</p><p>Anche le scorciatoie da tastiera per il registro permettono di risparmiare 
-    tempo e GnuCash ne fornisce diverse. Nel campo della data si può premere:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>=</strong></span> per aumentare la data
-        e <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>_</strong></span> per diminuire la data</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>]</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>}</strong></span> per aumentare il mese
-        e <span class="keycap"><strong>[</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>{</strong></span> per diminuire il mese</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>m</strong></span> per inserire la prima 
-        data del mese</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>h</strong></span> per inserire l'ultima 
-        data del mese</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Y</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>y</strong></span> per inserire la prima 
-        data dell'anno</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>R</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>r</strong></span> per inserire l'ultima 
-        data dell'anno</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>T</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>t</strong></span> per inserire la data 
-        odierna</p></li></ul></div><p>Nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span> nella linea di una transazione, 
-    è possibile premere <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> per incrementare il numero della transazione
-    mentre premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> verrà diminuito il numero.
-    Questo funzionerà anche nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> nella linea
-    della suddivisione, se si sceglie di immettere i numeri della suddivisione qui.
-    Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> supporta anche Quickfill: se si digitano
-    i primi caratteri di una operazione ordinaria (come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Deposito</strong></span>),
-    GnuCash completerà il resto.</p><p>Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> supporta il Quickfill
-    dei nomi dei conti. Si può iniziare a digitare il nome di un conto e
-    GnuCash completerà la parte restante del nome. Digitando il carattere separatore
-    in qualsiasi momento completerà il livello corrente del nome del conto, lasciando
-    il cursore posizionato all'inizio del livello successivo di nomi di conti. 
-	 Digitando, per esempio, "A:C" con il gruppo standard di conti verrà selezionato
-	 il conto "Attività:Conto corrente". Si possono anche digitare le chiavi
-    <span class="keycap"><strong>Menu</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-Giù</strong></span> in questo campo per visualizzare
-    la lista a comparsa dei nomi dei conti.</p><p>In ognuno dei campi per l'importo, si può usare una calcolatrice incorporata.
-    Digitare semplicemente il primo valore, seguito da un <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>,
-    <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>, <span class="keycap"><strong>*</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>/</strong></span>, poi inserire il
-    secondo valore. GnuCash eseguirà i calcoli e restituirà il valore risultante
-    nel campo dell'importo alla pressione del tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span>.</p><p>Per tutte le voci del menu sono definite delle chiavi di accesso che sono
-    indicate da caratteri sottolineati nei nome del menu. Premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span> +
-    [carattere sottolineato] per aprire il menu desiderato e selezionare poi una voce digitando
-    il carattere sottolineato corrispondente. Per esempio, premere Alt+T fa comparire il menu per le transazioni, poi premendo
-    <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> si potrà suddividere la transazione. Alcune delle voci
-    del menu hanno anch'esse delle scorciatoie che immediatamente invocano 
-    il comando (normalmente utilizzando il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>). Queste 
-    scorciatoie sono riportate a fianco della voce.</p><p>Per muoversi nel registro, utilizzare questi tasti per risparmiare 
-    tempo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per spostarsi al prossimo campo, Shift+Tab per spostarsi nel campo precedente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Home</strong></span> per spostarsi all'inizio del campo,
-        <span class="keycap"><strong>Fine</strong></span> per spostarsi alla fine del campo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>↓</strong></span> per spostarsi alla 
-        transazione successiva, <span class="keycap"><strong>↑</strong></span> per spostarsi alla transazione
-        precedente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Pag Sù</strong></span> per muoversi verso l'alto di una schermata,
-        <span class="keycap"><strong>Pg giù</strong></span> per muoversi verso il basso di una schermata</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Shift+Pag Sù per raggiungere la prima transazione, Shift+Pag Giù per raggiungere l'ultima transazione</p></li></ul></div><p>Nella finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> possono essere usate le
-    seguenti scorciatoie da tastiera:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> sposta al riquadro successivo
-        <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span>-<span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> sposta al riquadro precedente
-        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La barra spaziatrice alterna lo stato tra riconciliata e non
-        riconciliata</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>↑</strong></span> e <span class="keycap"><strong>↓</strong></span> permettono di spostarsi tra
-	gli elementi nel riquadro selezionato</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-regstyle1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.5. Riconciliazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-regstyle1.html" title="4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro"><link rel="next" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-regstyle1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-shortcuts1"></a>4.4. Utilizzare le scorciatoie per l’immissione dei dati</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce diverse scorciatoie che permettono di risparmiare tempo nella fase di immissione dei dati. Quando si digitano pochi caratteri iniziali di una descrizione che è stata usata in precedenza, la funzione di Quickfill completa automaticamente il resto della transazione così come è stata immessa l’ultima volta. Quando si digitano i primi caratteri del nome di un conto nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> sulla riga della transazione o nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span> sul!
 la riga della suddivisione, Quickfill completerà automaticamente il nome dalla lista dei conti. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> assiste anche nella scelta dei sottoconti in questi campi: basta digitare il primo carattere del conto padre seguito dai due punti e dal primo carattere del nome del sottoconto. Per esempio, per selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>, è sufficiente digitare <strong class="userinput"><code>A:C</code></strong> e lasciare a </p><p>Anche le scorciatoie da tastiera per il registro permettono di risparmiare tempo e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ne fornisce diverse. Nel campo della data si può premere:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>=</strong></span> per aumentare la data e <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>_</strong></span> per diminuire la data</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>]</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>}</strong></span> per aumentare il mese e <span class="keycap"><strong>[</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>{</strong></span> per diminuire il mese</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>m</strong></span> per inserire la prima data del mese</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>h</strong></span> per inserire l’ultima data del mese</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Y</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>y</strong></span> per inserire la prima data dell’anno</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>R</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>r</strong></span> per inserire l’ultima data dell’anno</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"!
 ><strong>T</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>t</strong></span> per inserire la data odierna</p></li></ul></div><p>Nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span> nella linea di una transazione, è possibile premere <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> per incrementare il numero della transazione, mentre premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> verrà diminuito il numero. Questo funzionerà anche nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> nella linea della suddivisione, se si sceglie di immettere i numeri della suddivisione qui. Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> supporta anche <span class="emphasis"><strong>Quickfill</strong></span>: se si digitano i primi caratteri di una operazione comune (come <span class="emphasis"><strong>Deposito</strong></span>), <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> completerà il resto.</p><p>Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> supporta il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Quickfill</strong></span> dei nomi dei conti. Iniziando a digitare il nome di un conto, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> completerà la parte restante del nome con quello di un conto esistente. Digitando il carattere separatore in qualsiasi momento, verrà completato il livello corrente del nome del conto, lasciando il cursore posizionato all’inizio del successivo livello di nomi di conti. Digitando, per esempio, <span class="keycap"><strong>A:C</strong></span> con il gruppo standard di conti, verrà selezionato il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Attività:Conto corrente</strong></span>. Si possono anche selezionare i tasti <span class="keycap"><strong>Menu</strong></span> o Ctrl+Giù in questo campo per visualizzare la lista a comparsa dei nomi dei conti.</p><p>In ognuno dei campi per l’importo, si può usare una calcolatrice incorporata. Digitare semplicemente il primo valore, seguito da un <span class="keycap"><strong>+</stro!
 ng></span>, <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>, <span class="keycap"><strong>*</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>/</strong></span>, poi inserire il secondo valore. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> eseguirà i calcoli e restituirà il valore risultante nel campo dell’importo alla pressione del tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span>.</p><p>Per tutte le voci del menu sono definite delle chiavi di accesso che sono indicate da caratteri sottolineati nei nome del menu. Premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span> + [carattere sottolineato] per aprire il menu desiderato e selezionare poi una voce digitando il carattere sottolineato corrispondente. Per esempio, premere Alt+T per far comparire il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span>, poi premere <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span> per suddividere la transazione. Alcune delle voci del menu hanno anch’esse delle scorciatoie che immediatamente invocano il comando (normalmente utilizzando il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>). Queste scorciatoie sono riportate a fianco della voce.</p><p>Per muoversi nel registro, utilizzare questi tasti per risparmiare tempo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per spostarsi al prossimo campo, Maiusc+Tab per spostarsi nel campo precedente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Home</strong></span> per spostarsi all’inizio del campo, <span class="keycap"><strong>Fine</strong></span> per spostarsi alla fine del campo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>↓</strong></span> per spostarsi alla transazione successiva, <span class="keycap"><strong>↑</strong></span> per spostarsi alla transazione precedente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Pag Sù</strong></span> per muoversi verso!
  l’alto di una schermata, <span class="keycap"><strong>Pg giù</strong></span> per muoversi verso il basso di una schermata</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maiusc+Pag Sù per raggiungere la prima transazione, Maiusc+Pag Giù per raggiungere l’ultima transazione</p></li></ul></div><p>Nella finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> possono essere usate le seguenti scorciatoie da tastiera:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> sposta al riquadro successivo e Maiusc+Tab sposta al riquadro precedente</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La barra spaziatrice alterna lo stato tra riconciliata e non riconciliata</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="keycap"><strong>↑</strong></span> e <span class="keycap"><strong>↓</strong></span> permettono di spostarsi tra gli elementi nel riquadro selezionato</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-regstyle1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-reconcile1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.3. Scegliere uno stile per il registro </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.5. Riconciliazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,71 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Transazioni pianificate</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Guida ai concetti e manuale"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione"><link rel="next" href="txns-puttoget1.html" title="4.7. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Transazioni pianificate</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.6. Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-sxn1"></a>4.6. Transazioni pianificate</h2></div></div></div><p>Le transazioni pianificate sono create per assistere nell'immissione
-    di operazioni ripetitive con il denaro quali sottoscrizioni, assicurazioni
-    e tasse. Utilizzando le transazioni pianificate, si deve inserire la transazione
-    in oggetto una sola volta, impostare alcuni parametri come la data di inizio,
-    la frequenza e una breve descrizione, e poi GnuCash avvertirà ogniqualvolta
-    sarà pronto a creare una nuova transazione e la creerà.</p><p>In questa guida pratica, si considererà una sottoscrizione mensile al servizio
-    internet di 20 Euro che viene pagata il 28 di ogni mese.</p><p>In GnuCash, si possono creare delle transazioni pianificate in due modi:
-    dal libro mastro o dalla voce del menu <span class="guibutton">Editor transazioni
-    pianificate</span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-ledger2"></a>4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro</h3></div></div></div><p>Inserire la prima scadenza della transazione da pianificare nel libro
-	mastro.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png" alt="Passo 1: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 1: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro
-		mastro</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Dato che non è ancora stato creato il conto Uscite:Internet, GnuCash
-        ne richiederà la creazione.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Cliccare poi con il tasto destro sulla transazione e selezionare
-      "Pianifica..."</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png" alt="Passo 2: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 2: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro
-		mastro</p></div></div></div><p>Verrà visualizzata una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png" alt="Passo 3: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 3: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro
-		mastro</p></div></div></div><p>Si compilino i valori richiesti; la sottoscrizione è prelevata il 28 di 
-	ogni mese e la successiva sarà per il mese prossimo (dato che quella per questo 
-	mese è stata inserita manualmente):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png" alt="Inserimento dei dati nella transazione pianificata"><div class="caption"><p>inserimento dei dati nella transazione pianificata</p></div></div></div><p>Premere il pulsante «OK» e la transazione verrà pianificata.
-        GnuCash ha ora memorizzato la transazione pianificata e, il 28 del mese
-	prossimo, presenterà una finestra in cui verrà richiesto se la transazione deve 
-	essere creata (vedere più in basso per un'immagine di questa finestra).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell' "Editor transazioni pianificate""><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-editor2"></a>4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell' "Editor transazioni pianificate"</h3></div></div></div><p>Un altro modo per inserire una transazione pianificata è dalla finestra
-      dell'"Editor transazioni pianificate"; questo metodo può essere più veloce
-      se si devono creare più transazioni in una sola volta.</p><p>Dalla finestra principale dei conti, selezionare il menu Operazioni
-      e scegliere transazioni pianificate; dovrebbe aprirsi un sotto menu dove
-      si dovrà selezionare la voce "Editor transazioni pianificate".</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png" alt="Passo 1: creazione della transazione pianificata dalla finestra di modifica"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 1: creazione della transazione pianificata dalla
-            finestra di modifica</p></div></div></div><p>Verrà aperta una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png" alt="Passo 2: creazione della transazione pianificata dalla finestra di modifica"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 2: creazione della transazione pianificata dalla
-            finestra di modifica</p></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra contiene una lista, per ora vuota, di tutte le
-      transazioni pianificate. Se ne crei una nuova premendo il pulsante «Nuovo»;
-      si aprirà una nuova finestra:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png" alt="Passo 3: creazione della transazione pianificata dalla finestra di modifica"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 3: creazione della transazione pianificata dalla
-            finestra di modifica</p></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra può apparire complicata ma in realtà
-	è semplice da capire. Per prima cosa, si inserisca il nome
-	da assegnare alla nuova transazione pianificata; questo nome
-	identificherà univocamente la transazione nella finestra di
-	modifica della transazione pianificata e non apparirà mai
-	nel libro mastro.</p><p>In seguito si inseriranno i vari parametri della transazione. La 
-	sottoscrizione è prelevata il 28 di ogni mese, quindi la data di partenza
-	sarà il 1° Novembre 2003 (assumendo che Novembre sia il mese prossimo), la
-	frequenza sarà "Mensile"; verrà quindi prelevata il 28 di ogni mese.</p><p>Nella linguetta "Opzioni" sono presenti tre opzioni:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>"Crea automaticamente" questa transazione verrà inserita automaticamente nel
-	  libro mastro senza che prima venga richiesta nessuna conferma (vedere più sotto)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"Crea in anticipo di:" è esplicito</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"Ricorda in anticipo di:" è esplicito ed è utilizzato, per esempio,
-	   quando si deve pagare con un assegno; GnuCash può ricordare l'incombenza
-	   una settimana prima così da poter inviare l'assegno prima della scadenza.</p></li></ul></div><p>La voce fine permette di dire a GnuCash che questa transazione non durerà per 
-	sempre, per esempio se si sta ripagando un prestito, si può selezionare la data di
-	termine del prestito.</p><p>Dato che nell'esempio la sottoscrizione internet è prelevata
-	automaticamente dal conto, non c'è bisogno di crearla in anticipo
-	o di fornire una data di termine.</p><p>Infine, inserire la transazione nella parte bassa come si farebbe nel libro mastro,
-	 con la sola differenza che non ha una data.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">ATTENZIONE: non utilizzare il tasto «Invio» come nel libro mastro, dato che attiverà il
-	pulsante predefinito per la finestra che è «Annulla». Invece, si utilizzi il tasto «Tab» per spostarsi
-	nel campo successivo e, quando è terminata l'immissione della transazione, premere il 
-	pulsante «Inserisci» per confermarla.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Ora, si dovrebbe avere una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png" alt="Validazione di una transazione pianificata nella finestra di modifica"><div class="caption"><p>Validazione di una transazione pianificata nella finestra di modifica</p></div></div></div><p>Si ricordi di premere l'icona «Inserisci», per convalidare e immettere la transazione.</p><p>Premendo «Ok», si tornerà alla finestra precedente, ora con un elemento
-	nella lista:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png" alt="Validazione di una transazione pianificata nella finestra di modifica"><div class="caption"><p>Validazione di una transazione pianificata nella finestra di modifica</p></div></div></div><p>Se si clicca nel calendario in corrispondenza del primo giorno del mese,
-	una piccola finestra, che seguirà il mouse, mostrerà ciò che è pianificato
-	in quel giorno. Per far scomparire la finestra è sufficiente cliccare su di essa
-	una volta.</p><p>Ora è possibile chiudere la finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata e
-      <span class="guilabel"><strong>salvare</strong></span> il proprio lavoro.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quello mostrato di seguito è solo a titolo esemplificativo e non deve
-	essere immesso nel file di GnuCash in questa fase. Avendo questo esempio come base,	
-	la finestra più sotto apparirà quando la transazione pianificata è impostata per
-	essere inserita.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>D'ora in poi, ogni primo giorno del mese (o la prima volta che si avvia
-	GnuCash dopo questo giorno) una finestra apparirà per ricordare la creazione
-	di questa transazione.:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png" alt="Finestra di promemoria per la transazione pianificata"><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di promemoria per la transazione pianificata</p></div></div></div><p>E' possibile selezionare un elemento dalla lista per visualizzare i dettagli della transazione
-	nella parte inferiore e poi premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per
-      proseguire.</p><p>Premendo «Avanti», apparirà una finestra che riassume tutte le transazioni
-	che verranno create:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png" alt="Sommario della transazione pianificata"><div class="caption"><p>Sommario della transazione pianificata</p></div></div></div><p>In questa finestra è possibile modificare la transazione che verrà creata.
-	Per esempio, questo mese l'ISP offre una promozione particolare con la quale 
-	l'abbonamento costa solamente €10, così si può modificare l'importo portandolo da 
-	20 a 10.</p><p>Quando si è terminato con questa finestra, premere
-      <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> e nella finestra successiva premere
-      <span class="guibutton">Applica</span>. La finestra scomparirà e la transazione
-	verrà creata.</p><p>Controllando poi il conto bancario, si noterà che la transazione è
-	stata creata:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png" alt="Transazione pianificata creata"><div class="caption"><p>Transazione pianificata creata</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si è immessa la transazione per il 28 Aprile in questa fase,       
-	si ritorni all'ultimo file di GnuCash. Selezionare
-        <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> -><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri</strong></span> e si
-        scelga <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code></p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.5. Riconciliazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.7. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Transazioni pianificate</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Capitolo 4. Transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Riconciliazione"><link rel="next" href="txns-puttoget1.html" title="4.7. In pratica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Transazioni pianificate</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.6. Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-sxn1"></a>4.6. Transazioni pianificate</h2></div></div></div><p>Le transazioni pianificate sono utili per assistere nell’immissione di operazioni ripetitive con il denaro quali sottoscrizioni, assicurazioni e tasse. Utilizzando le transazioni pianificate, basta inserire la transazione in oggetto una sola volta, impostare alcuni parametri come la data di inizio, la frequenza e una breve descrizione, e poi <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> avvertirà ogniqualvolta sarà pronto a creare una nuova transazione oppure la creerà automaticamente.</p><p>In questa guida pratica, si considererà una sottoscrizione mensile al servizio internet di 20 Euro che viene pagata il 28 di ogni mese.</p><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, si possono creare delle transazioni !
 pianificate in due modi: <a class="link" href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2" title="4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro">dal libro mastro</a> o <a class="link" href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2" title="4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell’Editor transazioni pianificate">dall’Editor transazioni pianificate</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-ledger2"></a>4.6.1. Creazione dal libro mastro</h3></div></div></div><p>Inserire nel registro la prima occorrenza della propria transazione da pianificare. Nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> per questa transazione, digitare <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Internet</strong></span> come mostrato nell’immagine seguente.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png" alt="Passo 1: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 1: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Dato che non è ancora stato creato il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite:Internet</strong></span>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ne richiederà la creazione.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Fare clic poi con il tasto destro sulla transazione e selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pianifica...</strong></span></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png" alt="Passo 2: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 2: creazione d!
 ella transazione pianificata dal libro mastro</p></div></div></div><p>Verrà visualizzata una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png" alt="Passo 3: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro"><div class="caption"><p>Passo 3: creazione della transazione pianificata dal libro mastro</p></div></div></div><p>Si compilino i valori richiesti; la sottoscrizione è prelevata il 28 di ogni mese e la successiva sarà per il mese prossimo (dato che quella per questo mese è stata inserita manualmente):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png" alt="Inserimento dei dati nella transazione pianificata"><div class="caption"><p>Inserimento dei dati nella transazione pianificata</p></div></div></div><p>Premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> e la transazione verrà pianificata. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ha ora memorizzato la transazione pianificata e, il 28 del mese prossimo, presenterà una finestra in cui verrà richiesto se la transazione deve essere creata (un’immagine di questa finestra è riportata qui sotto).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell’Editor transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-editor2"></a>4.6.2. Creazione dalla finestra dell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>Un altro modo per inserire una transazione pianificata è dalla finestra dell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span>; questo metodo può essere più veloce se si devono creare più transazioni in una sola volta.</p><p>Dalla finestra principale dei conti selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</str!
 ong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>. Verrà così aperta una nuova scheda denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> come quella riportata di seguito:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png" width="510" alt="Scheda Transazioni pianificate vuota"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> vuota</p></div></div></div><p>Questa scheda contiene un elenco, per ora vuoto, di tutte le transazioni pianificate. Crearne una nuova premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>; si aprirà una nuova finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png" width="510" alt="Editor transazioni pianificate — scheda In generale"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> — scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span></p></div></div></div><p>Inserire dapprima un nome per la nuova transazione pianificata nell’apposito campo nella parte superiore della finestra.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Il nome identifica la transazione solamente nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni p!
 ianificate</strong></span>, non apparirà mai nel registro.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Nel riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> della scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> sono disponibili quattro opzioni:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Attiva</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Imposta lo stato della transazione pianificata.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea automaticamente</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Se abilitata, la transazione verrà inserita nel libro mastro senza che venga richiesta alcuna conferma (vedere nel seguito). Se necessario, è possibile essere avvisati al momento dell’inserimento della transazione abilitando l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Notifica quando creata</strong></span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea in anticipo di</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Imposta il tempo in anticipio con cui la transazione pianificata verrà creata.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda in anticipo di</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Imposta l’anticipo con cui notificare la scadenza della transazione. È utile, per esempio, quando si deve pagare con un assegno; <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> può ricordare l’incombenza una settimana prima così da poter inviare l’assegno prima della scadenza.</p></dd></dl></div><p>Il riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scadenze</strong></span> permette di dire a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> che questa transazione non durerà per sempre; per esempio se si sta ripagando un prestito, si può selezionare la data di termine del prestito o il numero di rate rimanenti.</p><p>Selezionare poi la scheda della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span> nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianifi!
 cate</strong></span>. Qui è possibile impostare le opzioni relative al tempo per la transazione.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png" width="510" alt="Editor transazioni pianificate — scheda Frequenza"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> — scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span></p></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Imposta la frequenza di base della transazione; selezionare un valore tra <span class="guilabel"><strong>una volta</strong></span>,<span class="guilabel"><strong>quotidiana</strong></span>,<span class="guilabel"><strong>settimanale</strong></span>,<span class="guilabel"><strong>quindicinale</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>mensile</strong></span>. In questo esempio verrà impostata a <span class="guilabel"><strong>mensile</strong></span></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È possibile impostare delle scadenze a intervalli <span class="emphasis"><strong>diversi</strong></span> da quelli elencati nell’elenco delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenze</strong></span>, modificando le impostazioni della voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ogni</strong></span> (vedere nel seguito).</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d’inizio</strong></span></strong></spa!
 n></dt><dd><p>Imposta l’inizio della transazione. Nell’esempio, questa sarà l’inizio del mese prossimo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ogni</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa opzione permette di pianificare letransazioni in periodi multipli del valore impostato come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span>. Per esempio, per creare una transazione pianificata ogni 3 settimane, impostare la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span> a <span class="guilabel"><strong>settimanale</strong></span> e il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ogni</strong></span> a <span class="guilabel"><strong>3</strong></span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Poi il</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>a eccezione dei fine settimana</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Imposta il giorno del mese in cui è pianificata la transazione e controlla il comportamento di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> quando la scadenza coincide con un giorno del fine settimana.</p></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">La sottoscrizione è prelevata il 28 di ogni mese, quindi la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d’inizio</strong></span> sarà il 1° Novembre 2003 (assumendo che Novembre sia il mese prossimo) e la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span> sarà <span class="guilabel"><strong>mensile</strong></span>; verrà quindi prelevata il 28 di ogni mese. Dato che nell’esempio l’abbonamento internet viene prelevato automaticamente dal conto, non sarà necessario né creare la transazione in anticipo né!
  impostare una data finale.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Quando le voci di questa scheda sono state completate, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> evidenzierà le scadenze future nel calendario sulla parte inferiore della finestra.</p><p>Infine, selezionare la scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modello di transazione</strong></span> e inserire la transazione nella parte bassa come si farebbe nel libro mastro, con la sola differenza che non è richiesta una data.</p><p>Ora, si dovrebbe avere una finestra come questa:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png" width="510" alt="Editor transazioni pianificate — scheda Modello di transazione"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> — scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modello di transazione</strong></span></p></div></div></div><p>Si ricordi di premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span>, per convalidare e immettere la transazione.</p><p>Premendo <span class="guibutton">Ok</span>, si tornerà alla scheda delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>, ora con un elemento nella lista delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span>:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png" width="510" alt="Transazione pianificata inserita"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Transazione pianificata inserita</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25">!
 <img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Facendo clic nel calendario in corrispondenza del primo giorno del mese, una piccola finestra, che seguirà il mouse, mostrerà ciò che è pianificato in quel giorno. Per far scomparire la finestra è sufficiente fare clic su di essa una volta.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Ora è possibile chiudere la scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> e salvare il proprio lavoro.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quello mostrato di seguito è solo a titolo esemplificativo e non deve essere immesso nel file di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> in questa fase. Avendo questo esempio come base, la finestra più sotto apparirà quando la transazione pianificata è impostata per essere inserita.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>D’ora in poi, quando si avvia <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e se è in scadenza o se deve essere inserita una transazione pianificata, potrebbe essere visualizzata la finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span> che riassume le operazioni pendenti relative alle transazioni pianificate (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Da creare</strong></span> ecc... una descrizione di ogni opzioni è fornita nel manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr>!
 <td><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png" width="510" alt="Finestra di promemoria per la transazione pianificata"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Finestra di promemoria per la transazione pianificata</p></div></div></div><p>È possibile fare clic nella colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stato</strong></span> per modificare lo stato della transazione pianificata, se necessario. Fare poi clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> per chiudere la finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio...</strong></span> e applicare le eventuali modifiche. Selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> per scartare le operazioni impostate.</p><p>Se il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stato</strong></span> era già (o è stato impostato) a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Da creare</strong></span>, se si controlla nel registro del conto bancario, si noterà che la transazione è stata creata:</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Abilitando l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Controlla le transazioni create</strong></span> nella parte inferiore destra della finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio...</strong></span>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aprirà, dopo aver premuto il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ok</span>, la scheda del registro di ogni conto in cui sono state inserite automaticamente le transazioni pianificate.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" al!
 ign="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se la transazione per il 28 Aprile è stata inserita in questa fase, <span class="emphasis"><strong>ritornare</strong></span> all’ultimo file salvato di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri</strong></span> e selezionare <code class="filename">gcashdata_3</code></p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.5. Riconciliazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.7. In pratica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-guide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="tip-of-the-day.html" title="3.4. Suggerimento del giorno"><link rel="next" href="windows.html" title="4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tip-of-the-day.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="windows.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="GUIMenus"></a>Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="windows.html">4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="windows.html#Main-window">4.1.1. Finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s02.html">4.2. La scheda dei conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-men!
 us">4.2.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-toolbar">4.2.2. Struttura dei conti - Pulsanti e icone della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#Common-Tab-bar">4.2.3. Barra delle schede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-main-bar">4.2.4. Riquadro principale - Struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#Common-summary-bar">4.2.5. Barra di riepilogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar">4.2.6. Barra di stato</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s03.html">4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#account-register">4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-menus">4.3.2. Menu del registro dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-toolbar">4.3.3. Registro del conto - Icone e pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Common-tab-bar">4.3.4. Barra delle schede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-display-main">4.3.5. Elenco delle transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-summary-bar2">4.3.6. Barra di riepilogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-status-bar">4.3.7. Barra di stato</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s04.html">4.4. Finestra del resoconto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#report-display">4.4.1. Finestra di visualizzazione del resoconto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-menus">4.4.2. Menu Resoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a !
 href="ch04s04.html#Report-tool-bar">4.4.3. Resoconti - Icone dei pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-tab-bar">4.4.4. Barra delle schede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#report-main">4.4.5. Schermata principale del resoconto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-summary-bar">4.4.6. Barra di riepilogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-status-bar">4.4.7. Barra di stato</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s05.html">4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-display">4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s06.html">4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s06.html#trans-SX-display">4.6.1. Finestra principale delle transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>La finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mostra i conti, i resoconti, le voci dei menu e gli strumenti disponibili per l'elaborazione dei propri dati finanziari. Questa sezione fornisce una panoramica delle differenti finestre e sezioni di finestre che si incontreranno utilizzando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>I collegamenti nelle varie tabelle forniranno ulteriori dettagli sull'argomento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tip-of-the-day.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="windows.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.4. !
 Suggerimento del giorno </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="tip-of-the-day.html" title="3.4. Suggerimento del giorno"><link rel="next" href="windows.html" title="4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tip-of-the-day.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="windows.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="GUIMenus"></a>Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="windows.html">4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="windows.html#Main-window">4.1.1. Finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s02.html">4.2. La scheda dei conti</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-men!
 us">4.2.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-toolbar">4.2.2. Struttura dei conti - Pulsanti e icone della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#Common-Tab-bar">4.2.3. Barra delle schede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-main-bar">4.2.4. Riquadro principale - Struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#Common-summary-bar">4.2.5. Barra di riepilogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar">4.2.6. Barra di stato</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s03.html">4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#account-register">4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-menus">4.3.2. Menu del registro dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-toolbar">4.3.3. Registro del conto - Icone e pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Common-tab-bar">4.3.4. Barra delle schede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-display-main">4.3.5. Elenco delle transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-summary-bar2">4.3.6. Barra di riepilogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-status-bar">4.3.7. Barra di stato</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s04.html">4.4. Finestra del resoconto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#report-display">4.4.1. Finestra di visualizzazione del resoconto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-menus">4.4.2. Menu Resoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a !
 href="ch04s04.html#Report-tool-bar">4.4.3. Resoconti - Icone dei pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-tab-bar">4.4.4. Barra delle schede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#report-main">4.4.5. Schermata principale del resoconto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-summary-bar">4.4.6. Barra di riepilogo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s04.html#Report-status-bar">4.4.7. Barra di stato</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s05.html">4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-display">4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch04s06.html">4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch04s06.html#trans-SX-display">4.6.1. Finestra principale delle transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>La finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mostra i conti, i resoconti, le voci dei menu e gli strumenti disponibili per l’elaborazione dei propri dati finanziari. Questa sezione fornisce una panoramica delle differenti finestre e sezioni di finestre che si incontreranno utilizzando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>I collegamenti nelle varie tabelle forniranno ulteriori dettagli sull’argomento.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tip-of-the-day.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="windows.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.!
 4. Suggerimento del giorno </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="Help-Window.html" title="2.1. Accedere all'aiuto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Help-Window.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Getting-Help"></a>Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="Help-Window.html">2.1. Accedere all'aiuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tutorial.html">2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="on-line-assistance.html">2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo documento è consultabile in due modi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>tramite le descrizioni dei componenti dell'interfaccia grafica !
 (GUI) si accede alle spiegazioni delle opzioni disponibili e alle loro funzioni, con collegamenti alle descrizioni più approfondite e alle istruzioni di utilizzo; <a class="xref" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash">Capitolo 4, <i>Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a>;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>classificando operazioni, compiti, o funzioni a seconda che si tratti di un conto, di una transazione, di un resoconto o altre operazioni particolari. Per esempio possono essere:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Operazioni sui conti - <a class="xref" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti">Capitolo 5, <i>Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Operazioni con transazioni e registro - <a class="xref" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni">Capitolo 6, <i>Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Strumenti e assistenti - <a class="xref" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti">Capitolo 7, <i>Strumenti e assistenti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconti e grafici - <a class="xref" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi">Capitolo 8, <i>Resoconti e diagrammi</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Personalizzazione - <a class="xref" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash">Capitolo 9, <i>Personalizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a></p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Indietro!
 </a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Help-Window.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Accedere all'aiuto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="Help-Window.html" title="2.1. Accedere all’aiuto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Help-Window.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Getting-Help"></a>Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="Help-Window.html">2.1. Accedere all’aiuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tutorial.html">2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="on-line-assistance.html">2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Questo documento è consultabile in due modi:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>tramite le descrizioni dei componenti dell’interfaccia gr!
 afica (GUI) si accede alle spiegazioni delle opzioni disponibili e alle loro funzioni, con collegamenti alle descrizioni più approfondite e alle istruzioni di utilizzo; <a class="xref" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash">Capitolo 4, <i>Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a>;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>classificando operazioni, compiti, o funzioni a seconda che si tratti di un conto, di una transazione, di un resoconto o altre operazioni particolari. Per esempio possono essere:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>Operazioni sui conti - <a class="xref" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti">Capitolo 5, <i>Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Operazioni con transazioni e registro - <a class="xref" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni">Capitolo 6, <i>Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Strumenti e assistenti - <a class="xref" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti">Capitolo 7, <i>Strumenti e assistenti</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconti e grafici - <a class="xref" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi">Capitolo 8, <i>Resoconti e diagrammi</i></a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Personalizzazione - <a class="xref" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash">Capitolo 9, <i>Personalizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a></p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< In!
 dietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Help-Window.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Accedere all’aiuto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Accedere all'aiuto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="prev" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="next" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Accedere all'aiuto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Getting-Help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tutorial.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.1. Accedere all'aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="Help-Window"></a>2.1. Accedere all'aiuto</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra viene visualizzata accedendo al menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> e scegliendo o <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Guida ai concetti e manuale</strong></span> oppure <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Sommario (F1)</strong></span>. <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-help-menu" title="4.2.1.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto">Sezione 4.2.1.9, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span>»</a></p><p>La finestra di aiuto ha una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> il cui significato è descritto nel seguito.</p><div class="itemizedlist">!
 <ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> mostra l'argomento visualizzato in precedenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> mostra l'argomento visualizzato in precedenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Aiuto</span> permette di accedere alle pagine di aiuto di GNOME.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Cerca</span> Inserire qui il termine da ricercare nell'Aiuto di GNOME. Non cerca nell'aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il lato destro della finestra di aiuto mostra la pagina attualmente aperta. Il lato sinistro contiene invece la lista degli argomenti. Selezionando uno degli argomenti dell'aiuto, la corrispondente pagina verrà aperta nella finestra di destra.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Getting-Help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tutorial.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Accedere all’aiuto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="prev" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="next" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Accedere all’aiuto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Getting-Help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tutorial.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.1. Accedere all’aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="Help-Window"></a>2.1. Accedere all’aiuto</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra viene visualizzata accedendo al menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> e scegliendo o <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Guida ai concetti e manuale</strong></span> oppure <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Sommario (F1)</strong></span>. <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-help-menu" title="4.2.1.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto">Sezione 4.2.1.9, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span>»</a></p><p>La finestra di aiuto ha una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> il cui significato è descritto nel seguito.</p><div class="itemiz!
 edlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> mostra l’argomento visualizzato in precedenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> mostra l’argomento visualizzato in precedenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Aiuto</span> permette di accedere alle pagine di aiuto di GNOME.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Cerca</span> Inserire qui il termine da ricercare nell’Aiuto di GNOME. Non cerca nell’aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il lato destro della finestra di aiuto mostra la pagina attualmente aperta. Il lato sinistro contiene invece la lista degli argomenti. Selezionando uno degli argomenti dell’aiuto, la corrispondente pagina verrà aperta nella finestra di destra.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Getting-Help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tutorial.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Reports.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Reports.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/Reports.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria"><link rel="next" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. Resoconti generali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-calc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Reports"></a>Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-general.html">8.1. Resoconti generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-assets.html">8.2. Attività e passività</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-income.html">8.3. Entrate e Uscite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-biz.html">8.4. Resoconti per gli affari</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-custom.html">8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-print.html">8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-create.html">8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</a></span></dt></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/tr!
 ansitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione è ancora in lavorazione; tutto il materiale non è stato corretto per la V2.0. Anche se non sarà rigorosamente accurato, costituisce comunque una guida.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Resoconti e diagrammi permettono a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di presentare una vista generale dei dati finanziari in vari modi. Questi strumenti vanno da un semplice sommario dei totali del conto ad una visualizzazione avanzata di un portafoglio. Questa sezione presenterà una spiegazione dei principali resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e su come personalizzarli</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> classifica i resoconti principali in quattro classi; questi sono tutti disponibili nel menu resoconti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-calc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.1. Resoconti generali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria"><link rel="next" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. Resoconti generali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-calc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Reports"></a>Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-general.html">8.1. Resoconti generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-assets.html">8.2. Attività e passività</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-income.html">8.3. Entrate e Uscite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-biz.html">8.4. Resoconti per gli affari</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-custom.html">8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-print.html">8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="report-create.html">8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</a></span></dt></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/tr!
 ansitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">work in process</span>»</span> all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0. While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide".</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Resoconti e diagrammi permettono a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di presentare una vista generale dei dati finanziari in vari modi. Questi strumenti vanno da un semplice sommario dei totali del conto ad una visualizzazione avanzata di un portafoglio. Questa sezione presenterà una spiegazione dei principali resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e su come personalizzarli</p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> classifica i resoconti principali in quattro classi; questi sono tutti disponibili nel menu resoconti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-calc.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-general.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.1. Resoconti generali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-create.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-create.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-create.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="chart-edit.html" title="5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti"><link rel="next" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.4. Creare un nuovo conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-create"></a>5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</h2></div></div></div><p>Per creare un nuovo conto selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo conto...</strong></span> o fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> quando è visualizzata la finestra della struttura dei conti. Verrà aperta la finestra per la creazione di un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p><p>La finestre di dialogo delle proprietà per un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span> consta di due schede, quella delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> e quella de!
 l <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio d'apertura</strong></span>. </p><p>Creare un nuovo conto richiede la pianificazione di alcuni dettagli che dovranno essere inseriti nella finestra di dialogo per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il tipo di conto di cui si ha bisogno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dove si deve posizionare nella struttura dei conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se è previsto un bilancio preventivo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se c'è la necessità di una commodity (titolo/valuta) per il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se si ha bisogno dell'aggiornamento online del prezzo della commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>Questi dettagli sono descritti nel seguito.</p><div class="sect2" title="5.4.1. Scheda delle informazioni generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="gen-info"></a>5.4.1. Scheda delle informazioni generali</h3></div></div></div><p>La scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> permette l'accesso alle informazioni di base del conto. Fornisce un modo di collegare il conto alle informazioni sulle azioni se si tratta di un tipo di conto per la valuta, per i fondi comuni o per le azioni. Qui, il conto può anche essere marcato come <a class="link" href="acct-create.html#accts-placeholder" title="Nota">segnaposto</a>; viene inoltre mostrato se il conto è identificato come <span class="guilabel"><strong>relativo alle tasse</strong></span> (che è configurato attraverso il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto tasse</strong></span>).</p><p>Sono presenti sette riquadri nella sezione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione</strong></span> di questa scheda.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome conto:</strong></span> il nome per il conto (ad esempio!
  Conto Corrente Banca).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Codice conto:</strong></span> un codice del conto opzionale come descritto in <a class="xref" href="chart-create.html#accts-code" title="Codici dei conti">Codici dei conti</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione:</strong></span> una descrizione opzionale per il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta:</strong></span> </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> alla voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Seleziona titolo</strong></span> dipende dalla selezione fatta nel pannello <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> nella schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Per i conti diversi da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Azioni</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Fondi comuni</strong></span> questa dovrebbe essere la valuta predefinita cioè EUR (Euro) o il simbolo della propria valuta locale. Se questo conto è per una valuta estera, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per scegliere una valuta differente dalla lista a comparsa delle valute.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per i conti contenenti azioni e fondi comuni; selezionare dapprima <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azioni</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi comuni</strong></span> nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span>, poi il <span clas!
 s="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>, infine usare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span>, per scegliere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> (normalmente il mercato dove il titolo viene scambiato) e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo</strong></span> dalla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta del titolo</strong></span>.</p><p>Se il titolo o il fondo di cui si ha bisogno non compare nell'elenco ma se ne conosce il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span>, è possibile creare il titolo o il fondo. Per creare una commodity per i fondi comuni e per le azioni, selezionare <span class="guibutton">Nuovo...</span>, nella schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta del titolo</strong></span>, per aprire la schermata del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo titolo:</strong></span>. Le opzioni presenti sono descritte in <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli">Sezione 7.7, «Editor titoli»</a>. Inserire un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span>, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>simbolo</strong></span>, selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> e infine premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per creare il titolo. Dopo che il titolo è stato creato, selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> (normalmente la borsa dove il titolo viene scambiato) e il nome nella lista a comparsa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta/titolo:</strong></span> e premere <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per chiudere la finestra.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frazione minima:</strong></span> la frazione minima che verrà registrata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del conto:</strong></span> il colore da assegnare alla scheda del registro relativo a questo conto. Fare clic sul pulsante del colore per aprire la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezio!
 ne del colore</strong></span>. Per ripristinare il colore del conto fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Predefinito</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Note:</strong></span> riquadro per inserire del testo liberamente; è utilizzato per qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al conto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Sotto a questi riqaudri, sono presenti delle opzioni: una indica se il conto è <span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativo alle tasse</strong></span> (impostabile tramite il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni tasse</strong></span>), mentre le altre due permettono di marcare il conto come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nascosto</strong></span>.</p><p>L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativo alle tasse</strong></span> permette di marcare il conto per essere incluso nelle esportazioni relative alle tasse. Questo attributo è visualizzato solamente nella schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica conto</strong></span> ed è impostato nella finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni tasse sulle entrate</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto tasse</strong></span>). Consultare la sezione sui resoconti delle tasse e sull'esportazione dei file <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> nel capitolo sui resoconti (<a class="xref" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. Resoconti generali">Sezione 8.1, «Resoconti generali»</a>).</p><p>L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> indica che il conto rappresenta solamente un segnaposto nella struttura; è utilizzato solamente per permettere l'impostazione di una struttura di conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border!
 ="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top"><a xmlns="" name="accts-placeholder"></a>Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> indica che il conto non deve essere utilizato per contenere i dati sulle transazioni. Se il conto è un <span class="guilabel"><strong>segnaposto</strong></span>, non potrà contenere delle transazioni: le transazioni potranno essere inserite solamente negli eventuali suoi sottoconti non identificati anch'essi come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nascosto</strong></span> permette di nascondere questo conto (e ogni suo sottoconto) nella struttura dei conti e di non visualizzarlo nella lista a comparsa dei conti nella finestra del registro. Per disabilitare questa opzione occorre andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filtra per...</strong></span> nella finestra della struttura dei conti, e abilitare l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza i conti nascosti</strong></span>. In questo modo sarà possibile selezionare il conto e riaprire questa finestra.</p><p>Il riquadro seguente contiene una elenco di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipi di conto</strong></span>. Selezionarne uno in base alla descrizione fornita in <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a>.</p><p>Il riquadro successivo contiene un albero dei conti dal quale scegliere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>. Per creare un nuovo albero dei conti, selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>. <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwal!
 sh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le scelte disponibili nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> dipendono dalla selezione effettuata nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>. Per esempio se il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>  è <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span> verrà mostrato solamente il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitale</strong></span>. Questo permette di mantenere una struttura dei conti coerente.</p></td></tr></table></div></p><div class="sect3" title="5.4.1.1. Procedura per abilitare l'aggiornamento dei prezzi online."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Online-price-setup"></a>5.4.1.1. Procedura per abilitare l'aggiornamento dei prezzi online.</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si affida a uno strumento esterno per recuperare le quotazioni via internet. Questo strumento è un modulo di Perl denominato <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> e deve essere installato sul proprio computer indipendentemente da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Il primo passo per abilitare l'aggiornamento delle quotazioni tramite internet consiste nell'assicurarsi che <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> sia installato correttamente.</p><p>Per sapere se il modulo di Perl <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è già installato nel sistema, digitare <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">perldoc Finance::!
 Quote</span>»</span> in una finestra del terminale e verificare se c'è qualche documentazione disponibile. Se c'è la documentazione allora il modulo è installato, altrimenti no.</p><p>L'installazione di <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> differisce a seconda del sistema operativo in uso. Per i vari sistemi supportati, è possibile seguire le seguenti linee guida:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Linux:</strong></span> la maggior parte delle distribuzioni (Fedora, openSuse, Mandriva, Ubuntu, ecc... ) forniscono un pacchetto nei propri repository per il modulo di perl <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>. Quindi nella maggior parte dei casi è sufficiente utilizzare il proprio gestore di pacchetti preferito (yum, apt, rpm, synaptics, yast, ecc...)  per installare il modulo. Il nome del pacchetto può variare da distribuzione a distribuzione. In genere ha un nome del tipo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">perl-Finance-Quote</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Windows:</strong></span> <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> su windows richiede che sia già installato perl. Se non lo è, è prima necessario installare ActivePerl.</p><p>Il file installabile di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disponibile sulla pagina principale, contiene un piccolo programma che assiste nell'installazione di <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>. È possibile raggiungerlo dal menu "Start" nel gruppo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ed è chiamato <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Installa la funzione di ricerca delle quotazioni online</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mac OS X:</strong></span> se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato installato dal pacc!
 hetto di installazione disponibile sulla pagina principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è già installato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se nessuno dei precedenti casi è adatto alla propria situazione, è possibile seguire le seguenti istruzioni più generali:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Chiude ogni sessione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aperta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Trovare la cartella dove è installato <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cercando la stringa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-update</span>»</span> (senza le virgolette).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spostarsi in questa cartella, aprire una finestra del terminale ed eseguire come root il comando <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-update</span>»</span> (senza le virgolette). Si aprirà una sessione di aggiornamento di Perl CPAN che installerà nel sistema, attraverso internet, il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>. Il programma gnc-fq-update è interattivo, comunque, con la maggior parte dei sistemi, si potrà rispondere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">no</span>»</span> alla prima domanda: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Eseguire la configurazione manuale? [sì]</span>»</span> e l'aggiornamento continuerà automaticamente da questo punto.</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quando l'installazione è terminata, eseguire il programma di test <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-dump</span>»</span>, nella stessa cartella, distribuito con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per verificare se <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è installato e funziona correttamente.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" clas!
 s="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se non ci si sente sicuri nell'esecuzione di questi passaggi, è possibile contattare la lista di discussione degli utenti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>) per chiedere aiuto o andare nell canale IRC di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> su irc.gnome.org. E' anche possibile saltare questi passaggi e aggiornare manualmente i prezzi delle proprie azioni.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si crei il conto per il fondo comune o per le azioni impostando il campo "titolo/valuta", come descritto nel seguito.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quando si creano questi tipi di conti, si consiglia di creare anche dei conti delle entrate per registrare i dividendi, i guadagni in capitale (nel lungo e nel breve periodo) e i conti per le uscite per registrare le commissioni e le perdite ( se si considerano le perdite come uscite).</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si creino il fondo comune o le azioni sia con utilizzando l'editor di titoli per le azioni o fondi esistenti o la finestra per il nuovo titolo/valuta.</p><p>Selezionare l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni online</strong></span>, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>tipo di fonte per le quote</strong>!
 </span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fuso orario.</strong></span></p><p>Per la ricezione delle quotazioni via internet, è necessario avere abilitato le opzioni per la ricezione delle quote online e il fuso orario.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni online</strong></span> - questa opzione permette di abilitare lo specifico titolo o azioni alla ricezione delle quotazioni da una fonte online.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di fonte per le quote</strong></span>: selezionare, fra le tre opzioni disponibili, il tipo di fonte da cui ricevere le quotazioni. Le fonti <span class="guilabel"><strong>Multi-riga</strong></span> quali <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Europe</span>»</span> possono essere usate per superare i problemi di connessione con un unica fonte. Scegliendo invece <span class="guilabel"><strong>Singola</strong></span>, verranno ricercate informazioni solo dalla fonte specificata.</p><p>Dopo aver selezionato il tipo di fonte per le quotazioni, selezionare un elemento della relativa lista a a comparsa. Attualmente fra le fonti disponibili e supportate, si ricordano: Yahoo, Yahoo Europe, Fidelity Investments, T. Rowe Price, the Vanguard Group, the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) e TIAA-CREF.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Si noti che Yahoo fornirà le quotazioni per diversi fondi comuni compresi Fidelity, T.Rowe Price e Vanguard, e che i prezzi indicati da Yahoo dovrebbero essere identici a quelli che è possibile reperire nei siti di origine.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Se si sceglie Yahoo E!
 urope o Europe, è necessario indicare il codice della borsa per il titolo, come, per esempio, PA per Parigi, BE per Berlino ecc... Esempio: 12150.PA (un titolo Peugeot sul mercato di Parigi). <a class="xref" href="apas01.html#Code4EurMrks" title="Tabella A.1. Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei">Tabella A.1, «Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei»</a> elenca i codici per i vari mercati Europei.</p><p>Pseudo-simboli per i fondi TIAA-CREF sono elencati nella tabella <a class="xref" href="apas02.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF" title="Tabella A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF">Tabella A.2, «Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fuso orario</strong></span> - selezionare il fuso orario per la quota che si desidera ricevere. Per esempio, Yahoo fornisce le quotazioni con il fuso orario della costa orientale degli Stati Uniti, quindi occorre scegliere America/New York se si utilizza questa fonte per le quotazioni.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare una commodity nell'editor dei prezzi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> nella finestra di modifica prezzo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Controllare l'ultimo prezzo per il titolo selezionato.</p></li></ul></div><p>Per aggiornare le quotazioni dalla linea di comando, eseguire il comando seguente:</p><p><strong class="userinput"><code>gnucash --add-price-quotes <nome-de-file-di-gnucash></code></strong>
-          </p><p>Il comando <strong class="userinput"><code>gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-file-name></code></strong> può essere utilizzato per ottenere il prezzo corrente delle proprie azioni. Il file specificato <span class="quote">«<span class="quote"><gnucash-file-name></span>»</span> dipenderà dal nome e dalla posizione del proprio file dei dati. Questo può essere individuato dal nome visualizzato nella cornice in alto nella finestra di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> prima del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">-</span>»</span>. Il nome del file può anche essere trovato nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> nell'elenco dei file recentemente aperti; il primo elemento, numerato 1, è il nome del file attualmente aperto.</p><p>Questa procedure può essere automatizzata creando un comando di crontab. Per esempio, per aggiornare il proprio file Venerdì sera (alle 18:00) dopo la chiusura della borsa (l'orario può essere diverso a seconda del fuso), è possibile aggiungere il comando seguente alla lista del crontab:</p><p>0 18 * * 5 gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>e1</p><p>Si ricordi che i <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">prezzi</span>»</span> dei fondi comuni rappresentano dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">valori di capitale netto (NAV)</span>»</span> e richiedono diverse ore dopo la chiusura dei mercati per essere disponibili. Se i NAV vengono scaricati prima del giorno in cui vengono determinati, si riceveranno i valori del giorno precedente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.4.2. Scheda del bilancio di apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="open-balance"></a>5.4.2. Scheda del bilancio di apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>La scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>bilancio di apertura</strong></span> è visibile solo quando si crea un nuovo conto. Il bilancio di apertura è utilizzato per registrare il saldo iniziale d!
 i un conto. Questo permette di utilizzarlo in due differenti situazioni. Se si usa <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta per registrare delle transazioni, può essere usato come saldo iniziale. Se i conti sono chiusi alla fine di un periodo e dei nuovi conti sono creati, è utilizzato per chiudere e trasferire i saldi in avanti.</p><p>In questa scheda sono presenti tre riquadri. Quello superiore contiene le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul saldo</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo:</strong></span> immettere il saldo con cui inizializzare il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data:</strong></span> la data con cui il bilancio di apertura deve essere registrato.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro successivo è quello del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di trasferimento</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza il conto del capitale per i bilanci di apertura:</strong></span> in questo modo si trasferisce il bilancio di apertura per il conto da un conto standard del capitale chiamato bilanci di apertura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezionare il conto di trasferimento:</strong></span> questa opzione abilita il riquadro inferiore in modo che un conto differente possa essere utilizzato per trasferire il bilancio di apertura.</p></li></ul></div><p>L'ultimo riquadro è quello del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di trasferimento</strong></span>. Selezionare il conto da utilizzare per il bilancio d'apertura scegliendo fra quelli della lista nel riquadro.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-edit.html"><<< In!
 dietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.5. Modificare un conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="chart-edit.html" title="5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti"><link rel="next" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.4. Creare un nuovo conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-create"></a>5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</h2></div></div></div><p>Per creare un nuovo conto selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo conto...</strong></span> o fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> quando è visualizzata la finestra della struttura dei conti. Verrà aperta la finestra per la creazione di un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p><p>La finestre di dialogo delle proprietà per un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span> consta di due schede, quella delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> e quella de!
 l <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio d’apertura</strong></span>. </p><p>Creare un nuovo conto richiede la pianificazione di alcuni dettagli che dovranno essere inseriti nella finestra di dialogo per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il tipo di conto di cui si ha bisogno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dove si deve posizionare nella struttura dei conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se è previsto un bilancio preventivo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se c’è la necessità di una commodity (titolo/valuta) per il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se si ha bisogno dell’aggiornamento online del prezzo della commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>Questi dettagli sono descritti nel seguito.</p><div class="sect2" title="5.4.1. Scheda delle informazioni generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="gen-info"></a>5.4.1. Scheda delle informazioni generali</h3></div></div></div><p>La scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> permette l’accesso alle informazioni di base del conto. Fornisce un modo di collegare il conto alle informazioni sulle azioni se si tratta di un tipo di conto per la valuta, per i fondi comuni o per le azioni. Qui, il conto può anche essere marcato come <a class="link" href="acct-create.html#accts-placeholder" title="Nota">segnaposto</a>; viene inoltre mostrato se il conto è identificato come <span class="guilabel"><strong>relativo alle tasse</strong></span> (che è configurato attraverso il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto tasse</strong></span>).</p><p>Sono presenti sette riquadri nella sezione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Identificazione</strong></span> di questa scheda.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome conto:</strong></span> il nome per il conto (ad!
  esempio Conto Corrente Banca).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Codice conto:</strong></span> un codice del conto opzionale come descritto in <a class="xref" href="chart-create.html#accts-code" title="Codici dei conti">Codici dei conti</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione:</strong></span> una descrizione opzionale per il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo/valuta:</strong></span> </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> alla voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Seleziona titolo</strong></span> dipende dalla selezione fatta nel pannello <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> nella schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Per i conti diversi da <span class="emphasis"><strong>Azioni</strong></span> e <span class="emphasis"><strong>Fondi comuni</strong></span> questa dovrebbe essere la valuta predefinita cioè EUR (Euro) o il simbolo della propria valuta locale. Se questo conto è per una valuta estera, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> per scegliere una valuta differente dalla lista a comparsa delle valute.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per i conti contenenti azioni e fondi comuni; selezionare dapprima <span class="guilabel"><strong>Azioni</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi comuni</strong></span> nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span>, poi il <s!
 pan class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>, infine usare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span>, per scegliere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> (normalmente il mercato dove il titolo viene scambiato) e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo</strong></span> dalla finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta del titolo</strong></span>.</p><p>Se il titolo o il fondo di cui si ha bisogno non compare nell’elenco ma se ne conosce il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span>, è possibile creare il titolo o il fondo. Per creare una commodity per i fondi comuni e per le azioni, selezionare <span class="guibutton">Nuovo...</span>, nella schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta del titolo</strong></span>, per aprire la schermata del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo titolo:</strong></span>. Le opzioni presenti sono descritte in <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli">Sezione 7.7, «Editor titoli»</a>. Inserire un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span>, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>simbolo</strong></span>, selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span> e infine premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per creare il titolo. Dopo che il titolo è stato creato, selezionare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> (normalmente la borsa dove il titolo viene scambiato) e il nome nella lista a comparsa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta/titolo:</strong></span> e premere <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> per chiudere la finestra.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frazione minima:</strong></span> la frazione minima che verrà registrata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del conto:</strong></span> il colore da assegnare alla scheda del registro relativo a questo conto. Fare clic sul pulsante del colore per aprire la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><stro!
 ng>Selezione del colore</strong></span>. Per ripristinare il colore del conto fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">Predefinito</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Note:</strong></span> riquadro per inserire del testo liberamente; è utilizzato per qualsiasi nota aggiuntiva relativa al conto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Sotto a questi riqaudri, sono presenti delle opzioni: una indica se il conto è <span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativo alle tasse</strong></span> (impostabile tramite il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni tasse</strong></span>), mentre le altre due permettono di marcare il conto come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nascosto</strong></span>.</p><p>L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativo alle tasse</strong></span> permette di marcare il conto per essere incluso nelle esportazioni relative alle tasse. Questo attributo è visualizzato solamente nella schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica conto</strong></span> ed è impostato nella finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni tasse sulle entrate</strong></span> (<span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto tasse</strong></span>). Consultare la sezione sui resoconti delle tasse e sull’esportazione dei file <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> nel capitolo sui resoconti (<a class="xref" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. Resoconti generali">Sezione 8.1, «Resoconti generali»</a>).</p><p>L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> indica che il conto rappresenta solamente un segnaposto nella struttura; è utilizzato solamente per permettere l’impostazione di una struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.!
 5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top"><a xmlns="" name="accts-placeholder"></a>Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> indica che il conto non deve essere utilizato per contenere i dati sulle transazioni. Se il conto è un <span class="guilabel"><strong>segnaposto</strong></span>, non potrà contenere delle transazioni: le transazioni potranno essere inserite solamente negli eventuali suoi sottoconti non identificati anch’essi come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nascosto</strong></span> permette di nascondere questo conto (e ogni suo sottoconto) nella struttura dei conti e di non visualizzarlo nella lista a comparsa dei conti nella finestra del registro. Per disabilitare questa opzione occorre andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filtra per...</strong></span> nella finestra della struttura dei conti, e abilitare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza i conti nascosti</strong></span>. In questo modo sarà possibile selezionare il conto e riaprire questa finestra.</p><p>Il riquadro seguente contiene una elenco di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipi di conto</strong></span>. Selezionarne uno in base alla descrizione fornita in <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a>.</p><p>Il riquadro successivo contiene un albero dei conti dal quale scegliere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>. Per creare un nuovo albero dei conti, selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span>. <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitio!
 nal" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le scelte disponibili nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> dipendono dalla selezione effettuata nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>. Per esempio se il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>  è <span class="guilabel"><strong>Capitali</strong></span> verrà mostrato solamente il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di conto</strong></span> <span class="emphasis"><strong>Capitale</strong></span>. Questo permette di mantenere una struttura dei conti coerente.</p></td></tr></table></div></p><div class="sect3" title="5.4.1.1. Procedura per abilitare l’aggiornamento dei prezzi online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Online-price-setup"></a>5.4.1.1. Procedura per abilitare l’aggiornamento dei prezzi online</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> si affida a uno strumento esterno per recuperare le quotazioni via internet. Questo strumento è un modulo di Perl denominato <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> e deve essere installato sul proprio computer indipendentemente da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Il primo passo per abilitare l’aggiornamento delle quotazioni tramite internet consiste nell’assicurarsi che <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> sia installato correttamente.</p><p>Per sapere se il modulo di Perl <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è già installato nel sistema, digitare <span class="quote">«<spa!
 n class="quote">perldoc Finance::Quote</span>»</span> in una finestra del terminale e verificare se c’è qualche documentazione disponibile. Se c’è la documentazione allora il modulo è installato, altrimenti no.</p><p>L’installazione di <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> differisce a seconda del sistema operativo in uso. Per i vari sistemi supportati, è possibile seguire le seguenti linee guida:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Linux:</strong></span> la maggior parte delle distribuzioni (Fedora, openSuse, Mandriva, Ubuntu, ecc... ) forniscono un pacchetto nei propri repository per il modulo di perl <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>. Quindi nella maggior parte dei casi è sufficiente utilizzare il proprio gestore di pacchetti preferito (yum, apt, rpm, synaptics, yast, ecc...)  per installare il modulo. Il nome del pacchetto può variare da distribuzione a distribuzione. In genere ha un nome del tipo <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">perl-Finance-Quote</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Windows:</strong></span> <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> su windows richiede che sia già installato perl. Se non lo è, è prima necessario installare ActivePerl.</p><p>Il file installabile di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disponibile sulla pagina principale, contiene un piccolo programma che assiste nell’installazione di <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>. È possibile raggiungerlo dal menu <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Start</span>»</span> nel gruppo <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ed è chiamato <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Installa la funzione di ricerca delle quotazioni online</span>»</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mac OS X:</strong>!
 </span> se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato installato dal pacchetto di installazione disponibile sulla pagina principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è già installato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se nessuno dei precedenti casi è adatto alla propria situazione, è possibile seguire le seguenti istruzioni più generali:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Chiude ogni sessione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aperta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Trovare la cartella dove è installato <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cercando la stringa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-update</span>»</span> (senza le virgolette).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spostarsi in questa cartella, aprire una finestra del terminale ed eseguire come root il comando <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-update</span>»</span> (senza le virgolette). Si aprirà una sessione di aggiornamento di Perl CPAN che installerà nel sistema, attraverso internet, il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>. Il programma gnc-fq-update è interattivo, comunque, con la maggior parte dei sistemi, si potrà rispondere <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">no</span>»</span> alla prima domanda: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Eseguire la configurazione manuale? [sì]</span>»</span> e l’aggiornamento continuerà automaticamente da questo punto.</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quando l’installazione è terminata, eseguire il programma di test <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">gnc-fq-dump</span>»</span>, nella stessa cartella, distribuito con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per verificare se <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> è installato e funziona correttamente.</p><div xmln!
 s="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se non ci si sente sicuri nell’esecuzione di questi passaggi, è possibile contattare la lista di discussione degli utenti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>) per chiedere aiuto o andare nell canale IRC di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> su irc.gnome.org. È anche possibile saltare questi passaggi e aggiornare manualmente i prezzi delle proprie azioni.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Creare il conto per il fondo comune o per le azioni impostando il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>titolo/valuta</strong></span>, come descritto nel seguito.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Quando si creano questi tipi di conti, si consiglia di creare anche dei conti delle entrate per registrare i dividendi, i guadagni in capitale (nel lungo e nel breve periodo) e i conti per le uscite per registrare le commissioni e le perdite ( se si considerano le perdite come uscite).</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si creino il fondo comune o le azioni sia utilizzando l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor titoli</strong></span> per le azioni o i fondi esistenti, o la finestra del <s!
 pan class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo titolo</strong></span> perle nuove azioni o fondi.</p><p>Selezionare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni online</strong></span>, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>tipo di fonte per le quote</strong></span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fuso orario.</strong></span></p><p>Per la ricezione delle quotazioni via internet, è necessario avere abilitato le opzioni per la ricezione delle quote online e il fuso orario.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni online</strong></span> - questa opzione permette di abilitare lo specifico titolo o azioni alla ricezione delle quotazioni da una fonte online.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di fonte per le quote</strong></span>: selezionare, fra le tre opzioni disponibili, il tipo di fonte da cui ricevere le quotazioni. Le fonti <span class="guilabel"><strong>Multi-riga</strong></span> quali <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Europe</span>»</span> possono essere usate per superare i problemi di connessione con un unica fonte. Scegliendo invece <span class="guilabel"><strong>Singola</strong></span>, verranno ricercate informazioni solo dalla fonte specificata.</p><p>Dopo aver selezionato il tipo di fonte per le quotazioni, selezionare un elemento della relativa lista a a comparsa. Attualmente fra le fonti disponibili e supportate, si ricordano: Yahoo, Yahoo Europe, Fidelity Investments, T. Rowe Price, the Vanguard Group, the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) e TIAA-CREF.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Si noti che Yahoo f!
 ornirà le quotazioni per diversi fondi comuni compresi Fidelity, T.Rowe Price e Vanguard, e che i prezzi indicati da Yahoo dovrebbero essere identici a quelli che è possibile reperire nei siti di origine.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Se si sceglie Yahoo Europe o Europe, è necessario indicare il codice della borsa per il titolo, come, per esempio, PA per Parigi, BE per Berlino ecc... Esempio: 12150.PA (un titolo Peugeot sul mercato di Parigi). <a class="xref" href="apas01.html#Code4EurMrks" title="Tabella A.1. Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei">Tabella A.1, «Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei»</a> elenca i codici per i vari mercati Europei.</p><p>Pseudo-simboli per i fondi TIAA-CREF sono elencati nella tabella <a class="xref" href="apas02.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF" title="Tabella A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF">Tabella A.2, «Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fuso orario</strong></span> - selezionare il fuso orario per la quota che si desidera ricevere. Per esempio, Yahoo fornisce le quotazioni con il fuso orario della costa orientale degli Stati Uniti, quindi occorre scegliere America/New York se si utilizza questa fonte per le quotazioni.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare una commodity nell’editor dei prezzi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span> nella finestra di modifica prezzo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Controllare l’ultimo prezzo per il titolo selezionato.</p></li></ul></div><p>Per aggiornare le quotazioni dalla linea di comando, eseguire il comando seguente:</p><p><strong class="userinput"><code>gnucash --add-price-quotes <nome-de-file-di-gnucash></code></strong>
+          </p><p>Il comando <strong class="userinput"><code>gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-file-name></code></strong> può essere utilizzato per ottenere il prezzo corrente delle proprie azioni. Il file specificato <span class="quote">«<span class="quote"><gnucash-file-name></span>»</span> dipenderà dal nome e dalla posizione del proprio file dei dati. Questo può essere individuato dal nome visualizzato nella cornice in alto nella finestra di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> prima del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">-</span>»</span>. Il nome del file può anche essere trovato nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> nell’elenco dei file recentemente aperti; il primo elemento, numerato 1, è il nome del file attualmente aperto.</p><p>Questa procedure può essere automatizzata creando un comando di crontab. Per esempio, per aggiornare il proprio file Venerdì sera (alle 18:00) dopo la chiusura della borsa (l’orario può essere diverso a seconda del fuso), è possibile aggiungere il comando seguente alla lista del crontab:</p><p>0 18 * * 5 gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>e1</p><p>Si ricordi che i <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">prezzi</span>»</span> dei fondi comuni rappresentano dei <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">valori di capitale netto (NAV)</span>»</span> e richiedono diverse ore dopo la chiusura dei mercati per essere disponibili. Se i NAV vengono scaricati prima del giorno in cui vengono determinati, si riceveranno i valori del giorno precedente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="5.4.2. Scheda del bilancio di apertura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="open-balance"></a>5.4.2. Scheda del bilancio di apertura</h3></div></div></div><p>La scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>bilancio di apertura</strong></span> è visibile solo quando si crea un nuovo conto. Il bilancio di apertura è utilizzato per registrare il saldo inizia!
 le di un conto. Questo permette di utilizzarlo in due differenti situazioni. Se si usa <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta per registrare delle transazioni, può essere usato come saldo iniziale. Se i conti sono chiusi alla fine di un periodo e dei nuovi conti sono creati, è utilizzato per chiudere e trasferire i saldi in avanti.</p><p>In questa scheda sono presenti tre riquadri. Quello superiore contiene le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni sul saldo</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo:</strong></span> immettere il saldo con cui inizializzare il conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data:</strong></span> la data con cui il bilancio di apertura deve essere registrato.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro successivo è quello del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo di trasferimento</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza il conto del capitale per i bilanci di apertura:</strong></span> in questo modo si trasferisce il bilancio di apertura per il conto da un conto standard del capitale chiamato bilanci di apertura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezionare il conto di trasferimento:</strong></span> questa opzione abilita il riquadro inferiore in modo che un conto differente possa essere utilizzato per trasferire il bilancio di apertura.</p></li></ul></div><p>L’ultimo riquadro è quello del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto di trasferimento</strong></span>. Selezionare il conto da utilizzare per il bilancio d’apertura scegliendo fra quelli della lista nel riquadro.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-edit.html"><<!
 < Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.5. Modificare un conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-delete.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-delete.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-delete.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.7. Cancellare un conto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="chart-renumber.html" title="5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti"><link rel="next" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.7. Cancellare un conto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-renumber.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-reconcile.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-delete"></a>5.7. Cancellare un conto</h2></div></div></div><p></p><p>Cancellare un conto significa rimuovere dal file tutte le informazioni sulle transazioni e le informazioni del conto stesso. L'operazione di cancellazione non può essere annullata. Verrà richiesto di confermare la rimozione del conto. Se il conto contiene ancora delle informazioni sulle transazioni, si verrà avvertiti che il conto contiene ancora delle transazioni..</p><p>Un effetto conseguente alla rimozione di un conto che contiene delle transazioni, è che ci si ritroverà con dei conti non bilanciati. Questo fatto verrà indicato nel conto con un segno di spunta vicino agli importi di debito e credito. E' possibile riparare automaticamente questi conti n!
 on bilanciati utilizzando il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span>. Automaticamente verranno assegnati gli importi non bilanciati a un nuovo conto denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Sbilancio</strong></span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-renumber.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-reconcile.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.7. Cancellare un conto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="chart-renumber.html" title="5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti"><link rel="next" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.7. Cancellare un conto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-renumber.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-reconcile.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-delete"></a>5.7. Cancellare un conto</h2></div></div></div><p></p><p>Cancellare un conto significa rimuovere dal file tutte le informazioni sulle transazioni e le informazioni del conto stesso. L’operazione di cancellazione non può essere annullata. Verrà richiesto di confermare la rimozione del conto. Se il conto contiene ancora delle informazioni sulle transazioni, si verrà avvertiti che il conto contiene ancora delle transazioni..</p><p>Un effetto conseguente alla rimozione di un conto che contiene delle transazioni, è che ci si ritroverà con dei conti non bilanciati. Questo fatto verrà indicato nel conto con un segno di spunta vicino agli importi di debito e credito. È possibile riparare automaticamente questi conti!
  non bilanciati utilizzando il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span>. Automaticamente verranno assegnati gli importi non bilanciati a un nuovo conto denominato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Sbilancio</strong></span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-renumber.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-reconcile.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-hierarchy.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-hierarchy.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-hierarchy.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="first-time.html" title="3.1. Avviare GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="first-time.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="import-qif.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-hierarchy"></a>3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa procedura assiste l'utente nella creazione di un gruppo di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Apparirà se verrà selezionato <span class="guibutton">Crea nuova struttura conti</span> nel menu di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.</p><p>Verrà così creato un nuovo file vuoto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e avviato automaticamente l'assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; m!
 argin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per avviare l'assistente manualmente, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span> per creare un nuovo file. Per avviare l'assistente all'interno di un file aperto, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova struttura conti...</strong></span> quando è visualizzata la scheda della struttura dei conti.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>L'assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> si apre con una schermata che descrive brevemente la sua funzione. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra non cambieranno durante tutte le fasi di utilizzo dell'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dall'assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class!
 ="guibutton">Avanti</span> —  permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva permette la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta della valuta</strong></span> da utilizzare come predefnita per i conti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La lista a comparsa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta:</strong></span> è impostata al valore configurato nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>  (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts" title="9.2.2. Conti">Sezione 9.2.2, «Conti»</a>). Per assegnare ai propri conti una valuta predefinita differente, basta selezionarla dalla lista.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il tasto <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> è utilizzato per confermare la selezione e procedere alla schermata successiva.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva riguarda la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta dei conti da creare</strong></span>.</p><p>Verrà visualizzata una schermata suddivisa in tre parti</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parte in alto a sinistra presenta una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Categorie</strong></span> per le strutture di conti più comunemente utilizzate. Selezionare dalla lista quella che si desidera utilizzare. E' possibile selezionare tutte le categorie che si desidera.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La porzione in basso a sinistra presenta una <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione della categoria</strong></span> che mostra una descrizione dettagliata della categoria selezionata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La porzione di destra riporta la lista dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> che verranno creati dalla categoria selezionata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona!
  tutto</span> permette di includere tutte le categorie disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Cancella tutto</span> permette di deselezionare tutte le categorie selezionate.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva riguarda l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione dei conti selezionati</strong></span> che prevede l'inserimento dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilanci di apertura</strong></span> e l'eventuale marcatura dei conti come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I conti dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitali</strong></span> non hanno un bilancio di apertura pertanto questo campo è bloccato e impostato a <span class="guilabel"><strong>zero</strong></span> da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top"><a xmlns="" name="placeholder-acct"></a>Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>segnaposto</strong></span> sono utili per creare una struttura dei conti e normalmente non hanno né transazioni né bilancio di apertura.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Seguire le istruzioni a video su come selezionare un conto e inserire il bilancio di apertura. Un singolo clic permette di selezionare un conto.</p!
 ><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Sul lato sinistro della schermata, c'è una lista dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi dei conti</strong></span>. Selezionare un conto con un singolo sul clic sul suo nome: verrà così aperto il campo del nome per applicare dei cambiamenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il lato destro fornisce delle opzioni selezionabile attraverso le quali è possibile indicare se il conto è un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> e un campo per aggiungere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio d'apertura</strong></span> per il conto selezionato. Anche qui un singolo clic nella colonna del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio d'apertura</strong></span> o nella colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> apre il relativo campo per effettuare dei cambiamenti.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conclusione della configurazione dei conti</strong></span> è l'ultima e fornisce una descrizione delle tre scelte possibili per terminare l'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Applica</span> — esce dall'assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella !
 finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Applica</span> — crea i conti che sono stati selezionati.</p></li></ul></div></li></ol></div><p>Si dovrebbe ora avere una struttura di conti nella finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="first-time.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="import-qif.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Avviare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.3. Importare i file QIF</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="first-time.html" title="3.1. Avviare GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="first-time.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="import-qif.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-hierarchy"></a>3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa procedura assiste l’utente nella creazione di un gruppo di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Apparirà se verrà selezionato <span class="guibutton">Crea nuova struttura conti</span> nel menu di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.</p><p>Verrà così creato un nuovo file vuoto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e avviato automaticamente l’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.!
 5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per avviare l’assistente manualmente, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span> per creare un nuovo file. Per avviare l’assistente all’interno di un file aperto, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova struttura conti...</strong></span> quando è visualizzata la scheda della struttura dei conti.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>L’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> si apre con una schermata che descrive brevemente la sua funzione. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra non cambieranno durante tutte le fasi di utilizzo dell’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dall’assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="list!
 item"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> —  permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva permette la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta della valuta</strong></span> da utilizzare come predefnita per i conti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La lista a comparsa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta:</strong></span> è impostata al valore configurato nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>  (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts" title="9.2.2. Conti">Sezione 9.2.2, «Conti»</a>). Per assegnare ai propri conti una valuta predefinita differente, basta selezionarla dalla lista.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il tasto <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> è utilizzato per confermare la selezione e procedere alla schermata successiva.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva riguarda la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta dei conti da creare</strong></span>.</p><p>Verrà visualizzata una schermata suddivisa in tre parti</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parte in alto a sinistra presenta una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Categorie</strong></span> per le strutture di conti più comunemente utilizzate. Selezionare dalla lista quella che si desidera utilizzare. È possibile selezionare tutte le categorie che si desidera.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La porzione in basso a sinistra presenta una <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione della categoria</strong></span> che mostra una descrizione dettagliata della categoria selezionata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La porzione di destra riporta la lista dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> che verranno creati dalla categoria selezionata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="!
 guibutton">Seleziona tutto</span> permette di includere tutte le categorie disponibili.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Cancella tutto</span> permette di deselezionare tutte le categorie selezionate.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva riguarda l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione dei conti selezionati</strong></span> che prevede l’inserimento dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilanci di apertura</strong></span> e l’eventuale marcatura dei conti come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I conti dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>capitali</strong></span> non hanno un bilancio di apertura pertanto questo campo è bloccato e impostato a <span class="guilabel"><strong>zero</strong></span> da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top"><a xmlns="" name="placeholder-acct"></a>Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I conti <span class="emphasis"><strong>segnaposto</strong></span> sono utili per creare una struttura dei conti e normalmente non hanno né transazioni né bilancio di apertura.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Seguire le istruzioni a video su come selezionare un conto e inserire il bilancio di apertura. Un singolo clic permette d!
 i selezionare un conto.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Sul lato sinistro della schermata, c’è una lista dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi dei conti</strong></span>. Selezionare un conto con un singolo sul clic sul suo nome: verrà così aperto il campo del nome per applicare dei cambiamenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il lato destro fornisce delle opzioni selezionabile attraverso le quali è possibile indicare se il conto è un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> e un campo per aggiungere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio d’apertura</strong></span> per il conto selezionato. Anche qui un singolo clic nella colonna del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bilancio d’apertura</strong></span> o nella colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Segnaposto</strong></span> apre il relativo campo per effettuare dei cambiamenti.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conclusione della configurazione dei conti</strong></span> è l’ultima e fornisce una descrizione delle tre scelte possibili per terminare l’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dall’assistente e annulla la creazione di una nuova struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter mod!
 ificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Applica</span> — crea i conti che sono stati selezionati.</p></li></ul></div></li></ol></div><p>Si dovrebbe ora avere una struttura dei conti nella finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="first-time.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="import-qif.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Avviare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.3. Importare i file QIF</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-reconcile.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-reconcile.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-reconcile.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto"><link rel="next" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-delete.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-reconcile"></a>5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</h2></div></div></div><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> la riconciliazioni dei conti con gli estratti conti bancari o di qualsiasi altra istituzione finanziaria, è un modo di controllare l'accuratezza delle proprie transazioni (e di quelle della banca) e il saldo dei propri conti. E' anche un'operazione utile per rintracciare gli assegni non riscossi e altre transazioni insolute.</p><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> in fondo alla finestra del registro del conto mostra l'importo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attuale</strong></span> !
 (saldo), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Futuro</strong></span> (saldo), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liquidato</strong></span> (transazioni), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliato</strong></span> (transazioni) e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Minimo previsto</strong></span>. Le informazioni online sul conto possono essere utilizzate per indicare quale transazione è stata elaborata dalla banca cambiando la colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> (stato di riconciliazione) nella finestra del registro, da <span class="guilabel"><strong>n</strong></span> (non riconciliata) a <span class="guilabel"><strong>l</strong></span> (liquidata). L'estratto conto della banca viene poi utilizzato, nella finestra di riconciliazione, per riconciliare il conto; dopo questa operazione il campo della colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> verrà cambiato in <span class="guilabel"><strong>s</strong></span> (riconciliata).</p><p>La finestra di riconciliazione è accessibile dalla finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti o da quella del registro del conto, andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia...</strong></span> (scorciatoia  Alt+A, <span class="keycap"><strong>R</strong></span>).</p><div class="sect2" title="5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="tool-reconcile"></a>5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione, richiede l'immissione della data dell'estratto conto e dei saldi iniziale (imposto dall'ultima riconciliazione) e finale fornito dall'estratto conto. L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i sottoconti</strong></span> è utile se vengono utilizzati due o più conti per registrare le operazioni del conto bancario. Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immissione pagamento interessi</strong></span> permette di aggiungere un trasfer!
 imento ai conti per degli interessi. Se selezionato, verrà visualizzata una finestra per aggiungere un pagamento di interessi verso il conto.</p><p>Sono presenti tre riquadri nella finestra del pagamento degli interessi: in basso si trova un pulsante denominato <span class="guibutton">Nessun pagamento automatico di interessi per questo conto</span> che, alla sua pressione, chiuderà la finestra; in alto, invece, sono richieste le informazioni sul pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo:</strong></span> inserire l'importo degli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data:</strong></span> selezionare la data del pagamento degli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.:</strong></span> inserire un numero per la transazione (opzionale).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione:</strong></span> inserire una descrizione per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria:</strong></span> inserire una nota riguardante la transazione (opzionale).</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro centrale presenta invece una lista di conti tra cui selezionare quello del <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Pagamento da</span>»</span>. Se il pagamento è per un credito o un prestito allora generalmente si dovrà scegliere un conto per le uscite; se invece il pagamento è per un conto corrente o di risparmio allora, generalmente, si dovrà scegliere un conto delle entrate. L'opzione "Visualizza entrate e uscite" permette di mostrare o nascondere i conti di entrate e uscite.</p><p>Selezionare <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per inserire la transazione per gli interessi e tornare alla finestra iniziale di riconciliazione.</p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="5.8.2. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="rec-win"></a>5.8.2. Finestra !
 di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>Le transazioni non riconciliate presenti nei riquadri dei fondi in entrata e dei fondi in uscita, possono essere modificate utilizzando i menu e la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> per accedere alle informazioni sul conto e sulla transazione. Per posticipare la riconciliazione, selezionare la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Posticipa</strong></span> (scorciatoia Ctrl+P) o premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Posticipa</span>. Per annullare la riconciliazione, selezionare l'opzione del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> o premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><p>Selezionare in questa finestra ogni transazione non riconciliata che ne ha una corrispondente sull'estratto bancario cartaceo: così facendo apparirà un segno di spunta di colore verde nella colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>. Il riquadro dei saldi cambierà in funzione di ogni transazione selezionata fino a quando il saldo finale non sarà uguale a saldo di riconciliazione e la differenza nulla. Terminata questa procedura selezionare o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Termina</span> sulla barra degli strumenti o la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Termina</strong></span> (scorciatoia Ctrl+F) per completare il processo di riconciliazione.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="5.8.3. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="rec-main"></a>5.8.3. Finestra di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Il riquadro dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in entrata</strong></span> mostra tutte le entrate nel conto non ancora riconciliate.</p><div class="itemizedl!
 ist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>: la data della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>: il numero della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>: la descrizione della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span>: l'importo della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>: mostra una spunta verde se la transazione verrà riconciliata al termine della procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span> mostra tutte le uscite dal conto non ancora riconciliate.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>: la data della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>: il numero della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>: la descrizione della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span>: l'importo della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>: mostra una spunta verde se la transazione verrà riconciliata al termine della procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span> mostra i saldi utilizzati nella riconciliazione.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo iniziale</strong></span>: il saldo alla fine dell'ultima riconciliazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class!
 ="guilabel"><strong>Saldo finale</strong></span>: il saldo presente sull'estratto conto da riconciliare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo riconciliato</strong></span>: il saldo delle transazioni selezionate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Differenza</strong></span>: la differenza tra il saldo riconciliato e il saldo finale.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-delete.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.7. Cancellare un conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto"><link rel="next" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-delete.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-reconcile"></a>5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</h2></div></div></div><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> la riconciliazioni dei conti con gli estratti conti bancari o di qualsiasi altra istituzione finanziaria, è un modo di controllare l’accuratezza delle proprie transazioni (e di quelle della banca) e il saldo dei propri conti. È anche un’operazione utile per rintracciare gli assegni non riscossi e altre transazioni insolute.</p><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> in fondo alla finestra del registro del conto mostra l’importo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attuale</strong></!
 span> (saldo), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Futuro</strong></span> (saldo), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Liquidato</strong></span> (transazioni), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliato</strong></span> (transazioni) e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Minimo previsto</strong></span>. Le informazioni online sul conto possono essere utilizzate per indicare quale transazione è stata elaborata dalla banca cambiando la colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> (stato di riconciliazione) nella finestra del registro, da <span class="guilabel"><strong>n</strong></span> (non riconciliata) a <span class="guilabel"><strong>l</strong></span> (liquidata). L’estratto conto della banca viene poi utilizzato, nella finestra di riconciliazione, per riconciliare il conto; dopo questa operazione il campo della colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span> verrà cambiato in <span class="guilabel"><strong>s</strong></span> (riconciliata).</p><p>La finestra di riconciliazione è accessibile dalla finestra della struttura ad albero dei conti o da quella del registro del conto, andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia...</strong></span> (scorciatoia  Alt+A, <span class="keycap"><strong>R</strong></span>).</p><div class="sect2" title="5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="tool-reconcile"></a>5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione, richiede l’immissione della data dell’estratto conto e dei saldi iniziale (imposto dall’ultima riconciliazione) e finale fornito dall’estratto conto. L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i sottoconti</strong></span> è utile se vengono utilizzati due o più conti per registrare le operazioni del conto bancario. Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immissione pagamento interessi</strong></span> permette di agg!
 iungere un trasferimento ai conti per degli interessi. Se selezionato, verrà visualizzata una finestra per aggiungere un pagamento di interessi verso il conto.</p><p>Sono presenti tre riquadri nella finestra del pagamento degli interessi: in basso si trova un pulsante denominato <span class="guibutton">Nessun pagamento automatico di interessi per questo conto</span> che, alla sua pressione, chiuderà la finestra; in alto, invece, sono richieste le informazioni sul pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo:</strong></span> inserire l’importo degli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data:</strong></span> selezionare la data del pagamento degli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.:</strong></span> inserire un numero per la transazione (opzionale).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione:</strong></span> inserire una descrizione per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria:</strong></span> inserire una nota riguardante la transazione (opzionale).</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro centrale presenta invece una lista di conti tra cui selezionare quello del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento da</strong></span>. Se il pagamento è per un credito o un prestito allora generalmente si dovrà scegliere un conto per le uscite; se invece il pagamento è per un conto corrente o di risparmio allora, generalmente, si dovrà scegliere un conto delle entrate. L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza entrate e uscite</strong></span> permette di mostrare o nascondere i conti di entrate e uscite.</p><p>Selezionare <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per inserire la transazione per gli interessi e tornare alla finestra iniziale di riconciliazione.</p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="5.8.2. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><!
 h3 class="title"><a name="rec-win"></a>5.8.2. Finestra di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>Le transazioni non riconciliate presenti nei riquadri dei fondi in entrata e dei fondi in uscita, possono essere modificate utilizzando i menu e la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> per accedere alle informazioni sul conto e sulla transazione. Per posticipare la riconciliazione, selezionare la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Posticipa</strong></span> (scorciatoia Ctrl+P) o premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Posticipa</span>. Per annullare la riconciliazione, selezionare l’opzione del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> o premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><p>Selezionare in questa finestra ogni transazione non riconciliata che ne ha una corrispondente sull’estratto bancario cartaceo: così facendo apparirà un segno di spunta di colore verde nella colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>. Il riquadro dei saldi cambierà in funzione di ogni transazione selezionata fino a quando il saldo finale non sarà uguale a saldo di riconciliazione e la differenza nulla. Terminata questa procedura selezionare o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Termina</span> sulla barra degli strumenti o la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Riconcilia</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Termina</strong></span> (scorciatoia Ctrl+F) per completare il processo di riconciliazione.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="5.8.3. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="rec-main"></a>5.8.3. Finestra di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Il riquadro dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in entrata</strong></span> mostra tutte le entrate!
  nel conto non ancora riconciliate.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>: la data della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>: il numero della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>: la descrizione della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span>: l’importo della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>: mostra una spunta verde se la transazione verrà riconciliata al termine della procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span> mostra tutte le uscite dal conto non ancora riconciliate.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>: la data della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>: il numero della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>: la descrizione della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span>: l’importo della transazione non riconciliata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>R</strong></span>: mostra una spunta verde se la transazione verrà riconciliata al termine della procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span> mostra i saldi utilizzati nella riconciliazione.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo iniziale</strong></span>: il saldo alla fine dell’u!
 ltima riconciliazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo finale</strong></span>: il saldo presente sull’estratto conto da riconciliare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo riconciliato</strong></span>: il saldo delle transazioni selezionate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Differenza</strong></span>: la differenza tra il saldo riconciliato e il saldo finale.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-delete.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.7. Cancellare un conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-types.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-types.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/acct-types.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="next" href="chart-create.html" title="5.2. Creare una struttura di conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="setup-accounts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-types"></a>5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> supporta un certo numero di tipi di conti differenti. Si raccomanda di scegliere un tipo di conto appropriato basandosi sull'elenco riportato di seguito.</p><div class="table"><a name="TypeAccounts"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.1. Tipi di conti in <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipi di conti in GnuCash." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Tipo di conto</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</!
 p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Debiti correnti</p></td><td><p>I conti per i debiti correnti sono utilizzati nella contabilità per le imprese allo scopo di registrare gli importi che devono essere pagati. Esempio: l'impresa ha comprato un bene, ma non ha pagato la ricevuta fino a ora.</p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="next" href="chart-create.html" title="5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="setup-accounts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acct-types"></a>5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> supporta un certo numero di tipi di conti differenti. Si raccomanda di scegliere un tipo di conto appropriato basandosi sull’elenco riportato di seguito.</p><div class="table"><a name="TypeAccounts"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.1. Tipi di conti in <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipi di conti in GnuCash." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Tipo di conto</p></th><th><p>Descrizion!
 e</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Debiti correnti</p></td><td><p>I conti per i debiti correnti sono utilizzati nella contabilità per le imprese allo scopo di registrare gli importi che devono essere pagati. Esempio: l’impresa ha comprato un bene, ma non ha pagato la ricevuta fino a ora.</p>
                   <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le versioni precedenti di questo aiuto definivano D/C e C/C al contrario.</p></td></tr></table></div>
-                </td></tr><tr><td><p>Crediti correnti</p></td><td><p>I conti per i crediti correnti registrano gli importi per cui il denaro non è ancora stato ricevuto. Esempio: un'impresa ha venduto un bene ed ha emesso una fattura ma il cliente non ha pagato fino a ora.</p>
+                </td></tr><tr><td><p>Crediti correnti</p></td><td><p>I conti per i crediti correnti registrano gli importi per cui il denaro non è ancora stato ricevuto. Esempio: un’impresa ha venduto un bene ed ha emesso una fattura ma il cliente non ha pagato fino a ora.</p>
                   <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le versioni precedenti di questo aiuto definivano D/C e C/C al contrario.</p></td></tr></table></div>
-                </td></tr><tr><td><p>Attività</p></td><td><p>I conti delle attività sono utilizzati per tenere traccia di ciò che ha un valore e può essere utilizzato o venduto per pagare dei debiti (normalmente è un conto segnaposto).</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Banca</p></td><td><p>I conti di questo tipo denotano i risparmi o il conto corrente accesi presso una banca o altra istituzione finanziaria. Alcuni di questi conti possono produrre interessi. Questa è anche la tipologia di conto appropriata per il libretto degli assegni il quale preleva direttamente da un conto corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Liquidi</p></td><td><p>Il conto liquidi è utilizzato per indicare il denaro tenuto nel portafoglio, nella scatola delle scarpe, nel salvadanaio o sotto al materasso.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Carta di credito</p></td><td><p>Il conto carta di credito è utilizzato per identificare i conti delle carte di credito. The Credit Card account type is used to denote credit card accounts, both for cards that allow floating lines of credit (e.g. VISA, MasterCard, or Discover) and with cards that do not permit continuing balances (e.g. American Express)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valuta</p></td><td><p>I conti della valuta erano utilizzati per scambiare le valute, ma sono stati sostituiti dal riquadro per il tarsferimento di valuta presente nella finestra di trasferimento fondi (<a class="xref" href="trans-win-enter.html" title="6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi">Sezione 6.2, «Finestra di trasferimento fondi»</a>).</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Capitale</p></td><td><p>I conti del capitale sono utilizzati per registrare i bilanci di apertura quando si utilizza <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta o quando si inizia un nuovo periodo contabile.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Uscite</p></td><td><p>Qualsiasi spesa come il cibo, l'abbigliamento, le tasse ecc... Questa tipologia di conto è identificata come una categoria in Quicken.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Entrate</p></td><td><p>Qualsiasi en!
 trata ricevuta da fonti quali stipendio, interessi, dividendi ecc... Questa tipologia di conti è indicata come una categoria in Quicken.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Passività</p></td><td><p>I conti di passività sono utilizzati per registrare i debiti o le obbligazioni finanziarie. (Normalmente è un conto segnaposto).</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Fondo comune</p></td><td><p>Un portafoglio di azioni e bond gestiti da professionisti o altri investimenti comunque divisi in quote.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Azioni</p></td><td><p>Una condivisione di proprietà in una corporazione, che impegna il proprietario a tutti i rischi e premi che questo comporta.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>L'assistente per la <span class="emphasis"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> descritto nella prima sezione di questo documento, è un modo pratico per impostare un gruppo di conti da utilizzare come ossatura dei tipi di conti.</p><p>Quando vengono creati dei nuovi conti, le scelte disponibili dei tipi di conti vengono colorate in grigio in accordo con il tipo di conto padre. La lista seguente elenca le scelte possibili.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Debiti correnti: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Crediti correnti: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Patrimonio: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Banca: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Liquidi: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Carta di credito: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Valut!
 a: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Capitale: solo il conto capitale può essere un conto figlio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uscite: solo i conti di uscite o entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Entrate: solo i conti di uscite o entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Passività: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fondi comuni: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Azioni: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="setup-accounts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.2. Creare una struttura di conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+                </td></tr><tr><td><p>Attività</p></td><td><p>I conti delle attività sono utilizzati per tenere traccia di ciò che ha un valore e può essere utilizzato o venduto per pagare dei debiti (normalmente è un conto segnaposto).</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Banca</p></td><td><p>I conti di questo tipo denotano i risparmi o il conto corrente accesi presso una banca o altra istituzione finanziaria. Alcuni di questi conti possono produrre interessi. Questa è anche la tipologia di conto appropriata per il libretto degli assegni il quale preleva direttamente da un conto corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Liquidi</p></td><td><p>Il conto liquidi è utilizzato per indicare il denaro tenuto nel portafoglio, nella scatola delle scarpe, nel salvadanaio o sotto al materasso.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Carta di credito</p></td><td><p>Il conto carta di credito è utilizzato per identificare i conti delle carte di credito. The Credit Card account type is used to denote credit card accounts, both for cards that allow floating lines of credit (e.g. VISA, MasterCard, or Discover) and with cards that do not permit continuing balances (e.g. American Express)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valuta</p></td><td><p>I conti della valuta erano utilizzati per scambiare le valute, ma sono stati sostituiti dal riquadro per il tarsferimento di valuta presente nella finestra di trasferimento fondi (<a class="xref" href="trans-win-enter.html" title="6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi">Sezione 6.2, «Finestra di trasferimento fondi»</a>).</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Capitale</p></td><td><p>I conti del capitale sono utilizzati per registrare i bilanci di apertura quando si utilizza <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta o quando si inizia un nuovo periodo contabile.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Uscite</p></td><td><p>Qualsiasi spesa come il cibo, l’abbigliamento, le tasse ecc... Questa tipologia di conto è identificata come una categoria in Quicken.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Entrate</p></td><td><p>Qualsiasi !
 entrata ricevuta da fonti quali stipendio, interessi, dividendi ecc... Questa tipologia di conti è indicata come una categoria in Quicken.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Passività</p></td><td><p>I conti di passività sono utilizzati per registrare i debiti o le obbligazioni finanziarie. (Normalmente è un conto segnaposto).</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Fondo comune</p></td><td><p>Un portafoglio di azioni e bond gestiti da professionisti o altri investimenti comunque divisi in quote.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Azioni</p></td><td><p>Una condivisione di proprietà in una corporazione, che impegna il proprietario a tutti i rischi e premi che questo comporta.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>L’assistente per la <span class="emphasis"><strong>Creazione di una nuova struttura conti</strong></span> descritto nella prima sezione di questo documento, è un modo pratico per impostare un gruppo di conti da utilizzare come ossatura dei tipi di conti.</p><p>Quando vengono creati dei nuovi conti, le scelte disponibili dei tipi di conti vengono colorate in grigio in accordo con il tipo di conto padre. La lista seguente elenca le scelte possibili.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Debiti correnti: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Crediti correnti: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Patrimonio: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Banca: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Liquidi: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Carta di credito: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>V!
 aluta: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Capitale: solo il conto capitale può essere un conto figlio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uscite: solo i conti di uscite o entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Entrate: solo i conti di uscite o entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Passività: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fondi comuni: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Azioni: tutti i conti a eccezione del capitale, uscite e entrate possono essere conti figli.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="setup-accounts.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas01.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas01.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas01.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2951695"></a>A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</h2></div></div></div><p>Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</p><div class="table"><a name="Code4EurMrks"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.1. Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Mercato</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BC</p></td><td><p>Barcellona</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BE</p></td><td><p>Berlino</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BI</p></td><td><p>Bilbao<!
 /p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BR</p></td><td><p>Brême</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>CO</p></td><td><p>Copenhagen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>D</p></td><td><p>Dusseldorf</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>F</p></td><td><p>Francoforte</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>DE</p></td><td><p>Xetra (was FX)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>H</p></td><td><p>Hamburg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>HA</p></td><td><p>Hanover</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>L</p></td><td><p>Londra</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MA</p></td><td><p>Madrid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MC</p></td><td><p>Madrid (M.C.)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MI</p></td><td><p>Milano</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MU</p></td><td><p>Monaco</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>O</p></td><td><p>Oslo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>PA</p></td><td><p>Parigi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>ST</p></td><td><p>Stoccolma</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>SG</p></td><td><p>Stuttgart</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VA</p></td><td><p>Valence</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VI</p></td><td><p>Vienna</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2924952"></a>A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</h2></div></div></div><p>Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</p><div class="table"><a name="Code4EurMrks"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.1. Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Mercato</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BC</p></td><td><p>Barcellona</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BE</p></td><td><p>Berlino</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BI</p></td><td><p>Bilbao<!
 /p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BR</p></td><td><p>Brême</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>CO</p></td><td><p>Copenhagen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>D</p></td><td><p>Dusseldorf</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>F</p></td><td><p>Francoforte</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>DE</p></td><td><p>Xetra (was FX)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>H</p></td><td><p>Hamburg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>HA</p></td><td><p>Hanover</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>L</p></td><td><p>Londra</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MA</p></td><td><p>Madrid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MC</p></td><td><p>Madrid (M.C.)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MI</p></td><td><p>Milano</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MU</p></td><td><p>Monaco</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>O</p></td><td><p>Oslo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>PA</p></td><td><p>Parigi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>ST</p></td><td><p>Stoccolma</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>SG</p></td><td><p>Stuttgart</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VA</p></td><td><p>Valence</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VI</p></td><td><p>Vienna</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tips.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas02.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas02.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas02.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei"><link rel="next" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2952000"></a>A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Nome</p></th><th><p>Pseudo-simbolo</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Mercato delle obbligazioni</p></td><td><p>CREFbond</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Indice del capitale</p></td><td><p>CREFequi!
 </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Capitali globali</p></td><td><p>CREFglob</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Growth</p></td><td><p>CREFgrow</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Obbligazioni legate all'inflazione</p></td><td><p>CREFinfb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Mercato monetario</p></td><td><p>CREFmony</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Social Choice</p></td><td><p>CREFsoci</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Azioni</p></td><td><p>CREFstok</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Select Stock</p></td><td><p>TIAAsele</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Stock Index</p></td><td><p>TIAAsndx</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>TIAA Real Estate</p></td><td><p>TIAAreal</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei"><link rel="next" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2925257"></a>A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Nome</p></th><th><p>Pseudo-simbolo</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Mercato delle obbligazioni</p></td><td><p>CREFbond</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Indice del capitale</p></td><td><p>CREFequi!
 </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Capitali globali</p></td><td><p>CREFglob</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Growth</p></td><td><p>CREFgrow</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Obbligazioni legate all’inflazione</p></td><td><p>CREFinfb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Mercato monetario</p></td><td><p>CREFmony</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Social Choice</p></td><td><p>CREFsoci</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Azioni</p></td><td><p>CREFstok</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Select Stock</p></td><td><p>TIAAsele</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Stock Index</p></td><td><p>TIAAsndx</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>TIAA Real Estate</p></td><td><p>TIAAreal</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas01.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas03.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas03.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas03.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF"><link rel="next" href="apas04.html" title="A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2952181"></a>A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="F"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.3. Fonti individuali per le quotazioni</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Fonti individuali per le quotazioni" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AEX</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Futures</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Options</td></tr><tr><td>AMFI India</td></tr><tr><td>ASE</td></tr><tr><td>ASX</td></tr><tr><td>BMO NesbittBurns</td></tr><tr><td>Deka Investments</td></tr><tr><td>DWS</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity Direct</td!
 ></tr><tr><td>Finance Canada</td></tr><tr><td>First Trust Portfolios</td></tr><tr><td>Fund Library</td></tr><tr><td>Man Investments</td></tr><tr><td>Motley Fool</td></tr><tr><td>NZX</td></tr><tr><td>Platinum Asset Management</td></tr><tr><td>SEB</td></tr><tr><td>Sharenet</td></tr><tr><td>TD Waterhouse Canada</td></tr><tr><td>TD Efunds</td></tr><tr><td>TIAA-CREF</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>Trustnet</td></tr><tr><td>Union Investments</td></tr><tr><td>US Treasury Bonds</td></tr><tr><td>US Govt. Thrift Savings Plan</td></tr><tr><td>Vanguard</td></tr><tr><td>VWD</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Asia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Australia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Brasile</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Europa</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Nuova Zelanda</td></tr><tr><td>(Zuerich Investments. ??)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="apas02.html" title="A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF"><link rel="next" href="apas04.html" title="A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2925438"></a>A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="F"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.3. Fonti individuali per le quotazioni</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Fonti individuali per le quotazioni" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AEX</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Futures</td></tr><tr><td>AEX Options</td></tr><tr><td>AMFI India</td></tr><tr><td>ASE</td></tr><tr><td>ASX</td></tr><tr><td>BMO NesbittBurns</td></tr><tr><td>Deka Investments</td></tr><tr><td>DWS</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity Direct</td!
 ></tr><tr><td>Finance Canada</td></tr><tr><td>First Trust Portfolios</td></tr><tr><td>Fund Library</td></tr><tr><td>Man Investments</td></tr><tr><td>Motley Fool</td></tr><tr><td>NZX</td></tr><tr><td>Platinum Asset Management</td></tr><tr><td>SEB</td></tr><tr><td>Sharenet</td></tr><tr><td>TD Waterhouse Canada</td></tr><tr><td>TD Efunds</td></tr><tr><td>TIAA-CREF</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>Trustnet</td></tr><tr><td>Union Investments</td></tr><tr><td>US Treasury Bonds</td></tr><tr><td>US Govt. Thrift Savings Plan</td></tr><tr><td>Vanguard</td></tr><tr><td>VWD</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Asia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Australia</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Brasile</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Europa</td></tr><tr><td>Yahoo Nuova Zelanda</td></tr><tr><td>(Zuerich Investments. ??)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas04.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas04.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/apas04.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice B. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2952385"></a>A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Quote-Sources"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.4. Fonti multiple per le quotazioni</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Fonti multiple per le quotazioni" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Asia (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Australia (ASX, Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Brasile (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada Mutual (Fund Library, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Dutch (AEX, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Europa (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Grecia!
  (ASE, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>India Mutual (AMFI, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity (Fidelity, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>First Trust (First Trust, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Nasdaq (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Nuova Zelanda (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>NYSE (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Sud Africa (Sharenet, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>U.K. Unit Trusts</td></tr><tr><td>USA (Yahoo, Fool ...)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice B. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="apas03.html" title="A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendice B. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2925642"></a>A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</h2></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Quote-Sources"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella A.4. Fonti multiple per le quotazioni</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Fonti multiple per le quotazioni" border="1"><colgroup><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Asia (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Australia (ASX, Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Brasile (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Canada Mutual (Fund Library, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Dutch (AEX, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Europa (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Grecia!
  (ASE, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>India Mutual (AMFI, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Fidelity (Fidelity, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>First Trust (First Trust, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Nasdaq (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Nuova Zelanda (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>NYSE (Yahoo, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>Sud Africa (Sharenet, ...)</td></tr><tr><td>T. Rowe Price</td></tr><tr><td>U.K. Unit Trusts</td></tr><tr><td>USA (Yahoo, Fool ...)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="apas03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="tips.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice B. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. La scheda dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="windows.html" title="4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. La scheda dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.2. La scheda dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915610"></a>4.2. La scheda dei conti</h2></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="id2915615"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.2. Una visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis">struttura ad albero dei conti</span>.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountTree_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Schermata della struttura ad albero dei conti"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa è un'immagine della scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span>.</p></div></di!
 v></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="sect2" title="4.2.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-menus"></a>4.2.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>La <em class="firstterm">barra del menu</em> per la finestra della struttura dei conti contiene le seguenti opzioni:</p><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-file-menu"></a>4.2.1.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Premendo l'opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>, comparirà un menu <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">a discesa</span>»</span> contenente le opzioni descritte in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu" title="Tabella 4.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu File - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.">Tabella 4.1, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.»</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu File - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. La scheda dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="windows.html" title="4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. La scheda dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.2. La scheda dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888051"></a>4.2. La scheda dei conti</h2></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="id2888056"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.2. Una visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis">struttura ad albero dei conti</span>.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountTree_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Schermata della struttura ad albero dei conti"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa è un’immagine della scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span>.</p></div></!
 div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="sect2" title="4.2.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-menus"></a>4.2.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>La <em class="firstterm">barra del menu</em> per la finestra della struttura dei conti contiene le seguenti opzioni:</p><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-file-menu"></a>4.2.1.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Premendo l’opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>, comparirà un menu <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">a discesa</span>»</span> contenente le opzioni descritte in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu" title="Tabella 4.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu File - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.">Tabella 4.1, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.»</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.1. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu File - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+N</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Crea un nuovo file dei dati (per iniziare con dei nuovi conti e dei nuovi dati)</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Apre un file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> già esistente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
-                  <p>Apre il menu secondario che permette l'importazione dei file creati con altri programmi finanziari.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Apre il menu secondario che permette l’importazione dei file creati con altri programmi finanziari.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa QIF...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia il processo di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa OFX/QFX...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa file CSV o a larghezza fissa...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia il processo di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> o a larghezza fissa.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripeti file log di GnuCash...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia la ripetizione di un file di log di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Utilie per recuperare i dati dopo un "crash" del programma.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia la ripetizione di un file di log di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Utilie per recuperare i dati dopo un crash del programma.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa MT940</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa MT942</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Imposta pagina...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Maiusc+Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Permette di selezionare la dimensione del foglio, la disposizione e i margini per la stampa.</p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all'esportazione dei conti.</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre il menu per l'esportazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all’esportazione dei conti.</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Apre il menu per l’esportazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Esporta conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Esporta la struttura dei conti in un nuovo file. I dati non vengono esportati.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Alt+Inserisci</strong></span>)
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella conto...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Cancella</strong></span></strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Rimuove un conto. Consultare la <a class="xref" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto">Sezione 5.7, «Cancellare un conto»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rinumera sottoconti...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                 <p>Avvia l'assistente per la rinumerazione dei conti. Consultare <a class="xref" href="chart-renumber.html" title="5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti">Sezione 5.6, «Rinumerare i sottoconti»</a>.</p>
+                 <p>Avvia l’assistente per la rinumerazione dei conti. Consultare <a class="xref" href="chart-renumber.html" title="5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti">Sezione 5.6, «Rinumerare i sottoconti»</a>.</p>
                   <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa voce è disponibile solo se è stato selezionato un conto che possiede almeno un sotto-conto.</p></td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri conto</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                  <p>Apre la finestra del registro per il conto selezionato.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri sottoconti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                  <p>Apre una finestra del registro che visualizza tutte le transazioni per il conto selezionato e per tutti i suoi sottoconti.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
                   <p>Imposta le caratteristiche delle tasse per uno o più conti (solo per Stati Uniti).</p>
                 </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.3. Struttura dei conti - Menu Visualizza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-view-menu"></a>4.2.1.3. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ViewMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.3. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - modifica la vista della finestra.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Visualizza - modifica la vista della finestra." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th align="left"><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Selezione per abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Selezione per abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra di stato</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Selezione per abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filtra per...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Imposta il filtro per i conti visualizzati nella finestra della struttura dei conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Aggiorna</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+R</strong></span>)
-                </p></td><td align="left"><p>Ridisegna la schermata visualizzata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Apre una nuova scheda in cui è visualizzata la struttura dei conti.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.4. Struttura dei conti - Menu Operazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-actions-menu"></a>4.2.1.4. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ActionsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.4. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Operazioni - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Operazioni online</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Questa voce del menu è mostrata solamente se è abilitato l'Online Banking <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                </p></td><td align="left"><p>Ridisegna la schermata visualizzata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Apre una nuova scheda in cui è visualizzata la struttura dei conti.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.4. Struttura dei conti - Menu Operazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-actions-menu"></a>4.2.1.4. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ActionsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.4. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Operazioni - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Operazioni online</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Questa voce del menu è mostrata solamente se è abilitato l’Online Banking <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ricevi saldo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ricevi transazioni</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -77,23 +77,23 @@
                   <p></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">menu secondari della voce «transazioni pianificate»</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Richiama lo strumento di modifica di una transazione pianificata. Vedere la <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
-                  <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall'ultimo avvio</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Mostra le transazioni pianificate dall'ultimo avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall'ultimo avvio»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Mostra le transazioni pianificate dall’ultimo avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall’ultimo avvio»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente di rimborso di mutui e ipoteche per impostare le rate. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a></p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Menu secondario per l'impresa</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente di rimborso di mutui e ipoteche per impostare le rate. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a></p>
+                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Menu secondario per l’impresa</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Apre la finestra per la creazione di un nuovo bilancio preventivo.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri bilancio preventivo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Apre un bilancio esistente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo conto...</strong></span></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Crea un nuovo conto e apre la finestra delle proprietà del conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova struttura conti...</strong></span></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente per la creazione di una <a class="link" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti">Nuova struttura conti</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente per la creazione di una <a class="link" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti">Nuova struttura conti</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trasferimenti...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+T</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di trasferimento tra conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di riconciliazione. <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione">Sezione 5.8.1, «Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Frazionamento azionario...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente per il frazionamento azionario. Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario">Sezione 7.4, «Registrare un frazionamento azionario»</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Visualizza lotti...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre la schermata dei "lotti nel conto".</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Liquidazione automatica...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario. Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario">Sezione 7.4, «Registrare un frazionamento azionario»</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Visualizza lotti...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Apre la schermata dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>lotti nel conto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Liquidazione automatica...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Apre la schermata di liquidazione automatica dove è possibile inserire le informazioni per la liquidazione automatica.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
                   <p>Menu secondari della voce <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@
                   <p>Ricerca e ripara le transazioni non in bilancio e le suddivisioni orfane nel conto selezionato e nei suoi sottoconti.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara tutti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Ricerca e ripara le transazioni non in bilancio e le suddivisioni orfane in tutti i conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripristina avvisi...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l'opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell'operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</p>  
+                  <p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</p>  
                 </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rinomina pagina</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre la casella per rinominare la scheda o la pagina corrente.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-business-menu"></a>4.2.1.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-BusinessMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all'impresa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di GnuCash dedicate all'impresa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">
+                  <p>Apre la casella per rinominare la scheda o la pagina corrente.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-business-menu"></a>4.2.1.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-BusinessMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all’impresa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di GnuCash dedicate all’impresa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">
                   <p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Cliente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
                   <p>Seleziona le operazioni relative al cliente.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo cliente...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova lavoro...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di ricerca di un lavoro.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Procedura di pagamento...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente per la procedura di pagamento. E' necessario aver selezionato un conto del tipo "debiti correnti" per proseguire.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente per la procedura di pagamento. È necessario aver selezionato un conto del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>debiti correnti</strong></span> per proseguire.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Venditore</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
                   <p>Seleziona le operazioni relative al venditore.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo venditore...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la scheda per la creazione di un nuovo venditore.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova lavoro...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di ricerca di un lavoro.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Procedura di pagamento...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente per la procedura di pagamento. E' necessario aver selezionato un conto del tipo "debiti correnti" per proseguire.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Dipendente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente per la procedura di pagamento. È necessario aver selezionato un conto del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>debiti correnti</strong></span> per proseguire.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Dipendente</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
                   <p>Seleziona le operazioni relative al dipendente.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo dipendente...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la scheda per la creazione di un nuovo dipendente.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trova nota spese...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di ricerca di una nota spese.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Procedura di pagamento...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente per la procedura di pagamento. E' necessario aver selezionato un conto del tipo "debiti correnti" per proseguire.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tabella imposte di vendita</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente per la procedura di pagamento. È necessario aver selezionato un conto del tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>debiti correnti</strong></span> per proseguire.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tabella imposte di vendita</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                  <p>Visualizza e permette di modificare la lista di tabelle delle imposte.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor termini di pagamento</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                  <p>Visualizza e permette di modificare la lista dei termini di pagamento.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Promemoria scadenze ricevute</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                  <p>Visualizza e permette di modificare la lista dei promemoria delle scadenze per le ricevute.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-reports-menu"></a>4.2.1.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Questa rappresenta solamente una breve lista di ogni resoconto o grafico disponibile. Ognuno di essi può essere personalizzato attraverso il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> e il <em class="firstterm">foglio di stile</em> utilizzato.</p><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ReportsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Resoconti - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da GnuCash." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">
@@ -237,16 +237,16 @@
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Sommario del conto</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Questo resoconto mostra il saldo del conto selezionato.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconti personalizzati</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre la finestra per la gestione dei resoconti creati dall'utente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+                  <p>Apre la finestra per la gestione dei resoconti creati dall’utente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto tasse ed esportazione TXF</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Crea un resoconto per le tasse (US) e/o esporta i dati per un software di elaborazione delle tasse (TXF).</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-tools-menu"></a>4.2.1.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guilabel"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ToolsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Impostazione dell'Online Banking...</strong></span></p></td><td>
-                  <p>Avvia la procedura guidata per la configurazione dell'"Online Banking" se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato compilato con il supporto per l'online banking. <a class="xref" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l'HBCI (Online Banking)">Sezione 7.5, «Procedura guidata per l'<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)»</a></p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Strumento per la modifica o l'immissione dei prezzi di titoli e fondi. Maggiori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Editor prezzi">Sezione 7.6, «Editor prezzi»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Strumento per la modifica o l'immissione di azioni e commodity. Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli">Sezione 7.7, «Editor titoli»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Calcolatrice finanziaria</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria">Sezione 7.8, «Calcolatrice finanziaria»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Chiudi libro</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre una schermata in cui è possibile inserire le informazioni necessarie alla chiusura del libro contabile corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Libro mastro generale</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Vedere la <a class="xref" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale">Sezione 6.15, «Libro mastro generale»</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-windows-menu"></a>4.2.1.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-WindowsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></!
 th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova finestra</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre una nuova finestra vuota di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri la pagina in una nuova finestra</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Sposta la scheda corrente in una nuova finestra.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-help-menu"></a>4.2.1.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-HelpMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Guida ai concetti e manuale</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Spiegazione dei principi di contabilità e di come applicarli in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Mostra delle brevi note relative a funzioni che potrebbero non essere conosciute.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Sommario</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre questo documento.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Informazioni</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Mostra la schermata delle informazioni contenente la versione, la licenza e i ringraziamenti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></tbo!
 dy></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.2. Struttura dei conti - Pulsanti e icone della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-toolbar"></a>4.2.2. Struttura dei conti - Pulsanti e icone della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>La finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mette a disposizione una serie di pulsanti e icone utili per accedere facilmente alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate nella scheda attiva. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> può essere facilmente nascosta o visualizzata selezionando la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. Le opzioni visualizzate nella barra variano a seconda delle operazioni disponibili nella scheda attiva.</p><p>Una breve descrizione della funzione di pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> viene visualizzata quando il puntatore del mouse viene mantenuto al di sopra di esso per qualche secondo.</p><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ToolBarIcons"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.10. Barra degli strumenti - Finestra dell struttura dei conti</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti - Finestra dell struttura dei conti" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
+                  <p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-tools-menu"></a>4.2.1.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guilabel"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ToolsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Impostazione dell’Online Banking...</strong></span></p></td><td>
+                  <p>Avvia la procedura guidata per la configurazione dell’Online Banking se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è stato compilato con il supporto per l’online banking. <a class="xref" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l’HBCI (Online Banking)">Sezione 7.5, «Procedura guidata per l’<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)»</a></p>
+                </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor prezzi</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Strumento per la modifica o l’immissione dei prezzi di titoli e fondi. Maggiori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Editor prezzi">Sezione 7.6, «Editor prezzi»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor titoli</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Strumento per la modifica o l’immissione di azioni e commodity. Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli">Sezione 7.7, «Editor titoli»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Calcolatrice finanziaria</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria">Sezione 7.8, «Calcolatrice finanziaria»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Chiudi libro</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre una schermata in cui è possibile inserire le informazioni necessarie alla chiusura del libro contabile corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Libro mastro generale</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Vedere la <a class="xref" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale">Sezione 6.15, «Libro mastro generale»</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-windows-menu"></a>4.2.1.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-WindowsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</!
 p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova finestra</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre una nuova finestra vuota di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri la pagina in una nuova finestra</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Sposta la scheda corrente in una nuova finestra.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.2.1.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-help-menu"></a>4.2.1.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-HelpMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Guida ai concetti e manuale</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Spiegazione dei principi di contabilità e di come applicarli in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Mostra delle brevi note relative a funzioni che potrebbero non essere conosciute.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Sommario</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre questo documento.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Informazioni</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Mostra la schermata delle informazioni contenente la versione, la licenza e i ringraziamenti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></!
 tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.2. Struttura dei conti - Pulsanti e icone della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-toolbar"></a>4.2.2. Struttura dei conti - Pulsanti e icone della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>La finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mette a disposizione una serie di pulsanti e icone utili per accedere facilmente alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate nella scheda attiva. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> può essere facilmente nascosta o visualizzata selezionando la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span>. Le opzioni visualizzate nella barra variano a seconda delle operazioni disponibili nella scheda attiva.</p><p>Una breve descrizione della funzione di pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> viene visualizzata quando il puntatore del mouse viene mantenuto al di sopra di esso per qualche secondo.</p><div class="table"><a name="AccTree-ToolBarIcons"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.10. Barra degli strumenti - Finestra dell struttura dei conti</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti - Finestra dell struttura dei conti" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guibutton">Salva</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+S</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p>Esegue il salvataggio del file dei dati, inserendo tutte le transazioni nel file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p>Chiude la pagina dei conti attualmente visualizzata</p>
               <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa icona non è disponibile se è aperta una sola scheda; è disponibile per quelle successive che vengono aperte.</p></td></tr></table></div>
-              </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Apri</span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro delle transazioni per il conto selezionato.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Modifica</span></p></td><td><p>Permette di variare le caratteristiche del conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto">Sezione 5.5, «Modificare un conto»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span></p></td><td><p>Avvia la procedura per la creazione di un nuovo conto. <a class="xref" href="acct-create.html" title="5.4. Creare un nuovo conto">Sezione 5.4, «Creare un nuovo conto»</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Cancella</span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove il conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto">Sezione 5.7, «Cancellare un conto»</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.3. Barra delle schede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-Tab-bar"></a>4.2.3. Barra delle schede</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra delle schede</strong></span> visualizza in stile "fascicolatore" le schede per i registri delle transazioni, per i resoconti e per la struttura dei conti aperti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.4. Riquadro principale - Struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-main-bar"></a>4.2.4. Riquadro principale - Struttura dei conti</h3></div></div></div><p>La schermata della struttura dei conti visualizza la struttura dei conti in ordine gerarchico. Questo permette l'organizzazione dei conti in base alla tipologia.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th a!
 lign="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Il triangolo (o il segno "+") a fianco del nome del conto, è utilizzato per aprire o chiudere la struttura dei conti. Quando si preme su di esso, l'orientamento della punta cambia da rivolta verso destra a rivolta verso il basso (diventa un segno "-"), per indicare che la struttura ad albero è aperta. Più a destra rispetto al nome del conto principale, saranno visibili uno o più sottoconti che potranno a loro volta avere, a fianco del loro nome, un altro simbolo triangolare (segno "+"); questo indica la presenza di un altro livello di sottoconti.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Nel riquadro principale sono mostrate, di default, quattro colonne: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale</strong></span>. Per ogni conto, queste informazioni, se disponibili, sono </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le colonne visualizzate nella struttura dei conti possono essere personalizzate. Fare clic sull'icona all'estrema destra del riquadro della struttura dei conti per visualizzare una lista a comparsa delle colonne attivabili. Fare clic sul nome della colonna per aggiungerla alla finestra. Fare clic di nuovo sul nome per nasconderla.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Lo stile di visualizzazione predefinito per la finestra della struttura dei conti, è quello a "fascicolatore". Questo è indicato dalla presenza di una scheda nella riga delle schede della finestra principale. Altre schede appariran!
 no a fianco di questa allorché vengano aperti anche dei resoconti, dei registri del conto o altre strutture dei conti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.5. Barra di riepilogo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-summary-bar"></a>4.2.5. Barra di riepilogo</h3></div></div></div><p>La <em class="firstterm">barra di riepilogo</em> visualizza dei saldi relativi al tipo di conto aperto. Normalmente i conti visualizzano il saldo attuale, qualsiasi saldo futuro, un saldo per le operazioni liquidate e un saldo di riconciliazione. I conti per le azioni, comunque, visualizzano le quote totali e il loro valore. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> può essere nascosta o visualizzata selezionando la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span> dal menu.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.6. Barra di stato"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-status-bar"></a>4.2.6. Barra di stato</h3></div></div></div><p>La <em class="firstterm">barra di stato</em> visualizza dei suggerimenti che forniscono maggiori dettagli sulla voce del menu selezionata e mostra anche una barra di avanzamento quando si sta aprendo o salvando un file o generando un resoconto. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> può essere nascosta o resa visibile selezionando la voce <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra di stato</strong></span> presente nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr>!
 <td width="40%" align="left">4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+              </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Apri</span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro delle transazioni per il conto selezionato.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Modifica</span></p></td><td><p>Permette di variare le caratteristiche del conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto">Sezione 5.5, «Modificare un conto»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span></p></td><td><p>Avvia la procedura per la creazione di un nuovo conto. <a class="xref" href="acct-create.html" title="5.4. Creare un nuovo conto">Sezione 5.4, «Creare un nuovo conto»</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Cancella</span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove il conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto">Sezione 5.7, «Cancellare un conto»</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.3. Barra delle schede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-Tab-bar"></a>4.2.3. Barra delle schede</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra delle schede</strong></span> visualizza in stile <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fascicolatore</span>»</span> le schede per i registri delle transazioni, per i resoconti e per la struttura dei conti aperti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.4. Riquadro principale - Struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-main-bar"></a>4.2.4. Riquadro principale - Struttura dei conti</h3></div></div></div><p>La schermata della struttura dei conti visualizza la struttura dei conti in ordine gerarchico. Questo permette l’organizzazione dei conti in base alla tipologia.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" w!
 idth="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Il triangolo (o il segno "+") a fianco del nome del conto, è utilizzato per aprire o chiudere la struttura dei conti. Quando si preme su di esso, l’orientamento della punta cambia da rivolta verso destra a rivolta verso il basso (diventa un segno "-"), per indicare che la struttura ad albero è aperta. Più a destra rispetto al nome del conto principale, saranno visibili uno o più sottoconti che potranno a loro volta avere, a fianco del loro nome, un altro simbolo triangolare (segno "+"); questo indica la presenza di un altro livello di sottoconti.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Nel riquadro principale sono mostrate, di default, quattro colonne: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Totale</strong></span>. Per ogni conto, queste informazioni, se disponibili, sono </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le colonne visualizzate nella struttura dei conti possono essere personalizzate. Fare clic sull’icona all’estrema destra del riquadro della struttura dei conti per visualizzare una lista a comparsa delle colonne attivabili. Fare clic sul nome della colonna per aggiungerla alla finestra. Fare clic di nuovo sul nome per nasconderla.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Lo stile di visualizzazione predefinito per la finestra della struttura dei conti, è quello a "fascicolatore". Questo è indicato dalla presenza di una scheda nella rig!
 a delle schede della finestra principale. Altre schede appariranno a fianco di questa allorché vengano aperti anche dei resoconti, dei registri del conto o altre strutture dei conti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.5. Barra di riepilogo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-summary-bar"></a>4.2.5. Barra di riepilogo</h3></div></div></div><p>La <em class="firstterm">barra di riepilogo</em> visualizza dei saldi relativi al tipo di conto aperto. Normalmente i conti visualizzano il saldo attuale, qualsiasi saldo futuro, un saldo per le operazioni liquidate e un saldo di riconciliazione. I conti per le azioni, comunque, visualizzano le quote totali e il loro valore. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> può essere nascosta o visualizzata selezionando la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span> dal menu.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.2.6. Barra di stato"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-status-bar"></a>4.2.6. Barra di stato</h3></div></div></div><p>La <em class="firstterm">barra di stato</em> visualizza dei suggerimenti che forniscono maggiori dettagli sulla voce del menu selezionata e mostra anche una barra di avanzamento quando si sta aprendo o salvando un file o generando un resoconto. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> può essere nascosta o resa visibile selezionando la voce <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra di stato</strong></span> presente nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesske!
 y="n" href="ch04s03.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. La scheda dei conti"><link rel="next" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Finestra del resoconto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2920306"></a>4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-register"></a>4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra è utilizzata per l'inserimento e la modifica dei dati del conto; fornisce anche degli strumenti per la pianificazione futura delle transazioni, per cercare e per creare dei resoconti sulle transazioni e per la stampa degli assegni.</p><p>Per aprire la finestra del registro di un co!
 nto, selezionare quest'ultimo nella struttura dei conti e poi andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri conto</strong></span>  o premere Ctrl+O: verrà aperta una nuova finestra con il registro del conto. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Apri</span> nella barra degli strumenti della finestra della struttura dei conti o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salta</span> nella finestra del registro, sono delle possibili alternative.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2920378"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.3. La visualizzazione del <span class="emphasis">registro del conto</span>.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Schermata del registro del conto"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa è una schermata della scheda <span class="emphasis"><strong>Registro del conto</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.2. Menu del registro dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-menus"></a>4.3.2. Menu del registro dei conti</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> per la finestra del registro delle transazioni, contiene le seguenti opzioni:</p><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.1. Registro del conto - Menu File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-file-menu"></a>4.3.2.1. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Selezionando la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>, comparirà un menu a discesa con!
 tenente le opzioni descritte in <a class="xref" href="ch04s03.html#Trans-FileMenu" title="Tabella 4.11. Registro del conto - Menu File - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.">Tabella 4.11, «Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.»</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="Trans-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.11. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Registro del conto - Menu File - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. La scheda dei conti"><link rel="next" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Finestra del resoconto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892776"></a>4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-register"></a>4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra è utilizzata per l’inserimento e la modifica dei dati del conto; fornisce anche degli strumenti per la pianificazione futura delle transazioni, per cercare e per creare dei resoconti sulle transazioni e per la stampa degli assegni.</p><p>Per aprire la finestra del registro di un !
 conto, selezionare quest’ultimo nella struttura dei conti e poi andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri conto</strong></span>  o premere Ctrl+O: verrà aperta una nuova finestra con il registro del conto. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Apri</span> nella barra degli strumenti della finestra della struttura dei conti o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Salta</span> nella finestra del registro, sono delle possibili alternative.</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2892846"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.3. La visualizzazione del <span class="emphasis">registro del conto</span>.</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_AccountReg_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Schermata del registro del conto"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa è una schermata della scheda <span class="emphasis"><strong>Registro del conto</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.2. Menu del registro dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-menus"></a>4.3.2. Menu del registro dei conti</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> per la finestra del registro delle transazioni, contiene le seguenti opzioni:</p><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.1. Registro del conto - Menu File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-file-menu"></a>4.3.2.1. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Selezionando la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>, comparirà un menu a discesa!
  contenente le opzioni descritte in <a class="xref" href="ch04s03.html#Trans-FileMenu" title="Tabella 4.11. Registro del conto - Menu File - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.">Tabella 4.11, «Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.»</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="Trans-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.11. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Registro del conto - Menu File - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+N</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Crea un nuovo file dei dati (per iniziare con dei nuovi conti e dei nuovi dati)</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Apre un file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> già esistente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
-                  <p>Apre il menu secondario che permette l'importazione dei file creati con altri programmi finanziari.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Apre il menu secondario che permette l’importazione dei file creati con altri programmi finanziari.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa QIF...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia il processo di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa OFX/QFX...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa file CSV o a larghezza fissa...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Avvia il processo di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> o a larghezza fissa.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripeti file log di GnuCash...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia la ripetizione di un file di log di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Utilie per recuperare i dati dopo un "crash" del programma.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia la ripetizione di un file di log di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Utilie per recuperare i dati dopo un crash del programma.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa MT940</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa MT942</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa assegni...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                    <p>Avvia l'assistente per la stampa degli assegni. Consultare la <a class="xref" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni">Sezione 6.13, «Stampare gli assegni»</a>.</p>
+                    <p>Avvia l’assistente per la stampa degli assegni. Consultare <a class="xref" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni">Sezione 6.13, «Stampare gli assegni»</a>.</p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Imposta pagina...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Maiusc+Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Permette di selezionare la dimensione del foglio, la disposizione e i margini per la stampa.</p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all'esportazione dei conti.</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all'esportazione dei conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all’esportazione dei conti.</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all’esportazione dei conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Esporta conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Esporta la struttura dei conti in un nuovo file. I dati non vengono esportati.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Proprietà</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Alt+Inserisci</strong></span>)
@@ -94,15 +94,15 @@
                 <p>Opzione per la scelta dello stile di visualizzazione del registro.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Giornale della transazione</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                 <p>Opzione per la scelta dello stile di visualizzazione del registro.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Doppia linea</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                 <p>Opzione per abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione a doppia linea.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ordina per...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                <p>Imposta il criterio di ordinamento della schermata delle transazioni. Fare clic per aprire la scheda delle opzioni. Per chiudere la scheda delle opzioni premer i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> o <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                <p>Imposta il criterio di ordinamento della schermata delle transazioni. Fare clic per aprire la scheda delle opzioni. Per chiudere la scheda delle opzioni premere i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> o <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ordine standard</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                <p>Mantiene l'ordine normale del conto</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                <p>Mantiene l’ordine normale del conto</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                 <p>Ordina per data</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di immissione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                 <p>Ordina per data di immissione.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
-                <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data dell'estratto conto</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                <p>Ordina per data dell'estratto conto (elementi non riconciliati per ultimi).</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data dell’estratto conto</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
+                <p>Ordina per data dell’estratto conto (elementi non riconciliati per ultimi).</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                 <p>Ordina per numero.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                 <p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
                 <p>Ordina per campo delle note</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filtra per...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left"><p>Imposta il filtro per i conti visualizzati nella struttura dei conti o nella schermata del registro delle transazioni.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Aggiorna</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+R</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left"><p>Ridisegna la schermata visualizzata.</p>
-                  </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Apre una nuova scheda in cui è visualizzata la struttura dei conti.</p></td><td class="auto-generated"> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.4. Registro del conto - Menu Transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-transaction-menu"></a>4.3.2.4. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Trans-TransactionMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.14. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Registro del conto - Menu Transazione - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th align="left">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Taglia transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Taglia la transazione selezionata e la mantiene in memoria.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Copia transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Copia la transazione selezionata nella memoria.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Incolla transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Incolla la transazione selezionata dalla memoria.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Duplica transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Inserisce nel registro una copia della transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Elimina transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Cancella la trans!
 azione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimuovi suddivisioni dalla transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Rimuove tutte le suddivisioni dalla transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisci transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Inserisce nel registro la transazione a cui si sta lavorando</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Annulla transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Invalida transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Invalida la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconvalida transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Riconvalida la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Aggiungi transazione di inversione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.5. Registro del conto - Menu Operazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-actions-menu"></a>4.3.2.5. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Trans-ActionsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.15. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Registro del conto - Menu Operazioni - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><c!
 ol align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Operazioni online</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Questa voce del menu è mostrata solamente se è abilitato l'Online Banking <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Apre una nuova scheda in cui è visualizzata la struttura dei conti.</p></td><td class="auto-generated"> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.4. Registro del conto - Menu Transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-transaction-menu"></a>4.3.2.4. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Trans-TransactionMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.14. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Registro del conto - Menu Transazione - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th align="left">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Taglia transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Taglia la transazione selezionata e la mantiene in memoria.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Copia transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Copia la transazione selezionata nella memoria.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Incolla transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Incolla la transazione selezionata dalla memoria.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Duplica transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Inserisce nel registro una copia della transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Elimina transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Cancella la trans!
 azione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimuovi suddivisioni dalla transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Rimuove tutte le suddivisioni dalla transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisci transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Inserisce nel registro la transazione a cui si sta lavorando</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Annulla transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Invalida transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Invalida la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconvalida transazione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p>Riconvalida la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Aggiungi transazione di inversione</strong></span></p></td><td align="left"><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.5. Registro del conto - Menu Operazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-actions-menu"></a>4.3.2.5. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Trans-ActionsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.15. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Registro del conto - Menu Operazioni - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><c!
 ol align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Operazioni online</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Questa voce del menu è mostrata solamente se è abilitato l’Online Banking <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ricevi saldo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ricevi transazioni</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@
                   <p></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">menu secondari della voce «transazioni pianificate»</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Richiama lo strumento di modifica di una transazione pianificata. Vedere la <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
-                  <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall'ultimo avvio</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Mostra le transazioni pianificate dall'ultimo avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall'ultimo avvio»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Mostra le transazioni pianificate dall’ultimo avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall’ultimo avvio»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente di rimborso di mutui e ipoteche per impostare le rate. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a></p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Menu secondario per l'impresa</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente di rimborso di mutui e ipoteche per impostare le rate. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a></p>
+                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Menu secondario per l’impresa</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Apre la finestra per la creazione di un nuovo bilancio preventivo.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri bilancio preventivo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -143,13 +143,13 @@
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di trasferimento tra conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconcilia...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Avvia la procedura di riconciliazione. <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione">Sezione 5.8.1, «Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Frazionamento azionario...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente per il frazionamento azionario. Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario">Sezione 7.4, «Registrare un frazionamento azionario»</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Visualizza lotti...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre la schermata dei "lotti nel conto".</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transazione vuota</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente per il frazionamento azionario. Ulteriori dettagli nella <a class="xref" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario">Sezione 7.4, «Registrare un frazionamento azionario»</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Visualizza lotti...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Apre la schermata dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>lotti nel conto</strong></span>.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transazione vuota</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                <p>Sposta la selezione alla transazione vuote sul fondo del registro</p>
               </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transazione suddivisa</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left"><p>Espande la transazione selezionata mostrandone le suddivisioni.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica tasso di cambio</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                <p>Modifica il tasso di cambio della transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Pianifica...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                <p>Crea una transazione pianificata utilizzando questa transazione come modello.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salta</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-               <p>Salta alla transazione corrispondente nell'altro conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
+               <p>Salta alla transazione corrispondente nell’altro conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
                     <p>Menu secondari della voce <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span></p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tutte le transazioni</strong></span></p>
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@
                   </td><td align="left">
                     <p>Controlla e ripara le suddivisioni in questa transazione.</p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripristina avvisi...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l'opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell'operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</p>
+                  <p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rinomina pagina</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                    <p>Apre la casella per rinominare la scheda o la pagina corrente.</p>
-                  </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.6. Registro del conto - Menu Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-business-menu"></a>4.3.2.6. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu" title="Tabella 4.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di GnuCash dedicate all'impresa.">Tabella 4.5, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all'impresa.»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.7. Registro del conto - Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-reports-menu"></a>4.3.2.7. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu" title="Tabella 4.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu Resoconti - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da GnuCash.">Tabella 4.6, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.»</a> a cui si aggiungono quelli elencati nel seguito.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto del conto</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni del conto</strong></span></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.8. Registro del conto - Menu !
 Strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-tools-menu"></a>4.3.2.8. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu" title="Tabella 4.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor">Tabella 4.7, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.9. Registro del conto - Menu Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-windows-menu"></a>4.3.2.9. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu" title="Tabella 4.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre">Tabella 4.8, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span>»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.10. Registro del conto - Menu Aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-help-menu"></a>4.3.2.10. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu" title="Tabella 4.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.">Tabella 4.9, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.»</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.3. Registro del conto - Icone e !
 pulsanti della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-toolbar"></a>4.3.3. Registro del conto - Icone e pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mette a disposizione una serie di pulsanti e icone utili per accedere facilmente alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate nella scheda attiva. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> può essere facilmente nascosta o visualizzata selezionando la voce <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span>. Le opzioni visualizzate nella barra variano a seconda delle operazioni eseguibili nella scheda attiva.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le opzioni specifichevisualizzate nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> variano in funzione delle operazioni disponibile nella scheda corrente.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Una breve descrizione della funzione di un pulsante è visualizzata quando il puntatore del mouse viene mantenuto al di sopra di essa per qualche secondo.</p><div class="table"><a name="Trans-ToolBarIcons"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.16. <span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra del registro del conto (registro delle transazioni)</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti della finestra del registro del conto (registro delle transazioni)" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pul!
 santi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
+                  </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.6. Registro del conto - Menu Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-business-menu"></a>4.3.2.6. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu" title="Tabella 4.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di GnuCash dedicate all’impresa.">Tabella 4.5, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all’impresa.»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.7. Registro del conto - Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-reports-menu"></a>4.3.2.7. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu" title="Tabella 4.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu Resoconti - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da GnuCash.">Tabella 4.6, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.»</a> a cui si aggiungono quelli elencati nel seguito.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto del conto</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Resoconto delle transazioni del conto</strong></span></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.8. Registro del conto!
  - Menu Strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-tools-menu"></a>4.3.2.8. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu" title="Tabella 4.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor">Tabella 4.7, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.9. Registro del conto - Menu Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-windows-menu"></a>4.3.2.9. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu" title="Tabella 4.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre">Tabella 4.8, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span>»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.3.2.10. Registro del conto - Menu Aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-help-menu"></a>4.3.2.10. Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu" title="Tabella 4.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.">Tabella 4.9, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.»</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.3. Registro del !
 conto - Icone e pulsanti della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-toolbar"></a>4.3.3. Registro del conto - Icone e pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mette a disposizione una serie di pulsanti e icone utili per accedere facilmente alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate nella scheda attiva. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> può essere facilmente nascosta o visualizzata selezionando la voce <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span>. Le opzioni visualizzate nella barra variano a seconda delle operazioni eseguibili nella scheda attiva.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le opzioni specifichevisualizzate nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> variano in funzione delle operazioni disponibile nella scheda corrente.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Una breve descrizione della funzione di un pulsante è visualizzata quando il puntatore del mouse viene mantenuto al di sopra di essa per qualche secondo.</p><div class="table"><a name="Trans-ToolBarIcons"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.16. <span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra del registro del conto (registro delle transazioni)</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti della finestra del registro del conto (registro delle transazioni)" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thea!
 d><tr><th><p>Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+S</strong></span>)
-                </p></td><td><p>Esegue il salvataggio del file dei dati, inserendo tutte le transazioni nel file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span></p></td><td><p>Chiude il registro.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Duplica</span></p></td><td><p>Permette di creare una copia della transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Cancella</span></p></td><td><p>Cancella dal registro la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span></p></td><td><p>Registra la transazione corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span></p></td><td><p>Annulla la transazione corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Vuota</span></p></td><td><p>Sposta il cursore nella transazione vuota alla fine del registro.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span></p></td><td><p>Mostra tutte le suddivisioni nella transazione selezionata. Questo pulsante è disattivato se è stato scelta l'opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Mastro a espansione automatica</strong></span></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Salta</span></p></td><td><p>Salta alla transazione corrispondente nell'altro conto</p>
-              </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Pianifica</span></p></td><td><p>Crea una transazione pianificata utilizzando questa transazione come modello.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Trasferimento</span></p></td><td><p>Avvia l'assistente per il trasferimento di fondi da un conto a un altro.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Riconcilia</span></p></td><td><p>Avvia il procedimento di riconciliazione per il conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione">Sezione 5.8.1, «Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione»</a></p>
-              </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.4. Barra delle schede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-tab-bar"></a>4.3.4. Barra delle schede</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra delle schede</strong></span> visualizza in stile "fascicolatore" le schede per i registri delle transazioni o per i resoconti aperti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.5. Elenco delle transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-display-main"></a>4.3.5. Elenco delle transazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>L'elenco delle transazioni visualizza tutti i movimenti che sono stati inseriti e un saldo corrente. Presenta anche una transazione vuota da utilizzare per inserire dei nuovi movimenti. Le intestazioni delle colonne variano in funzione del tipo di conto a cui il registro si riferisce. Le intestazioni più comunemente visualizzate sono <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span>.</p><p>Il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> permette di modificare lo stile di visualizzazione dell'elenco delle transazioni variando il numero di elementi visualizzati, utilizzando un criterio di ordinamento differente oppure cambiando lo stile per poter visualizzare più facilmente le transazioni. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> permette di mostrare velocemente tutte le parti di una transazione.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.6. Barra di riepilogo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-summary-bar2"></a>4.3.6. Barra di riepilogo</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> visualizza dei saldi relativi al tipo di conto aperto. Normalmente i conti visualizzano il saldo <!
 span class="guilabel"><strong>Attuale</strong></span>, il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Futuro</strong></span>, un saldo per le operazioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidate</strong></span>, un saldo di <span class="guilabel"><strong>riconciliazione</strong></span> e un saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Minimo previsto</strong></span>. I conti per le azioni, inoltre, visualizzano le <span class="guilabel"><strong>quote totali</strong></span> e il loro <span class="guilabel"><strong>valore</strong></span>. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo puVisualizzaBarra di riepilogo dal menu.</strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.7. Barra di stato"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-status-bar"></a>4.3.7. Barra di stato</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> funziona esattamente come già descritto in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar" title="4.2.6. Barra di stato">Sezione 4.2.6, «Barra di stato»</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.2. La scheda dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.4. Finestra del resoconto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+                </p></td><td><p>Esegue il salvataggio del file dei dati, inserendo tutte le transazioni nel file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span></p></td><td><p>Chiude il registro.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Duplica</span></p></td><td><p>Permette di creare una copia della transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Cancella</span></p></td><td><p>Cancella dal registro la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span></p></td><td><p>Registra la transazione corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span></p></td><td><p>Annulla la transazione corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Vuota</span></p></td><td><p>Sposta il cursore nella transazione vuota alla fine del registro.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span></p></td><td><p>Mostra tutte le suddivisioni nella transazione selezionata. Questo pulsante è disattivato se è stato scelta l’opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Mastro a espansione automatica</strong></span></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Salta</span></p></td><td><p>Salta alla transazione corrispondente nell’altro conto</p>
+              </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Pianifica</span></p></td><td><p>Crea una transazione pianificata utilizzando questa transazione come modello.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Trasferimento</span></p></td><td><p>Avvia l’assistente per il trasferimento di fondi da un conto a un altro.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Riconcilia</span></p></td><td><p>Avvia il procedimento di riconciliazione per il conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile" title="5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione">Sezione 5.8.1, «Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione»</a></p>
+              </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.4. Barra delle schede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-tab-bar"></a>4.3.4. Barra delle schede</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra delle schede<span class="emphasis"><strong> visualizza in stile <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fascicolatore</span>»</span> le schede per i registri delle transazioni, per i resoconti e per le strutture dei conti aperti.</strong></span></strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.5. Elenco delle transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-display-main"></a>4.3.5. Elenco delle transazioni</h3></div></div></div><p>L’elenco delle transazioni visualizza tutti i movimenti che sono stati inseriti e un saldo corrente. Presenta anche una transazione vuota da utilizzare per inserire dei nuovi movimenti. Le intestazioni delle colonne variano in funzione del tipo di conto a cui il registro si riferisce. Le intestazioni più comunemente visualizzate sono <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span>.</p><p>Il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> permette di modificare lo stile di visualizzazione dell’elenco delle transazioni variando il numero di elementi visualizzati, utilizzando un criterio di ordinamento differente oppure cambiando lo stile per poter visualizzare più facilmente le transazioni. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> permette di mostrare velocemente tutte le parti di una transazione.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.6. Barra di riepilogo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-summary-bar2"></a>4.3.6. Barra di riepilogo</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><stron!
 g>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> visualizza dei saldi relativi al tipo di conto aperto. Normalmente i conti visualizzano il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Attuale</strong></span>, il saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Futuro</strong></span>, un saldo per le operazioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>liquidate</strong></span>, un saldo di <span class="guilabel"><strong>riconciliazione</strong></span> e un saldo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Minimo previsto</strong></span>. I conti per le azioni, inoltre, visualizzano le <span class="guilabel"><strong>quote totali</strong></span> e il loro <span class="guilabel"><strong>valore</strong></span>. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo puVisualizzaBarra di riepilogo dal menu.</strong></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.3.7. Barra di stato"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-status-bar"></a>4.3.7. Barra di stato</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> funziona esattamente come già descritto in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar" title="4.2.6. Barra di stato">Sezione 4.2.6, «Barra di stato»</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.2. La scheda dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.4. Finestra del resoconto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Finestra del resoconto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale"><link rel="next" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Finestra del resoconto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s05.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.4. Finestra del resoconto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2923895"></a>4.4. Finestra del resoconto</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.1. Finestra di visualizzazione del resoconto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-display"></a>4.4.1. Finestra di visualizzazione del resoconto</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra è visualizzata ogni qualvolta viene selezionato un resoconto o un grafico dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>.</p><p>Per aprire la finestra del resoconto, selezionare una tipologia di resoconto dalla lista fornita nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>. Verrà aperta una nuova finestra dove sarà visua!
 lizzato il resoconto selezionato con uno stile simile a quello di una pagina internet in cui sono visualizzati dei collegamenti attivabili ai dati del conto.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In funzione della tipologia selezionata, potrebbe essere necessario attendere qualche istante prima che la generazione del resoconto sia terminata. Nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra di stato</strong></span> è comunque possibile vedere lo stato di avanzamento della generazione tramite la barra di progressione se questa non è stata nascosta in precedenza.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="figure"><a name="id2923955"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.4. La <span class="emphasis">finestra del resoconto</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Report_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Schermata del resoconto"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa è un'immagine del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Grafico di entrate e uscite</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.2. Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-menus"></a>4.4.2. Menu Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> per la finestra dei resoconti contiene le seguenti opzioni.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.1. Resoconti - Menu File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-file-menu"></a>4.4.2.1. Resoconti - Menu <sp!
 an class="guilabel"><strong>File</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Premendo l'opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>, comparirà un menu a discesa contenente le opzioni descritte in <a class="xref" href="ch04s04.html#Report-FileMenu" title="Tabella 4.17. Resoconti - Menu File - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.">Tabella 4.17, «Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.»</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="Report-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.17. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Resoconti - Menu File - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Finestra del resoconto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale"><link rel="next" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Finestra del resoconto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s05.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.4. Finestra del resoconto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896366"></a>4.4. Finestra del resoconto</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.1. Finestra di visualizzazione del resoconto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-display"></a>4.4.1. Finestra di visualizzazione del resoconto</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra è visualizzata ogni qualvolta viene selezionato un resoconto o un grafico dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>.</p><p>Per aprire la finestra del resoconto, selezionare una tipologia di resoconto dalla lista fornita nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span>. Verrà aperta una nuova finestra dove sarà visua!
 lizzato il resoconto selezionato con uno stile simile a quello di una pagina internet in cui sono visualizzati dei collegamenti attivabili ai dati del conto.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In funzione della tipologia selezionata, potrebbe essere necessario attendere qualche istante prima che la generazione del resoconto sia terminata. Nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra di stato</strong></span> è comunque possibile vedere lo stato di avanzamento della generazione tramite la barra di progressione se questa non è stata nascosta in precedenza.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="figure"><a name="id2896425"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 4.4. La <span class="emphasis">finestra del resoconto</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Report_Screen.png" width="510" alt="Schermata del resoconto"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Questa è un’immagine del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Grafico di entrate e uscite</strong></span>.</p></div></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.2. Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-menus"></a>4.4.2. Menu Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> per la finestra dei resoconti contiene le seguenti opzioni.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.1. Resoconti - Menu File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-file-menu"></a>4.4.2.1. Resoconti - Menu <!
 span class="guilabel"><strong>File</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span>.</p><p>Premendo l’opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>, comparirà un menu a discesa contenente le opzioni descritte in <a class="xref" href="ch04s04.html#Report-FileMenu" title="Tabella 4.17. Resoconti - Menu File - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.">Tabella 4.17, «Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.»</a>.</p><div class="table"><a name="Report-FileMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.17. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Resoconti - Menu File - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+N</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Crea un nuovo file dei dati (per iniziare con dei nuovi conti e dei nuovi dati)</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Apre un file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> già esistente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">
-                    <p>Apre il menu secondario che permette l'importazione dei file creati con altri programmi finanziari.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                    <p>Apre il menu secondario che permette l’importazione dei file creati con altri programmi finanziari.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa QIF...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                     <p>Avvia il processo di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa OFX/QFX...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa file CSV o a larghezza fissa...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                     <p>Avvia il processo di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">CSV</acronym> o a larghezza fissa.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripeti file log di GnuCash...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                    <p>Avvia la ripetizione di un file di log di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Utilie per recuperare i dati dopo un "crash" del programma.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                    <p>Avvia la ripetizione di un file di log di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Utilie per recuperare i dati dopo un crash del programma.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa MT940</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                     <p>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                     <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa MT942</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Imposta pagina...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Maiusc+Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                   <p>Permette di selezionare la dimensione del foglio, la disposizione e i margini per la stampa.</p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all'esportazione dei conti.</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all'esportazione dei conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all’esportazione dei conti.</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
+                  <p>Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all’esportazione dei conti.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Esporta resoconto</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Esporta il resoconto corrente in un file in formato <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Esporta conti</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
                     <p>Visualizza le opzioni per lo stile di visualizzazione del resoconto.</p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Opzioni resoconto tasse</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                     <p>Imposta le caratteristiche delle tasse per uno o più conti (US). Assign tax form and line to account.</p>
-                  </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.3. Resoconti - Menu Visualizza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-view-menu"></a>4.4.2.3. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>A eccezione di <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filtra per...</strong></span>, le voci presenti nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> sono le stesse elencate in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ViewMenu" title="Tabella 4.3. Struttura dei conti - Menu Visualizza - modifica la vista della finestra.">Tabella 4.3, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - modifica la vista della finestra.»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.4. Resoconti - Menu Operazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-actions-menu"></a>4.4.2.4. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Report-ActionsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.19. Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette l'impostazione delle transazioni pianificate.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Operazioni - Permette l'impostazione delle transazioni pianificate." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Operazioni online</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Questa voce del menu è mostrata solamente se è abilitato l'Online Banking <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.3. Resoconti - Menu Visualizza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-view-menu"></a>4.4.2.3. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>A eccezione di <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filtra per...</strong></span>, le voci presenti nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> sono le stesse elencate in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ViewMenu" title="Tabella 4.3. Struttura dei conti - Menu Visualizza - modifica la vista della finestra.">Tabella 4.3, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - modifica la vista della finestra.»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.4. Resoconti - Menu Operazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-actions-menu"></a>4.4.2.4. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="table"><a name="Report-ActionsMenu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.19. Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette l’impostazione delle transazioni pianificate.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Operazioni - Permette l’impostazione delle transazioni pianificate." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left"><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Descrizione</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Operazioni online</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Questa voce del menu è mostrata solamente se è abilitato l’Online Banking <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ricevi saldo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ricevi transazioni</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@
                   <p></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">menu secondari della voce «transazioni pianificate»</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Richiama lo strumento di modifica di una transazione pianificata. Vedere la <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
-                  <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall'ultimo avvio</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Mostra le transazioni pianificate dall'ultimo avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall'ultimo avvio»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Mostra le transazioni pianificate dall’ultimo avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall’ultimo avvio»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
-                  <p>Avvia l'assistente di rimborso di mutui e ipoteche per impostare le rate. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a></p>
-                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Menu secondario per l'impresa</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
+                  <p>Avvia l’assistente di rimborso di mutui e ipoteche per impostare le rate. <a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a></p>
+                </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Bilancio</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong></strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Menu secondario per l’impresa</td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo bilancio preventivo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Apre la finestra per la creazione di un nuovo bilancio preventivo.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="auto-generated"> </td><td align="left">
                   <p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri bilancio preventivo</strong></span></p></td><td align="left">
                   <p>Apre un bilancio esistente.</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripristina avvisi...</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
-                  <p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l'opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell'operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</p>
+                  <p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi.</p>
                   </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rinomina pagina</strong></span></p></td><td colspan="2" align="left">
                    <p>Apre la casella per rinominare la scheda o la pagina corrente.</p>
-                  </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.5. Resoconti - Menu Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-business-menu"></a>4.4.2.5. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu" title="Tabella 4.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di GnuCash dedicate all'impresa.">Tabella 4.5, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all'impresa.»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.6. Resoconti - Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-reports-menu"></a>4.4.2.6. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu" title="Tabella 4.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu Resoconti - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da GnuCash.">Tabella 4.6, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.»</a> .</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.7. Resoconti - Menu Strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-tools-menu"></a>4.4.2.7. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu" title="Tabe!
 lla 4.7.. Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor">Tabella 4.7, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.8. Resoconti - Menu Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-windows-menu"></a>4.4.2.8. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu" title="Tabella 4.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre">Tabella 4.8, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span>»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.9. Resoconti - Menu Aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-help-menu"></a>4.4.2.9. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu" title="Tabella 4.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.">Tabella 4.9, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.»</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.3. Resoconti - Icone dei pulsanti della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tool-bar"></a>4.4.3. Resoconti - Icone dei pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra del resoconto è dotata di una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> che permette un rapido accesso alle funzioni utilizzate per i resoc!
 onti. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> può essere nascosta o visualizzata selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2925907"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.20. Resoconti - Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis">barra degli strumenti</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Resoconti - Pulsanti della barra degli strumenti" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
+                  </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.5. Resoconti - Menu Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-business-menu"></a>4.4.2.5. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu" title="Tabella 4.5. Struttura dei conti - Menu Impresa - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di GnuCash dedicate all’impresa.">Tabella 4.5, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all’impresa.»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.6. Resoconti - Menu Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-reports-menu"></a>4.4.2.6. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu" title="Tabella 4.6. Struttura dei conti - Menu Resoconti - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da GnuCash.">Tabella 4.6, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.»</a> .</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.7. Resoconti - Menu Strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-tools-menu"></a>4.4.2.7. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu" tit!
 le="Tabella 4.7. Struttura dei conti - Menu Strumenti - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor">Tabella 4.7, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.8. Resoconti - Menu Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-windows-menu"></a>4.4.2.8. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu" title="Tabella 4.8. Struttura dei conti - Menu Finestre">Tabella 4.8, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span>»</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="4.4.2.9. Resoconti - Menu Aiuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-help-menu"></a>4.4.2.9. Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>Gli elementi visualizzati nel menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> sono gli stessi elencati in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu" title="Tabella 4.9. Struttura dei conti - Menu Aiuto - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.">Tabella 4.9, «Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.»</a>.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.3. Resoconti - Icone dei pulsanti della barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tool-bar"></a>4.4.3. Resoconti - Icone dei pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra del resoconto è dotata di una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> che permette un rapido accesso alle funzioni utiliz!
 zate per i resoconti. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> può essere nascosta o visualizzata selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2898373"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.20. Resoconti - Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis">barra degli strumenti</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Resoconti - Pulsanti della barra degli strumenti" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+S</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Chiudi</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span>)
-                </p></td><td><p>Chiude il resoconto attualmente visualizzato.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span></p></td><td><p>Sposta un passo indietro nella cronologia</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span></p></td><td><p>Sposta un passo avanti nella cronologia</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Ricarica</span></p></td><td><p>Ricarica (aggiorna) il resoconto corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Stop</span></p></td><td><p>Termina i processi HTML in esecuzione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all'esportazione dei conti.</span></p></td><td><p>Esporta il resoconto in un file di formato <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span></p></td><td><p>Modifica le opzioni per il tipo specifico di resoconto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
+                </p></td><td><p>Chiude il resoconto attualmente visualizzato.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span></p></td><td><p>Sposta un passo indietro nella cronologia</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span></p></td><td><p>Sposta un passo avanti nella cronologia</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Ricarica</span></p></td><td><p>Ricarica (aggiorna) il resoconto corrente.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Stop</span></p></td><td><p>Termina i processi HTML in esecuzione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Apre il menu secondario con le voci relative all’esportazione dei conti.</span></p></td><td><p>Esporta il resoconto in un file di formato <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span></p></td><td><p>Modifica le opzioni per il tipo specifico di resoconto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
-                </p></td><td><p>Invia alla stampante il resoconto corrente.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.4. Barra delle schede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tab-bar"></a>4.4.4. Barra delle schede</h3></div></div></div><p>La «barra delle schede» visualizza in stile "fascicolatore" le schede per i registri delle transazioni, per i resoconti e per le strutture dei conti aperti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.5. Schermata principale del resoconto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-main"></a>4.4.5. Schermata principale del resoconto</h3></div></div></div><p>Qui viene visualizzato il resoconto o il grafico selezionato. Le proprietà di questa finestra sono modificabili in due modi. Selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>, è possibile modificare ciò che viene mostrato dal resoconto e da quale conto vengono prelevate le informazioni. Selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile...</strong></span> si possono modificare le proprietà della pagina web che visualizza il resoconto.</p><p>Il resoconto è in grado di agire come una pagine internet se contiene dei collegamenti a delle pagine esterne. I pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> permettono di muoversi <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> e <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> attraverso le pagine. Facendo clic sui collegamenti ai nomi dei conti contenuti nel resoconto verranno anche aperte le informazioni nella finestra del registro.</p><p>E' inoltre possibile <span class="guibutton">esportare</span> il proprio resoconto e effettuarne la <span class="guibutton">stampa</span> attraverso i pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></div><!
 div class="sect2" title="4.4.6. Barra di riepilogo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-summary-bar"></a>4.4.6. Barra di riepilogo</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span> non è mostrata quando è visualizzato un resoconto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.7. Barra di stato"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-status-bar"></a>4.4.7. Barra di stato</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> funziona esattamente come già descritto in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar" title="4.2.6. Barra di stato">Sezione 4.2.6, «Barra di stato»</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s05.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+                </p></td><td><p>Invia alla stampante il resoconto corrente.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.4. Barra delle schede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tab-bar"></a>4.4.4. Barra delle schede</h3></div></div></div><p>La «barra delle schede» visualizza in stile <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">fascicolatore</span>»</span> le schede per i registri delle transazioni, per i resoconti e per le strutture dei conti aperti.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.5. Schermata principale del resoconto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-main"></a>4.4.5. Schermata principale del resoconto</h3></div></div></div><p>Qui viene visualizzato il resoconto o il grafico selezionato. Le proprietà di questa finestra sono modificabili in due modi. Selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>, è possibile modificare ciò che viene mostrato dal resoconto e da quale conto vengono prelevate le informazioni. Selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile...</strong></span> si possono modificare le proprietà della pagina web che visualizza il resoconto.</p><p>Il resoconto è in grado di agire come una pagine internet se contiene dei collegamenti a delle pagine esterne. I pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> permettono di muoversi <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> e <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> attraverso le pagine. Facendo clic sui collegamenti ai nomi dei conti contenuti nel resoconto verranno anche aperte le informazioni nella finestra del registro.</p><p>È inoltre possibile <span class="guibutton">esportare</span> il proprio resoconto e effettuarne la <span class="guibutton">stampa</span> attraverso i pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><!
 strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.6. Barra di riepilogo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-summary-bar"></a>4.4.6. Barra di riepilogo</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span> non è mostrata quando è visualizzato un resoconto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="4.4.7. Barra di stato"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-status-bar"></a>4.4.7. Barra di stato</h3></div></div></div><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di stato</strong></span> funziona esattamente come già descritto in <a class="xref" href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar" title="4.2.6. Barra di stato">Sezione 4.2.6, «Barra di stato»</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s05.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.3. Registro del conto/Libro mastro generale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s05.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Finestra del resoconto"><link rel="next" href="ch04s06.html" title="4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s06.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2926305"></a>4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Per semplificarne la consultazione, si riporta l'elenco degli argomenti affrontati in questa sezione: <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-display" title="4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5.1, «Finestra di riconciliazione»</a>, <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-menus" title="4.5.1.1. Menu">Sezione 4.5.1.1, «Menu»</a>, <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-toolbar" title="4.5.1.2. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti">Sezione 4.5.1.2, «Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span>»</a>.</p><p>La sp!
 iegazione dettagliata del processo di "riconciliazione di un conto" è reperibile nella <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto">Sezione 5.8, «Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto»</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="reconcile-display"></a>4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Per aprire la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span>, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconciliazione...</strong></span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Riconciliazione</span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> in una finestra del registro. Verrà aperta una schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span> in cui è necessario inserire la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data dell'estratto conto</strong></span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo finale</strong></span>. Se si seleziona l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i sottoconti</strong></span>, tutte le transazioni incluse nei sottoconti verranno prese in considerazione per l'operazione di riconciliazione. Premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> verrà aperta la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span> vera e propria in cui è possibile confrontare le transazioni di deposito e di prelievo con il proprio estratto conto.</p><div class="table"><a name="Tools-ReconcileWin"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.21. Componenti della finestra di riconciliazione.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Componenti della finestra di riconciliazione." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Componenti</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Barra d!
 el menu</p></td><td><p>Contiene i menu utilizzati nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> (icone e/o testo)</p></td><td><p>Contiene dei pulsanti utili per accedere alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate nella finestra di riconciliazione del conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in entrata</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Questo riquadro a sinistra contiene un elenco di transazioni che depositano sul conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Questo riquadro a destra contiene un elenco di transazioni che prelevano dal conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Pannello del saldo</p></td><td><p>Questo riquadro in basso a destra contiene un elenco dei saldi utili per completare la riconciliazione.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="sect3" title="4.5.1.1. Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="reconcile-menus"></a>4.5.1.1. Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le voci di menu presenti nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-reconcile-menu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.22. Menu <span class="guimenu">Riconcilia</span> - permette l'accesso alle informazioni di riconciliazione e ai comandi utili per terminare la riconciliazione o rinviarla.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Riconcilia - permette l'accesso alle informazioni di riconciliazione e ai comandi utili per terminare la riconciliazione o rinviarla." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Informazioni di riconciliazione...</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre la finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Finestra del resoconto"><link rel="next" href="ch04s06.html" title="4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s06.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898773"></a>4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Per semplificarne la consultazione, si riporta l’elenco degli argomenti affrontati in questa sezione: <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-display" title="4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione">Sezione 4.5.1, «Finestra di riconciliazione»</a>, <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-menus" title="4.5.1.1. Menu">Sezione 4.5.1.1, «Menu»</a>, <a class="xref" href="ch04s05.html#reconcile-toolbar" title="4.5.1.2. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti">Sezione 4.5.1.2, «Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span>»</a>.</p><p>La !
 spiegazione dettagliata del processo di riconciliazione di un conto è fornita in <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto">Sezione 5.8, «Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto»</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="reconcile-display"></a>4.5.1. Finestra di riconciliazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Per aprire la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span>, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Riconciliazione...</strong></span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span> o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Riconciliazione</span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> in una finestra del registro. Verrà aperta una schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span> in cui è necessario inserire la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data dell’estratto conto</strong></span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo finale</strong></span>. Se si seleziona l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i sottoconti</strong></span>, tutte le transazioni incluse nei sottoconti verranno prese in considerazione per l’operazione di riconciliazione. Premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> verrà aperta la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span> vera e propria in cui è possibile confrontare le transazioni di deposito e di prelievo con il proprio estratto conto.</p><div class="table"><a name="Tools-ReconcileWin"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.21. Componenti della finestra di riconciliazione.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Componenti della finestra di riconciliazione." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Componenti</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Barra d!
 el menu</p></td><td><p>Contiene i menu utilizzati nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> (icone e/o testo)</p></td><td><p>Contiene dei pulsanti utili per accedere alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate nella finestra di riconciliazione del conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in entrata</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Questo riquadro a sinistra contiene un elenco di transazioni che depositano sul conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fondi in uscita</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Questo riquadro a destra contiene un elenco di transazioni che prelevano dal conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Pannello del saldo</p></td><td><p>Questo riquadro in basso a destra contiene un elenco dei saldi utili per completare la riconciliazione.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="sect3" title="4.5.1.1. Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="reconcile-menus"></a>4.5.1.1. Menu</h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le voci di menu presenti nella finestra di riconciliazione.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-reconcile-menu"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.22. Menu <span class="guimenu">Riconcilia</span> - permette l’accesso alle informazioni di riconciliazione e ai comandi utili per terminare la riconciliazione o rinviarla.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Riconcilia - permette l’accesso alle informazioni di riconciliazione e ai comandi utili per terminare la riconciliazione o rinviarla." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Informazioni di riconciliazione...</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre la finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Termina</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+F</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p>Completa la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Posticipa</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+P</strong></span>)
-                </p></td><td><p>Rinvia la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Annulla</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Annulla la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-account"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.23. Menu <span class="guimenu">Conto</span> - permette l'accesso alle operazioni relative al conto.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Conto - permette l'accesso alle operazioni relative al conto." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri conto</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro delle transazioni per i conti</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica conto</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Modifica il nome e le caratteristiche del conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto">Sezione 5.5, «Modificare un conto»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
+                </p></td><td><p>Rinvia la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Annulla</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Annulla la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-account"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.23. Menu <span class="guimenu">Conto</span> - permette l’accesso alle operazioni relative al conto.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Conto - permette l’accesso alle operazioni relative al conto." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri conto</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro delle transazioni per i conti</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica conto</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Modifica il nome e le caratteristiche del conto selezionato. <a class="xref" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto">Sezione 5.5, «Modificare un conto»</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trasferimenti...</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+T</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p>Apre la procedura di trasferimento di una transazione tra due conti.</p>
-                  </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Verifica e ripara il conto selezionato se necessario.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-trans"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.24. Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Transazione - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Aggiunge una nuova transazione al conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Saldo</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro del conto con una transazione di bilanciamento pre-compilata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-help"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.25. Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - accesso all'aiuto.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Aiuto - accesso all'aiuto." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre questo documento di aiuto.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.5.1.2. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="reconcile-toolbar"></a>4.5.1.2. Pulsanti della <!
 span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>riconciliazione</strong></span> è dotata di una<span class="emphasis"><strong> barra degli strumenti</strong></span> che facilita l'accesso ad alcune delle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate per la riconciliazione.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-toolbar"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.26. <span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra di <span class="guilabel">Riconciliazione</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti della finestra di Riconciliazione" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span></p></td><td><p>Aggiunge una nuova transazione al conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Saldo</span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro del conto con una transazione di bilanciamento pre-compilata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Modifica</span></p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Cancella</span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Apri</span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro del conto contenente la transazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Termina</span></p></td><td><p>Completa la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p>
+                  </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Controlla e ripara</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Verifica e ripara il conto selezionato se necessario.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-trans"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.24. Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Transazione - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Aggiunge una nuova transazione al conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Saldo</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro del conto con una transazione di bilanciamento pre-compilata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-help"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.25. Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - accesso all’aiuto.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Aiuto - accesso all’aiuto." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Apre questo documento di aiuto.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.5.1.2. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="reconcile-toolbar"></a>4.5.1.2. Pulsanti del!
 la <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>riconciliazione</strong></span> è dotata di una<span class="emphasis"><strong> barra degli strumenti</strong></span> che facilita l’accesso ad alcune delle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate per la riconciliazione.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-rec-toolbar"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.26. <span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra di <span class="guilabel">Riconciliazione</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti della finestra di Riconciliazione" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span></p></td><td><p>Aggiunge una nuova transazione al conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Saldo</span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro del conto con una transazione di bilanciamento pre-compilata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Modifica</span></p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Cancella</span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Apri</span></p></td><td><p>Apre il registro del conto contenente la transazione.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Termina</span></p></td><td><p>Completa la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p>
                   <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questo pulsante non è attivato finché il valore della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Differenza</strong></span> nel riquadro del saldo (in basso a destra) è 0.</p></td></tr></table></div>
                   </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Posticipa</span></p></td><td><p>Rinvia la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span></p></td><td><p>Annulla la riconciliazione di questo conto.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s06.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.4. Finestra del resoconto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch04s06.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione"><link rel="next" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s05.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="setup-accounts.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2927204"></a>4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</h2></div></div></div><p>Per semplificarne la consultazione, si riporta l'elenco degli argomenti affrontati in questa sezione: <a class="xref" href="ch04s06.html#tools-SX-menus" title="4.6.1.2. Menu Pianifica">Sezione 4.6.1.2, «Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span>»</a>, <a class="xref" href="ch04s06.html#tools-SX-toolbar" title="4.6.1.3. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti per la finestra delle Transazioni pianificate">Sezione 4.6.1.3, «Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strument!
 i</strong></span> per la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>»</a>, <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win" title="6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.11.1, «Finestra della transazione pianificata»</a>. <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a>,</p><p>La descrizione dettagliata di cosa si intende per "transazione pianificata", è fornita nella <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni">Sezione 6.11, «Pianificare le transazioni»</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Finestra principale delle transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-SX-display"></a>4.6.1. Finestra principale delle transazioni pianificate</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra è mostrata quando si seleziona la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>. Verrà aperta una finestra che visualizzerà la transazione pianificata.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.1. Componenti principali della finestra per le transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SXWin"></a>4.6.1.1. Componenti principali della finestra per le transazioni pianificate</h4></div></div></div><p></p><div class="table"><a name="id2927289"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.27. Componenti della finestra per le transazioni pianificate.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Componenti della finestra per le transazioni pianificate." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Componenti</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><t!
 r><td><p>Barra del menu</p></td><td><p>Contiene il menu utilizzato nella finestra della transazioni pianificate. Fornisce la lista standard delle opzioni della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu<span class="emphasis"><strong> e in più la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span>, che contiene i comandi <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span>, <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> e <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span>. Se non è selezionata alcuna transazione, le voci <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> e <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span> non saranno selezionabili.</strong></span></strong></span></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> (icone e/o testo)</p></td><td><p>Contiene dei pulsanti utilizzabili per accedere alle operazioni relative alle transazioni pianificate.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schede</p></td><td><p>Permettono di muoversi tra le schermate aperte.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Il riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span> contiene un elenco di transazioni pianificate e delle relative caratteristiche.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prossime scadenze</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Il riquadro delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prossime scadenze</strong></span> contiene un calendario dei mesi successivi. In questo calendario sono evidenziati i giorni in cui sono pianificate una o più transazioni.</p>
-                <p>È possibile modificare l'intervallo di date visualizzato nel calendario selezionando un periodo diverso dalla lista a comparsa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> sulla destra.</p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s05.html" title="4.5. Finestra di riconciliazione"><link rel="next" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s05.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="setup-accounts.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2899672"></a>4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata</h2></div></div></div><p>Per semplificarne la consultazione, si riporta l’elenco degli argomenti affrontati in questa sezione: <a class="xref" href="ch04s06.html#tools-SX-menus" title="4.6.1.2. Menu Pianifica">Sezione 4.6.1.2, «Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span>»</a>, <a class="xref" href="ch04s06.html#tools-SX-toolbar" title="4.6.1.3. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti per la finestra delle Transazioni pianificate">Sezione 4.6.1.3, «Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strume!
 nti</strong></span> per la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>»</a>, <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win" title="6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.11.1, «Finestra della transazione pianificata»</a>. <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a>,</p><p>La descrizione dettagliata di cosa si intende per transazione pianificata, è fornita in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni">Sezione 6.11, «Pianificare le transazioni»</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="4.6.1. Finestra principale delle transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-SX-display"></a>4.6.1. Finestra principale delle transazioni pianificate</h3></div></div></div><p>Questa finestra è mostrata quando si seleziona la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu</strong></span>. Verrà aperta una finestra che visualizzerà la transazione pianificata.</p><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.1. Componenti principali della finestra per le transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SXWin"></a>4.6.1.1. Componenti principali della finestra per le transazioni pianificate</h4></div></div></div><p></p><div class="table"><a name="id2899756"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.27. Componenti della finestra per le transazioni pianificate.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Componenti della finestra per le transazioni pianificate." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Componenti</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><!
 td><p>Barra del menu</p></td><td><p>Contiene il menu utilizzato nella finestra della transazioni pianificate. Fornisce la lista standard delle opzioni della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del menu<span class="emphasis"><strong> e in più la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span>, che contiene i comandi <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span>, <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> e <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span>. Se non è selezionata alcuna transazione, le voci <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> e <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span> non saranno selezionabili.</strong></span></strong></span></p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> (icone e/o testo)</p></td><td><p>Contiene dei pulsanti utilizzabili per accedere alle operazioni relative alle transazioni pianificate.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schede</p></td><td><p>Permettono di muoversi tra le schermate aperte.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Il riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span> contiene un elenco di transazioni pianificate e delle relative caratteristiche.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Prossime scadenze</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Il riquadro delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prossime scadenze</strong></span> contiene un calendario dei mesi successivi. In questo calendario sono evidenziati i giorni in cui sono pianificate una o più transazioni.</p>
+                <p>È possibile modificare l’intervallo di date visualizzato nel calendario selezionando un periodo diverso dalla lista a comparsa <span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> sulla destra.</p>
                 <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Fare clic con il mouse nel riquadro e verranno visualizzati i dettagli relativi alle transazioni pianificate per la data selezionata.</p></td></tr></table></div>
-                </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.2. Menu Pianifica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SX-menus"></a>4.6.1.2. Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span> disponibile nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barr del menu</strong></span> all'interno della finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-SX-trans"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.28. Menu <span class="guimenu">Pianifica</span> - permette di accedere alle operazioni di modifica della transazione pianificata.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Pianifica - permette di accedere alle operazioni di modifica della transazione pianificata." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Aggiunge una nuova transazione pianificata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.3. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti per la finestra delle Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SX-toolbar"></a>4.6.1.3. Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> per la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La finestra per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni piani!
 ficate</strong></span> presenta una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> utile per accedere velocemente alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate per la pianificazione.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2927617"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.29. <span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra <span class="guilabel">Transazioni pianificate</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti della finestra Transazioni pianificate" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
+                </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.2. Menu Pianifica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SX-menus"></a>4.6.1.2. Menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La tabella seguente descrive le opzioni del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span> disponibile nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barr del menu</strong></span> all’interno della finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-SX-trans"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.28. Menu <span class="guimenu">Pianifica</span> - permette di accedere alle operazioni di modifica della transazione pianificata.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Menu Pianifica - permette di accedere alle operazioni di modifica della transazione pianificata." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Voce del menu</p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Aggiunge una nuova transazione pianificata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Modifica</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cancella</strong></span></p></td><td><p>Rimuove la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="4.6.1.3. Pulsanti della Barra degli strumenti per la finestra delle Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tools-SX-toolbar"></a>4.6.1.3. Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span> per la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><p>La finestra per le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pia!
 nificate</strong></span> presenta una <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> utile per accedere velocemente alle funzioni più comunemente utilizzate per la pianificazione.</p><div class="table"><a name="id2900085"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 4.29. <span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra <span class="guilabel">Transazioni pianificate</span></b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Barra degli strumenti della finestra Transazioni pianificate" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></p></th><th><p>Descrizione</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Salva</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+S</strong></span>)
                 </p></td><td><p>Modifica la transazione selezionata.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
                   <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Chiudi</strong></span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span>)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_AccRegTools.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale"><link rel="next" href="tool-find.html" title="7.1. Trovare le transazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_AccRegTools"></a>Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-find.html">7.1. Trovare le transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-slr.html">7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-loans.html">7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="stock-split.html">7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="stock-split.html#stock-split-assistant">7.4.1. Assistente per il frazionamento azionario</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tools-on-line-banking.html">7.5. Procedura guidata per l'<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</a></span></dt><dt><!
 span class="sect1"><a href="tool-price.html">7.6. Editor prezzi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-manual">7.6.1. Aggiungere manualmente il prezzo di un'azione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-online1">7.6.2. Configurazione per l'utilizzo del pulsante "<span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni</strong></span>"</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-security-edit.html">7.7. Editor titoli</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#tool-commodity">7.7.1. Aggiungere o modificare una commodity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3">7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-calc.html">7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</a></span></dt></dl></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce diversi strumenti specializzati che permettono l'accesso a funzionalità avanzate. Questi strumenti sono selezionabili dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span>. Alcuni di essi potrebbero non essere visualizzati se non sono stati configurati alcuni dei supporti quali l'Online Banking, o gli strumenti appropriati per la finestra corrente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.15. Libro mastro generale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Trovare le transazioni</td><!
 /tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale"><link rel="next" href="tool-find.html" title="7.1. Trovare le transazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_AccRegTools"></a>Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-find.html">7.1. Trovare le transazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-slr.html">7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched-loans.html">7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="stock-split.html">7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="stock-split.html#stock-split-assistant">7.4.1. Assistente per il frazionamento azionario</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tools-on-line-banking.html">7.5. Procedura guidata per l’<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</a></span></dt><!
 dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-price.html">7.6. Editor prezzi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-manual">7.6.1. Aggiungere manualmente il prezzo di un’azione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-price.html#invest-stockprice-online1">7.6.2. Configurazione per l’utilizzo del pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni</strong></span></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-security-edit.html">7.7. Editor titoli</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#tool-commodity">7.7.1. Aggiungere o modificare una commodity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3">7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tool-calc.html">7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</a></span></dt></dl></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce diversi strumenti specializzati che permettono l’accesso a funzionalità avanzate. Questi strumenti sono selezionabili dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span>. Alcuni di essi potrebbero non essere visualizzati se non sono stati configurati alcuni dei supporti quali l’Online Banking, o gli strumenti appropriati per la finestra corrente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="general-ledger.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-find.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.15. Libro mastro generale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Trovare le transaz!
 ioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto"><link rel="next" href="reg-views.html" title="6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_Common_Trans_Ops"></a>Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reg-views.html">6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-win-enter.html">6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-enter.html">6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-enter.html#trans-reg-enter">6.3.1. Inserimento diretto dalla finestra del registro</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-multi-enter.html">6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-cur!
 rency-enter.html">6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-edit.html">6.6. Modificare una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-delete.html">6.7. Cancellare una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-split-remove.html">6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-copy.html">6.9. Copiare una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-jump.html">6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched.html">6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win">6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="sched-editor.html">6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="print-check.html">6.13. Stampare gli assegni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-online.html">6.14. Operazioni online...</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2933793">6.14.1. Ricevi saldo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2933800">6.14.2. Ricevi transazioni ...</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2933806">6.14.3. Inoltra transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2933813">6.14.4. Addebito diretto</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="general-ledger.html">6.15. Libro mastro generale</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Una transazione rappresenta un movimento di denaro da un conto ad un altro. Ogni volta che si spende o si riceve del denaro, oppure si trasferisce denaro da un conto ad un altro, si parla di transazione. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> queste operazioni coinvolgono sempre almeno due conti.</p><p><strong class="application"><cod!
 e>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza i conti come metodo per raggruppare ed organizzare la registrazione delle transazioni. Questa sezione descrive i metodi che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce per aiutare ad inserire velocemente nel registro le transazioni.</p><p></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di inserire le transazioni in diversi modi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Immettere le transazioni direttamente dalla finestra del registro rappresenta il metodo più immediato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Utilizzando la finestra del trasferimento fondi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importando le transazioni o da un file QIF/OFX o attraverso "OFX online banking".</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Dove dovrebbero essere affrontati gli argomenti "Importare i dati dai file scaricati" e "Online banking"?.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro</td></tr></table></di!
 v></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto"><link rel="next" href="reg-views.html" title="6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ch_Common_Trans_Ops"></a>Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reg-views.html">6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-win-enter.html">6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-enter.html">6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-enter.html#trans-reg-enter">6.3.1. Inserimento diretto dalla finestra del registro</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-multi-enter.html">6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-cur!
 rency-enter.html">6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-edit.html">6.6. Modificare una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-delete.html">6.7. Cancellare una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-split-remove.html">6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-copy.html">6.9. Copiare una transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-jump.html">6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-sched.html">6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-sched.html#sched-trans-win">6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="sched-editor.html">6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="print-check.html">6.13. Stampare gli assegni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="trans-online.html">6.14. Operazioni online...</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2906399">6.14.1. Ricevi saldo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2906405">6.14.2. Ricevi transazioni ...</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2906412">6.14.3. Inoltra transazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="trans-online.html#id2906418">6.14.4. Addebito diretto</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="general-ledger.html">6.15. Libro mastro generale</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Una transazione rappresenta un movimento di denaro da un conto ad un altro. Ogni volta che si spende o si riceve del denaro, oppure si trasferisce denaro da un conto ad un altro, si parla di transazione. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> queste operazioni coinvolgono sempre almeno due conti.</p><p><strong class="application"><cod!
 e>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza i conti come metodo per raggruppare ed organizzare la registrazione delle transazioni. Questa sezione descrive i metodi che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce per aiutare ad inserire velocemente nel registro le transazioni.</p><p></p><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di inserire le transazioni in diversi modi.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Immettere le transazioni direttamente dalla finestra del registro rappresenta il metodo più immediato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Utilizzando la finestra del trasferimento fondi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importando le transazioni o da un file QIF/OFX o attraverso "OFX online banking".</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-reconcile.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reg-views.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chang-lang.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.6. Cambiare la lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="reset-warning.html" title="9.5. Ripristina avvisi..."><link rel="next" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.6. Cambiare la lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.6. Cambiare la lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chang-lang"></a>9.6. Cambiare la lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>La lingua dell’interfaccia di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non è direttamente modificabile dalle preferenze del programma.</p><p>Il metodo per cambiare lingua del programma dipende dal sistema operativo in cui <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> viene eseguito.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong>Linux</strong></span></dt><dd><p>In genere è necessario impostare le variabili di sistema <code class="envar">LANGUAGE</code> e <code class="envar">LANG</code> prima di avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Per farlo occorre aprire una finestra di terminale ed eseguire il !
 seguente comando:</p><p><span class="command"><strong>LANGUAGE=<em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> LANG=<em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> gnucash</strong></span></p><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> è la lingua con cui avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (<span class="emphasis"><strong>de_DE</strong></span> per il tedesco, <span class="emphasis"><strong>it_IT</strong></span> per l'italiano ecc...)</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In alcuni sistemi (per esempio Ubuntu) la codifica può far parte del nome, come <em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL.UTF-8</code></em>.</p></td></tr></table></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>MacOSX</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Per utilizzare una traduzione diversa da quella selezionata automaticamente, è possibile eseguire il seguente comando in <strong class="application"><code>Terminal.app</code></strong>:</p><p><span class="command"><strong>defaults write $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/Gnucash.app) AppleLanguages "(<em class="replaceable"><code>de</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>en</code></em>)"</strong></span></p><p>È possibile usare qualsiasi codice di lingua si desideri, in luogo di Tedesco (de) e Inglese (en). Comunque, se il file per la traduzione non è presente, il comando non funzionerà.</p><p>Per reimpostare i valori originali, eseguire:</p><p><span class="command"><strong>defaults delete $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/Gnucash.app)</strong></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="trademark">Finestre</span>™</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Se si sta eseguendo <!
 strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> 2.4.0 (o successivo) su Windows, è possibile impostare la lingua dell’interfaccia modificando il file <code class="filename">environment</code> con un editor di testo (per esempio <strong class="application"><code>Notepad</code></strong>). Di norma questo file è installato nella cartella <code class="filename">c:\Programmi\gnucash\etc\gnucash</code>. Modificare il file in modo che le ultime righe siano come le seguenti:</p><p>
+	  </p><pre class="programlisting"># If you wish GnuCash to use a different language, uncomment the two parameters
+# below and set LANG to your preferred locale
+LANG=ll_LL
+LANGUAGE={LANG}</pre><p>
+	  </p><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ll_LL</code></em> è la lingua con cui avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (<span class="emphasis"><strong>de_DE</strong></span> per il tedesco, <span class="emphasis"><strong>it_IT</strong></span> per l'italiano ecc...)</p></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Maggiori e più aggiornate informazioni relative all’argomento possono essere reperite sulla <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Locale_Settings" target="_top">pagina delle impostazioni della lingua</a> nel wiki di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Ripristina avvisi... </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/change-style.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/change-style.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/change-style.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-prefs.html" title="9.2. Impostare le preferenze"><link rel="next" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="change-style"></a>9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce quattro tipi predefiniti di fogli di stile per le pagine web dei resoconti. Questi fogli di stile possono essere modificati utilizzando l'editor <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>. Per accedervi, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile...</strong></span>.</p><p>Utilizzando l'editor dei fogli di stile è possibile visualizzare e modificare le impostazioni di un foglio di stile.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documen!
 tation/1..0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Cambiando un foglio di stile, verrà cambiato l'aspetto di tutti i resoconti a cui il foglio di stile è associato. E' necessario eseguire il comando «Aggiorna» per visualizzare i cambiamenti, se il o i resoconti sono visualizzati al momento della modifica.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per aggiungere un nuovo foglio di stile, selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo...</span> nel riquadro del foglio di stile; verrà visualizzata la finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo foglio di stile</strong></span>. Immettere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span> e selezionare un modello. Per rimuovere un foglio di stile, selezionarlo dalla lista e premere <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="9.3.1. Foglio di stile predefinito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-default"></a>9.3.1. Foglio di stile predefinito</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinito</strong></span> presenta quattro schede per modificarne l'aspetto nei resoconti che lo utilizzano: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Caratteri</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.1.1. Scheda Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-color"></a>9.3.1.1. Scheda Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> il colore da alternare sulle righe della tabella.</p></li></ul></div></!
 div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.1.2. Scheda Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-fonts"></a>9.3.1.2. Scheda Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell'etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l'etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title='9.3.1.3. Scheda "Generali"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-general"></a>9.3.1.3. Scheda "Generali"</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li!
  class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> usare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span> per selezionare un'immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title='9.3.1.4. Scheda "Tabelle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-tables"></a>9.3.1.4. Scheda "Tabelle"</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title='9.3.2. Foglio di stile "Easy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-easy"></a>9.3.2. Foglio di stile "Easy"</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile "Easy" presenta quattro schede per modificare l'aspetto dei resoconti: colori, generali, immagini e tabelle.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.1. Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-colors"></a>9.3.2.1. Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p!
 ></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo della cella:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del collegamento:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sottotitolo e del subtotale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sotto-sottotitolo e del totale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella della somma complessiva:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per scegliere il colore da assegnare alle righe della somma complessiva.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.2. Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-fonts"></a>9.3.2.2. Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabe!
 l"><strong>Intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per l'intestazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell'etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l'etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.3. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-general"></a>9.3.2.3. Generali</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Redattore:</strong></span> Nome della persona che ha preparato il resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparato per:</strong></span> Nome della società od organizzazione per cui il resoconto è stato preparato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza informazioni sul redattore:</strong></span> mostra le informazioni sul redattore nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.4. Immagini"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-images"></a>9.3.2.4. Immagini</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span cla!
 ss="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come intestazione nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Allineamento dell'intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare dalla lista a discesa un valore tra sinistra, centro e destra per specificare la posizione dello striscione superiore del o dei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come logo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.5. Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-tables"></a>9.3.2.5. Tabelle</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.3.3. Fogli di stile Piè di pagina"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name!
 ="style-footer"></a>9.3.3. Fogli di stile Piè di pagina</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Piè di pagina</strong></span> presenta le stesse cinque schede dello stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Easy</strong></span> per modificare l'aspetto dei resoconti: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stili</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagini</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.1. Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-colors"></a>9.3.3.1. Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo della cella:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del collegamento:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sottotitolo e del subtotale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sotto-sottotitolo e del totale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span clas!
 s="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella della somma complessiva:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per scegliere il colore da assegnare alle righe della somma complessiva.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.2. Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-fonts"></a>9.3.3.2. Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per l'intestazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell'etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l'etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.3. Generali"><div class="tit!
 lepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-general"></a>9.3.3.3. Generali</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Redattore:</strong></span> Nome della persona che ha preparato il resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparato per:</strong></span> Nome della società od organizzazione per cui il resoconto è stato preparato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza informazioni sul redattore:</strong></span> mostra le informazioni sul redattore nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Piè di pagina:</strong></span> il testo da inserire a piè pagina del resocoto.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.4. Immagini"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-images"></a>9.3.3.4. Immagini</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come intestazione nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Allineamento dell'intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare dalla lista a discesa un valore tra sinistra, centro e d!
 estra per specificare la posizione dello striscione superiore del o dei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come logo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.5. Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-tables"></a>9.3.3.5. Tabelle</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title='9.3.4. Foglio di stile "Technicolor"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-technicolor"></a>9.3.4. Foglio di stile "Technicolor"</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Technicolor</strong></span> fornisce cinque schede per modificare l'aspetto dei resoconti: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stili</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagini</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.1. Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-colors"></a>9.3.4.1. Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span c!
 lass="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo della cella:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del collegamento:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sottotitolo e del subtotale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sotto-sottotitolo e del totale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella della somma complessiva:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per scegliere il colore da assegnare alle righe della somma complessiva.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.2. Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-fonts"></a>9.3.4.2. Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il car!
 attere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per l'intestazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell'etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l'etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.3. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-general"></a>9.3.4.3. Generali</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Redattore:</strong></span> Nome della persona che ha preparato il resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparato per:</strong></span> Nome della società od organizzazione per cui il resoconto è stato preparato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza informazioni sul redattore:</strong></span> mostra le informazioni sul redattore nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li></ul><!
 /div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.4. Immagini"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-images"></a>9.3.4.4. Immagini</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come intestazione nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Allineamento dell'intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare dalla lista a discesa un valore tra sinistra, centro e destra per specificare la posizione dello striscione superiore del o dei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come logo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.5. Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-tables"></a>9.3.4.5. Tabelle</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>uilabel>Imbottitura della cella:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza de!
 i bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.2. Impostare le preferenze </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-prefs.html" title="9.2. Impostare le preferenze"><link rel="next" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="change-style"></a>9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce quattro tipi predefiniti di fogli di stile per le pagine web dei resoconti. Questi fogli di stile possono essere modificati utilizzando l’editor <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>. Per accedervi, selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile...</strong></span>.</p><p>Utilizzando l’editor dei fogli di stile è possibile visualizzare e modificare le impostazioni di un foglio di stile.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/doc!
 umentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Cambiando il foglio di stile, verrà modificato l’aspetto di tutti i resoconti a cui il foglio di stile è associato. È necessario eseguire il comando <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna</strong></span> per visualizzare i cambiamenti, se il o i resoconti sono visualizzati al momento della modifica.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per aggiungere un nuovo foglio di stile, selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo...</span> nel riquadro del foglio di stile; verrà visualizzata la finestra per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo foglio di stile</strong></span>. Immettere il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span> e selezionare un modello. Per rimuovere un foglio di stile, selezionarlo dalla lista e premere <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="9.3.1. Foglio di stile predefinito"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-default"></a>9.3.1. Foglio di stile predefinito</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinito</strong></span> presenta quattro schede per modificarne l’aspetto nei resoconti che lo utilizzano: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Caratteri</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.1.1. Scheda Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-color"></a>9.3.1.1. Scheda Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> il colore da alter!
 nare sulle righe della tabella.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.1.2. Scheda Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-fonts"></a>9.3.1.2. Scheda Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell’etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l’etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.1.3. Scheda Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-general"></a>9.3.1.3. Scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore!
  dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> usare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span> per selezionare un’immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.1.4. Scheda Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-tables"></a>9.3.1.4. Scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span></h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.3.2. Foglio di stile Semplice"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-easy"></a>9.3.2. Foglio di stile Semplice</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Semplice</strong></span> presenta quattro schede per modificare l’aspetto dei resoconti: colori, generali, immagini e tabelle.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.1. Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-colors"></a>9.3.2.1. Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezion!
 atore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo della cella:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del collegamento:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sottotitolo e del subtotale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sotto-sottotitolo e del totale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella della somma complessiva:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per scegliere il colore da assegnare alle righe della somma complessiva.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.2. Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-fonts"></a>9.3.2.2. Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="!
 listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per l’intestazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell’etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l’etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.3. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-general"></a>9.3.2.3. Generali</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Redattore:</strong></span> Nome della persona che ha preparato il resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparato per:</strong></span> Nome della società od organizzazione per cui il resoconto è stato preparato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza informazioni sul redattore:</strong></span> mostra le informazioni sul redattore nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.4. Immagini"><div class="ti!
 tlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-images"></a>9.3.2.4. Immagini</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come intestazione nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Allineamento dell’intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare dalla lista a discesa un valore tra sinistra, centro e destra per specificare la posizione dello striscione superiore del o dei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come logo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.2.5. Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-tables"></a>9.3.2.5. Tabelle</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permet!
 te di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.3.3. Fogli di stile Piè di pagina"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-footer"></a>9.3.3. Fogli di stile Piè di pagina</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Piè di pagina</strong></span> presenta le stesse cinque schede dello stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Easy</strong></span> per modificare l’aspetto dei resoconti: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stili</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagini</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.1. Colori"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-colors"></a>9.3.3.1. Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo della cella:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del collegamento:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sottotitolo e del subtotale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listit!
 em"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sotto-sottotitolo e del totale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella della somma complessiva:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per scegliere il colore da assegnare alle righe della somma complessiva.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.2. Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-fonts"></a>9.3.3.2. Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per l’intestazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell’etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella c!
 on etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l’etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.3. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-general"></a>9.3.3.3. Generali</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Redattore:</strong></span> Nome della persona che ha preparato il resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparato per:</strong></span> Nome della società od organizzazione per cui il resoconto è stato preparato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza informazioni sul redattore:</strong></span> mostra le informazioni sul redattore nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Piè di pagina:</strong></span> il testo da inserire a piè pagina del resocoto.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.4. Immagini"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-images"></a>9.3.3.4. Immagini</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come intestazione nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">!
 Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Allineamento dell’intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare dalla lista a discesa un valore tra sinistra, centro e destra per specificare la posizione dello striscione superiore del o dei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come logo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.3.5. Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-footer-tables"></a>9.3.3.5. Tabelle</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le celle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.3.4. Foglio di stile Technicolor"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-technicolor"></a>9.3.4. Foglio di stile Technicolor</h3></div></div></div><p>Il foglio di stile <span class="guilabel"><strong>Technicolor</strong></span> fornisce cinque schede per modificare l’aspetto dei resoconti: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Colori</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stili</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagini</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tabelle</strong></span>.</p><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.1. Colori">!
 <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-colors"></a>9.3.4.1. Colori</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore dello sfondo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore di colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del testo della cella:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore del collegamento:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore alternativo delle celle:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sottotitolo e del subtotale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella del sotto-sottotitolo e del totale:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per sceglierne uno nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Colore della cella della somma complessiva:</strong></span> apre il selezionatore del colore per scegliere il colore da assegnare alle righe della somma complessiva.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.2. Stili"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-fonts"></a>9.3.4.2. Stili</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Titolo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per i titoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><st!
 rong>Collegamento al conto:</strong></span> il carattere e la dimensione per il collegamento al conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella numerica:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione dei numeri per le celle numeriche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valori negativi in rosso:</strong></span> se attivata, i valori negativi saranno visualizzati in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per l’intestazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella di testo:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per le celle di testo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione per le celle del totale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella dell’etichetta del totale:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo per la cella di intestazione dei totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cella con etichetta centrata:</strong></span> selezionare il carattere e la dimensione del testo delle celle con l’etichetta centrale.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.3. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-general"></a>9.3.4.3. Generali</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Redattore:</strong></span> Nome della persona che ha preparato il resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Preparato per:</strong></span> Nome della società od organizzazione per cui il resoconto è stato preparato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza informazioni sul redattore:</strong></span> mostra le informazioni sul red!
 attore nel resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Abilita collegamenti:</strong></span> se attivata, verranno visualizzati in blu i collegamenti ipertestuali nei resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.4. Immagini"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-images"></a>9.3.4.4. Immagini</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Immagine di sfondo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come sfondo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Striscione di intestazione:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come intestazione nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Allineamento dell’intestazione:</strong></span> selezionare dalla lista a discesa un valore tra sinistra, centro e destra per specificare la posizione dello striscione superiore del o dei resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Logo:</strong></span> permette di ricercare una immagine da utilizzare come logo nei resoconti utilizzando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Sfoglia</span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pulisci</span> annulla la selezione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" title="9.3.4.5. Tabelle"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-tables"></a>9.3.4.5. Tabelle</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spaziatura tra le celle:</strong></span> permette di specificare lo spazio tra le c!
 elle</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Imbottitura della cella:</strong></span> specifica lo spazio tra i bordi della cella e il suo contenuto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza del bordo della tabella:</strong></span> permette di impostare la larghezza dei bordi delle tabelle.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.2. Impostare le preferenze </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-create.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-create.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-create.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.2. Creare una struttura di conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chart-edit.html" title="5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.2. Creare una struttura di conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-types.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.2. Creare una struttura di conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chart-create"></a>5.2. Creare una struttura di conti</h2></div></div></div><p>La struttura dei conti è come una indice delle proprie finanze. Il miglior modo per concettualizzare una struttura dei conti è di pensarla come un albero. I rami principali rappresentano intere categorie o gruppi, mentre le foglie dell'albero rappresentano conti bancari o categorie di uscite. Quando viene richiesto un resoconto sommario, tipicamente solo i rami principali vengono riportati, invece che i conti individualmente. Per esempio, una struttura di conti potrebbe assomigliare alla seguente:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chart-edit.html" title="5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-types.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chart-create"></a>5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti</h2></div></div></div><p>La struttura dei conti è come una indice delle proprie finanze. Il miglior modo per concettualizzare una struttura dei conti è di pensarla come un albero. I rami principali rappresentano intere categorie o gruppi, mentre le foglie dell’albero rappresentano conti bancari o categorie di uscite. Quando viene richiesto un resoconto sommario, tipicamente solo i rami principali vengono riportati, invece che i conti individualmente. Per esempio, una struttura dei conti potrebbe assomigliare alla seguente:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 <code class="literal">300 Uscite | +--310 Bollette | | | +--311 Birra | | | +--312 Abbonamento TV | +--320 Uscite di lavoro | | | +--321 Dichetti | | | +--322 Dischi Blue Ray | | : :</code><br>
-</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top"><a xmlns="" name="accts-code"></a>Codici dei conti</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I conti non hanno solo dei nomi; possono avere anche dei codici, per essere ordinati. Quando viene generato un resoconto, l'ordinamento è determinato dalla numerazione. E' consuetudine che i numeri dei sottoconti non terminino con zero, mentre i conti padre abbiano numeri crescenti dallo zero.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non impedisce che vengano utilizzati dei numeri duplicati, comunque se ne scoraggia l'utilizzo. I codici dei conti sono trattati come numeri in base 36, quindi, se si terminano i numeri, è possibile utilizzare le lettere dalla "a" alla "z".</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-types.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash<!
 /code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top"><a xmlns="" name="accts-code"></a>Codici dei conti</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I conti non hanno solo dei nomi; possono avere anche dei codici, per essere ordinati. Quando viene generato un resoconto, l’ordinamento è determinato dalla numerazione. È consuetudine che i numeri dei sottoconti non terminino con zero, mentre i conti padre abbiano numeri crescenti dallo zero.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non impedisce che vengano utilizzati dei numeri duplicati, comunque se ne scoraggia l’utilizzo. I codici dei conti sono trattati come numeri in base 36, quindi, se si terminano i numeri, è possibile utilizzare le lettere dalla <span class="emphasis"><strong>a</strong></span> alla <span class="emphasis"><strong>z</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-types.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chart-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width!
 ="40%" align="left">5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-edit.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-edit.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-edit.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="chart-create.html" title="5.2. Creare una struttura di conti"><link rel="next" href="acct-create.html" title="5.4. Creare un nuovo conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chart-edit"></a>5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Le modifiche alla struttura dei conti possono essere effettuate direttamente dal riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span> presente nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica conto</strong></span>. E' possibile spostare un conto in qualsiasi parte della struttura. Si raccomanda comunque di mantenere i conti raggruppati a seconda del tipo come descritto in <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a>; questo aiuta a preservare lo schema della struttura dei conti.!
 .</p><p>Per spostare il conto selezionato in un differente conto padre è sufficiente selezionare il conto nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>. Se viene selezionato <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span> allora il conto verrà spostato al livello principale.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.2. Creare una struttura di conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="chart-create.html" title="5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti"><link rel="next" href="acct-create.html" title="5.4. Creare un nuovo conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chart-edit"></a>5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</h2></div></div></div><p>Le modifiche alla struttura dei conti possono essere effettuate direttamente dal riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span> presente nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica conto</strong></span>. È possibile spostare un conto in qualsiasi parte della struttura. Si raccomanda comunque di mantenere i conti raggruppati a seconda del tipo come descritto in <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a>; questo aiuta a preservare lo schema della struttura dei conti!
 ..</p><p>Per spostare il conto selezionato in un differente conto padre è sufficiente selezionare il conto nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto padre</strong></span>. Se viene selezionato <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo conto di livello principale</strong></span> allora il conto verrà spostato al livello principale.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chart-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-create.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-renumber.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-renumber.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/chart-renumber.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto"><link rel="next" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chart-renumber"></a>5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</h2></div></div></div><p>Utilizzare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rinumera sottoconti</strong></span> per riassegnare i codici dei conti per tutti i figli del conto padre corrente. Per esempio, se si ha la seguente struttura dei conti:</p><div class="table"><a name="table-renumber1"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.2. Numeri iniziali dei conti.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Numeri iniziali dei conti." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colori</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-1</p></td><td><p>Rosso</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-2</p></td><td><p>Arancione</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-3</p></td><t!
 d><p>Giallo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-4</p></td><td><p>Blu</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-5</p></td><td><p>Viola</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Si voglia ora aggiungere il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Verde</span>»</span>, ma si voglia anche inserirlo tra i conti <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Giallo</span>»</span> e <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blu</span>»</span>. Invece di dover rinumerare tutti i conti manualmente a partire dal <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blu</span>»</span>, si può usare il comando <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rinumera sottoconti</strong></span> per il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Colori</span>»</span>. Nella finestra che comparirà il valore della voce prefisso dovrebbe essere già impostata a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">10</span>»</span>, il codice del conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Colori</span>»</span>. Se si imposta un valore dell'intervallo pari a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">5</span>»</span> e si preme <span class="guibutton">Rinumera</span>, si otterrà la seguente struttura:</p><div class="table"><a name="table-renumber2"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.3. Numeri dei conti rinumerati</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Numeri dei conti rinumerati" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colori</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-05</p></td><td><p>Rosso</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-10</p></td><td><p>Arancione</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-15</p></td><td><p>Giallo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-20</p></td><td><p>Blu</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-25</p></td><td><p>Viola</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ora è disponibile lo spazio necessario nella numerazione dei conti per aggiungere il conto "Verde" con un codice adatto per inserirlo dove si desidera.</p><div class="table"><a name="table-r!
 enumber3"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.4. Numeri finali dei conti.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Numeri finali dei conti." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colori</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-05</p></td><td><p>Rosso</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-10</p></td><td><p>Arancione</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-15</p></td><td><p>Giallo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-18</p></td><td><p>Verde</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-20</p></td><td><p>Blu</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-25</p></td><td><p>Viola</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.5. Modificare un conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.7. Cancellare un conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="setup-accounts.html" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><link rel="prev" href="acct-edit.html" title="5.5. Modificare un conto"><link rel="next" href="acct-delete.html" title="5.7. Cancellare un conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="chart-renumber"></a>5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</h2></div></div></div><p>Utilizzare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rinumera sottoconti</strong></span> per riassegnare i codici dei conti per tutti i figli del conto padre corrente. Per esempio, se si ha la seguente struttura dei conti:</p><div class="table"><a name="table-renumber1"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.2. Numeri iniziali dei conti.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Numeri iniziali dei conti." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colori</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-1</p></td><td><p>Rosso</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-2</p></td><td><p>Arancione</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-3</p></td><t!
 d><p>Giallo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-4</p></td><td><p>Blu</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-5</p></td><td><p>Viola</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Si voglia ora aggiungere il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Verde</span>»</span>, ma si voglia anche inserirlo tra i conti <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Giallo</span>»</span> e <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blu</span>»</span>. Invece di dover rinumerare tutti i conti manualmente a partire dal <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blu</span>»</span>, si può usare il comando <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rinumera sottoconti</strong></span> per il conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Colori</span>»</span>. Nella finestra che comparirà il valore della voce prefisso dovrebbe essere già impostata a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">10</span>»</span>, il codice del conto <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Colori</span>»</span>. Se si imposta un valore dell’intervallo pari a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">5</span>»</span> e si preme <span class="guibutton">Rinumera</span>, si otterrà la seguente struttura:</p><div class="table"><a name="table-renumber2"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.3. Numeri dei conti rinumerati</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Numeri dei conti rinumerati" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colori</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-05</p></td><td><p>Rosso</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-10</p></td><td><p>Arancione</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-15</p></td><td><p>Giallo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-20</p></td><td><p>Blu</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-25</p></td><td><p>Viola</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ora è disponibile lo spazio necessario nella numerazione dei conti per aggiungere il conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>Verde</strong></span> con un codice adatto per inserirlo dove si d!
 esidera.</p><div class="table"><a name="table-renumber3"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 5.4. Numeri finali dei conti.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Numeri finali dei conti." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Codice</p></th><th><p>Nome</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colori</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-05</p></td><td><p>Rosso</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-10</p></td><td><p>Arancione</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-15</p></td><td><p>Giallo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-18</p></td><td><p>Verde</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-20</p></td><td><p>Blu</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-25</p></td><td><p>Viola</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.5. Modificare un conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="setup-accounts.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.7. Cancellare un conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="report-create.html" title="8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici"><link rel="next" href="account-options.html" title="9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="account-options.html">9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-prefs.html">9.2. Impostare le preferenze</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounting-period">9.2.1. Periodo contabile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts">9.2.2. Conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz">9.2.3. Impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time">9.2.4. Data e ora</a></span!
 ></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general">9.2.5. Generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online">9.2.6. Online Banking</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing">9.2.7. Stampa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg">9.2.8. Registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def">9.2.9. Predefinite del registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports">9.2.10. Resoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched">9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-window">9.2.12. Finestre</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="change-style.html">9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-default">9.3.1. Foglio di stile predefinito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-easy">9.3.2. Foglio di stile "Easy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-footer">9.3.3. Fogli di stile Piè di pagina</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-technicolor">9.3.4. Foglio di stile "Technicolor"</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-tax-options.html">9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-probs">9.4.1. TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-defs">9.4.2. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reset-warning.html">9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation foot!
 er"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="report-create.html" title="8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici"><link rel="next" href="account-options.html" title="9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="account-options.html">9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-prefs.html">9.2. Impostare le preferenze</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounting-period">9.2.1. Periodo contabile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts">9.2.2. Conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz">9.2.3. Impresa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time">9.2.4. Data e ora</a></span!
 ></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general">9.2.5. Generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online">9.2.6. Online Banking</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing">9.2.7. Stampa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg">9.2.8. Registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def">9.2.9. Predefinite del registro</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports">9.2.10. Resoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched">9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-window">9.2.12. Finestre</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="change-style.html">9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-default">9.3.1. Foglio di stile predefinito</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-easy">9.3.2. Foglio di stile Semplice</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-footer">9.3.3. Fogli di stile Piè di pagina</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="change-style.html#style-technicolor">9.3.4. Foglio di stile Technicolor</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="set-tax-options.html">9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-probs">9.4.1. TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-defs">9.4.2. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="reset-warning.html">9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chang-lang.html">9.6. Cambiare la lingua</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xht!
 ml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-create.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/first-time.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/first-time.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/first-time.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Avviare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="next" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Avviare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-hierarchy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.1. Avviare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="first-time"></a>3.1. Avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> può essere avviato dal menu principale del proprio sistema selezionando la relative voce del menu.</p><p>In alternativa può essere avviato da linea di comando con il comando <span class="command"><strong>gnucash</strong></span>.</p><p>Durante l'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà mostrata la <span class="emphasis"><strong>schermata di avvio di GnuCash</strong></span> in cui sono visualizzate alcune informazioni relative al programma e al processo di caricamento.</p><div class="sect2" title="3.1.1. Schermata Impossibile trovare i valori predefini!
 ti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cannot-find-default"></a>3.1.1. Schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>Quando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> viene avviato per la prima volta, sarà presentata la schermata titolata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span> con tre scelte possibili:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Esci</span> — esce da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Salta</span> — prosegue l'avvio senza impostare alcun valore predefinito di visualizzazione per <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Imposta</span> — visualizzerà la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="first-time.html#update-configuration-data" title="3.1.2. Assistente per l'Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash">Sezione 3.1.2, «Assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span>»</a>) che avvia la procedura di impostazione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.2. Assistente per l'Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="update-configuration-data"></a>3.1.2. Assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>L'assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span>, si avvia con una schermata che visualizza una breve descrizione della sue funzionalità. I tre pulsanti sul fondo della finestra non cambiera!
 nno fino all'ultima schermata della procedura guidata.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dall'assistente.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> —  permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</p></li></ul></div><p><a name="gconf"></a>La seconda schermata è dedicata alla <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta del metodo</strong></span> di configurazione di gconf per <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In questa pagina vengono descritte le opzion <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna il percorso di ricerca</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Installa nella cartella home</strong></span>, e le relative conseguenze della scelta. Scegliendo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna il percorso di ricerca</strong></span> verrà modificato il percorso <code class="filename">.gconf</code> nella cartella <span class="emphasis"><strong>home</strong></span> dell'utente. L'altra scelta, <span class="guibutton">Installa nella cartella home</span> installerà i file di configurazione nella cartella <code class="filename">.gconf</code> contenuta nella cartella home dell'utente.</p><p>Dopo aver effettuato la scelta, premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> per proc!
 edere alla schermata successiva.</p><p>Se è stata scelta l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Installa nella cartella «home»</strong></span> la pagina successiva fornirà tre scelte: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash installerà i dati.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>L'utente installerà i dati.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>I dati sono già stati installati in un'altra finestra.</strong></span></p></li></ul></div><p>Se è invece stata scelta l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna il percorso di ricerca</strong></span> la pagina successiva fornirà tre scelte: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash aggiornerà il percorso di ricerca.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>L'utente aggiornerà il percorso di ricerca.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il percorso di ricerca è già stato aggiornato in un'altra finestra.</strong></span></p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata finale presenta i soliti tre pulsanti, con la differenza che il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> è stato sostituito con <span class="guibutton">Applica</span>. Premendo quest'ultimo pulsante verranno applicate le scelte effettuate nella procedura e verrà completata la procedura per i valori predefiniti iniziali. Verrà quindi aperta la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="first-time.html#welcome-to-gnucash" title="3.1.3. Schermata di Benvenuto in GnuCash!">Sezione 3.1.3, «Schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>»</a>).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.3. Schermata di Benvenuto in GnuCash!"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="ti!
 tle"><a name="welcome-to-gnucash"></a>3.1.3. Schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo il completamento della procedura, verrà visualizzata la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> che presenta un menu con tre scelte possibili:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><a name="CreateAccounts"></a><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Creare un nuovo gruppo di conti</strong></span> — Avvia l'assistente per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti">Sezione 3.2, «Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti»</a>). Selezionare questa opzione per essere assistiti nella creazione di un gruppo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importare file QIF</strong></span> — Avvia l'assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione dei file QIF</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF">Sezione 3.3, «Importare i file QIF»</a>). Selezionare questa opzione se si devono importare in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> dei file di Quicken (estensione <code class="filename">.qif</code>) provenienti da un'altra applicazione finanziaria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</strong></span> — Apre la guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Selezionare questa opzione se si è alla prima esperienza con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e con i concetti di contabilità.</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2"!
  align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">E' possibile eseguire le operazioni elencate anche dopo aver effettuato una scelta nella finestra, ma il menu di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> non verrà visualizzato di nuovo. Per provare le altre scelte in un secondo momento, consultare <a class="xref" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti">Sezione 3.2, «Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti»</a>, <a class="xref" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF">Sezione 3.3, «Importare i file QIF»</a> e <a class="xref" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash">Sezione 2.2, «Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a> per sapere come avviarle dal menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Questa schermata è stata pensate per consentire all'utente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di iniziare immediatamente a utilizzare il programma. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di chiudere la schermata. Premendolo verrà richiesto se <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mostrare di nuovo la finestra di benvenuto</strong></span>. Per non far visualizzare di nuovo la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">No</span>. Fare clic su <span class="guibutton">Sì</span> o premere il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> della tastiera per selezionare l'opzione predefinita che prevede la riapertura al prossimo avvio della schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" clas!
 s="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Qualsiasi opzione venga selezionata, verrà aperta una finestra di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> minimale. Le operazioni disponibili in questa finestra sono descritte in <a class="xref" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash">Capitolo 4, <i>Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-hierarchy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Avviare GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="next" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Avviare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-hierarchy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.1. Avviare GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="first-time"></a>3.1. Avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> può essere avviato dal menu principale del proprio sistema selezionando la relative voce del menu.</p><p>In alternativa può essere avviato da linea di comando con il comando <span class="command"><strong>gnucash</strong></span>.</p><p>Durante l’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà mostrata la <span class="emphasis"><strong>schermata di avvio di GnuCash</strong></span> in cui sono visualizzate alcune informazioni relative al programma e al processo di caricamento.</p><div class="sect2" title="3.1.1. Schermata Impossibile trovare i valori predefi!
 niti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cannot-find-default"></a>3.1.1. Schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>Quando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> viene avviato per la prima volta, sarà presentata la schermata titolata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span> con tre scelte possibili:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Esci</span> — esce da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Salta</span> — prosegue l’avvio senza impostare alcun valore predefinito di visualizzazione per <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Imposta</span> — visualizzerà la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="first-time.html#update-configuration-data" title="3.1.2. Assistente per l’Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash">Sezione 3.1.2, «Assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span>»</a>) che avvia la procedura di impostazione.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.2. Assistente per l’Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="update-configuration-data"></a>3.1.2. Assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>L’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span>, si avvia con una schermata che visualizza una breve descrizione della sue funzionalità. I tre pulsanti sul fondo della fines!
 tra non cambieranno fino all’ultima schermata della procedura guidata.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dall’assistente.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> —  permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</p></li></ul></div><p><a name="gconf"></a>La seconda schermata è dedicata alla <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scelta del metodo</strong></span> di configurazione di gconf per <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In questa pagina vengono descritte le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna il percorso di ricerca</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Installa nella cartella home</strong></span>, e le relative conseguenze della scelta. Scegliendo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna il percorso di ricerca</strong></span> verrà modificato il percorso <code class="filename">.gconf</code> nella cartella <span class="emphasis"><strong>home</strong></span> dell’utente. L’altra scelta, <span class="guibutton">Installa nella cartella home</span> installerà i file di configurazione nella cartella <code class="filename">.gconf</code> contenuta nella cartella home dell’utente.</p><p>Dopo aver effettuato la scelta, premere <span class="guibut!
 ton">Avanti</span> per procedere alla schermata successiva.</p><p>Se è stata scelta l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Installa nella cartella «home»</strong></span> la pagina successiva fornirà tre scelte: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash installerà i dati.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>L’utente installerà i dati.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>I dati sono già stati installati in un’altra finestra.</strong></span></p></li></ul></div><p>Se è invece stata scelta l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiorna il percorso di ricerca</strong></span> la pagina successiva fornirà tre scelte: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>GnuCash aggiornerà il percorso di ricerca.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>L’utente aggiornerà il percorso di ricerca.</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il percorso di ricerca è già stato aggiornato in un’altra finestra.</strong></span></p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata finale presenta i soliti tre pulsanti, con la differenza che il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> è stato sostituito con <span class="guibutton">Applica</span>. Premendo quest’ultimo pulsante verranno applicate le scelte effettuate nella procedura e verrà completata la procedura per i valori predefiniti iniziali. Verrà quindi aperta la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="first-time.html#welcome-to-gnucash" title="3.1.3. Schermata di Benvenuto in GnuCash!">Sezione 3.1.3, «Schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>»</a>).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="3.1.3. Schermata di Benvenuto in GnuCash!"><div !
 class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="welcome-to-gnucash"></a>3.1.3. Schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>Dopo il completamento della procedura, verrà visualizzata la finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> che presenta un menu con tre scelte possibili:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><a name="CreateAccounts"></a><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Creare un nuovo gruppo di conti</strong></span> — Avvia l’assistente per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti">Sezione 3.2, «Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti»</a>). Selezionare questa opzione per essere assistiti nella creazione di un gruppo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importare file QIF</strong></span> — Avvia l’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione dei file QIF</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF">Sezione 3.3, «Importare i file QIF»</a>). Selezionare questa opzione se si devono importare in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> dei file di Quicken (estensione <code class="filename">.qif</code>) provenienti da un’altra applicazione finanziaria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</strong></span> — Apre la guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Selezionare questa opzione se si è alla prima esperienza con <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e con i concetti di contabilità.</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-rig!
 ht: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">È possibile eseguire le operazioni elencate anche dopo aver effettuato una scelta nella finestra, ma il menu di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> non verrà visualizzato di nuovo. Per provare le altre scelte in un secondo momento, consultare <a class="xref" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti">Sezione 3.2, «Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti»</a>, <a class="xref" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF">Sezione 3.3, «Importare i file QIF»</a> e <a class="xref" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash">Sezione 2.2, «Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a> per sapere come avviarle dal menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Questa schermata è stata pensata per consentire all’utente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> di iniziare immediatamente a utilizzare il programma. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di chiudere la schermata. Premendolo verrà richiesto se <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mostrare di nuovo la finestra di benvenuto</strong></span>. Per non far visualizzare di nuovo la schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span> fare clic sul pulsante <span class="guibutton">No</span>. Fare clic su <span class="guibutton">Sì</span> o premere il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> della tastiera per selezionare l’opzione predefinita che prevede la riapertura al prossimo avvio della schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xml!
 ns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Qualsiasi opzione venga selezionata, verrà aperta una finestra di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> minimale. Le operazioni disponibili in questa finestra sono descritte in <a class="xref" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash">Capitolo 4, <i>Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-hierarchy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/general-ledger.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/general-ledger.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/general-ledger.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.15. Libro mastro generale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-online.html" title="6.14. Operazioni online..."><link rel="next" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.15. Libro mastro generale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-online.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="general-ledger"></a>6.15. Libro mastro generale</h2></div></div></div><p>Il libro mastro generale è un registro avanzato che permette di inserire le transazioni senza il bisogno di aprire i singoli conti; permette anche di visualizzare tutte le transazioni per tutti i conti in un unico registro.</p><p>L'inserimento di una transazione nel libro mastro generale è più complicato rispetto alla stessa operazione compiuta dal registro del conto. Il vantaggio del libro mastro generale risiede nella visualizzazione più esaustiva delle transazioni inserite in tutti i propri conti.</p><p>Il libro mastro generale è impostato di default per visualizzare solamente le transazioni dell'ultimo mese. Questa impostazione può essere cambiata utilizzando la voce «I!
 ntervallo temporale» nel menu «Visualizza».</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-online.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.14. Operazioni online... </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.15. Libro mastro generale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-online.html" title="6.14. Operazioni online..."><link rel="next" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.15. Libro mastro generale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-online.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="general-ledger"></a>6.15. Libro mastro generale</h2></div></div></div><p>Il libro mastro generale è un registro avanzato che permette di inserire le transazioni senza il bisogno di aprire i singoli conti; permette anche di visualizzare tutte le transazioni per tutti i conti in un unico registro.</p><p>L’inserimento di una transazione nel libro mastro generale è più complicato rispetto alla stessa operazione compiuta dal registro del conto. Il vantaggio del libro mastro generale risiede nella visualizzazione più esaustiva delle transazioni inserite in tutti i propri conti.</p><p>Il libro mastro generale è impostato di default per visualizzare solamente le transazioni dell’ultimo mese. Questa impostazione può essere cambiata utilizzando la voce!
  «Intervallo temporale» nel menu «Visualizza».</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-online.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.14. Operazioni online... </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/getting-started.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/getting-started.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="on-line-assistance.html" title="2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="first-time.html" title="3.1. Avviare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="on-line-assistance.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="first-time.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="getting-started"></a>Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="first-time.html">3.1. Avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="first-time.html#cannot-find-default">3.1.1. Schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="first-time.html#update-configuration-data">3.1.2. Assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="first-time.html#welcome-to-gnucash">3.1.3. Schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="a!
 cct-hierarchy.html">3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="import-qif.html">3.3. Importare i file QIF</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tip-of-the-day.html">3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="on-line-assistance.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="first-time.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.1. Avviare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="on-line-assistance.html" title="2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="first-time.html" title="3.1. Avviare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="on-line-assistance.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="first-time.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="getting-started"></a>Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="first-time.html">3.1. Avviare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="first-time.html#cannot-find-default">3.1.1. Schermata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impossibile trovare i valori predefiniti</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="first-time.html#update-configuration-data">3.1.2. Assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiornamento dei dati di configurazione di GnuCash</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="first-time.html#welcome-to-gnucash">3.1.3. Schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href=!
 "acct-hierarchy.html">3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="import-qif.html">3.3. Importare i file QIF</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="tip-of-the-day.html">3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="on-line-assistance.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="first-time.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.1. Avviare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/help.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/help.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="it" class="book" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>Manuale di aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">Informazioni su questo documento</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="Getting-Help.html">Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="getting-started.html">Per iniziare</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="GUIMenus.html">Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="setup-accounts.html">Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a hre!
 f="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Strumenti e assistenti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="Reports.html">Resoconti e diagrammi</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="custom-gnucash.html">Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="tips.html">Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>Lista delle figure</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="windows.html#Help_Main_WindowCallouts">La finestra principale di <code class="application">GnuCash</code></a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#id2915615">Una visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis">struttura ad albero dei conti</span>.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s03.html#id2920378">La visualizzazione del <span class="emphasis">registro del conto</span>.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s04.html#id2923955">La <span class="emphasis">finestra del resoconto</span></a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-period-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Periodo contabile</span></a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Conti</span></a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Impresa</span></a></dt><dt>9.4. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Data e ora</span></a></dt><dt>9.5. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Generali</span></a></dt><dt>9.6. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online-fig">La scheda <span class=!
 "guilabel">Preferenze — Online Banking</span></a></dt><dt>9.7. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Stampa</span></a></dt><dt>9.8. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Registro</span></a></dt><dt>9.9. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Predefinite del registro</span></a></dt><dt>9.10. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Resoconti</span></a></dt><dt>9.11. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Transazioni pianificate</span></a></dt><dt>9.12. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-windows-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Finestre</span></a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-EditMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Modifica</span> - Accede alle operazioni e alle preferenze dei conti e dei dati.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ViewMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - modifica la vista della finestra.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ActionsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</a></dt><dt>4.5. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l'accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all'impresa.</a></dt><dt>4.6. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <!
 span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>4.7. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l'accesso a diversi strumenti e editor</a></dt><dt>4.8. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span></a></dt><dt>4.9. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l'accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.</a></dt><dt>4.10. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolBarIcons">Barra degli strumenti - Finestra dell struttura dei conti</a></dt><dt>4.11. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-FileMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</a></dt><dt>4.12. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-EditMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Modifica</span> - Accede alle operazioni e alle preferenze dei conti e dei dati.</a></dt><dt>4.13. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ViewMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - Modifica le opzioni di visualizzazione della finestra di <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>4.14. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-TransactionMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</a></dt><dt>4.15. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ActionsMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</a></dt><dt>4.16. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ToolBarIcons"><span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra del registro del conto (registro delle transazioni)</a></dt><dt>4.17. <a href="ch04s04!
 .html#Report-FileMenu">Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l'accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</a></dt><dt>4.18. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-EditMenu">Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Modifica</span> - Accede alle operazioni e alle preferenze dei conti e dei dati.</a></dt><dt>4.19. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-ActionsMenu">Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette l'impostazione delle transazioni pianificate.</a></dt><dt>4.20. <a href="ch04s04.html#id2925907">Resoconti - Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis">barra degli strumenti</span></a></dt><dt>4.21. <a href="ch04s05.html#Tools-ReconcileWin">Componenti della finestra di riconciliazione.</a></dt><dt>4.22. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-reconcile-menu">Menu <span class="guimenu">Riconcilia</span> - permette l'accesso alle informazioni di riconciliazione e ai comandi utili per terminare la riconciliazione o rinviarla.</a></dt><dt>4.23. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-account">Menu <span class="guimenu">Conto</span> - permette l'accesso alle operazioni relative al conto.</a></dt><dt>4.24. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-trans">Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</a></dt><dt>4.25. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-help">Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - accesso all'aiuto.</a></dt><dt>4.26. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-toolbar"><span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra di <span class="guilabel">Riconciliazione</span></a></dt><dt>4.27. <a href="ch04s06.html#id2927289">Componenti della finestra per le transazioni pianificate.</a></dt><dt>4.28. <a href="ch04s06.html#tool-SX-trans">Menu <span class="guimenu">Pianifica</span> - permette di accedere alle operazioni di modifica della transazione pianificata.</a></dt><dt>4.29. <a href="ch04s06.html#id2927617"><span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra <span class="guilabel">Transazioni pianificate</span></a></dt><dt>5.1. <a href="acct-typ!
 es.html#TypeAccounts">Tipi di conti in <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>5.2. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber1">Numeri iniziali dei conti.</a></dt><dt>5.3. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber2">Numeri dei conti rinumerati</a></dt><dt>5.4. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber3">Numeri finali dei conti.</a></dt><dt>7.1. <a href="tool-find.html#tool-find-buttons">Pulsanti del criterio di ricerca.</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-tax-options.html#id2945393">Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></dt><dt>A.1. <a href="apas01.html#Code4EurMrks">Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</a></dt><dt>A.2. <a href="apas02.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF">Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</a></dt><dt>A.3. <a href="apas03.html#F">Fonti individuali per le quotazioni</a></dt><dt>A.4. <a href="apas04.html#Quote-Sources">Fonti multiple per le quotazioni</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="it" class="book" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>Manuale di aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">Informazioni su questo documento</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="Getting-Help.html">Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="getting-started.html">Per iniziare</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="GUIMenus.html">Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="setup-accounts.html">Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a hre!
 f="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Strumenti e assistenti</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="Reports.html">Resoconti e diagrammi</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="custom-gnucash.html">Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="tips.html">Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>Lista delle figure</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="windows.html#Help_Main_WindowCallouts">La finestra principale di <code class="application">GnuCash</code></a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#id2888056">Una visualizzazione della <span class="emphasis">struttura ad albero dei conti</span>.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s03.html#id2892846">La visualizzazione del <span class="emphasis">registro del conto</span>.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s04.html#id2896425">La <span class="emphasis">finestra del resoconto</span></a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-period-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Periodo contabile</span></a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-acct-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Conti</span></a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Impresa</span></a></dt><dt>9.4. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Data e ora</span></a></dt><dt>9.5. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Generali</span></a></dt><dt>9.6. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online-fig">La scheda <span class=!
 "guilabel">Preferenze — Online Banking</span></a></dt><dt>9.7. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-printing-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Stampa</span></a></dt><dt>9.8. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Registro</span></a></dt><dt>9.9. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Predefinite del registro</span></a></dt><dt>9.10. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Resoconti</span></a></dt><dt>9.11. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Transazioni pianificate</span></a></dt><dt>9.12. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-windows-fig">La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Finestre</span></a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-FileMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-EditMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Modifica</span> - Accede alle operazioni e alle preferenze dei conti e dei dati.</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ViewMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - modifica la vista della finestra.</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ActionsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</a></dt><dt>4.5. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-BusinessMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Impresa</span> - permette l’accesso alle funzioni di <code class="application">GnuCash</code> dedicate all’impresa.</a></dt><dt>4.6. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ReportsMenu">Struttura dei conti - !
 Menu <span class="guimenu">Resoconti</span> - Permette la scelta dei resoconti e dei grafici forniti da <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>4.7. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Strumenti</span> - Permette l’accesso a diversi strumenti e editor</a></dt><dt>4.8. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-WindowsMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Finestre</span></a></dt><dt>4.9. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-HelpMenu">Struttura dei conti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - Permette l’accesso a questo documento e alla guida ai concetti e manuale.</a></dt><dt>4.10. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-ToolBarIcons">Barra degli strumenti - Finestra dell struttura dei conti</a></dt><dt>4.11. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-FileMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</a></dt><dt>4.12. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-EditMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Modifica</span> - Accede alle operazioni e alle preferenze dei conti e dei dati.</a></dt><dt>4.13. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ViewMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Visualizza</span> - Modifica le opzioni di visualizzazione della finestra di <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>4.14. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-TransactionMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</a></dt><dt>4.15. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ActionsMenu">Registro del conto - Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette di impostare le transazioni pianificate, di riparare i conti, di effettuare dei frazionamenti azionari, di trasferire del denaro e di riconciliare le transazioni.</a></dt><dt>4.16. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-ToolBarIcons"><span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra del registro del conto (registro delle transazioni)</a></dt><dt>4.17. <a h!
 ref="ch04s04.html#Report-FileMenu">Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">File</span> - Permette l’accesso ai file, alle operazioni sui conti e alla stampa.</a></dt><dt>4.18. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-EditMenu">Resoconti - Menu <span class="guimenu">Modifica</span> - Accede alle operazioni e alle preferenze dei conti e dei dati.</a></dt><dt>4.19. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-ActionsMenu">Menu <span class="guimenu">Operazioni</span> - Permette l’impostazione delle transazioni pianificate.</a></dt><dt>4.20. <a href="ch04s04.html#id2898373">Resoconti - Pulsanti della <span class="emphasis">barra degli strumenti</span></a></dt><dt>4.21. <a href="ch04s05.html#Tools-ReconcileWin">Componenti della finestra di riconciliazione.</a></dt><dt>4.22. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-reconcile-menu">Menu <span class="guimenu">Riconcilia</span> - permette l’accesso alle informazioni di riconciliazione e ai comandi utili per terminare la riconciliazione o rinviarla.</a></dt><dt>4.23. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-account">Menu <span class="guimenu">Conto</span> - permette l’accesso alle operazioni relative al conto.</a></dt><dt>4.24. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-trans">Menu <span class="guimenu">Transazione</span> - accede alle operazioni di modifica della transazione.</a></dt><dt>4.25. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-help">Menu <span class="guimenu">Aiuto</span> - accesso all’aiuto.</a></dt><dt>4.26. <a href="ch04s05.html#tool-rec-toolbar"><span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra di <span class="guilabel">Riconciliazione</span></a></dt><dt>4.27. <a href="ch04s06.html#id2899756">Componenti della finestra per le transazioni pianificate.</a></dt><dt>4.28. <a href="ch04s06.html#tool-SX-trans">Menu <span class="guimenu">Pianifica</span> - permette di accedere alle operazioni di modifica della transazione pianificata.</a></dt><dt>4.29. <a href="ch04s06.html#id2900085"><span class="emphasis">Barra degli strumenti</span> della finestra <span class="guilabel">Transazioni pianificate</span></a></dt><dt>!
 5.1. <a href="acct-types.html#TypeAccounts">Tipi di conti in <code class="application">GnuCash</code>.</a></dt><dt>5.2. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber1">Numeri iniziali dei conti.</a></dt><dt>5.3. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber2">Numeri dei conti rinumerati</a></dt><dt>5.4. <a href="chart-renumber.html#table-renumber3">Numeri finali dei conti.</a></dt><dt>7.1. <a href="tool-find.html#tool-find-buttons">Pulsanti del criterio di ricerca.</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="set-tax-options.html#id2918332">Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</a></dt><dt>A.1. <a href="apas01.html#Code4EurMrks">Lista dei codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</a></dt><dt>A.2. <a href="apas02.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF">Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</a></dt><dt>A.3. <a href="apas03.html#F">Fonti individuali per le quotazioni</a></dt><dt>A.4. <a href="apas04.html#Quote-Sources">Fonti multiple per le quotazioni</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/import-qif.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/import-qif.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/import-qif.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.3. Importare i file QIF</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti"><link rel="next" href="tip-of-the-day.html" title="3.4. Suggerimento del giorno"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.3. Importare i file QIF</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-hierarchy.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tip-of-the-day.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="import-qif"></a>3.3. Importare i file QIF</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo assistente assiste nell'importazione di file Quiken (<acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>). Verrà aperto se si seleziona <span class="guibutton">Importare file QIF</span> nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.</p><p>Per avviare manualmente l'assistente, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa...</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa QIF...</strong></span>.</p><p>Nel seguito tutte le schermate che possono essere visualizzate in questo assistente sono descritte in ordine di apparizione.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>L' assistente !
 per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione dei file QIF</strong></span> si avvia presentando una finestra contenente una breve descrizione delle sue funzionalità. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra non cambieranno durante tutte le fasi di utilizzo dell'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dal processo e annulla l'importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> —  permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nella schermata successiva verrà richiesto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scegliere un file QIF da caricare</strong></span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> in questa finestra permette di accedere alla lista di file e cartelle aprendo il dialogo per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scegliere il file QIF</strong></span>.</p><p>Navigare fino alla posizione in cui sono stati salvati i propri file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>; selezionare il primo fra quelli che si desidera importare e premere <span class="guibutton">Importa</span>. La schermata successiva visualizzerà il nome del file nella finestra per <span class="guilabel"><strong>!
 Scegliere il file QIF da importare.</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se il file che si sta caricando non possiede una data <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> verrà visualizzata la finestra per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostare un formato di data per il file QIF</strong></span>. Selezionare quello appropriato dal menu a comparsa e continuare.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se il file che si sta caricando non contiene un nome del conto verrà visualizzata la finestra per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostare il nome predefinito del conto QIF</strong></span>. Diversamente verrà invece visualizzata la finestra descritta nella prossima sezione dove saranno visualizzati i file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> caricati.</p><div xmlns="" class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto:</strong></span> permette di impostare un nome del conto per il file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p></li></ul></div></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La pagina successiva visualizza i <span class="guilabel"><strong>File QIF che sono stati caricati</strong></span>. E' possibile tornare alla pagina precedente e selezionare altri file <acronym class!
 ="acronym">QIF</acronym>. Qui è anche possibile eliminare qualsiasi file che sia stato caricato per errore.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pannello superiore visualizza l'elenco dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>file QIF</strong></span> che sono stati caricati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Carica un altro file</span> riporta alla schermata precedente per aggiungere alla lista un ulteriore file<acronym class="acronym"> QIF</acronym>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Scarta il file selezionato</span> permette, dopo aver selezionato un file nell'elenco presente nel riquadro superiore, di rimuoverlo dall'elenco.</p></li></ul></div><p>Quando sono stati selezionati tutti i file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> da importare, fare clic sul pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A seconda del tipo di dati contenuti nei file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> da importare, verranno visualizzate una o più delle seguenti schermate:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti e azioni</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti e azioni</strong></span> che avverrà nella schermata successiva relativa all'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione dei conti QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell'assistente all'<span class="guilabel"><st!
 rong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La pagina successiva permette l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione dei conti QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi dei conti QIF</strong></span> a sinistra e, a destra, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto GnuCash</strong></span> suggerito. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo?</strong></span> indica se il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà creato dalla procedura di importazione.</p><p>Per cambiare il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è necessario selezionare il conto <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>; apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile selezionare un altro conto o crearne uno nuovo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare un conto dalla lista per utilizzarne uno già esistente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo conto</span> permette di aggiungere un nuovo nome di conto come sottoconto (figlio) del conto selezionato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> permette di confermare la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra di dialogo scartando tutti le scelte effettuate.</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Categorie di entrate e uscite</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione delle <span class="guilabel">!
 <strong>Categorie di entrate e uscite</strong></span> nella schermata successiva relativa all'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione delle categorie QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell'assistente all'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La pagina successiva permette l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione delle categorie QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi della categoria QIF</strong></span> a sinistra e, a destra, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto GnuCash</strong></span> suggerito. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo?</strong></span> indica se il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà creato dalla procedura di importazione.</p><p>Per cambiare il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è necessario selezionare la categoria QIF; apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile selezionare un altro conto o crearne uno nuovo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare un conto dalla lista per utilizzarne uno già esistente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="gu!
 ibutton">Nuovo conto</span> permette di aggiungere un nuovo nome di conto come sottoconto (figlio) del conto selezionato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> permette di confermare la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra di dialogo scartando tutti le scelte effettuate.</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Beneficiari e promemoria</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Beneficiari e promemoria</strong></span> che avverrà nella schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione di beneficiari e promemoria ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell'assistente all'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La pagina successiva permette l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione di beneficiari e promemoria ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi di beneficiari e promemoria QIF</strong></span> a sinistra e, a destra, i <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi dei conti di GnuCash</s!
 trong></span> suggeriti. Il conto predefinito di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizzato in questa fase ha un nome <span class="guilabel"><strong>Non specificato</strong></span>. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo?</strong></span> indica se il nome del conto di GnuCash verrà creato dalla procedura di importazione.</p><p>Per cambiare il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è necessario selezionare il beneficiario e promemoria QIF; apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile selezionare un altro conto o crearne uno nuovo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare un conto dalla lista per utilizzarne uno già esistente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo conto</span> permette di inserire un nuovo nome di conto come sottoconto del conto selezionato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> permette di confermare la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra di dialogo scartando tutti le scelte effettuate.</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva consente di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immettere la valutadel file QIF</strong></span>. La lista a comparsa fornisce la valuta predefinita configurata nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts" title="9.2.2. Conti">Sezione 9.2.2, «Conti»</a>)delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>. Per utilizzarne una diversa, selezionarla dalla lista.</p><p>Dopo aver selezionato la valuta, premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A seconda del tipo di dati contenuti nei file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> da importare, potrebbero essere visualizzate una o più delle seguenti schermate:</p><!
 div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Commodity scambiabili</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Commodity scambiabili</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell'assistente all'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Una serie di schermate per ogni azione, fondo comune o commodity, visualizza il cambio, il nome comnpleto e il simbolo per ogni commodity elencata nel file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> che si sta importando in modo che sia possibile controllarne le informazioni prima di procedere.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni corrispondenti</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni corrispondenti</strong></span> che avverrà nella seguente schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezione dei possibili duplicati</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><t!
 r><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell'assistente all'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezionare  i possibili duplicati</strong></span> tra le transazioni. Le transazioni importate sono visualizzate nel riquadro di sinistra e le <span class="emphasis"><strong>possibili</strong></span> transazioni corrispondenti sono riportate a destra.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il riquadro di sinistra mostra l'elenco delle transazioni importate tra cui selezionare i duplicati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il riquadro di destra mostra l'elenco dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>possibili</strong></span> duplicati delle transazioni selezionate per l'importazione. Selezionare quella con la corrispondenza più adatta</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'ultima schermata, <span class="guibutton">Aggiornare i conti di GnuCash</span>, fornisce una lista di tre scelte possibili per uscire dall'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dal processo e annulla l'importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><ta!
 ble border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> — importa i dati e crea i conti specificati.</p></li></ul></div></li></ol></div><p>A questo punto i conti dovrebbero essere stati importati correttamente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-hierarchy.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tip-of-the-day.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.3. Importare i file QIF</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="acct-hierarchy.html" title="3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti"><link rel="next" href="tip-of-the-day.html" title="3.4. Suggerimento del giorno"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.3. Importare i file QIF</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-hierarchy.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tip-of-the-day.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="import-qif"></a>3.3. Importare i file QIF</h2></div></div></div><p>Questo assistente assiste nell’importazione di file Quiken (<acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>). Verrà aperto se si seleziona <span class="guibutton">Importare file QIF</span> nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></span>.</p><p>Per avviare manualmente l’assistente, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Importa...</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Importa QIF...</strong></span>.</p><p>Nel seguito tutte le schermate che possono essere visualizzate in questo assistente sono descritte in ordine di apparizione.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>L’ assis!
 tente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione dei file QIF</strong></span> si avvia presentando una finestra contenente una breve descrizione delle sue funzionalità. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra non cambieranno durante tutte le fasi di utilizzo dell’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dal processo e annulla l’importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> —  permette di avanzare nella procedura guidata.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nella schermata successiva verrà richiesto di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scegliere un file QIF da caricare</strong></span>. Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Seleziona...</span> in questa finestra permette di accedere alla lista di file e cartelle aprendo il dialogo per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Scegliere il file QIF</strong></span>.</p><p>Navigare fino alla posizione in cui sono stati salvati i propri file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>; selezionare il primo fra quelli che si desidera importare e premere <span class="guibutton">Importa</span>. La schermata successiva visualizzerà il nome del file nella finestra per <span class="guilab!
 el"><strong>Scegliere il file QIF da importare.</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se il file che si sta caricando non possiede una data <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> verrà visualizzata la finestra per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostare un formato di data per il file QIF</strong></span>. Selezionare quello appropriato dal menu a comparsa e continuare.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se il file che si sta caricando non contiene un nome del conto verrà visualizzata la finestra per <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostare il nome predefinito del conto QIF</strong></span>. Diversamente verrà invece visualizzata la finestra descritta nella prossima sezione dove saranno visualizzati i file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> caricati.</p><div xmlns="" class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto:</strong></span> permette di impostare un nome del conto per il file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p></li></ul></div></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La pagina successiva visualizza i <span class="guilabel"><strong>File QIF che sono stati caricati</strong></span>. È possibile tornare alla pagina precedente e selezionare altri file <a!
 cronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>. Qui è anche possibile eliminare qualsiasi file che sia stato caricato per errore.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pannello superiore visualizza l’elenco dei <span class="guilabel"><strong>file QIF</strong></span> che sono stati caricati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Carica un altro file</span> riporta alla schermata precedente per aggiungere alla lista un ulteriore file<acronym class="acronym"> QIF</acronym>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Scarta il file selezionato</span> permette, dopo aver selezionato un file nell’elenco presente nel riquadro superiore, di rimuoverlo dall’elenco.</p></li></ul></div><p>Quando sono stati selezionati tutti i file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> da importare, fare clic sul pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A seconda del tipo di dati contenuti nei file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> da importare, verranno visualizzate una o più delle seguenti schermate:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti e azioni</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti e azioni</strong></span> che avverrà nella schermata successiva relativa all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione dei conti QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell’assistente all’<s!
 pan class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La pagina successiva permette l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione dei conti QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi dei conti QIF</strong></span> a sinistra e, a destra, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto GnuCash</strong></span> suggerito. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo?</strong></span> indica se il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà creato dalla procedura di importazione.</p><p>Per cambiare il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è necessario selezionare il conto <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>; apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile selezionare un altro conto o crearne uno nuovo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare un conto dalla lista per utilizzarne uno già esistente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo conto</span> permette di aggiungere un nuovo nome di conto come sottoconto (figlio) del conto selezionato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> permette di confermare la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra di dialogo scartando tutte le scelte effettuate.</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Categorie di entrate e uscite</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione del!
 le <span class="guilabel"><strong>Categorie di entrate e uscite</strong></span> nella schermata successiva relativa all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione delle categorie QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell’assistente all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La pagina successiva permette l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione delle categorie QIF ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi della categoria QIF</strong></span> a sinistra e, a destra, il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome del conto GnuCash</strong></span> suggerito. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo?</strong></span> indica se il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà creato dalla procedura di importazione.</p><p>Per cambiare il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è necessario selezionare la categoria QIF; apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile selezionare un altro conto o crearne uno nuovo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare un conto dalla lista per utilizzarne uno già esistente.</p></li><li class="listit!
 em"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo conto</span> permette di aggiungere un nuovo nome di conto come sottoconto (figlio) del conto selezionato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> permette di confermare la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra di dialogo scartando tutte le scelte effettuate.</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Beneficiari e promemoria</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Beneficiari e promemoria</strong></span> che avverrà nella schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione di beneficiari e promemoria ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell’assistente all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La pagina successiva permette l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Associazione di beneficiari e promemoria ai conti di GnuCash</strong></span>. Verrà mostrata una lista di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nomi di beneficiari e promemoria QIF</strong></span> a sinistra e, a destra, i <span class="guilab!
 el"><strong>Nomi dei conti di GnuCash</strong></span> suggeriti. Il conto predefinito di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizzato in questa fase ha un nome <span class="guilabel"><strong>Non specificato</strong></span>. La colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo?</strong></span> indica se il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> verrà creato dalla procedura di importazione.</p><p>Per cambiare il conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è necessario selezionare il beneficiario e promemoria QIF; apparirà una finestra in cui sarà possibile selezionare un altro conto o crearne uno nuovo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare un conto dalla lista per utilizzarne uno già esistente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Nuovo conto</span> permette di inserire un nuovo nome di conto come sottoconto del conto selezionato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">OK</span> permette di confermare la selezione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra di dialogo scartando tutte le scelte effettuate.</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>La schermata successiva consente di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Immettere la valutadel file QIF</strong></span>. La lista a comparsa fornisce la valuta predefinita configurata nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts" title="9.2.2. Conti">Sezione 9.2.2, «Conti»</a>)delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>. Per utilizzarne una diversa, selezionarla dalla lista.</p><p>Dopo aver selezionato la valuta, premere <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A seconda del tipo di dati contenuti nei file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acron!
 ym> da importare, potrebbero essere visualizzate una o più delle seguenti schermate:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Commodity scambiabili</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Commodity scambiabili</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell’assistente all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Una serie di schermate per ogni azione, fondo comune o commodity, visualizza il cambio, il nome comnpleto e il simbolo per ogni commodity elencata nel file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> che si sta importando in modo che sia possibile controllarne le informazioni prima di procedere.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni corrispondenti</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Questa schermata fornisce una descrizione del processo di associazione delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni corrispondenti</strong></span> che avverrà nella seguente schermata di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezione dei possibili duplicati</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/docume!
 ntation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa e le altre schermate informative dell’assistente all’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione di file QIF</strong></span> possono essere disabilitate nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="9.2.6. Online Banking">Sezione 9.2.6, «Online Banking»</a>) delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezionare  i possibili duplicati</strong></span> tra le transazioni. Le transazioni importate sono visualizzate nel riquadro di sinistra e le <span class="emphasis"><strong>possibili</strong></span> transazioni corrispondenti sono riportate a destra.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il riquadro di sinistra mostra l’elenco delle transazioni importate tra cui selezionare i duplicati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il riquadro di destra mostra l’elenco dei <span class="emphasis"><strong>possibili</strong></span> duplicati delle transazioni selezionate per l’importazione. Selezionare quella con la corrispondenza più adatta</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>L’ultima schermata, <span class="guibutton">Aggiornare i conti di GnuCash</span>, fornisce una lista di tre scelte possibili per uscire dall’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> — esce dal processo e annulla l’importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc=!
 "http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Se si preme questo pulsante, qualsiasi selezione fatta fino a questo punto verrà persa.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — fa apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> — importa i dati e crea i conti specificati.</p></li></ul></div></li></ol></div><p>A questo punto i conti dovrebbero essere stati importati correttamente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-hierarchy.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tip-of-the-day.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.2. Impostare una nuova struttura dei conti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Getting-Help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="intro-to-gnucash"></a>Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div><div><h3 class="subtitle"><i>Cos'è <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</i></h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un'applicazione per la gestione delle finanze personali e di piccole attività. E' progettato per essere facile da usare, ma comunque potente e flessibile. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di registrare le entrate e le uscite, di riconciliare i conti bancari, di monitorare le azioni e di amministrare le finanze della propria attività professionale. E' basato sulle leggi fondamentali della contabilità per assicurare registrazioni in b!
 ilancio e resoconti accurati.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Getting-Help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Getting-Help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione a GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="intro-to-gnucash"></a>Capitolo 1. Introduzione a <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div><div><h3 class="subtitle"><i>Cos’è <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>?</i></h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è un’applicazione per la gestione delle finanze personali e di piccole attività. È progettato per essere facile da usare, ma comunque potente e flessibile. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> permette di registrare le entrate e le uscite, di riconciliare i conti bancari, di monitorare le azioni e di amministrare le finanze della propria attività professionale. È basato sulle leggi fondamentali della contabilità per assicurare registrazioni !
 in bilancio e resoconti accurati.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Getting-Help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="prev" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="on-line-assistance"></a>2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>Citando il suggerimento del giorno «gli sviluppatori di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono facilmente contattabili». <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ha diverse liste di discussione dedicate:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Lista degli utenti </strong></span><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>: è i!
 ndirizzata alle domande degli utenti e alle discussioni in generale. Gli sviluppatori e alcuni utenti molto disponibili, si ritrovano qui.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Lista degli sviluppatori </strong></span><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></code>: vengono discusse le questioni riguardanti la progettazione e lo sviluppo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, e la presentazione di patch.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>E' anche possibile utilizzare la chat di IRC e discutere in diretta con gli sviluppatori! Unisciti a loro su #gnucash at irc.gnome.org. Altre risorse sono disponibili sul <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnucash.org" target="_top"> sito di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a> come i collegamenti al WIKI e a Bugzilla.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="prev" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="on-line-assistance"></a>2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>Citando il suggerimento del giorno «gli sviluppatori di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono facilmente contattabili». <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ha diverse liste di discussione dedicate:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Lista degli utenti </strong></span><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></code>: è i!
 ndirizzata alle domande degli utenti e alle discussioni in generale. Gli sviluppatori e alcuni utenti molto disponibili, si ritrovano qui.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Lista degli sviluppatori </strong></span><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></code>: vengono discusse le questioni riguardanti la progettazione e lo sviluppo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, e la presentazione di patch.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>È anche possibile utilizzare la chat di IRC e discutere in diretta con gli sviluppatori! Unisciti a loro su #gnucash at irc.gnome.org. Altre risorse sono disponibili sul <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnucash.org" target="_top"> sito di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a> come i collegamenti al WIKI e a Bugzilla.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/print-check.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/print-check.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/print-check.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.13. Stampare gli assegni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata"><link rel="next" href="trans-online.html" title="6.14. Operazioni online..."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.13. Stampare gli assegni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="sched-editor.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-online.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="print-check"></a>6.13. Stampare gli assegni</h2></div></div></div><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> gli assegni sono stampati dal registro del conto. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce la possibilità di stampare assegni con lo standard Quicken (anche nel formato US Letter) o di creare un formato personalizzato. Anche la posizione dell'assegno e il formato della data sono personalizzabili.</p><p>Per stampare un unico assegno in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, selezionare la transazione di cui stampare l'assegno e andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa assegni</strong></span>. Verrà ap!
 erta la finestra delle proprietà per la stampa dell'assegno.</p><p>Per stampare più assegni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> eseguire una ricerca per trovare le transazioni che si intende stampare. Dalla finestra dei risultati della ricerca andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa assegni</strong></span>. Verrà aperta la finestra delle proprietà di stampa degli assegni per stampare tutti gli assegni presenti nella finestra di ricerca.</p><p>La finestra per la stampa dell'assegno presenta due schede. La prima è denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> e permette di impostare le opzioni più comuni per la stampa dell'assegno; la seconda, denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> permette di configurare la posizione dei vari campi sull'assegno. E' utile a questo scopo stampare un assegno di prova su un foglio di carta e utilizzarlo per effettuare le correzioni necessarie.</p><p>La selezione preimpostata nella finestra delle "Opzioni" è l'assegno Quicken/Quickbooks (tm) US-Letter.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Formato dell'assegno: provare prima con il formato Quicken e utilizzare il formato personalizzato se la posizione non è corretta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Posizione dell'assegno: permette di selezionare l'assegno da stampare: "Top" (in alto), "Middle" (in mezzo) o "Bottom" (in basso). L'opzione "personalizzato" è da selezionare se la posizione degli assegni nella pagina non è corretta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Formato data: il valore predefinito visualizzato in questo campo è impostato nelle preferenze di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Dalla lista a comparsa è possibile selezionare il formato della data desiderato. Il formato può essere cambiato utilizzando le righe denominate "Mesi:" e "Anni:". Scegliendo "personalizzato" sarà possibile impos!
 tare il formato della data nel campo "Formato:" (%m significa mese, %d significa giorno, %Y significa anno). Un esempio del formato selezionato è mostrato appena più sotto nella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Indirizzo: l'indirizzo del beneficiario, se il formato dell'assegno contiene uno spazio dedicato e se si intende stampare un unico assegno.</p></li></ul></div><p>La scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> è divisa in due sezioni. La metà superiore (al di sopra della linea di divisione) contiene due colonne per l'inserimento delle coordinate <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Y</strong></span> della posizione del campo sull'assegno. Le posizioni nel formato di assegno personalizzato sono a partire da x = 0 sul lato sinistro dell'assegno, crescenti verso destra, e y = 0 dal lato superiore dell'assegno, crescenti verso il basso. (Se si utilizza una versione di GTK precedente alla 2.10, allora y = 0 è al bordo inferiore e positiva verso l'alto).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Beneficiario:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Data:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo (in parole):</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo (in numeri):</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Indirizzo:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Note:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Promemoria:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo suddivisioni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Promemoria suddivisioni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Conto suddivisioni</p></li></ul></div><p>La parte della scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> al di sotto della linea di divisione contiene i campi per il posizionamento dell'assegno all'interno della pagina. La <span class="guilabel"><strong>Traslazione</strong></span> è la distanza dall'angolo superiore sinistro mentre la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rotazione</strong></span> rappresenta la rotazione in senso orario !
 dell'assegno. </p><p>Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Unità</strong></span> nella metà inferiore della finestra indica le unità da utilizzare per i campi in entrambe le metà della finestra.</p><p>Una volta che è stato premuto il tasto <span class="guibutton">OK</span> nella finestra di stampa dell'assegno, verrà visualizzata la finestra per la stampa di un documento di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Premere di nuovo <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per stampare l'assegno.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="sched-editor.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-online.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.14. Operazioni online...</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.13. Stampare gli assegni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata"><link rel="next" href="trans-online.html" title="6.14. Operazioni online..."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.13. Stampare gli assegni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="sched-editor.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-online.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="print-check"></a>6.13. Stampare gli assegni</h2></div></div></div><p>In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> gli assegni sono stampati dal registro del conto. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce la possibilità di stampare assegni con lo standard Quicken (anche nel formato US Letter) o di creare un formato personalizzato. Anche la posizione dell’assegno e il formato della data sono personalizzabili.</p><p>Per stampare un unico assegno in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, selezionare la transazione di cui stampare l’assegno e andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa assegni</strong></span>. VerrÃ!
   aperta la finestra delle proprietà per la stampa dell’assegno.</p><p>Per stampare più assegni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> eseguire una ricerca per trovare le transazioni che si intende stampare. Dalla finestra dei risultati della ricerca andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stampa assegni</strong></span>. Verrà aperta la finestra delle proprietà di stampa degli assegni per stampare tutti gli assegni presenti nella finestra di ricerca.</p><p>La finestra per la stampa dell’assegno presenta due schede. La prima è denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> e permette di impostare le opzioni più comuni per la stampa dell’assegno; la seconda, denominata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> permette di configurare la posizione dei vari campi sull’assegno. È utile a questo scopo stampare un assegno di prova su un foglio di carta e utilizzarlo per effettuare le correzioni necessarie.</p><p>La selezione preimpostata nella finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> è l’assegno Quicken/Quickbooks (tm) US-Letter.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Formato dell’assegno: provare prima con il formato Quicken e utilizzare il formato personalizzato se la posizione non è corretta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Posizione dell’assegno: permette di selezionare l’assegno da stampare: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Top</strong></span> (in alto), <span class="guilabel"><strong>Middle</strong></span> (in mezzo) o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bottom</strong></span> (in basso). L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Personalizzato</strong></span> è da selezionare se la posizione degli assegni nella pagina non è corretta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Formato data: il valore predefinito visualizzato in questo campo è impostato nelle preferenze di <strong class="application!
 "><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Dalla lista a comparsa è possibile selezionare il formato della data desiderato. Il formato può essere cambiato utilizzando le righe denominate <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mesi:</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Anni:</strong></span>. Scegliendo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Personalizzato</strong></span> sarà possibile impostare il formato della data nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato:</strong></span> (%m significa mese, %d significa giorno, %Y significa anno). Un esempio del formato selezionato è mostrato appena più sotto nella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Indirizzo: l’indirizzo del beneficiario, se il formato dell’assegno contiene uno spazio dedicato e se si intende stampare un unico assegno.</p></li></ul></div><p>La scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> è divisa in due sezioni. La metà superiore (al di sopra della linea di divisione) contiene due colonne per l’inserimento delle coordinate <span class="guilabel"><strong>X</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Y</strong></span> della posizione del campo sull’assegno. Le posizioni nel formato di assegno personalizzato sono a partire da x = 0 sul lato sinistro dell’assegno, crescenti verso destra, e y = 0 dal lato superiore dell’assegno, crescenti verso il basso. (Se si utilizza una versione di GTK precedente alla 2.10, allora y = 0 è al bordo inferiore e positiva verso l’alto).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Beneficiario:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Data:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo (in parole):</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo (in numeri):</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Indirizzo:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Note:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Promemoria:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo suddivisioni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Promemoria suddivisioni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Conto suddivisioni</p></li>!
 </ul></div><p>La parte della scheda del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato personalizzato</strong></span> al di sotto della linea di divisione contiene i campi per il posizionamento dell’assegno all’interno della pagina. La <span class="guilabel"><strong>Traslazione</strong></span> è la distanza dall’angolo superiore sinistro mentre la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rotazione</strong></span> rappresenta la rotazione in senso orario dell’assegno. </p><p>Il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Unità</strong></span> nella metà inferiore della finestra indica le unità da utilizzare per i campi in entrambe le metà della finestra.</p><p>Una volta che è stato premuto il tasto <span class="guibutton">OK</span> nella finestra di stampa dell’assegno, verrà visualizzata la finestra per la stampa di un documento di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Premere di nuovo <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per stampare l’assegno.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="sched-editor.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-online.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.14. Operazioni online...</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-assets.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-assets.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-assets.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.2. Attività e passività</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. Resoconti generali"><link rel="next" href="report-income.html" title="8.3. Entrate e Uscite"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.2. Attività e passività</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-income.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.2. Attività e passività"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-assets"></a>8.2. Attività e passività</h2></div></div></div><p>I resoconti di attività e passività includono il rapporto sul saldo, i resoconti sugli investimenti e il resoconto sul patrimonio netto.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Portafoglio avanzato:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma delle attività:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a torta delle attività:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Saldo medio:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rapporto sul saldo: questo resoconto riassume le attività, le passività e il capitale. Quando vengono mantenute correttamente, le attività dovrebbero essere pari alla somma tra passività e capitali; se così non è, allora è presente uno sbilancio all'interno dei conti.</p></li><li class=!
 "listitem"><p>Giornale generale:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Libro mastro generale:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Portafoglio degli investimenti: questo resoconto riassume il valore delle azioni nel paniere corrente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a torta delle passività:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma del patrimonio netto: il patrimonio netto è rappresentato dalla differenza tra il valore delle attività e quello delle passività.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a dispersione del prezzo:</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-income.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.1. Resoconti generali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.3. Entrate e Uscite</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.2. Attività e passività</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-general.html" title="8.1. Resoconti generali"><link rel="next" href="report-income.html" title="8.3. Entrate e Uscite"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.2. Attività e passività</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-income.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.2. Attività e passività"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-assets"></a>8.2. Attività e passività</h2></div></div></div><p>I resoconti di attività e passività includono il rapporto sul saldo, i resoconti sugli investimenti e il resoconto sul patrimonio netto.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Portafoglio avanzato:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma delle attività:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a torta delle attività:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Saldo medio:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rapporto sul saldo: questo resoconto riassume le attività, le passività e il capitale. Quando vengono mantenute correttamente, le attività dovrebbero essere pari alla somma tra passività e capitali; se così non è, allora è presente uno sbilancio all’interno dei conti.</p></li><li clas!
 s="listitem"><p>Giornale generale:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Libro mastro generale:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Portafoglio degli investimenti: questo resoconto riassume il valore delle azioni nel paniere corrente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a torta delle passività:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma del patrimonio netto: il patrimonio netto è rappresentato dalla differenza tra il valore delle attività e quello delle passività.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a dispersione del prezzo:</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-general.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-income.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.1. Resoconti generali </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.3. Entrate e Uscite</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-create.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-create.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-create.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-print.html" title="8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici"><link rel="next" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-print.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-create"></a>8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione potrebbe dover essere aggiornata!!!</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Se i resoconti forniti da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non soddisfano le proprie esigenze, è possibile crearne di nuovi. Per farlo è necessario conoscere Scheme (un linguaggio di programmazione si!
 mile a LISP) ed è anche consigliato avere accesso al codice sorgente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>L'interfaccia dei resoconti è documentata nel seguente file del codice sorgente <code class="filename">src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt</code>. Il file <code class="filename">src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm</code> nella distribuzione sorgente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce un buon esempio di come sviluppare un resoconto.</p><p>E' inoltre necessario accedere ai dati dal cuore del programma al fine di ricevere i dati che si desidera inserire nel resoconto. Questa operazione è svolta da una serie di funzioni di <strong class="application"><code>Scheme</code></strong> documentate nel file <code class="filename">src/g-wrap/gnc.html</code>. Esaminando alcuni degli altri resoconti in <code class="filename">src/scm/report</code>, è possibile avere delle indicazioni sul loro utilizzo.</p><p>Attualmente, i resoconti sono prodotti richiamando una API di generazione <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>, che fornisce una dialettica di <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> e la disegna con un widget <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>. Questa procedura presenta delle limitazioni, in particolare qiuando si tenta di allineare gli oggetti con precisione, come può rendersi necessario per stampare su fatture pre-stampate.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-print.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td!
  width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-print.html" title="8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici"><link rel="next" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-print.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-create"></a>8.7. Creare resoconti e grafici</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione potrebbe dover essere aggiornata!!!</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Se i resoconti forniti da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> non soddisfano le proprie esigenze, è possibile crearne di nuovi. Per farlo è necessario conoscere Scheme (un linguaggio di programmazione si!
 mile a LISP) ed è anche consigliato avere accesso al codice sorgente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>L’interfaccia dei resoconti è documentata nel seguente file del codice sorgente <code class="filename">src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt</code>. Il file <code class="filename">src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm</code> nella distribuzione sorgente di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> fornisce un buon esempio di come sviluppare un resoconto.</p><p>È inoltre necessario accedere ai dati dal cuore del programma al fine di ricevere i dati che si desidera inserire nel resoconto. Questa operazione è svolta da una serie di funzioni di <strong class="application"><code>Scheme</code></strong> documentate nel file <code class="filename">src/g-wrap/gnc.html</code>. Esaminando alcuni degli altri resoconti in <code class="filename">src/scm/report</code>, è possibile avere delle indicazioni sul loro utilizzo.</p><p>Attualmente, i resoconti sono prodotti richiamando una API di generazione <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>, che fornisce una dialettica di <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> e la disegna con un widget <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym>. Questa procedura presenta delle limitazioni, in particolare qiuando si tenta di allineare gli oggetti con precisione, come può rendersi necessario per stampare su fatture pre-stampate.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-print.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><!
 td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-custom.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-custom.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-custom.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-biz.html" title="8.4. Resoconti per gli affari"><link rel="next" href="report-print.html" title="8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-biz.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-print.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-custom"></a>8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</h2></div></div></div><p>I resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possono essere personalizzati tramite varie opzioni. Per accedere a queste è sufficiente selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign=!
 "top"><p xmlns="">Controllare le opzioni del nuovo motore grafico e descrivere la procedura per salvare le opzioni dei resoconti personalizzati</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La maggior parte dei resoconti hanno molte opzioni in comune. Alcune sono le seguenti:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome resoconto: imposta il titolo del resoconto; è anche utilizzato per stampare il resoconto allo scopo di visualizzarlo in seguito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Opzioni della data: normalmente i resoconti si riferiscono a una specifica data o intervallo di date. Queste possono essere impostate in due modi: direttamente (utilizzando il selettore di data) o selezionando una data relativa dal menu. Le date relative permettono di specificare dei valori quali "inizio di quest'anno" o "oggi".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Intervallo temporale: questa opzione è utilizzata negli istogrammi per impostare l'intervallo con cui ogni barra viene rappresentata. Valori tipici sono: quotidianamente, settimanalmente, mensilmente e annualmente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Conti: selezionare il conto appropriato per il resoconto. Si noti che per alcuni resoconti è possibile selezionare solo certi tipi di conti. Per esempio, un grafico a torta delle uscite è visualizzabile solo se viene selezionato un conto delle uscite.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mostra il nome completo del conto: questa opzione permette di scegliere se visualizzare il nome del conto nella forma breve (per esempio Elettricità) oppure completa (per esempio Servizi:Elettricità).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Includi sottoconti: i resoconti di sommario generalmente hanno un'opzione per includere anche i sottoconti che, se selezionata, fa in modo che sai compresi nel resoconto anche i sottoconti del conto padre selezionato..</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Profondità: questa opzione permette di selezionare il numero di livelli con cui il resoconto deve visualizzare i sottoconti. Se questi superano i!
 l livello selezionato, verrà calcolato un valore complessivo per tutti i sottoconti e incluso nel totale. Per fare in modo che ogni conto o sottoconto venga visualizzato singolarmente, selezionare "tutti".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Foglio di stile: seleziona il foglio di stile. I fogli di stile controllano il modo in cui i resoconti vengono visualizzati. Al momento sono presenti quattro fogli di stile: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinito</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Easy</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Piè di pagina</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Technicolor</strong></span>. E' possibile personalizzare ognuno di essi dalla voce di menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile...</strong></span>. Il procedimento dettagliato è descritto in <a class="xref" href="change-style.html" title="9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile">Sezione 9.3, «Modificare i fogli di stile»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dimensioni di stampa: sono presenti opzioni per altezza e larghezza per la maggioranza dei grafici, che specificano le dimensioni di visualizzazione in (pixel).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Valuta del resoconto: seleziona la valuta da utilizzare per il resoconto. Generalmente le valute verranno convertite in questa valuta per la visualizzazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fonte del prezzo: selezionare come i prezzi delle azioni e delle valute vengono calcolati in questo resoconto. E' possibile scegliere tra la media pesata dei prezzi su tutte le transazioni, i prezzi al valore corrente o i prezzi al momento della compilazione del resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Totali: per i diagrammi verrà visualizzata una legenda con i totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maximum Slices: Controls the maximum number of slices displayed in a Grafico a torta - other accounts will be placed in a slice marked Other.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maximum Bars: Controls the maxim!
 um number of bars displayed in a Istogramma.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Display Columns: Choose columns to show from the register.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-biz.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-print.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.4. Resoconti per gli affari </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-biz.html" title="8.4. Resoconti per gli affari"><link rel="next" href="report-print.html" title="8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-biz.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-print.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-custom"></a>8.5. Personalizzare resoconti e grafici</h2></div></div></div><p>I resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> possono essere personalizzati tramite varie opzioni. Per accedere a queste è sufficiente selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Opzioni</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign=!
 "top"><p xmlns="">Controllare le opzioni del nuovo motore grafico e descrivere la procedura per salvare le opzioni dei resoconti personalizzati</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La maggior parte dei resoconti hanno molte opzioni in comune. Alcune sono le seguenti:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome resoconto: imposta il titolo del resoconto; è anche utilizzato per stampare il resoconto allo scopo di visualizzarlo in seguito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Opzioni della data: normalmente i resoconti si riferiscono a una specifica data o intervallo di date. Queste possono essere impostate in due modi: direttamente (utilizzando il selettore di data) o selezionando una data relativa dal menu. Le date relative permettono di specificare dei valori quali <span class="guilabel"><strong>Inizio di quest’anno</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>Oggi</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Intervallo temporale: questa opzione è utilizzata negli istogrammi per impostare l’intervallo con cui ogni barra viene rappresentata. Valori tipici sono: quotidianamente, settimanalmente, mensilmente e annualmente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Conti: selezionare il conto appropriato per il resoconto. Si noti che per alcuni resoconti è possibile selezionare solo certi tipi di conti. Per esempio, un grafico a torta delle uscite è visualizzabile solo se viene selezionato un conto delle uscite.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mostra il nome completo del conto: questa opzione permette di scegliere se visualizzare il nome del conto nella forma breve (per esempio Elettricità) oppure completa (per esempio Servizi:Elettricità).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Includi sottoconti: i resoconti di sommario generalmente hanno un’opzione per includere anche i sottoconti che, se selezionata, fa in modo che sai compresi nel resoconto anche i sottoconti del conto padre selezionato..</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Profondità: questa opzione permette di selezionar!
 e il numero di livelli con cui il resoconto deve visualizzare i sottoconti. Se questi superano il livello selezionato, verrà calcolato un valore complessivo per tutti i sottoconti e incluso nel totale. Per fare in modo che ogni conto o sottoconto venga visualizzato singolarmente, selezionare <span class="guibutton">tutti</span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Foglio di stile: seleziona il foglio di stile. I fogli di stile controllano il modo in cui i resoconti vengono visualizzati. Al momento sono presenti quattro fogli di stile: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinito</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Easy</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Piè di pagina</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Technicolor</strong></span>. È possibile personalizzare ognuno di essi dalla voce di menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fogli di stile...</strong></span>. Il procedimento dettagliato è descritto in <a class="xref" href="change-style.html" title="9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile">Sezione 9.3, «Modificare i fogli di stile»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dimensioni di stampa: sono presenti opzioni per altezza e larghezza per la maggioranza dei grafici, che specificano le dimensioni di visualizzazione in (pixel).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Valuta del resoconto: seleziona la valuta da utilizzare per il resoconto. Generalmente le valute verranno convertite in questa valuta per la visualizzazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fonte del prezzo: selezionare come i prezzi delle azioni e delle valute vengono calcolati in questo resoconto. È possibile scegliere tra la media pesata dei prezzi su tutte le transazioni, i prezzi al valore corrente o i prezzi al momento della compilazione del resoconto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Totali: per i diagrammi verrà visualizzata una legenda con i totali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maximum Slices: Controls the maximum number of slices displayed in a Grafico a to!
 rta - other accounts will be placed in a slice marked Other.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maximum Bars: Controls the maximum number of bars displayed in a Istogramma.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Display Columns: Choose columns to show from the register.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-biz.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-print.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.4. Resoconti per gli affari </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.6. Stampare ed esportare resoconti e grafici</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-general.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-general.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-general.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. Resoconti generali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="next" href="report-assets.html" title="8.2. Attività e passività"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. Resoconti generali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Reports.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-assets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.1. Resoconti generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-general"></a>8.1. Resoconti generali</h2></div></div></div><p>The General Reports include the Account Summary Report, Custom Reports, the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export, and the Transaction Report and also the reports in the Sample & Custom menu.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Sommario del conto:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a name="report-taxreport"></a>Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export: The tax schedule report lists all taxable income and deductible expense amounts used in the preparation of US Income Tax returns. The purpose of the report is to provide a complete audit trail for these amounts. The report is intended to be used by a tax payer to manually prepare his or!
  her own tax return, or alternatively, to be provided to a tax preparer for that purpose. The report can also be used to generate an export of all tax related income and expenses to a <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> (Tax eXchange Format) file (this is in addition to exporting to the <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> format that all reports allow). The <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> file can be imported into tax filing programs such as TaxCut or TurboTax. The report should be run, inspected carefully for errors or omissions, and then corrections made to transactions, report settings, currency conversion rates or the account structure as needed. This process should be repeated as often as needed until all the amounts on the report are correct before a final version is used and saved along with the tax returns.</p><p> For accounts specified in the report options (none = all) that are also flagged as 'tax-related', all transactions for the time period selected (also in the report options) are included. The report sorts transactions by date within account providing subtotals by account within tax code within Form or Schedule line number. Support is also provided for multiple copies of and for sub-line items for selected Forms/Schedules. Optionally uses special date processing to include federal estimated tax payments after year end.</p><p>All totals are in USD since this is the currency required for filing US Income Tax returns. Non-USD transaction amounts are converted to USD using the transaction conversion rate to USD, if available. If not, a conversion rate from the price database is used (either the date nearest the transaction date or nearest the report date as specified in the report options; if none is available, transaction amounts are converted to zero and the report provides a comment accordingly). A complete audit trail of conversions is provided.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-lef!
 t: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">For this to work, the user has to segregate taxable and non taxable
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. Resoconti generali</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="next" href="report-assets.html" title="8.2. Attività e passività"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. Resoconti generali</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Reports.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-assets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.1. Resoconti generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-general"></a>8.1. Resoconti generali</h2></div></div></div><p>The General Reports include the Account Summary Report, Custom Reports, the Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export, and the Transaction Report and also the reports in the Sample & Custom menu.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Sommario del conto:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a name="report-taxreport"></a>Tax Schedule Report and <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export: The tax schedule report lists all taxable income and deductible expense amounts used in the preparation of US Income Tax returns. The purpose of the report is to provide a complete audit trail for these amounts. The report is intended to be used by a tax payer to manually prepare his or!
  her own tax return, or alternatively, to be provided to a tax preparer for that purpose. The report can also be used to generate an export of all tax related income and expenses to a <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> (Tax eXchange Format) file (this is in addition to exporting to the <acronym class="acronym">HTML</acronym> format that all reports allow). The <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> file can be imported into tax filing programs such as TaxCut or TurboTax. The report should be run, inspected carefully for errors or omissions, and then corrections made to transactions, report settings, currency conversion rates or the account structure as needed. This process should be repeated as often as needed until all the amounts on the report are correct before a final version is used and saved along with the tax returns.</p><p> For accounts specified in the report options (none = all) that are also flagged as <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax-related</strong></span>, all transactions for the time period selected (also in the report options) are included. The report sorts transactions by date within account providing subtotals by account within tax code within Form or Schedule line number. Support is also provided for multiple copies of and for sub-line items for selected Forms/Schedules. Optionally uses special date processing to include federal estimated tax payments after year end.</p><p>All totals are in USD since this is the currency required for filing US Income Tax returns. Non-USD transaction amounts are converted to USD using the transaction conversion rate to USD, if available. If not, a conversion rate from the price database is used (either the date nearest the transaction date or nearest the report date as specified in the report options; if none is available, transaction amounts are converted to zero and the report provides a comment accordingly). A complete audit trail of conversions is provided.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/docu!
 mentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">For this to work, the user has to segregate taxable and non taxable
            income to different accounts, as well as deductible and non deductible expenses.
            The Income Tax Information dialog is used for this. To access the Income Tax
            Information dialog go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span>. The user
            also must set the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> category of each tax related account. The Income Tax
-           Information dialog is described in the <a class="xref" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse">Sezione 9.4, «Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse»</a> section.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto delle transazioni:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Semplice resoconto di benvenuto:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto multicolonna personalizzato: questo resoconto permette di inserire più resoconti in un'unica finestra per esaminare un gruppo di informazioni finanziarie contemporaneamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafici semplici</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto semplice con esempi:</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Reports.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-assets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.2. Attività e passività</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+           Information dialog is described in the <a class="xref" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse">Sezione 9.4, «Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse»</a> section.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto delle transazioni:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Semplice resoconto di benvenuto:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto multicolonna personalizzato: questo resoconto permette di inserire più resoconti in un’unica finestra per esaminare un gruppo di informazioni finanziarie contemporaneamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafici semplici</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto semplice con esempi:</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Reports.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-assets.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.2. Attività e passività</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-income.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-income.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/report-income.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.3. Entrate e Uscite</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-assets.html" title="8.2. Attività e passività"><link rel="next" href="report-biz.html" title="8.4. Resoconti per gli affari"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.3. Entrate e Uscite</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-assets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-biz.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.3. Entrate e Uscite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-income"></a>8.3. Entrate e Uscite</h2></div></div></div><p>I resoconti per entrate e uscite includono il flusso di liquidi e i rapporti sulle entrate.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto di bilancio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Flusso di liquidi:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Stato patrimoniale:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma delle uscite:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a torta delle uscite:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uscite per giorno della settimana:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma delle entrate:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico delle entrate e delle uscite:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Income Statement: This report summarizes sources of income and expenditure. (This report was called Profit e Loss !
 in gnucash-1.8.)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Prospetto delle entrate:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Entrate per giorno della settimana:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bilancio di previsione: questo resoconto riassume le fonti di reddito e di spesa.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-assets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-biz.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.2. Attività e passività </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.4. Resoconti per gli affari</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.3. Entrate e Uscite</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"><link rel="prev" href="report-assets.html" title="8.2. Attività e passività"><link rel="next" href="report-biz.html" title="8.4. Resoconti per gli affari"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.3. Entrate e Uscite</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-assets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-biz.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.3. Entrate e Uscite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="report-income"></a>8.3. Entrate e Uscite</h2></div></div></div><p>I resoconti per entrate e uscite includono il flusso di liquidi e i rapporti sulle entrate.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Resoconto di bilancio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Flusso di liquidi:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Stato patrimoniale:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma delle uscite:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico a torta delle uscite:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uscite per giorno della settimana:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Istogramma delle entrate:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Grafico delle entrate e delle uscite:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Income Statement: This report summarizes sources of income and expenditure.
+         (This report was called Profit & Loss in gnucash-1.8.)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Prospetto delle entrate:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Entrate per giorno della settimana:</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bilancio di previsione: questo resoconto riassume le fonti di reddito e di spesa.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="report-assets.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="report-biz.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.2. Attività e passività </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Reports.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.4. Resoconti per gli affari</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/reset-warning.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse"><link rel="next" href="tips.html" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.5. Ripristina avvisi..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="reset-warning"></a>9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCash visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l'opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell'operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gli avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita l!
 a visualizzazione dei messaggi. Gli avvisi possono essere abilitati in modo selettivo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tips.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="set-tax-options.html" title="9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse"><link rel="next" href="chang-lang.html" title="9.6. Cambiare la lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chang-lang.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.5. Ripristina avvisi..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="reset-warning"></a>9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</h2></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizza degli avvisi quando si cerca di effettuare determinate operazioni, come rimuovere una transazione o le suddivisioni da una transazione. La finestra di avviso presenta l’opzione di non visualizzare più questi messaggi alla ripetizione dell’operazione. Le opzioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>, permettono di disabilitarli. L’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span> permette di ripristinare gl!
 i avvisi predefiniti, cioè abilita la visualizzazione dei messaggi. Gli avvisi possono essere abilitati in modo selettivo.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chang-lang.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Impostare le opzioni per i resoconti delle tasse </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.6. Cambiare la lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/sched-editor.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/sched-editor.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/sched-editor.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni"><link rel="next" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="print-check.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="sched-editor"></a>6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra dell'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> è divisa in sei aree: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span>,<span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Calendario</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modello di transazione</strong></span>.</p><p>Il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Nome</strong></span> da utilizzare per la transazione pianificata. Verrà visualizzato nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Des!
 crizione</strong></span> della transazione.</p><p>L'area delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> fornisce la possibilità di scegliere se  la transazione deve essere creata automaticamente e quanti giorni prima crearla o notificarne la ricorrenza.</p><p>L'area delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Scadenze</strong></span> fornisce delle opzioni per impostare i limiti di tempo e il numero di transazioni da inserire.</p><p>L'area della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span> permette di impostare le ricorrenze e le date in cui la transazione deve essere inserita.</p><p>Il calendario fornisce una rapida visualizzazione delle transazioni già pianificate.</p><p>La scheda del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Modello di transazione</strong></span> permette di impostare la transazione così come deve essere inserita nel registro alla data spcificata.</p><p>Queste opzioni sono descritte con maggior dettaglio in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni">Sezione 6.11, «Pianificare le transazioni»</a></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla scheda delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> selezionando una transazione dall'elenco e premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span> o <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> verrà aperto l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="print-check.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.11. Pianificare le transazioni </td><td width="20%" align=!
 "center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.13. Stampare gli assegni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni"><link rel="next" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="print-check.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="sched-editor"></a>6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra dell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> è divisa in sei aree: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome</strong></span>,<span class="guilabel"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Calendario</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modello di transazione</strong></span>.</p><p>Il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Nome</strong></span> da utilizzare per la transazione pianificata. Verrà visualizzato nel campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>D!
 escrizione</strong></span> della transazione.</p><p>L’area delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Opzioni</strong></span> fornisce la possibilità di scegliere se  la transazione deve essere creata automaticamente e quanti giorni prima crearla o notificarne la ricorrenza.</p><p>L’area delle <span class="emphasis"><strong>Scadenze</strong></span> fornisce delle opzioni per impostare i limiti di tempo e il numero di transazioni da inserire.</p><p>L’area della <span class="emphasis"><strong>Frequenza</strong></span> permette di impostare le ricorrenze e le date in cui la transazione deve essere inserita.</p><p>Il calendario fornisce una rapida visualizzazione delle transazioni già pianificate.</p><p>La scheda del <span class="emphasis"><strong>Modello di transazione</strong></span> permette di impostare la transazione così come deve essere inserita nel registro alla data spcificata.</p><p>Queste opzioni sono descritte con maggior dettaglio in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni">Sezione 6.11, «Pianificare le transazioni»</a></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Dalla scheda delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> selezionando una transazione dall’elenco e premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span> o <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> verrà aperto l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="print-check.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.11. Pianificare le transazioni </td><td width=!
 "20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.13. Stampare gli assegni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.2. Impostare le preferenze</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="account-options.html" title="9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto"><link rel="next" href="change-style.html" title="9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.2. Impostare le preferenze</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="account-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="change-style.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.2. Impostare le preferenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="set-prefs"></a>9.2. Impostare le preferenze</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span> permette di personalizzare la propria sessione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> impostando diverse opzioni. Dal menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" !
 valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Fermando il cursore per qualche secondo sopra le opzioni presenti in questa finestra, verranno mostrate delle descrizioni più approfondite sulla voce selezionata.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le modifiche effettuate verranno applicate immediatamente.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per chiudere la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>, premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Chiudi</strong></span>.</p><p>Ogni scheda della finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span> ha una sezione dedicata nel seguito. Per un elenco delle schede, consultare <a class="xref" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash">Capitolo 9, <i>Personalizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="9.2.1. Periodo contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounting-period"></a>9.2.1. Periodo contabile</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-acct-period-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.1. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Periodo contabile</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png" width="510" alt="La scheda del Periodo contabile"></!
 td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d'inizio</strong></span> - specifica l'inizio del periodo contabile.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativa</strong></span> — utilizza la data iniziale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette. L'inizio relativo è definito da: oggi o l'inizio dell'attuale o precedente anno, trimestre o mese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Assoluta</strong></span> — utilizza la data iniziale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di termine</strong></span> — specifica la fine del periodo contabile.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativa</strong></span> — utilizza la data finale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Assoluta</strong></span> — utilizza la data finale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Contenuto della barra di riepilogo</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi somma complessiva</strong></span> — se attivata, verrà mostrata nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> una somma complessiva di tutti i conti utilizzando la valuta predefinita.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i totali diversi dalle valute</strong></span> — se questa opzione è selezionat!
 a, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> includerà nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> un totale per gli elementi diversi dalla valuta (in pratica il numero di quote).</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.2. Conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounts"></a>9.2.2. Conti</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-acct-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.2. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Conti</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Conti"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Carattere separatore</strong></span> — il separatore del conto è il carattere che separa un conto padre dai suoi sottoconti, per esempio Bollette:Elettricità. Il valore predefinito è <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (Colon), ma è anche possibile selezionare <span class="keycap"><strong>/</strong></span> (Slash), <span class="keycap"><strong>\</strong></span> (Backslash), <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> (Dash),  <span class="keycap"><strong>.</strong></span> (Period) o qualsiasi altro carattere Unicode che non sia una lettra o un numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti con saldo invertito</strong></span> — se i saldi dei conti devono avere un valore positivo o negativo: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> assegna un saldo a credito positivo ai conti delle entrate a un saldo a debito negativo ai conti delle uscite. C!
 onsultare <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a> per maggiori informazioni su questo tipo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti crediti</strong></span> (predefinita) visualizza un saldo positivo per i conti che normalmente hanno un saldo in credito (entrate, crediti, passività, capitali). Consultare <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a> per maggiori informazioni su questo tipo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nessuno</strong></span> mostra tutti i saldi a credito come negativi e tutti i saldi a debito come positivi.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Etichette Debiti e Crediti invece delle diciture informali come Prelievo e Deposito. </strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita</strong></span> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta impostata dal sistema come predefinita per la creazione di nuovi conti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi conti creati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altra:</strong></span> — la valuta da utilizzare, indipendentemente dalle impostazioni di sistema.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.3. Impresa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-biz"></a>9.2.3. Impresa</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-biz-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.3. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Impresa</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents">!
 <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Business.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Impresa"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Apri in una nuova finestra</strong></span> — se selzionata, ogni registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra in primo piano. Diversamente, il registro verrà aperto nella finestra corrente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumula suddivisioni all'emissione</strong></span> — se accumulare automaticamente tutte le voci di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto, in un'unica suddivisione.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fatture</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse incluse</strong></span> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle fatture. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevute</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Notifica scadenze</strong></span> — specifica se si vuole essere notificati all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> delle ricevute in scadenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Giorni in anticipo</strong></span> — quanti giorni in anticipo avvisare delle ricevute in scadenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse incluse!
 </strong></span> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle ricevute. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.4. Data e ora"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-date-time"></a>9.2.4. Data e ora</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-date-time-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.4. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Data e ora</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Data e ora"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato della data</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Usa orologio a 24 ore</strong></span> — permette di specificare se utilizzare il formato dell'ora a 12 o 24 ore. Cioé se le 11 di notte debbano essere rappresentate come 11PM o 23:00.l'</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato della data</strong></span> — questa opzione controlla l'aspetto della data (un'anteprima della data è visualizzata a fianco di ciascuna scelta disponibile). Le scelte disponibili soo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> — usa il formato di data predefinito del sistema.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>US</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data proprio degli Stati Uniti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>UK</strong></span> — utilizza il formato d!
 i data proprio del Regno Unito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Europa</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data proprio dell'Europa continentale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>ISO</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data specificato dallo standard ISO-8601.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.5. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-general"></a>9.2.5. Generali</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-general-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.5. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Generali</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_General.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Generali"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Visualizza la finestra del «suggerimento del giorno»</span> — questa opzione permette di abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> della finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Visualizza i suggerimenti all'avvio</span> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Esegui la procedura guidata per la struttura conti</strong></span> — questa opzione disabilita la visualizza!
 zione dell'assistente per l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> quando viene selezionata la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> dal menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numeri</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza importi negativi in rosso</strong></span> — Se viene abilitata questa opzione, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizzerà gli importi negativi in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizioni decimali automatiche</strong></span> — inserisce automaticamente un punto decimale nei valori che sono digitati senza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizioni decimali</strong></span> — il numero di posizioni decimali da utilizzare.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>File</strong></span></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le opzioni seguenti sono rilevanti solamente per i file salvati in formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Comprimi:</strong></span> — Questa opzione ndica se i file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> debbano essere compressi o meno.</p></li><li class="list!
 item"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la richiesta di conferma per il salvataggio automatico</strong></span> — se abilitata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizzerà una schermata di conferma ogni volta che viene avviata la procedura di salvataggio automatico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intervallo di salvataggio automatico</strong></span> — i minuti intercorrenti tra un salvataggio automatico del file e uno successivo. Impostare a 0 per disabilitare la funzione di salvataggio automatrico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conserva i file di log per:</strong></span> — in questa sezione è possibile impostare le preferenze relative ai file di log.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="square"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mai</strong></span> — disabilita la creazione dei file di log.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Per:</strong></span> — inserire un numero di giorni per cui conservare i file.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Per sempre</strong></span> — disabilita la cancellazione automatica dei file di log; conserva i file di log per sempre.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Finestra di ricerca</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia per una nuova ricerca</strong></span> — apre una nuova ricerca se il numero di risultati trovati è inferiore al numero impostato qui.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.6. Online Banking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-online"></a>9.2.6. Online Banking</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-online-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.6. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Online Banking</!
 span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Online Banking"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione file QIF</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la documentazione</strong></span> — la prima volta che si utilizza la procedura di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> vengono visualizzate delle istruzioni dettagliate su come importare un file. Una volta che si è acquistata familiarità con il procedimento, si potrebbe voler disattivare questa opzione rendendo il processo più veloce.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importatore generico</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza la corrispondenza Bayesiana</strong></span> — opzione per attivare o disattivare l'utilizzo degli algoritmi Bayesiani per trovare le corrispondenze tra le nuove transazioni e i conti esistenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di visualizzazione</strong></span> — il punteggio minimo che una possibile corrispondenza deve avere per essere visualizzata nella lista delle corrispondenze.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di auto-inserimento</strong></span> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona rossa (al di sopra della soglia di visualizzazione, ma inferiore o uguale alla soglia di auto-inserimento), verrà inserita automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span clas!
 s="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di auto-liquidazione</strong></span> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona verde (superiore o al limite uguale al valore della soglia di auto-inserimento) verrà liquidata automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia per i costi degli ATM commerciali</strong></span> — in alcune zone, gli sportelli commerciali ATM (che non fanno capo a una particolare istituzione finanziaria) sono installati in luoghi come i centri commerciali. Questi sportelli addebitano direttamente l'importo sul totale invece di farlo figurare con una transazione separata o nell'estratto conto mensile della banca. Per esempio, se si prelevano €100 si può essere addebitati di €101,50. Se si fosse inserito manualmente l'addebito dei soli €100, gli importi non corrisponderebbero. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere impostata al valore massimo di questa tassa applicato nella propria area (in un'unità della propria valuta), in modo che le transazioni vengano riconosciute nel processo di identificazione delle corrispondenze.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa scheda è mostrata solamente se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è compilato con il supporto ad Aqbanking e <acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda PIN</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <strong class="application"><cod!
 e>GnuCash</code></strong> ricordi il PIN inserito per l'autenticazione all'online banking.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Messaggi di debug prolissi</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mostri informazioni iù dettagliate relativamente alle operazioni di online bancking.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.7. Stampa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-printing"></a>9.2.7. Stampa</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-printing-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.7. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Stampa</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Stampa"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa</strong></span> permette di configurare alcune opzioni che governano la stampasu carta degli assegni.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa il formato della data</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare sugli assegni il formato della data (nel tipo a 8 punti) sotto alla data.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa i caratteri di blocco</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare una serie di tre asterischi prima e dopo ogni campo di testo sull'assegno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Carattere predefinito</strong></span> — premere il pulsante di sinistra per aprire una finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezione del tipo di carattere</strong></span> in cui è possibile personalizzare il carattere da utilizzar!
 e per la stampa su carta degli assegni.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.8. Registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg"></a>9.2.8. Registro</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-reg-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.8. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Registro</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Register.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Registro"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>«Invio» inserisce una riga con una transazione vuota</strong></span> — se attivata, premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> il cursore verrà spostato all'ultima transazione vuota alla fine del registro. Diversamente premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> il cursore si sposterà di una riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Espandi liste automaticamente</strong></span> — se selzionata, tutte le liste verranno automaticamente espanse quando l'input è focalizzato nel campo lista.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>La sequenza di «Tab» include il campo «Trasferimento» per le transazioni memorizzate</strong></span> — se selezionata, quando la transazione è completata automaticamente, premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> nel registro, il salto del cursore includerà il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel!
 "><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spunta le transazioni liquidate</strong></span> — se selezionata, verranno spuntate automaticamente le transazioni liquidate al momento della riconciliazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento automatico degli interessi</strong></span> — se attivata, prima della riconciliazione di un conto che matura o addebita interessi, verrà richiesto se inserire una transazione per gli interessi. Attualmente questa impostazione ha effetto solamente sui seguenti tipi di conti: banca, credito, fondo comune, attività, debiti e crediti correnti e passività.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento carta di credito automatico</strong></span> — se selezionata, dopo la riconciliazione del conto della carta di credito, verrà richiesto un pagamento con la carta di credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconcilia sempre a oggi</strong></span> — se selezionata, la finestra di riconciliazione viene aperta con la data odierna, indiffirentemente dalla data della riconciliazione precedente.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Grafica</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza i colori del tema di sistema</strong></span> — se attivata, verranno utilizzati i colori del tema di sistema per la decorazione delle finestre del registro. Se disattivata, verranno utilizzati i colori originali di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>I colori della modalità a doppia linea si alternano tra le transazioni</strong></span> — se attivata, configura la finestra del registro in modo da alternare i colori primario e secondario per ogni transazi!
 one, invece che per ogni riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Disegna delle linee orizzontali fra le righe</strong></span> — se selezionata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disegnerà delle linee orizzontali tra ogni riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Disegna delle linee verticali fra le colonne</strong></span> — se selezionata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disegnerà delle linee verticali tra ogni colonna.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.9. Predefinite del registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg-def"></a>9.2.9. Predefinite del registro</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-reg-def-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.9. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Predefinite del registro</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Predefinite del registro"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinite del registro</strong></span> influenza il comportamento delle finestre del registro delle transazioni.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stile predefinito</strong></span></p><p>Qui è possibile scegliere tra 3 diversi stili per la finestra del registro: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Libro mastro basilare</strong></span> — visualizza tutte le transazioni su una riga singola (due nella modalità a doppia linea).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mastro !
 a espansione automatica 
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.2. Impostare le preferenze</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="account-options.html" title="9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto"><link rel="next" href="change-style.html" title="9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.2. Impostare le preferenze</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="account-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 9. Personalizzare <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="change-style.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.2. Impostare le preferenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="set-prefs"></a>9.2. Impostare le preferenze</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span> permette di personalizzare la propria sessione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> impostando diverse opzioni. Dal menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferenze</strong></span> (</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" !
 valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Fermando il cursore per qualche secondo sopra le opzioni presenti in questa finestra, verranno mostrate delle descrizioni più approfondite sulla voce selezionata.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le modifiche effettuate verranno applicate immediatamente.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per chiudere la finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>, premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Chiudi</strong></span>.</p><p>Ogni scheda della finestra delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span> ha una sezione dedicata nel seguito. Per un elenco delle schede, consultare <a class="xref" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Capitolo 9. Personalizzare GnuCash">Capitolo 9, <i>Personalizzare <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></i></a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="9.2.1. Periodo contabile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounting-period"></a>9.2.1. Periodo contabile</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-acct-period-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.1. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Periodo contabile</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_AccntPeriod.png" width="510" alt="La scheda del Periodo contabile"></!
 td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d’inizio</strong></span> - specifica l’inizio del periodo contabile.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativa</strong></span> — utilizza la data iniziale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette. L’inizio relativo è definito da: oggi o l’inizio dell’attuale o precedente anno, trimestre o mese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Assoluta</strong></span> — utilizza la data iniziale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di termine</strong></span> — specifica la fine del periodo contabile.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Relativa</strong></span> — utilizza la data finale relativa specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Assoluta</strong></span> — utilizza la data finale assoluta specificata per calcolare i guadagni, le perdite e le attività nette.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Contenuto della barra di riepilogo</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi somma complessiva</strong></span> — se attivata, verrà mostrata nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> una somma complessiva di tutti i conti utilizzando la valuta predefinita.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Includi i totali diversi dalle valute</strong></span> — se questa opzione è !
 selezionata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> includerà nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra di riepilogo</strong></span> un totale per gli elementi diversi dalla valuta (in pratica il numero di quote).</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.2. Conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounts"></a>9.2.2. Conti</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-acct-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.2. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Conti</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Accnts.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Conti"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Carattere separatore</strong></span> — il separatore del conto è il carattere che separa un conto padre dai suoi sottoconti, per esempio Bollette:Elettricità. Il valore predefinito è <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (Colon), ma è anche possibile selezionare <span class="keycap"><strong>/</strong></span> (Slash), <span class="keycap"><strong>\</strong></span> (Backslash), <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span> (Dash),  <span class="keycap"><strong>.</strong></span> (Period) o qualsiasi altro carattere Unicode che non sia una lettra o un numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti con saldo invertito</strong></span> — se i saldi dei conti devono avere un valore positivo o negativo: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Entrate e uscite</strong></span> assegna un saldo a credito positivo ai conti delle entrate a un saldo a debito negativo ai conti delle!
  uscite. Consultare <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a> per maggiori informazioni su questo tipo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti crediti</strong></span> (predefinita) visualizza un saldo positivo per i conti che normalmente hanno un saldo in credito (entrate, crediti, passività, capitali). Consultare <a class="xref" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash">Sezione 5.1, «Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>»</a> per maggiori informazioni su questo tipo di conti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nessuno</strong></span> mostra tutti i saldi a credito come negativi e tutti i saldi a debito come positivi.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Etichette</strong></span> — selezionare questa opzione per fare in modo che le colonne del registro riportino i termini <span class="guilabel"><strong>Debiti</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Crediti</strong></span> invece delle diciture informali come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Deposito</strong></span>. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita</strong></span> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta impostata dal sistema come predefinita per la creazione di nuovi conti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi conti creati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altra:</strong></span> — la valuta da utilizzare, indipendentemente dalle impostazioni di sistema.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.3. Impresa">!
 <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-biz"></a>9.2.3. Impresa</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-biz-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.3. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Impresa</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Business.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Impresa"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Apri in una nuova finestra</strong></span> — se selzionata, ogni registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra in primo piano. Diversamente, il registro verrà aperto nella finestra corrente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Accumula suddivisioni all’emissione</strong></span> — se accumulare automaticamente tutte le voci di una fattura che trasferiscono verso lo stesso conto, in un’unica suddivisione.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Fatture</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse incluse</strong></span> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle fatture. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevute</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Notifica scadenze</strong></span> — specifica se si vuole essere notificati all’avvio di <strong class="application"!
 ><code>GnuCash</code></strong> delle ricevute in scadenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Giorni in anticipo</strong></span> — quanti giorni in anticipo avvisare delle ricevute in scadenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasse incluse</strong></span> — indica se le tasse sono già incluse nelle voci delle ricevute. Questa impostazione sarà applicata ai nuovi clienti e venditori.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.4. Data e ora"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-date-time"></a>9.2.4. Data e ora</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-date-time-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.4. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Data e ora</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_DateTime.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Data e ora"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato della data</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Usa orologio a 24 ore</strong></span> — permette di specificare se utilizzare il formato dell’ora a 12 o 24 ore. Cioé se le 11 di notte debbano essere rappresentate come 11PM o 23:00.l’</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Formato della data</strong></span> — questa opzione controlla l’aspetto della data (un’anteprima della data è visualizzata a fianco di ciascuna scelta disponibile). Le scelte disponibili soo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong>!
 </span> — usa il formato di data predefinito del sistema.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>US</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data proprio degli Stati Uniti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>UK</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data proprio del Regno Unito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Europa</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data proprio dell’Europa continentale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>ISO</strong></span> — utilizza il formato di data specificato dallo standard ISO-8601.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.5. Generali"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-general"></a>9.2.5. Generali</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-general-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.5. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Generali</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_General.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Generali"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Visualizza la finestra del «suggerimento del giorno»</span> — questa opzione permette di abilitare o disabilitare la visualizzazione all’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> della finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Visualizza i suggerimenti all’avvio</span> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <s!
 pan class="guilabel"><strong>suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> all’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Esegui la procedura guidata per la struttura conti</strong></span> — questa opzione disabilita la visualizzazione dell’assistente per l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione di una nuova struttura dei conti</strong></span> quando viene selezionata la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo file</strong></span> dal menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numeri</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza importi negativi in rosso</strong></span> — Se viene abilitata questa opzione, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizzerà gli importi negativi in rosso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizioni decimali automatiche</strong></span> — inserisce automaticamente un punto decimale nei valori che sono digitati senza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizioni decimali</strong></span> — il numero di posizioni decimali da utilizzare.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>File</strong></span></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Le opzioni seguenti sono rilevanti solamente per i file salvati in formato <acronym class="acronym">XML</acronym>.</p></td></tr><!
 /table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Comprimi:</strong></span> — Questa opzione ndica se i file dei dati di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> debbano essere compressi o meno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la richiesta di conferma per il salvataggio automatico</strong></span> — se abilitata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> visualizzerà una schermata di conferma ogni volta che viene avviata la procedura di salvataggio automatico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Intervallo di salvataggio automatico</strong></span> — i minuti intercorrenti tra un salvataggio automatico del file e uno successivo. Impostare a 0 per disabilitare la funzione di salvataggio automatrico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conserva i file di log per:</strong></span> — in questa sezione è possibile impostare le preferenze relative ai file di log.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="square"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mai</strong></span> — disabilita la creazione dei file di log.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Per:</strong></span> — inserire un numero di giorni per cui conservare i file.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Per sempre</strong></span> — disabilita la cancellazione automatica dei file di log; conserva i file di log per sempre.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Finestra di ricerca</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia per una nuova ricerca</strong></span> — apre una nuova ricerca se il numero di risultati trovati è inferiore al numero impostato qui.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><d!
 iv class="sect2" title="9.2.6. Online Banking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-online"></a>9.2.6. Online Banking</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-online-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.6. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Online Banking</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_OnlineBanking.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Online Banking"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importazione file QIF</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza la documentazione</strong></span> — la prima volta che si utilizza la procedura di importazione di file <acronym class="acronym">QIF</acronym> vengono visualizzate delle istruzioni dettagliate su come importare un file. Una volta che si è acquistata familiarità con il procedimento, si potrebbe voler disattivare questa opzione rendendo il processo più veloce.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importatore generico</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza la corrispondenza Bayesiana</strong></span> — opzione per attivare o disattivare l’utilizzo degli algoritmi Bayesiani per trovare le corrispondenze tra le nuove transazioni e i conti esistenti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di visualizzazione</strong></span> — il punteggio minimo che una possibile corrispondenza deve avere per essere visualizzata nella lista delle corrispondenze.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p!
 ><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di auto-inserimento</strong></span> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona rossa (al di sopra della soglia di visualizzazione, ma inferiore o uguale alla soglia di auto-inserimento), verrà inserita automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia di auto-liquidazione</strong></span> — una transazione il cui punteggio migliore ricade nella zona verde (superiore o al limite uguale al valore della soglia di auto-inserimento) verrà liquidata automaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Soglia per i costi degli ATM commerciali</strong></span> — in alcune zone, gli sportelli commerciali ATM (che non fanno capo a una particolare istituzione finanziaria) sono installati in luoghi come i centri commerciali. Questi sportelli addebitano direttamente l’importo sul totale invece di farlo figurare con una transazione separata o nell’estratto conto mensile della banca. Per esempio, se si prelevano €100 si può essere addebitati di €101,50. Se si fosse inserito manualmente l’addebito dei soli €100, gli importi non corrisponderebbero. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere impostata al valore massimo di questa tassa applicato nella propria area (in un’unità della propria valuta), in modo che le transazioni vengano riconosciute nel processo di identificazione delle corrispondenze.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Online Banking</strong></span></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa scheda è mostrata solamente se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> è compilato!
  con il supporto ad Aqbanking e <acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym>.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda PIN</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> ricordi il PIN inserito per l’autenticazione all’online banking.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Messaggi di debug prolissi</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per fare in modo che <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> mostri informazioni iù dettagliate relativamente alle operazioni di online bancking.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.7. Stampa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-printing"></a>9.2.7. Stampa</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-printing-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.7. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Stampa</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Printing.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Stampa"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa</strong></span> permette di configurare alcune opzioni che governano la stampasu carta degli assegni.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa il formato della data</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare sugli assegni il formato della data (nel tipo a 8 punti) sotto alla data.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stampa i caratteri di blocco</strong></span> — abilitare questa opzione per stampare una serie di tre asterischi prima e dopo ogn!
 i campo di testo sull’assegno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Carattere predefinito</strong></span> — premere il pulsante di sinistra per aprire una finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Selezione del tipo di carattere</strong></span> in cui è possibile personalizzare il carattere da utilizzare per la stampa su carta degli assegni.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.8. Registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg"></a>9.2.8. Registro</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-reg-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.8. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Registro</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Register.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Registro"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>«Invio» inserisce una riga con una transazione vuota</strong></span> — se attivata, premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> il cursore verrà spostato all’ultima transazione vuota alla fine del registro. Diversamente il cursore si sposterà alla riga successiva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Espandi liste automaticamente</strong></span> — se selzionata, tutte le liste verranno automaticamente espanse quando l’input è focalizzato nel campo lista.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>La sequenza di «Tab» include il campo «Trasferimento» per le transazioni memorizzate</strong></span> — se selezionata, quando la transaz!
 ione è completata automaticamente, premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> nel registro, il salto del cursore includerà il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconciliazione</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Spunta le transazioni liquidate</strong></span> — se selezionata, verranno spuntate automaticamente le transazioni liquidate al momento della riconciliazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento automatico degli interessi</strong></span> — se attivata, prima della riconciliazione di un conto che matura o addebita interessi, verrà richiesto se inserire una transazione per gli interessi. Attualmente questa impostazione ha effetto solamente sui seguenti tipi di conti: banca, credito, fondo comune, attività, debiti e crediti correnti e passività.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento carta di credito automatico</strong></span> — se selezionata, dopo la riconciliazione del conto della carta di credito, verrà richiesto un pagamento con la carta di credito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Riconcilia sempre a oggi</strong></span> — se selezionata, la finestra di riconciliazione viene aperta con la data odierna, indiffirentemente dalla data della riconciliazione precedente.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Grafica</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza i colori del tema di sistema</strong></span> — se attivata, verranno utilizzati i colori del tema di sistema per la decorazione delle finestre del registro. Se disattivata, verranno utilizzati i colori originali di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash<!
 /code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>I colori della modalità a doppia linea si alternano tra le transazioni</strong></span> — se attivata, configura la finestra del registro in modo da alternare i colori primario e secondario per ogni transazione, invece che per ogni riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Disegna delle linee orizzontali fra le righe</strong></span> — se selezionata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disegnerà delle linee orizzontali tra ogni riga.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Disegna delle linee verticali fra le colonne</strong></span> — se selezionata, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> disegnerà delle linee verticali tra ogni colonna.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.9. Predefinite del registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg-def"></a>9.2.9. Predefinite del registro</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-reg-def-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.9. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Predefinite del registro</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_RegisterDefaults.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Predefinite del registro"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinite del registro</strong></span> influenza il comportamento delle finestre del registro delle transazioni.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stile predefinito</strong></span></p><p>Qui è possibile scegliere tra 3 diversi stili per la finestra del registro: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul cla!
 ss="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Libro mastro basilare</strong></span> — visualizza tutte le transazioni su una riga singola (due nella modalità a doppia linea).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mastro a espansione automatica 
              
 
              
               Giornale della transazione 
              
-            </strong></span></p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altre predefinite</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra</strong></span> — se selezionata, il registro del conto verrà aperto in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Modalità a doppia linea</strong></span> — visualizza due righe di informazioni per ogni transazione in luogo di una unica.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza solamente i nomi dei sottoconti</strong></span> — se selezionata, verranno visualizzati solamente i nomi dei sottoconti nel campo di selezione del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>. Il comportamento predefinito prevede la visualizzazione del nome completo del conto con incluso il suo percorso nella struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Abilitare questa opzione presuppone che vengano utilizzati dei nomi unici per i conti figli.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di transazioni</strong></span> — quante transazioni visualizzare nel registro. Un valore nullo significa che verranno visualizzate tutte le transazioni.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.10. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reports"></a>9.2.10. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-reports-!
 fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.10. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Resoconti</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Resoconti"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> influisce sul comportamento dei resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita</strong></span> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta da utilizzare come predefinita per creare i resoconti. È possibile scegliere tra:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altra</strong></span> — utilizza la valuta specificata in questo campo per tuti nuovi resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il resoconto viene aperto in una nuova finestra</strong></span> — se selezionata, i resoconti verranno aperti in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-sched"></a>9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-sched-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.11. La scheda <span clas!
 s="guilabel">Preferenze — Transazioni pianificate</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Transazioni pianificate"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> governa il comportamento delle transazioni pianificate in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Maggiori informazioni relative alle transazioni pianificate sono reperibili in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni">Sezione 6.11, «Pianificare le transazioni»</a>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Assistente dall'ultimo avvio</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Avvia all'apertura del file</strong></span> — se selezionata verrà visualizzato <span class="guilabel"><strong>L'assistente dall'utlimo avvio</strong></span> all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (o meglio quando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aprirà un file).</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinite dell'editor transazioni</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea automaticamente le nuove transazioni</strong></span> — se selezionata, le nuove transazioni pianificate verranno inserite automaticamente nel registro. Se questa opzione viene abilitata, è anche possibile abilitare l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Notifica prima che le transazioni vengano create</strong></span> in !
 modo che sia possibile confermare la creazione delle transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea in anticipo</strong></span> — i giorni d'anticipo con cui creare una transazione pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda in anticipo</strong></span> — i giorni d'anticipo con cui ricorare la scadenza per l'immissione di una transazione pianificata.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.12. Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-window"></a>9.2.12. Finestre</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-windows-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.12. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Finestre</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Finestre"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Geometria finestra</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Salva la dimensione e la posizioen della finestra</strong></span> — se selezionata, al prossimo avvio <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizzerà la dimensione e la posizione della finestra configurate nell'ultimo avvio.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stile della barra strumenti</strong></span></p><p>È possibile scegliere tra cinque diversi stili per la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Utilizza prede!
 finito di sistema</strong></span> (predefinito) — utilizza le impostazioni di sistema per visualizzare gli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Testo sotto alle icone</strong></span> — Visualizza la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> con l'etichetta di testo sotto all'icona. Le etichette verranno visualizzate per tutti gli elementi della barra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Testo accanto alle icone principali</strong></span> — visualizza gli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> con l'etichetta di testo accanto all'icona. Le etichette di testo verranno visualizzate solamente per gli elementi più importanti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Solo icone</strong></span> — visualizza solo le icone degli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Solo testo</strong></span> — visualizza solo il testo degli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Schede</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza il tasto di chiusura sulle schede</strong></span> — aggiunge una piccola icona per la chiusura su ogni scheda per renderne più semplice la chiusura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Porta la scheda più recente in primo piano</strong></span> — se selezionata, le nuove schede create verranno visualizzate al di sopra delle altre.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza</strong></span> — la larghezza dell'etichetta delle schede epressa in caratteri.</p></li></ul></div></li>!
 <li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione delle schede</strong></span></p><p>Posiziona le schede in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Alto</strong></span> (predefinita), in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Basso</strong></span>, a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sinistra</strong></span> o a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Destra</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione della barra di riepilogo</strong></span></p><p>Posiziona la barra di riepilogo <span class="guilabel"><strong>In alto</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>In basso</strong></span> (predefinita) nella finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="account-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="change-style.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+            </strong></span></p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altre predefinite</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il registro verrà aperto in una nuova finestra</strong></span> — se selezionata, il registro del conto verrà aperto in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Modalità a doppia linea</strong></span> — visualizza due righe di informazioni per ogni transazione in luogo di una unica.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza solamente i nomi dei sottoconti</strong></span> — se selezionata, verranno visualizzati solamente i nomi dei sottoconti nel campo di selezione del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>. Il comportamento predefinito prevede la visualizzazione del nome completo del conto con incluso il suo percorso nella struttura dei conti.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/warning.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Avvertimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Abilitare questa opzione presuppone che vengano utilizzati dei nomi unici per i conti figli.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di transazioni</strong></span> — quante transazioni visualizzare nel registro. Un valore nullo significa che verranno visualizzate tutte le transazioni.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.10. Resoconti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reports"></a>9.2.10. Resoconti</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-reports-!
 fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.10. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Resoconti</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Reports.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Resoconti"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resoconti</strong></span> influisce sul comportamento dei resoconti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta predefinita</strong></span> — questa opzione permette di selezionare la valuta da utilizzare come predefinita per creare i resoconti. È possibile scegliere tra:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Locale</strong></span> — utilizza la valuta predefinita di sistema per tutti i nuovi resoconti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Altra</strong></span> — utilizza la valuta specificata in questo campo per tuti nuovi resoconti.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Il resoconto viene aperto in una nuova finestra</strong></span> — se selezionata, i resoconti verranno aperti in una nuova finestra invece che in una scheda.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-sched"></a>9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-sched-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.11. La scheda <span clas!
 s="guilabel">Preferenze — Transazioni pianificate</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Sched.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Transazioni pianificate"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>La scheda delle preferenze <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> governa il comportamento delle transazioni pianificate in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. Maggiori informazioni relative alle transazioni pianificate sono reperibili in <a class="xref" href="trans-sched.html" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni">Sezione 6.11, «Pianificare le transazioni»</a>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Avvia all’apertura del file</strong></span> — se selezionata verrà visualizzato <span class="guilabel"><strong>L’assistente dall’utlimo avvio</strong></span> all’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> (o meglio quando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> aprirà un file).</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Predefinite dell’editor transazioni</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea automaticamente le nuove transazioni</strong></span> — se selezionata, le nuove transazioni pianificate verranno inserite automaticamente nel registro. Se questa opzione viene abilitata, è anche possibile abilitare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Notifica prima che le transazioni vengano create</stro!
 ng></span> in modo che sia possibile confermare la creazione delle transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Crea in anticipo</strong></span> — i giorni d’anticipo con cui creare una transazione pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricorda in anticipo</strong></span> — i giorni d’anticipo con cui ricorare la scadenza per l’immissione di una transazione pianificata.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.2.12. Finestre"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-window"></a>9.2.12. Finestre</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="prefs-windows-fig"></a><p class="title"><b>Figura 9.12. La scheda <span class="guilabel">Preferenze — Finestre</span></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Help_Pref_Windows.png" width="510" alt="La scheda Finestre"></td></tr></table></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Geometria finestra</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Salva la dimensione e la posizioen della finestra</strong></span> — se selezionata, al prossimo avvio <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizzerà la dimensione e la posizione della finestra configurate nell’ultimo avvio.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stile della barra strumenti</strong></span></p><p>È possibile scegliere tra cinque diversi stili per la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel">!
 <strong>Utilizza predefinito di sistema</strong></span> (predefinito) — utilizza le impostazioni di sistema per visualizzare gli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Testo sotto alle icone</strong></span> — Visualizza la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> con l’etichetta di testo sotto all’icona. Le etichette verranno visualizzate per tutti gli elementi della barra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Testo accanto alle icone principali</strong></span> — visualizza gli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> con l’etichetta di testo accanto all’icona. Le etichette di testo verranno visualizzate solamente per gli elementi più importanti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Solo icone</strong></span> — visualizza solo le icone degli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Solo testo</strong></span> — visualizza solo il testo degli elementi della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span>.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Schede</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Visualizza il tasto di chiusura sulle schede</strong></span> — aggiunge una piccola icona per la chiusura su ogni scheda per renderne più semplice la chiusura.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Porta la scheda più recente in primo piano</strong></span> — se selezionata, le nuove schede create verranno visualizzate al di sopra delle altre.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Larghezza</strong></span> — la larghezza dell’etichetta delle schede epressa in car!
 atteri.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione delle schede</strong></span></p><p>Posiziona le schede in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Alto</strong></span> (predefinita), in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Basso</strong></span>, a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Sinistra</strong></span> o a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Destra</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posizione della barra di riepilogo</strong></span></p><p>Posiziona la barra di riepilogo <span class="guilabel"><strong>In alto</strong></span> o <span class="guilabel"><strong>In basso</strong></span> (predefinita) nella finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="account-options.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="change-style.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.1. Opzioni di visualizzazione del conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
        The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export function
        in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to 
        <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span>.</p><p>If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that 
-       the 'Tax Info' column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large 
-       downward-pointing arrow and select 'Tax Info' check box). The 'Tax Info' 
-       column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., 'Schedule D 
-       Dividend, cap gain distrib.') assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively, 
+       the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax Info</strong></span> column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large 
+       downward-pointing arrow and select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax Info</strong></span> check box). The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tax Info</strong></span> 
+       column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., <span class="guilabel"><strong>Schedule D 
+       Dividend, cap gain distrib.</strong></span>) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively, 
        it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through  
-       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Relativo alle tasse ma non ha un codice</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Entità e tipo dell'imposta non specificati</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for account type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for 
+       <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Tax Report Options</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Relativo alle tasse ma non ha un codice</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Entità e tipo dell’imposta non specificati</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for account type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for 
            account type</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Codice imposta "codice" non valido per il tipo di imposta "tipo_imposta"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; invalid code "code" for tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>No form: code "code", tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; no form: code "code", tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>No description: form "form", code "code", tax type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax 
            type "tax_type"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type 
            "tax_type")</p></li></ul></div><p>The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to 
-       individual accounts. Click 'Edit' to set the identity. The Tax Name is 
+       individual accounts. Click <span class="guibutton">Edit</span> to set the identity. The Tax Name is 
        optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A 
-       'type' must be selected in order to activate the tax category
+       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type</strong></span> must be selected in order to activate the tax category
        selections. The choices are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Individual, Joint, etc. - Files US Form 1040 Tax Return </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Partnership - Files US Form 1065 Tax Return</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Corporation - Files US Form 1120 Tax Return</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>S Corporation - Files US Form 1120S Tax Return</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>None - No Income Tax Options Provided</p></li></ul></div><p>While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories 
        have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need 
        to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious. 
@@ -37,23 +37,23 @@
        the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had 
        several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each 
        broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent 
-       account named 'Directly Held', for example, and below it sub-accounts for 
+       account named <span class="emphasis"><strong>Directly Held</strong></span>, for example, and below it sub-accounts for 
        one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each 
        stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select 
-       'Current Account'; the total dividends from each stock would be exported 
+       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Current Account</strong></span>; the total dividends from each stock would be exported 
        and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a 
        subtotal for each stock, along with each stock’s name as the payer.</p><p>Some tax Forms/Schedules need to have multiple copies filed under
        some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have 
        separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the 
-       'Copy Number' is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by 
+       <span class="guilabel"><strong>Copy Number</strong></span> is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by 
        copy number.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an 
            account to set a <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> category. If no account is selected nothing is 
            changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will 
            be set to the selected item. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an 
            account then select the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category below. This setting is displayed 
            on the account edit dialogue but cannot be changed from there.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description 
-           appears just below (if available, otherwise it says 'No help 
-           available'), along with the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> code for the category and information 
+           appears just below (if available, otherwise it says <span class="guilabel"><strong>No help 
+           available</strong></span>), along with the <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> code for the category and information 
            about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are 
            included in by tax year (used for detailed sort on report).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text 
            description that is exported along with the value of the account is 
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@
          transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that 
          no amounts are used from <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement 
          is expected to use this data to provide capital gain reporting).</p></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.2. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txf-defs"></a>9.4.2. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><p>Table 32. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</p><p>
-</p><div class="table"><a name="id2945393"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.1. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tax Form \</strong></span> <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Code</p><p>Descrizione</p></th><th>Messaggi <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> di aiuto estesi</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< help \ </strong></span>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ help \ </strong></span>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported.  "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># help \ </strong></span>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet!  Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or sep!
 arate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportab!
 le if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits</p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch !
 or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed.  Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee’s wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"!
 ><strong>Help F1099=MSA \ </strong></span>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \!
  </strong></span>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4137 \ </strong></span>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4137 \ </strong></span>N505</p><p>Total cash/tips not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer!
 .</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td><!
 /tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its e!
 quivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction.  Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such !
 as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8863 \ </strong></span>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Le!
 arning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits.  Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched B \ </strong></span>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual fu!
 nds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV.  Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select!
  the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The a!
 mount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched D \ </strong></span>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched D \ </strong></span>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts.  These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N673</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security; for use when only the date sold and net sales amount are available a!
 nd the date acquired and cost basis information is not available and will be separately added in the tax software.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you rep!
 orted the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport.  These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td!
 ></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>H446</p><p>Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership’s income, credits, deductions, etc.  Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) fr!
 om sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate.  This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amo!
 unt of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling.  This may include winnings fro!
 m horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F1040 \ </strong></span>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD’s or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of!
  federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA.  If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s medical savings account that were !
 not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse’s Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N606</p><p>Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from t!
 he total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N563</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><!
 tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or b!
 usiness.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N390</p>!
 <p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2441 \ </strong></span>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home.  They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F3903 \ </strong></span>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects.  You may include the cost to store and insure !
 household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub  551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses fo!
 r soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></sp!
 an>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span clas!
 s="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N599</p><p>Imposte</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You !
 cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4952 \ </strong></span>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4952 \ </strong></span>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include!
  tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8829 \ </strong></span>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home.  IRS rules are stringent for this deduction.  Refer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N539</p><p>Assicurazione</p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintena!
 nce</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business.  Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8839 \ </strong></span>H617</p><p>Form 8839 - adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><st!
 rong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched A \ </strong></span>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientifi!
 c, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
+</p><div class="table"><a name="id2918332"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 9.1. Detailed <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tax Form \</strong></span> <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Code</p><p>Descrizione</p></th><th>Messaggi <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> di aiuto estesi</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< help \ </strong></span>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote"><</span>»</span> or a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">^</span>»</span>, require a Payer identification to be exported.  <span class="quote">«<span class="quote"><</span>»</span> indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ help \ </strong></span>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote"><</span>»</span> or a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">^</span>»</span>, require a Payer identification to be exported.  <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">^</span>»</span> indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID.  Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># help \ </strong></span>H003</p><p>Non ancora implementato, NON usare!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">#</span>»</span> not fully implemented yet!  Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy categor!
 y and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers’ compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit u!
 nder title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits</p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer g!
 oods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed.  Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee’s wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </stro!
 ng></span>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099=MSA \ </strong></span>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-MSA \ </strong></span>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution!
  received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><str!
 ong>Help F4137 \ </strong></span>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4137 \ </strong></span>N505</p><p>Total cash/tips not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payment!
 s</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures co!
 ntracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction.  Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any othe!
 r deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans’ educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><t!
 d><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8863 \ </strong></span>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits.  Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8863 \ </strong></span>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>&l!
 t; Sched B \ </strong></span>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched B \ </strong></span>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV.  Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></!
 tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><!
 p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched D \ </strong></span>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched D \ </strong></span>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts.  These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short!
  term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched D \ </strong></span>N673</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security; for use when only the date sold and net sales amount are available and the date acquired and cost basis information is not available and will be separately added in the tax software.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan am!
 ount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return.  See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures co!
 ntracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport.  These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>H446</p><p>Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership’s income, credits, deductions, etc.  Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="em!
 phasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate.  This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong># Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong> !
  Sched K-1 \ </strong></span>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your s!
 pouse’s employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling.  This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  none \ </strong></span>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No <acronym class="acronym">TXF</acronym> Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1040 \ </strong></span>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance.  Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F1040 \ </strong></span>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD’s or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emp!
 hasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA.  If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><sp!
 an class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse’s SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse’s Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1040 \ </strong></span>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-G \ </strong></span>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N606</p><p>Fed tax with!
 held, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F1099-G \ </strong></span>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-MISC \ </strong></span>N563</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F1099-R \ </strong></span>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span!
  class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ F1099-R \ </strong></span>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2106 \ </strong></span>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the !
 education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, includ!
 ing meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N390</p><p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F2106 \ </strong></span>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F2441 \ </strong></span>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< F2441 \ </strong></span>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home.  They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasi!
 s"><strong>Help F3903 \ </strong></span>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects.  You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F3903 \ </strong></span>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4684 \ </strong></span>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4684 \ </strong></span>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub  551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4835 \ </strong></span>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm.  Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, s!
 uch as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emp!
 hasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties pai!
 d to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N599</p><p>Imposte</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social securit!
 y and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees’ wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4835 \ </strong></span>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F4952 \ </strong></span>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F4952 \ </strong></span>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F6252 \ </strong></span>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F6252 \ </strong></span>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8815 \ </strong></span>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold fo!
 r education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8815 \ </strong></span>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8829 \ </strong></span>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home.  IRS rules are stringent for this deduction.  Refer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N539</p><p>Assicurazione</p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </str!
 ong></span>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8829 \ </strong></span>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business.  Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help F8839 \ </strong></span>H617</p><p>Form 8839 - adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for th!
 e principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  F8839 \ </strong></span>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Home Sale \ </strong></span>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><s!
 trong>Help Sched A \ </strong></span>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is al!
 locable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N544</p><p>Local income taxes</p></td><td>Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year.
 </td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N274</p><p>Medical travel and lodging</p></td><td>Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N273</p><p>Medicine and drugs</p></td><td>Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N523</p><p>Misc., no 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N486</p><p>Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N485</p><p>Non-cash charity contributions</p></td><td>
-The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include an!
 y part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income.  (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N304</p><p>Pubblicità</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N305</p><p>Bad debts!
  from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased !
 for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T.  See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant’s or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N294</p><p>Meals and enterta!
 inment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or  property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p>!
 </td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees' wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>The!
  total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N328</p><p>Pubblicità</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor’s to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N331</p><p>Commissioni</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor’s or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N332</p><p>Assicurazione</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The amo!
 unt of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E.  These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N338</p><p>Imposte</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expen!
 se. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instruction!
 s for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N361</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yo!
 urself.  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N357</p><p>Storage and!
  warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N358</p><p>Imposte</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched H \ </strong></span>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees.  Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Federa!
 l income tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse’s wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p>!
 <span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include an!
 y part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income.  (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched A \ </strong></span>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched B \ </strong></span>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>< Sched B \ </strong></span>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched C \ </strong></span>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N304</p><p>Pubblicità</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N305</p><p>Bad debts!
  from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased !
 for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T.  See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant’s or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N294</p><p>Meals and enterta!
 inment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or  property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p>!
 </td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees’ wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched C \ </strong></span>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>T!
 he total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched E \ </strong></span>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N328</p><p>Pubblicità</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor’s to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N331</p><p>Commissioni</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor’s or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N332</p><p>Assicurazione</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The a!
 mount of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E.  These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N338</p><p>Imposte</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched E \ </strong></span>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched F \ </strong></span>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and exp!
 ense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment).  Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions  that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructi!
 ons for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N361</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets.  Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to !
 yourself..  Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N357</p><p>Storage a!
 nd warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N358</p><p>Imposte</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees’ wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>  Sched F \ </strong></span>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help Sched H \ </strong></span>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees.  Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ Sched H \ </strong></span>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Fe!
 deral income tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2 \ </strong></span>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse’s wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td!
 ><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2 \ </strong></span>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Help W-2G \ </strong></span>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>^ W-2G \ </strong></span>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
 </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="change-style.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reset-warning.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Modificare i fogli di stile </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Ripristina avvisi...</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s06.html" title="4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata"><link rel="next" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s06.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-types.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="setup-accounts"></a>Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-types.html">5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chart-create.html">5.2. Creare una struttura di conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chart-edit.html">5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-create.html">5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-create.html#gen-info">5.4.1. Scheda delle informazioni generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-create.html#open-balance">5.4.2. S!
 cheda del bilancio di apertura</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-edit.html">5.5. Modificare un conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chart-renumber.html">5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-delete.html">5.7. Cancellare un conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-reconcile.html">5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile">5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-reconcile.html#rec-win">5.8.2. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-reconcile.html#rec-main">5.8.3. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In questa sezione è descritto il processo di impostazione, modifica e funzionamento dei conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> un conto è uno strumento essenziale per organizzare la registrazione della provenienza e della destinazione del denaro. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> estende inoltre il concetto di conto reale, quali il conto bancario o un conto di prestito, per abbracciare anche entrate e uscite. Questo permette di conoscere immediatamente dove il denaro è stato speso e a quanto ammontano entrate ed uscite. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> imposta il tipo di conto (come descritto nella sezione seguente) per assistere nell'organizzazione e nel raggruppamento dei conti. I tipi di conti possono essere utilizzati per creare una struttura dei conti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s06.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" hre!
 f="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-types.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="ch04s06.html" title="4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata"><link rel="next" href="acct-types.html" title="5.1. Tipi di conti in GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s06.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-types.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="setup-accounts"></a>Capitolo 5. Impostare, modificare e lavorare con i conti</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-types.html">5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chart-create.html">5.2. Creare una struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chart-edit.html">5.3. Modificare una struttura dei conti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-create.html">5.4. Creare un nuovo conto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-create.html#gen-info">5.4.1. Scheda delle informazioni generali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-create.html#open-balance">5.4.2. !
 Scheda del bilancio di apertura</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-edit.html">5.5. Modificare un conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="chart-renumber.html">5.6. Rinumerare i sottoconti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-delete.html">5.7. Cancellare un conto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="acct-reconcile.html">5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-reconcile.html#tool-reconcile">5.8.1. Finestra delle informazioni di riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-reconcile.html#rec-win">5.8.2. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="acct-reconcile.html#rec-main">5.8.3. Finestra di riconciliazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In questa sezione è descritto il processo di impostazione, modifica e funzionamento dei conti di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> un conto è uno strumento essenziale per organizzare la registrazione della provenienza e della destinazione del denaro. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> estende inoltre il concetto di conto reale, quali il conto bancario o un conto di prestito, per abbracciare anche entrate e uscite. Questo permette di conoscere immediatamente dove il denaro è stato speso e a quanto ammontano entrate ed uscite. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> imposta il tipo di conto (come descritto nella sezione seguente) per assistere nell’organizzazione e nel raggruppamento dei conti. I tipi di conti possono essere utilizzati per creare una struttura dei conti.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s06.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" !
 href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-types.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.6. Finestra della transazione pianificata </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.1. Tipi di conti in <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/stock-split.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/stock-split.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/stock-split.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche"><link rel="next" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l'HBCI (Online Banking)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tools-on-line-banking.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="stock-split"></a>7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</h2></div></div></div><p>I frazionamenti azionari avvengono quando una Società decide che il prezzo dell'azione è troppo elevato per un singolo investitore che vuole acquistarla. Il frazionamento ha l'effetto di far diminuire il prezzo della singola quota mantenendo invariato il valore delle quote possedute dall'investitore che ha già acquistato le azioni.</p><div class="sect2" title="7.4.1. Assistente per il frazionamento azionario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="stock-split-assistant"></a>7.4.1. Assistente per il frazionamento azionario</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><code>Gnu!
 Cash</code></strong> utilizza questo assistente per registrare i frazionamenti azionari; esso fornisce un modo per inserire i dettagli del frazionamento, qualsiasi cambiamento nel prezzo dell'azione o anche il cash disbursement derivante dal frazionamento azionario.</p><p>L'assistente per il frazionamento azionario è accessibile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Frazionamento azionario...</strong></span>.</p><p>L'assistente visualizza subito una schermata che contiene una breve descrizione del suo funzionamento e del suo utilizzo. I tre pulsanti in basso nella schermata, non cambieranno durante l'utilizzo della procedura guidata.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> permette di uscire dall'assistente e cancellare l'inserimento delle informazioni del frazionamento azionario. Qualsiasi scelta effettuata nella procedura guidata fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> permette di avanzare nella procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di selezionare un conto per le azioni. Selezionare un conto dalla lista per registrare un frazionamento o una fusione azionaria.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto:</strong></span> viene elencato il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per l'azione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Simbolo:</strong></span> il simbolo dell'azione associata con questo conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote:</strong></span> il numero di!
  quote che sono state acquistate nel conto.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli del frazionamento azionario. La parte superiore della finestra contiene dei dettagli utilizzati nella creazione della transazione per il frazionamento azionario.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data:</strong></span> selezionare la data del frazionamento azionario.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Share Distribution:</strong></span> inserire il numero di quote guadagnate dal frazionamento azionario. Per una fusione azionaria si inserisca un numero negativo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione:</strong></span> inserire una descrizione o lasciare quella di default.</p></li></ul></div><p>La parte inferiore della finestra contiene dei dettagli utili per registrare un prezzo per il frazionamento (opzionale).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo prezzo:</strong></span> inserire il prezzo delle azioni nel giorno del frazionamento azionario.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta:</strong></span> selezionare la valuta delle quote.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di inserire una transazione per l'esborso di liquidi (Cash In Lieu) come conseguenza del frazionamento azionario (opzionale).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo in contanti:</strong></span> inserire l'importo dell'esborso di liquidi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria:</strong></span> inserire un promemoria o lasciare quello di default.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto entrate:</strong></span> scegliere un conto delle entrate per l'esborso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span cl!
 ass="guilabel"><strong>Conto attività:</strong></span> scegliere un conto delle attività per l'esborso.</p></li></ul></div><p>L'ultima schermata fornisce una lista di tre scelte possibili per terminare l'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> permette di uscire dall'assistente e cancellare il frazionamento azionario. Qualsiasi scelta effettuata nella procedura guidata fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Termina</span>crea le transazioni necessarie per registrare il frazionamento azionario.</p></li></ul></div><p>Ora dovrebbe essere stata immessa correttamente il frazionamento o la fusione azionaria.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tools-on-line-banking.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. Procedura guidata per l'<acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche"><link rel="next" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l’HBCI (Online Banking)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tools-on-line-banking.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="stock-split"></a>7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</h2></div></div></div><p>I frazionamenti azionari avvengono quando una Società decide che il prezzo dell’azione è troppo elevato per un singolo investitore che vuole acquistarla. Il frazionamento ha l’effetto di far diminuire il prezzo della singola quota mantenendo invariato il valore delle quote possedute dall’investitore che ha già acquistato le azioni.</p><div class="sect2" title="7.4.1. Assistente per il frazionamento azionario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="stock-split-assistant"></a>7.4.1. Assistente per il frazionamento azionario</h3></div></div></div><p><strong class="application"><!
 code>GnuCash</code></strong> utilizza questo assistente per registrare i frazionamenti azionari; esso fornisce un modo per inserire i dettagli del frazionamento, qualsiasi cambiamento nel prezzo dell’azione o anche il cash disbursement derivante dal frazionamento azionario.</p><p>L’assistente per il frazionamento azionario è accessibile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Frazionamento azionario...</strong></span>.</p><p>L’assistente visualizza subito una schermata che contiene una breve descrizione del suo funzionamento e del suo utilizzo. I tre pulsanti in basso nella schermata, non cambieranno durante l’utilizzo della procedura guidata.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> permette di uscire dall’assistente e cancellare l’inserimento delle informazioni del frazionamento azionario. Qualsiasi scelta effettuata nella procedura guidata fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> permette di avanzare nella procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di selezionare un conto per le azioni. Selezionare un conto dalla lista per registrare un frazionamento o una fusione azionaria.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto:</strong></span> viene elencato il nome del conto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per l’azione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Simbolo:</strong></span> il simbolo dell’azione associata con questo conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote:</str!
 ong></span> il numero di quote che sono state acquistate nel conto.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli del frazionamento azionario. La parte superiore della finestra contiene dei dettagli utilizzati nella creazione della transazione per il frazionamento azionario.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data:</strong></span> selezionare la data del frazionamento azionario.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Share Distribution:</strong></span> inserire il numero di quote guadagnate dal frazionamento azionario. Per una fusione azionaria si inserisca un numero negativo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione:</strong></span> inserire una descrizione o lasciare quella di default.</p></li></ul></div><p>La parte inferiore della finestra contiene dei dettagli utili per registrare un prezzo per il frazionamento (opzionale).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nuovo prezzo:</strong></span> inserire il prezzo delle azioni nel giorno del frazionamento azionario.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Valuta:</strong></span> selezionare la valuta delle quote.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di inserire una transazione per l’esborso di liquidi (Cash In Lieu) come conseguenza del frazionamento azionario (opzionale).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo in contanti:</strong></span> inserire l’importo dell’esborso di liquidi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria:</strong></span> inserire un promemoria o lasciare quello di default.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto entrate:</strong></span> scegliere un conto delle entrate per l’esborso.</p></li>!
 <li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto attività:</strong></span> scegliere un conto delle attività per l’esborso.</p></li></ul></div><p>L’ultima schermata fornisce una lista di tre scelte possibili per terminare l’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> permette di uscire dall’assistente e cancellare il frazionamento azionario. Qualsiasi scelta effettuata nella procedura guidata fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Termina</span>crea le transazioni necessarie per registrare il frazionamento azionario.</p></li></ul></div><p>Ora dovrebbe essere stata immessa correttamente il frazionamento o la fusione azionaria.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-loans.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tools-on-line-banking.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. Procedura guidata per l’<acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF"><link rel="next" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="import-qif.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="GUIMenus.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.4. Suggerimento del giorno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tip-of-the-day"></a>3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> si apre all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> a meno che questa funzione non sia stata disabilitata. I suggerimenti del giorno forniscono dei consigli sulle caratteristiche e sull'utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In basso nella finestra sono presenti tre pulsanti che permettono di muoversi tra i suggerimenti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> — chiude la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="!
 listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — visualizza il suggerimento precedente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> — visualizza il suggerimento successivo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'opzione <span class="guibutton">Visualizza i suggerimenti all'avvio</span> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div><p>E' anche possibile configurare l'opzione di avvio del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>. Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> può anche essere avviato manualmente dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="import-qif.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="GUIMenus.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.3. Importare i file QIF </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Capitolo 3. Per iniziare"><link rel="prev" href="import-qif.html" title="3.3. Importare i file QIF"><link rel="next" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="import-qif.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Per iniziare</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="GUIMenus.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="3.4. Suggerimento del giorno"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tip-of-the-day"></a>3.4. Suggerimento del giorno</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> si apre all’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> a meno che questa funzione non sia stata disabilitata. I suggerimenti del giorno forniscono dei consigli sulle caratteristiche e sull’utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>. In basso nella finestra sono presenti tre pulsanti che permettono di muoversi tra i suggerimenti.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Chiudi</span> — chiude la finestra del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></li><li cla!
 ss="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> — visualizza il suggerimento precedente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> — visualizza il suggerimento successivo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L’opzione <span class="guibutton">Visualizza i suggerimenti all’avvio</span> è utile per abilitare o disattivare il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> all’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></li></ul></div><p>È anche possibile configurare l’opzione di avvio del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span>. Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span> può anche essere avviato manualmente dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suggerimento del giorno</strong></span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="import-qif.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="GUIMenus.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.3. Importare i file QIF </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tips.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tips.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tips.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="reset-warning.html" title="9.5. Ripristina avvisi..."><link rel="next" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="tips"></a>Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Versione 1.0, dicembre 2006</i></p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas01.html">A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas02.html">A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas03.html">A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas04.html">A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</!
 a></span></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reset-warning.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Ripristina avvisi... </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="chang-lang.html" title="9.6. Cambiare la lingua"><link rel="next" href="apas01.html" title="A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chang-lang.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="tips"></a>Appendice A. Suggerimenti e consigli utili su <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Versione 1.0, dicembre 2006</i></p></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas01.html">A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas02.html">A.2. Pseudo simboli da utilizzare per le quotazioni TIAA-CREF</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas03.html">A.3. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti individuali</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="apas04.html">A.4. Fonti delle quotazioni - fonti multiple</a></span!
 ></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chang-lang.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="apas01.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.6. Cambiare la lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Codici delle borse per i mercati Europei</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>Manuale di aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autori</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Questo manuale descrive l'utilizzo del programma finanziario GnuCash.</i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Dir!
 itto d'autore</h2><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2002-2007 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2011 Cristian Marchi</p></div><div>
-<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Nota Legale</h2><p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <a class="ulink" href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">link</a> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.</p><p>This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license.</p><p>Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters.</p><p>DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED !
 VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</p></li></ol></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Commenti"><a name="id2894259"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Commenti</h2><p>Per avvertire della presenza di un bug o per proporre dei suggerimenti a riguardo di questo programma o del manuale, seguire le istruzioni fornite nel <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">sistema di tracciamento dei bug di GNOME</a>. Per contribuire alla traduzione del manuale segnalando eventuali errori, inviare un messaggio alla lista Italiana di GnuCash contattabile inviando una mail all'indirizzo <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-it at gnucash.org">gnucash-it at gnucash.org</a>></code></p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2></h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Titolo</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Data</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Autore</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Editore</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p>7 Novembre 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Ly!
 ttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p><p class="author">Dave Herman <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di GnuCash V2.0.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Marzo 2007</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di GnuCash V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Luglio 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di GnuCash V1.8.3</p></td><td align="left"><p>Agosto 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di GnuCash V1.8.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Agosto 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di!
  GnuCash V1.8.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>Maggio 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di GnuCash V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Gennaio 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell'utente di GnuCash</p></td><td align="left"><p>Giugno 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Sviluppatori e documentatori di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr></table></div></div><hr></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>Manuale di aiuto di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Autori</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span></dt><dd><strong>Organizzazione: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Questo manuale descrive l’utilizzo del programma finanziario GnuCash.</i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2!
 >Diritto d'autore</h2><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2002-2007 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2011 Cristian Marchi</p></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Nota Legale</h2><p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <a class="ulink" href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">link</a> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.</p><p>This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license.</p><p>Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters.</p><p>DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED !
 VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</p></li></ol></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Commenti"><a name="id2883541"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Commenti</h2><p>Per avvertire della presenza di un bug o per proporre dei suggerimenti a riguardo di questo programma o del manuale, seguire le istruzioni fornite nel <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">sistema di tracciamento dei bug di GNOME</a>. Per contribuire alla traduzione del manuale segnalando eventuali errori, inviare un messaggio alla lista Italiana di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> contattabile inviando una mail all’indirizzo <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-it at gnucash.org">gnucash-it at gnucash.org</a>></code></p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2></h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Titolo</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Data</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Autore</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Editore</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash V2.4.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>19 Febbraio 2011!
 </p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Vari autori</p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash V2.3.16</p></td><td align="left"><p>7 Novembre 2010</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p><p class="author">Dave Herman <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash V2.0.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Marzo 2007</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Luglio 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash V1.8.3</p></td><td align="left"><p>Agosto 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash V1.8.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Agosto 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="auth!
 or">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash V1.8.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>Maggio 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Gennaio 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Chris Lyttle <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Manuale dell’utente di GnuCash</p></td><td align="left"><p>Giugno 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p class="author">Sviluppatori e documentatori di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></code></p></td><td align="left"><p class="publisher">Gruppo della documentazione di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></td></tr></table></div></div><hr></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> !
 Manuale di aiuto di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-calc.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-calc.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-calc.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli"><link rel="next" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-security-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Reports.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-calc"></a>7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</h2></div></div></div><p>La calcolatrice finanziaria è utile per calcolare gli interessi composti Fornisce infatti la possibilità di inserire quattro parametri dei cinque necessari per calcolare l'interesse composto e di calcolare il parametro incognito.</p><p>La calcolatrice è suddivisa in due riquadri: quello di sinistra presenta cinque campi con un pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Calcola</strong></span> e un pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pulisci</strong></span>. Il tasto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Calcola</strong></span> permette di ottenere il risultato dell'incognita mentre il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pulisci</strong></span> cancella qualsiasi valore inserito nel campo corrispondente.</p><div class="i!
 temizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Numero di rate:</strong></span> questo campo è destinato al numero di rate da utilizzare per i calcoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tasso di interesse:</strong></span> questo campo è destinato al valore percentuale del tasso di interesse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore attuale:</strong></span> questo campo contiene, di solito, l'importo che è stato chiesto in prestito. E' l'importo di base su cui si vogliono calcolare gli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della rata:</strong></span> questo campo contiene l'importo del pagamento per il periodo selezionato (ad esempio: mensile, settimanale ecc...). Se serve a ripagare un prestito allora dovrebbe avere un segno negativo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore futuro:</strong></span> questo campo è per il valore finale al termine del periodo di pagamento. Nel caso si stesse ripagando un prestito per intero allora sarebbe nullo (=0).</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro di destra contiene i pulsanti per selezionare il tipo di pagamento e l'interesse composto utilizzati per i calcoli nel riquadro di sinistra.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Interesse composto:</span> questa opzione permette di impostare l'intervallo temporale utilizzato per il calcolo se è stato selezionato l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>interesse composto discreto</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Rata:</span> questo pulsante permette di impostare l'intervallo da utilizzare per il campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di rate</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Pagamenti alla fine del periodo:</span> attivare l'opzione se il pagamento della rata alla fine del periodo.</p></li><l!
 i class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Pagamenti all'inizio del periodo:</span> attivare l'opzione se il pagamento della rata all'inizio del periodo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Interesse composto discreto:</span> questa opzione è utilizzata quando l'interesse è applicato in modo discreto, cioè a intervalli temporali definiti dal pulsante <span class="guibutton">Interesse composto</span> descritto più sopra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Interesse composto continuo:</span> questa opzione è utilizzata quando il tasso di interesse è applicato in modo continuo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Pagamento totale:</span> questo campo visualizza l'importo totale da pagare per restituire il prestito.</p></li></ul></div><p>Esempi di utilizzo della calcolatrice finanziaria di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono forniti nella «guida ai concetti e manuale». <a class="ulink" href="http://svn.gnucash.org/docs/guide/loans_calcs1.html" target="_top">Capitolo sui prestiti nella «guida ai concetti e manuale»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-security-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Reports.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. Editor titoli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli"><link rel="next" href="Reports.html" title="Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-security-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Reports.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-calc"></a>7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</h2></div></div></div><p>La calcolatrice finanziaria è utile per calcolare gli interessi composti Fornisce infatti la possibilità di inserire quattro parametri dei cinque necessari per calcolare l’interesse composto e di calcolare il parametro incognito.</p><p>La calcolatrice è suddivisa in due riquadri: quello di sinistra presenta cinque campi con un pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Calcola</strong></span> e un pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pulisci</strong></span>. Il tasto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Calcola</strong></span> permette di ottenere il risultato dell’incognita mentre il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pulisci</strong></span> cancella qualsiasi valore inserito nel campo corrispondente.</p><div clas!
 s="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Numero di rate:</strong></span> questo campo è destinato al numero di rate da utilizzare per i calcoli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tasso di interesse:</strong></span> questo campo è destinato al valore percentuale del tasso di interesse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore attuale:</strong></span> questo campo contiene, di solito, l’importo che è stato chiesto in prestito. È l’importo di base su cui si vogliono calcolare gli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Importo della rata:</strong></span> questo campo contiene l’importo del pagamento per il periodo selezionato (ad esempio: mensile, settimanale ecc...). Se serve a ripagare un prestito allora dovrebbe avere un segno negativo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore futuro:</strong></span> questo campo è per il valore finale al termine del periodo di pagamento. Nel caso si stesse ripagando un prestito per intero allora sarebbe nullo (=0).</p></li></ul></div><p>Il riquadro di destra contiene i pulsanti per selezionare il tipo di pagamento e l’interesse composto utilizzati per i calcoli nel riquadro di sinistra.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Interesse composto:</span> questa opzione permette di impostare l’intervallo temporale utilizzato per il calcolo se è stato selezionato l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>interesse composto discreto</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Rata:</span> questo pulsante permette di impostare l’intervallo da utilizzare per il campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di rate</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Pagamenti alla fine del periodo:</span> attivare l’opzione se il pagamento della rata alla fine del!
  periodo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Pagamenti all’inizio del periodo:</span> attivare l’opzione se il pagamento della rata all’inizio del periodo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Interesse composto discreto:</span> questa opzione è utilizzata quando l’interesse è applicato in modo discreto, cioè a intervalli temporali definiti dal pulsante <span class="guibutton">Interesse composto</span> descritto più sopra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Interesse composto continuo:</span> questa opzione è utilizzata quando il tasso di interesse è applicato in modo continuo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guibutton">Pagamento totale:</span> questo campo visualizza l’importo totale da pagare per restituire il prestito.</p></li></ul></div><p>Esempi di utilizzo della calcolatrice finanziaria di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sono forniti nella «guida ai concetti e manuale». <a class="ulink" href="http://svn.gnucash.org/docs/guide/loans_calcs1.html" target="_top">Capitolo sui prestiti nella «guida ai concetti e manuale»</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-security-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Reports.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. Editor titoli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Capitolo 8. Resoconti e diagrammi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-find.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-find.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-find.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.1. Trovare le transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="next" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.1. Trovare le transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_AccRegTools.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-slr.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.1. Trovare le transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-find"></a>7.1. Trovare le transazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>La ricerca delle transazioni è utile per cercare delle particolari transazioni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e mostrare i risultati in una finestra del registro. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span> della finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova transazione</strong></span> contiene la stringa <span class="guilabel"><strong>trova transazione</strong></span> e la prima linea riporta <span class="guilabel"><strong>suddivisione: opzioni di ricerca</strong></span>. Nelle altre finestre di ricerca disponibili in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, la prima linea contiene una descrizione diversa ma la stessa disposizione di!
  base degli elementi.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Lo strumento <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova...</strong></span> può anche cercare un cliente, una fattura, un lavoro, un venditore, una o più ricevute, uno o più dipendenti o una o più note spese. L'oggetto ricercato è determinato dalla posizione di avvio dello strumento; esso è accessibile anche dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>(Cliente/Venditore/Dipendente)</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per aprire la finestra di ricerca delle transazioni dalla finestra della struttura dei conti o da quella del registro, selezionare il menu «Strumenti» e poi la voce «Trova...» oppure si può utilizzare, come scorciatoia, la combinazione di tasti Ctrl-F.</p><p>La finestra di ricerca è suddivisa in due riquadri: quello superiore contiene i pulsanti per il o i criteri di ricerca mentre quello inferiore serve per selezionare la tipologia di ricerca da effettuare.</p><p>Sono presenti due pulsanti nella parte alta del riquadro del "criterio di ricerca": quello di sinistra permette di aggiungere una ulteriore riga per impostare un criterio aggiuntivo (la riga del primo criterio deve essere completata per poterne aggiungere un altro); quello di destra è utilizzato per impostare la combinazione tra i criteri di ricerca; quando è selezionato il valore "tutti i criteri sono rispettati" tutte le righe dei criteri di ricerca devono restituire almeno un risultato; il valore "almeno uno dei criteri è rispettato" richiede, invece, che solo una delle righe dei criteri restituisca un risultato.</p><p>La riga del "criterio di ricerca" pe!
 rmette di combinare diversi pulsanti per i criteri. La tabella seguente descrive le possibili combinazioni di pulsanti;</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-find-buttons"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.1. Pulsanti del criterio di ricerca.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pulsanti del criterio di ricerca." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante 1</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 2</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 3</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 4</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 5</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 6</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 7</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 8</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></!
 td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>!
 Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p>!
 </td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all'espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L'espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è prima del</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è prima del o il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>non è il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è dopo il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è il o dopo il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td!
 ><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha!
  il credito</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p!
 ></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l'immissione dell'importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Riconcilia</p></td><td><p>è</p></td><td><p>Non liquidata</p></td><td><p>Liquidata</p></td><td><p>Riconciliata</p></td><td><p>Bloccata</p></td><td><p>Invalidata</p>!
 </td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Riconcilia</p></td><td><p>non è</p></td><td><p>Non liquidata</p></td><td><p>Liquidata</p></td><td><p>Riconciliata</p></td><td><p>Bloccata</p></td><td><p>Invalidata</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bilancio</p></td><td><p>è</p></td><td><p>impostato a vero</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bilancio</p></td><td><p>non è</p></td><td><p>impostato a vero</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Conto</p></td><td><p>soddisfa ogni conto</p></td><td><p>scegliere conti</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Conto</p></td><td><p>non soddisfa alcun conto</p></td><td><p>scegliere conti</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tutti i conti</p></td><td><p>soddisfa tutti i conti</p></td><td><p>scegliere conti</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Il pulsante «conto» esegue una ricerca dove i conti selezionati nella finestra «scegli conti» verranno entrambi analizzati individualmente per la ricerca di risultati. Ciò significa che una corrispondenza in qualsiasi dei conti selezionati verrà visualizzata (matches any account) o scartata (matches no account).</p><p>Il pulsante «tutti i conti» esegue una ricerca in cui i conti selezionati nella schermata di scelta dei conti forniranno dei risultati solamente se corrispondono in entrambi i conti.</p><p>Sono possibili 4 scelte nel riquadro del "tipo di ricerca". Quando viene eseguita una nuova ricerca, solo l'opzione "nuova ricerca" è attivata. Le altre scelte sono selezionabili solamente quando è visibile la finestra di registro dei risultati di ricerca.</p><div class="itemizedlist!
 "><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuova ricerca: esegue una nuova ricerca tra le transazioni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Perfeziona la ricerca attiva: cerca tra i risultati della ricerca precedente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aggiungi i risultati alla ricerca attiva: ricerca sulla base del primo gruppo di criteri e di quello nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Elimina i risultati dalla ricerca attiva: scarta qualsiasi risultato che corrisponde a quelli precedenti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_AccRegTools.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-slr.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.1. Trovare le transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="next" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.1. Trovare le transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_AccRegTools.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-slr.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.1. Trovare le transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-find"></a>7.1. Trovare le transazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>La ricerca delle transazioni è utile per cercare delle particolari transazioni in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e mostrare i risultati in una finestra del registro. La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra del titolo</strong></span> della finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova transazione</strong></span> contiene la stringa <span class="guilabel"><strong>trova transazione</strong></span> e la prima linea riporta <span class="guilabel"><strong>suddivisione: opzioni di ricerca</strong></span>. Nelle altre finestre di ricerca disponibili in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, la prima linea contiene una descrizione diversa ma la stessa disposizione !
 di base degli elementi.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Lo strumento <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trova...</strong></span> può anche cercare un cliente, una fattura, un lavoro, un venditore, una o più ricevute, uno o più dipendenti o una o più note spese. L’oggetto ricercato è determinato dalla posizione di avvio dello strumento; esso è accessibile anche dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Impresa</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>(Cliente/Venditore/Dipendente)</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Per aprire la finestra di ricerca delle transazioni dalla finestra della struttura dei conti o da quella del registro, selezionare il menu «Strumenti» e poi la voce «Trova...» oppure si può utilizzare, come scorciatoia, la combinazione di tasti Ctrl-F.</p><p>La finestra di ricerca è suddivisa in due riquadri: quello superiore contiene i pulsanti per il o i criteri di ricerca mentre quello inferiore serve per selezionare la tipologia di ricerca da effettuare.</p><p>Sono presenti due pulsanti nella parte alta del riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>criterio di ricerca</strong></span>: quello di sinistra permette di aggiungere una ulteriore riga per impostare un criterio aggiuntivo (la riga del primo criterio deve essere completata per poterne aggiungere un altro); quello di destra è utilizzato per impostare la combinazione tra i criteri di ricerca; quando è selezionato il valore <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tutti i criteri sono rispettati</strong></span> tutte le righe dei criteri di ricerca devono restituire almeno un risultato; il valore <span class="guilabel"><strong>almeno uno dei criteri è rispettato<!
 /strong></span> richiede, invece, che solo una delle righe dei criteri restituisca un risultato.</p><p>La riga del <span class="guilabel"><strong>criterio di ricerca</strong></span> permette di combinare diversi pulsanti per i criteri. La tabella seguente descrive le possibili combinazioni di pulsanti;</p><div class="table"><a name="tool-find-buttons"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 7.1. Pulsanti del criterio di ricerca.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pulsanti del criterio di ricerca." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Pulsante 1</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 2</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 3</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 4</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 5</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 6</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 7</p></th><th><p>Pulsante 8</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Descrizione</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></!
 td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Promemoria</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Numero!
 </p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Operazioni</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>non contiene</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td!
 ><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nota</p></td><td><p>non corrisponde all’espressione regolare</p></td><td><p>Espressione inserita nel campo di ricerca</p></td><td><p>L’espressione inserita è insensibile alle lettere maiuscole/minuscole?</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è prima del</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è prima del o il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>non è il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è dopo il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Data di emissione</p></td><td><p>è il o dopo il</p></td><td><p>Campo per la selezione della data</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td!
 ><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito o il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><t!
 d><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il credito</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Valore</p></td><td><p>ha il debito</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></t!
 d><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quote</p></td><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>minore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>minore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>diverso da</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></td><td><p>maggiore di</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quotazione</p></t!
 d><td><p>maggiore o uguale a</p></td><td><p>Campo per l’immissione dell’importo</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Riconcilia</p></td><td><p>è</p></td><td><p>Non liquidata</p></td><td><p>Liquidata</p></td><td><p>Riconciliata</p></td><td><p>Bloccata</p></td><td><p>Invalidata</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Riconcilia</p></td><td><p>non è</p></td><td><p>Non liquidata</p></td><td><p>Liquidata</p></td><td><p>Riconciliata</p></td><td><p>Bloccata</p></td><td><p>Invalidata</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bilancio</p></td><td><p>è</p></td><td><p>impostato a vero</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bilancio</p></td><td><p>non è</p></td><td><p>impostato a vero</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Conto</p></td><td><p>soddisfa ogni conto</p></td><td><p>scegliere conti</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Conto</p></td><td><p>non soddisfa alcun conto</p></td><td><p>scegliere conti</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tutti i conti</p></td><td><p>soddisfa tutti i conti</p></td><td><p>scegliere conti</p></td><td><p>Elimina riga</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Il pulsante «conto» esegue una ricerca dove i conti selezionati nella finestra «scegli conti» verranno entrambi analizzati individualmente per la ricerca di risultati. Ciò significa che una corrispondenza in qualsiasi dei conti selezionati verrà visualizzata (matches any account) o scartata (matches no account).</p><p>Il pulsante «tutti i conti» esegue una ricerca in cui i conti selezionati nella schermata di scelta dei conti f!
 orniranno dei risultati solamente se corrispondono in entrambi i conti.</p><p>Sono possibili 4 scelte nel riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>tipo di ricerca</strong></span>. Quando viene eseguita una nuova ricerca, solo l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuova ricerca</strong></span> è attivata. Le altre scelte sono selezionabili solamente quando è visibile la finestra di registro dei risultati di ricerca.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuova ricerca: esegue una nuova ricerca tra le transazioni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Perfeziona la ricerca attiva: cerca tra i risultati della ricerca precedente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aggiungi i risultati alla ricerca attiva: ricerca sulla base del primo gruppo di criteri e di quello nuovo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Elimina i risultati dalla ricerca attiva: scarta qualsiasi risultato che corrisponde a quelli precedenti.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch_AccRegTools.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-slr.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-price.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-price.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-price.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.6. Editor prezzi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l'HBCI (Online Banking)"><link rel="next" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.6. Editor prezzi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.6. Editor prezzi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-price"></a>7.6. Editor prezzi</h2></div></div></div><p>L'editor prezzi è utile per modificare o registrare il valore di una valuta, di un fondo comune o di una azione. Esso fornisce un'unica interfaccia per aggiornare i valori di queste commodity ed è in grado di aggiornarle sia attraverso la ricezione di quotazioni via internet oppure manualmente.</p><p>Ogni elemento nell'editor rappresenta una registrazione del prezzo di una commodity o titolo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Titolo: </strong></span>The Security/commodity being priced. The display is sorted by the "exchange" that the individual securities are listed on. The list is expanded by clicking on the "caret" on the left of !
 the name..</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valuta: </strong></span>la valuta con cui il prezzo è registrato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Data: </strong></span>la data in cui il prezzo è stato registrato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Fonte:</strong></span> la fonte del prezzo per la commodity. Generalmente, questa sarà o "user:price-editor", a indicare che è stata immessa direttamente dall'utente, o "Finance::Quote", a indicare che è stata ricevuta da una fonte online con il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo: </strong></span>esistono diversi tipi di prezzi per le azioni.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Offerta: </strong></span>indica il prezzo con cui un operatore specializzato è pronto ad acquistare un'azione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Domanda: </strong></span> indica il prezzo con cui gli operatori sono pronti a vendere l'azione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Ultimo: </strong></span> indica il prezzo con cui è avvenuto l'ultimo scambio per l'azione o titolo. Rappresenta il prezzo più comunemente utilizzato dai media.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore netto delle attività:</strong></span> è tipicamente utilizzato per i fondi comuni. Sono generalmente calcolate sul valore netto dell'attività del fondo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sconosciuto: </strong></span>utilizzare questa voce se il tipo di prezzo non è noto.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezzo: </strong></span>il prezzo attuale della commodity.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="7.6.1. Aggiungere manualmente il prezzo di un'azione"><div class="titlepage"><d!
 iv><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-manual"></a>7.6.1. Aggiungere manualmente il prezzo di un'azione</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inserire un nuovo prezzo, premere <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi</span> e inserire i dettagli del titolo e del prezzo nel riquadro. Per modificare un prezzo esistente, selezionarlo dalla lista dei prezzi, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span> e modificare i dati presenti.</p><p>Per cancellare un singolo prezzo, selezionarlo e premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rimuovi</strong></span>. Per rimuovere tutti i prezzi più vecchi di una certa data, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Rimuovi vecchi</span> e inserire i dettagli nella schermata visualizzata.</p><p>Verrà visualizzata una finestra con il messaggio <span class="emphasis"><strong>"Cancella tutti i prezzi delle azioni in base al seguente criterio:"</strong></span>. Inserire quindi la data dell'ultimo prezzo da cancellare.</p><p>Al di sotto del campo della data sono presenti due opzioni:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cancella i prezzi inseriti manualmente</strong></span> - se selezionata, verranno cancellati i prezzi immessi manualmente e datati precedentemente alla data specificata. Diversamente solo i prezzi aggiunti dal modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> verranno cancellati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cancella l'ultimo prezzo per un'azione</strong></span> - se selezionata, verranno cancellati i prezzi precedenti alla data specificata. Diversamente, l'ultimo prezzo precedente alla data specificata verrà conservato e tutte le quote più vecchie saranno cancellate.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.6.2. Configurazione per l'utilizzo del pulsante "Ricevi quotazioni""><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-online1"></a>7.6.2. Configuraz!
 ione per l'utilizzo del pulsante "<span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni</strong></span>"</h3></div></div></div><p>Per avere il supporto alla ricezione delle quotazioni tramite internet per una particolare azione o fondo comune, occorre prima di tutto abilitare l'opzione per la ricezione delle quotazioni e selezionare una fonte nell'"Editor titolo". Questo processo è descritto in dettaglio nella sezione "configurazione dei titoli per le quotazioni online" sull'"Utilizzo dell'editor titolo" (<a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3" title="7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi">Sezione 7.7.2, «Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi»</a>). Una volta abilitato il servizio e installato il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>, sarà possibile aggiornare le quotazioni delle proprie azioni e dei propri fondi comuni premendo semplicemente il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. Procedura guidata per l'<acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Editor titoli</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.6. Editor prezzi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tools-on-line-banking.html" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l’HBCI (Online Banking)"><link rel="next" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.6. Editor prezzi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.6. Editor prezzi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-price"></a>7.6. Editor prezzi</h2></div></div></div><p>L’editor prezzi è utile per modificare o registrare il valore di una valuta, di un fondo comune o di una azione. Esso fornisce un’unica interfaccia per aggiornare i valori di queste commodity ed è in grado di aggiornarle sia attraverso la ricezione di quotazioni via internet oppure manualmente.</p><p>Ogni elemento nell’editor rappresenta una registrazione del prezzo di una commodity o titolo:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Titolo: </strong></span> la commodity o il titolo di cui recuperare il prezzo. La visualizzazione è ordinata per <span class="guilabel"><strong>mercato</strong></span> in cui i singoli titoli sono scam!
 biati. L’elenco può essere espanso facendo clic sul simbolo a sinistra del nome.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valuta: </strong></span>la valuta con cui il prezzo è registrato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Data: </strong></span>la data in cui il prezzo è stato registrato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Fonte:</strong></span> la fonte del prezzo per la commodity. Generalmente, questa sarà o <span class="guilabel"><strong>user:price-editor</strong></span>, a indicare che è stata immessa direttamente dall’utente, o <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>, a indicare che è stata ricevuta da una fonte online con il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo: </strong></span>esistono diversi tipi di prezzi per le azioni.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Offerta: </strong></span>indica il prezzo con cui un operatore specializzato è pronto ad acquistare un’azione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Domanda: </strong></span> indica il prezzo con cui gli operatori sono pronti a vendere l’azione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Ultimo: </strong></span> indica il prezzo con cui è avvenuto l’ultimo scambio per l’azione o titolo. Rappresenta il prezzo più comunemente utilizzato dai media.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Valore netto delle attività:</strong></span> è tipicamente utilizzato per i fondi comuni. Sono generalmente calcolate sul valore netto dell’attività del fondo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Sconosciuto: </strong></span>utilizzare questa voce se il tipo di prezzo non è noto.</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Prezz!
 o: </strong></span>il prezzo attuale della commodity.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="7.6.1. Aggiungere manualmente il prezzo di un’azione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-manual"></a>7.6.1. Aggiungere manualmente il prezzo di un’azione</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inserire un nuovo prezzo, premere <span class="guibutton">Aggiungi</span> e inserire i dettagli del titolo e del prezzo nel riquadro. Per modificare un prezzo esistente, selezionarlo dalla lista dei prezzi, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span> e modificare i dati presenti.</p><p>Per cancellare un singolo prezzo, selezionarlo e premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rimuovi</strong></span>. Per rimuovere tutti i prezzi più vecchi di una certa data, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Rimuovi vecchi</span> e inserire i dettagli nella schermata visualizzata.</p><p>Verrà visualizzata una finestra con il messaggio <span class="emphasis"><strong>"Cancella tutti i prezzi delle azioni in base al seguente criterio:"</strong></span>. Inserire quindi la data dell’ultimo prezzo da cancellare.</p><p>Al di sotto del campo della data sono presenti due opzioni:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cancella i prezzi inseriti manualmente</strong></span> - se selezionata, verranno cancellati i prezzi immessi manualmente e datati precedentemente alla data specificata. Diversamente solo i prezzi aggiunti dal modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong> verranno cancellati.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Cancella l’ultimo prezzo per un’azione</strong></span> - se selezionata, verranno cancellati i prezzi precedenti alla data specificata. Diversamente, l’ultimo prezzo precedente alla data specificata verrà conservato e tutte le quote più vecchie saranno cancellate.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="!
 7.6.2. Configurazione per l’utilizzo del pulsante Ricevi quotazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-online1"></a>7.6.2. Configurazione per l’utilizzo del pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricevi quotazioni</strong></span></h3></div></div></div><p>Per avere il supporto alla ricezione delle quotazioni tramite internet per una particolare azione o fondo comune, occorre prima di tutto abilitare l’opzione per la ricezione delle quotazioni e selezionare una fonte nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor titolo</strong></span>. Questo processo è descritto in dettaglio in <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html#invest-stockprice-online3" title="7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi">Sezione 7.7.2, «Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi»</a>. Una volta abilitato il servizio e installato il modulo <strong class="application"><code>Finance::Quote</code></strong>, sarà possibile aggiornare le quotazioni delle proprie azioni e dei propri fondi comuni premendo semplicemente il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ricevi quotazioni</span>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tools-on-line-banking.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-security-edit.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. Procedura guidata per l’<acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Editor titoli</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tool-security-edit.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.7. Editor titoli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Editor prezzi"><link rel="next" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.7. Editor titoli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-price.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-calc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.7. Editor titoli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-security-edit"></a>7.7. Editor titoli</h2></div></div></div><p>L'"editor titoli" è utilizzato per creare o modificare le commodity che vengono utilizzate dai conti per i fondi comuni e per le azioni; permette anche di visualizzare i dettagli delle valute nazionali utilizzate da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>Per mostrare i dettagli delle valute Nazionali, si attivi l'opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mostra valute Nazionali</strong></span> in basso nella schermata.</p><p>Per ogni elemento della lista, sono visualizzati i dettagli relativi al titolo o valuta:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> per le azioni indica la borsa o il mercato dove l'azione è scambiata. Per i fondi comuni si util!
 izzi il tipo "FUND". Se la commodity non rientra in queste tipologie, è possibile creare un nuovo tipo inserendone il nome nel campo. Per le valute Nazionali il tipo è ISO4217. L'ISO-4217 stabilisce uno standard internazionale che definisce un simbolo unico a tre lettere per ogni valuta. Le valute Nazionali non possono essere modificate dall'utente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Simbolo:</strong></span> il simbolo o l'abbreviazione della commodity. Generalmente si tratta del simbolo ticker (per le azioni) o un'abbreviazione univoca per la commodity. Se la commodity è scambiata in un mercato pubblico, è importante utilizzare lo stesso identificatore utilizzato nel mercato. Per le valute Nazionali il simbolo è il codice della valuta secondo la norma ISO-4217.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Nome:</strong></span> il nome completo della commodity deve essere riconoscibile come, per esempio, "US Dollars" o "IBM Common Stock".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Codice:</strong></span> rappresenta un codice numerico o alfanumerico utilizzato per identificare la commodity. Il codice CUSIP è una stringa numerica che identifica univocamente ogni azione, bond o fondo comune e la maggior parte dei tipi di traded options, futures and commodiy. Questo codice non è obbligatorio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Frazione:</strong></span> rappresenta l'unità minima scambiata della commodity, espressa come frazione di una singola unità nominale. Questa unità è utilizzata dai conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> come la frazione predefinita per gli scambi della commodity.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="7.7.1. Aggiungere o modificare una commodity"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="tool-commodity"></a>7.7.1. Aggiungere o modificare una commodity</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inserire una nuova commodity (azione o fondo comune), pre!
 mere <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiungi</strong></span> e inserire i dettagli della commodity nella finestra per il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Nuovo titolo</strong></span>. Per modificare una commodity esistente, selezionarla dalla lista, premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> e modificare la finestra di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Modifica titolo</strong></span>. Per eliminare una commodity, selezionarla e premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rimuovi</strong></span>.</p><p>I campi nelle schermate di "nuovo titolo" e "modifica titolo" sono le stesse presentate nell'"editor titolo" <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli">Sezione 7.7, «Editor titoli»</a>. Al di sotto di questi campi sono presenti le opzioni per le quotazioni online.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-online3"></a>7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi</h3></div></div></div><p>Per avere il supporto alla ricezione delle quotazioni online per una particolare azione o fondo comune, è necessario prima di tutto abilitare la ricezione delle quotazioni online e selezionare la fonte dall'editor del titolo. Per icevere invece i tassi di cambio delle valute, è necessario che sia solamente abilitata l'opzione per le quotazioni online, che venga selezionato il fuso orario e che sai attivata l'opzione <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ricevi quotazioni</span>»</span> nell'"editor titoli".</p><p>Istruzioni dettagliate sono reperibili nella sezione sulla creazione di nuovi conti. <a class="xref" href="acct-create.html#Online-price-setup" title="5.4.1.1. Procedura per abilitare l'aggiornamento dei prezzi online.">Sezione 5.4.1.1, «Procedura per abilitare l'aggiornamento dei prezzi online.»</a></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="nav!
 footer"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-price.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-calc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.6. Editor prezzi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.7. Editor titoli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Editor prezzi"><link rel="next" href="tool-calc.html" title="7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.7. Editor titoli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-price.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-calc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.7. Editor titoli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tool-security-edit"></a>7.7. Editor titoli</h2></div></div></div><p>L’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor titoli</strong></span> è utilizzato per creare o modificare le commodity che vengono utilizzate dai conti per i fondi comuni e per le azioni; permette anche di visualizzare i dettagli delle valute nazionali utilizzate da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p><p>Per mostrare i dettagli delle valute Nazionali, si attivi l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Mostra valute Nazionali</strong></span> in basso nella schermata.</p><p>Per ogni elemento della lista, sono visualizzati i dettagli relativi al titolo o valuta:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> per le azioni indica la borsa o il mercato dove !
 l’azione è scambiata. Per i fondi comuni utilizzare il tipo <span class="guilabel"><strong>FUND</strong></span>. Se la commodity non rientra in queste tipologie, è possibile crearne un nuovo tipo inserendo il nome nel campo. Per le valute nazionali il tipo è ISO4217. L’ISO-4217 stabilisce uno standard internazionale che definisce un simbolo unico a tre lettere per ogni valuta. Le valute nazionali non possono essere modificate dall’utente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Simbolo:</strong></span> il simbolo o l’abbreviazione della commodity. Generalmente si tratta del simbolo ticker (per le azioni) o un’abbreviazione univoca per la commodity. Se la commodity è scambiata in un mercato pubblico, è importante utilizzare lo stesso identificatore utilizzato nel mercato. Per le valute Nazionali il simbolo è il codice della valuta secondo la norma ISO-4217.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Nome:</strong></span> il nome completo della commodity. Assegnarne uno riconoscibile come, per esempio, <span class="emphasis"><strong>Dollari USA</strong></span> o <span class="emphasis"><strong>azioni IBM</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Codice:</strong></span> rappresenta un codice numerico o alfanumerico utilizzato per identificare la commodity. Il codice CUSIP è una stringa numerica che identifica univocamente ogni azione, bond o fondo comune e la maggior parte dei tipi di traded options, futures and commodiy. Questo codice non è obbligatorio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>Frazione:</strong></span> rappresenta l’unità minima scambiata della commodity, espressa come frazione di una singola unità nominale. Questa unità è utilizzata dai conti in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> come la frazione predefinita per gli scambi della commodity.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="7.7.1. Aggiungere o modificare una commodity"><div class="titlepa!
 ge"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="tool-commodity"></a>7.7.1. Aggiungere o modificare una commodity</h3></div></div></div><p>Per inserire una nuova commodity (azione o fondo comune), premere <span class="guilabel"><strong>Aggiungi</strong></span> e inserire i dettagli della commodity nella finestra per il <span class="emphasis"><strong>Nuovo titolo</strong></span>. Per modificare una commodity esistente, selezionarla dalla lista, premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Modifica</strong></span> e modificare la finestra di <span class="emphasis"><strong>Modifica titolo</strong></span>. Per eliminare una commodity, selezionarla e premere il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rimuovi</strong></span>.</p><p>I campi nelle schermate di <span class="guilabel"><strong>nuovo titolo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>modifica titolo</strong></span> sono le stesse presentate nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor titoli</strong></span> <a class="xref" href="tool-security-edit.html" title="7.7. Editor titoli">Sezione 7.7, «Editor titoli»</a>. Al di sotto di questi campi sono presenti le opzioni per le quotazioni online.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-online3"></a>7.7.2. Configurare titoli e valute per la ricezione online dei prezzi</h3></div></div></div><p>Per avere il supporto alla ricezione delle quotazioni online per una particolare azione o fondo comune, è necessario prima di tutto abilitare la ricezione delle quotazioni online e selezionare la fonte dall’editor del titolo. Per icevere invece i tassi di cambio delle valute, è necessario che sia solamente abilitata l’opzione per le quotazioni online, che venga selezionato il fuso orario e che sai attivata l’opzione <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ricevi quotazioni</span>»</span> nell’"editor titoli".</p><p>Istruzioni dettagliate sono reperibili nella se!
 zione sulla creazione di nuovi conti. <a class="xref" href="acct-create.html#Online-price-setup" title="5.4.1.1. Procedura per abilitare l’aggiornamento dei prezzi online">Sezione 5.4.1.1, «Procedura per abilitare l’aggiornamento dei prezzi online»</a></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-price.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-calc.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.6. Editor prezzi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.8. Calcolatrice finanziaria</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tools-on-line-banking.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tools-on-line-banking.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tools-on-line-banking.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.5. Procedura guidata per l'HBCI (Online Banking)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario"><link rel="next" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Editor prezzi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.5. Procedura guidata per l'<acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="stock-split.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-price.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l'HBCI (Online Banking)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tools-on-line-banking"></a>7.5. Procedura guidata per l'<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione è "in costruzione - ogni contributo è benvenuto!!".</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La procedura guidata per l'<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> p!
 ermette di creare e modificare i dati necessari per accedere alle transazioni registarte dall'online banking. Attualmente, le istruzioni più complete per questo procedimento sono nella wiki di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> all'indirizzo <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Setting_up_OFXDirectConnect_in_GnuCash_2" target="_top">Setting up OFXDirectConnect in GnuCash 2</a>. Se la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione dell'Online Banking</strong></span> non appare nel proprio menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span>, verificare di essere nella finestra della struttura dei conti o nella scheda del registro.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="stock-split.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-price.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. Editor prezzi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.5. Procedura guidata per l’HBCI (Online Banking)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario"><link rel="next" href="tool-price.html" title="7.6. Editor prezzi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.5. Procedura guidata per l’<acronym xmlns="" class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="stock-split.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-price.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.5. Procedura guidata per l’HBCI (Online Banking)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tools-on-line-banking"></a>7.5. Procedura guidata per l’<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking)</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione è "in costruzione - ogni contributo è benvenuto!!".</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La procedura guidata per l’<acronym class="acronym">HBCI</!
 acronym> permette di creare e modificare i dati necessari per accedere alle transazioni registarte dall’online banking. Attualmente, le istruzioni più complete per questo procedimento sono nella wiki di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> all’indirizzo <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/Setting_up_OFXDirectConnect_in_GnuCash_2" target="_top">Setting up OFXDirectConnect in GnuCash 2</a>. Se la voce <span class="guilabel"><strong>Impostazione dell’Online Banking</strong></span> non appare nel proprio menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Strumenti</strong></span>, verificare di essere nella finestra della struttura dei conti o nella scheda del registro.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="stock-split.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tool-price.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. Editor prezzi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-copy.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-copy.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-copy.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.9. Copiare una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-split-remove.html" title="6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione"><link rel="next" href="acct-jump.html" title="6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.9. Copiare una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-split-remove.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-jump.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.9. Copiare una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-copy"></a>6.9. Copiare una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>La copia delle transazioni è disponile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span>. Il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> presenta i comandi <span class="guimenu"><strong>Taglia transazione</strong></span>, <span class="guimenu"><strong>Copia transazione</strong></span> e <span class="guimenu"><strong>Incolla transazione</strong></span> che pemettono di copiare, tagliare e incollare l'intera transazione in una nuova riga. Con questa procedura di copia verrà utilizzata la data mostrata nella nuova linea vuota.</p><p>La voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class=!
 "guimenuitem"><strong>Duplica transazione...</strong></span> o il pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> <span class="guibutton">Duplica</span>, a differenza del comando <span class="guilabel"><strong>Copia</strong></span>, permettono di scegliere una nuova data.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la transazione da duplicare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Duplica transazione...</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una finestra dal nome <span class="emphasis"><strong>Duplica la transazione</strong></span> richiederà la data e il numero della transazione stessa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per aggiungere la transazione al registro.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-split-remove.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-jump.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.9. Copiare una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-split-remove.html" title="6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione"><link rel="next" href="acct-jump.html" title="6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.9. Copiare una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-split-remove.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-jump.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.9. Copiare una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-copy"></a>6.9. Copiare una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>La copia delle transazioni è disponile dal menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span>. Il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> presenta i comandi <span class="guimenu"><strong>Taglia transazione</strong></span>, <span class="guimenu"><strong>Copia transazione</strong></span> e <span class="guimenu"><strong>Incolla transazione</strong></span> che pemettono di copiare, tagliare e incollare l’intera transazione in una nuova riga. Con questa procedura di copia verrà utilizzata la data mostrata nella nuova linea vuota.</p><p>La voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span clas!
 s="guimenuitem"><strong>Duplica transazione...</strong></span> o il pulsante della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> <span class="guibutton">Duplica</span>, a differenza del comando <span class="guilabel"><strong>Copia</strong></span>, permettono di scegliere una nuova data.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare la transazione da duplicare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Duplica transazione...</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una finestra dal nome <span class="emphasis"><strong>Duplica la transazione</strong></span> richiederà la data e il numero della transazione stessa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per aggiungere la transazione al registro.</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-split-remove.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="acct-jump.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-delete.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-delete.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-delete.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.7. Cancellare una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-edit.html" title="6.6. Modificare una transazione"><link rel="next" href="trans-split-remove.html" title="6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.7. Cancellare una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-split-remove.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.7. Cancellare una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-delete"></a>6.7. Cancellare una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Se è necessario rimuovere una transazione dal registro, selezionarla e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> oppure andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Elimina transazione</strong></span>. Verrà visualizzata una finestra di conferma dell'eliminazione, a meno che non siano state cambiate le preferenze. La finestra propone due opzioni </p><p>E' possibile rimuovere anche solo alcune parti della transazione premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <span !
 class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>. La parte della transazione da cancellare può essere poi selezionata per l'eliminazione.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-split-remove.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.6. Modificare una transazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.7. Cancellare una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-edit.html" title="6.6. Modificare una transazione"><link rel="next" href="trans-split-remove.html" title="6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.7. Cancellare una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-split-remove.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.7. Cancellare una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-delete"></a>6.7. Cancellare una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Se è necessario rimuovere una transazione dal registro, selezionarla e premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> oppure andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Elimina transazione</strong></span>. Verrà visualizzata una finestra di conferma dell’eliminazione, a meno che non siano state cambiate le preferenze. La finestra propone due opzioni </p><p>È possibile rimuovere anche solo alcune parti della transazione premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <spa!
 n class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionando <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>. La parte della transazione da cancellare può essere poi selezionata per l’eliminazione.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-edit.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-split-remove.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.6. Modificare una transazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-edit.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-edit.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-edit.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.6. Modificare una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-currency-enter.html" title="6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla"><link rel="next" href="trans-delete.html" title="6.7. Cancellare una transazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.6. Modificare una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-currency-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.6. Modificare una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-edit"></a>6.6. Modificare una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Per modificare una transazione è sufficiente selezionare la parte della transazione stessa che si desidera modificare. Una volta effettuati i cambiamenti, premere il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, oppure selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> o andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisci Transazione</strong></span> per spostare il cursore nella riga successiva della transazione.</p><p>Per visualizzare maggiori dettagli relativi a una transazione nella modalità a libro mastro basilare, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton"!
 >Suddivisione</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-currency-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.7. Cancellare una transazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.6. Modificare una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-currency-enter.html" title="6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla"><link rel="next" href="trans-delete.html" title="6.7. Cancellare una transazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.6. Modificare una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-currency-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.6. Modificare una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-edit"></a>6.6. Modificare una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>Per modificare una transazione è sufficiente selezionare la parte della transazione che si desidera modificare. Una volta effettuati i cambiamenti, premere il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, oppure selezionare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> o andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisci Transazione</strong></span> per spostare il cursore nella riga successiva della transazione.</p><p>Per visualizzare maggiori dettagli relativi a una transazione nella modalità a libro mastro basilare, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddiv!
 isione</span> nella <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-currency-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-delete.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.7. Cancellare una transazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-enter.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-win-enter.html" title="6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi"><link rel="next" href="trans-multi-enter.html" title="6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-win-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-multi-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-enter"></a>6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</h2></div></div></div><p>All'apertura della finestra del registro per un conto, viene visualizzata la lista delle transazioni per quel conto. Questa finestra presenta lo stesso nome del conto sulla scheda. I menu contengono varie funzioni che permettono di modificare la visualizzazione delle transazioni. Anche la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> contiene delle funzioni comunemente utilizzate per manipolare le transazioni; esse sono descritte nella sezione <a class="xref" href="ch04s03.html#account-register" title="4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale">Sezione!
  4.3.1, «Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale»</a> di questo documento.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.3.1. Inserimento diretto dalla finestra del registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-reg-enter"></a>6.3.1. Inserimento diretto dalla finestra del registro</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra del registro può apparire lievemente differente in funzione delle opzioni di visualizzazione selezionate. Nel seguito verrà descritto il processo di inserimento di una singola transazione quando lo stile del registro è impostato a quello di "libro mastro basilare". Il cursore viene automaticamente posizionato nel campo della data all'apertura della finestra del registro.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionando la piccola icona a destra del campo della data, verrà visualizzato un calendario da cui è possibile selezionare la data. Utilizzare le frecce per selezionare il mese e l'anno corretto e infine selezionare il giorno. Premendo nuovamente la piccola icona verrà chiuso il calendario. E' anche possibile digitare dalla tastiera la data e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cercherà di completarla mentre si sta scrivendo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>. Qui è possibile assegnare un numero alla transazione quale, per esempio, il numero dell'assegno. Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> (più) verrà automaticamente assegnato un numero aumentato di una unità rispetto a quello dell'ultima transazione dotata di numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere di nuovo <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>. Qui è possibile inserire il nome del beneficiario o qualsiasi altra descrizione relativa alla trans!
 azione. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del beneficiario mentre si starà scrivendo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A questo punto possono accadere due fatti alla pressione del tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span>: se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> individua una transazione esistente corrispondente, il cursore salterà in uno dei campi per l'importo, compilando automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento; se si seleziona un campo qualsiasi con il mouse invece di utilizzare il tasto di tabulazione, non verrà compilato automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento. Se non ci sono transazioni esistenti corrispondenti, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sposterà il cursore nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> quando è visualizzata una sola riga per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando si digita all'interno del campo del conto, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del conto con quello di uno esistente. La ricerca avviene alfabeticamente, quindi digitando "Us" verrà individuato la sezione Uscite della lista dei conti. Quando è stata isolata la sezione, è possibile muoversi tra i conti figli premendo i <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (due punti). Se, dopo aver digitato "Us", premere <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span>, allora il cursore si sposterà nel primo conto figlio nella lista dei conti. La pressione di una combinazione di tasti e di <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> permette di muoversi rapidamente attraverso la struttura ad albero dei conti. L'icona triangolare a destra del riquadro del "Trasferimento" rappresenta un metodo alternativo per selezionare un conto; i tasti <span class="keycap"><strong>freccia sù</strong></span> e <span class="keycap"><strong>freccia giù</strong></span> permett!
 ono di muoversi nella lista dei conti visualizzata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il campo seguente (R) è relativo allo stato di riconciliazione della transazione ed è descritto nella sezione <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto">Sezione 5.8, «Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere ancora <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per spostarsi nel primo campo dell'importo. I nomi delle due colonne successive sono diversi in funzione del tipo di conto aperto. Per esempio, i conti bancari visualizzano i nomi "Deposito" e "Prelievo", i conti per le carte di credito mostrano "Pagamento" e "Addebito" mentre i conti per le azioni visualizzano "Quote", "Prezzo", "Compra" e "Vendi".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire un importo per la transazione nel campo corretto. Quando la transazione è "bilanciata" premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> o andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisci transazione</strong></span> verrà aggiunta al registro la transazione. Selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span> o andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Elimina transazione</strong></span> verrà cancellata la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Le transazioni con un unico conto di trasferimento mostreranno il nome di questo conto nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> nelle transazioni completate (il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> è il quarto (4) da sinistra nella finestra del registro).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per spostarsi alla transazione vuota alla fine del registro, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Vuota</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>!
 barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transazione vuota</strong></span>.</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-win-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-multi-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-win-enter.html" title="6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi"><link rel="next" href="trans-multi-enter.html" title="6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-win-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-multi-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-enter"></a>6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</h2></div></div></div><p>All’apertura della finestra del registro per un conto, viene visualizzata la lista delle transazioni per quel conto. Questa finestra presenta lo stesso nome del conto sulla scheda. I menu contengono varie funzioni che permettono di modificare la visualizzazione delle transazioni. Anche la <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> contiene delle funzioni comunemente utilizzate per manipolare le transazioni; esse sono descritte nella sezione <a class="xref" href="ch04s03.html#account-register" title="4.3.1. Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale">Sezio!
 ne 4.3.1, «Registro del conto e finestra del libro mastro generale»</a> di questo documento.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.3.1. Inserimento diretto dalla finestra del registro"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-reg-enter"></a>6.3.1. Inserimento diretto dalla finestra del registro</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra del registro può apparire lievemente differente in funzione delle opzioni di visualizzazione selezionate. Nel seguito verrà descritto il processo di inserimento di una singola transazione quando lo stile del registro è impostato a quello di "libro mastro basilare". Il cursore viene automaticamente posizionato nel campo della data all’apertura della finestra del registro.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionando la piccola icona a destra del campo della data, verrà visualizzato un calendario da cui è possibile selezionare la data. Utilizzare le frecce per selezionare il mese e l’anno corretto e infine selezionare il giorno. Premendo nuovamente la piccola icona verrà chiuso il calendario. È anche possibile digitare dalla tastiera la data e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cercherà di completarla mentre si sta scrivendo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>. Qui è possibile assegnare un numero alla transazione quale, per esempio, il numero dell’assegno. Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> (più) verrà automaticamente assegnato un numero aumentato di una unità rispetto a quello dell’ultima transazione dotata di numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere di nuovo <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>. Qui è possibile inserire il nome del beneficiario o qualsiasi altra descrizione relativa !
 alla transazione. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del beneficiario mentre si starà scrivendo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A questo punto possono accadere due fatti alla pressione del tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span>: se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> individua una transazione esistente corrispondente, il cursore salterà in uno dei campi per l’importo, compilando automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento; se si seleziona un campo qualsiasi con il mouse invece di utilizzare il tasto di tabulazione, non verrà compilato automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento. Se non ci sono transazioni esistenti corrispondenti, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sposterà il cursore nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> quando è visualizzata una sola riga per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando si digita all’interno del campo del conto, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del conto con quello di uno esistente. La ricerca avviene alfabeticamente, quindi digitando <span class="keycap"><strong>Us</strong></span> verrà individuato la sezione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> della lista dei conti. Quando è stata isolata la sezione, è possibile muoversi tra i conti figli premendo i <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (due punti). Se, dopo aver digitato <span class="keycap"><strong>Us</strong></span>, si preme <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span>, allora il cursore si sposterà nel primo conto figlio nella lista dei conti. La pressione di una combinazione di tasti e di <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> permette di muoversi rapidamente attraverso la struttura ad albero dei conti. L’icona triangolare a destra del riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></spa!
 n> rappresenta un metodo alternativo per selezionare un conto; i tasti <span class="keycap"><strong>freccia sù</strong></span> e <span class="keycap"><strong>freccia giù</strong></span> permettono di muoversi nella lista dei conti visualizzata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il campo seguente (R) è relativo allo stato di riconciliazione della transazione ed è descritto nella sezione <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto">Sezione 5.8, «Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere ancora <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per spostarsi nel primo campo dell’importo. I nomi delle due colonne successive sono diversi in funzione del tipo di conto aperto. Per esempio, i conti bancari visualizzano i nomi <span class="guilabel"><strong>Deposito</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span>, i conti per le carte di credito mostrano <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebito</strong></span> mentre i conti per le azioni visualizzano <span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Compra</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Vendi</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire un importo per la transazione nel campo corretto. Quando la transazione è <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">bilanciata</span>»</span> premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> o andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisci transazione</strong></span> verrà aggiunta al registro la transazione. Selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span> o andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><stro!
 ng>Elimina transazione</strong></span> verrà cancellata la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Le transazioni con un unico conto di trasferimento mostreranno il nome di questo conto nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> nelle transazioni completate (il campo <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> è il quarto (4) da sinistra nella finestra del registro).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per spostarsi alla transazione vuota alla fine del registro, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Vuota</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Transazione vuota</strong></span>.</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-win-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-multi-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-multi-enter.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-enter.html" title="6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro"><link rel="next" href="trans-currency-enter.html" title="6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-currency-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-multi-enter"></a>6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra del registro può apparire leggermente diversa in funzione delle opzioni di visualizzazione selezionate. Nel seguito verrà descritto il processo di inserimento di una transazione con suddivisioni multiple quando lo stile del registro è impostato a quello di <span class="guilabel"><strong>libro mastro basilare</strong></span>. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> una <span class="emphasis"><strong>suddivisione</strong></span> si ha quando il denaro è trasferito da o verso due o più conti per una stessa transazione. Il cursore viene automaticamente posizio!
 nato nel campo della data all'apertura della finestra del registro.</p><p>Le righe per i conti multipli non saranno visualizzate nella modalità a <span class="emphasis"><strong>libro mastro basilare</strong></span> a meno che non vengano selezionati o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> o l'opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi </strong></span></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionando la piccola icona a destra del campo della data, verrà visualizzato un calendario da cui è possibile selezionare la data. Usare le frecce per selezionare il mese e l'anno corretto e infine selezionare il giorno. Premendo nuovamente la piccola icona verrà chiuso il calendario. E' anche possibile digitare dalla tastiera la data e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cercherà di completarla mentre si sta scrivendo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>. Qui è possibile assegnare un numero alla transazione quale, per esempio, il numero dell'assegno. Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> (più) verrà automaticamente assegnato un numero aumentato di una unità rispetto a quello dell'ultima transazione dotata di numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere di nuovo <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>. Qui è possibile inserire il nome del beneficiario o qualsiasi altra descrizione relativa alla transazione. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del beneficiario mentre si scrive.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A questo punto possono accadere due fatti alla pressione del tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></spa!
 n>: se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> individua una transazione esistente corrispondente, il cursore salterà in uno dei campi per l'importo, compilando automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento; se si seleziona un campo qualsiasi con il mouse invece di utilizzare il tasto di tabulazione, non verrà compilato automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento. Se non ci sono transazioni esistenti corrispondenti, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sposterà il cursore nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> quando è visualizzata una sola riga per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando si digita all'interno del campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del conto. La ricerca avviene alfabeticamente, quindi digitando <span class="emphasis"><strong>Us</strong></span> verrà individuata la sezione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> della lista dei conti. Quando è stata isolata la sezione, è possibile muoversi tra i conti figli premendo i <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (due punti). Se, dopo aver digitato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Ex</strong></span> si preme <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span>, allora il cursore si sposterà nel primo sottoconto nella lista dei conti. La pressione di una combinazione di lettere e dei <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> permette di muoversi rapidamente attraverso la struttura ad albero dei conti. La piccola icona a destra del riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> rappresenta un metodo alternativo per selezionare un conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il campo seguente (R) è relativo allo stato di riconciliazione della transazione ed è descritto in <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a un estratto con!
 to">Sezione 5.8, «Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto»</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere ancora <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per spostarsi nel primo campo dell'importo. I nomi delle due colonne successive sono diversi in funzione del tipo di conto aperto. Per esempio, i conti bancari visualizzano i nomi "Deposito" e "Prelievo", i conti per le carte di credito mostrano "Pagamento" e "Addebito" mentre i conti per le azioni visualizzano "Quote", "Prezzo", "Compra" e "Vendi".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire l'importo della transazione nel campo corretto. Prima di premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> si legga il passo successivo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per inserire delle ulteriori suddivisioni, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>.  Per le transazioni che contengono più di una suddivisione, viene visualizzata la dicitura <span class="emphasis"><strong>--Transazione suddivisa--</strong></span> e sarà necessario utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> per mostrarne i dettagli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La transazione verrà espansa, i titoli delle colonne dell'importo cambieranno e l'intestazione della colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> sarà vuota. La prima riga contiene la descrizione e l'importo della transazione. La seconda riga contiene il nome del conto attualmente aperto nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span> e l'importo della transazione. La terza riga contiene il nome del conto di trasferimento nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>. Se l'importo non risulta bilanciato,<strong class="application"><code>GnuCa!
 sh</code></strong> lo indicha inserendo delle celle grigie nelle colonne dell'importo e riportando l'ammontare non bilanciato nell'ultima riga vuota del registro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando viene selezionata una delle righe più corte, le intestazioni delle colonne cambiano. La prima e l'ultima (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span>) non avranno un titolo; <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span> cambierà in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> e la colonna vuota del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> cambierà il titolo in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>. Le ultime due colonne dell'importo visualizzeranno i titoli descritti al passo sette.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>I campi <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> sono opzionali in questa fase; il primo può contenere una descrizione del tipo di conto di trasferimento coinvolto mentre il secondo è destinato a una descrizione aggiuntiva della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Move to the missing amount field on the third line and fill in the amount. Premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> o andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione -> Inserisci transazione</strong></span> si sposterà il cursore nella riga successiva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La colonna del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span> contiene una lista dei conti di trasferimento. Questa colonna è utilizzata per aggiungere delle suddivisioni. Il metodo descritto al passo cinque, può essere utilizzato per selezionare un ulteriore conto su una riga vuota. Si possono aggiungere quante suddivisioni si deside!
 rano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando la transazione è bilanciata, le celle grigie spariranno come anche l'importo visualizzato nell'ultima riga vuota.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, come descritto più sopra, si salterà alla transazione successiva. Selezionando la transazione successiva verrà chiusa automaticamente la suddivisione oppure si potrà chiuderla manualmente premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> oppure selezionando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-currency-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-enter.html" title="6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro"><link rel="next" href="trans-currency-enter.html" title="6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-currency-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-multi-enter"></a>6.4. Transazioni con suddivisioni multiple</h2></div></div></div><p>La finestra del registro può apparire leggermente diversa in funzione delle opzioni di visualizzazione selezionate. Nel seguito verrà descritto il processo di inserimento di una transazione con suddivisioni multiple quando lo stile del registro è impostato a quello di <span class="guilabel"><strong>libro mastro basilare</strong></span>. In <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> una <span class="emphasis"><strong>suddivisione</strong></span> si ha quando il denaro è trasferito da o verso due o più conti per una stessa transazione. Il cursore viene automaticamente posizio!
 nato nel campo della data all’apertura della finestra del registro.</p><p>Le righe per i conti multipli non saranno visualizzate nella modalità a <span class="emphasis"><strong>libro mastro basilare</strong></span> a meno che non vengano selezionati o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> o l’opzione <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi </strong></span></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionando la piccola icona a destra del campo della data, verrà visualizzato un calendario da cui è possibile selezionare la data. Usare le frecce per selezionare il mese e l’anno corretto e infine selezionare il giorno. Premendo nuovamente la piccola icona verrà chiuso il calendario. È anche possibile digitare dalla tastiera la data e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> cercherà di completarla mentre si sta scrivendo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span>. Qui è possibile assegnare un numero alla transazione quale, per esempio, il numero dell’assegno. Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span> (più) verrà automaticamente assegnato un numero aumentato di una unità rispetto a quello dell’ultima transazione dotata di numero.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere di nuovo <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per selezionare o spostarsi nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>. Qui è possibile inserire il nome del beneficiario o qualsiasi altra descrizione relativa alla transazione. <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del beneficiario mentre si scrive.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A questo punto possono accadere due fatti alla pressione del tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</st!
 rong></span>: se <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> individua una transazione esistente corrispondente, il cursore salterà in uno dei campi per l’importo, compilando automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento; se si seleziona un campo qualsiasi con il mouse invece di utilizzare il tasto di tabulazione, non verrà compilato automaticamente il campo del conto di trasferimento. Se non ci sono transazioni esistenti corrispondenti, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> sposterà il cursore nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> quando è visualizzata una sola riga per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando si digita all’interno del campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span>, <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> tenterà di completare automaticamente il nome del conto. La ricerca avviene alfabeticamente, quindi digitando <span class="emphasis"><strong>Us</strong></span> verrà individuata la sezione <span class="emphasis"><strong>Uscite</strong></span> della lista dei conti. Quando è stata isolata la sezione, è possibile muoversi tra i conti figli premendo i <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> (due punti). Se, dopo aver digitato <span class="emphasis"><strong>Ex</strong></span> si preme <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span>, allora il cursore si sposterà nel primo sottoconto nella lista dei conti. La pressione di una combinazione di lettere e dei <span class="keycap"><strong>:</strong></span> permette di muoversi rapidamente attraverso la struttura ad albero dei conti. La piccola icona a destra del riquadro del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> rappresenta un metodo alternativo per selezionare un conto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il campo seguente (R) è relativo allo stato di riconciliazione della transazione ed è descritto in <a class="xref" href="acct-reconcile.html" title="5.8. Riconciliare un conto a u!
 n estratto conto">Sezione 5.8, «Riconciliare un conto a un estratto conto»</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premere ancora <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> per spostarsi nel primo campo dell’importo. I nomi delle due colonne successive sono diversi in funzione del tipo di conto aperto. Per esempio, i conti bancari visualizzano i nomi <span class="guilabel"><strong>Deposito</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prelievo</strong></span>, i conti per le carte di credito mostrano <span class="guilabel"><strong>Pagamento</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Addebito</strong></span> mentre i conti per le azioni visualizzano <span class="guilabel"><strong>Quote</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Prezzo</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Compra</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Vendi</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire l’importo della transazione nel campo corretto. Prima di premere <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> o <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span> leggere il passo successivo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Per inserire delle ulteriori suddivisioni, premere il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare la voce <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>.  Per le transazioni che contengono più di una suddivisione, viene visualizzata la dicitura <span class="emphasis"><strong>--Transazione suddivisa--</strong></span> e sarà necessario utilizzare il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> per mostrarne i dettagli.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La transazione verrà espansa, i titoli delle colonne dell’importo cambieranno e l’intestazione della colonna <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> sarà vuota. La prima riga contiene la descrizione e l’impor!
 to della transazione. La seconda riga contiene il nome del conto attualmente aperto nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span> e l’importo della transazione. La terza riga contiene il nome del conto di trasferimento nel campo del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>. Se l’importo non risulta bilanciato,<strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> lo indicha inserendo delle celle grigie nelle colonne dell’importo e riportando l’ammontare non bilanciato nell’ultima riga vuota del registro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando viene selezionata una delle righe più corte, le intestazioni delle colonne cambiano. La prima e l’ultima (<span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Saldo</strong></span>) non avranno un titolo; <span class="guilabel"><strong>Nr.</strong></span> cambierà in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> e la colonna vuota del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferimento</strong></span> cambierà il titolo in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span>. Le ultime due colonne dell’importo visualizzeranno i titoli descritti al passo sette.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>I campi <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazione</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> sono opzionali in questa fase; il primo può contenere una descrizione del tipo di conto di trasferimento coinvolto mentre il secondo è destinato a una descrizione aggiuntiva della transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sposta il cursore nel campo dell'importo mancante sulla terza riga e lo completa. Premendo il tasto <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, selezionando il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Inserisci</span> o andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Inserisc!
 i transazione</strong></span> il cursore verrà posizionato sulla riga successiva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La colonna del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto</strong></span> contiene una lista dei conti di trasferimento. Questa colonna è utilizzata per aggiungere delle suddivisioni. Il metodo descritto al passo cinque, può essere utilizzato per selezionare un ulteriore conto su una riga vuota. Si possono aggiungere quante suddivisioni si desiderano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando la transazione è bilanciata, le celle grigie spariranno come anche l’importo visualizzato nell’ultima riga vuota.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Premendo <span class="keycap"><strong>Invio</strong></span>, come descritto più sopra, si salterà alla transazione successiva. Selezionando la transazione successiva verrà chiusa automaticamente la suddivisione oppure si potrà chiuderla manualmente premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> oppure selezionando la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span>.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-enter.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-currency-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.5. Transazioni in valuta multipla</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-online.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-online.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-online.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.14. Operazioni online...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni"><link rel="next" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.14. Operazioni online...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.14. Operazioni online..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-online"></a>6.14. Operazioni online...</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione è "in costruzione - ogni contributo è benvenuto!!".</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.1. Ricevi saldo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933793"></a>6.14.1. Ricevi saldo</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.2. Ricev!
 i transazioni ..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933800"></a>6.14.2. Ricevi transazioni ...</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.3. Inoltra transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933806"></a>6.14.3. Inoltra transazione</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.4. Addebito diretto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933813"></a>6.14.4. Addebito diretto</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.13. Stampare gli assegni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.15. Libro mastro generale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.14. Operazioni online...</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="print-check.html" title="6.13. Stampare gli assegni"><link rel="next" href="general-ledger.html" title="6.15. Libro mastro generale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.14. Operazioni online...</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.14. Operazioni online..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-online"></a>6.14. Operazioni online...</h2></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Questa sezione è "in costruzione - ogni contributo è benvenuto!!".</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.1. Ricevi saldo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906399"></a>6.14.1. Ricevi saldo</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.2. Ricev!
 i transazioni ..."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906405"></a>6.14.2. Ricevi transazioni ...</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.3. Inoltra transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906412"></a>6.14.3. Inoltra transazione</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="6.14.4. Addebito diretto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906418"></a>6.14.4. Addebito diretto</h3></div></div></div><p></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="print-check.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="general-ledger.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.13. Stampare gli assegni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.15. Libro mastro generale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-loans.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-loans.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-loans.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio"><link rel="next" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-slr.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="stock-split.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-sched-loans"></a>7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa procedura guidata crea una transazione pianificata per il rimborso di un prestito. Quando è utilizzato per creare una transazione pianificata, l'assistente crea una formula variabile in modo che l'interesse composto venga correttamente calcolato. Per avviare l'assistente occorre selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</strong></span> dal menu principale.</p><p>L'assistente per il rimborso di mutui e ipoteche presenta all'avvio una schermata che descrive brevemente la sua funzione!
 . I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra rimarranno invariati in tutte le finestre dell'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dall'assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata. Qualunque scelta fatta all'interno dell'assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> permette di avanzare nella procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata seguente permette di inserire le informazioni essenziali per il prestito. Queste sono fornite normalmente dalla banca al momento della firma dei documenti da parte del debitore. Qui è inoltre possibile impostare il conto che la transazione pianificata utilizzerà per inoltrare il pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto del mutuo:</strong></span> scegliere un conto per le transazioni di pagamento del mutuo o utilizzare il tasto «Nuovo...» per creare un nuovo conto per le transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo:</strong></span> l'ammontare del prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso d'interesse:</strong></span> inserire il tasso di interesse applicato al prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> scegliere il tipo di prestito. Se viene impostato il tasso fisso, il riquadro della frequenza è disabilitato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza di variazione del tasso di interesse:</strong></span> scegliere la frequenza con cui il tasso cambia e la data di inizio del cambiamento.</p></li><li class="l!
 istitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d'inizio:</strong></span> selezionare la data in cui il prestito è stato acceso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Durata:</strong></span> inserire la durata del prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mesi rimanenti:</strong></span> questo valore dovrebbe essere calcolato automaticamente. Scegliere il numero di mesi che mancano all'estinzione del prestito.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva è destinata all'impostazione del conto di garanzia, dell'assicurazione e delle opzioni delle tasse per il prestito; e' utile soprattutto per i pagamenti dei mutui. Quando ognuna di queste opzioni è impostata, vengono abilitate delle pagine aggiuntive nell'assistente per impostare queste voci del pagamento. Tutte le pagine verranno descritte in questa sezione anche se alcune potrebbero non venire visualizzate se l'opzione corrispondente non è stata scelta.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>... usare un conto destinato a garanzia per i pagamenti?: questa opzione abilita l'utilizzo di un conto impostato per tracciare i pagamenti a garanzia. Se il mutuo o il prestito utilizzano un conto destinato a garanzia per il pagamento delle tasse, dell'assicurazione ecc... allora si imposti il conto qui.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare imposte?: aggiunge una schermata per impostare una transazione pianificata dedicata al pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare assicurazione?: aggiunge una schermata per impostare una transazione pianificata dedicata al pagamento dell'assicurazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare "PMI"?: aggiunge una schermata per impostare una transazione pianificata per il pagamento della PMI (Private Mortgage Insurance = assicurazione privata sul mutuo).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare altre uscite?: aggiunge una schermata addizionale per impostare una transazione pianificata dedicata !
 al pagamento delle "altre spese" relative al prestito.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il rimborso del mutuo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: visualizza le variabili utilizzate per il calcolo della rata da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui pagare il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Capitale a: scegliere un conto in cui trasferire il pagamento della parte del prestito per il rimborso del capitale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Interessi a: scegliere un conto in cui trasferire il pagamento della parte del prestito per il rimborso degli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Remainder to: Choose an account to transfer the rest of the payment amount to.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza: selezionare la frequenza delle rate e la data di inizio del rimborso.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento delle tasse.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l'importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento delle imposte.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare !
 i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento dell'assicurazione.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l'importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento della PMI.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento della PMI.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento della PMI.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento dell'assicurazione privata sui mutui ipotecari.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l'importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento dell'importo dell'assicurazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento dell'assicurazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento dell'assicurazione.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="list!
 item"><p>Importo: inserire l'importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l'importo per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p></li></ul></div><p>L'ultima schermata fornisce una lista di tre scelte possibili per terminare l'assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dall'assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata per il prestito. Qualunque scelta fatta all'interno dell'assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Indietro</strong></span> riporterà alla schermata precedente permettendo la modifica delle opzioni immesse in precedenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Applica</strong></span> terminerà l'assistente e creerà la transazione pianificata.</p></li></ul></div><p>Ora si dovrebbe avere la transazione pianificata per il rimborso del mutuo o del prestito, impostata correttamente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-slr.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="stock-split.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.4. Registrare un fraz!
 ionamento azionario</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio"><link rel="next" href="stock-split.html" title="7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-slr.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="stock-split.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-sched-loans"></a>7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</h2></div></div></div><p>Questa procedura guidata crea una transazione pianificata per il rimborso di un prestito. Quando è utilizzato per creare una transazione pianificata, l’assistente crea una formula variabile in modo che l’interesse composto venga correttamente calcolato. Per avviare l’assistente occorre selezionare <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche...</strong></span> dal menu principale.’</p><p>L’assistente per il rimborso di mutui e ipoteche presenta all’avvio una schermata che descrive brevemente !
 la sua funzione. I tre pulsanti in basso nella finestra rimarranno invariati in tutte le finestre dell’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dall’assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata. Qualunque scelta fatta all’interno dell’assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> permette di avanzare nella procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata seguente permette di inserire le informazioni essenziali per il prestito. Queste sono fornite normalmente dalla banca al momento della firma dei documenti da parte del debitore. Qui è inoltre possibile impostare il conto che la transazione pianificata utilizzerà per inoltrare il pagamento.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Conto del mutuo:</strong></span> scegliere un conto per le transazioni di pagamento del mutuo o utilizzare il tasto «Nuovo...» per creare un nuovo conto per le transazioni.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo:</strong></span> l’ammontare del prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso d’interesse:</strong></span> inserire il tasso di interesse applicato al prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Tipo:</strong></span> scegliere il tipo di prestito. Se viene impostato il tasso fisso, il riquadro della frequenza è disabilitato.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza di variazione del tasso di interesse:</strong></span> scegliere la frequenza con cui il tasso cambia e la data di inizio del cambia!
 mento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d’inizio:</strong></span> selezionare la data in cui il prestito è stato acceso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Durata:</strong></span> inserire la durata del prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Mesi rimanenti:</strong></span> questo valore dovrebbe essere calcolato automaticamente. Scegliere il numero di mesi che mancano all’estinzione del prestito.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva è destinata all’impostazione del conto di garanzia, dell’assicurazione e delle opzioni delle tasse per il prestito; È utile soprattutto per i pagamenti dei mutui. Quando ognuna di queste opzioni è impostata, vengono abilitate delle pagine aggiuntive nell’assistente per impostare queste voci del pagamento. Tutte le pagine verranno descritte in questa sezione anche se alcune potrebbero non venire visualizzate se l’opzione corrispondente non è stata scelta.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>... usare un conto destinato a garanzia per i pagamenti?: questa opzione abilita l’utilizzo di un conto impostato per tracciare i pagamenti a garanzia. Se il mutuo o il prestito utilizzano un conto destinato a garanzia per il pagamento delle tasse, dell’assicurazione ecc... allora si imposti il conto qui.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare imposte?: aggiunge una schermata per impostare una transazione pianificata dedicata al pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare assicurazione?: aggiunge una schermata per impostare una transazione pianificata dedicata al pagamento dell’assicurazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare "PMI"?: aggiunge una schermata per impostare una transazione pianificata per il pagamento della PMI (Private Mortgage Insurance = assicurazione privata sul mutuo).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>... pagare altre uscite?: aggiunge una schermata addizionale per im!
 postare una transazione pianificata dedicata al pagamento delle altre spese relative al prestito.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il rimborso del mutuo.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: visualizza le variabili utilizzate per il calcolo della rata da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui pagare il prestito.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Capitale a: scegliere un conto in cui trasferire il pagamento della parte del prestito per il rimborso del capitale.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Interessi a: scegliere un conto in cui trasferire il pagamento della parte del prestito per il rimborso degli interessi.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Remainder to: Choose an account to transfer the rest of the payment amount to.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza: selezionare la frequenza delle rate e la data di inizio del rimborso.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento delle tasse.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l’importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento delle tasse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento delle imposte.</p></li></ul></div>!
 <p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento dell’assicurazione.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l’importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento della PMI.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento della PMI.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento della PMI.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento dell’assicurazione privata sui mutui ipotecari.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l’importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento dell’importo dell’assicurazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento dell’assicurazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento dell’assicurazione.</p></li></ul></div><p>La schermata successiva permette di impostare i dettagli della transazione pianificata per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nome: il nome che, immesso in questo campo, verrà utilizzato per identificare la transazione!
  pianificata, la sua descrizione e il promemoria.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Importo: inserire l’importo da pagare.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento da: scegliere un conto da cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pagamento a: scegliere un conto verso cui trasferire l’importo per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Frequenza di pagamento: selezionare la frequenza e la data di inizio per il pagamento delle altre spese.</p></li></ul></div><p>L’ultima schermata fornisce una lista di tre scelte possibili per terminare l’assistente.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dall’assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata per il prestito. Qualunque scelta fatta all’interno dell’assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Indietro</strong></span> riporterà alla schermata precedente permettendo la modifica delle opzioni immesse in precedenza.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Termina</strong></span> terminerà l’assistente e creerà la transazione pianificata.</p></li></ul></div><p>Ora si dovrebbe avere la transazione pianificata per il rimborso del mutuo o del prestito, impostata correttamente.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-sched-slr.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="stock-split.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href=!
 "ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.4. Registrare un frazionamento azionario</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched-slr.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tool-find.html" title="7.1. Trovare le transazioni"><link rel="next" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-find.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-sched-slr"></a>7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio</h2></div></div></div><p>L'assistente "dall'ultimo avvio" viene avviato automaticamente quando si esegue <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>; permette di inserire nel registro qualsiasi transazione il cui inserimento automatico sta per avvenire. L'esecuzione all'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> può essere modificata nella finestra delle preferenze. Per eseguire l'assistente manualmente, andare in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall'ultimo avvio...</strong></span></p><p>L'assistente "Dall'ultimo avvio" salterà autom!
 aticamente ogni schermata che non ha transazioni. Nel seguito vengono descritte tutte le schermate possibili che potranno essere visualizzate dall'assistente. I tre pulsanti in basso nella schermata, non cambieranno durante l'utilizzo della procedura guidata.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Annulla</strong></span> permette di uscire dall'assistente e annullare l'inserimento della transazione. Qualsiasi scelta effettuata nella procedura guidata fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Avanti</span> permette di avanzare nella procedura.</p></li></ul></div><p>La prima schermata mostra la pagina delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni in scadenza</strong></span>. Nella lista sono indicate le transazioni pianificate per le quali è stato impostata la visualizzazione di un promemoria in anticipo di un certo numero di giorni. La pagina contiene tre colonne: la prima riporta il nome della transazione pianificata e la relativa data di scadenza; la seconda riporta la frequenza della transazione pianificata; infine la terza indica il numero di giorni restanti prima dell'inserimento della transazione pianificata. Per creare qualsiasi transazione presente nella lista invece di essere solo ricordata, selezionare la riga della data; in questo modo la transazione verrà inserita nella lista delle transazioni nella pagina di "preparazione delle transazioni da creare".</p><p>La schermata successiva visualizza la pagina di<span class="guilabel"><strong>Auto-Created Transactions Notification</strong></span>. Qui sono riportate le transazioni pianificate che sono state impostate per essere automaticamente create e di cui è stata richiesta la notifica di creazione. Ogni transa!
 zione è visualizzata in un stile di registro che mostra i dettagli delle eventuali suddivisioni presenti nella transazione.</p><p>La schermata seguente mostra la pagina delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>To-Create Transaction Preparation</strong></span>. Qui sono elencate le transazioni pianificate che stanno per essere inserite nel registro. La schermata è divisa in tre riquadri: quello superiore a sinistra contiene la lista delle transazioni che stanno per essere automaticamente inserite; quello in alto a destra permette di cambiare la disposizione e mostra le variabili utilizzate per creare la transazione (non modificabili); infine, il riquadro in basso elenca in sola lettura tutte le transazioni pronte per essere inserite.</p><p>La schermata successiva mostra la pagina del <span class="guilabel"><strong>Created Transaction Review</strong></span>. Qui è riportata la lista delle transazioni che stanno per essere create e permette di effettuare le modifiche finali. La lista è in stile registro in modo da visualizzare anche i dettagli delle eventuali suddivisioni presenti nella transazione. Queste sono modificabili allo stesso modo delle transazioni nel registro.</p><p>L'ultima schermata mostra la pagina delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Obsolete Scheduled Transactions</strong></span>. Qui è riportata una lista delle transazioni pianificate che possono essere eliminate poichè la pianificazione è giunta al termine. Selezionare quelle che si desidera rimuovere.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dall'assistente e cancellare la creazione della transazione pianificata per il prestito. Qualunque scelta fatta all'interno dell'assistente fino a questo punto, verrà persa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Indietro</span> farà apparire la schermata precedente in modo da poter modificare una selezione fatta in quella finestra.</p></li><li class="listit!
 em"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Termina</strong></span> crea i conti che sono stati selezionati.</p></li></ul></div><p>L'assistente "Dall'ultimo avvio" ha ora aggiunto le transazioni pianificate al registro.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-find.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.1. Trovare le transazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_AccRegTools.html" title="Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti"><link rel="prev" href="tool-find.html" title="7.1. Trovare le transazioni"><link rel="next" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-find.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 7. Strumenti e assistenti</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-sched-slr"></a>7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio</h2></div></div></div><p>L’assistente <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span> viene avviato automaticamente quando si esegue <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>; permette di inserire nel registro qualsiasi transazione il cui inserimento automatico sta per avvenire. L’esecuzione all’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> può essere modificata nella finestra delle preferenze di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> all’interno della scheda <a class="link" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched" title="9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate">Transazioni pianificate</a>. Per eseguire l’assistente manualmente, and!
 are in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio...</strong></span></p><p>Nella finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio...</strong></span> sono presenti tre colonne:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazione</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Il nome assegnato nell’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> che identifica la transazione pianificata.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Stato</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Il valore del campo  <span class="guilabel"><strong>State</strong></span> può essere uno tra i seguenti:</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Fare clic nel campo della colonna dello <span class="guilabel"><strong>Stato</strong></span> relativa a una transazione per modificarne lo stato (questa opzione è disponibile solamente se il campo dello <span class="guilabel"><strong>stato</strong></span> non è vuoto)</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Ignora</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Se viene visualizzata una transazione pianificata, da creare o come promemoria, l’utente può impostare lo stato a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ignorato</strong></span> per scartare l’inserimento. La transazione pianificata non verrà inserita nel registro e la transazione verrò ricordata solamente nell’occorrenza successiva. Per esempio,!
  se è stato impostato un promemoria per una transazione relativa a un trasferimento di 500€ alla fine del mese verso il proprio conto <span class="emphasis"><strong>risparmi</strong></span>, e questo mese si è acquistato un nuovo computer a causa del quale non si avrà la disponibilità di quella cifra, si potrà impostare lo stato della transazione a <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ignorato</strong></span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Posticipato</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Se una transazione pianificata e identificata come <span class="guilabel"><strong>Da creare</strong></span> ma la si vuole trattenere evitando che venga inserita nel registro, si può cambiarne lo stato in <span class="guilabel"><strong>Posticipato</strong></span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Si è a <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> giorni dalla data di scadenza della transazione pianificata. Il numero di giorni <span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span> con cui segnalare in anticipo la scadenza di una transazione pianificata, può essere impostato o nella scheda <a class="link" href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched" title="9.2.11. Transazioni pianificate">Transazioni pianificate</a> delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Preferenze di GnuCash</strong></span> o nella scheda <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generali</strong></span> dell’<a class="link" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Editor transazioni pianificate</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="guilabel"><strong>Da creare</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>La transazione pianificata verrà creata automaticamente alla pressione del pulsante <span class="guibutton">Ok</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong><span class="emphasis"><strong>Vuoto</strong></span></strong></span></dt><dd><p>Un campo vuoto significa che non è previs!
 ta alcuna operazione per la transazione pianificata.</p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div><p>Nella parte inferiore della finestra sono presenti due pulsanti:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> permette di uscire dalla finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio...</strong></span> senza creare le transazioni pianificate.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Il pulsante<span class="guibutton">Ok</span> chiude la finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio</strong></span> e applica le operazioni in sospeso.</p></li></ul></div><p>Nella parte inferiore destra della finestra <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio...</strong></span> è possibile abilitare l’opzione <span class="guilabel"><strong>Controlla le transazioni create</strong></span>. Abilitandola, quando sono presenti una o più transazioni <span class="guilabel"><strong>Da creare</strong></span>, premendo il tasto <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> verrà aperta una finestra del registro in cui sono visualizzati dettagli della transazione inserita automaticamente da <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tool-find.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-sched-loans.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.1. Trovare le transazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_AccRegTools.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-sched.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="acct-jump.html" title="6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto"><link rel="next" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-jump.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="sched-editor.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-sched"></a>6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>Le transazioni pianificate consentono di essere avvisati o di inserire automaticamente le transazioni in una data specificata. Questa proprietà combinata con l'assistente <span class="emphasis"><strong>Dall'ultimo avvio... </strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall'ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall'ultimo avvio»</a>) permette di rivedere e inserire le transazioni. L'assistente per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3, «Assistente!
  per mutui e ipoteche»</a>) permette di configurare una transazione pianificata per ripagare un prestito con un tasso di interesse composto. L'"editor transazioni pianificate" (<a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a>) permette di creare e modificare le transazioni che stanno per essere inserite automaticamente nel registro.</p><p>Il metodo più semplice per configurare una transazione pianificata consiste nell'utilizzare come modello una transazione esistente nella finestra del registro di un conto. Selezionare la transazione da utilizzare come modello e poi selezionare o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pianifica</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Pianifica...</strong></span>. Verrà aperta la finestra dal titolo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Crea Transazione pianificata</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome:</strong></span> inserire un nome per la transazione pianificata. Questo verrà utilizzato nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza:</strong></span> selezionare l'intervallo di tempo intercorrente tra due pianificazioni. Le date in cui la transazione verrà inserita saranno visualizzate nel mini calendario in basso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d'inizio:</strong></span>selezionare una data iniziale per la transazione pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Senza fine:</strong></span> se la transazione non ha un termine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di termine:</strong></spa!
 n> selezionare una data finale per la transazione pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di occorrenze:</strong></span> inserire il numero di volte con cui si desidera che la transazione venga inserita nel registro.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Avanzate...</strong></span> apre la finestra dell'Editor transazioni pianificate per modificare la transazione. Questa è descritta nell'apposita sezione: <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="sched-trans-win"></a>6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra per le transazioni pianificate permette di accedere alla lista delle transazioni pianificate e di crearle, modificarle o eliminarle; fornisce anche un calendario. Fermando il cursore per qualche secondo su una data visualizzata dal calendario, verrà mostrata una piccola finestra contenente l'elenco delle transazioni pianificate per quella stessa data; per chiudere la piccola finestra è sufficiente premere su di essa un'altra volta. Le date evidenziate in giallo sul calendario rappresentano i giorni in cui sono pianificate delle transazioni.</p><p>Il riquadro superiore della finestra delle transazioni pianificate contiene una lista delle transazioni pianificate attualmente impostate. Questa lista elenca il nome della transazione, se questa è attiva ai fini della pianificazione, la frequenza (mese o giorno) con cui la transazione deve essere inserita, l'ultima data in cui è stata inserita e la prossima data in cui verrà inserita.</p><p>Sul lato destro del riquadro è presenta una freccia rivolta verso il basso che, quando premuta,che permette di selezionare le caratteristiche visualizzate. Togliendo la spunta a una voce,!
  questa verrà rimossa dal riquadro.</p><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> di questa finestra contiene tre pulsanti per creare, cancellare o modificare una transazione pianificata. Premendo i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> o <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span>, verrà aperto l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span>. Premendo invece <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span> verrà cancellata la transazione pianificata selezionata. Le stesse opzioni sono raggiungibili anche attraverso il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo/Modifica/Cancella</strong></span>, nella scheda della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p><p>Al di sotto della lista delle transazioni pianificate, è posizionato il calendario delle "prossime scadenze"; qui è visualizzato il calendario fino all'anno seguente e sono evidenziate le date in cui sono previste delle transazioni pianificate. Cliccando su di una data nel calendario, verrà aperta una finestra con la lista delle transazioni pianificate per quella stessa data. Spostando il puntatore al di sopra di un'altra data, cambierà di conseguenza anche la lista delle transazioni. Cliccando di nuovo sul calendario verrà chiusa la finestra contenente la lista delle transazioni.</p><p>La finestra per le transazioni pianificate è accessibile sia dalla scheda del conto che da quella del registro attraverso la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-jump.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" !
 align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="sched-editor.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="acct-jump.html" title="6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto"><link rel="next" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="acct-jump.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="sched-editor.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.11. Pianificare le transazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-sched"></a>6.11. Pianificare le transazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>Le transazioni pianificate consentono di essere avvisati o di inserire automaticamente le transazioni in una data specificata. Questa proprietà combinata con l’assistente <span class="guilabel"><strong>Dall’ultimo avvio... </strong></span>> (<a class="xref" href="trans-sched-slr.html" title="7.2. Assistente dall’ultimo avvio">Sezione 7.2, «Assistente dall’ultimo avvio»</a>) permette di rivedere e inserire le transazioni. L’assistente per il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Rimborso di mutui e ipoteche</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="trans-sched-loans.html" title="7.3. Assistente per mutui e ipoteche">Sezione 7.3!
 , «Assistente per mutui e ipoteche»</a>) permette di configurare una transazione pianificata per ripagare un prestito con un tasso di interesse composto. L’<span class="guilabel"><strong>editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span> (<a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a>) permette di creare e modificare le transazioni che stanno per essere inserite automaticamente nel registro.</p><p>Il metodo più semplice per configurare una transazione pianificata consiste nell’utilizzare come modello una transazione esistente nella finestra del registro di un conto. Selezionare la transazione da utilizzare come modello e poi selezionare o il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Pianifica</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Pianifica...</strong></span>. Verrà aperta la finestra dal titolo <span class="emphasis"><strong>Crea Transazione pianificata</strong></span>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Nome:</strong></span> inserire un nome per la transazione pianificata. Questo verrà utilizzato nel campo della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span> per la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Frequenza:</strong></span> selezionare l’intervallo di tempo intercorrente tra due pianificazioni. Le date in cui la transazione verrà inserita saranno visualizzate nel mini calendario in basso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data d’inizio:</strong></span>selezionare una data iniziale per la transazione pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Senza fine:</strong></span> se la transazione non ha un termine.</p></li><li class="listite!
 m"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Data di termine:</strong></span> selezionare una data finale per la transazione pianificata.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero di occorrenze:</strong></span> inserire il numero di volte con cui si desidera che la transazione venga inserita nel registro.</p></li></ul></div><p>Il pulsante <span class="guilabel"><strong>Avanzate...</strong></span> apre la finestra dell’Editor transazioni pianificate per modificare la transazione. Questa è descritta nell’apposita sezione: <a class="xref" href="sched-editor.html" title="6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata">Sezione 6.12, «Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata»</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="sched-trans-win"></a>6.11.1. Finestra della transazione pianificata</h3></div></div></div><p>La finestra per le transazioni pianificate permette di accedere alla lista delle transazioni pianificate e di crearle, modificarle o eliminarle; fornisce anche un calendario. Fermando il cursore per qualche secondo su una data visualizzata dal calendario, verrà mostrata una piccola finestra contenente l’elenco delle transazioni pianificate per quella stessa data; per chiudere la piccola finestra è sufficiente premere su di essa un’altra volta. Le date evidenziate in giallo sul calendario rappresentano i giorni in cui sono pianificate delle transazioni.</p><p>Il riquadro superiore della finestra delle transazioni pianificate contiene una lista delle transazioni pianificate attualmente impostate. Questa lista elenca il nome della transazione, se questa è attiva ai fini della pianificazione, la frequenza (mese o giorno) con cui la transazione deve essere inserita, l’ultima data in cui è stata inserita e la prossima data in cui verrà inserita.</p><p>Sul lato destro del riquadro è presenta una freccia rivolta verso il basso che, quando premuta,che permette di!
  selezionare le caratteristiche visualizzate. Togliendo la spunta a una voce, questa verrà rimossa dal riquadro.</p><p>La <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> di questa finestra contiene tre pulsanti per creare, cancellare o modificare una transazione pianificata. Premendo i pulsanti <span class="guibutton">Nuovo</span> o <span class="guibutton">Modifica</span>, verrà aperto l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span>. Premendo invece <span class="guibutton">Elimina</span> verrà cancellata la transazione pianificata selezionata. Le stesse opzioni sono raggiungibili anche attraverso il menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Pianifica</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuovo/Modifica/Cancella</strong></span>, nella scheda della <span class="guilabel"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p><p>Al di sotto della lista delle transazioni pianificate, è posizionato il calendario delle "prossime scadenze"; qui è visualizzato il calendario fino all’anno seguente e sono evidenziate le date in cui sono previste delle transazioni pianificate. Cliccando su di una data nel calendario, verrà aperta una finestra con la lista delle transazioni pianificate per quella stessa data. Spostando il puntatore al di sopra di un’altra data, cambierà di conseguenza anche la lista delle transazioni. Cliccando di nuovo sul calendario verrà chiusa la finestra contenente la lista delle transazioni.</p><p>La finestra per le transazioni pianificate è accessibile sia dalla scheda del conto che da quella del registro attraverso la voce del menu <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Transazioni pianificate</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Editor transazioni pianificate</strong></span>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a ac!
 cesskey="p" href="acct-jump.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="sched-editor.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.10. Saltare al registro di un altro conto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.12. Finestra di modifica della transazione pianificata</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-split-remove.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-split-remove.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-split-remove.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-delete.html" title="6.7. Cancellare una transazione"><link rel="next" href="trans-copy.html" title="6.9. Copiare una transazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-delete.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-copy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-split-remove"></a>6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>La rimozione delle suddivisioni da una transazione prevede che vengano eliminate tutte le suddivisioni a esclusione di quella relativa al conto aperto. Questa operazione rappresenta un metodo efficace per riutilizzare una transazione con suddivisioni multiple modificandola a piacimento (si noti che questo può essere fatto senza espandere la transazione, ma così facendo si rendono più visibili gli effetti dell'operazione).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Se lo stile del registro è impostato a libro mastro basilare, premere il pulsante <span clas!
 s="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span> per espandere la transazione selezionata. Se la modalità di visualizzazione del registro è un'altra, è sufficiente selezionare la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimuovi suddivisioni transazione</strong></span>.</p><p>Verrà aperta una finestra per confermare la cancellazione, a meno che non siano state cambiate le preferenze. Questa finestra presenta due opzioni: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>. La risposta verrà impostata in base all'opzione attivata. La scelta effettuata può essere annullata andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span>. <a class="xref" href="reset-warning.html" title="9.5. Ripristina avvisi...">Sezione 9.5, «Ripristina avvisi...»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tutti i conti e i relativi dettagli verranno rimossi a eccezione del conto attualmente aperto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'importo non risulterà bilanciato e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> lo indicherà inserendo delle celle grigie nelle colonne dell'importo e riportando l'ammontare non bilanciato nell'ultima riga vuota del registro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Modificare la transazione inserendo le nuove informazioni.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-delete.html"><<< Indietro</!
 a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-copy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.7. Cancellare una transazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.9. Copiare una transazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="trans-delete.html" title="6.7. Cancellare una transazione"><link rel="next" href="trans-copy.html" title="6.9. Copiare una transazione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-delete.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-copy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-split-remove"></a>6.8. Rimuovere le suddivisioni da una transazione</h2></div></div></div><p>La rimozione delle suddivisioni da una transazione prevede che vengano eliminate tutte le suddivisioni a esclusione di quella relativa al conto aperto. Questa operazione rappresenta un metodo efficace per riutilizzare una transazione con suddivisioni multiple modificandola a piacimento (si noti che questo può essere fatto senza espandere la transazione, ma così facendo si rendono più visibili gli effetti dell’operazione).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Se lo stile del registro è impostato a libro mastro basilare, premere il pulsante <span cl!
 ass="guibutton">Suddivisione</span> sulla <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> o selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Suddividi transazione</strong></span> per espandere la transazione selezionata. Se la modalità di visualizzazione del registro è un’altra, è sufficiente selezionare la transazione.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transazione</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Rimuovi suddivisioni transazione</strong></span>.</p><p>Verrà aperta una finestra per confermare la cancellazione, a meno che non siano state cambiate le preferenze. Questa finestra presenta due opzioni: <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo</strong></span> e <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ricordalo e non chiedermelo di nuovo in questa sessione</strong></span>. La risposta verrà impostata in base all’opzione attivata. La scelta effettuata può essere annullata andando in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Ripristina avvisi</strong></span>. <a class="xref" href="reset-warning.html" title="9.5. Ripristina avvisi...">Sezione 9.5, «Ripristina avvisi...»</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tutti i conti e i relativi dettagli verranno rimossi a eccezione del conto attualmente aperto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L’importo non risulterà bilanciato e <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> lo indicherà inserendo delle celle grigie nelle colonne dell’importo e riportando l’ammontare non bilanciato nell’ultima riga vuota del registro.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Modificare la transazione inserendo le nuove informazioni.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="trans-delete.html"><<&l!
 t; Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-copy.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.7. Cancellare una transazione </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.9. Copiare una transazione</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/trans-win-enter.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="reg-views.html" title="6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro"><link rel="next" href="trans-enter.html" title="6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reg-views.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-win-enter"></a>6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</h2></div></div></div><p>Il metodo descritto di seguito utilizza la finestra del trasferimento fondi per inserire una singola transazione. Questo procedimento permette di inserire con rapidità una singola transazione senza bisogno di aprire la finestra del registro. Per inserire delle transazioni multiple, si consiglia di utilizzare direttamente il registro. La finestra del trasferimento fondi è accessibile da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trasferisci</strong></span>, o premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Trasferimento</span> presente nella scheda del registro del conto.</p><div c!
 lass="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire nel riquadro delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di base</strong></span> l'<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span>, la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> e una <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>. Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero</strong></span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> sono opzionali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci da</strong></span>. Se questo conto appartiene alle entrate o alle uscite abilitare l'opzione apposita al di sotto del riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci da</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci a</strong></span>. Se questo conto appartiene alle entrate o alle uscite abilitare l'opzione apposita al di sotto del riquadro "Trasferisci a".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se i due conti hanno una valuta differente, verrà abilitata la sezione per il trasferimento in valuta dove sarà possibile inserire il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso di cambio</strong></span> o un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo a</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per inserire la transazione o <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> per chiudere la finestra senza inserire la transazione.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reg-views.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro </td><t!
 d width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html" title="Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni"><link rel="prev" href="reg-views.html" title="6.1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro"><link rel="next" href="trans-enter.html" title="6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reg-views.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 6. Operazioni comuni per le transazioni</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="trans-win-enter"></a>6.2. Finestra di trasferimento fondi</h2></div></div></div><p>Il metodo descritto di seguito utilizza la finestra del trasferimento fondi per inserire una singola transazione. Questo procedimento permette di inserire con rapidità una singola transazione senza bisogno di aprire la finestra del registro. Per inserire delle transazioni multiple, si consiglia di utilizzare direttamente il registro. La finestra del trasferimento fondi è accessibile da <span class="guimenu"><strong>Operazioni</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Trasferisci</strong></span>, o premendo il pulsante <span class="guibutton">Trasferimento</span> presente nella scheda del registro del conto.</p><div c!
 lass="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Inserire nel riquadro delle <span class="guilabel"><strong>Informazioni di base</strong></span> l’<span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo</strong></span>, la <span class="guilabel"><strong>Data</strong></span> e una <span class="guilabel"><strong>Descrizione</strong></span>. Il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Numero</strong></span> e il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Promemoria</strong></span> sono opzionali.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci da</strong></span>. Se questo conto appartiene alle entrate o alle uscite abilitare l’opzione apposita al di sotto del riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci da</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare il conto <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci da</strong></span>. Se questo conto appartiene alle entrate o alle uscite abilitare l’opzione apposita al di sotto del riquadro <span class="guilabel"><strong>Trasferisci da</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se i due conti hanno una valuta differente, verrà abilitata la sezione per il trasferimento in valuta dove sarà possibile inserire il <span class="guilabel"><strong>Tasso di cambio</strong></span> o un <span class="guilabel"><strong>Importo a</strong></span>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Selezionare <span class="guibutton">OK</span> per inserire la transazione o <span class="guibutton">Annulla</span> per chiudere la finestra senza inserire la transazione.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reg-views.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="trans-enter.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.!
 1. Cambiare la visualizzazione del registro </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="ch_Common_Trans_Ops.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Inserire una transazione dal registro</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tutorial.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tutorial.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/tutorial.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="prev" href="Help-Window.html" title="2.1. Accedere all'aiuto"><link rel="next" href="on-line-assistance.html" title="2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Help-Window.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="on-line-assistance.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tutorial"></a>2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>La guida è il complemento a questo aiuto; spiega infatti i concetti utilizzati in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e presenta un esempio che accompagna l'utente attraverso tutte le fasi dell'utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per gestire i propri conti. La guida verrà aperta se si sceglie <span class="guibutton">Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</span> nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</strong></sp!
 an>.</p><p>Per aprire questa guida selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Guida ai concetti e manuale</strong></span> dal menu.</p><p>Si raccomanda di leggere questa guida se si sta utilizzando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta o se non si ha familiarità con i concetti della contabilità.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Help-Window.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="on-line-assistance.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Accedere all'aiuto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza"><link rel="prev" href="Help-Window.html" title="2.1. Accedere all’aiuto"><link rel="next" href="on-line-assistance.html" title="2.3. Assistenza on-line di GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Help-Window.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Utilizzare questo documento e ottenere assistenza</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="on-line-assistance.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tutorial"></a>2.2. Guida ai concetti e manuale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><p>La guida è il complemento a questo aiuto; spiega infatti i concetti utilizzati in <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> e presenta un esempio che accompagna l’utente attraverso tutte le fasi dell’utilizzo di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per gestire i propri conti. La guida verrà aperta se si sceglie <span class="guibutton">Aprire la guida per i nuovi utenti</span> nella finestra di <span class="guilabel"><strong>Benvenuto in GnuCash!</stron!
 g></span>.</p><p>Per aprire questa guida selezionare <span class="guimenu"><strong>Aiuto</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Guida ai concetti e manuale</strong></span> dal menu.</p><p>Si raccomanda di leggere questa guida se si sta utilizzando <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> per la prima volta o se non si ha familiarità con i concetti della contabilità.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Help-Window.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="on-line-assistance.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Accedere all’aiuto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. Assistenza on-line di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/windows.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/windows.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help/windows.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. La scheda dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="GUIMenus.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="windows"></a>4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.1.1. Finestra principale di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Main-window"></a>4.1.1. Finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h3></div></div></div><p>L'accesso alle schermate secondarie utilizzate più comunemente e agli strumenti del conto, avviene attraverso questa finestra.</p><div class="figure"><a name="Help_Main_WindowCallouts"></a><p class="titl!
 e"><b>Figura 4.1. La finestra principale di <code class="application">GnuCash</code></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Main-window-callouts.png" width="510" alt="GnuCash le parti principali della finestra"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Le parti in cui è suddivisa la finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>All'avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, dopo un paio di finestre (Schermata di avvio e suggerimento del giorno) apparirà la finestra principale. Questa è suddivisa nelle seguenti sezioni (vedere <a class="xref" href="windows.html#Help_Main_WindowCallouts" title="Figura 4.1. La finestra principale di GnuCash">Figura 4.1, «La finestra principale di <code class="application">GnuCash</code>»</a> per un riferimento):</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra del titolo</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Mostra il nome del file aperto e il nome della scheda visualizzata</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra del menu</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Visualizza le voci di menu disponibili</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Visualizza i pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> disponibili</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra delle schede</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Elenca i resoconti, i registri e le strutture dei conti aperti</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Riquadro principale</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Lo spazio di visualizzazione principale in cui viene mostrato il contenuto della scheda selezionata</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Mostra un riepilogo dei dati finanziari</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra di stato</strong>!
 </span></dt><dd><p>Contiene una breve descrizione delle voci di menu e una barra di avanzamento</p></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I contenuti e le opzioni all'interno dei vari menu secondari delle varie sezioni della finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> potranno variare in funzione della finestra attiva.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La struttura dei conti è chiamata <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> nella <em class="firstterm">barra delle schede<em class="firstterm">, e visualizza tutti i propri conti e un riepilogo dei rispettivi saldi. I conti sono raggruppati a seconda della tipologia basandosi sullo standard utilizzato nella contabilità.</em></em></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per aprire un ulteriore finestra della struttura dei conti, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span>; verrà aperta la struttura dei conti nella finestra esistente.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img s!
 rc="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per aprire una nuova finestra con una struttura dei conti, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri la pagina in una nuova finestra</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="GUIMenus.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.2. La scheda dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="Manuale di aiuto di GnuCash"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="prev" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. La scheda dei conti"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="GUIMenus.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="4.1. Finestre e menu di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="windows"></a>4.1. Finestre e menu di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="4.1.1. Finestra principale di GnuCash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Main-window"></a>4.1.1. Finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong></h3></div></div></div><p>L’accesso alle schermate secondarie utilizzate più comunemente e agli strumenti del conto, avviene attraverso questa finestra.</p><div class="figure"><a name="Help_Main_WindowCallouts"></a><p class="ti!
 tle"><b>Figura 4.1. La finestra principale di <code class="application">GnuCash</code></b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="510"><tr><td><img src="figures/Main-window-callouts.png" width="510" alt="GnuCash le parti principali della finestra"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>Le parti in cui è suddivisa la finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>.</p></div></div></div></div><br class="figure-break"><p>All’avvio di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong>, dopo un paio di finestre (Schermata di avvio e suggerimento del giorno) apparirà la finestra principale. Questa è suddivisa nelle seguenti sezioni (vedere <a class="xref" href="windows.html#Help_Main_WindowCallouts" title="Figura 4.1. La finestra principale di GnuCash">Figura 4.1, «La finestra principale di <code class="application">GnuCash</code>»</a> per un riferimento):</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra del titolo</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Mostra il nome del file aperto e il nome della scheda visualizzata</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra del menu</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Visualizza le voci di menu disponibili</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra degli strumenti</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Visualizza i pulsanti della <span class="emphasis"><strong>barra degli strumenti</strong></span> disponibili</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra delle schede</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Elenca i resoconti, i registri e le strutture dei conti aperti</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Riquadro principale</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Lo spazio di visualizzazione principale in cui viene mostrato il contenuto della scheda selezionata</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra di riepilogo</strong></span></dt><dd><p>Mostra un riepilogo dei dati finanziari</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><strong>Barra di stato</str!
 ong></span></dt><dd><p>Contiene una breve descrizione delle voci di menu e una barra di avanzamento</p></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Nota</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">I contenuti e le opzioni all’interno dei vari menu secondari delle varie sezioni della finestra principale di <strong class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> potranno variare in funzione della finestra attiva.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>La struttura dei conti è individuata con il nome <span class="guilabel"><strong>Conti</strong></span> nella <em class="firstterm">barra delle schede</em>; qui, vengono visualizzati tutti i propri conti e un riepilogo dei rispettivi saldi. I conti sono raggruppati a seconda della tipologia basandosi sullo standard utilizzato nella contabilità.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per aprire un ulteriore finestra della struttura dei conti, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Visualizza</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Nuova pagina dei conti</strong></span>; verrà aperta la struttura dei conti nella finestra esistente.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"!
 ><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Suggerimento</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Per aprire una nuova finestra con una struttura dei conti, andare in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Finestre</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Apri la pagina in una nuova finestra</strong></span>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="GUIMenus.html"><<< Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s02.html">Avanti >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Capitolo 4. Panoramica delle finestre e delle opzioni del menu di <strong xmlns="" class="application"><code>GnuCash</code></strong> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.2. La scheda dei conti</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/it_IT/gnucash-help.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/appendixd.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>付録D 補助ファイル形式</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. 英国付加価値税"><link rel="next" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">付録D 補助ファイル形式</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="付録D 補助ファイル形式"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixd"></a>付録D 補助ファイル形式</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="check_format_info.html">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_overview">D.1.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id2691414">D.1.2. Example file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id2691439">D.1.3. Field Descriptions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_notes">D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com!
 /xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""> 本書はファイル形式の説明のため日本語訳は行いません。</p></td></tr></table></div><p>These are the formats of some auxiliary files used by GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. 英国付加価値税 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>付録D 補助ファイル形式</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. 英国付加価値税"><link rel="next" href="check_format_info.html" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">付録D 補助ファイル形式</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix" title="付録D 補助ファイル形式"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixd"></a>付録D 補助ファイル形式</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="check_format_info.html">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_overview">D.1.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id3085803">D.1.2. Example file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#id3085828">D.1.3. Field Descriptions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="check_format_info.html#check_format_notes">D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com!
 /xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns=""> 本書はファイル形式の説明のため日本語訳は行いません。</p></td></tr></table></div><p>These are the formats of some auxiliary files used by GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="check_format_info.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. 英国付加価値税 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.2. 予算の作成</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="第15章 予算"><link rel="prev" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. 基本概念"><link rel="next" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. 予算帳票"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.2. 予算の作成</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第15章 予算</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.2. 予算の作成"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_creation1"></a>15.2. 予算の作成</h2></div></div></div><p>予算を立て始める前に、勘定科目階層を熟考することが重要です。例えば、電気料金と水道料金を予算化したいなら、費用:光熱費勘定科目を作成するだけではいけません。勘定科目は少なくとも予算を特定できる細かさでなければなりません。</p><div class="sect2" title="15.2.1. 予算を作成する勘定科目の選択"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_creation2"></a>15.2.1. 予算を作成する勘定科目の選択</h3></div></div></div><p>予算を作成する第1ステップは、何のための予算を計画するかを決定することです。この決定は予算をどの勘定科目に含めるのかに影響しま!
 す。例えば、費用を追跡することだけに関心があるなら、費用勘定科目に合計金額を入力するだけで費用予算を作成できます。一方、キャッシュフローのすべてを追跡したいなら、資産、負債、収益および費用勘定科目それぞれに金額を入力してキャッシュフロー予算を作成します。</p><p>予算を作成し始める前に、2つの決定を行う必要があります。どの勘定科目のために予算を立てますか? いつのために予算を立てますか? 予算を作成した後にいつでも考えを変えることが出来ます。しかし、何かに基づいて開始する必要があります。</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">ティップ</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">一般的に、<span class="emphasis"><strong>何に</strong></span>お金を支払っているかを主に気にかけているなら、費用帳票を作りたいと思うでしょう。また、適切な時に適切な場所に十分なお金があることに関して気にかけているのなら、キャッシュフロー予算を使用したいと思うでしょう。</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.2. 予算期間の選択"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2688238"></a>15.2.2. 予算期間の選択</h3></div></div></div><p>予算を作成する前に、どの期間に対して計画を立てるか決めなければなりません。最も一般的な予算期間は、年間または月次です。時間とともに財務パターンが変わる予算を計画したい場合、複数の予算期間分の予算を作成します。例えば、夏æ!
 œŸã‚ˆã‚Šå†¬æœŸã®å…‰ç†±è²»ãŒé«˜ããªã‚‹ã‚ˆã†è¨ˆç”»ã—たいなら、年間予算を四半期ごとまたは毎月に細かく分けて、夏期よりも冬期により高い金額の予算を立てます。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.3. 作成開始"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2688266"></a>15.2.3. 作成開始</h3></div></div></div><p>最初の予算を作成するために、<span class="guimenu"><strong>ファイル</strong></span>-><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>新規作成</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>予算を新規作成</strong></span>をクリックします。デフォルト設定の未入力新規予算がすぐに表示されます。次に、<span class="guibutton">オプション</span>ボタンをクリックします。最も重要なオプションは、予算期間と期間の数です。予算期間に関しては、開始日と計画を立てる最短期間を選択します。期間の数に関しては、計画を立てたい期間の数を選択します。</p><p>今の予算ページは、予算期間毎の列がある勘定科目のリストになっています。各列の見出しに表示された日付は、その予算期間の始まりです。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.4. 予算の入力"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2688314"></a>15.2.4. 予算の入力</h3></div></div></div><p>今、予算金額を入力しなければなりません。これは、予算期間に勘定科目残高が変更されると予想される金額です。予算金額を入力する2つの方法があります。一つ目の方法は、単純にセルをクリックして、金額を入力します。</p><p>二つ目の方法は、GnuCashにおいて過去の取引を記録している場合に、GnuCashを使ってそれらの取引を調べ、予算金額を見積もることです。まず最初に、GnuCashで見積もりを行いたい勘定科目を選択します。次にã!
 €ãƒ„ールバーの<span class="guibutton">見積り</span>ボタンをクリックします。予算金額の見積もりダイアログで、GnuCashで過去の取引を調べる日付を選択します。GnuCashはその日付に開始日として、連続した期間の予算を調査します。例えば、年間予算を作っているとします。そして、2005å¹´1月1日を選択したとします。すると、GnuCashは2005å¹´1月1日から2005å¹´12月31日までその勘定科目におけるすべての取引を調べます。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.1. 基本概念 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_budgets.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.3. 予算帳票</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.2. 予算の作成</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="第15章 予算"><link rel="prev" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. 基本概念"><link rel="next" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. 予算帳票"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.2. 予算の作成</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第15章 予算</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="15.2. 予算の作成"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_creation1"></a>15.2. 予算の作成</h2></div></div></div><p>予算を立て始める前に、勘定科目階層を熟考することが重要です。例えば、電気料金と水道料金を予算化したいなら、費用:光熱費勘定科目を作成するだけではいけません。勘定科目は少なくとも予算を特定できる細かさでなければなりません。</p><div class="sect2" title="15.2.1. 予算を作成する勘定科目の選択"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_creation2"></a>15.2.1. 予算を作成する勘定科目の選択</h3></div></div></div><p>予算を作成する第1ステップは、何のための予算を計画するかを決定することです。この決定は予算をどの勘定科目に含めるのかに影響しま!
 す。例えば、費用を追跡することだけに関心があるなら、費用勘定科目に合計金額を入力するだけで費用予算を作成できます。一方、キャッシュフローのすべてを追跡したいなら、資産、負債、収益および費用勘定科目それぞれに金額を入力してキャッシュフロー予算を作成します。</p><p>予算を作成し始める前に、2つの決定を行う必要があります。どの勘定科目のために予算を立てますか? いつのために予算を立てますか? 予算を作成した後にいつでも考えを変えることが出来ます。しかし、何かに基づいて開始する必要があります。</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">ティップ</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">一般的に、<span class="emphasis"><strong>何に</strong></span>お金を支払っているかを主に気にかけているなら、費用帳票を作りたいと思うでしょう。また、適切な時に適切な場所に十分なお金があることに関して気にかけているのなら、キャッシュフロー予算を使用したいと思うでしょう。</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.2. 予算期間の選択"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3082628"></a>15.2.2. 予算期間の選択</h3></div></div></div><p>予算を作成する前に、どの期間に対して計画を立てるか決めなければなりません。最も一般的な予算期間は、年間または月次です。時間とともに財務パターンが変わる予算を計画したい場合、複数の予算期間分の予算を作成します。例えば、夏æ!
 œŸã‚ˆã‚Šå†¬æœŸã®å…‰ç†±è²»ãŒé«˜ããªã‚‹ã‚ˆã†è¨ˆç”»ã—たいなら、年間予算を四半期ごとまたは毎月に細かく分けて、夏期よりも冬期により高い金額の予算を立てます。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.3. 作成開始"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3082656"></a>15.2.3. 作成開始</h3></div></div></div><p>最初の予算を作成するために、<span class="guimenu"><strong>ファイル</strong></span>-><span class="guisubmenu"><strong>新規作成</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>予算を新規作成</strong></span>をクリックします。デフォルト設定の未入力新規予算がすぐに表示されます。次に、<span class="guibutton">オプション</span>ボタンをクリックします。最も重要なオプションは、予算期間と期間の数です。予算期間に関しては、開始日と計画を立てる最短期間を選択します。期間の数に関しては、計画を立てたい期間の数を選択します。</p><p>今の予算ページは、予算期間毎の列がある勘定科目のリストになっています。各列の見出しに表示された日付は、その予算期間の始まりです。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="15.2.4. 予算の入力"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3082704"></a>15.2.4. 予算の入力</h3></div></div></div><p>今、予算金額を入力しなければなりません。これは、予算期間に勘定科目残高が変更されると予想される金額です。予算金額を入力する2つの方法があります。一つ目の方法は、単純にセルをクリックして、金額を入力します。</p><p>二つ目の方法は、GnuCashにおいて過去の取引を記録している場合に、GnuCashを使ってそれらの取引を調べ、予算金額を見積もることです。まず最初に、GnuCashで見積もりを行いたい勘定科目を選択します。次にã!
 €ãƒ„ールバーの<span class="guibutton">見積り</span>ボタンをクリックします。予算金額の見積もりダイアログで、GnuCashで過去の取引を調べる日付を選択します。GnuCashはその日付に開始日として、連続した期間の予算を調査します。例えば、年間予算を作っているとします。そして、2005å¹´1月1日を選択したとします。すると、GnuCashは2005å¹´1月1日から2005å¹´12月31日までその勘定科目におけるすべての取引を調べます。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.1. 基本概念 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_budgets.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.3. 予算帳票</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.4. 例</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="第14章 給与支払"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. プロトコル"><link rel="next" href="chapter_budgets.html" title="第15章 予算"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.4. 例</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第14章 給与支払</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_budgets.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.4. 例"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-example1"></a>14.4. 例</h2></div></div></div><p>前項の勘定科目設定を使用して、例を通して見てみましょう。2人の従業員 (E1とE2) がいて、毎月の税込給与額がそれぞれ1000ドルであると仮定します。Tax1とTax2の従業員負担はそれぞれ10%と5%です。従業員税込給与額に対するTax1とTax2の企業負担はそれぞれ15%と10%です。</p><p>開始時に銀行に5万ドルあります。給与支払を行う前の勘定科目階層は以下のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png" alt="給与支払の例1"><div class="caption"><p>給与支払の初期セットアップ</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.1. プロトコルの作成"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class!
 ="title"><a name="bus-pay-exampleprotocol2"></a>14.4.1. プロトコルの作成</h3></div></div></div><p>従業員1の控除リスト:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_GROSS_SALARY</strong></span> - 従業員税込給与額 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$1000</strong></span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX1</strong></span> - tax1への従業員負担 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$100</strong></span> (E_GROSS_SALARYの10パーセント)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX2</strong></span> - tax2への従業員負担 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$50</strong></span> (E_GROSS_SALARYの5パーセント)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX1</strong></span> - tax1への企業負担 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$150</strong></span> (E_GROSS_SALARYの15パーセント)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX2</strong></span> - tax2への企業負担 - <span class="emphasis"><strong>$100</strong></span> (E_GROSS_SALARYの10パーセント)</p></li></ul></div><p>
-  </p><div class="table"><a name="id2686713"></a><p class="title"><b>表14.2 従業員1の取引マップ</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="従業員1の取引マップ" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>勘定科目</th><th>増加</th><th>減少</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>資産:当座預金</td><td> </td><td>$850 (E_NET_SALARY)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:給与</td><td>$1000 (E_GROSS_SALARY)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$100 (E_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$50 (E_TAX2)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax1</td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax2</td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+  </p><div class="table"><a name="id3081102"></a><p class="title"><b>表14.2 従業員1の取引マップ</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="従業員1の取引マップ" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>勘定科目</th><th>増加</th><th>減少</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>資産:当座預金</td><td> </td><td>$850 (E_NET_SALARY)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:給与</td><td>$1000 (E_GROSS_SALARY)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$100 (E_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$50 (E_TAX2)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax1</td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax2</td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
   </p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.2. 従業員への給与支払"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplepay2"></a>14.4.2. 従業員への給与支払</h3></div></div></div><p>では、従業員1のために最初のスプリット取引を当座預金勘定科目に入力します。スプリット取引は以下のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png" alt="給与支払の例2"><div class="caption"><p>従業員1スプリット取引</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">ティップ</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">従業員に給与支払を行う時、従業員名だけを説明欄に入力します。GnuCashの小切手印刷機能を使用すると決めたなら、自動的に正しい従業員に小切手が切られます。取引に関する従業員名以外の他の情報を記録したい場合、備考欄を使用してください。2行モードの記録簿で参照可能になります。</p></td></tr></table></div><p>従業員2のためにこれを繰り返します。勘定科目階層は以下のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png" alt="給与支払の例3"><div class="caption"><p>給与支払後の勘定科目階層</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.4.3. 政府への支払"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplegovt2"></a>14.4.3. 政府への支払</h3></div></div></div><p>負債:Tax1と負債:Tax2勘定科目それぞれで、責任政府系機関にどのくらいかを支払わなければならないかã!
 ‚’追跡し続けます。これらの機関に支払うべき時期が来た時、当座預金勘定科目から負債勘定科目まで一つの取引を作成します。費用勘定科目は全く関係しません。この例では、主勘定科目以下のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png" alt="給与支払の例4"><div class="caption"><p>政府への支払後の勘定科目</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_budgets.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.3. プロトコル </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 第15ç«  予算</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.3. プロトコル</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_pay.html" title="第14章 給与支払"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. 例"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.3. プロトコル</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第14章 給与支払</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="14.3. プロトコル"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-protocol1"></a>14.3. プロトコル</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCashには統合給与システムがありません。GnuCashは給与支払経費を追跡することができます。しかし、給与支払いプロトコルを開発して、GnuCashの外 (例えばスプレッドシート) で計算を実行する必要があります。本項では、そのようなプロトコルの1つを示します。モデルとして次の例のプロトコルを使用します。</p><div class="sect2" title="14.3.1. ステップ 1: 控除リスト"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolone2"></a>14.3.1. ステップ 1: 控除リスト</h3></div></div></div><p>賃金支払プロトコルの第1ステップは、各従業員に対しすべての税金と控!
 除のリストを作成することです。各項目は各金額を計算するための定義と計算式を含まなければなりません。一度プロトコルを確立すると、給与支払いの法律または税率変更であるときだけ変更する必要があります。</p><p>提案されたシナリオでは、そのようなリスト以下のようになります。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc" compact><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_GROSS_SALARY</strong></span> - 従業員税込給与額</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX1</strong></span> - tax1への従業員負担 (E_GROSS_SALARYのXパーセント)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>E_TAX2</strong></span> - tax2への従業員負担 (E_GROSS_SALARYのXパーセント)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX1</strong></span> - tax1への企業負担 (E_GROSS_SALARYのXパーセント)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>C_TAX2</strong></span> - tax2への企業負担 (E_GROSS_SALARYのXパーセント)</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">従業員の正味給与 (E_NET_SALARY) は、E_GROSS_SALARY - E_TAX1 - E_TAX2 で定義されます。既に存在する項目で構成されるので、このリストに入れる必要はありません。</p></td></tr></table></div><p>各控除を計算するために実際の計算式をこのリストに入れます。時としてこれらの計算式はかなり複雑です。そして、時として<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">税法の!
 表のXYZを参照</span>」</span>と単純に書いてあります。</p><p>上記の定義を使用することでいくつかの興味深い金額を計算することができるのに注意してください。そのような金額の1つは会社への総コストで、次のようになります : E_GROSS_SALARY + C_TAX1 + C_TAX2</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.2. ステップ 2: 取引マップの作成"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocoltwo2"></a>14.3.2. ステップ 2: 取引マップの作成</h3></div></div></div><p>GnuCashにおいて給与支払を記録するときは、単一のスプリット取引で処理します。このスプリット取引を適切な費用と負債勘定科目に入れます。後で給与支払いを詳細に調べる必要があるなら、スプリット取引を開いてください。</p><p>上記の控除リストを利用して従業員スプリット取引マップを生成できます。リストのそれぞれの項目はGnuCash勘定科目にマップされます。</p><p>
-  </p><div class="table"><a name="id2686330"></a><p class="title"><b>表14.1 取引マップ</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="取引マップ" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>勘定科目</th><th>増加</th><th>減少</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>資産:当座預金</td><td> </td><td>E_NET_SALARY</td></tr><tr><td>費用:給与</td><td>E_GROSS_SALARY</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX2</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax1</td><td>C_TAX1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax2</td><td>C_TAX2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX2</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+  </p><div class="table"><a name="id3080720"></a><p class="title"><b>表14.1 取引マップ</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="取引マップ" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>勘定科目</th><th>増加</th><th>減少</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>資産:当座預金</td><td> </td><td>E_NET_SALARY</td></tr><tr><td>費用:給与</td><td>E_GROSS_SALARY</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX2</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax1</td><td>C_TAX1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>費用:Tax2</td><td>C_TAX2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX2</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
   </p><p>C_TAX1とC_TAX2要素が負債勘定科目と費用勘定科目の両方に項目があることに注意してください。それぞれの会社の租税債務は給与支払い時点で費用計上されますが、税金の支払い期限まで負債のまま残ります。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.3. ステップ 3: 従業員への給与支払"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolthree2"></a>14.3.3. ステップ 3: 従業員への給与支払</h3></div></div></div><p>従業員へ給与支払いを行う勘定科目に移動します。例えば資産:当座預金勘定科目です。スプリット取引を開いて、上記の例の取引マップを使用して実質金額を入力します。全社員分これを繰り返します。</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">ティップ</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">多くの従業員がいたら特に本書の手順は退屈です。</p><p xmlns="">従業員給与支払の入力を入力する時に間違いなく使用する1個のGnuCashツールは、取引の複製です (<span class="guibutton">複製</span>ツールバーボタンを使用してください)。これによって、すべてのスプリット取引を各従業員に対して入力する手間を節約できるかもしれません。</p><p xmlns="">まだ各従業員の本当の給与支払金額を一致させるために金額の合計を変更する必要があります。しかし、各従業員に対してスプリット取引を作成する必要はありません。給与支払取引がほとんどの給与支払期間で変更されない場合、現在の給与の間は各従業員の最新!
 の給与支払取引をコピーする取引複製機能を使用できます。絶えずそれを行うなら予定取引機能を読むと、さらに多くの時間を節約できます!</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="14.3.4. ステップ 4: 政府への税金支払"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolfour2"></a>14.3.4. ステップ 4: 政府への税金支払</h3></div></div></div><p>最後に行うことは、税金を政府に支払うことです。負債勘定科目には様々な政府系機関のための税金の収集してきました。この負債を支払うために定期的に政府に小切手を送る必要があります。それを行うためには、租税債務を支払う (例えば) 当座預金勘定科目に単純な複式記帳取引を入力します。当座預金勘定科目と負債勘定科目の間の取引であり、費用勘定科目は全く関係しません。租税債務を記録する場合に費用勘定科目に計上されます。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_pay.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.4. 例</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.4. 例</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9ç«  資本利得"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ"><link rel="next" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. 課税"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.4. 例</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第9ç«  資本利得</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.4. 例"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_example1"></a>9.4. 例</h2></div></div></div><p>評価額が増加すると予想した資産を購入すると仮定しましょう。デガの絵画に関して追跡したいと思います。(他の誰も気にかけなくても、保険会社はこれについて気にかけます。)</p><p>勘定科目階層が<a class="xref" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ">「勘定科目のセットアップ」</a>と同様の状態にあるとして始めます。ただし、<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ITEM1</span>」</span>ã‚’<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ドガ</span>」</span>に変更し、<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ITEM2</span>」</span>勘定科目を削除します。ドガの絵画の初期評価額が10万ドルであると仮定しますã€!
 ‚最初に銀行で自身の10万ドルを引き出します。そして普通預金勘定科目から<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</strong></span>勘定科目まで資金移動します (資産購入取引)。勘定科目メインウィンドウはこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_appmain.png" alt="資産評価メインウィンドウ"><div class="caption"><p>資産評価のメインウィンドウの例</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.1. 未実現利益"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_exampleunrealized2"></a>9.4.1. 未実現利益</h3></div></div></div><p>1カ月ほど後に、ある理由で絵画の評価額が1万ドル増加したと思いました (未実現利益)。これを記録するために、1万ドルが発生した未実現利益収益勘定科目 (<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:未実現利益</strong></span>) から未実現利益資産勘定科目 (<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</strong></span>)まで資金移動します。メインウィンドウはこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app2main.png" alt="資産評価メインウィンドウ"><div class="caption"><p>未実現利益後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.2. 売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplesell2"></a>9.4.2. 売却</h3></div></div></div><p>もう1カ月後に、ドガの絵画の価格がそれ以上を上がったと仮定しましょう。この場合約2万ドルと見積もりました。上記のように未実現利益として正確に2万ドル記録します。そして、絵画を売却すると決めます。</p><p>3つの可能性があります。未実現利益を<span class="emphasis"><strong>正確に評価</strong></span>したかもしれã!
 ¾ã›ã‚“。未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>下回る</strong></span>かもしれません。未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>上回る</strong></span>かもしれません。</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>未実現利益を<span class="emphasis"><strong>正確に評価</strong></span>した場合</p><p>絵画の評価額に関する楽観的な予想は正しかったです。最初に、得られた利益を、未実現利益ではなく、実現利益として記録しなければなりません。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:未実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目から<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目まで収益を資金移動することでこれを行います。</p><p>第二に、絵画の売却価格に関して普通預金勘定科目へ入金しなければなりません。このお金は<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ</strong></span>子勘定科目から直接来ます。<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</strong></span>の金額全てを<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>に資金移動します。そして<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</strong></span>の金額全てを<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>へ資金移動します。</p><p>これらの取引は今、以下のようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2665701"></a><p class="title"><b>表9.1 発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="発生した利益を実現利益へ変更" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動先</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>è!
 ³‡é‡‘移動額</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目合計</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>収益:実現利益</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これにより<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目は合計13万ドルになります。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目の合計は3万ドルになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app3main.png" alt="資産評価メインウィンドウ"><div class="caption"><p>実現利益の後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>下回った</strong></span>場合</p><p>絵画の評価額に関して過剰に楽観的でした。絵画の価額は13万ドルではなく、12万ドルしかありませんでした。しかし、12万ドルという金額が絵画の価値より高いと評価し、売却すると決めました。金額をあまり劇的ではないですが、ほんの少し変化させます。</p><p>取引は今、以下のようになります (未実現利益勘定科目の釣り合いをとる最後の取引をよく見てください)。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2665879"></a><p class="title"><b>表9.2 発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="発生した利益を実現利益へ変更" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動先</strong></span></t!
 d><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動額</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目合計</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>収益:実現利益</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>$10,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これにより<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目は合計12万ドルになります。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目の合計は2万ドルになります。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>上回った</strong></span>場合</p><p>考えた以上の最も突拍子もない夢のような価格で (15万ドル) で何とか絵画を売却します。超過価格も利益、すなわち収益として記録されます。</p><p>取引は今、以下のようになります (未実現利益勘定科目の釣り合いをとる最後の取引をよく見てください)。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2666029"></a><p class="title"><b>表9.3 発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="発生した利益を実現利益へ変更" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動先</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動額</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目合計</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>収益:実現!
 利益</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これにより<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目は合計15万ドルになります。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目の合計は5万ドルになります。</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.3. 評価に関する警告"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplecaution2"></a>9.4.3. 評価に関する警告</h3></div></div></div><p>この例でわかるように、非金融資産でその資産の<span class="quote">「<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><strong>本当</strong></span></span>」</span>の評価額でを正しく見積もるのは難しいかもしれません。<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">銀行におけるお金</span>」</span>を反映しない疑わしい推測に基づいて自分の豊かさを計算するのはかなり簡単です。</p><p>資産の評価を行う時は、以下を守ってください。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>評価額を見積もりに気をつけてください。希望的観測には耽らないでください。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>取引銀行の預金または現金として持っていないお金について決して計算してはいけません。実際に資産を売却して、お金を持つまで紙上のどんな数値 (またはハードディスクの上の磁気パターン) は単なる数値でしかありません。資ç!
 ”£ã‚’担保として使用して、お金を貸し出すように現実的に銀行員を説得できるなら、資産が適切な評価額を持っているというかなり合理的な証拠です。貸手は専門家として評価額が過大評価でないか疑っているからです。気をつけてください。紙上で<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">収益率の高く</span>」</span>表されていた非常に多くの会社が、すべて現金枯渇の結果倒産しました。まさに<span class="emphasis"><strong>価値ある資産</strong></span>がお金と同じものでなかったためです。</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. 課税</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.4. 例</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9ç«  資本利得"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ"><link rel="next" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. 課税"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.4. 例</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第9ç«  資本利得</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="9.4. 例"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_example1"></a>9.4. 例</h2></div></div></div><p>評価額が増加すると予想した資産を購入すると仮定しましょう。デガの絵画に関して追跡したいと思います。(他の誰も気にかけなくても、保険会社はこれについて気にかけます。)</p><p>勘定科目階層が<a class="xref" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ">「勘定科目のセットアップ」</a>と同様の状態にあるとして始めます。ただし、<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ITEM1</span>」</span>ã‚’<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ドガ</span>」</span>に変更し、<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ITEM2</span>」</span>勘定科目を削除します。ドガの絵画の初期評価額が10万ドルであると仮定しますã€!
 ‚最初に銀行で自身の10万ドルを引き出します。そして普通預金勘定科目から<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</strong></span>勘定科目まで資金移動します (資産購入取引)。勘定科目メインウィンドウはこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_appmain.png" alt="資産評価メインウィンドウ"><div class="caption"><p>資産評価のメインウィンドウの例</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.1. 未実現利益"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_exampleunrealized2"></a>9.4.1. 未実現利益</h3></div></div></div><p>1カ月ほど後に、ある理由で絵画の評価額が1万ドル増加したと思いました (未実現利益)。これを記録するために、1万ドルが発生した未実現利益収益勘定科目 (<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:未実現利益</strong></span>) から未実現利益資産勘定科目 (<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</strong></span>)まで資金移動します。メインウィンドウはこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app2main.png" alt="資産評価メインウィンドウ"><div class="caption"><p>未実現利益後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.2. 売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplesell2"></a>9.4.2. 売却</h3></div></div></div><p>もう1カ月後に、ドガの絵画の価格がそれ以上を上がったと仮定しましょう。この場合約2万ドルと見積もりました。上記のように未実現利益として正確に2万ドル記録します。そして、絵画を売却すると決めます。</p><p>3つの可能性があります。未実現利益を<span class="emphasis"><strong>正確に評価</strong></span>したかもしれã!
 ¾ã›ã‚“。未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>下回る</strong></span>かもしれません。未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>上回る</strong></span>かもしれません。</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>未実現利益を<span class="emphasis"><strong>正確に評価</strong></span>した場合</p><p>絵画の評価額に関する楽観的な予想は正しかったです。最初に、得られた利益を、未実現利益ではなく、実現利益として記録しなければなりません。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:未実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目から<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目まで収益を資金移動することでこれを行います。</p><p>第二に、絵画の売却価格に関して普通預金勘定科目へ入金しなければなりません。このお金は<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ</strong></span>子勘定科目から直接来ます。<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</strong></span>の金額全てを<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>に資金移動します。そして<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</strong></span>の金額全てを<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>へ資金移動します。</p><p>これらの取引は今、以下のようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3060090"></a><p class="title"><b>表9.1 発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="発生した利益を実現利益へ変更" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動先</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>è!
 ³‡é‡‘移動額</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目合計</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>収益:実現利益</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これにより<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目は合計13万ドルになります。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目の合計は3万ドルになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app3main.png" alt="資産評価メインウィンドウ"><div class="caption"><p>実現利益の後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>下回った</strong></span>場合</p><p>絵画の評価額に関して過剰に楽観的でした。絵画の価額は13万ドルではなく、12万ドルしかありませんでした。しかし、12万ドルという金額が絵画の価値より高いと評価し、売却すると決めました。金額をあまり劇的ではないですが、ほんの少し変化させます。</p><p>取引は今、以下のようになります (未実現利益勘定科目の釣り合いをとる最後の取引をよく見てください)。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3060268"></a><p class="title"><b>表9.2 発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="発生した利益を実現利益へ変更" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動先</strong></span></t!
 d><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動額</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目合計</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>収益:実現利益</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>$10,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これにより<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目は合計12万ドルになります。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目の合計は2万ドルになります。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>未実現利益に関する見積を<span class="emphasis"><strong>上回った</strong></span>場合</p><p>考えた以上の最も突拍子もない夢のような価格で (15万ドル) で何とか絵画を売却します。超過価格も利益、すなわち収益として記録されます。</p><p>取引は今、以下のようになります (未実現利益勘定科目の釣り合いをとる最後の取引をよく見てください)。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3060419"></a><p class="title"><b>表9.3 発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="発生した利益を実現利益へ変更" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動先</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>資金移動額</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目合計</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>収益:実現!
 利益</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:費用</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益</td><td>資産:固定資産:ドガ:未実現利益</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これにより<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目は合計15万ドルになります。<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目の合計は5万ドルになります。</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="9.4.3. 評価に関する警告"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplecaution2"></a>9.4.3. 評価に関する警告</h3></div></div></div><p>この例でわかるように、非金融資産でその資産の<span class="quote">「<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><strong>本当</strong></span></span>」</span>の評価額でを正しく見積もるのは難しいかもしれません。<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">銀行におけるお金</span>」</span>を反映しない疑わしい推測に基づいて自分の豊かさを計算するのはかなり簡単です。</p><p>資産の評価を行う時は、以下を守ってください。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>評価額を見積もりに気をつけてください。希望的観測には耽らないでください。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>取引銀行の預金または現金として持っていないお金について決して計算してはいけません。実際に資産を売却して、お金を持つまで紙上のどんな数値 (またはハードディスクの上の磁気パターン) は単なる数値でしかありません。資ç!
 ”£ã‚’担保として使用して、お金を貸し出すように現実的に銀行員を説得できるなら、資産が適切な評価額を持っているというかなり合理的な証拠です。貸手は専門家として評価額が過大評価でないか疑っているからです。気をつけてください。紙上で<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">収益率の高く</span>」</span>表されていた非常に多くの会社が、すべて現金枯渇の結果倒産しました。まさに<span class="emphasis"><strong>価値ある資産</strong></span>がお金と同じものでなかったためです。</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. 課税</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="第7ç«  ローン"><link rel="prev" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. ローン明細書の照合(How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. 未作成のローン文書"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第7ç«  ローン</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2653367"></a>7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCashで家の売却を記録する場合、いくつかの異なった方法があります。ここでそれらのうち2つを示します。一つは購入金額と現在の売却金額だけを入力する方法です。もう一つは、不動産市場の上下に追従してその間の様々な未実現利得を記録する方法です。</p><p></p><div class="sect2" title="7.8.1. 単純取引"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2653391"></a>7.8.1. 単純取引</h3></div></div></div><p>この方法的では、適切な売却金額を記録するだけです。</p><p>住宅を売却する2個の例をみながら作業ã!
 —ましょう。一つは利益を得ます。一つは損失を伴います。自動車を代わりに売却したい場合、単に住宅勘定科目が自動車勘定科目に変わるだけです。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="第7ç«  ローン"><link rel="prev" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. ローン明細書の照合(How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. 未作成のローン文書"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第7ç«  ローン</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3047757"></a>7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</h2></div></div></div><p>GnuCashで家の売却を記録する場合、いくつかの異なった方法があります。ここでそれらのうち2つを示します。一つは購入金額と現在の売却金額だけを入力する方法です。もう一つは、不動産市場の上下に追従してその間の様々な未実現利得を記録する方法です。</p><p></p><div class="sect2" title="7.8.1. 単純取引"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3047780"></a>7.8.1. 単純取引</h3></div></div></div><p>この方法的では、適切な売却金額を記録するだけです。</p><p>住宅を売却する2個の例をみながら作業ã!
 —ましょう。一つは利益を得ます。一つは損失を伴います。自動車を代わりに売却したい場合、単に住宅勘定科目が自動車勘定科目に変わるだけです。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -資産<br>
   -固定資産<br>
     -住宅<br>
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 -収益<br>
   -長期資本利得<br>
     -住宅<br>
-    </p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>昔々30万ドルで家を買いました。今それを、60万ドルで売却する方法を管理します。これをどのように記録しますか?</p><p>これを記録するためには、60万ドル銀行預金勘定科目を増加させる必要があります。そして、60万ドル他の勘定科目を減少させる必要があります。住宅勘定科目には30万ドルしか入れてあません。住宅を購入した金額です。よってこの金額を銀行預金口座に移します。それでは30万ドル足りません。この金額を<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目から取り出します。<span class="emphasis"><strong>普通預金勘定科目</strong></span> (<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>) に入力するスプリット取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2653469"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.3 利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>昔々30万ドルで住宅を買いました。新しい空港が出来たのため、23万ドルでしかそれを売却することができませんでした。これをどのように記録しますか?</p><p>これを記録するために、23万ドル銀行預金勘定科目を増加させる必要があります。そして、23万ドル他の勘定科目を減少させ!
 る必要があります。住宅勘定科目には住宅を売却した金額以上である30万ドルが入っています。したがって、普通預金勘定科目に23万ドルを移しましょう。この後にも住宅勘定科目には7万ドル残っており、それを取り除く必要があります。そのために<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目にそれを移します。これは損失を示します。<span class="emphasis"><strong>住宅勘定科目</strong></span> (<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅</strong></span>) に入力するスプリット取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2653592"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.4 損失を伴う資産 (住宅) の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="損失を伴う資産 (住宅) の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$230,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</td><td>$70,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.8.2. より複雑な取引"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2653661"></a>7.8.2. より複雑な取引</h3></div></div></div><p>この例では、より複雑な会計原則に少し触れます。この項目に関する詳細については、<a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9章 資本利得">9章<i>資本利得</i></a>を参照してください。</p><p>ここに触れるのは必要があるのは、正確に住宅の現在価値を見積もっていた場合だけです。他の場合 (過剰評価、過少評価) は、<a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9章 資本利得">9章<i>資本利得</i></a>を参照!
 してください。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+    </p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>昔々30万ドルで家を買いました。今それを、60万ドルで売却する方法を管理します。これをどのように記録しますか?</p><p>これを記録するためには、60万ドル銀行預金勘定科目を増加させる必要があります。そして、60万ドル他の勘定科目を減少させる必要があります。住宅勘定科目には30万ドルしか入れてあません。住宅を購入した金額です。よってこの金額を銀行預金口座に移します。それでは30万ドル足りません。この金額を<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目から取り出します。<span class="emphasis"><strong>普通預金勘定科目</strong></span> (<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>) に入力するスプリット取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3047858"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.3 利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>昔々30万ドルで住宅を買いました。新しい空港が出来たのため、23万ドルでしかそれを売却することができませんでした。これをどのように記録しますか?</p><p>これを記録するために、23万ドル銀行預金勘定科目を増加させる必要があります。そして、23万ドル他の勘定科目を減少させ!
 る必要があります。住宅勘定科目には住宅を売却した金額以上である30万ドルが入っています。したがって、普通預金勘定科目に23万ドルを移しましょう。この後にも住宅勘定科目には7万ドル残っており、それを取り除く必要があります。そのために<span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目にそれを移します。これは損失を示します。<span class="emphasis"><strong>住宅勘定科目</strong></span> (<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅</strong></span>) に入力するスプリット取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3047982"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.4 損失を伴う資産 (住宅) の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="損失を伴う資産 (住宅) の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$230,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:長期資本利得:住宅</td><td>$70,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.8.2. より複雑な取引"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3048051"></a>7.8.2. より複雑な取引</h3></div></div></div><p>この例では、より複雑な会計原則に少し触れます。この項目に関する詳細については、<a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9章 資本利得">9章<i>資本利得</i></a>を参照してください。</p><p>ここに触れるのは必要があるのは、正確に住宅の現在価値を見積もっていた場合だけです。他の場合 (過剰評価、過少評価) は、<a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9章 資本利得">9章<i>資本利得</i></a>を参照!
 してください。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 -資産<br>
     -固定資産<br>
         -住宅<br>
@@ -20,4 +20,4 @@
         -住宅<br>
     -未実現利益<br>
         -住宅<br>
-    </p></div><p>昔々30万ドルで住宅を買いました。そして、長い間、市場をよく見続けており、住宅の推定現在価値に関する記録を更新していました。それを売却する時、現在の時価総額が60万ドルであることを決定しました。</p><p>60万ドル (見積市場価値) と30万ドル (購入価格) の差異が現在の未実現利益です。したがって、<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅:未実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目に総額30万ドルあります。</p><p>これをどのように記録しますか?</p><p>これを記録するために、60万ドル普通預金勘定科目を増加させる必要があります。そして、60万ドル他の勘定科目を減少させる必要があります。最初に、未実現利益から実現利益に収益勘定科目を変更しなければなりません。そして全額を<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅</strong></span>子勘定科目から資金移動する必要があります。</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2653765"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.5 利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>収益:実現利益:住宅</td><td>$300,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2653830"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.6 利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却 その2</b></p><!
 div class="table-contents"><table summary="利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却 その2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅:購入価格</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅:未実現利益</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これらの取引を記録した後、住宅資産勘定科目が0になります。普通預金勘定科目は60万ドル増加します。そして、収益:実現利益が30万ドルまで増加します。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. ローン明細書の照合(How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.9. 未作成のローン文書</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+    </p></div><p>昔々30万ドルで住宅を買いました。そして、長い間、市場をよく見続けており、住宅の推定現在価値に関する記録を更新していました。それを売却する時、現在の時価総額が60万ドルであることを決定しました。</p><p>60万ドル (見積市場価値) と30万ドル (購入価格) の差異が現在の未実現利益です。したがって、<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅:未実現利益</strong></span>勘定科目に総額30万ドルあります。</p><p>これをどのように記録しますか?</p><p>これを記録するために、60万ドル普通預金勘定科目を増加させる必要があります。そして、60万ドル他の勘定科目を減少させる必要があります。最初に、未実現利益から実現利益に収益勘定科目を変更しなければなりません。そして全額を<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅</strong></span>子勘定科目から資金移動する必要があります。</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>収益:実現利益:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3048155"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.5 利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>収益:実現利益:住宅</td><td>$300,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:未実現利益:住宅</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3048220"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.6 利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却 その2</b></p><!
 div class="table-contents"><table summary="利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却 その2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅:購入価格</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅:未実現利益</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>これらの取引を記録した後、住宅資産勘定科目が0になります。普通預金勘定科目は60万ドル増加します。そして、収益:実現利益が30万ドルまで増加します。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. ローン明細書の照合(How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.9. 未作成のローン文書</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_budgets.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>第15章 予算</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. 例"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. 基本概念"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">第15章 予算</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="第15章 予算"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_budgets"></a>第15章 予算</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_concepts1.html">15.1. 基本概念</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">15.1.1. 専門用語集</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_creation1.html">15.2. 予算の作成</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">15.2.1. 予算を作成する勘定科目の選択</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2688238">15.2.2. 予算期間の選択</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2688266">15.2.3. 作成開始</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id2688314">15.2.4. !
 予算の入力</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_reporting1.html">15.3. 予算帳票</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>本章では、GnuCashでどのように予算を作成して使用するかを説明します。</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.4. 例 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.1. 基本概念</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>第15章 予算</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. 例"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. 基本概念"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">第15章 予算</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="第15章 予算"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_budgets"></a>第15章 予算</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_concepts1.html">15.1. 基本概念</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">15.1.1. 専門用語集</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_creation1.html">15.2. 予算の作成</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">15.2.1. 予算を作成する勘定科目の選択</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3082628">15.2.2. 予算期間の選択</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3082656">15.2.3. 作成開始</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="budget_creation1.html#id3082704">15.2.4. !
 予算の入力</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="budget_reporting1.html">15.3. 予算帳票</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>本章では、GnuCashでどのように予算を作成して使用するかを説明します。</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.4. 例 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.1. 基本概念</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_currency.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>第10章 複数通貨</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. 課税"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. 基本概念"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">第10章 複数通貨</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="第10章 複数通貨"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_currency"></a>第10章 複数通貨</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_concepts1.html">10.1. 基本概念</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_acct1.html">10.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_support1.html">10.3. GnuCashの通貨サポート</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_prefs1.html">10.4. 国際化設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_howto1.html">10.5. 為替の記録/更新(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">10.5.1. 為替レートの手動更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">10.5.2. !
 為替レートの自動更新(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">10.5.3. 為替レート取得の無効化</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_purchase1.html">10.6. 外貨購入の記録(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">10.6.1. 外貨建て資産の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">10.6.2. 外国株の購入</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_invest1.html">10.7. 通貨投資の追跡(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">10.7.1. 通貨投資の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">10.7.2. 通貨投資の売却</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_reconcile1.html">10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_examples1.html">10.9. まとめ(例)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669490">10.9.1. 基本的なシナリオ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669606">10.9.2. 勘定科目の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669661">10.9.3. 開始残高</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669806">10.9.4. 住宅の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669963">10.9.5. 株式購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2670438">10.9.6. オンライン相場表の取得</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2670470">10.9.7. 友人へのお金の貸付</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2670517">10.9.8. 日本からのローンによã‚!
 ‹ãƒ‹ãƒ¥ãƒ¼ã‚¸ãƒ¼ãƒ©ãƒ³ãƒ‰ã«ãŠã‘る土地の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id2670683">10.9.9. 次に行うことは何でしょうか?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>本章では、GnuCash勘定科目で複数の通貨を使用するための設定方法を説明します。</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. 課税 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.1. 基本概念</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>第10章 複数通貨</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. 課税"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. 基本概念"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">第10章 複数通貨</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="第10章 複数通貨"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_currency"></a>第10章 複数通貨</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_concepts1.html">10.1. 基本概念</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_acct1.html">10.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_support1.html">10.3. GnuCashの通貨サポート</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_prefs1.html">10.4. 国際化設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_howto1.html">10.5. 為替の記録/更新(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">10.5.1. 為替レートの手動更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">10.5.2. !
 為替レートの自動更新(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">10.5.3. 為替レート取得の無効化</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_purchase1.html">10.6. 外貨購入の記録(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">10.6.1. 外貨建て資産の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">10.6.2. 外国株の購入</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_invest1.html">10.7. 通貨投資の追跡(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">10.7.1. 通貨投資の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">10.7.2. 通貨投資の売却</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_reconcile1.html">10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="currency_examples1.html">10.9. まとめ(例)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3063879">10.9.1. 基本的なシナリオ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3063996">10.9.2. 勘定科目の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064050">10.9.3. 開始残高</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064195">10.9.4. 住宅の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064353">10.9.5. 株式購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064828">10.9.6. オンライン相場表の取得</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064860">10.9.7. 友人へのお金の貸付</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064906">10.9.8. 日本からのローンによã‚!
 ‹ãƒ‹ãƒ¥ãƒ¼ã‚¸ãƒ¼ãƒ©ãƒ³ãƒ‰ã«ãŠã‘る土地の購入</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="currency_examples1.html#id3065072">10.9.9. 次に行うことは何でしょうか?</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>本章では、GnuCash勘定科目で複数の通貨を使用するための設定方法を説明します。</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. 課税 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.1. 基本概念</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>第7章 ローン</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. まとめ"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. 基本概念"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">第7章 ローン</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="第7章 ローン"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>第7章 ローン</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_concepts1.html">7.1. 基本概念</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">7.1.1. 専門用語集</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_accounts1.html">7.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_calcs1.html">7.3. 計算</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">7.3.1. 例: 毎月払い</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">7.3.2. 例: ローンの期間</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">7.3.3. 発展: 計算の詳細!
 </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_mortgage1.html">7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">7.5. 友人への個人貸付 (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan">7.5.1. ローン仕様書</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">7.5.2. ローンのための勘定科目</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">7.5.3. お金の貸し出し</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">7.5.4. 最初の返済の受け取り</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">7.5.5. 2回目の返済の受け取り</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_CarLoan.html">7.6. 自動車ローン(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_Reconciling.html">7.7. ローン明細書の照合(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch07s08.html">7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id2653391">7.8.1. 単純取引</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id2653661">7.8.2. より複雑な取引</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_missing1.html">7.9. 未作成のローン文書</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>本章では、GnuCashを使ってローンを管理する方法を説明します。</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="cen!
 ter"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. まとめ </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. 基本概念</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>第7章 ローン</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="prev" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. まとめ"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. 基本概念"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">第7章 ローン</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter" title="第7章 ローン"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>第7章 ローン</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_concepts1.html">7.1. 基本概念</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">7.1.1. 専門用語集</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_accounts1.html">7.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_calcs1.html">7.3. 計算</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">7.3.1. 例: 毎月払い</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">7.3.2. 例: ローンの期間</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">7.3.3. 発展: 計算の詳細!
 </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_mortgage1.html">7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">7.5. 友人への個人貸付 (How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan">7.5.1. ローン仕様書</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">7.5.2. ローンのための勘定科目</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">7.5.3. お金の貸し出し</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">7.5.4. 最初の返済の受け取り</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">7.5.5. 2回目の返済の受け取り</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_CarLoan.html">7.6. 自動車ローン(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_Reconciling.html">7.7. ローン明細書の照合(How-To)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="ch07s08.html">7.8. 家または車の売却(How-To)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id3047780">7.8.1. 単純取引</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="ch07s08.html#id3048051">7.8.2. より複雑な取引</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="loans_missing1.html">7.9. 未作成のローン文書</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>本章では、GnuCashを使ってローンを管理する方法を説明します。</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="cen!
 ter"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. まとめ </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. 基本概念</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/check_format_info.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="appendixd.html" title="付録D 補助ファイル形式"><link rel="prev" href="appendixd.html" title="付録D 補助ファイル形式"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="付録E GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">付録D 補助ファイル形式</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="check_format_info"></a>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.1. Overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_overview"></a>D.1.1. Overview</h3></div></div></div><p>The check format file is used to tell gnucash how to print a check or checks onto a page of paper.  This file first describes the overall layout of a page (number of checks, orientation, etc) and then describes the layout of the specific items on a single check.  The file is organized as a typical Key/Value file used by many Linux applications.  Keys/values pairs are grouped into sections that begin with the group name enclosed in square brackets.</p><p>GnuCash looks for check format files in two different locations when!
  you bring up the check printing dialog.  The first location is typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks, where check files distributed with the application can be found.  The second location is the user private ~/.gnucash/checks directory.  Users may add check formats at any time (even while GnuCash is running) simply by dropping a new *.chk file in this directory.  The next time the check printing dialog is opened the new check format will appear in the list of available check formats.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Printing functions differently depending on the version of GTK that is installed on your system.  When GnuCash is using a version of GTK prior to 2.10 all offsets are measured from the lower left corner of the page or check.  When using GTK 2.10 or later, all offsets are measured from the upper left corner of the page or check.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.2. Example file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2691414"></a>D.1.2. Example file</h3></div></div></div><p>A typical GnuCash check file is presented below.  The contents of this file will be described in the next sections.</p><pre class="programlisting">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="appendixd.html" title="付録D 補助ファイル形式"><link rel="prev" href="appendixd.html" title="付録D 補助ファイル形式"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="付録E GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">付録D 補助ファイル形式</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="check_format_info"></a>D.1. Check Format Files (*.chk)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.1. Overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_overview"></a>D.1.1. Overview</h3></div></div></div><p>The check format file is used to tell gnucash how to print a check or checks onto a page of paper.  This file first describes the overall layout of a page (number of checks, orientation, etc) and then describes the layout of the specific items on a single check.  The file is organized as a typical Key/Value file used by many Linux applications.  Keys/values pairs are grouped into sections that begin with the group name enclosed in square brackets.</p><p>GnuCash looks for check format files in two different locations when!
  you bring up the check printing dialog.  The first location is typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks, where check files distributed with the application can be found.  The second location is the user private ~/.gnucash/checks directory.  Users may add check formats at any time (even while GnuCash is running) simply by dropping a new *.chk file in this directory.  The next time the check printing dialog is opened the new check format will appear in the list of available check formats.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Printing functions differently depending on the version of GTK that is installed on your system.  When GnuCash is using a version of GTK prior to 2.10 all offsets are measured from the lower left corner of the page or check.  When using GTK 2.10 or later, all offsets are measured from the upper left corner of the page or check.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.2. Example file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3085803"></a>D.1.2. Example file</h3></div></div></div><p>A typical GnuCash check file is presented below.  The contents of this file will be described in the next sections.</p><pre class="programlisting">
 [Top]
 Guid = 67b144d1-96a5-48d5-9337-0e1083bbf229
 Title = Quicken/QuickBooks (tm) US-Letter
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@
 
 Type_5 = NOTES
 Coords_5 = 50.0;212.0
-        </pre></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.3. Field Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2691439"></a>D.1.3. Field Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.1. Top Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2691445"></a>D.1.3.1. Top Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section of the check file describes the overall layout of a page of checks (or check) that goes into the printer.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_top"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.1 Overall Page Description Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Overall Page Description Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Guid</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The guid is used to uniquely identify a check format to GnuCash.  It must be unique across the entire set of application supplied and user supplied check formats.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you must change this value.  The <span class="emphasis"><strong>uuidgen</strong></span> program may be used to generate these identifiers.</td></tr><tr><td>Title</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The title is used to uniquely identify a check format to the user.  This value is presented verbatim in the check format list of the check printing dialog.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you should change this value.  The title may be any utf-8 string.</td></tr><tr><td>Font</td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default font used to print all text items on this check.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the GnuCash preferences dialog.  A typical string would be "sans 12".</td></tr><tr><td>Rotation</td><td>double</td><td>optio!
 nal</td><td>This value specified the rotation of the entire page (in degrees) around the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the counter-clockwise direction.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the clockwise direction. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Translation</td><td>list of 2 doubles</td><td>optional</td><td>These values specify the x and y translation of the entire page (in points) relative to the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Grid</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then GnuCash will draw a grid on the page, starting at the origin with the lines spaced every 50 points. This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Boxes</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then for each item where the width and height have been specified, GnuCash will draw a box showing location and maximum size of that item . This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2691665"></a>D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This group of items specifies how multiple checks are laid out on the same sheet of paper, and gives names to each of these check locations so that a us!
 er can specify which check location that GnuCash should print.  This entire group of key/value pairs is optional, and should be omitted if the format file only specifies a single check per page of paper.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_positions"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.2 Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Multiple Checks Per Page Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Height</td><td>double</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the height of a single check on the page.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr><tr><td>Names</td><td>list of strings</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the names of the check locations that can be printed on each page.  These names represent the check positions starting from the top of the page and moving downward.  The names are presented verbatim in the check position list of the check printing dialog.  A typical value for this field is "Top;Middle;Bottom", but it could also be "First;Second;Third" or any other set of strings that clearly identify the check locations.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.3. Check Items Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2691768"></a>D.1.3.3. Check Items Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section specifies the individual items that are printed on the check.  There is no limit to the number of items that may be present in this section, and any given type of item can be repeated multiple times.  This allows for the printing of checks that have a side stub, or for the one-per-page business c!
 hecks that have both the check and multiple check stubs on the same page.  For example, to print the payee name on a business check and on both stubs, simply specify three payee items with differing print coordinates.</p><p>Each key names in this section explicitly includes the item number to which it applies.  E.G. The key named <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type_1</strong></span> applies to the first item to be printed, and the key <span class="guilabel"><strong>Coords_3</strong></span> applies to the third item to be printed.  Item numbers start at one and increase sequentially.  Any gap in the numbering sequence is interpreted by GnuCash as the end of the item list.  Items are printed in the order of their item numbers, not in the order in which they appear in the file.</p><p>Each item specified must include a type declaration.  The rest of the parameters for that item depend upon the particular type of that item.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="表D.4 Individual Check Item Types">表D.4「Individual Check Item Types」</a> for a list of valid item types and their required parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_items"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.3 Individual Check Item Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Type_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the type of a single item to be printed on a check.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="表D.4 Individual Check Item Types">表D.4「Individual Check Item Types」</a> for a list of valid item types.</td></tr><tr><td>Coords_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>list of 2 or 4 doubles</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the coordinates where the item should be pla!
 ced on a check, and optionally also specifies the width and height of the item.  The numbers in order are the X and Y offset of the lower left corner of the item, and optionally the width and height of the item.  If the width is supplied then the height must also be supplied, so this field will always contain two or four numbers.  For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right.<div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">Regardless of whether the origin is at the top or the bottom of the page, the coordinates always specify the lower left point of the item.</td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td>Font_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the font used to print this specific text item.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Top</strong></span> section of the check description file, or if that was omitted the font specified in the GnuCash preferences dialog.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Align_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the alignment used to print this specific text item.  This field must contain one of the strings "left", "center" or "right".  If this field is omitted, the text will!
  be left aligned.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Text_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span>. It specifies the utf-8 text that should be printed on the check.</td></tr><tr><td>Filename_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>PICTURE</strong></span>. It specifies the filename of the image that should be printed on the check.  The string may specify either an absolute path name or as a relative path name.  If a relative path name is specified, GnuCash first looks in in the application check format folder (typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks) for the image file, and if it isn't found there then it looks in the user private ~/.gnucash/checks directory for the image.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>These are the individual items that can be printed on a check.  All items require the coordinates on the page where the item should be printed.  The majority of these items result in text being printed on the page, and these items may have individual font and alignments specified.  For example, the numerical amount of a check could be printed right justified while everything else is printed left justified.  Other types may have unique parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_types"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.4 Individual Check Item Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Required Values</th><th>Optional Values</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>PAYEE</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check paye!
 e name at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>DATE</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check date at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>NOTES.</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the transaction notes field at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>CHECK_NUMBER</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check number at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>MEMO</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the split memo field at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>ACTION</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the split action field at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_WORDS</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check amount in words at the specified coordinates.  The amount will appear similar to the string "One thousand, two hundred thirty four and 56/100".</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_NUMBER</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check amount in numbers at the specified coordinates.  The amount will appear similar to the number "$1,234.56".</td></tr><tr><td>TEXT</td><td>Coords, Text</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print an arbitrary string at the specified coordinates. The string to be printed is specified with the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Text_n</strong></span> key.</td></tr><tr><td>PICTURE</td><td>Coords, Filename</td><td>(none)</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print an image at the specified coordinates. The image to be printed is specified with the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Filename_n</strong></span> key.  This type is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files"!
 ><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_notes"></a>D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files</h3></div></div></div><p>Creating your own check format file is a fairly simple task.  The easiest way to start is to copy an existing check format file from the application directory (typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks) to the directory ~/.gnucash/checks.  Make sure to change the guid so the new file will be accepted by gnucash, and change the title to something descriptive.  Then change or add individual item fields as necessary.  You can also create a new check file by clicking the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save Format</strong></span> button on the "Custom format" page of the check printing dialog.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Key names are case sensitive.  If you're having problems with a check format file, ensure that all key names start with a capital letter and the rest of the name is in lower case.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">付録D 補助ファイル形式 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixd.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 付録E GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body>!
 </html>
+        </pre></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.3. Field Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3085828"></a>D.1.3. Field Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.1. Top Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3085834"></a>D.1.3.1. Top Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section of the check file describes the overall layout of a page of checks (or check) that goes into the printer.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_top"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.1 Overall Page Description Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Overall Page Description Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Guid</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The guid is used to uniquely identify a check format to GnuCash.  It must be unique across the entire set of application supplied and user supplied check formats.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you must change this value.  The <span class="emphasis"><strong>uuidgen</strong></span> program may be used to generate these identifiers.</td></tr><tr><td>Title</td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>The title is used to uniquely identify a check format to the user.  This value is presented verbatim in the check format list of the check printing dialog.  If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you should change this value.  The title may be any utf-8 string.</td></tr><tr><td>Font</td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the default font used to print all text items on this check.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the GnuCash preferences dialog.  A typical string would be "sans 12".</td></tr><tr><td>Rotation</td><td>double</td><td>optio!
 nal</td><td>This value specified the rotation of the entire page (in degrees) around the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the counter-clockwise direction.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the clockwise direction. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Translation</td><td>list of 2 doubles</td><td>optional</td><td>These values specify the x and y translation of the entire page (in points) relative to the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right. Rotation of the page is applied before translation.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Grid</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then GnuCash will draw a grid on the page, starting at the origin with the lines spaced every 50 points. This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr><tr><td>Show_Boxes</td><td>boolean</td><td>optional</td><td>If this value is set to <span class="emphasis"><strong>true</strong></span> then for each item where the width and height have been specified, GnuCash will draw a box showing location and maximum size of that item . This can be helpful when creating a check format file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3086054"></a>D.1.3.2. Check Positions Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This group of items specifies how multiple checks are laid out on the same sheet of paper, and gives names to each of these check locations so that a us!
 er can specify which check location that GnuCash should print.  This entire group of key/value pairs is optional, and should be omitted if the format file only specifies a single check per page of paper.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_positions"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.2 Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Multiple Checks Per Page Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Height</td><td>double</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the height of a single check on the page.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr><tr><td>Names</td><td>list of strings</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the names of the check locations that can be printed on each page.  These names represent the check positions starting from the top of the page and moving downward.  The names are presented verbatim in the check position list of the check printing dialog.  A typical value for this field is "Top;Middle;Bottom", but it could also be "First;Second;Third" or any other set of strings that clearly identify the check locations.  If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory.  If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect3" title="D.1.3.3. Check Items Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3086158"></a>D.1.3.3. Check Items Group</h4></div></div></div><p>This section specifies the individual items that are printed on the check.  There is no limit to the number of items that may be present in this section, and any given type of item can be repeated multiple times.  This allows for the printing of checks that have a side stub, or for the one-per-page business c!
 hecks that have both the check and multiple check stubs on the same page.  For example, to print the payee name on a business check and on both stubs, simply specify three payee items with differing print coordinates.</p><p>Each key names in this section explicitly includes the item number to which it applies.  E.G. The key named <span class="guilabel"><strong>Type_1</strong></span> applies to the first item to be printed, and the key <span class="guilabel"><strong>Coords_3</strong></span> applies to the third item to be printed.  Item numbers start at one and increase sequentially.  Any gap in the numbering sequence is interpreted by GnuCash as the end of the item list.  Items are printed in the order of their item numbers, not in the order in which they appear in the file.</p><p>Each item specified must include a type declaration.  The rest of the parameters for that item depend upon the particular type of that item.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="表D.4 Individual Check Item Types">表D.4「Individual Check Item Types」</a> for a list of valid item types and their required parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_items"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.3 Individual Check Item Fields</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Fields" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Type</th><th>Required</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Type_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the type of a single item to be printed on a check.  See <a class="xref" href="check_format_info.html#check_table_types" title="表D.4 Individual Check Item Types">表D.4「Individual Check Item Types」</a> for a list of valid item types.</td></tr><tr><td>Coords_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>list of 2 or 4 doubles</td><td>mandatory</td><td>This field specifies the coordinates where the item should be pla!
 ced on a check, and optionally also specifies the width and height of the item.  The numbers in order are the X and Y offset of the lower left corner of the item, and optionally the width and height of the item.  If the width is supplied then the height must also be supplied, so this field will always contain two or four numbers.  For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right.  For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right.<div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">Regardless of whether the origin is at the top or the bottom of the page, the coordinates always specify the lower left point of the item.</td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td>Font_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the font used to print this specific text item.  This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier.  If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Top</strong></span> section of the check description file, or if that was omitted the font specified in the GnuCash preferences dialog.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Align_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>If supplied, this is the alignment used to print this specific text item.  This field must contain one of the strings "left", "center" or "right".  If this field is omitted, the text will!
  be left aligned.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr><tr><td>Text_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>TEXT</strong></span>. It specifies the utf-8 text that should be printed on the check.</td></tr><tr><td>Filename_<span class="emphasis"><strong>n</strong></span></td><td>string</td><td>optional</td><td>This field is only used when the item type is <span class="emphasis"><strong>PICTURE</strong></span>. It specifies the filename of the image that should be printed on the check.  The string may specify either an absolute path name or as a relative path name.  If a relative path name is specified, GnuCash first looks in in the application check format folder (typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks) for the image file, and if it isn't found there then it looks in the user private ~/.gnucash/checks directory for the image.  This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>These are the individual items that can be printed on a check.  All items require the coordinates on the page where the item should be printed.  The majority of these items result in text being printed on the page, and these items may have individual font and alignments specified.  For example, the numerical amount of a check could be printed right justified while everything else is printed left justified.  Other types may have unique parameters.</p><div class="table"><a name="check_table_types"></a><p class="title"><b>表D.4 Individual Check Item Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Individual Check Item Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Required Values</th><th>Optional Values</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>PAYEE</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check paye!
 e name at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>DATE</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check date at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>NOTES.</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the transaction notes field at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>CHECK_NUMBER</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check number at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>MEMO</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the split memo field at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>ACTION</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the split action field at the specified coordinates.</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_WORDS</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check amount in words at the specified coordinates.  The amount will appear similar to the string "One thousand, two hundred thirty four and 56/100".</td></tr><tr><td>AMOUNT_NUMBER</td><td>Coords</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print the check amount in numbers at the specified coordinates.  The amount will appear similar to the number "$1,234.56".</td></tr><tr><td>TEXT</td><td>Coords, Text</td><td>Font, Align</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print an arbitrary string at the specified coordinates. The string to be printed is specified with the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Text_n</strong></span> key.</td></tr><tr><td>PICTURE</td><td>Coords, Filename</td><td>(none)</td><td>This type value tells gnucash to print an image at the specified coordinates. The image to be printed is specified with the <span class="emphasis"><strong>Filename_n</strong></span> key.  This type is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div class="sect2" title="D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files"!
 ><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="check_format_notes"></a>D.1.4. Creating Check Format Files</h3></div></div></div><p>Creating your own check format file is a fairly simple task.  The easiest way to start is to copy an existing check format file from the application directory (typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks) to the directory ~/.gnucash/checks.  Make sure to change the guid so the new file will be accepted by gnucash, and change the title to something descriptive.  Then change or add individual item fields as necessary.  You can also create a new check file by clicking the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Save Format</strong></span> button on the "Custom format" page of the check printing dialog.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Key names are case sensitive.  If you're having problems with a check format file, ensure that all key names start with a capital letter and the rest of the name is in lower case.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixd.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">付録D 補助ファイル形式 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixd.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 付録E GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body>!
 </html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.9. まとめ(例)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="第10章 複数通貨"><link rel="prev" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_dep.html" title="第11章 減価償却費"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.9. まとめ(例)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第10章 複数通貨</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.9. まとめ(例)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_examples1"></a>10.9. まとめ(例)</h2></div></div></div><p>このまとめでは、今までこのガイドで学んだことのかなり多の方法を使用します。多数の異なる通貨を利用する複雑な方法です。</p><div class="sect2" title="10.9.1. 基本的なシナリオ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2669490"></a>10.9.1. 基本的なシナリオ</h3></div></div></div><p>以下は基本的なシナリオです。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>オーストラリアに住んでいて、デフォルト通貨としてオーストラリア・ドル (AUD) を使用します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>財産を相続し、また宝くじに当選します。!
 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>住宅ローンを支払います。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>株式 (Ericsson B-Fria) をスウェーデン・クローナ (SEK) を使用して購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>株式 (北京空港) を香港ドル (HKD) を使用して購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>株式 (Amazon) をU.S.ドル (USD) を使用して購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>友人 (ピーター) にいくらかユーロを貸し付けます。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>日本の銀行からいくらかお金を借ります。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ニュージーランドで住宅を購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>オーストラリアでクレジットカードを使用します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>費用を最大限管理したいと考えています。</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">繰り返しますが、これらの例は有効で正確なアドバイスと考えてはいけません。これらはGnuCashにおいて使用するテクニックのための例であると単にみなさなければなりません。どんな投資アドバイスとみなしてはいけません。国際投資/ローンに関する詳細情報は適切な財務顧問に相談してください。</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.2. 勘定科目の設定"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2669606"></a>10.9.2. 勘定科目の設定</h3></div></div></div><p>今回は、新規のGnuCashデータファイルを使って開始しましょう。したがって、<span class="guimen!
 u"><strong>ファイル</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>新規作成</strong></span>を行い、設定 (<span class="guimenu"><strong>編集</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>設定</strong></span>) でデフォルト通貨をオーストラリア・ドル (AUD) にします。様々な費用と収益を可能な限り追跡可能にすると決めたので、以下の勘定科目階層を使用します。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.9. まとめ(例)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_currency.html" title="第10章 複数通貨"><link rel="prev" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_dep.html" title="第11章 減価償却費"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.9. まとめ(例)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第10章 複数通貨</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="10.9. まとめ(例)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_examples1"></a>10.9. まとめ(例)</h2></div></div></div><p>このまとめでは、今までこのガイドで学んだことのかなり多の方法を使用します。多数の異なる通貨を利用する複雑な方法です。</p><div class="sect2" title="10.9.1. 基本的なシナリオ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3063879"></a>10.9.1. 基本的なシナリオ</h3></div></div></div><p>以下は基本的なシナリオです。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>オーストラリアに住んでいて、デフォルト通貨としてオーストラリア・ドル (AUD) を使用します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>財産を相続し、また宝くじに当選します。!
 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>住宅ローンを支払います。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>株式 (Ericsson B-Fria) をスウェーデン・クローナ (SEK) を使用して購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>株式 (北京空港) を香港ドル (HKD) を使用して購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>株式 (Amazon) をU.S.ドル (USD) を使用して購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>友人 (ピーター) にいくらかユーロを貸し付けます。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>日本の銀行からいくらかお金を借ります。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ニュージーランドで住宅を購入します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>オーストラリアでクレジットカードを使用します。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>費用を最大限管理したいと考えています。</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">繰り返しますが、これらの例は有効で正確なアドバイスと考えてはいけません。これらはGnuCashにおいて使用するテクニックのための例であると単にみなさなければなりません。どんな投資アドバイスとみなしてはいけません。国際投資/ローンに関する詳細情報は適切な財務顧問に相談してください。</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.2. 勘定科目の設定"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3063996"></a>10.9.2. 勘定科目の設定</h3></div></div></div><p>今回は、新規のGnuCashデータファイルを使って開始しましょう。したがって、<span class="guimen!
 u"><strong>ファイル</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>新規作成</strong></span>を行い、設定 (<span class="guimenu"><strong>編集</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>設定</strong></span>) でデフォルト通貨をオーストラリア・ドル (AUD) にします。様々な費用と収益を可能な限り追跡可能にすると決めたので、以下の勘定科目階層を使用します。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 資産:流動資産:普通預金         (AUD)<br>
-      </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.3. 開始残高"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2669661"></a>10.9.3. 開始残高</h3></div></div></div><p>ある朝に郵便物を開封し、たまたま大金持ちになった非常に遠い親類の最後の生存している親類であることを知り、非常に驚きました。そして50万オーストラリア・ドル、よりお金持ちになりました。もっとも、それが最後ではありませんでした。別の郵便で宝くじに当選したと知り、25万オーストラリア・ドルを手に入れました。</p><p>これらの取引を記録するためには、以下の勘定科目が必要です。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+      </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.3. 開始残高"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3064050"></a>10.9.3. 開始残高</h3></div></div></div><p>ある朝に郵便物を開封し、たまたま大金持ちになった非常に遠い親類の最後の生存している親類であることを知り、非常に驚きました。そして50万オーストラリア・ドル、よりお金持ちになりました。もっとも、それが最後ではありませんでした。別の郵便で宝くじに当選したと知り、25万オーストラリア・ドルを手に入れました。</p><p>これらの取引を記録するためには、以下の勘定科目が必要です。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 純資産:宝くじ          (AUD)<br>
 純資産:相続            (AUD)      <br>
-      </p></div><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2669710"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.3 追加の収入</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="追加の収入" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>収益:宝くじ</td><td>$250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:相続</td><td>$500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>上記取引を入力した後の勘定科目表はこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="勘定科目表"><div class="caption"><p>お金を受け取った後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.4. 住宅の購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2669806"></a>10.9.4. 住宅の購入</h3></div></div></div><p>ついに、数年前に (5万ドルの頭金で) 取得した住宅ローンを支払う余裕が出来ました。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+      </p></div><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3064099"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.3 追加の収入</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="追加の収入" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>収益:宝くじ</td><td>$250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:相続</td><td>$500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>上記取引を入力した後の勘定科目表はこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="勘定科目表"><div class="caption"><p>お金を受け取った後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.4. 住宅の購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3064195"></a>10.9.4. 住宅の購入</h3></div></div></div><p>ついに、数年前に (5万ドルの頭金で) 取得した住宅ローンを支払う余裕が出来ました。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 資産:固定資産:住宅                     (AUD) $300,000<br>
 負債:ローン:住宅ローン                 (AUD) $250,000<br>
 費用:利子:住宅ローン利子               (AUD)<br>
 純資産:開始残高                        (AUD) $50,000<br>
-      </p></div><p>住宅ローンの銀行との少し相談した後に、いくらかの利子を加えて (3万オーストラリア・ドル)、一括繰り上げ返済を行うことに合意しました。<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目に以下のスプリット取引を入力しなければなりません。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2669847"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.4 住宅ローンの支払い</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="住宅ローンの支払い" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td> </td><td>280000</td></tr><tr><td>費用:利子:住宅ローン利子</td><td>30000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:ローン:住宅ローン</td><td>250000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>取引入力後の<span class="guilabel"><strong>負債:ローン:住宅ローン</strong></span>取引元帳はこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" alt="住宅ローン"><div class="caption"><p>
+      </p></div><p>住宅ローンの銀行との少し相談した後に、いくらかの利子を加えて (3万オーストラリア・ドル)、一括繰り上げ返済を行うことに合意しました。<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:固定資産:住宅</strong></span>勘定科目に以下のスプリット取引を入力しなければなりません。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3064237"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.4 住宅ローンの支払い</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="住宅ローンの支払い" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td> </td><td>280000</td></tr><tr><td>費用:利子:住宅ローン利子</td><td>30000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>負債:ローン:住宅ローン</td><td>250000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>取引入力後の<span class="guilabel"><strong>負債:ローン:住宅ローン</strong></span>取引元帳はこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" alt="住宅ローン"><div class="caption"><p>
             住宅ローンの取引元帳
-          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.5. 株式購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2669963"></a>10.9.5. 株式購入</h3></div></div></div><p>本当に突然、多くのお金を銀行預金口座に持つことになったので、財務顧問を訪問すると決めます。そして、彼の勧告の後 (これは作り事であることを忘れないでください。本当の株式購入アドバイスではありません)、電気通信 (スウェーデンのエリクソン)、北京空港 (香港)、およびAmazon (米国)を購入すると決めます。</p><p>これらの投資を追跡する必要な勘定科目はこのようになります。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+          </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.5. 株式購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3064353"></a>10.9.5. 株式購入</h3></div></div></div><p>本当に突然、多くのお金を銀行預金口座に持つことになったので、財務顧問を訪問すると決めます。そして、彼の勧告の後 (これは作り事であることを忘れないでください。本当の株式購入アドバイスではありません)、電気通信 (スウェーデンのエリクソン)、北京空港 (香港)、およびAmazon (米国)を購入すると決めます。</p><p>これらの投資を追跡する必要な勘定科目はこのようになります。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 資産:投資:スウェーデン証券会社:ERIC.ST                 (STOCK ERIC.ST Yahoo)<br>
 資産:投資:スウェーデン証券会社:現金                    (SEK)<br>
 資産:投資:香港証券会社:0694.HK                         (STOCK 0694.HK Yahoo)<br>
@@ -21,20 +21,20 @@
 費用:投資:手数料:香港証券会社:0694.HK                  (HKD)<br>
 費用:投資:手数料:米国証券会社:AMZN                     (USD)<br>
 費用:投資:両替手数料                                (AUD)<br>
-</p></div><p>10万ドルを各株式に投資すると決めます。これを行うために、最初に、株式に関連した各現金勘定科目に通貨取引を行います。</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2666898"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.5 複数通貨による海外への通貨両替を行うスプリット取引</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="複数通貨による海外への通貨両替を行うスプリット取引" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>入金</td><td>出金</td><td>為替レート</td><td>取引手数料</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:スウェーデン証券会社:現金</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.5869</td><td>35</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:香港証券会社:現金</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.8869</td><td>30</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:米国証券会社:現金</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>0.7593</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>現在、各証券会社にはいくらかの現金があります。ある一定の金額の株式を購入するように各証券会社に頼みます。株式に関連する現金勘定科目から取引を実行するのを忘れないでください。為替レートウィンドウが表示されない場合は行を右クリックして手動で行います。最後の入力欄 (合計) に購入する株式数を入力します。</p><p>
-        </p><div class="table"><a name="id2670297"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.6 外国株式の購入</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="外国株式の購入" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>銘柄記号</td><td>株式数</td><td>合計</td><td>手数料</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15000</td><td>270000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70000</td><td>280000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1000</td><td>32000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
+</p></div><p>10万ドルを各株式に投資すると決めます。これを行うために、最初に、株式に関連した各現金勘定科目に通貨取引を行います。</p><p><span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:流動資産:普通預金</strong></span>勘定科目に入力する取引はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3061287"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.5 複数通貨による海外への通貨両替を行うスプリット取引</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="複数通貨による海外への通貨両替を行うスプリット取引" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>入金</td><td>出金</td><td>為替レート</td><td>取引手数料</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:スウェーデン証券会社:現金</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.5869</td><td>35</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:香港証券会社:現金</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.8869</td><td>30</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:米国証券会社:現金</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>0.7593</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>現在、各証券会社にはいくらかの現金があります。ある一定の金額の株式を購入するように各証券会社に頼みます。株式に関連する現金勘定科目から取引を実行するのを忘れないでください。為替レートウィンドウが表示されない場合は行を右クリックして手動で行います。最後の入力欄 (合計) に購入する株式数を入力します。</p><p>
+        </p><div class="table"><a name="id3064686"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.6 外国株式の購入</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="外国株式の購入" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>銘柄記号</td><td>株式数</td><td>合計</td><td>手数料</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15000</td><td>270000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70000</td><td>280000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1000</td><td>32000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">
       </p><p>勘定科目表で分かるように、今3種類の異なった通貨 (香港ドル、U.S.ドル、およびスウェーデン・クローナ) で株式を購入しました。しかし、勘定科目表 (以下参照) は自国の通貨 (AUD) で評価額がいくらなのかを表示しません。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" alt="株式購入後の勘定科目表"><div class="caption"><p>
             株式購入後の勘定科目表におけるいくつかの勘定科目
-          </p></div></div></div><p>次の項では、GnuCashが自国の通貨で合計評価額を表示することが出来るように、各為替レートを取得できるようにします (この場合はオーストラリア・ドルです)。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.6. オンライン相場表の取得"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2670438"></a>10.9.6. オンライン相場表の取得</h3></div></div></div><p>実勢為替レートと株価を得るために<span class="guimenu"><strong>ツール</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>価格エディタ</strong></span>を選択します。そして<span class="guibutton">相場表を取得</span>をクリックします。</p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.7. 友人へのお金の貸付"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2670470"></a>10.9.7. 友人へのお金の貸付</h3></div></div></div><p>ピーターは、ヨーロッパで今までにない困難に陥りました。彼は非常に親愛なる友人であるので、4万ユーロの個人貸付で彼を助けると決めます。</p><p>
+          </p></div></div></div><p>次の項では、GnuCashが自国の通貨で合計評価額を表示することが出来るように、各為替レートを取得できるようにします (この場合はオーストラリア・ドルです)。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.6. オンライン相場表の取得"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3064828"></a>10.9.6. オンライン相場表の取得</h3></div></div></div><p>実勢為替レートと株価を得るために<span class="guimenu"><strong>ツール</strong></span>-><span class="guimenuitem"><strong>価格エディタ</strong></span>を選択します。そして<span class="guibutton">相場表を取得</span>をクリックします。</p><p></p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.7. 友人へのお金の貸付"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3064860"></a>10.9.7. 友人へのお金の貸付</h3></div></div></div><p>ピーターは、ヨーロッパで今までにない困難に陥りました。彼は非常に親愛なる友人であるので、4万ユーロの個人貸付で彼を助けると決めます。</p><p>
         </p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 資産:貸付金:ピーター                    (Euro)<br>
 収益:利子収益:ピーター                  (Euro)<br>
 費用:銀行手数料                         (AUD)<br>
         </p></div><p>
-      </p><p>これは普通預金勘定科目 (オーストラリア・ドル) から資産:貸付金:ピーター (ユーロ) 勘定科目への単なる通貨取引です。為替レートは0.606161です。これは6万5989.10オーストラリア・ドルを引き出す必要があることを意味します。加えて35オーストラリア・ドルの手数料もかかります。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.8. 日本からのローンによるニュージーランドにおける土地の購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2670517"></a>10.9.8. 日本からのローンによるニュージーランドにおける土地の購入</h3></div></div></div><p>長いつきあいのがある日本人の友人が、50,000オーストラリア・ドルの頭金だけで海外資産を購入できる日本の住宅ローンを提供します。オーストラリアの財務顧問と、発生する可能性がある様々な危険と恩恵に関して検討した後に、彼の提供を受け入れると決めます。</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">繰り返しますが、金融面でのアドバイスとしてこれをみなしてはいけません。さらに言えば、海外市場、または地方市場への投資 (または、推測) に取りかかる前に登録された財務顧問と詳細について相談してください。</p><p xmlns="">戒めの言葉は次の通りです。非常に低い利率の海外ローンが非常に良い取引に見えるかもしれません。しかし、為替レートが変化すること、しかも急激に変化することがあることを深く心に!
 刻んでください。自国の通貨でローンを受けるなら、利率に関してのみ注意すればよいです。海外のローンを受けるなら、利率と為替レートの両方について注意しなければなりません。</p></td></tr></table></div><p>申し分がない避暑用別荘としてオークランドの近くの小さい海岸近くの町の良い小さい小屋を見つけました。日本からのお金をこのために使用すると決めます。</p><p>この例のために以下の勘定科目が必要になります。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+      </p><p>これは普通預金勘定科目 (オーストラリア・ドル) から資産:貸付金:ピーター (ユーロ) 勘定科目への単なる通貨取引です。為替レートは0.606161です。これは6万5989.10オーストラリア・ドルを引き出す必要があることを意味します。加えて35オーストラリア・ドルの手数料もかかります。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.8. 日本からのローンによるニュージーランドにおける土地の購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3064906"></a>10.9.8. 日本からのローンによるニュージーランドにおける土地の購入</h3></div></div></div><p>長いつきあいのがある日本人の友人が、50,000オーストラリア・ドルの頭金だけで海外資産を購入できる日本の住宅ローンを提供します。オーストラリアの財務顧問と、発生する可能性がある様々な危険と恩恵に関して検討した後に、彼の提供を受け入れると決めます。</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">繰り返しますが、金融面でのアドバイスとしてこれをみなしてはいけません。さらに言えば、海外市場、または地方市場への投資 (または、推測) に取りかかる前に登録された財務顧問と詳細について相談してください。</p><p xmlns="">戒めの言葉は次の通りです。非常に低い利率の海外ローンが非常に良い取引に見えるかもしれません。しかし、為替レートが変化すること、しかも急激に変化することがあることを深く心に!
 刻んでください。自国の通貨でローンを受けるなら、利率に関してのみ注意すればよいです。海外のローンを受けるなら、利率と為替レートの両方について注意しなければなりません。</p></td></tr></table></div><p>申し分がない避暑用別荘としてオークランドの近くの小さい海岸近くの町の良い小さい小屋を見つけました。日本からのお金をこのために使用すると決めます。</p><p>この例のために以下の勘定科目が必要になります。</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
 負債:ローン:円建てローン                            (JPY)<br>
 費用:利子:円建てローン                              (JPY)<br>
 費用:住宅ローン管理手数料:円建てローン              (JPY)<br>
 資産:流動資産:日本の銀行                            (JPY)<br>
 資産:固定資産:ニュージーランドの家                  (NZ)<br>
-</p></div><div class="table"><a name="id2670600"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.7 ニュージーランドの家を購入するスプリット取引</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="ニュージーランドの家を購入するスプリット取引" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ニュージーランドの家</td><td>300000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td> </td><td>50000 (AUD) (1.18926)</td></tr><tr><td>負債:ローン:円建てローン</td><td> </td><td>28000000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:住宅ローン管理手数料:円建てローン</td><td>300000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.9. 次に行うことは何でしょうか?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2670683"></a>10.9.9. 次に行うことは何でしょうか?</h3></div></div></div><p>上記の例で最初の購入に関してのみ行いました。あとは、売却、未実現利得の追跡など様々なことが残っていると考えられます。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 第11章 減価償却費</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="table"><a name="id3064989"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.7 ニュージーランドの家を購入するスプリット取引</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="ニュージーランドの家を購入するスプリット取引" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:ニュージーランドの家</td><td>300000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:普通預金</td><td> </td><td>50000 (AUD) (1.18926)</td></tr><tr><td>負債:ローン:円建てローン</td><td> </td><td>28000000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>費用:住宅ローン管理手数料:円建てローン</td><td>300000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="sect2" title="10.9.9. 次に行うことは何でしょうか?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3065072"></a>10.9.9. 次に行うことは何でしょうか?</h3></div></div></div><p>上記の例で最初の購入に関してのみ行いました。あとは、売却、未実現利得の追跡など様々なことが残っていると考えられます。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 第11章 減価償却費</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -4,4 +4,4 @@
     資産:投資:通貨:銀行                    (USD)<br>
     資産:投資:通貨:外貨預金:XXX            (XXX)<br>
     費用:投資:通貨:外貨預金:XXX            (XXX)<br>
-    収益:投資:外貨預金:資本利得:XXX        (XXX)</p></div><p>XXXは投資する通貨です。</p><div class="sect2" title="10.7.1. 通貨投資の購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest12"></a>10.7.1. 通貨投資の購入</h3></div></div></div><p>資産:投資:通貨:現金勘定科目から見た典型的な購入注文はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2669190"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.1 スプリット取引を使用した通貨の購入</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した通貨の購入" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>入金</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>出金</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:現金</td><td> </td><td>投資総額</td></tr><tr><td>費用:投資:通貨:外貨預金:XXX</td><td>両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:XXX</td><td>投資総額 - 両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">スプリット取引の最後の行を入力した時 (上記のような通貨取引)、為替レートウィンドウが表示されます。このウィンドウが表示されない場合、行を右クリックして<span class="guimenuitem"><strong>為替レートを編集</strong></span>を選択します。為替レートウィンドウでは、銀行から得た為替レートを指定します。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.2. 通貨投資の売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest13"></a>10.7.2. 通貨投資の売却</h3></div></div></div><p>通貨売却取引を入力するのは、通貨勘定科目から普通預金勘定科目までの資金移動であることを除き、購入取引と同様に行うことが出来ます (<a clas!
 s="xref" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. 株式の売却">「株式の売却」</a>と同様です)。</p><p>通貨売却を適切に記録するためにはスプリット取引を使用しなければなりません。スプリット取引では、利益 (または損失) は収益:資本利得勘定科目 (または費用:資本損失勘定科目) からの来るものとして勘定しなければなりません。収益と釣り合いを取るために、スプリット取引として通貨資産を二度入力する必要があります。一度は現実の売却の記録するためです (正しい金額と正しい為替レートの使用)。一度は収益の釣り合いをとるためです (合計を0にする)。</p><p>要するに、売却の通貨取引は下の資産:投資:通貨:現金で見られるようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2669329"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.2 スプリット取引を利用した通貨の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を利用した通貨の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>入金</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>出金</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:現金</td><td>売却金額 - 両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>費用:投資:通貨:外貨預金:XXX</td><td>両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:XXX</td><td> </td><td>売却合計</td></tr><tr><td>収益:投資:外貨預金:資本利得:XXX</td><td>[損失]</td><td>利益</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:XXX</td><td>利益、(合計=0)</td><td>[損失、(合計=0)]</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cu!
 rrency_purchase1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.6. 外貨購入の記録(How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+    収益:投資:外貨預金:資本利得:XXX        (XXX)</p></div><p>XXXは投資する通貨です。</p><div class="sect2" title="10.7.1. 通貨投資の購入"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest12"></a>10.7.1. 通貨投資の購入</h3></div></div></div><p>資産:投資:通貨:現金勘定科目から見た典型的な購入注文はこのようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3063580"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.1 スプリット取引を使用した通貨の購入</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した通貨の購入" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>入金</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>出金</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:現金</td><td> </td><td>投資総額</td></tr><tr><td>費用:投資:通貨:外貨預金:XXX</td><td>両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:XXX</td><td>投資総額 - 両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break">スプリット取引の最後の行を入力した時 (上記のような通貨取引)、為替レートウィンドウが表示されます。このウィンドウが表示されない場合、行を右クリックして<span class="guimenuitem"><strong>為替レートを編集</strong></span>を選択します。為替レートウィンドウでは、銀行から得た為替レートを指定します。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="10.7.2. 通貨投資の売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest13"></a>10.7.2. 通貨投資の売却</h3></div></div></div><p>通貨売却取引を入力するのは、通貨勘定科目から普通預金勘定科目までの資金移動であることを除き、購入取引と同様に行うことが出来ます (<a clas!
 s="xref" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. 株式の売却">「株式の売却」</a>と同様です)。</p><p>通貨売却を適切に記録するためにはスプリット取引を使用しなければなりません。スプリット取引では、利益 (または損失) は収益:資本利得勘定科目 (または費用:資本損失勘定科目) からの来るものとして勘定しなければなりません。収益と釣り合いを取るために、スプリット取引として通貨資産を二度入力する必要があります。一度は現実の売却の記録するためです (正しい金額と正しい為替レートの使用)。一度は収益の釣り合いをとるためです (合計を0にする)。</p><p>要するに、売却の通貨取引は下の資産:投資:通貨:現金で見られるようになります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3063719"></a><p class="title"><b>表10.2 スプリット取引を利用した通貨の売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を利用した通貨の売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>入金</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>出金</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:現金</td><td>売却金額 - 両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>費用:投資:通貨:外貨預金:XXX</td><td>両替手数料</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:XXX</td><td> </td><td>売却合計</td></tr><tr><td>収益:投資:外貨預金:資本利得:XXX</td><td>[損失]</td><td>利益</td></tr><tr><td>資産:投資:通貨:XXX</td><td>利益、(合計=0)</td><td>[損失、(合計=0)]</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cu!
 rrency_purchase1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.6. 外貨購入の記録(How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_currency.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.8. 外貨明細書の照合(How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.2. 評価額の推計</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="第11章 減価償却費"><link rel="prev" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. 基本概念"><link rel="next" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.2. 評価額の推計</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第11章 減価償却費</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.2. 評価額の推計"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_value1"></a>11.2. 評価額の推計</h2></div></div></div><p>減価償却費の主要な論点は、資産の将来価値をどのように推定するか決定することです。しばしば行われる不確実な推定と比較して、ここで行わなければならない資産の評価はいくらか難しい問題に関係があります。以下に挙げるのは、減価償却される資産の将来価値を見積もるための率直な理由です。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>税法:</strong></span> ビジネスでは税金対策のために減価償却費を使用します。政府はどのように減価償却費を計算しなければならないかに関して正確!
 な規則に設定する傾向があります。地域の税法を参照してください。そこには減価償却費を見積もる方法が正確に書いてあります。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>自動車のブルーブック:</strong></span> 自動車のために、自動車が将来どれくらいの期間の後にどれくらいの価値があるかに関する<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ブルーブック</span>」</span>見積などのリファレンスを検索するのは簡単です。これから、減価償却費のモデルを見いだすことができます。</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="11.2.1. 減価償却費体系"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_valueschemes2"></a>11.2.1. 減価償却費体系</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費体系</strong></span>は資産が時間がたつにつれてどう経費に配分されるかに関する数学的モデルです。減価償却を受けるあらゆる資産のために、減価償却費体系を決める必要があります。税金対策のために覚えておく重要なポイントは、資産をある割合で減価償却する必要があるということです。これは税金減価償却費と呼ばれます。財務諸表目的のためには、自由な手法を選択できます。これは帳簿減価償却費です。ほとんどの小規模事業は税金と帳簿減価償却費を同じ料率で使用します。この方法では、財務諸表の実収入と課税所得の差異はより小さくなります。</p><p>本項では3つのよく使われる減価償却費体系を示します。<span class="emphasis"><strong>定額法</strong></span>、<span class="emphasis"><strong>定率法</strong></span>、<span class="emphasis"><strong>級数法</strong></span>です。例を簡素化するために減価償却される資産の残存価格がゼロになると仮定します。もし残!
 存価格を使用することを選択する場合、一旦、正味帳簿価格と残存価格が等しくなったら資産の減価償却を中止します。</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>定額法</strong></span>による減価償却は、各期間に資産の一定額ずつ、残存価格がゼロになるまで評価額を減少させます。有効な耐用年数を見積り、単純にその耐用年数にわたって等しく経費を分割するので、これは最も簡単に計算できます。</p><p>例 : 1500ドルでコンピュータを買い5年間で減価償却しようとしています。減価償却費は毎年300ドルです。以下のような計算になります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2674121"></a><p class="title"><b>表11.1 定額法による減価償却の例</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="定額法による減価償却の例" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>年</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>残存価格</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>定率法</strong></span>による減価償却は前期の資産価値の一定割合を減少させます。より多くの減価償却が期間の早いうちに行われるので、これは前部に重み付けされた減価償却費体系です。この体系では、資産の評価額は指数的に減少します。終了時の評価額 (すなわち、 再販評価額) はゼロより大きくなります。!
 </p><p>例 : 上と同じ例を30%の年間減価償却費で行います。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2674263"></a><p class="title"><b>表11.2 定率法による減価償却費体系の例</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="定率法による減価償却費体系の例" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>å¹´</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>残存価格</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220.50</td><td>514.50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154.35</td><td>360.15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108.05</td><td>252.10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">税務当局は、最初の期間により大きな割合の償却を要求 (または容認) します。一方、カナダでは、これが逆になり、初年度は<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">資本費引当額</span>」</span>の半分だけ許可されます。この手法の結果、開始時の方が終了時より資産価値が急速に減少します。ほとんどの資産ではたぶん定額法体系より現実的です。自動車関してはこれは確かに真実です。</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>級数法</strong></span>による減価償却は、資産の評価額が耐用年数経過後にゼロに達するのを除けば、定率法と同様に前部にé!
 ‡ã¿ä»˜ã‘された減価償却費体系です。より多くの減価償却が期間の早いうちに行われるので、これは前部に重み付けされた減価償却費体系です。この手法はアングロサクソン系の国でたいてい使われます。ここに例を示します。</p><p>例 : 最初に、耐用年数合計で資産価値を分割します。例えば、上の例にあるように1500ドルの価値がある資産を、5年間で減価償却します。1500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100という計算を行います。後は、減価償却費および資産価値を次のように計算します。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2674432"></a><p class="title"><b>表11.3 級数法による減価償却費体系の例</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="級数法による減価償却費体系の例" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>å¹´</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>残存価格</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. 基本概念 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chap!
 ter_dep.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.2. 評価額の推計</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="第11章 減価償却費"><link rel="prev" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. 基本概念"><link rel="next" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.2. 評価額の推計</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第11章 減価償却費</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="11.2. 評価額の推計"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_value1"></a>11.2. 評価額の推計</h2></div></div></div><p>減価償却費の主要な論点は、資産の将来価値をどのように推定するか決定することです。しばしば行われる不確実な推定と比較して、ここで行わなければならない資産の評価はいくらか難しい問題に関係があります。以下に挙げるのは、減価償却される資産の将来価値を見積もるための率直な理由です。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>税法:</strong></span> ビジネスでは税金対策のために減価償却費を使用します。政府はどのように減価償却費を計算しなければならないかに関して正確!
 な規則に設定する傾向があります。地域の税法を参照してください。そこには減価償却費を見積もる方法が正確に書いてあります。</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>自動車のブルーブック:</strong></span> 自動車のために、自動車が将来どれくらいの期間の後にどれくらいの価値があるかに関する<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">ブルーブック</span>」</span>見積などのリファレンスを検索するのは簡単です。これから、減価償却費のモデルを見いだすことができます。</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="11.2.1. 減価償却費体系"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_valueschemes2"></a>11.2.1. 減価償却費体系</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費体系</strong></span>は資産が時間がたつにつれてどう経費に配分されるかに関する数学的モデルです。減価償却を受けるあらゆる資産のために、減価償却費体系を決める必要があります。税金対策のために覚えておく重要なポイントは、資産をある割合で減価償却する必要があるということです。これは税金減価償却費と呼ばれます。財務諸表目的のためには、自由な手法を選択できます。これは帳簿減価償却費です。ほとんどの小規模事業は税金と帳簿減価償却費を同じ料率で使用します。この方法では、財務諸表の実収入と課税所得の差異はより小さくなります。</p><p>本項では3つのよく使われる減価償却費体系を示します。<span class="emphasis"><strong>定額法</strong></span>、<span class="emphasis"><strong>定率法</strong></span>、<span class="emphasis"><strong>級数法</strong></span>です。例を簡素化するために減価償却される資産の残存価格がゼロになると仮定します。もし残!
 存価格を使用することを選択する場合、一旦、正味帳簿価格と残存価格が等しくなったら資産の減価償却を中止します。</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>定額法</strong></span>による減価償却は、各期間に資産の一定額ずつ、残存価格がゼロになるまで評価額を減少させます。有効な耐用年数を見積り、単純にその耐用年数にわたって等しく経費を分割するので、これは最も簡単に計算できます。</p><p>例 : 1500ドルでコンピュータを買い5年間で減価償却しようとしています。減価償却費は毎年300ドルです。以下のような計算になります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3068510"></a><p class="title"><b>表11.1 定額法による減価償却の例</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="定額法による減価償却の例" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>年</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>残存価格</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>定率法</strong></span>による減価償却は前期の資産価値の一定割合を減少させます。より多くの減価償却が期間の早いうちに行われるので、これは前部に重み付けされた減価償却費体系です。この体系では、資産の評価額は指数的に減少します。終了時の評価額 (すなわち、 再販評価額) はゼロより大きくなります。!
 </p><p>例 : 上と同じ例を30%の年間減価償却費で行います。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3068653"></a><p class="title"><b>表11.2 定率法による減価償却費体系の例</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="定率法による減価償却費体系の例" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>å¹´</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>残存価格</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220.50</td><td>514.50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154.35</td><td>360.15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108.05</td><td>252.10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">税務当局は、最初の期間により大きな割合の償却を要求 (または容認) します。一方、カナダでは、これが逆になり、初年度は<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">資本費引当額</span>」</span>の半分だけ許可されます。この手法の結果、開始時の方が終了時より資産価値が急速に減少します。ほとんどの資産ではたぶん定額法体系より現実的です。自動車関してはこれは確かに真実です。</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><strong>級数法</strong></span>による減価償却は、資産の評価額が耐用年数経過後にゼロに達するのを除けば、定率法と同様に前部にé!
 ‡ã¿ä»˜ã‘された減価償却費体系です。より多くの減価償却が期間の早いうちに行われるので、これは前部に重み付けされた減価償却費体系です。この手法はアングロサクソン系の国でたいてい使われます。ここに例を示します。</p><p>例 : 最初に、耐用年数合計で資産価値を分割します。例えば、上の例にあるように1500ドルの価値がある資産を、5年間で減価償却します。1500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100という計算を行います。後は、減価償却費および資産価値を次のように計算します。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3068822"></a><p class="title"><b>表11.3 級数法による減価償却費体系の例</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="級数法による減価償却費体系の例" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>å¹´</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>減価償却費</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>残存価格</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. 基本概念 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chap!
 ter_dep.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. 勘定科目のセットアップ</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/index.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/index.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/index.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="第1章 概要"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="ja" class="book" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html"></a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">概要</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">基礎</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">勘定科目</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">取引</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">小切手帳</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">クレジットカード</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">ローン</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="chapter_invest.html">投資</a></dt><dt xmlns="http!
 ://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain.html">資本利得</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter_currency.html">複数通貨</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">減価償却費</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">売掛金</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter_bus_ap.html">買掛金</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter_bus_pay.html">給与支払</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter_budgets.html">予算</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">移行ガイド</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">よくある質問 (FAQ)</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">寄付された勘定科目ツリー</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="appendixd.html">補助ファイル形式</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">E. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>表目次</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html#id2650855">住宅を購入するスプリット取引</a></dt><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#id2652880">友人への個人貸し出し</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2653469">利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</a></dt><dt>7.4. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2653592">損失を伴う資産 (住宅) の売却</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2653765">利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</a></dt><dt>7.6. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2653830">利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却 その2</a></dt><dt>8.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2659207">スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</a></!
 dt><dt>8..2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2659386">スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id2659621">スプリット取引を使用した損失を伴う株式売却</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2665701">発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2665879">発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id2666029">発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id2669190">スプリット取引を使用した通貨の購入</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id2669329">スプリット取引を利用した通貨の売却</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669710">追加の収入</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2669847">住宅ローンの支払い</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2666898">複数通貨による海外への通貨両替を行うスプリット取引</a></dt><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2670297">外国株式の購入</a></dt><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2670600">ニュージーランドの家を購入するスプリット取引</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2674121">定額法による減価償却の例</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2674263">定率法による減価償却費体系の例</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_value1.html#id2674432">級数法による減価償却費体系の例</a></dt><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#id2686330">取引マップ</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#id2686713">従業員1の取引マップ</a></dt><dt>D.1. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_top">Overall Page Description Fields</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_positions">Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_items">Individual Check Item Fields</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href!
 ="check_format_info.html#check_table_types">Individual Check Item Types</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> 第1章 概要</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="第1章 概要"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div lang="ja" class="book" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html"></a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>目次</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">概要</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">基礎</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">勘定科目</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">取引</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">小切手帳</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">クレジットカード</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">ローン</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="chapter_invest.html">投資</a></dt><dt xmlns="http!
 ://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain.html">資本利得</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter_currency.html">複数通貨</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">減価償却費</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">売掛金</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter_bus_ap.html">買掛金</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter_bus_pay.html">給与支払</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter_budgets.html">予算</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">移行ガイド</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">よくある質問 (FAQ)</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">寄付された勘定科目ツリー</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="appendixd.html">補助ファイル形式</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">E. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>表目次</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html#id3045245">住宅を購入するスプリット取引</a></dt><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#id3047269">友人への個人貸し出し</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3047858">利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</a></dt><dt>7.4. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3047982">損失を伴う資産 (住宅) の売却</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3048155">利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却</a></dt><dt>7.6. <a href="ch07s08.html#id3048220">利益を得る資産 (住宅) の売却 その2</a></dt><dt>8.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3053597">スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</a></!
 dt><dt>8..2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3053775">スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="invest-sell1.html#id3054010">スプリット取引を使用した損失を伴う株式売却</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3060090">発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3060268">発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#id3060419">発生した利益を実現利益へ変更</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id3063580">スプリット取引を使用した通貨の購入</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#id3063719">スプリット取引を利用した通貨の売却</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064099">追加の収入</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064237">住宅ローンの支払い</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3061287">複数通貨による海外への通貨両替を行うスプリット取引</a></dt><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064686">外国株式の購入</a></dt><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id3064989">ニュージーランドの家を購入するスプリット取引</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3068510">定額法による減価償却の例</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3068653">定率法による減価償却費体系の例</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_value1.html#id3068822">級数法による減価償却費体系の例</a></dt><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#id3080720">取引マップ</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#id3081102">従業員1の取引マップ</a></dt><dt>D.1. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_top">Overall Page Description Fields</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_positions">Multiple Checks Per Page Fields</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="check_format_info.html#check_table_items">Individual Check Item Fields</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href!
 ="check_format_info.html#check_table_types">Individual Check Item Types</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> 第1章 概要</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. 株式の売却</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="第8ç«  投資"><link rel="prev" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. 株式価格の設定"><link rel="next" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. 配当"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. 株式の売却</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第8ç«  投資</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.7. 株式の売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-sell1"></a>8.7. 株式の売却</h2></div></div></div><p>投資を売却するのは、取引の価格を<span class="guilabel"><strong>売却</strong></span>欄に入力し<span class="guilabel"><strong>株式</strong></span>欄に負の量を入力するのを除けば、購入するのと同様に行うことができます。売却による正味手取額は株式勘定科目から、普通預金口座または証券口座まで資金移動をしなければなりません。</p><p>スプリット取引では利益 (または損失) を収益:資本利得 (または費用:資本損失) 勘定科目から来るものとして会計処理しなければいけません。この収益に釣り合うように、スプリット取引で株式資産を二度入力する必要があります。1回は実際のå!
 £²å´ã‚’記録するためです (1株あたりの正しい株式数と実勢価格の使用します)。1回は得られた収益の釣り合いをとるためです (株式数を0にし、1株の価格を0に設定します)。</p><p>以下にスプリット取引体系を示します。記号NUM_SHARESはあなたが売却する株式数です。SELL_PRICEはあなたが持分を売却した価格です。GROSS_SALEはあなたが持分を売却した総額で、NUM_SHARES*SELL_PRICEと等しくなります。PROFITはあなたが売却のときに得た金額です。COMMISSIONSは株式売買委託手数料です。NET_SALEは、売却により受け取った正味のの金額で、GROSS_SALE - COMMISSIONSと等しくなります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2659207"></a><p class="title"><b>表8.1 スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した株式売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株式数</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株価</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>合計 購入</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>合計 売却</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>NET_SALE</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>-NUM_SHARES</td><td>SELL_PRICE</td><td> </td><td>GROSS_SALE</td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>PROFIT</td><td>(損失)</td></tr><tr><td>収益:資本利得</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(損失)</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>費用:手数料</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSION</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>資本利得 (または損失) として株式の売却を記録する場合、このトピックに関する詳細情報のため、<a class="xref" href="chapt!
 er_dep.html" title="第11章 減価償却費">11章<i>減価償却費</i></a>および<a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9章 資本利得">9章<i>資本利得</i></a>を参照してください。</p><div class="sect2" title="8.7.1. 例 - 利益を得る株式売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. 例 - 利益を得る株式売却</h3></div></div></div><p>例として、1株あたり20ドルで100株の株式を購入したとします。そして1株あたり36ドルでそれらを全て売却します。上記のスプリット取引体系では、PRICEBUYは20ドルです (元の株価)。NUM_SHARESは100で、TOTALBUYが2000ドルです (元の購入価格)。 GROSS_SALEは3600ドルです。最後に、PROFITは1525ドルです (GROSS_SALE-TOTALBUY-COMMISSION)。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2659386"></a><p class="title"><b>表8.2 スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した株式売却" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株式</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>価格</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>購入</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>売却</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>36.00</td><td> </td><td>3600.00</td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:資本利得</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600.00</td></tr><tr><td>費用:手数料</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75.00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png!
 " alt="株式を売却する例"><div class="caption"><p>利益を得る株式売却の例です。1株あたり20ドルでAMZN株を100株購入して、36ドルで売却しました。</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock2.png" alt="株式を売却する例"><div class="caption"><p>利益を得る株式売却例の勘定科目ツリーの画面。</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.7.2. 例 - 損失を伴う株式売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexampleloss"></a>8.7.2. 例 - 損失を伴う株式売却</h3></div></div></div><p>例として、1株あたり100ドル100株を購入し、1株あたり50ドルで全て売却したと仮定します。以下のスプリット取引体系でPRICEBUYは100ドルです (元の株価)。NUM_SHARESは100です。TOTAL_BUYは1万ドルです (元の購入価格)。(損失) は5000ドルです。最後に、GROSS_SALEは5000ドルです。手数料が100ドルであったと仮定します。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2659621"></a><p class="title"><b>表8.3 スプリット取引を使用した損失を伴う株式売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した損失を伴う株式売却" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株式</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>価格</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>購入</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>売却</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>50.00</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>収益:資本利得</td><td> </td><td> </td><t!
 d>5000.</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>費用:手数料</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">損失を入力する時に、正の数として<span class="guilabel"><strong>購入</strong></span>欄に入力したり、負の数として<span class="guilabel"><strong>売却</strong></span>欄にを入力すると、GnuCashはもう片方の欄へ<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">損失</span>」</span>として移します。</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png" alt="損失を伴う株式売却例"><div class="caption"><p>上に、株式売却例の画面があります。1株あたり100ドルで100株を購入し、50ドルで売却しました。</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png" alt="損失を伴う株式売却例"><div class="caption"><p>損失を伴う株式売却例での勘定科目ツリーの画面。</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. 株式価格の設定 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a acces!
 skey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.8. 配当</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. 株式の売却</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_invest.html" title="第8ç«  投資"><link rel="prev" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. 株式価格の設定"><link rel="next" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. 配当"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. 株式の売却</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第8ç«  投資</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="8.7. 株式の売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-sell1"></a>8.7. 株式の売却</h2></div></div></div><p>投資を売却するのは、取引の価格を<span class="guilabel"><strong>売却</strong></span>欄に入力し<span class="guilabel"><strong>株式</strong></span>欄に負の量を入力するのを除けば、購入するのと同様に行うことができます。売却による正味手取額は株式勘定科目から、普通預金口座または証券口座まで資金移動をしなければなりません。</p><p>スプリット取引では利益 (または損失) を収益:資本利得 (または費用:資本損失) 勘定科目から来るものとして会計処理しなければいけません。この収益に釣り合うように、スプリット取引で株式資産を二度入力する必要があります。1回は実際のå!
 £²å´ã‚’記録するためです (1株あたりの正しい株式数と実勢価格の使用します)。1回は得られた収益の釣り合いをとるためです (株式数を0にし、1株の価格を0に設定します)。</p><p>以下にスプリット取引体系を示します。記号NUM_SHARESはあなたが売却する株式数です。SELL_PRICEはあなたが持分を売却した価格です。GROSS_SALEはあなたが持分を売却した総額で、NUM_SHARES*SELL_PRICEと等しくなります。PROFITはあなたが売却のときに得た金額です。COMMISSIONSは株式売買委託手数料です。NET_SALEは、売却により受け取った正味のの金額で、GROSS_SALE - COMMISSIONSと等しくなります。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3053597"></a><p class="title"><b>表8.1 スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した株式売却" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株式数</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株価</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>合計 購入</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>合計 売却</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>NET_SALE</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>-NUM_SHARES</td><td>SELL_PRICE</td><td> </td><td>GROSS_SALE</td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>PROFIT</td><td>(損失)</td></tr><tr><td>収益:資本利得</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(損失)</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>費用:手数料</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSION</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>資本利得 (または損失) として株式の売却を記録する場合、このトピックに関する詳細情報のため、<a class="xref" href="chapt!
 er_dep.html" title="第11章 減価償却費">11章<i>減価償却費</i></a>および<a class="xref" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="第9章 資本利得">9章<i>資本利得</i></a>を参照してください。</p><div class="sect2" title="8.7.1. 例 - 利益を得る株式売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. 例 - 利益を得る株式売却</h3></div></div></div><p>例として、1株あたり20ドルで100株の株式を購入したとします。そして1株あたり36ドルでそれらを全て売却します。上記のスプリット取引体系では、PRICEBUYは20ドルです (元の株価)。NUM_SHARESは100で、TOTALBUYが2000ドルです (元の購入価格)。 GROSS_SALEは3600ドルです。最後に、PROFITは1525ドルです (GROSS_SALE-TOTALBUY-COMMISSION)。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3053775"></a><p class="title"><b>表8.2 スプリット取引を使用した株式売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した株式売却" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株式</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>価格</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>購入</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>売却</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>36.00</td><td> </td><td>3600.00</td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>収益:資本利得</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600.00</td></tr><tr><td>費用:手数料</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75.00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png!
 " alt="株式を売却する例"><div class="caption"><p>利益を得る株式売却の例です。1株あたり20ドルでAMZN株を100株購入して、36ドルで売却しました。</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock2.png" alt="株式を売却する例"><div class="caption"><p>利益を得る株式売却例の勘定科目ツリーの画面。</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="8.7.2. 例 - 損失を伴う株式売却"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexampleloss"></a>8.7.2. 例 - 損失を伴う株式売却</h3></div></div></div><p>例として、1株あたり100ドル100株を購入し、1株あたり50ドルで全て売却したと仮定します。以下のスプリット取引体系でPRICEBUYは100ドルです (元の株価)。NUM_SHARESは100です。TOTAL_BUYは1万ドルです (元の購入価格)。(損失) は5000ドルです。最後に、GROSS_SALEは5000ドルです。手数料が100ドルであったと仮定します。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3054010"></a><p class="title"><b>表8.3 スプリット取引を使用した損失を伴う株式売却</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="スプリット取引を使用した損失を伴う株式売却" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>勘定科目</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>株式</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>価格</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>購入</strong></span></td><td><span class="emphasis"><strong>売却</strong></span></td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>50.00</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>資産:株式:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>収益:資本利得</td><td> </td><td> </td><t!
 d>5000.</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>費用:手数料</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">注記</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">損失を入力する時に、正の数として<span class="guilabel"><strong>購入</strong></span>欄に入力したり、負の数として<span class="guilabel"><strong>売却</strong></span>欄にを入力すると、GnuCashはもう片方の欄へ<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">損失</span>」</span>として移します。</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png" alt="損失を伴う株式売却例"><div class="caption"><p>上に、株式売却例の画面があります。1株あたり100ドルで100株を購入し、50ドルで売却しました。</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png" alt="損失を伴う株式売却例"><div class="caption"><p>損失を伴う株式売却例での勘定科目ツリーの画面。</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. 株式価格の設定 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a acces!
 skey="u" href="chapter_invest.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.8. 配当</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1 +1 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="第7ç«  ローン"><link rel="prev" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. 計算"><link rel="next" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. 友人への個人貸付 (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第7ç«  ローン</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_mortgage1"></a>7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</h2></div></div></div><p>住宅ローンは、<a class="xref" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ">「勘定科目のセットアップ」</a>の勘定科目構造を使用してセットアップできます。</p><p>例として、銀行預金口座に6万ドルを持っていると仮定し、15万ドルの家を買います。住宅ローンは6%の表面利率で、3%の管理手数料 (権原移転費用など) がかかります。5万ドルを頭金として当てることに決めます。そのため10万3000ドルを借りる必要があります。これは、10万ドルに権原移転費用 (10万ドルの3% )の支払いを加えた後の価格です。</p><p>ã!
 Šé‡‘を借りる前の勘定科目は次のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage1.png" alt="ローンを受取る前の勘定科目"><div class="caption"><p>ローンを受取る前の勘定科目</p></div></div></div><p>住宅の購入は資産:住宅勘定科目の中で、銀行から5万ドル (頭金として)、住宅ローンから10万ドルが来るスプリット取引として記録されます。3,000ドルの権原移転費用を同じスプリット入れます。そして住宅ローンに権原移転費用を含め、10万3000ドルまで増加させます。</p><div class="table"><a name="id2650855"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.1 住宅を購入するスプリット取引</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="住宅を購入するスプリット取引" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅</td><td>$150,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td>$50,000</td></tr><tr><td>負債:ローン:住宅ローン</td><td> </td><td>$103,000</td></tr><tr><td>費用:住宅ローン管理手数料</td><td>$3000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>スプリットは資産:固定資産:住宅勘定科目でこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage2.png" alt="住宅ローンのスプリット取引"><div class="caption"><p>住宅ローンのスプリット取引</p></div></div></div><p>勘定科目表はこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage3.png" alt="住宅ローン勘定科目"><div class="caption"><p>住宅ローン勘定科目</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td !
 width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. 計算 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. 友人への個人貸付 (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="第7ç«  ローン"><link rel="prev" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. 計算"><link rel="next" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. 友人への個人貸付 (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">第7ç«  ローン</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1" title="7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_mortgage1"></a>7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To)</h2></div></div></div><p>住宅ローンは、<a class="xref" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. 勘定科目のセットアップ">「勘定科目のセットアップ」</a>の勘定科目構造を使用してセットアップできます。</p><p>例として、銀行預金口座に6万ドルを持っていると仮定し、15万ドルの家を買います。住宅ローンは6%の表面利率で、3%の管理手数料 (権原移転費用など) がかかります。5万ドルを頭金として当てることに決めます。そのため10万3000ドルを借りる必要があります。これは、10万ドルに権原移転費用 (10万ドルの3% )の支払いを加えた後の価格です。</p><p>ã!
 Šé‡‘を借りる前の勘定科目は次のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage1.png" alt="ローンを受取る前の勘定科目"><div class="caption"><p>ローンを受取る前の勘定科目</p></div></div></div><p>住宅の購入は資産:住宅勘定科目の中で、銀行から5万ドル (頭金として)、住宅ローンから10万ドルが来るスプリット取引として記録されます。3,000ドルの権原移転費用を同じスプリット入れます。そして住宅ローンに権原移転費用を含め、10万3000ドルまで増加させます。</p><div class="table"><a name="id3045245"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.1 住宅を購入するスプリット取引</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="住宅を購入するスプリット取引" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:固定資産:住宅</td><td>$150,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:流動資産:銀行</td><td> </td><td>$50,000</td></tr><tr><td>負債:ローン:住宅ローン</td><td> </td><td>$103,000</td></tr><tr><td>費用:住宅ローン管理手数料</td><td>$3000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>スプリットは資産:固定資産:住宅勘定科目でこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage2.png" alt="住宅ローンのスプリット取引"><div class="caption"><p>住宅ローンのスプリット取引</p></div></div></div><p>勘定科目表はこのようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage3.png" alt="住宅ローン勘定科目"><div class="caption"><p>住宅ローン勘定科目</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td !
 width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. 計算 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. 友人への個人貸付 (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@
 資産:貸し出し:ピーター<br>
 収益:利子収益:ピーター<br>
 資産:開始残高:USD<br>
-  </p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.3. お金の貸し出し"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup"></a>7.5.3. お金の貸し出し</h3></div></div></div><p>お金を友人に貸し出した時は事実上、資産勘定科目 (銀行、小切手、または同様のもの) から、資産勘定科目<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">貸し出し</span>」</span>への資金移動です。これを記録するために、<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:貸し出し:友人</strong></span>勘定科目へ以下の取引を入力します</p><div class="table"><a name="id2652880"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.2 友人への個人貸し出し</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="友人への個人貸し出し" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:貸し出し:友人</td><td>$2,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行:USD</td><td> </td><td>$2,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="お金の貸し出し"><div class="caption"><p>お金を貸し出した後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.4. 最初の返済の受け取り"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment"></a>7.5.4. 最初の返済の受け取り</h3></div></div></div><p>最初の返済(115.56ドル) を受け取る時、ローンの元本がいくらで、ローンの利子がいくらかを決定する必要があります。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>この期間の融資残高総額 = $2,000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>1カ月あたりの返済額 = $115.56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>支払い明細</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 * $2,0!
 00 = $8.33 利子</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>$115.56 - $8.33 = $107.23 元本</p></li></ul></div><p>これは以下のようにGnuCashに入力します。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png" alt="最初の返済"><div class="caption"><p>最初の返済に関する詳細表示</p></div></div></div><p>ピーターのローン未払残高は今、$2,000 - $107.23 = $1,892.77となります。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.5. 2回目の返済の受け取り"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment"></a>7.5.5. 2回目の返済の受け取り</h3></div></div></div><p>2回目の返済 (115.56ドル) を受け取る時、ローンの元本がいくらで、ローンの利子がいくらかを決定する必要があります。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>この期間の融資残高総額 = $1,892.77</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>1カ月あたりの返済額 = $115.56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>支払い明細</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 * $1,892.77 = $7.89 利子</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>$115.56 - $7.89 = $107.67 元本</p></li></ul></div><p>これは以下のようにGnuCashに入力します。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png" alt="2回目の返済"><div class="caption"><p>2回目の返済に関する詳細表示</p></div></div></div><p>ピーターのローンの未払残高は今、$1,892.77 - $107.67 = $1,785.10となります。</p><p>2回目の返済後の勘定科目表は次の勘定科目表のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png" alt="2回目の返済の後の勘定科目表"><div class="caption"><p>2回目の返済の後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div><p>お分かりのように、元本だけでなã!
 åˆ©å­ã‚‚、毎月異なります。毎回返済を受け取る度に、異なったスプリットに適切な金額を入力するための計算を行う必要性があります。</p><p>利子の金額は、(ローン総額が少なくなっていくと計算されるので) 元本が0となる最終支払まで、だんだん少なくなっていきます。その他の詳細のために個人ローンに関する詳細な計画の図をピーターに確認してください。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. 自動車ローン(How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+  </p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.3. お金の貸し出し"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup"></a>7.5.3. お金の貸し出し</h3></div></div></div><p>お金を友人に貸し出した時は事実上、資産勘定科目 (銀行、小切手、または同様のもの) から、資産勘定科目<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">貸し出し</span>」</span>への資金移動です。これを記録するために、<span class="guilabel"><strong>資産:貸し出し:友人</strong></span>勘定科目へ以下の取引を入力します</p><div class="table"><a name="id3047269"></a><p class="title"><b>表7.2 友人への個人貸し出し</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="友人への個人貸し出し" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>勘定科目</td><td>増加</td><td>減少</td></tr><tr><td>資産:貸し出し:友人</td><td>$2,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>資産:銀行:USD</td><td> </td><td>$2,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="お金の貸し出し"><div class="caption"><p>お金を貸し出した後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.4. 最初の返済の受け取り"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment"></a>7.5.4. 最初の返済の受け取り</h3></div></div></div><p>最初の返済(115.56ドル) を受け取る時、ローンの元本がいくらで、ローンの利子がいくらかを決定する必要があります。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>この期間の融資残高総額 = $2,000</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>1カ月あたりの返済額 = $115.56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>支払い明細</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 * $2,0!
 00 = $8.33 利子</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>$115.56 - $8.33 = $107.23 元本</p></li></ul></div><p>これは以下のようにGnuCashに入力します。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png" alt="最初の返済"><div class="caption"><p>最初の返済に関する詳細表示</p></div></div></div><p>ピーターのローン未払残高は今、$2,000 - $107.23 = $1,892.77となります。</p></div><div class="sect2" title="7.5.5. 2回目の返済の受け取り"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment"></a>7.5.5. 2回目の返済の受け取り</h3></div></div></div><p>2回目の返済 (115.56ドル) を受け取る時、ローンの元本がいくらで、ローンの利子がいくらかを決定する必要があります。</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>この期間の融資残高総額 = $1,892.77</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>1カ月あたりの返済額 = $115.56</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>支払い明細</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5%/12 * $1,892.77 = $7.89 利子</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>$115.56 - $7.89 = $107.67 元本</p></li></ul></div><p>これは以下のようにGnuCashに入力します。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png" alt="2回目の返済"><div class="caption"><p>2回目の返済に関する詳細表示</p></div></div></div><p>ピーターのローンの未払残高は今、$1,892.77 - $107.67 = $1,785.10となります。</p><p>2回目の返済後の勘定科目表は次の勘定科目表のようになります。</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png" alt="2回目の返済の後の勘定科目表"><div class="caption"><p>2回目の返済の後の勘定科目表</p></div></div></div><p>お分かりのように、元本だけでなã!
 åˆ©å­ã‚‚、毎月異なります。毎回返済を受け取る度に、異なったスプリットに適切な金額を入力するための計算を行う必要性があります。</p><p>利子の金額は、(ローン総額が少なくなっていくと計算されるので) 元本が0となる最終支払まで、だんだん少なくなっていきます。その他の詳細のために個人ローンに関する詳細な計画の図をピーターに確認してください。</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< 前のページ</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">ホーム</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. 住宅ローン (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">上に戻る</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. 自動車ローン(How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span> <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span> [FAMILY Given]</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span> <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span> [FAMILY Given]</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span> <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span> [FAMILY Given]</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xh!
 tml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Thuree</span> <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Bengt</span> [FAMILY Given]</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span> <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span> [FAMILY Given]</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><span xmlns="" class="contrib">日本語訳</span> </h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Yasuaki</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Taniguchi</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GNOME Japanese Translation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:yasuakit at gmail.com">yasuakit at gmail.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">次のページ >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash チュートリアル・コンセプト ガイド</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Champagne</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Carol</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lyttle</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Chris</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Lapham</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Jon</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" clas!
 s="surname">Thuree</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Bengt</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></code></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="surname">Herman</span>, <span xmlns="" class="firstname">Dave</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></code></dd></dl><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><span xmlns="" class="contrib">日本語訳</span> </h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt><span xmlns="" class="firstname">Yasuaki</span> <span xmlns="" class="surname">Taniguchi</span></dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GNOME Japanese Translation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><code xmlns="" class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:yasuakit at gmail.com">yasuakit at gmail.com</a>></code></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
    本書ではGnuCashを利用する際のチュートリアルおよびGnuCashの概要を説明します。
   </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>製作著作</h2><p class="copyright">製作著作 © 2006 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">製作著作 © 2003-2004 Jon Lapham</p></div><div><p class="copyright">製作著作 © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">製作著作 © 2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">製作著作 © 2010 Yasuaki Taniguchi/谷口康明 (Japanese translation)</p></div><div>
 <h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">法律上の通知</h2><p>
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
                        EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
                        THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 		  </p></li></ol></div><p>
-	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id2611840"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
+	</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Feedback"><a name="id3006226"></a><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
         this manual, follow the directions at the
         <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.
       </p><p>翻訳に関するフィードバックは日本語翻訳チームメーリングリスト

Modified: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide.pdf
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide.pdf	2011-07-02 05:09:38 UTC (rev 20819)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.4/ja_JP/gnucash-guide.pdf	2011-07-02 15:32:11 UTC (rev 20820)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 /Author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
 /Creator (DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP)
 /Producer (Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95)
-/CreationDate (D:20110212165224+01'00')
+/CreationDate (D:20110702112453+02'00')
 >>
 endobj
 5 0 obj
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 <dc:creator>Champagne Carol [FAMILY Given], Lyttle Chris [FAMILY Given], Lapham Jon [FAMILY Given], Thuree Bengt [FAMILY Given], Herman Dave [FAMILY Given], 、 Yasuaki Taniguchi</dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -243,10 +243,10 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -255,9 +255,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:26+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:54+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -295,10 +295,10 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -307,9 +307,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:26+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:54+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -347,10 +347,10 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:26+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:54+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -1154,11 +1154,11 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -1167,9 +1167,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:29+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:55+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -10081,12 +10081,12 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -10095,9 +10095,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:31+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:57+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -14746,13 +14746,13 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -14761,9 +14761,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:32+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:57+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -29339,14 +29339,14 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -29355,9 +29355,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:34+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:58+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -35423,15 +35423,15 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -35440,9 +35440,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:35+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:24:59+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -43278,16 +43278,16 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -43296,9 +43296,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:36+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:00+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -47670,17 +47670,17 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -47689,9 +47689,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:37+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:00+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -63940,18 +63940,18 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -63960,9 +63960,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:38+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:01+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -65672,19 +65672,19 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -65693,9 +65693,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:39+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:01+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -73139,20 +73139,20 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -73161,9 +73161,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:40+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:03+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -74867,21 +74867,21 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -74890,9 +74890,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:40+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:03+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -80631,22 +80631,22 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -80655,9 +80655,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:41+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:03+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -83283,23 +83283,23 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -83308,9 +83308,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:41+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:03+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -85337,24 +85337,24 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -85363,9 +85363,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:41+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:03+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -85460,25 +85460,25 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -85487,9 +85487,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:41+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:04+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -87117,26 +87117,26 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -87145,9 +87145,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:42+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:04+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -87533,27 +87533,27 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -87562,9 +87562,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:42+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:04+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -87926,28 +87926,28 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -87956,9 +87956,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:42+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:04+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -89147,29 +89147,29 @@
 </dc:creator>
 <dc:date>
 <rdf:Seq>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
-<rdf:li>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
+<rdf:li>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</rdf:li>
 </rdf:Seq>
 </dc:date>
 </rdf:Description>
@@ -89178,9 +89178,9 @@
 <pdf:Producer>Apache FOP Version SVN branches/fop-0_95</pdf:Producer>
 </rdf:Description>
 <rdf:Description xmlns:xmp="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/" rdf:about="">
-<xmp:CreateDate>2011-02-12T16:52:24+01:00</xmp:CreateDate>
+<xmp:CreateDate>2011-07-02T11:24:53+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
 <xmp:CreatorTool>DocBook XSL Stylesheets with Apache FOP</xmp:CreatorTool>
-<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-02-12T16:52:42+01:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
+<xmp:MetadataDate>2011-07-02T11:25:04+02:00</xmp:MetadataDate>
 </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
 </x:xmpmeta>
@@ -95092,182 +95092,182 @@
 >>
 /ProcSet [ /PDF /ImageB /ImageC /Text ]
 /XObject <<
-  /Im17 173 0 R
-  /Im142 1505 0 R
-  /Im131 1435 0 R
-  /Im118 1181 0 R
-  /Im116 1168 0 R
-  /Im10 118 0 R
-  /Im46 563 0 R
-  /Im60 624 0 R
-  /Im18 177 0 R
-  /Im75 713 0 R
-  /Im92 999 0 R
-  /Im19 185 0 R
-  /Im7 92 0 R
-  /Im152 1587 0 R
-  /Im112 1147 0 R
-  /Im29 436 0 R
-  /Im167 1860 0 R
-  /Im41 535 0 R
-  /Im14 142 0 R
+  /Im24 383 0 R
+  /Im80 760 0 R
+  /Im84 938 0 R
+  /Im57 615 0 R
+  /Im99 1037 0 R
+  /Im172 1897 0 R
+  /Im37 507 0 R
+  /Im31 449 0 R
+  /Im5 80 0 R
   /Im137 1473 0 R
+  /Im154 1597 0 R
+  /Im107 1107 0 R
+  /Im165 1842 0 R
+  /Im22 369 0 R
+  /Im55 605 0 R
   /Im97 1027 0 R
-  /Im130 1430 0 R
-  /Im33 475 0 R
-  /Im123 1368 0 R
+  /Im168 1868 0 R
+  /Im129 1398 0 R
+  /Im30 441 0 R
   /Im1 34 0 R
-  /Im30 441 0 R
-  /Im39 523 0 R
-  /Im100 1061 0 R
-  /Im48 573 0 R
-  /Im31 449 0 R
-  /Im127 1388 0 R
-  /Im79 755 0 R
-  /Im20 348 0 R
-  /Im58 617 0 R
+  /Im96 1022 0 R
+  /Im152 1587 0 R
+  /Im106 1099 0 R
+  /Im9 113 0 R
+  /Im25 389 0 R
+  /Im115 1163 0 R
+  /Im91 980 0 R
+  /Im56 610 0 R
+  /Im111 1136 0 R
+  /Im98 1032 0 R
+  /Im74 705 0 R
+  /Im82 926 0 R
   /Im161 1812 0 R
+  /Im64 654 0 R
   /Im175 1926 0 R
-  /Im22 369 0 R
-  /Im146 1523 0 R
-  /Im87 953 0 R
-  /Im74 705 0 R
-  /Im103 1082 0 R
+  /Im18 177 0 R
+  /Im143 1507 0 R
+  /Im68 675 0 R
+  /Im2 58 0 R
   /Im138 1475 0 R
-  /Im113 1152 0 R
-  /Im110 1129 0 R
-  /Im163 1832 0 R
-  /Im117 1176 0 R
-  /Im106 1099 0 R
-  /Im69 680 0 R
+  /Im60 624 0 R
+  /Im171 1889 0 R
+  /Im101 1072 0 R
+  /Im58 617 0 R
+  /Im6 86 0 R
+  /Im50 580 0 R
   /Im159 1798 0 R
   /Im136 1471 0 R
-  /Im145 1521 0 R
-  /Im108 1119 0 R
-  /Im82 926 0 R
-  /Im12 131 0 R
-  /Im77 723 0 R
-  /Im165 1842 0 R
-  /Im154 1597 0 R
+  /Im13 136 0 R
+  /Im21 357 0 R
+  /Im142 1505 0 R
+  /Im10 118 0 R
+  /Im59 622 0 R
+  /Im73 700 0 R
+  /Im164 1837 0 R
+  /Im153 1592 0 R
   /Im134 1464 0 R
+  /Im83 931 0 R
+  /Im40 528 0 R
+  /Im125 1378 0 R
+  /Im167 1860 0 R
+  /Im35 497 0 R
+  /Im90 970 0 R
   /Im160 1806 0 R
-  /Im37 507 0 R
+  /Im66 664 0 R
+  /Im88 958 0 R
+  /Im109 1124 0 R
+  /Im43 545 0 R
+  /Im75 713 0 R
+  /Im69 680 0 R
+  /Im45 558 0 R
+  /Im52 590 0 R
+  /Im33 475 0 R
   /Im81 765 0 R
-  /Im85 943 0 R
-  /Im125 1378 0 R
-  /Im88 958 0 R
-  /Im62 637 0 R
-  /Im101 1072 0 R
-  /Im3 66 0 R
-  /Im71 690 0 R
-  /Im47 568 0 R
+  /Im148 1533 0 R
+  /Im14 142 0 R
+  /Im116 1168 0 R
+  /Im76 721 0 R
+  /Im158 1790 0 R
+  /Im4 73 0 R
+  /Im162 1817 0 R
+  /Im7 92 0 R
+  /Im117 1176 0 R
+  /Im100 1061 0 R
+  /Im120 1191 0 R
+  /Im114 1157 0 R
+  /Im108 1119 0 R
+  /Im130 1430 0 R
   /Im173 1913 0 R
   /Im149 1546 0 R
-  /Im45 558 0 R
-  /Im64 654 0 R
-  /Im158 1790 0 R
-  /Im6 86 0 R
-  /Im111 1136 0 R
-  /Im40 528 0 R
-  /Im102 1077 0 R
-  /Im115 1163 0 R
-  /Im55 605 0 R
+  /Im3 66 0 R
+  /Im77 723 0 R
+  /Im63 647 0 R
+  /Im62 637 0 R
+  /Im87 953 0 R
+  /Im145 1521 0 R
   /Im122 1363 0 R
-  /Im124 1373 0 R
-  /Im83 931 0 R
-  /Im91 980 0 R
   /Im27 421 0 R
-  /Im148 1533 0 R
-  /Im11 123 0 R
-  /Im43 545 0 R
-  /Im35 497 0 R
-  /Im65 656 0 R
-  /Im53 595 0 R
-  /Im107 1107 0 R
-  /Im104 1088 0 R
-  /Im52 590 0 R
+  /Im95 1017 0 R
+  /Im86 948 0 R
   /Im49 578 0 R
-  /Im150 1551 0 R
-  /Im66 664 0 R
-  /Im38 511 0 R
-  /Im96 1022 0 R
-  /Im90 970 0 R
+  /Im132 1440 0 R
+  /Im47 568 0 R
+  /Im26 406 0 R
+  /Im29 436 0 R
+  /Im28 426 0 R
+  /Im71 690 0 R
+  /Im78 750 0 R
+  /Im166 1855 0 R
+  /Im176 1931 0 R
+  /Im151 1556 0 R
+  /Im61 629 0 R
+  /Im113 1152 0 R
   /Im105 1094 0 R
-  /Im176 1931 0 R
-  /Im129 1398 0 R
-  /Im121 1355 0 R
-  /Im84 938 0 R
-  /Im5 80 0 R
-  /Im63 647 0 R
-  /Im172 1897 0 R
-  /Im13 136 0 R
-  /Im59 622 0 R
-  /Im67 670 0 R
-  /Im98 1032 0 R
-  /Im25 389 0 R
+  /Im15 148 0 R
+  /Im128 1393 0 R
+  /Im11 123 0 R
+  /Im19 185 0 R
+  /Im8 97 0 R
+  /Im89 965 0 R
+  /Im102 1077 0 R
   /Im135 1466 0 R
-  /Im54 600 0 R
-  /Im168 1868 0 R
-  /Im164 1837 0 R
-  /Im57 615 0 R
+  /Im163 1832 0 R
+  /Im23 376 0 R
+  /Im46 563 0 R
+  /Im139 1482 0 R
+  /Im123 1368 0 R
+  /Im38 511 0 R
+  /Im53 595 0 R
   /Im169 1873 0 R
-  /Im99 1037 0 R
-  /Im42 540 0 R
-  /Im143 1507 0 R
-  /Im114 1157 0 R
-  /Im78 750 0 R
-  /Im95 1017 0 R
-  /Im139 1482 0 R
+  /Im12 131 0 R
+  /Im144 1512 0 R
+  /Im112 1147 0 R
+  /Im44 550 0 R
+  /Im131 1435 0 R
+  /Im174 1921 0 R
+  /Im67 670 0 R
+  /Im124 1373 0 R
+  /Im127 1388 0 R
+  /Im156 1777 0 R
+  /Im103 1082 0 R
+  /Im39 523 0 R
   /Im72 695 0 R
+  /Im104 1088 0 R
+  /Im155 1772 0 R
+  /Im20 348 0 R
+  /Im94 1009 0 R
   /Im147 1528 0 R
-  /Im128 1393 0 R
-  /Im153 1592 0 R
-  /Im80 760 0 R
-  /Im133 1453 0 R
-  /Im68 675 0 R
-  /Im174 1921 0 R
-  /Im144 1512 0 R
-  /Im9 113 0 R
+  /Im85 943 0 R
+  /Im36 502 0 R
+  /Im140 1488 0 R
   /Im119 1186 0 R
-  /Im86 948 0 R
-  /Im15 148 0 R
-  /Im34 491 0 R
-  /Im109 1124 0 R
-  /Im156 1777 0 R
-  /Im56 610 0 R
-  /Im120 1191 0 R
-  /Im94 1009 0 R
-  /Im155 1772 0 R
-  /Im28 426 0 R
-  /Im24 383 0 R
-  /Im26 406 0 R
+  /Im126 1383 0 R
+  /Im150 1551 0 R
   /Im16 154 0 R
-  /Im162 1817 0 R
-  /Im140 1488 0 R
-  /Im2 58 0 R
-  /Im51 585 0 R
-  /Im132 1440 0 R
-  /Im36 502 0 R
   /Im157 1785 0 R
-  /Im126 1383 0 R
-  /Im61 629 0 R
-  /Im170 1881 0 R
+  /Im34 491 0 R
+  /Im110 1129 0 R
   /Im141 1493 0 R
-  /Im151 1556 0 R
-  /Im8 97 0 R
-  /Im21 357 0 R
-  /Im73 700 0 R
-  /Im50 580 0 R
-  /Im171 1889 0 R
+  /Im121 1355 0 R
   /Im93 1004 0 R
+  /Im118 1181 0 R
+  /Im41 535 0 R
+  /Im54 600 0 R
+  /Im48 573 0 R
+  /Im79 755 0 R
+  /Im146 1523 0 R
+  /Im51 585 0 R
+  /Im133 1453 0 R
+  /Im42 540 0 R
   /Im70 685 0 R
-  /Im44 550 0 R
-  /Im76 721 0 R
-  /Im89 965 0 R
-  /Im166 1855 0 R
-  /Im23 376 0 R
-  /Im4 73 0 R
   /Im32 471 0 R
+  /Im170 1881 0 R
+  /Im17 173 0 R
+  /Im92 999 0 R
+  /Im65 656 0 R
 >>
 /ColorSpace <<
   /DefaultRGB 6 0 R
@@ -100704,7 +100704,7 @@
 /Size 2976
 /Root 2 0 R
 /Info 4 0 R
-/ID [<3D1AA74BD7E5A0B0E5631A84FCC191EC> <3D1AA74BD7E5A0B0E5631A84FCC191EC>]
+/ID [<0BFD89F381E8C826E6EBCCB853590E0A> <0BFD89F381E8C826E6EBCCB853590E0A>]
 >>
 startxref
 9889629



More information about the gnucash-changes mailing list